St Augustine's Catholic CollegeTogether we're stronger

Our Curriculum

Explore what students learn here

Whether you are a student or a parent, choose a subject to see what is studied, how students make progress towards their GCSE minimum estimated grade — the grade we expect them to reach as a minimum — and the knowledge organisers that support revision at home.

Every subject, one shared journey.

Our curriculum approach

Curriculum intent

At St Augustine’s Catholic College our curriculum embodies the core Lasallian values, aspirations, and guiding principles of our institution:

Inspired by the teachings of Jesus Christ, our curriculum is infused with the virtues of faith, hope, and love, permeating every aspect of our educational journey. We are committed to fostering a culture of excellence, aiming for the highest standards of academic achievement while nurturing the development of wisdom and understanding in each individual.

Our curriculum is designed to be inclusive and ambitious, providing every student with a robust foundation for success and personal fulfilment across all facets of life. It is expansive in scope, fostering independence, creativity, and critical thinking, while also prioritising the holistic well-being of our students—spiritually, physically, and socially.

Ultimately, our curriculum is not just a means to academic achievement but a pathway to a compassionate and purposeful life. By instilling in our students a deep sense of empathy, respect, and social responsibility, we prepare them to make meaningful contributions to society and uphold the dignity of every human being, including their own.

How our curriculum is built — our seven principles

In every subject, our curriculum is carefully crafted by our teachers around seven principles rooted in cognitive science and the latest research:

CoherenceBuilt on each subject’s core concepts, logically connected.
SequencingTopics ordered so each one builds on what came before.
InterleavingRegular review that revisits earlier material.
SpacingContent returned to over time so learning lasts.
DepthDeep subject knowledge, with critical, analytical thinking.
Cultural capitalA rich, diverse experience for a complex world.
Contextual relevanceTailored so every student feels seen and valued.

Each subject page leads with the knowledge & skills grids — what a student checks against their report to see their next step — followed by knowledge organisers as revision resources.

For everyone aiming highAiming HigherReaching for grades 7–9 at GCSE or A–A* at A-Level? See how the highest achievers think, revise and stretch themselves — and use it independently in every subject.Enter Aiming Higher → Every language, every learnerEAL supportNew to English, or building fluency? See how we support students who speak English as an additional language — and how families can help at home, in any language.Enter EAL support →

Our CurriculumAiming Higher

Aiming Higher

For learners reaching for the very top — grades 7–9 at GCSE and grades A–A* at A-Level. Whatever you study, this is how the highest achievers think, revise and stretch themselves. Use it on your own, in any subject, to turn a strong grade into an exceptional one.

Make the most of every talent — Ad Maiorem Dei Gloriam.

For everyone aiming high

Aiming Higher is a shared toolkit for every student targeting the top grades. It does not replace your subject pages — use it alongside them. Check your knowledge & skills ladders to see your next step, then bring these habits to bear to make that step in any subject.

Here is the key idea: the very top grades are not simply about knowing more. They reward a different kind of thinking — precise, independent, and evaluative. This page shows you what that looks like and how to build it. Dip in, pick one habit at a time, and keep going.

Aiming Higher · a whole-school stretch and challenge resource

For · grades 7–9 & A–A*Works in · every subjectHow · use it independentlyGrounded in · cognitive science

From secure to exceptional

What the top band rewards

The leap into the top band is a leap in quality of thinking, not just quantity of facts. Read across each row and aim for the right-hand column.

Working securely — a strong pass
  • Recalls the key facts and definitions accurately.
  • Describes what happens.
  • Gives a point of view, or lists advantages and disadvantages.
  • Answers questions in familiar, practised contexts.
  • Uses what has been taught in lessons.
  • Writes clearly and answers the question.
Aiming higher — the top band
  • Selects the most relevant knowledge precisely, including the detail and the exceptions.
  • Explains how and why it happens, and links ideas across topics.
  • Weighs the evidence and reaches a justified, well-supported judgement.
  • Applies knowledge confidently to unfamiliar problems and new contexts.
  • Reads, watches and thinks beyond the specification — and brings that in.
  • Writes concisely and precisely, using subject vocabulary fluently to build a clear argument.

How the highest achievers study

Evidence-informed habits

These seven habits do the heavy lifting. They come from cognitive science and are the ones that make the biggest difference — far more than re-reading or highlighting. Tap each one to open it.

01Retrieval practice

What it is. Bringing information to mind from memory, rather than re-reading it.

Try this in any subject

  • Cover the page and write down everything you can remember, then check.
  • Use flashcards — question one side, answer the other.
  • Attempt past questions from memory first, and only then look things up.

Why it works. Every act of recall strengthens memory far more than re-reading does.

02Spaced practice

What it is. Spreading study over time instead of cramming it into one session.

Try this in any subject

  • Revisit each topic after a day, then a week, then a month.
  • Several short sessions beat one long one — and start early.
  • Keep a simple schedule so older topics keep coming back round.

Why it works. Spacing helps knowledge stick for the long term, not just for tomorrow.

03Interleaving

What it is. Mixing up topics and question types rather than blocking one at a time.

Try this in any subject

  • Shuffle your flashcards so topics come up in a random order.
  • Do mixed past-paper questions, not one topic in isolation.
  • Alternate the skills or methods you practise in a session.

Why it works. It trains you to choose the right method under pressure — just like the real exam.

04Elaboration & connections

What it is. Asking how and why, and linking new ideas to what you already know.

Try this in any subject

  • Explain a concept aloud as if you were teaching it to someone.
  • Keep asking “why is this true?” and “how does this connect?”
  • Draw a mind map that links topics across the whole course.

Why it works. Richer connections make ideas far easier to recall and to apply.

05Dual coding

What it is. Combining words with visuals so ideas travel by two routes.

Try this in any subject

  • Turn notes into diagrams, timelines or flowcharts.
  • Annotate images, graphs or maps in your own words.
  • Sketch a process rather than only describing it.

Why it works. Two representations of the same idea support both memory and understanding.

06Deliberate practice

What it is. Targeting your weakest areas with focused effort and feedback.

Try this in any subject

  • Identify the questions you get wrong and drill those specifically.
  • Seek feedback, then act on it — redo the work, don’t just re-read it.
  • Work at the edge of what you can do, where it feels slightly hard.

Why it works. Progress comes from effortful practice at the boundary of your ability, not from comfort.

07Metacognition

What it is. Thinking about your own thinking: plan, monitor as you go, then reflect.

Try this in any subject

  • Before a task, plan your approach and what a great answer needs.
  • During, pause and ask “is this working? should I change tack?”
  • After, note one thing you would do differently next time.

Why it works. The highest achievers manage their own learning — they are their own best coach.

Drawn from research in cognitive science and the Education Endowment Foundation’s guidance on effective learning and metacognition.

Build an independent routine

Study habits that stick

Top-grade learners are consistent, not frantic. A steady weekly rhythm beats last-minute cramming every time.

RoutineA weekly rhythm that works
  • Little and often. Short, focused sessions across the week, with older topics revisited on rotation.
  • Self-quiz first. Begin each session by testing yourself on last week’s work before adding anything new.
  • Flashcards, cleverly. Move cards you know to a “less often” pile and keep drilling the tricky ones.
  • Timed past papers. Practise under exam conditions, to time, then mark honestly.
  • Mark against the mark scheme. Learn what earns the marks, spot your gaps, and close them.
  • Act on feedback. Redraft and improve; feedback only counts once you’ve done something with it.
  • Protect sleep and breaks. Rest is when learning consolidates — it is part of the work, not a reward for it.

Go beyond the specification

Super-curricular

The single clearest marker of a top-band student is genuine curiosity — reading, watching and thinking beyond what is set. Bring what you find back into your written answers.

  • Read widely and well.A quality newspaper, subject magazines, or a book that stretches you beyond the syllabus.
  • Listen and watch.In Our Time and other Radio 4 programmes, documentaries, and free university taster or public lectures.
  • Go deeper online.Free short courses and lecture series let you explore a topic in far more depth than lessons allow.
  • Enter something.Essay competitions, olympiads and challenges push your thinking and look excellent on any application.
  • Consider the EPQ.An Extended Project lets you research a question you choose — superb preparation for university-style study.
  • Keep a commonplace book.Jot down striking ideas, quotations and examples; a rich store of these lifts an essay.

There’s plenty to explore right here — see the reading lists, resources and programmes below.

Reading lists & resources by subject

Super-curricular

And you don’t have to look far. Every department has put together stretch & challenge activities, reading and competitions — open your subjects below, then explore the Oxford and Cambridge resources any aspiring student can use.

★Subject stretch & challenge activitiesDepartment reading lists

Pick your subject, then your key stage. Each key stage opens its own up-to-date stretch & challenge and reading sheet.

◆Art & DesignYears 7–13 · KS3–KS5
◆Business & EconomicsYears 10–13 · KS4–KS5
◆ComputingYears 7–13 · KS3–KS5
◆Design & TechnologyYears 7–13 · KS3–KS5
◆DramaYears 7–13 · KS3–KS5
◆EnglishYears 7–13 · KS3–KS5
◆Film StudiesYears 12–13 · KS5
◆GeographyYears 7–13 · KS3–KS5
◆HistoryYears 7–13 · KS3–KS5
◆LanguagesYears 7–13 · KS3–KS5
◆MathematicsYears 7–13 · KS3–KS5
◆MusicYears 7–11 · KS3–KS4
◆Physical EducationYears 7–13 · KS3–KS5
◆PoliticsYears 12–13 · KS5
◆PsychologyYears 12–13 · KS5
◆Religious StudiesYears 7–13 · KS3–KS5
◆ScienceYears 7–13 · KS3–KS5
◆SociologyYears 12–13 · KS5
★Oxford, Cambridge & wider lecturesExplore & go deeper

Our Stretch & Challenge programmes

Aspire & Oxbridge

Alongside stretch in every classroom, the College runs a structured Aspire programme for students with exceptional potential, coordinated by Mrs Rachel Hunt.

★Aspire — stretch & challenge for allOur programme

What it is. The College’s stretch & challenge programme, rooted in the belief that every person is made in the image of God and has immeasurable potential and value.

Who it’s for

  • The Aspire Coordinator, Mrs Rachel Hunt, meets each term with the top 5% in every year group to support them and monitor progress.
  • Every department also keeps its own list of students with exceptional potential in that subject, so opportunities for stretch are never missed.
★Year 11 Aspire to ExcellenceAiming for top universities

What it is. A tailored tutorial programme, beginning in Year 11 and continuing into the Sixth Form, for students aiming at academic excellence and strong applications to top universities.

Led by

  • Mrs Hunt (Aspire Coordinator) and Mrs James (Oxbridge Programme Coordinator), with support from Sixth Form Aspire Ambassador Ethan Alford, in regular tutor-time sessions.

It includes

  • Guidance on post-16 and post-18 options, including Russell Group and Oxbridge universities;
  • How to build super-curricular experiences and study skills for GCSE, A Level and beyond;
  • Strategies for revision, time management and managing stress and anxiety;
  • Tips from former students now at top universities;
  • Workshops with our link colleges, Merton (Oxford) and Robinson (Cambridge);
  • A visit to a top university.
★Oxbridge Aspirations ProgrammeMerton & Robinson links

What it is. A highly personalised programme for students with exceptional potential, beginning in Year 12 with the annual Oxbridge Conference trip in Swansea.

It includes

  • Mentoring sessions, focus clinics and subject interest groups to challenge and inspire;
  • Workshops from the School Liaison Officers at our link colleges, Merton (Oxford) and Robinson (Cambridge);
  • Conversations with former students now studying at Oxford or Cambridge;
  • Support with applications and interview preparation;
  • Events supported by the West Wiltshire Alliance.

A recent student, now reading English at Peterhouse College, Cambridge, said the extra support and supervision-style sessions “helped enormously” with both her application and her interview — and that the College encouraged her to strive for her ambitions.

— Isobel Dignum, English, Peterhouse College, Cambridge

★Extended Project Qualification (EPQ)Independent research

What it is. A standalone, research-based independent project worth half an A Level, taken in Year 12 alongside your A Levels — superb preparation for university-style study.

It can be a written research report or an ‘artefact’ — anything from a piece of artwork to organising an event or designing and running an experiment.

Recent projects

  • An evaluation of the science of forensic dentistry;
  • An investigation into the effects of Dissociative Identity Disorder on daily living;
  • Design and creation of a thrust vector control system;
  • Organising an athletics meeting.
Learn more about the EPQ ↗

Exam technique for the top bands

Turning knowledge into marks

In the top band, how you answer matters as much as what you know. Two things make the difference: reading the command word, and shaping a precise, argued response.

Step 1Decode the command word
  • Describe — say what something is or what happens.
  • Explain — give reasons: how and why.
  • Analyse — break it down and show how the parts relate.
  • Evaluate / Assess — weigh strengths and weaknesses and reach a judgement.
  • Justify — give reasons for a decision or conclusion.
  • To what extent / Discuss — argue both sides, then decide, with support.
Step 2Craft a top-band answer
  • Plan first. A minute mapping your argument saves five minutes of waffle.
  • One clear line of argument. Know your conclusion, and make every paragraph serve it.
  • Precise evidence. Use accurate facts, data, quotations or examples — specific, not vague.
  • Weigh, then judge. Consider the other side genuinely before reaching a supported conclusion.
  • Answer “so what?” Draw out the significance; don’t just describe.
  • Quality over quantity. A tight, precise answer beats a long, loose one.
  • Leave time to check. Re-read for clarity, accuracy and whether you actually answered the question.

Am I working at the top?

Honest self-check

Tick the ones that are already true for you. Be honest — the unticked ones are simply your next targets.

Tick most of these and you are already thinking like a top-grade learner — now bring the rest into your sights.

Aiming higher, the Lasallian way

Our mission
Catholic Social Teaching & Lasallian values

Your teachers can set subject-specific stretch tasks and share reading that takes you further — talk to them about your next step.

Our CurriculumDesign & Technology

Design & Technology

Design & Technology at St Augustine’s. At Key Stage 3, students rotate through a carousel of Graphics, Textiles, Food Preparation & Nutrition and Product Design; this leads to GCSE Design & Technology, GCSE Food Preparation & Nutrition and A-Level Product Design. After your report, use the knowledge & skills ladders to see where you are and your next step, then use the knowledge organisers to revise and make that step.

Design, make, and solve real problems.

Design & Technology at Key Stage 3 The carousel

Design & Technology at St Augustine’s is taught on a carousel: across each year, students rotate through four specialist areas — Graphics, Textiles, Food Preparation & Nutrition and Product Design. Every rotation follows the same design cycle — investigate, design, make and evaluate — using ACCESS FM, a blend of analogue craft and digital skill (including CAD/CAM), and the department’s Culture of Challenge routines. Together the three years build the designing, making and evaluating skills that lead into our GCSE routes and A-Level Product Design.

Terence Bennett, Subject Lead

Key Stage 3 learning journey

The route through

Across each year students rotate through all four Design & Technology areas. Open a year to see the project in each rotation and how skills build from Year 7 to Year 9. The order in which your child meets each rotation depends on their carousel group.

KS3Year 7 → Year 9 route throughGraphics · Textiles · Food · Product Design
Year 7Foundations across all four rotations
Graphics
PACK IT! — snack packaging design
  • What graphic design is; typography and letterform construction
  • Colour theory and colour symbolism; building a brand palette
  • Design brief vs specification; writing an ACCESS FM specification
  • Papers and boards: stock forms, properties and GSM
  • Layout, hierarchy and the rules of great packaging
  • A soft introduction to Adobe Illustrator; nets and dielines

Assessment: Design, model and evaluate an assembled snack package against a brief.

Textiles
TOP IT OFF! — fleece hat project
  • Researching the work of others; ACCESS FM product analysis
  • Life-cycle analysis, sustainability and zero waste
  • Anthropometry: measuring, averaging and seam allowance
  • Pattern drafting and mock-up modelling
  • The sewing machine: safe, accurate driving
  • Manufacturing specifications and flow charts

Assessment: Manufacture a wearable fleece hat and evaluate it against the specification.

Food Prep & Nutrition
GET COOKING! — foundation skills
  • Food-room safety and the 4 Cs of food hygiene
  • Foundational knife skills: the bridge hold and claw grip
  • The main nutrients and the Eatwell Guide
  • The rubbing-in method and the role of fat
  • Sensory evaluation: taste, texture, appearance and aroma
  • Practical bakes: savoury bites, scones and pizza

Assessment: Make, present and sensory-evaluate a range of safe, hygienic dishes.

Product Design
MOOD-LIGHT — a working USB light
  • Writing a brief and unpicking a specification with ACCESS FM
  • Designer inspiration: Tiffany, Templier and Mackintosh
  • Timbers, metals and polymers: properties and uses
  • Electronics and systems thinking: inputs, processes, outputs
  • CAD (2D Design) and CAM (laser cutting)
  • Soldering, joining, finishing and evaluating

Assessment: Design, make and evaluate a working USB mood-light against the brief.

Year 8Building independence and technical knowledge
Graphics
BRAND IT! — identity & laser-cut signage
  • What a brand is: logo, typography, colour and tone of voice
  • The anatomy and personality of type
  • Polymers: thermoplastics vs thermosets; why acrylic suits signage
  • How a CO₂ laser cutter works: cut, score, engrave and kerf
  • Vector vs raster graphics; preparing cut files
  • Packaging nets, die-lines and the 6Rs

Assessment: Design a brand identity and make laser-cut signage, keyring and packaging.

Textiles
DYE ANOTHER DAY! — cushion & T-shirt
  • Chemical and natural dyes and their environmental impact
  • Decorative techniques: tie-dye, stencilling and batik
  • Gathers, pleats and fastenings
  • Buttons, embroidery and invisible hems
  • The overlocker and quality finishing
  • User research questionnaires; Fairtrade cotton

Assessment: Dye, construct and embellish a cushion and a personalised T-shirt.

Food Prep & Nutrition
BAKE IT BETTER! — pastry & sponges
  • Re-establishing hygiene and the 4 Cs
  • Shortcrust pastry: rubbing-in, lattice work and glazing
  • The science of sauces: the roux method and gelatinisation
  • Raising agents: the whisking method and aeration
  • Deeper nutrition and Eatwell auditing
  • Precise sensory evaluation

Assessment: Produce pastry, sauce and whisked-sponge dishes and evaluate them.

Product Design
CAST IT! + WIND RACERS
  • Metals: ferrous, non-ferrous and alloys; properties and uses
  • Designing for casting; CAD moulds and laser cutting (CAD→CAM)
  • Pewter casting, finishing and quality control
  • Forces and aerodynamics: thrust, drag, friction and weight
  • Mechanisms: axles, bearings and reducing friction
  • Iterative design: fair testing, data and modification

Assessment: Cast a pewter product, then iterate a wind-powered car for Race Day.

Year 9Towards GCSE: iteration, CAD and evaluation
Graphics
COVER STORY — the creative director project
  • Studio roles and creative careers; semiotics and deconstruction
  • Hand-lettering into Illustrator vector type
  • Adobe Bootcamp: Illustrator, Photoshop and InDesign
  • How AI is changing creative and design careers
  • Engineering a net with tolerances; CAD and print production
  • Zine-making: imposition, paste-up and publishing

Assessment: Produce a cover, a CAD-engineered net product and a published zine.

Textiles
BAG FOR LIFE! — upcycled denim bag
  • Fast fashion and its environmental impact; the circular economy
  • The history of denim; twill weave, warp and weft
  • Product disassembly to inform design
  • Sublimation printing and the science of substrates
  • Digital repeat patterns in 2D Design (CAD)
  • Pattern, planning, QC and lined-bag construction

Assessment: Design and make a lined, upcycled denim bag with a printed fabric.

Food Prep & Nutrition
MASTER THE MEAL! — Ready Steady Cook
  • Professional hygiene; macro and micronutrients
  • Deficiency and excess; food labels and diet & health
  • Food science: gelatinisation, aeration and coagulation
  • Yeasted doughs and biological raising agents
  • The function of ingredients through sensory analysis
  • The Ready Steady Cook challenge: plan, dovetail and cook to time

Assessment: Design, plan and cook a balanced meal from a mystery ingredient basket.

Product Design
MECHANISMS IN MOTION
  • The Anglepoise story; classes of lever and mechanical advantage
  • Linkages: parallel motion, bell crank and reverse motion
  • Forces: tension, compression, torsion and equilibrium (moments)
  • Designing, testing and selecting a stable base
  • Energy transfer: gravitational potential to kinetic (trebuchet)
  • Triangulation, rigidity and iterative fair testing

Assessment: Build an adjustable task lamp and a tested, competing trebuchet.

Choose the rotation you are studying now to jump to its knowledge organiser and progress ladder.

What are you studying at the moment?— choose your rotation to find your organiser and progress ladder

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

The same design-process skills grow across all four rotations. After your report, tap your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Highlight your stage— tap the words used on your report
Y7Year 7 — knowledge & skillsDesign-process skills · all four rotations

This progression runs across all four Year 7 rotations. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Investigating & analysing

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify the user and say what a product is for.
    • I can list simple likes and dislikes about existing products.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can analyse a product using some ACCESS FM headings.
    • I can write a simple design brief for a chosen user.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can analyse products using most of ACCESS FM.
    • I can research the work of others and pick out useful ideas.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can justify how my research shapes my design brief.
    • I can compare products and explain what makes them fit for purpose.

Designing & developing ideas

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can sketch one idea for my product.
    • I can label my idea with basic notes.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can produce more than one idea without copying.
    • I can annotate ideas against my specification.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can develop varied, creative ideas that avoid fixation.
    • I can explain my design choices using technical vocabulary.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can refine a final design and justify every choice.
    • I can communicate ideas clearly through drawing and annotation.

Making & practical skills

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can use basic tools safely with support.
    • I can follow steps to make a simple outcome.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can work safely and hygienically with some independence.
    • I can measure and mark out with reasonable accuracy.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can select and use the right tools and processes.
    • I can make an accurate outcome with a good finish.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can work independently with precision and quality control.
    • I can solve practical problems as they arise.

Evaluating & technical knowledge

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can say what I like about my finished product.
    • I can name some materials or ingredients I used.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can test my product against the brief.
    • I can describe properties of the materials I used.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can evaluate using third-party feedback.
    • I can explain why materials or ingredients suit their job.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can justify improvements using evidence.
    • I can connect my choices to how things work.
Y8Year 8 — knowledge & skillsDesign-process skills · all four rotations

Year 8 builds independence and technical depth across the four rotations. Find your stage to see your next step up.

Investigating & analysing

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify a user and some needs.
    • I can analyse a product with a few ACCESS FM points.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can write a clear brief and specification.
    • I can research designers, materials or issues relevantly.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can draw conclusions from primary and secondary research.
    • I can evaluate sustainability and life-cycle impacts.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can justify a specification from evidence.
    • I can critique the work of others to inform my design.

Designing & developing ideas

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can produce more than one idea.
    • I can annotate with basic technical words.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can develop ideas that meet the specification.
    • I can use techniques such as isometric or crating.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can generate creative, varied ideas without fixation.
    • I can model or prototype to test an idea.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can refine a design using testing and feedback.
    • I can justify decisions about form, function and materials.

Making & practical skills

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can use tools and equipment safely with guidance.
    • I can follow a plan of making.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can select appropriate tools and processes.
    • I can measure, mark out and cut accurately.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can use specialist processes (e.g. casting, dyeing, CAM).
    • I can apply quality control while I work.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can manufacture to a high, consistent standard.
    • I can adapt and repair when things go wrong.

Evaluating & technical knowledge

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can test my outcome against the brief.
    • I can name relevant materials and their properties.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can evaluate with third-party feedback.
    • I can explain why a material or process suits its job.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can analyse data from testing and iteration.
    • I can compare processes such as school vs industrial methods.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can justify improvements with evidence and percentages.
    • I can link outcomes to forces, science or nutrition.
Y9Year 9 — knowledge & skillsDesign-process skills · GCSE preparation

Year 9 prepares students for GCSE. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Investigating & analysing

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can analyse a product using ACCESS FM.
    • I can identify a client and their needs and wants.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can write a brief and specification linked to a client.
    • I can use research to list useful features.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can investigate using varied primary and secondary sources.
    • I can evaluate the work of others and wider issues.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can justify a specification with measurable, reasoned points.
    • I can synthesise research into a clear design direction.

Designing & developing ideas

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can produce a range of ideas.
    • I can annotate with technical language.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can develop ideas against the specification.
    • I can communicate in isometric and with CAD.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can iterate designs through modelling and testing.
    • I can consider stability, ergonomics and manufacture.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can refine a justified final design.
    • I can use CAD accurately to communicate for manufacture.

Making & practical skills

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can use tools and machinery safely.
    • I can follow a plan of making.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can select tools, materials and processes.
    • I can work accurately from a working drawing.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can use CAD/CAM and specialist processes competently.
    • I can apply quality control and tolerances.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can manufacture a high-quality, well-finished prototype.
    • I can problem-solve and refine independently.

Evaluating & technical knowledge

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can test against the brief and specification.
    • I can describe material or ingredient properties.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can evaluate with third-party feedback.
    • I can explain the working properties I have used.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can analyse recorded test data to justify changes.
    • I can apply knowledge of forces, mechanisms or food science.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can evaluate critically and propose a ‘Mark 2’.
    • I can connect technical principles across the design.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

One organiser per rotation, drawing the three years of each area together. Use these to revise the knowledge and skills for your current rotation.

KS3The four rotation organisersGraphics · Textiles · Food · Product Design
GGraphics: design, branding & CADKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
G

Graphics: design, branding & CAD

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The Graphics rotation runs from Pack It! (Year 7) through Brand It! (Year 8) to Cover Story (Year 9). Students learn to communicate with type, colour and layout, work to a brief and specification, and take analogue designs into industry-standard software and CAD/CAM.
Builds onprimary-school art and mark-making, and everyday experience of packaging and brands.
Leads toGCSE Art & Design: Graphic Communication (AQA 8203) and the graphics content of GCSE D&T (AQA 8552).
Assessed inKS3Graphics
Key knowledge
  • Typography: serif vs sans serif, letterform anatomy, kerning and legibility
  • Colour theory: the colour wheel, harmonies and colour symbolism
  • Brief vs specification, and writing an ACCESS FM specification
  • Papers and boards: stock forms, GSM, nets and die-lines
  • Vector vs raster graphics, and why laser cutters need vector paths
  • The 6Rs and sustainable design decisions
Key skills
  • Hand-render typography and construct letterforms
  • Build a colour palette and apply it to a brand
  • Use Adobe Illustrator core tools to draw vector graphics
  • Draw, cut, score and assemble an accurate net
Key vocabulary
TypographyThe art of arranging type; serif has small strokes, sans serif does not.
VectorGraphics made of paths that scale without losing quality.
RasterGraphics made of pixels that lose quality when enlarged.
ACCESS FMAesthetics, Cost, Customer, Environment, Size, Safety, Function, Materials.
NetA flat 2D shape that folds up into a 3D package.
Die-lineThe cut, fold and crease lines that define a net.
KerfThe width of material removed by a laser or blade.
6RsRethink, Refuse, Reduce, Reuse, Repair, Recycle.
Careers & pathways
  • Graphic designer— Design visual communication and branding.
  • Packaging technologist— Develop and test product packaging.
  • Brand strategist— Shape how a brand looks and speaks.
  • CAD technician— Prepare accurate files for manufacture.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityVisual communicationAttention to detailDigital literacy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking Graphics learning to careers in design and manufacturing.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 8.1 — Digital graphics and image editing (Photopea) for digital graphics and image editing; Art & Design 7.1 — Formal Elements for the formal elements and colour; Mathematics AN — Angles for angles and technical drawing.
TTextiles: fibres, fabrics & constructionKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
T

Textiles: fibres, fabrics & construction

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The Textiles rotation runs from Top It Off! (Year 7) through Dye Another Day! (Year 8) to Bag for Life! (Year 9). Students investigate fibres and fabrics, decorate and construct products, and confront the environmental cost of the fashion industry.
Builds onmeasuring, colour work and the design cycle met in other rotations.
Leads toGCSE D&T (AQA 8552) textiles-based technical principles, and design-and-make skills.
Assessed inKS3Textiles
Key knowledge
  • Natural vs synthetic fibres, and fabric construction (e.g. twill weave: warp and weft)
  • Dyeing: chemical and natural dyes, resist techniques and sublimation
  • Anthropometry: measuring users, averages and seam allowance
  • Pattern drafting, mock-ups and lay planning to minimise waste
  • Construction and finishing: seams, hems, fastenings and the overlocker
  • Sustainability: fast fashion, the circular economy and upcycling
Key skills
  • Draft and use a paper pattern
  • Use the sewing machine safely and accurately
  • Apply a decorative technique (dye, print or embellishment)
  • Evaluate a product against a specification
Key vocabulary
FibreA fine thread; natural (e.g. cotton) or synthetic (e.g. polyester).
Warp / weftLengthwise (warp) and crosswise (weft) yarns in a woven fabric.
AnthropometryUsing human body measurements to design products that fit.
Seam allowanceExtra fabric added beyond the sewing line.
SublimationA dye process where solid dye becomes gas and bonds to polyester.
Fast fashionCheap, rapidly produced clothing with a high environmental cost.
Circular economyDesigning to reuse and recycle rather than discard.
UpcyclingReusing materials to make something of higher value.
Careers & pathways
  • Fashion designer— Design garments and collections.
  • Textile technologist— Develop and test fabrics and finishes.
  • Costume maker— Make costumes for stage and screen.
  • Sustainability officer— Reduce a business’s environmental impact.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityPrecisionSustainable thinkingResilience
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking Textiles learning to careers in fashion, manufacturing and sustainability.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Languages 8.4 — Les vêtements — clothes for clothes in French; Geography 8.3 — Is the fashion industry sustainable? for the fashion industry; Science C7 — Organic chemistry for polymers and synthetic fibres.
FFood Preparation & Nutrition: safe cooking & nutritionKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
F

Food Preparation & Nutrition: safe cooking & nutrition

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The Food rotation runs from Get Cooking! (Year 7) through Bake It Better! (Year 8) to Master the Meal! (Year 9). Students build safe, hygienic practical skills, a working knowledge of nutrition, and an understanding of the food science behind why recipes work.
Builds oneveryday experience of food, and knife and hygiene routines introduced in Year 7.
Leads toGCSE Food Preparation and Nutrition (AQA 8585).
Assessed inKS3Food
Key knowledge
  • Food safety: the 4 Cs, bacteria, food poisoning and cross-contamination
  • Knife skills: the bridge hold and claw grip
  • The Eatwell Guide and a balanced diet
  • Macro and micronutrients: sources, functions and deficiency/excess
  • Food science: rubbing-in, gelatinisation (roux), aeration and coagulation
  • Sensory evaluation: taste, texture, appearance and aroma
Key skills
  • Work safely and hygienically, applying the 4 Cs
  • Weigh, measure and use a range of cooking methods
  • Apply methods such as rubbing-in and whisking
  • Sensory-evaluate a dish using precise vocabulary
Key vocabulary
4 CsCleaning, Cooking, Chilling, Cross-contamination.
Cross-contaminationThe spread of bacteria from one food to another.
Eatwell GuideThe UK model of a healthy, balanced diet.
MacronutrientProtein, fat or carbohydrate, needed in larger amounts.
MicronutrientVitamins and minerals, needed in small amounts.
GelatinisationStarch thickening a liquid when heated (e.g. a roux).
AerationTrapping air into a mixture (e.g. whisking a sponge).
CoagulationProteins setting when heated (e.g. eggs cooking).
Careers & pathways
  • Chef— Prepare and cook food in a professional kitchen.
  • Nutritionist— Advise on healthy eating and diet.
  • Food technologist— Develop and test new food products.
  • Dietitian— Support health through specialist diets.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
OrganisationTime managementHygiene & safetyAttention to detail
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking Food learning to careers in catering, food science and health.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 8.7 — Health and lifestyle for health and lifestyle; Languages 9.1 — Dieta y salud — diet & health for diet and health in Spanish; Mathematics RP — Ratio & proportion for ratio in recipes.
PProduct Design: materials, mechanisms & makingKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
P

Product Design: materials, mechanisms & making

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The Product Design rotation runs from Mood-Light (Year 7) through Cast It! + Wind Racers (Year 8) to Mechanisms in Motion (Year 9). Students work across timbers, metals, polymers and electronics, using CAD/CAM and applying forces and mechanisms through iterative testing.
Builds onthe design cycle and basic tool skills met across the carousel.
Leads toGCSE D&T (AQA 8552, Product Design focus) and A-Level Product Design (AQA 7552).
Assessed inKS3Product Design
Key knowledge
  • Materials: timbers, metals (ferrous, non-ferrous, alloys) and polymers, and their properties
  • Joining, forming and finishing (e.g. wood joints, casting, wet-and-dry, polishing)
  • Electronics and systems: inputs, processes and outputs
  • CAD (2D Design) and CAM (laser cutting) — CAD→CAM
  • Forces and mechanisms: levers, linkages, friction and mechanical advantage
  • Energy and iterative design: fair testing, data and modification
Key skills
  • Measure, mark out and use hand tools safely
  • Use CAD to draw for laser cutting (CAM)
  • Solder, join and finish an outcome to a good standard
  • Iterate a design using recorded test data
Key vocabulary
FerrousA metal that contains iron (e.g. mild steel); can rust.
AlloyA mixture of metals designed for better properties (e.g. pewter).
PolymerA material made of long chains of molecules (e.g. acrylic/PMMA).
CAD / CAMComputer-Aided Design / Manufacture (e.g. 2D Design → laser cutter).
LeverA rigid bar that pivots to change force or movement.
Mechanical advantageHow much a mechanism multiplies an input force.
Iterative designRepeatedly testing and improving a prototype.
Centre of gravityThe point where an object’s weight is balanced.
Careers & pathways
  • Product designer— Design manufactured products for users.
  • Design engineer— Solve technical design problems.
  • CAD technician— Model products and prepare files for manufacture.
  • Manufacturing engineer— Plan how products are made at scale.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Problem-solvingNumeracyPrecisionResilience
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking Product Design learning to careers in engineering and manufacturing.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 7.9 — Electricity for electricity and circuits; Computing 9.6 — Applying programming skills with physical computing for physical computing; Drama 9.5 — Practitioners & Theatre-Makers for set construction.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise Design & Technology at KS3

  • Learn the key vocabulary for your current rotation from its organiser.
  • UseACCESS FMto analyse products and structure your specifications.
  • For Food, learn the4 Cs, theEatwell Guideand the key food-science terms.
  • For Product Design, practise naming materials and their properties and how mechanisms work.
  • Redraft design work using WWW/EBI feedback and complete DIRT tasks.
  • Tap your report stage on the ladder to see exactly what your next step is.

At Key Stage 4 the department offers two GCSEs. Choose a course to see its route through, ladders and organisers.

GCSE Design & Technology AQA 8552 · Product Design focus

Our GCSE follows AQA Design & Technology (8552) with a Product Design specialism, building directly on the Key Stage 3 Product Design and Graphics rotations. Students study core and specialist technical principles — with timbers, metals and polymers as the focus material areas — alongside designing and making principles, and complete a substantial design-and-make project (the NEA). It is assessed by one written exam and one non-exam assessment, each worth 50%.

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the AQA GCSE Design & Technology (8552) specification

GCSE Design & Technology is assessed by one written exam (50%) and a non-exam assessment (50%). Tap below for the full breakdown.

GCSEThe course in detail — exam & NEAWritten exam 50% · NEA 50%
Paper 1 — Written exam2 hours · 100 marks · 50%
  • Section A — Core technical principles: a mixture of multiple-choice and short-answer questions
  • Section B — Specialist technical principles: several short- and extended-answer questions
  • Section C — Designing and making principles: a mixture of short- and extended-response questions
  • At least 15% of the marks assess maths and at least 10% assess science
  • Sat at the end of Year 11
Non-exam assessment (NEA)100 marks · 50% · 30–35 hours
  • A substantial design-and-make task producing a working prototype and a concise portfolio
  • Portfolio of approximately 20 pages of A3 (or A4/digital equivalent)
  • AQA release contextual challenges on 1 June of Year 10; students choose one
  • Assessed in six sections: investigating; design brief & specification; generating design ideas; developing designs; realising design ideas; analysing & evaluating
  • Chosen contextual challenge and project focus
The four assessment objectivesHow marks are gained
  • AO1 Identify, investigate & outline design possibilities to address needs and wants — 10%
  • AO2 Design & make prototypes that are fit for purpose — 30%
  • AO3 Analyse & evaluate design decisions and wider issues — 20%
  • AO4 Demonstrate & apply knowledge and understanding of technical and designing/making principles — 40%
Specialist focus & ways of workingProduct Design
  • Focus materials: timbers, metals and polymers (with papers/boards and systems as core principles)
  • Designing: ACCESS FM, iterative design, ergonomics and anthropometrics, communication and CAD
  • Making: marking out, cutting, joining, forming, casting, finishing, and CAD/CAM (laser cutting)
  • Quality control, tolerances and safe workshop practice throughout
Where it leadsProgression
  • A-Level Design & Technology: Product Design (AQA 7552)
  • T-Levels and apprenticeships in engineering, manufacturing and construction
  • Careers in product and industrial design, engineering and architecture

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

After your report, tap your grade band to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Highlight your stage— tap your grade band
GCSEGCSE Design & Technology — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · AQA 8552

This grid is built around the 4 AQA assessment objectives (AO1–AO4). Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see how to move up a grade.

AO1 · Investigate & outline design possibilities (10%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can identify a user and some needs and wants.
    • I can gather simple research about a context.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can investigate a context and write a brief.
    • I can use research to write a basic specification.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can investigate using primary and secondary research.
    • I can outline design possibilities from clear conclusions.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can justify a detailed, measurable specification.
    • I can use the work of others to shape design possibilities.

AO2 · Design & make prototypes (30%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can produce some design ideas.
    • I can make a basic prototype with support.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can develop ideas towards the brief.
    • I can make a prototype using appropriate tools.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can develop ideas iteratively using modelling.
    • I can make an accurate prototype with quality control.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can refine a well-justified design.
    • I can make a high-quality, well-finished prototype.

AO3 · Analyse & evaluate (20%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can comment on my work against the brief.
    • I can identify a wider issue in design.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can test and evaluate against the specification.
    • I can describe wider issues such as sustainability.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can analyse using third-party feedback and testing.
    • I can explain wider issues in design and technology.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can evaluate critically and justify improvements.
    • I can analyse wider issues with insight.

AO4 · Technical, designing & making principles (40%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can recall some technical facts.
    • I can name materials, tools and processes.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can explain core technical principles.
    • I can apply some maths and science to a task.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can explain specialist principles in depth.
    • I can apply maths and science accurately.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can command precise technical knowledge.
    • I can connect principles across designing and making.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

Four organisers covering the whole GCSE: core and specialist technical principles, and designing and making principles.

GCSEThe four GCSE organisersAQA 8552
3.1Core technical principlesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
3.1

Core technical principles

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.The knowledge every D&T student needs, whatever their material area: how technology is changing, energy, materials overview, systems and mechanisms.
Builds onKS3 Product Design (materials, electronics, mechanisms) and Graphics (papers/boards).
Leads toSection A of Paper 1, and applied throughout the NEA.
Assessed inGCSEPaper 1 · Section A
Key knowledge
  • New and emerging technologies, and their impact on industry, society and the environment
  • Energy generation and storage, including renewable and non-renewable sources
  • Developments in modern, smart and composite materials (e.g. shape-memory alloys, thermochromic pigments)
  • Systems approach to designing: inputs, processes and outputs
  • Mechanical devices producing different movements (levers, linkages, cams, gears, pulleys)
  • Materials categories and their broad working properties
Key skills
  • Interpret a systems diagram (input → process → output)
  • Classify a movement type produced by a mechanism
  • Calculate simple mechanical advantage and ratios
  • Discuss the impact of a technology on people and the planet
Key vocabulary
Technology push / market pullNew tech driving products vs consumer demand driving them.
Finite / non-finiteResources that will run out vs those that are renewable.
Smart materialA material that changes its properties in response to a stimulus.
CompositeA material made from two or more materials with better properties.
SystemInputs, processes and outputs working together.
Mechanical advantageHow much a mechanism multiplies the input force.
CAD / CAMComputer-Aided Design / Manufacture.
SustainabilityMeeting present needs without harming future generations.
Careers & pathways
  • Design engineer— Solve technical problems in new products.
  • Sustainability consultant— Advise industry on greener design.
  • Systems engineer— Design control and electronic systems.
  • Manufacturing engineer— Plan efficient, safe production.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
NumeracySystems thinkingEvaluationTechnical literacy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking core D&T knowledge to engineering and manufacturing careers.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science C2 — Bonding, structure and the properties of matter for bonding and material properties; Mathematics G — Geometry & measures for geometry and measures.
3.2Specialist technical principles — materialsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
3.2

Specialist technical principles — materials

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The in-depth material knowledge for the Product Design focus: the properties, forms, working and finishing of timbers, metals and polymers, plus forces and scales of production.
Department organisersWoods ↗Metals ↗Textiles ↗
Builds onKS3 work with timbers, metals, polymers, casting and CAD/CAM.
Leads toSection B of Paper 1, and material choices in the NEA.
Assessed inGCSEPaper 1 · Section B
Key knowledge
  • Sources, properties and uses of timbers (hardwoods, softwoods, manufactured boards)
  • Sources, properties and uses of metals (ferrous, non-ferrous, alloys)
  • Sources, properties and uses of polymers (thermoplastics and thermosets)
  • Standard forms, and how stock forms affect design and manufacture
  • Forces and stresses: tension, compression, bending, torsion and shear, and how to reinforce
  • Scales of production (one-off, batch, mass, continuous) and specialist processes
Key skills
  • Select a material and justify it by its working properties
  • Choose an appropriate joining, forming or finishing process
  • Apply reinforcement or stiffening to resist forces
  • Match a process to a scale of production
Key vocabulary
Hardwood / softwoodTimber from broadleaved vs coniferous trees.
FerrousA metal containing iron, which can rust.
ThermoplasticA polymer that can be reheated and reshaped (e.g. acrylic/PMMA).
ThermosetA polymer that sets permanently and cannot be remelted.
Stock formThe standard shape a material is supplied in (sheet, bar, rod).
Tension / compressionForces that stretch vs squash a material.
AlloyA mixture of metals designed for improved properties.
Batch productionMaking a set quantity of identical products.
Careers & pathways
  • Product designer— Choose materials and processes for products.
  • Materials engineer— Develop and test materials for industry.
  • Cabinet maker / metalworker— Skilled making in timber or metal.
  • Manufacturing technician— Run and maintain production processes.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Material knowledgeJustificationPrecisionProblem-solving
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking specialist material knowledge to design and manufacturing careers.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science C10 — Using resources for using resources; Science P3 — Particle model of matter for the particle model.
3.3aDesigning principlesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
3.3a

Designing principles

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.How designers investigate, generate and develop ideas: research, briefs and specifications, design strategies, ergonomics and communication.
Builds onACCESS FM and the design cycle from every KS3 rotation.
Leads toSection C of Paper 1, and the designing sections of the NEA.
Assessed inGCSEPaper 1 · Section C
Key knowledge
  • Investigation: primary and secondary research, and the work of others
  • Writing a design brief and a measurable design specification
  • Design strategies: iterative design, user-centred design and avoiding design fixation
  • Ergonomics and anthropometrics, and designing for a client or user
  • Communicating ideas: sketching, isometric, exploded and CAD drawings
  • Environmental, social and economic influences on design
Key skills
  • Write a specification using ACCESS FM
  • Generate a range of ideas that avoid design fixation
  • Use anthropometric data to size a product
  • Communicate ideas clearly in 2D and 3D
Key vocabulary
Design briefA short statement of what is to be designed and why.
SpecificationMeasurable criteria the product must meet.
Iterative designRepeated cycles of designing, making, testing, improving.
Design fixationGetting stuck on one idea too early.
ErgonomicsDesigning products to suit the people who use them.
AnthropometricsUsing human body measurements in design.
IsometricA 3D drawing method using 30° angles.
User-centred designDesigning around the needs of real users.
Careers & pathways
  • Industrial designer— Shape how products look and work.
  • UX / product designer— Design experiences and interfaces.
  • Ergonomist— Fit products and workplaces to people.
  • Architect— Design usable, human-centred spaces.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityEmpathyCommunicationAnalytical thinking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking designing principles to creative and engineering careers.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English GCSE — Paper 1 · Creative writing (Section B) for creative writing and audience; Computing 9.4 — Introduction to Creative iMedia: digital graphics for a client for client briefs and purpose.
3.3bMaking principles & the NEAKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
3.3b

Making principles & the NEA

Download PDF
What this unit is about.How ideas become products: selecting and using tools, tolerances and quality control, surface treatments, and the journey through the non-exam assessment.
Builds onKS3 making, finishing and evaluation across all rotations.
Leads toSection C of Paper 1, and the making and evaluation sections of the NEA.
Assessed inGCSEPaper 1 & NEA
Key knowledge
  • Selecting and using tools and equipment safely and accurately
  • Tolerances, and why accuracy and quality control matter
  • Marking out, cutting, joining, forming and assembling
  • Surface treatments and finishes, and why materials are finished
  • Production aids: templates, jigs, patterns and CAM
  • The NEA journey: brief → specification → ideas → development → prototype → evaluation
Key skills
  • Produce a plan of making with quality-control checks
  • Work to a stated tolerance
  • Apply an appropriate finish for the material and use
  • Evaluate a prototype against the brief and specification
The rules — read this before you start

Your NEA must meet JCQ and AQA (8552) requirements. Breaking these rules is malpractice and can cost you marks — or your result.

  • It must be your own work.You respond to one AQA contextual challenge, develop your own brief and specification, and produce your own working prototype with a concise portfolio of about 20 pages of A3 (or A4/digital equivalent), spending around 30–35 hours.
  • Reference everything.Credit every source, designer and piece of research in your portfolio, and put any direct quotes in quotation marks. Copying words, images or ideas without crediting them is plagiarism.
  • Using AI.You must acknowledge any use of AI tools and keep a record of what you used and how. Passing AI-generated work off as your own is malpractice.
  • You sign to confirm it is your own.You sign the Candidate Record Form to declare the work is yours; once it is handed in for final marking it cannot be changed.
  • Your teacher can guide, not do it for you.They can give general advice and review your draft, but cannot correct it or tell you exactly what to change. Any extra help you receive is recorded and your mark reflects your unaided work.
  • Work safely and under supervision.All practical and making work is completed under your teacher’s supervision in school.
  • Keep it safe.Don’t share your project or post it online for others to copy.
  • Deadlines are issued with the task. The college’s malpractice and AI-use policies are in the policies section of the school website..
Key vocabulary
ToleranceThe allowable range a measurement can vary within.
Quality controlChecks that ensure a product meets the standard.
JigA device that holds work and guides a tool for accuracy.
TemplateA shape used to mark out repeated parts.
FinishA treatment that protects or improves a surface.
PrototypeA working model of a design solution.
Plan of makingThe ordered sequence of manufacturing steps.
NEANon-exam assessment: the design-and-make project (50%).
Careers & pathways
  • Prototype / model maker— Build working models and test rigs.
  • CNC machinist— Manufacture accurate parts from CAD.
  • Quality control inspector— Check products meet the standard.
  • Production manager— Plan and run manufacturing.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
PrecisionPlanningResilienceEvaluation
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking making principles to skilled manufacturing careers.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 2.3 — Producing robust programs for testing and robust design; Drama G4 — The devising process for the devising process.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise GCSE Design & Technology

  • Learn precise definitions of technical terms — use flashcards for each material area.
  • Practise maths in context (ratios, percentages, areas, tolerances) and show your working.
  • Drill extended 6–9 mark answers: explain, justify and evaluate with technical detail.
  • Revise the properties and uses of timbers, metals and polymers and their processes.
  • Do timed past papers for each section, then revise the specific topics you got wrong.
  • Keep your NEA portfolio organised against the six assessment sections.
  • Tap your report grade on the ladder to see your next step up.

A-Level Design & Technology: Product Design AQA 7552

A-Level Product Design (AQA 7552) develops students into thoughtful, capable designers. Over two years they build highly sought-after skills — creative problem-solving, CAD modelling, prototyping and iterative design — alongside technical principles and the work of others, completing a substantial, independent design-and-make project. It is assessed by two written papers (50%) and a non-exam assessment (50%), and leads into higher education, degree apprenticeships and design and engineering careers.

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the AQA A-Level Design & Technology: Product Design (7552) specification

A-Level Product Design is assessed by two written papers (50% together) and a non-exam assessment (50%). Tap below for the full breakdown.

A-LevelThe course in detail — papers & NEAPapers 50% · NEA 50%
Paper 1 — Technical principles2 hours 30 minutes · 120 marks · 30%
  • A mixture of short-answer and extended-response questions, plus multiple choice
  • Covers technical principles: materials, performance, processes, and wider design theory
  • Includes maths and problem-solving in a design and technology context
Paper 2 — Designing and making principles1 hour 30 minutes · 80 marks · 20%
  • Section A — Product analysis: up to about 30 marks of short-answer questions
  • Section B — Commercial manufacture: up to about 50 marks of extended-response questions
  • Applies designing and making principles to real products and industry
Non-exam assessment (NEA)100 marks (×2 = 200 scaled) · 50%
  • A substantial design-and-make project: a final prototype and a design portfolio
  • Student-chosen context and brief, with a genuine degree of design challenge
  • An iterative process of designing, making, testing and evaluating
  • Assessed against five criteria: identifying/investigating & outlining; designing; making; analysing & evaluating; communicating
  • Students choose an NEA context set by AQA, then investigate real users and needs to identify their own design opportunity and write a brief and specification. The project is a substantial design-and-make task — a final prototype and a supporting design portfolio — worked through as an iterative process of designing, making and testing.
The four assessment objectivesHow marks are gained
  • AO1 Identify, investigate & outline design possibilities — 15%
  • AO2 Design & make prototypes that are fit for purpose — 25%
  • AO3 Analyse & evaluate decisions, outcomes and wider issues — 25%
  • AO4 Demonstrate & apply knowledge and understanding of technical and designing/making principles — 35%
Ways of workingIndependent design
  • Deep material and manufacturing knowledge across a broad range of materials
  • Design theory: the work of past and present designers and companies, and design movements
  • Commercial and industrial practice, systems and control, and sustainability/LCA
  • Advanced CAD, iterative prototyping, and mathematical modelling in design
Where it leadsProgression
  • University degrees in product/industrial design, engineering and architecture
  • Degree apprenticeships in engineering and manufacturing
  • Careers in design, engineering, manufacturing and the creative industries

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

After your report, tap your grade band to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Highlight your stage— tap your grade band
A-LevelA-Level Product Design — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · AQA 7552

This grid is built around the 4 AQA assessment objectives (AO1–AO4). Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see how to move up a grade.

AO1 · Investigate & outline design possibilities (15%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can investigate a context with some relevant research.
    • I can outline a workable brief and specification.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can investigate using varied primary and secondary sources.
    • I can analyse the work of others to inform my thinking.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can synthesise research into clear design possibilities.
    • I can justify a rigorous, measurable specification.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can investigate critically, identifying real design opportunities.
    • I can define a challenging brief with genuine uncertainty.

AO2 · Design & make prototypes (25%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can generate and develop some ideas and make a basic prototype.
    • I can use tools and CAD with support.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can develop ideas and make a functional prototype.
    • I can use a range of processes with growing accuracy.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can iterate designs through modelling and testing.
    • I can make an accurate prototype with quality control.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can refine innovative, well-resolved designs.
    • I can manufacture a high-quality, high-accuracy prototype.

AO3 · Analyse & evaluate (25%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can comment on my work and a wider issue.
    • I can test against the brief.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can evaluate against the specification with feedback.
    • I can discuss wider issues such as sustainability.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can analyse outcomes and data to justify decisions.
    • I can evaluate wider issues with real insight.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can evaluate critically and objectively throughout.
    • I can reach sophisticated, evidence-based judgements.

AO4 · Technical, designing & making principles (35%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can recall key technical principles.
    • I can describe materials, processes and design theory.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can explain technical and design principles.
    • I can apply maths and science to design problems.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can apply principles in depth across contexts.
    • I can analyse the work of others and industry practice.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can command comprehensive, precise knowledge.
    • I can connect theory, industry and practice fluently.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

Four organisers covering the A-Level: materials, design theory and the work of others, manufacturing and industry, and the designing/iterative process.

A-LevelThe four A-Level organisersAQA 7552
A1Materials & their applicationsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
A1

Materials & their applications

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.The breadth and depth of material knowledge for A-Level: the properties, processing and selection of every major material group, plus modern, smart and composite materials.
Builds onGCSE 8552 material knowledge (timbers, metals, polymers).
Leads toPaper 1, Paper 2 (product analysis) and material choices in the NEA.
Assessed inA-LevelPapers 1 & 2
Key knowledge
  • Papers and boards, timbers, metals, polymers, textiles and their sources and properties
  • Composite materials, technical textiles, and modern and smart materials
  • How processing and treatment change working properties
  • Material selection: matching properties to function, cost and sustainability
  • Standard components, stock forms and material efficiency
  • Life-cycle assessment (LCA) and the environmental impact of materials
Key skills
  • Select and justify materials for a demanding application
  • Explain how a treatment or process alters properties
  • Carry out a simple life-cycle comparison
  • Analyse the materials in an existing product
Key vocabulary
CompositeTwo or more materials combined for superior properties (e.g. CFRP).
Smart materialA material that responds reversibly to a stimulus.
Technical textileA fabric engineered for performance, not appearance.
Modern materialA material developed through recent innovation (e.g. graphene).
Stock formThe standard supplied shape of a material.
LCALife-cycle assessment: cradle-to-grave environmental analysis.
Standard componentA ready-made part bought in (e.g. a fixing).
Working propertiesHow a material behaves when worked and in use.
Careers & pathways
  • Materials engineer— Develop and select advanced materials.
  • Product designer— Match materials to products and users.
  • Sustainability analyst— Assess and reduce material impact.
  • R&D engineer— Research new materials and applications.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analytical thinkingJustificationResearchSustainable design
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking advanced materials knowledge to design and engineering careers.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science PH2 — Bonding & structure for bonding and structure; Science OR3 — Polymers, biochemistry, synthesis & spectroscopy for polymers and composites.
A2Design theory & the work of othersKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
A2

Design theory & the work of others

Download PDF
What this unit is about.How design has developed and how designers think: major movements, influential designers and companies, and the social, moral and ethical responsibilities of the designer.
Builds onGCSE designing principles and the work of others.
Leads toPaper 1, Paper 2 (product analysis) and the NEA context.
Assessed inA-LevelPapers 1 & 2
Key knowledge
  • Major design movements and their influence on products (e.g. Bauhaus, Modernism, Memphis)
  • Influential designers and design companies, past and present
  • Design for the circular economy, sustainability and social value
  • Human-centred and inclusive design; ergonomics and anthropometrics
  • Legislation and protection: patents, copyright, design rights and trademarks
  • The social, moral, ethical and cultural responsibilities of designers
Key skills
  • Analyse a product in the style of a designer or movement
  • Evaluate the sustainability of a design decision
  • Apply inclusive-design thinking to a brief
  • Reference the work of others to justify design choices
Key vocabulary
Design movementA shared style and philosophy in a period of design.
Circular economyAn economy that designs out waste and keeps materials in use.
Inclusive designDesigning to be usable by as many people as possible.
AnthropometricsHuman body measurement data used in design.
PatentLegal protection for a new invention.
Design rightProtection for the shape or configuration of a product.
Planned obsolescenceDesigning products to have a limited useful life.
Ethical designDesigning with regard for people and the planet.
Careers & pathways
  • Design historian / critic— Study and write about design.
  • Industrial designer— Shape products with cultural awareness.
  • Design strategist— Guide the direction of design projects.
  • Sustainability consultant— Advise on responsible design.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Critical thinkingCultural awarenessCommunicationEthical reasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking design theory to careers across the design professions.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Art & Design FE — Working like an artist: analysis & the formal elements for working like an artist; Art & Design RS — Related Study (written) for a written study of designers.
A3Manufacturing & industryKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
A3

Manufacturing & industry

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.How products are made at scale: production methods, CAD/CAM/CNC, quality systems, and the organisation of modern manufacturing.
Builds onGCSE making principles, scales of production and CAD/CAM.
Leads toPaper 1, Paper 2 (commercial manufacture) and realising the NEA prototype.
Assessed inA-LevelPapers 1 & 2
Key knowledge
  • Scales of production: one-off, batch, mass and continuous, and choosing between them
  • Industrial processes for timbers, metals, polymers and composites (e.g. injection moulding, casting, CNC)
  • CAD, CAM and CNC, and direct digital manufacture (e.g. 3D printing)
  • Quality control, quality assurance, tolerances and standards (e.g. BSI, ISO)
  • Lean manufacturing, just-in-time (JIT), and efficient use of resources
  • Systems and control in manufacture, and health and safety
Key skills
  • Match a manufacturing process to a scale of production
  • Interpret and produce production drawings and plans
  • Apply tolerances and quality-control checks
  • Evaluate the efficiency of a manufacturing method
Key vocabulary
Batch / mass productionMaking set quantities vs very large numbers.
Injection mouldingForcing molten polymer into a mould at scale.
CNCComputer numerical control of manufacturing machines.
ToleranceThe permitted variation in a dimension.
Quality assuranceSystems that build quality in throughout production.
JITJust-in-time: making to order to reduce stock and waste.
Lean manufacturingReducing waste while adding value for customers.
Standard (BSI/ISO)An agreed specification for quality or safety.
Careers & pathways
  • Manufacturing engineer— Design and run production systems.
  • Process engineer— Optimise how products are made.
  • Quality manager— Lead quality systems and standards.
  • Operations manager— Manage manufacturing operations.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Systems thinkingNumeracyPlanningProblem-solving
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking manufacturing knowledge to engineering and operations careers.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in History 8.6 — The Industrial Revolution for the Industrial Revolution; Business 2 — Paper 2: Business activities, decisions & strategy for business operations and decisions.
A4Designing, the iterative process & the NEAKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
A4

Designing, the iterative process & the NEA

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.How an A-Level designer works independently: user-centred and iterative design, mathematical and modelling skills, and the journey through the substantial NEA project.
Builds onGCSE designing principles and the KS3–GCSE design cycle.
Leads toPaper 1, Paper 2 and, above all, the NEA (50%).
Assessed inA-LevelNEA & Papers
Key knowledge
  • User-centred and iterative design: exploring, creating, testing and refining
  • Design strategies: collaboration, user research, and managing a long project
  • Ergonomics, anthropometrics and designing for inclusion
  • Mathematical and modelling skills in design (data, tolerances, modelling outcomes)
  • Communication: technical drawing, CAD, and presenting to third parties
  • The NEA journey: context → brief & specification → iterative development → prototype → evaluation
Key skills
  • Plan and manage a substantial, independent project
  • Use iterative modelling and testing to develop a design
  • Apply mathematical modelling to design decisions
  • Communicate and justify a design to a professional standard
The rules — read this before you start

Your NEA must meet JCQ and AQA (7552) requirements. Breaking these rules is malpractice and can cost you marks — or your result.

  • It must be your own work.You choose your own context and brief and produce a substantial design-and-make project — a final prototype and a design portfolio assessed against five criteria. The final outcome must remain your own.
  • Reference everything.Credit every source, designer and piece of research in your portfolio, and put any direct quotes in quotation marks. Copying words, images or ideas without crediting them is plagiarism.
  • Using AI.You must acknowledge any use of AI tools and keep a record of what you used and how. Passing AI-generated work off as your own is malpractice.
  • You sign to confirm it is your own.You sign the Candidate Record Form to declare the work is yours; once it is handed in for final marking it cannot be changed.
  • Your teacher can guide, not do it for you.They can give general advice and review your draft, but cannot correct it or tell you exactly what to change. Any extra help you receive is recorded and your mark reflects your unaided work.
  • Work safely and under supervision.All practical and making work is completed under your teacher’s supervision in school.
  • Keep it safe.Don’t share your project or post it online for others to copy.
  • Deadlines are issued with the task. The college’s malpractice and AI-use policies are in the policies section of the school website..
Key vocabulary
Iterative designRepeated cycles of design, make, test and improve.
User-centred designDesigning around real users’ needs throughout.
PrototypeA working model used to test and develop a design.
AnthropometricsHuman measurement data applied to design.
ErgonomicsDesigning products to suit their users.
IterationOne cycle of testing and improving a design.
SpecificationMeasurable criteria a design must meet.
NEANon-exam assessment: the independent design-and-make project (50%).
Careers & pathways
  • Product / industrial designer— Lead design from brief to product.
  • Design engineer— Turn concepts into engineered solutions.
  • UX designer— Design user-centred experiences.
  • Design manager— Lead design teams and projects.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
IndependenceProject managementCreativityCommunication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking the independent design process to careers across design and engineering.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing NEA — Programming project for planning an independent project; Drama A4 — Creating original drama & the working notebook for creating original work.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise A-Level Product Design

  • Build material and process fact files and quiz yourself on properties and applications.
  • Learn designers and movements with a signature product and idea for each.
  • Practise extended-response and product-analysis answers with technical precision.
  • Drill the maths and modelling topics (tolerances, calculations, data) and show working.
  • Keep yourNEAiterative and evidenced against the five assessment criteria.
  • Do timed past papers for both papers, then revise the topics you got wrong.
  • Tap your report grade on the ladder to see your next step up.

Our CurriculumEnglish

English

English at St Augustine’s. At Key Stage 3, three golden threads — Narrative, Identity and Power and People — grow reading, writing and spoken language across Years 7–9, bridging into GCSE English Language and English Literature and on to A-level. Use the knowledge & skills ladders to see where you are and your next step, then use the knowledge organisers to revise and make that step.

Every story, and the words that carry it.

English at Key Stage 3 Years 7–9

There are three golden threads running through Key Stage 3 English: Narrative, Identity, and Power and People. We develop reading, writing and oracy skills throughout this journey, ensuring a strong foundation for GCSE English Language and Literature and on to A-Level. Use the knowledge & skills ladders to see where you are and your next steps, then use the knowledge organisers to revise and consolidate your learning. Every Story Starts with You.

Zoe Ellis, Head of Department

Key Stage 3 learning journey

The route through

Three golden threads run through Key Stage 3: Narrative (Year 7), Identity (Year 8) and Power and People (Year 9). Open a year to see each term’s unit and how it is assessed.

KS3The Key Stage 3 learning journeyYears 7, 8 & 9
Year 7Golden thread: Narrative
Term 1 · Childhood and Discovery
Narrative & autobiography (transition unit)
  • Prose extracts on childhood: ‘Boy’ (Dahl), ‘Harry Potter’ (Rowling), ‘Jane Eyre’ (Brontë)
  • Innocence and experience; how childhood has changed
  • Introduction to the PEEL analytical paragraph

Assessment: Autobiographical writing (a childhood memory)

Term 2 · Growing Up & Transformation: Dickens
19th-century prose
  • Dickens’ life and times; the Victorian world
  • ‘Oliver Twist’, ‘Great Expectations’, ‘A Christmas Carol’
  • Bildungsroman; introducing context into analysis

Assessment: Knowledge test (peer assessed) & a reading test on ‘A Christmas Carol’

Term 3 · Beauty, Beasts and Creation
Poetry & nature non-fiction
  • Animal and nature poetry: Hughes, Frost, Tennyson
  • Persona poetry and metaphor; the awe of God’s world
  • Non-fiction nature writing (Katherine Rundell); PEEL

Assessment: A persona poem & a creative journal of literary non-fiction

Term 4 · Telling Tales
Narrative & the storyteller
  • Narrative arcs and character archetypes
  • Origin stories, local folklore and fairy tales
  • The graphic novel; narrative voice and perspective

Assessment: A monster/‘Jar Wizard’ description & an original origin story

Term 5 · The Allegorical Novel: Animal Farm
Whole-text study & viewpoint writing
  • Aesop’s fables → allegory, satire and symbolism
  • Orwell’s ‘Animal Farm’ and the Russian Revolution
  • How power and the media work in society

Assessment: PEEL on a set speech & writing to present a viewpoint

Term 6 · Storytelling and Shakespeare
Drama & Shakespeare’s world
  • Shakespeare’s life, the Globe and Elizabethan/Jacobean England
  • ‘A Midsummer Night’s Dream’: stagecraft, character, language
  • Exploring plays through drama and improvisation

Assessment: Diary of a theatre-goer & a drama-based spoken performance

Year 8Golden thread: Identity
Term 1 · Myths and Monsters
Myth & Victorian gothic
  • Greek myth: the Minotaur, Medusa, the harpy
  • Victorian gothic: ‘Frankenstein’, ‘Dracula’, ‘Goblin Market’
  • How genre shapes the ‘other’; creative writing

Assessment: Creative writing: describe a monster / a story opening

Term 2 · Fear and Fascination
Fiction & non-fiction: the ‘other’
  • Human ‘monsters’ and outsiders; Bertha Mason, Miss Havisham
  • Non-fiction: the Elephant Man, Sweeney Todd, Burke & Hare
  • Reliability, bias and rhetorical devices

Assessment: Reading response & a spoken-language task (a viewpoint)

Term 3 · The Tempest
Shakespeare: a complete text
  • Caliban as outsider/‘monster’; Prospero, Ariel, Miranda
  • Colonisation and the Age of Exploration (context)
  • Stagecraft; how direction shapes an audience’s view

Assessment: Knowledge test & a character study of Caliban

Term 4 · Poetry of the Romantics
Poetry & movement in context
  • Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley
  • The sublime; nature, imagination and rebellion
  • The Romantics reacting against the Enlightenment

Assessment: Close reading of a poem (PEEL on ‘The Tyger’)

Terms 5–6 · Voice and Identity: ‘Face’
Whole-novel study (Benjamin Zephaniah)
  • Zephaniah’s ‘Face’: identity, prejudice and change
  • Character, setting and narrative structure
  • Weaving prose and speech; transformational writing

Assessment: AQA-style reading of an extract & a spoken presentation on identity

Year 9Golden thread: Power and People — bridging into GCSE
Term 1 · 20th-Century Classics
The novel → GCSE Language Paper 1
  • ‘Lord of the Flies’or‘The Woman in Black’
  • Setting, character, language and structure
  • Reading to evaluate (GCSE Paper 1 skills); PETAL

Assessment: Guided extract questions (early and later in the novel)

Term 2 · Aspects of Love: Romeo and Juliet
Shakespearean tragedy
  • Plot, character and the feud; patriarchy and marriage
  • Fate, the supernatural and ‘star-cross’d’ love
  • Analysing method, extract to whole play

Assessment: Shakespeare extract-to-whole essay (Lord Capulet)

Term 3 · Non-fiction: Travel Writing
Viewpoint & comparison → Language Paper 2
  • Writers’ viewpoints and perspectives on place
  • Bryson, Palin, O’Hanlon; comparing across time
  • Persuasive and literary non-fiction writing

Assessment: Writing to express a viewpoint (a ‘staycation’ piece)

Term 4 · War Poetry
Poetry → GCSE Power and Conflict
  • Owen, Brooke, Pope; patriotism, duty and brutality
  • Propaganda vs the reality of trench warfare
  • Some Power and Conflict anthology poems, taught non-specifically

Assessment: A war-poetry question (‘Remains’) & a diary entry

Term 5 · Crossing Worlds
Creative writing → Language Paper 1
  • Settings and ‘portals’ in fantasy and media
  • The hero’s journey and character archetypes
  • Structuring and sequencing a narrative

Assessment: Descriptive/narrative writing: a ‘crossing worlds’ setting

Term 6 · An Inspector Calls
GCSE set text (introduction)
  • Priestley’s play: plot, context and characterisation
  • Responsibility, class and conscience
  • Introduction to GCSE Literature essay writing

Assessment: An ‘An Inspector Calls’ essay & a knowledge test

Tap your current unit to jump straight to its knowledge organiser and the progress ladder for your year.

What are you studying at the moment?— choose your unit to find its organiser and progress ladder

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

English uses the same assessment objectives at Key Stage 3 as at GCSE. Tap your attainment band to see what you can already do in each strand, and your next step up. Open your year below.

Highlight your stage— tap your grade band
Y7Year 7 knowledge & skills ladderBy assessment objective

This ladder is built around the AQA assessment objectives — the same skills used at GCSE — so your progress in Year 7 connects directly to Key Stage 4. Find your current attainment band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see your next step.

Eng Lit AO1 · Read, understand and respond; a personal response with references

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can make simple, relevant comments about a text
    • I can pick out a detail to back up what I say
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain my response to the task and text
    • I can use references to support a range of comments
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can give a clear, explained response to task and text
    • I can use references effectively to support my explanation
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can give a thoughtful, developed personal response
    • I can weave apt references into my interpretations

Eng Lit AO2 · Analyse writers’ language, form and structure

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can see that a writer makes deliberate choices
    • I can name a technique the writer uses
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can comment on a writer’s methods
    • I can use some subject terminology and note an effect
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can clearlyexplain a writer’s methods and their effect
    • I can use relevant terminology accurately
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can examine how a writer’s methods shape meaning
    • I can analyse the effect on the reader with precise terminology

Eng Lit AO3 · Understand the contexts in which texts were written

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can make a simple comment about context
    • I can notice when a text links to its time
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can show some understanding of context
    • I can link context to the text in places
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can show clear understanding of context
    • I can make specific links between context and text
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can consider context thoughtfully
    • I can show detailed links between context, text and task

Eng Lang AO2 · Analyse how language and structure achieve effects

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can show simple awareness of language
    • I can offer a simple comment on an effect
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can show some understanding of language
    • I can select some relevant quotations
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can clearlyexplain the effects of language and structure
    • I can select relevant quotations and use terminology accurately
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can analyse the effects of language and structure in detail
    • I can select judicious quotations and use sophisticated terminology

Eng Lang AO5 · Communicate clearly and imaginatively in writing

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can communicate in a simple, limited way
    • I can attempt to match my writing to its purpose
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can communicate with some success
    • I can begin to adapt tone and style for the task
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can communicate consistently and clearly
    • I can organise my ideas so my writing is coherent
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can communicate in a compelling, convincing way
    • I can adapt tone, style and structure for effect

Eng Lang AO6 · Vocabulary, sentences, spelling and punctuation

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can use basic spelling and simple vocabulary accurately
    • I can use sentence demarcation some of the time
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can spell more complex words and vary my vocabulary
    • I can use a range of punctuation with some control
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can spell accurately, including complex words
    • I can use varied sentences and punctuation for effect
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can spell ambitious vocabulary accurately
    • I can use a wide range of punctuation and sentence forms with control

Eng Lang AO1 · Identify and interpret information and ideas

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can find and copy information that is stated directly
    • I can choose a quotation that fits the question
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can identify ideas that are stated and suggested
    • I can begin to gather ideas from more than one place in a text
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can interpret what a writer implies and support it with evidence
    • I can bring together ideas from across a whole text
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can interpret perceptively, choosing precise evidence
    • I can synthesise ideas from two texts insightfully

Eng Lang AO3 · Compare writers’ ideas and perspectives

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can notice one similarity or difference between two texts
    • I can say what a writer thinks about the subject
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can compare what two writers say about the same subject
    • I can identify a writer’s point of view
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can compare ideas and perspectives clearly, using evidence from both texts
    • I can explain how a writer’s methods convey their perspective
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can compare perspectives perceptively across two texts
    • I can analyse how methods shape each writer’s viewpoint

Eng Lang AO4 · Evaluate texts critically

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can give an opinion about a text
    • I can say whether I liked part of a text and why
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can make a simple judgement and support it with a quotation
    • I can comment on how successful a writer has been
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can evaluate a text clearly, explaining the effect on the reader
    • I can use well-chosen evidence to support my judgement
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can evaluate critically and convincingly
    • I can develop a personal response that stays rooted in the text

Speaking & listening AO7–9 · Present, respond and use spoken Standard English

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can speak in a simple, limited way in a formal setting
    • I can listen and give a simple response
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can speak with some success and structure
    • I can respond to questions and feedback
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can speak consistently and clearly to an audience
    • I can respond thoughtfully and use spoken Standard English
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can speak in a compelling, convincing way
    • I can respond to questions with confidence and control
Y8Year 8 knowledge & skills ladderBy assessment objective

This ladder is built around the AQA assessment objectives — the same skills used at GCSE — so your progress in Year 8 connects directly to Key Stage 4. Find your current attainment band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see your next step.

Eng Lang AO1 · Identify and interpret information and ideas

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify explicit information in a text
    • I can find a stated detail to use
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can identify explicit information
    • I can begin to identify implicit information
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can identify explicit and implicit information
    • I can begin to interpret what I find
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can identify and interpret explicit and implicit ideas
    • I can synthesise evidence from more than one text

Eng Lit AO1 · Read, understand and respond; a personal response with references

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can make simple, relevant comments about a text
    • I can pick out a detail to back up what I say
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain my response to the task and text
    • I can use references to support a range of comments
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can give a clear, explained response to task and text
    • I can use references effectively to support my explanation
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can give a thoughtful, developed personal response
    • I can weave apt references into my interpretations

Eng Lit AO2 · Analyse writers’ language, form and structure

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can see that a writer makes deliberate choices
    • I can name a technique the writer uses
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can comment on a writer’s methods
    • I can use some subject terminology and note an effect
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can clearlyexplain a writer’s methods and their effect
    • I can use relevant terminology accurately
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can examine how a writer’s methods shape meaning
    • I can analyse the effect on the reader with precise terminology

Eng Lit AO3 · Understand the contexts in which texts were written

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can make a simple comment about context
    • I can notice when a text links to its time
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can show some understanding of context
    • I can link context to the text in places
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can show clear understanding of context
    • I can make specific links between context and text
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can consider context thoughtfully
    • I can show detailed links between context, text and task

Eng Lang AO2 · Analyse how language and structure achieve effects

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can show simple awareness of language
    • I can offer a simple comment on an effect
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can show some understanding of language
    • I can select some relevant quotations
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can clearlyexplain the effects of language and structure
    • I can select relevant quotations and use terminology accurately
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can analyse the effects of language and structure in detail
    • I can select judicious quotations and use sophisticated terminology

Eng Lang AO5 · Communicate clearly and imaginatively in writing

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can communicate in a simple, limited way
    • I can attempt to match my writing to its purpose
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can communicate with some success
    • I can begin to adapt tone and style for the task
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can communicate consistently and clearly
    • I can organise my ideas so my writing is coherent
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can communicate in a compelling, convincing way
    • I can adapt tone, style and structure for effect

Eng Lang AO3 · Compare writers’ ideas and perspectives

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can notice one similarity or difference between two texts
    • I can say what a writer thinks about the subject
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can compare what two writers say about the same subject
    • I can identify a writer’s point of view
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can compare ideas and perspectives clearly, using evidence from both texts
    • I can explain how a writer’s methods convey their perspective
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can compare perspectives perceptively across two texts
    • I can analyse how methods shape each writer’s viewpoint

Eng Lang AO4 · Evaluate texts critically

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can give an opinion about a text
    • I can say whether I liked part of a text and why
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can make a simple judgement and support it with a quotation
    • I can comment on how successful a writer has been
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can evaluate a text clearly, explaining the effect on the reader
    • I can use well-chosen evidence to support my judgement
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can evaluate critically and convincingly
    • I can develop a personal response that stays rooted in the text

Eng Lang AO6 · Vocabulary, sentences, spelling and punctuation

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can spell familiar words correctly and use full stops and capital letters
    • I can write in simple, clear sentences
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can spell most words correctly and use commas accurately
    • I can vary my sentences for clarity
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can spell accurately and punctuate a range of sentences
    • I can choose vocabulary deliberately for effect
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can spell ambitious vocabulary correctly and punctuate for deliberate effect
    • I can craft sentence forms to shape meaning

Speaking & listening AO7–9 · Present, respond and use spoken Standard English

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can speak in a simple, limited way in a formal setting
    • I can listen and give a simple response
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can speak with some success and structure
    • I can respond to questions and feedback
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can speak consistently and clearly to an audience
    • I can respond thoughtfully and use spoken Standard English
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can speak in a compelling, convincing way
    • I can respond to questions with confidence and control
Y9Year 9 knowledge & skills ladderBy assessment objective

This ladder is built around the AQA assessment objectives — the same skills used at GCSE — so your progress in Year 9 connects directly to Key Stage 4. Find your current attainment band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see your next step.

Eng Lit AO1 · Read, understand and respond; a personal response with references

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can make simple, relevant comments about a text
    • I can pick out a detail to back up what I say
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain my response to the task and text
    • I can use references to support a range of comments
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can give a clear, explained response to task and text
    • I can use references effectively to support my explanation
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can give a thoughtful, developed personal response
    • I can weave apt references into my interpretations

Eng Lit AO2 · Analyse writers’ language, form and structure

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can see that a writer makes deliberate choices
    • I can name a technique the writer uses
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can comment on a writer’s methods
    • I can use some subject terminology and note an effect
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can clearlyexplain a writer’s methods and their effect
    • I can use relevant terminology accurately
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can examine how a writer’s methods shape meaning
    • I can analyse the effect on the reader with precise terminology

Eng Lit AO3 · Understand the contexts in which texts were written

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can make a simple comment about context
    • I can notice when a text links to its time
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can show some understanding of context
    • I can link context to the text in places
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can show clear understanding of context
    • I can make specific links between context and text
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can consider context thoughtfully
    • I can show detailed links between context, text and task

Eng Lang AO2 · Analyse how language and structure achieve effects

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can show simple awareness of language
    • I can offer a simple comment on an effect
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can show some understanding of language
    • I can select some relevant quotations
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can clearlyexplain the effects of language and structure
    • I can select relevant quotations and use terminology accurately
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can analyse the effects of language and structure in detail
    • I can select judicious quotations and use sophisticated terminology

Eng Lang AO4 · Evaluate texts critically

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can make a simple evaluative comment on a text
    • I can give a simple example to explain my view
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can attempt an evaluative comment
    • I can offer an example to explain my view
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can clearlyevaluate a text
    • I can explain the effect of a writer’s choices with examples
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can criticallyevaluate a text in detail
    • I can validate my views with a range of quotations

Eng Lang AO5 · Communicate clearly and imaginatively in writing

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can communicate in a simple, limited way
    • I can attempt to match my writing to its purpose
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can communicate with some success
    • I can begin to adapt tone and style for the task
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can communicate consistently and clearly
    • I can organise my ideas so my writing is coherent
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can communicate in a compelling, convincing way
    • I can adapt tone, style and structure for effect

Eng Lang AO6 · Vocabulary, sentences, spelling and punctuation

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can use basic spelling and simple vocabulary accurately
    • I can use sentence demarcation some of the time
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can spell more complex words and vary my vocabulary
    • I can use a range of punctuation with some control
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can spell accurately, including complex words
    • I can use varied sentences and punctuation for effect
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can spell ambitious vocabulary accurately
    • I can use a wide range of punctuation and sentence forms with control

Eng Lang AO1 · Identify and interpret information and ideas

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can find and copy information that is stated directly
    • I can choose a quotation that fits the question
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can identify ideas that are stated and suggested
    • I can begin to gather ideas from more than one place in a text
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can interpret what a writer implies and support it with evidence
    • I can bring together ideas from across a whole text
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can interpret perceptively, choosing precise evidence
    • I can synthesise ideas from two texts insightfully

Eng Lang AO3 · Compare writers’ ideas and perspectives

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can notice one similarity or difference between two texts
    • I can say what a writer thinks about the subject
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can compare what two writers say about the same subject
    • I can identify a writer’s point of view
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can compare ideas and perspectives clearly, using evidence from both texts
    • I can explain how a writer’s methods convey their perspective
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can compare perspectives perceptively across two texts
    • I can analyse how methods shape each writer’s viewpoint

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

A knowledge organiser for every unit, grouped by year. Open the tile, then open the unit you’re studying to revise its key knowledge, skills and vocabulary. Where a unit’s organiser is still being finalised by the department this is flagged inside.

KS3Open the knowledge organisersRevision sheets

Year 7 · Narrative

Y7Childhood and DiscoveryKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
Y7

Childhood and Discovery

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.A transition unit exploring childhood and growing up through 19th-century and modern prose, introducing analytical writing (PEEL) and autobiography.
Builds onstorytelling, sentence control and word classes from primary school.
Leads toDickens: Growing Up & Transformation, and reading for meaning across Year 7.
Assessed inAutobiographical writingNarrative
Key knowledge
  • Context is the circumstances in which a text is written and read; a writer’s time, place and life shape their work.
  • Autobiography is a first-person account of the writer’s own life, e.g. Dahl’s ‘Boy’.
  • In ‘Jane Eyre’ (Brontë, 1847) a young orphan is mistreated by her wealthy aunt and cousin.
  • In ‘Harry Potter’ (Rowling, 1997) an orphan lives with his unkind aunt and uncle.
  • Innocence and experience is a key idea in writing about childhood.
  • A bildungsroman is a ‘coming of age’ story of growth.
Key skills
  • Read and interpret unfamiliar 19th-century language
  • Write a PEEL paragraph exploring character
  • Write autobiographically in the first person
  • Select and embed short quotations
Key vocabulary
AutobiographyA first-person account of the writer’s own life.
NarratorThe voice telling the story.
CharacterA person created by the writer.
ThemeAn idea explored across a text.
PerspectiveThe point of view a text is told from.
ConnotationAn idea or feeling a word suggests.
NostalgicLooking back fondly on the past.
BildungsromanA ‘coming of age’ novel of growth.
Careers & pathways
  • Journalist / editor— Research, write and shape stories and comment for readers.
  • Author / screenwriter— Craft narrative, character and dialogue across forms.
  • Teacher / lecturer— Open up reading and writing for others.
  • Solicitor / barrister— Build precise, persuasive arguments from evidence.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisCritical readingClear writingBuilding an argumentEmpathy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in PSHE 1 — Health & Wellbeing for transition, change and wellbeing; History 7.3 — Medieval life: faith, work & disease for childhood in the past.
Y7Dickens: Growing Up & TransformationKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
Y7

Dickens: Growing Up & Transformation

Download PDF
What this unit is about.A study of Dickens’ prose focused on childhood, growing up and transformation, and on bringing context into analysis.
Builds onChildhood and Discovery: attitudes to children and first analytical writing.
Leads toBeauty, Beasts and Creation, and 19th-century context at GCSE (e.g. ‘Jekyll and Hyde’).
Assessed inKnowledge & reading testNarrative
Key knowledge
  • Charles Dickens (1812–1870) drew on his own hard childhood, including his father’s debtors’ prison.
  • Victorian workhouses were harsh institutions for the very poor.
  • ‘Oliver Twist’: an orphan mistreated in a cruel world; Fagin exploits children.
  • ‘Great Expectations’: Pip, an orphan with dreams and a strong conscience; the convict Magwitch.
  • ‘A Christmas Carol’: the miser Scrooge is transformed after the visits of three spirits.
  • Dickens’ key themes are childhood/innocence and poverty/social injustice.
Key skills
  • Bring historical context into literary analysis
  • Write PEEL paragraphs on character and theme
  • Write creatively in a Dickensian style
  • Track how a character changes across a text
Key vocabulary
TransformationA complete change in a character.
InnocenceFreedom from corruption or guilt.
ExploitedUsed unfairly for someone’s gain.
OrphanA child whose parents have died.
VulnerableEasily harmed or in need of protection.
MiserA person who hoards money and gives nothing.
ContextThe circumstances that shaped a text.
BildungsromanA story tracing a character’s growth.
Careers & pathways
  • Journalist / editor— Research, write and shape stories and comment for readers.
  • Author / screenwriter— Craft narrative, character and dialogue across forms.
  • Teacher / lecturer— Open up reading and writing for others.
  • Solicitor / barrister— Build precise, persuasive arguments from evidence.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisCritical readingClear writingBuilding an argumentEmpathy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in History 8.6 — The Industrial Revolution for the Industrial Revolution and Victorian Britain; Drama 7.2 — Melodrama for melodrama and Victorian theatre.
Y7Beauty, Beasts and CreationKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
Y7

Beauty, Beasts and Creation

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.A poetry and nature-writing unit celebrating the awe of creation, developing analysis (PEEL) and creative and non-fiction writing.
Builds onanalytical paragraphs and reading skills from earlier in Year 7.
Leads toTelling Tales, and poetry analysis in Year 8 (Romantics) and at GCSE.
Assessed inPersona poem & creative journalNarrative
Key knowledge
  • Poets use a range of forms to shape meaning and feeling.
  • Persona poetry speaks in a chosen voice to explore the human condition.
  • Metaphor, simile and personification create vivid imagery of the natural world.
  • Nature writers such as Katherine Rundell use fact and emotive language to inform and move readers.
  • The unit celebrates the beauty and awe of God’s world and care for the environment.
  • PEEL adds a ‘Link’ to the impact on the reader.
Key skills
  • Analyse poetic methods using PEEL
  • Experiment with different poetic forms
  • Write informative nature non-fiction
  • Infer and retrieve from non-fiction texts
Key vocabulary
PersonaA voice or character a poet writes as.
MetaphorDescribing one thing as another.
PersonificationGiving human qualities to non-human things.
ImageryLanguage that creates a picture.
FormThe shape and structure of a poem.
Emotive languageWords chosen to stir feeling.
IridescentShining with shifting colours.
InferenceA conclusion drawn from clues in a text.
Careers & pathways
  • Poet / lyricist— Shape feeling and idea through form, image and sound.
  • Songwriter— Use rhythm, rhyme and metaphor to move an audience.
  • Editor / critic— Read closely and judge how writing works.
  • Teacher— Share a love of language and poetry.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
ImaginationCrafting writingVocabularyStructureEditing
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Art & Design 9.3 — Natural Forms Painting for natural forms and observation; Science 8.6 — Ecosystems for habitats and ecosystems; Religious Studies 7.1 — Creation and Covenant for wonder at creation.
Y7Telling TalesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.A unit on narrative and the storyteller, exploring origin stories, folklore, archetypes and the graphic novel.
Builds onnarrative and creative writing from Beauty, Beasts and Creation.
Leads toAnimal Farm (storytelling & allegory) and Shakespeare’s archetypes.
Assessed inOrigin story & descriptionNarrative
Key knowledge
  • A narrative arc is the shape and structure of a story.
  • Character archetypes include protagonist, antagonist, helper and foil.
  • An origin story reveals how a character became who they are.
  • Fairy tales and folklore carry a culture’s history, fears and dreams.
  • Graphic novels tell stories through image as well as words.
  • First- and third-person narration create different effects for the reader.
Key skills
  • Shape a narrative using an arc
  • Create and contrast character types
  • Infer meaning from non-fiction and images
  • Identify a writer’s perspective and purpose
Key vocabulary
Narrative arcThe shape and structure of a story.
ProtagonistThe main character.
AntagonistThe character who opposes the hero.
FoilA character who contrasts with another.
ArchetypeA recurring character type.
Omniscient narratorAn all-knowing storytelling voice.
FlashbackA scene set earlier than the main action.
DenouementThe resolution at a story’s end.
Careers & pathways
  • Journalist / editor— Research, write and shape stories and comment for readers.
  • Author / screenwriter— Craft narrative, character and dialogue across forms.
  • Teacher / lecturer— Open up reading and writing for others.
  • Solicitor / barrister— Build precise, persuasive arguments from evidence.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
ImaginationCrafting writingVocabularyStructureEditing
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Drama 7.1 — Mime, Movement & Storytelling for mime, movement and storytelling; History 7.6 — The Silk Roads for stories along the Silk Roads.
Y7Animal FarmKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
Y7

Animal Farm

Download PDF
What this unit is about.A whole-text study of Orwell’s allegory, introducing satire, allegory and symbolism and writing to present a viewpoint.
Builds onstorytelling and character work from Telling Tales.
Leads towhole-text study in Year 8 and ideas of power, conflict and society at GCSE.
Assessed inPEEL on a set speech & viewpoint writingNarrative
Key knowledge
  • Aesop’s fables introduce the idea of allegory — a story with a hidden meaning.
  • ‘Animal Farm’ (Orwell, 1945) is an allegory of the Russian Revolution.
  • Satire uses humour and exaggeration to criticise people or power.
  • Symbolism lets characters and objects stand for bigger ideas.
  • Orwell explores how leaders and the media can hold and abuse power.
  • Close reading tracks plot, character and the writer’s methods.
Key skills
  • Read closely for meaning across a whole text
  • Explain allegory, satire and symbolism
  • Write PEEL analysis of a key speech
  • Write persuasively to present a viewpoint
Key vocabulary
AllegoryA story with a hidden, deeper meaning.
SatireUsing humour to criticise and expose.
SymbolismUsing something to stand for an idea.
PropagandaBiased information used to persuade.
CorruptionDishonest use of power.
RhetoricThe art of persuasive language.
RevolutionThe overthrow of those in power.
TyrannyCruel and unjust use of power.
Careers & pathways
  • Solicitor / barrister— Build and argue a case from evidence.
  • Journalist— Hold power to account and inform the public.
  • Politics / policy— Shape, scrutinise and communicate ideas.
  • Charity / campaigns— Advocate for justice and the vulnerable.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisCritical readingClear writingBuilding an argumentEmpathy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Politics 2 — Core political ideas for core political ideas; History P1B — Conflict and tension: East and West, 1945–72 for the Cold War and totalitarian states.
Y7Storytelling and ShakespeareKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
Y7

Storytelling and Shakespeare

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.An introduction to Shakespeare’s world and theatre through ‘A Midsummer Night’s Dream’, exploring stagecraft, character and language.
Builds onnarrative and archetypes from Telling Tales.
Leads to‘The Tempest’ in Year 8 and Shakespeare at GCSE (‘Macbeth’).
Assessed inTheatre-goer diary & drama performanceNarrative
Key knowledge
  • Shakespeare (1564–1616) wrote for the Globe in Elizabethan and Jacobean England.
  • Elizabethan society was Christian, patriarchal and hierarchical; marriages were often arranged.
  • The Globe was open-air; plays were performed in daylight and boys played female roles.
  • ‘A Midsummer Night’s Dream’: lovers, fairies and confusion in an enchanted wood.
  • The quarrel between Oberon and Titania disrupts the natural order.
  • Dramatic terms include comedy, tragedy, monologue, dialogue and stage direction.
Key skills
  • Read and interpret Shakespeare’s language (PEEL)
  • Perform and experiment with drama
  • Explain stagecraft and its effect on an audience
  • Link Shakespeare’s choices to his context
Key vocabulary
TragedyA play ending in downfall or death.
ComedyA play with a happy, often marriage, ending.
Dramatic ironyWhen the audience knows more than a character.
MonologueA long speech by one character to others.
DialogueSpeech between characters.
Stage directionInstructions for performance.
PatriarchyA society in which men hold power.
ImaginationA central theme of the play.
Careers & pathways
  • Actor / director— Interpret character, staging and language for an audience.
  • Playwright / screenwriter— Build drama through dialogue and structure.
  • Theatre / arts producer— Bring live performance to audiences.
  • Teacher— Open up drama and Shakespeare for others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
PersuasionPublic speakingListeningStructuring ideasConfidence
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Drama 8.4 — Shakespeare for staging Shakespeare; History 8.1 — The Reformation & Tudor England for Tudor England.

Year 8 · Identity

Y8Myths and MonstersKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.A study of Greek myth and Victorian gothic to explore ‘otherness’ and how genre shapes the monstrous.
Builds onnarrative writing and characterisation from Year 7 ‘Telling Tales’.
Leads toFear and Fascination, and gothic study leading to GCSE (‘Jekyll and Hyde’).
Assessed inCreative writing: a monsterIdentity
Key knowledge
  • Myths are stories that explain the world and carry meaning; many monsters begin in Greek myth.
  • The Minotaur, Medusa and the harpy are famous mythological monsters.
  • Victorian gothic created enduring monsters in a time of scientific change.
  • Shelley’s ‘Frankenstein’ (1818): a creature made by an over-reaching scientist.
  • Stoker’s ‘Dracula’ (1897) and Rossetti’s ‘Goblin Market’ (1862) present hybrid, monstrous figures.
  • Genre and context shape how ‘the other’ is characterised.
Key skills
  • Analyse how writers characterise the ‘other’
  • Link gothic texts to their Victorian context
  • Write creatively to build a monster and atmosphere
  • Read and interpret 19th-century fiction
Key vocabulary
MythA traditional story that explains or teaches.
GothicA genre of gloom, fear and the supernatural.
HybridA creature made of mixed forms.
MonstrousFrightening, unnatural or cruel.
SinisterSuggesting evil or harm.
OminousHinting that something bad will happen.
MisunderstoodWrongly judged by others.
OthernessBeing seen as different or outside.
Careers & pathways
  • Journalist / editor— Research, write and shape stories and comment for readers.
  • Author / screenwriter— Craft narrative, character and dialogue across forms.
  • Teacher / lecturer— Open up reading and writing for others.
  • Solicitor / barrister— Build precise, persuasive arguments from evidence.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
ImaginationCrafting writingVocabularyStructureEditing
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Drama 7.5 — Greek Theatre for Greek theatre and chorus; Art & Design 7.2 — Surrealists for the surreal and the monstrous.
Y8Fear and FascinationKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.A fiction and non-fiction unit on society’s fear of and fascination with ‘real’ and human ‘monsters’ and outsiders.
Builds ongothic monsters and context from ‘Myths and Monsters’.
Leads to‘The Tempest’ (the outsider Caliban) and viewpoint writing.
Assessed inReading response & spoken viewpointIdentity
Key knowledge
  • Society decides who counts as ‘other’ — context matters.
  • Brontë’s Bertha Mason and Dickens’ Miss Havisham are literary ‘monsters’.
  • Victorian non-fiction fed a public appetite for ‘monsters’ and outsiders.
  • Joseph Merrick (‘the Elephant Man’) was a gentle man exhibited as a spectacle.
  • Fiction and reality blur in figures such as Sweeney Todd and Burke & Hare.
  • Sources vary in reliability and bias; rhetoric shapes opinion.
Key skills
  • Retrieve, infer and deduce from texts
  • Compare texts and evaluate reliability and bias
  • Use rhetorical devices in speech
  • Prepare and deliver a spoken viewpoint (S&L)
Key vocabulary
IsolationBeing set apart from others.
DehumanisationTreating a person as less than human.
OthernessBeing seen as different or outside.
BiasA one-sided view.
ReliableAble to be trusted as accurate.
AnecdoteA short personal story used as evidence.
SpeculationGuessing without firm evidence.
HumanityThe quality of being humane and human.
Careers & pathways
  • Journalist / travel writer— Report and shape viewpoint for real readers.
  • Copywriter / content creator— Persuade and inform across media.
  • Editor— Shape and sharpen others’ writing.
  • Communications / PR— Craft clear, persuasive public messages.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
PersuasionPublic speakingListeningStructuring ideasConfidence
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Drama 7.2 — Melodrama for melodrama and the gothic; Science B3 — Infection and response for infection, disease and fear.
Y8The TempestKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.A complete-text study of Shakespeare’s play, exploring Caliban as outsider, colonial context and stagecraft.
Builds onShakespeare’s world from Year 7 and the ‘otherness’ of Year 8.
Leads to‘Romeo and Juliet’ in Year 9 and Shakespeare at GCSE (‘Macbeth’).
Assessed inKnowledge test & Caliban studyIdentity
Key knowledge
  • Prospero, exiled Duke of Milan, uses magic to raise a storm and take revenge.
  • Key characters include Miranda, Ariel, Caliban, Antonio and Alonso.
  • Caliban is presented as an enslaved ‘monster’ and outsider.
  • Colonisation in the Age of Exploration shapes the play’s ideas.
  • Key themes: revenge and justice, the supernatural and social status.
  • The PETER paragraph adds Terminology and a Reference to context.
Key skills
  • Analyse how Shakespeare presents Caliban
  • Explain narrative structure in a play
  • Link colonial context to characterisation
  • Analyse how staging shapes audience response
Key vocabulary
ColonisationTaking control of another people’s land.
UsurpTo take power wrongfully.
HierarchyA ranked order of power.
ManipulateTo control others cunningly.
SoliloquyA speech revealing private thoughts.
AsideWords to the audience unheard by others.
TragicomedyA play mixing tragedy and comedy.
NativeBelonging to a place by birth.
Careers & pathways
  • Actor / director— Interpret character, staging and language for an audience.
  • Playwright / screenwriter— Build drama through dialogue and structure.
  • Theatre / arts producer— Bring live performance to audiences.
  • Teacher— Open up drama and Shakespeare for others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisCritical readingClear writingBuilding an argumentEmpathy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Drama 8.4 — Shakespeare for Shakespeare in performance; History 8.3 — The British Empire for empire and colonisation.
Y8Poetry of the RomanticsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
Y8

Poetry of the Romantics

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.A study of Romantic poetry and its context, developing analysis (PEEL) and personal response.
Builds onpoetic devices from ‘Beauty, Beasts and Creation’ and gothic ideas.
Leads toWar Poetry in Year 9 and the Power and Conflict cluster at GCSE.
Assessed inClose reading of a poemIdentity
Key knowledge
  • Romanticism (late 18th–early 19th century) valued nature, feeling and imagination.
  • Key poets: Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron and Shelley.
  • The Romantics reacted against the Enlightenment and the Industrial Revolution.
  • ‘The sublime’ is greatness beyond calculation, stirring awe and fear.
  • Individualism, rebellion and the imagination are central ideas.
  • GCSE links include ‘Ozymandias’, ‘London’ and ‘The Prelude’.
Key skills
  • Analyse poetic methods using PEEL
  • Develop and support a personal response
  • Select and integrate apt quotations
  • Link poems to their historical context
Key vocabulary
RomanticismA movement valuing nature and feeling.
SublimeAwe-inspiring greatness or grandeur.
EnlightenmentAn age that prized reason and science.
IntrospectiveLooking inward at one’s own feelings.
RebellionResistance against authority.
QuatrainA four-line stanza.
Semantic fieldA group of words on one theme.
SymbolSomething that stands for an idea.
Careers & pathways
  • Poet / lyricist— Shape feeling and idea through form, image and sound.
  • Songwriter— Use rhythm, rhyme and metaphor to move an audience.
  • Editor / critic— Read closely and judge how writing works.
  • Teacher— Share a love of language and poetry.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisCritical readingClear writingBuilding an argumentEmpathy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Art & Design 9.3 — Natural Forms Painting for nature and the sublime in art; Music 8.1 — Over the Rainbow for Romanticism in music.
Y8Voice and Identity: ‘Face’Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
Y8

Voice and Identity: ‘Face’

Download PDF
What this unit is about.A whole-novel study of Benjamin Zephaniah’s ‘Face’, exploring identity, prejudice and change.
Builds onclose reading and character work from earlier Year 8 units.
Leads to20th-Century Classics in Year 9 and modern-text study at GCSE.
Assessed inReading of an extract & spoken presentationIdentity
Key knowledge
  • ‘Face’ follows Martin, whose life changes after a serious facial injury.
  • The novel explores identity, appearance, prejudice and friendship.
  • Context: Zephaniah’s life and the social world of the novel shape its message.
  • Writers adapt style for different purposes and audiences.
  • Narrative structure moves from extract to chapter to whole novel.
  • Transformational writing re-tells a moment from a new perspective.
Key skills
  • Analyse character, theme and narrative structure
  • Weave prose and direct speech into writing
  • Write transformational creative responses
  • Prepare a spoken presentation on identity (S&L)
Key vocabulary
IdentityWho a person is and how they see themselves.
PrejudiceJudging unfairly before knowing.
PerspectiveThe viewpoint a story is told from.
ColloquialismInformal, everyday language.
CharacterisationHow a writer builds a character.
ResilienceRecovering and adapting after hardship.
EmpathyUnderstanding another’s feelings.
TransformationA significant change in a character.
Careers & pathways
  • Journalist / editor— Research, write and shape stories and comment for readers.
  • Author / screenwriter— Craft narrative, character and dialogue across forms.
  • Teacher / lecturer— Open up reading and writing for others.
  • Solicitor / barrister— Build precise, persuasive arguments from evidence.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
PersuasionPublic speakingListeningStructuring ideasConfidence
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in PSHE 2 — Relationships & RSE for identity, prejudice and relationships; Art & Design 9.2 — Identity Pots for identity in portraiture.

Year 9 · Power and People

Y920th-Century Classics: Lord of the Flies / The Woman in BlackKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
Y9

20th-Century Classics: Lord of the Flies / The Woman in Black

Download PDF
What this unit is about.A whole-novel study — either Golding’s ‘Lord of the Flies’ or Hill’s ‘The Woman in Black’ — building GCSE Language Paper 1 reading skills.
Builds onwhole-novel reading from ‘Face’ and ‘Animal Farm’.
Leads tomodern-text and 19th-century study at GCSE (e.g. ‘Jekyll and Hyde’).
Assessed inGuided extract questionsPower and People
Key knowledge
  • ‘Lord of the Flies’ (Golding, 1954): boys marooned on an island descend into savagery.
  • Golding’s WWII experience shaped his view of human nature; Ralph, Jack, Piggy and Simon.
  • Themes: civilisation vs savagery, power, the loss of innocence and evil.
  • ‘The Woman in Black’ (Hill, 1983): a Victorian-style gothic ghost story.
  • Isolation, pathetic fallacy and foreshadowing build gothic tension.
  • Reading to evaluate prepares for GCSE Language Paper 1; the PETAL paragraph adds Technique.
Key skills
  • Analyse setting, character, language and structure
  • Read to evaluate a whole text
  • Analyse how writers build tension
  • Use PETAL to structure analytical writing
Key vocabulary
CivilisationOrdered, rule-governed society.
SavageryWild, violent lack of order.
SymbolismUsing objects to stand for ideas.
AllegoryA story with a deeper hidden meaning.
Pathetic fallacyWeather reflecting mood.
ForeshadowingHints of what is to come.
IsolationBeing cut off from others.
AntagonistThe character who opposes the hero.
Careers & pathways
  • Journalist / editor— Research, write and shape stories and comment for readers.
  • Author / screenwriter— Craft narrative, character and dialogue across forms.
  • Teacher / lecturer— Open up reading and writing for others.
  • Solicitor / barrister— Build precise, persuasive arguments from evidence.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisCritical readingClear writingBuilding an argumentEmpathy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Politics 2 — Core political ideas for political ideas and human nature; Religious Studies 1.2 — Good and Evil for good and evil.
Y9Aspects of Love: Romeo and JulietKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
Y9

Aspects of Love: Romeo and Juliet

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.A study of Shakespeare’s tragedy, analysing love, conflict and fate, and writing from extract to whole play.
Builds onShakespeare’s world (Year 7) and ‘The Tempest’ (Year 8).
Leads toShakespeare at GCSE (‘Macbeth’) and the tragedy genre.
Assessed inExtract-to-whole essayPower and People
Key knowledge
  • First performed c.1594, ‘Romeo and Juliet’ is an Elizabethan tragedy.
  • The Montague–Capulet feud drives the ‘star-cross’d’ lovers’ fate.
  • The play is set in a patriarchal society; women were treated as men’s property.
  • Marriage was often arranged for money, power and status.
  • Belief in fate, astrology and the supernatural shapes the tragedy.
  • Key methods: prologue, soliloquy, dramatic irony, foreshadowing and iambic pentameter.
Key skills
  • Analyse Shakespeare’s methods and their effect
  • Write from extract to whole play
  • Link context (patriarchy, fate) to the text
  • Explore character, theme and relationships
Key vocabulary
TragedyA play ending in downfall or death.
PrologueAn opening that introduces the play.
SoliloquyA speech revealing private thoughts.
Dramatic ironyWhen the audience knows more than a character.
ForeshadowTo hint at future events.
PatriarchA male head holding authority.
Iambic pentameterA ten-syllable rhythmic line.
FateThe idea that events are predetermined.
Careers & pathways
  • Actor / director— Interpret character, staging and language for an audience.
  • Playwright / screenwriter— Build drama through dialogue and structure.
  • Theatre / arts producer— Bring live performance to audiences.
  • Teacher— Open up drama and Shakespeare for others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisCritical readingClear writingBuilding an argumentEmpathy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Drama 9.1 — The 39 Steps for staging conflict and tension; History 8.1 — The Reformation & Tudor England for Tudor and Elizabethan society.
Y9Non-fiction: Travel WritingKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
Y9

Non-fiction: Travel Writing

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.A non-fiction unit on writers’ viewpoints and perspectives on place, developing comparison and persuasive writing for GCSE Language Paper 2.
Builds onviewpoint writing from ‘Animal Farm’ and non-fiction reading in Year 8.
Leads toGCSE Language Paper 2 (viewpoints, comparison and non-fiction writing).
Assessed inWriting to express a viewpointPower and People
Key knowledge
  • Travel writing is non-fiction describing places and experiences of travel.
  • Writers convey distinct viewpoints and perspectives on people and places.
  • Literary non-fiction uses fictional techniques to write about real events.
  • Writers studied include Bryson, Palin, O’Hanlon and Dickens.
  • Texts from different periods can be compared for viewpoint and method.
  • The PETAL paragraph structures analysis of a writer’s methods.
Key skills
  • Compare writers’ viewpoints across texts
  • Analyse tone and perspective
  • Write persuasively to present a viewpoint
  • Select facts, opinion and rhetorical devices
Key vocabulary
ViewpointA writer’s attitude or opinion.
PerspectiveThe angle from which something is seen.
Literary non-fictionTrue writing that uses fiction’s techniques.
BiasA one-sided view.
Emotive languageWords chosen to stir feeling.
Rhetorical questionA question asked for effect.
SardonicMocking or scornful in tone.
EuphoricIntensely happy or elated.
Careers & pathways
  • Journalist / travel writer— Report and shape viewpoint for real readers.
  • Copywriter / content creator— Persuade and inform across media.
  • Editor— Shape and sharpen others’ writing.
  • Communications / PR— Craft clear, persuasive public messages.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
PersuasionPublic speakingListeningStructuring ideasConfidence
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography 7.2 — Where in the world? for places and the wider world; Computing 7.6 — Using media — gaining support for a cause for writing to persuade an audience.
Y9War PoetryKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.A poetry unit on the experience and representation of war, developing analysis and links to the GCSE Power and Conflict cluster.
Builds onpoetic analysis from ‘Poetry of the Romantics’ and R&J.
Leads toGCSE Literature Power and Conflict poetry and unseen poetry.
Assessed inWar-poetry question & diary entryPower and People
Key knowledge
  • WWI poets wrote from experience of trench warfare and shellshock.
  • Wilfred Owen (‘Dulce Et Decorum Est’) exposed the reality of war.
  • Rupert Brooke (‘The Soldier’) and Jessie Pope wrote patriotic verse.
  • Propaganda presented war as glorious, ignoring its brutality.
  • Key themes: patriotism, duty, the effects of war and its brutality.
  • Some Power and Conflict poems are taught here, non-specifically.
Key skills
  • Analyse poetic methods and their effect (PETER)
  • Compare attitudes to war across poems
  • Link poems to their historical context
  • Write creatively in response to war poetry
Key vocabulary
PatriotismDevoted love of one’s country.
PropagandaBiased material used to persuade.
JingoismAggressive, extreme patriotism.
CaesuraA deliberate pause within a line.
EnjambmentA line running on without a pause.
JuxtapositionPlacing ideas together for contrast.
IronyMeaning the opposite of what is said.
PersonaThe voice a poet writes in.
Careers & pathways
  • Poet / lyricist— Shape feeling and idea through form, image and sound.
  • Songwriter— Use rhythm, rhyme and metaphor to move an audience.
  • Editor / critic— Read closely and judge how writing works.
  • Teacher— Share a love of language and poetry.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisCritical readingClear writingBuilding an argumentEmpathy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in History 9.1 — The First World War: a global conflict for the First World War; Music 9.5 — Protest Song for the protest song; Art & Design 8.1 — Get Up Stand Up for protest art.
Y9Crossing WorldsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
Y9

Crossing Worlds

Download PDF
What this unit is about.A creative-writing unit exploring settings and ‘portals’ in fantasy and media, and the hero’s journey, building GCSE Language Paper 1 writing.
Builds onnarrative craft from ‘Telling Tales’ and character work from ‘Face’.
Leads toGCSE Language Paper 1 creative and descriptive writing.
Assessed inDescriptive/narrative writingPower and People
Key knowledge
  • Fantasy and media often use a ‘portal’ to cross into another world.
  • Examples include ‘The Lion, the Witch and the Wardrobe’, ‘Jumanji’ and video games.
  • The hero’s journey is a common narrative structure.
  • Character archetypes shape the roles within a story.
  • Structuring and sequencing a narrative controls a reader’s experience.
  • Vivid setting description creates atmosphere and immersion.
Key skills
  • Structure and sequence a narrative
  • Craft vivid, atmospheric settings
  • Use the hero’s journey and archetypes
  • Craft language for effect in creative writing
Key vocabulary
PortalA gateway between worlds.
ArchetypeA recurring character type.
ProtagonistThe main character.
SettingThe time and place of a story.
AtmosphereThe mood created for the reader.
ImageryLanguage that creates a picture.
ProlepsisA flash-forward in a narrative.
CyclicalA structure returning to its start.
Careers & pathways
  • Journalist / editor— Research, write and shape stories and comment for readers.
  • Author / screenwriter— Craft narrative, character and dialogue across forms.
  • Teacher / lecturer— Open up reading and writing for others.
  • Solicitor / barrister— Build precise, persuasive arguments from evidence.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
ImaginationCrafting writingVocabularyStructureEditing
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 9.2 — Media — Animations for building worlds in animation; Drama 7.4 — Devising: Responding to a Stimulus for devising from a stimulus.
Y9An Inspector CallsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.An introduction to Priestley’s GCSE set play, covering context, plot and characterisation, and GCSE Literature essay writing.
Builds onwhole-text and character analysis from across Year 9.
Leads toGCSE English Literature Paper 2 (modern text).
Assessed inAn Inspector Calls essay & knowledge testPower and People
Key knowledge
  • ‘An Inspector Calls’ (Priestley, 1945) is set in 1912 in the Birling household.
  • An Inspector questions the family about a young woman’s death.
  • Priestley explores responsibility, class, gender and conscience.
  • The play is a vehicle for Priestley’s socialist message.
  • Dramatic devices include dramatic irony, the Inspector’s role and the final twist.
  • GCSE essays argue a clear response with evidence and context (PEEL/PETER).
Key skills
  • Analyse character, theme and dramatic method
  • Link 1912/1945 context to the play
  • Build a clear argument in a GCSE essay
  • Select and embed evidence to support a thesis
Key vocabulary
ResponsibilityA duty to others and society.
ConscienceAn inner sense of right and wrong.
ClassSocial rank based on wealth and status.
SocialismBelief in shared social responsibility.
Dramatic ironyWhen the audience knows more than a character.
MicrocosmA small thing standing for a larger whole.
MoralityPrinciples of right and wrong.
DidacticIntended to teach a lesson.
Careers & pathways
  • Solicitor / barrister— Build and argue a case from evidence.
  • Journalist— Hold power to account and inform the public.
  • Politics / policy— Shape, scrutinise and communicate ideas.
  • Charity / campaigns— Advocate for justice and the vulnerable.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisCritical readingClear writingBuilding an argumentEmpathy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Drama G2 — Set play study for set play study; History 9.6 — Fighting for rights in the 20th century for fighting for rights in the 20th century; Religious Studies C3b — Ethics: Applied ethics & conscience for conscience and responsibility.

How to revise

Make it stick

Make it stick in English

  • Read widely for 20 minutes a day — fiction, non-fiction and poetry.
  • Learn key vocabulary and short quotations using flashcards and self-quizzing.
  • Use the knowledge organiser for your unit to test yourself, then check.
  • Practise a full PEEL / PETAL paragraph and mark it against the ladder.
  • Plan before you write: ideas, structure, then draft — and always proof-read for AO6.

English at Key Stage 4 builds on the journey through Key Stage 3, with important literary themes around power and identity explored through prose, plays and poetry in Literature, and the skills of creative writing and the effective crafting of language developed further in English Language. Reading remains central to all that we do, providing us with the opportunities to extend our knowledge, enjoy the written word and learn how to be effective communicators. Every Story Starts with You.

GCSE English Language AQA 8700

Two equally-weighted papers assess reading and writing through unseen fiction and non-fiction spanning the 19th, 20th and 21st centuries. Students learn to read critically and to write with clarity, craft and accuracy, and complete a Spoken Language endorsement reported as a separate grade. The course is co-taught with GCSE English Literature so that skills reinforce each other.

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the AQA GCSE English Language (8700) specification

GCSE English Language is assessed through two equally-weighted written papers, plus a separately reported Spoken Language endorsement. All reading texts are unseen. Tap the tile for the full breakdown.

GCSEThe course in detail — two papers & spoken languagePaper 1 50% · Paper 2 50%
Explorations in Creative Reading and WritingPaper 1 · 50%
  • 1 hour 45 minutes · 80 marks
  • Section A — Reading: one unseen literary-fiction extract (20th/21st century)
  • Q1 list four things; Q2 language; Q3 structure; Q4 evaluate (AO1, AO2, AO4)
  • Section B — Writing: one descriptive or narrative task (AO5, AO6)
Writers’ Viewpoints and PerspectivesPaper 2 · 50%
  • 1 hour 45 minutes · 80 marks
  • Section A — Reading: two linked non-fiction texts, one 19th-century and one 20th/21st
  • Q1 true/false; Q2 synthesis; Q3 language; Q4 compare viewpoints (AO1, AO2, AO3)
  • Section B — Writing: present a viewpoint for a set audience (AO5, AO6)
Spoken Language endorsementSeparately reported
  • A formal presentation with questions, assessed against national criteria
  • Graded Pass / Merit / Distinction (AO7–9)
  • Reported separately; it does not count towards the 9–1 grade
The six assessment objectivesAssessment
  • AO1Identify & interpret; synthesise (10%)
  • AO2Analyse language & structure (17%)
  • AO3Compare ideas & perspectives (10%)
  • AO4Evaluate texts critically (12%)
  • AO5 Communicate clearly & imaginatively (30%)
  • AO6 Vocabulary, spelling & punctuation (20%)
What you’ll practiseSkills
  • Close reading of unseen fiction and non-fiction
  • Analysing language and structure with precise terminology
  • Synthesising and comparing viewpoints across texts
  • Crafting description, narrative and persuasive writing
  • Speaking formally in Standard English
How marks are gained What great work shows
  • Well-chosen evidence and precise interpretation
  • Analysis of writers’ methods and their effects
  • Convincing, well-organised writing matched to purpose and audience
  • Consistent accuracy in spelling, punctuation and grammar

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

After your report, tap your grade band to see what you can already do in each assessment objective, and your next step up.

Highlight your stage— tap your grade band
GCSEGCSE English Language knowledge & skills ladderBy assessment objective · AQA 8700

This grid is built around the 6 AQA assessment objectives (AO1–AO6). Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see how to move up a grade.

AO1 · Identify, interpret and synthesise (weighting 10%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can find and copy explicit information
    • I can select a relevant quotation
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can identify explicit and implicit ideas
    • I can begin to synthesise from two texts
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can interpret ideas and select well-chosen evidence
    • I can synthesise clearly across two texts
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can interpret perceptively with precise evidence
    • I can synthesise insightfully across texts

AO2 · Analyse language and structure (weighting 17%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can identify a language or structural feature
    • I can offer a simple comment on its effect
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can explain the effects of language and structure
    • I can use subject terminology
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can analyse language and structure clearly
    • I can use a range of terminology accurately
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can analyse writers’ methods in detail and perceptively
    • I can select judicious examples and terminology

AO3 · Compare ideas and perspectives across texts (weighting 10%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can identify an obvious idea in each text
    • I can make a simple link between the two texts
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can compare the writers’ ideas and perspectives
    • I can show how these are conveyed
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can compare ideas and perspectives clearly
    • I can compare the methods used to convey them
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can compare ideas and perspectives perceptively
    • I can analyse how methods convey them across texts

AO4 · Evaluate texts critically (weighting 12%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can make a simple evaluative comment
    • I can give a simple example to support my view
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can evaluate with some clarity
    • I can support my view with relevant references
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can evaluate critically and clearly
    • I can support my view with well-chosen detail
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can evaluate critically and convincingly
    • I can develop a personal response with precise detail

AO5 · Communicate clearly and imaginatively (weighting 30%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can communicate simply and match part of the task
    • I can attempt paragraphs
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can communicate clearly for purpose and audience
    • I can organise ideas into linked paragraphs
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can communicate consistently and effectively
    • I can use structure and cohesion for effect
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can communicate convincingly and imaginatively
    • I can craft tone, style and structure for impact

AO6 · Vocabulary, sentences, spelling and punctuation (weighting 20%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can spell simple words and use basic punctuation
    • I can write in sentences with some accuracy
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can spell most words and use a range of punctuation
    • I can vary my sentence forms
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can spell accurately and punctuate for effect
    • I can use a range of sentence forms with control
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can spell ambitious vocabulary accurately
    • I can use a wide range of punctuation and sentences with control

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

Four organisers — one per section of the two papers. Open the one you’re revising.

GCSEOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
GCSEPaper 1 · Creative reading (Section A)Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
GCSE

Paper 1 · Creative reading (Section A)

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.The reading half of Paper 1: analysing an unseen fiction extract for language, structure and impact.
Builds onclose reading and PETAL analysis from Key Stage 3.
Leads toPaper 2 reading and A-level literary analysis.
Assessed inPaper 1 Section AAO1 · AO2 · AO4
Key knowledge
  • Q1 asks you to list four things from a set section of the text (AO1).
  • Q2 asks how the writer uses language for effect (words, phrases, techniques) (AO2).
  • Q3 asks how the writer has structured the whole text to interest the reader (AO2).
  • Q4 asks you to evaluate a statement about the text, with a critical personal response (AO4).
  • The source is unseen literary fiction from the 20th or 21st century.
  • Marks: Q1 4, Q2 8, Q3 8, Q4 20 (40 marks for Section A).
Key skills
  • Retrieve explicit information accurately
  • Analyse language and structure with terminology
  • Evaluate a text and develop a personal response
  • Track structural shifts across a whole extract
Key vocabulary
ExplicitStated clearly and directly.
ImplicitSuggested rather than stated.
StructureHow a text is ordered and shaped.
ZoomA shift from wide focus to close detail.
PerspectiveThe viewpoint a text is told from.
EvaluateTo judge how well something works.
ConnotationAn idea a word suggests.
ForeshadowTo hint at what is to come.
Careers & pathways
  • Journalist / editor— Research, write and shape stories and comment for readers.
  • Author / screenwriter— Craft narrative, character and dialogue across forms.
  • Teacher / lecturer— Open up reading and writing for others.
  • Solicitor / barrister— Build precise, persuasive arguments from evidence.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisCritical readingClear writingBuilding an argumentEmpathy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Art & Design FE — Working like an artist: analysis & the formal elements for analysing how a work is made; Drama G3 — Live theatre evaluation for evaluating a live performance.
GCSEPaper 1 · Creative writing (Section B)Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
GCSE

Paper 1 · Creative writing (Section B)

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.The writing half of Paper 1: descriptive or narrative writing in response to a prompt or image.
Builds oncreative and descriptive writing from Key Stage 3 (e.g. ‘Crossing Worlds’).
Leads toPaper 2 viewpoint writing and A-level original writing.
Assessed inPaper 1 Section BAO5 · AO6
Key knowledge
  • Section B offers a choice of a written prompt or a visual image, linked to Section A’s theme.
  • AO5 rewards clear, effective and imaginative communication and organisation.
  • AO6 rewards vocabulary, sentence variety, spelling and punctuation.
  • Planning shapes a clear structure with a deliberate opening and ending.
  • Ambitious vocabulary and varied sentences lift the writing.
  • Marks: 24 for content/organisation (AO5) + 16 for technical accuracy (AO6) = 40.
Key skills
  • Plan and structure a piece of writing
  • Craft description using imagery and the senses
  • Vary sentences and punctuation for effect
  • Proof-read to secure technical accuracy
Key vocabulary
DescriptionWriting that creates a vivid picture.
NarrativeA piece that tells a story.
ImageryLanguage that appeals to the senses.
CohesionHow a text links together.
RegisterThe level of formality of language.
Semantic fieldA group of words on one theme.
MotifA repeated idea or image.
SyntaxThe arrangement of words in a sentence.
Careers & pathways
  • Journalist / editor— Research, write and shape stories and comment for readers.
  • Author / screenwriter— Craft narrative, character and dialogue across forms.
  • Teacher / lecturer— Open up reading and writing for others.
  • Solicitor / barrister— Build precise, persuasive arguments from evidence.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
ImaginationCrafting writingVocabularyStructureEditing
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Art & Design C2 — Component 2: Externally Set Assignment for responding to a set assignment; Drama A4 — Creating original drama & the working notebook for creating original drama.
GCSEPaper 2 · Viewpoints reading (Section A)Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
GCSE

Paper 2 · Viewpoints reading (Section A)

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.The reading half of Paper 2: synthesising and comparing two non-fiction texts across time.
Builds onnon-fiction reading and comparison from Key Stage 3 (e.g. travel writing).
Leads toA-level non-fiction and comparative reading.
Assessed inPaper 2 Section AAO1 · AO2 · AO3
Key knowledge
  • The two sources are non-fiction/literary non-fiction, one 19th-century and one modern.
  • Q1 is a true/false selection from a set section (AO1).
  • Q2 asks you to summarise and synthesise differences between the texts (AO1).
  • Q3 asks how one writer uses language for effect (AO2).
  • Q4 asks you to compare the writers’ ideas, perspectives and methods (AO3).
  • Marks: Q1 4, Q2 8, Q3 12, Q4 16 (40 marks for Section A).
Key skills
  • Synthesise ideas across two texts
  • Compare writers’ viewpoints and perspectives
  • Analyse persuasive and rhetorical methods
  • Infer attitude and tone from non-fiction
Key vocabulary
SynthesiseTo combine ideas from more than one source.
ViewpointA writer’s attitude or opinion.
PerspectiveThe angle from which something is seen.
RhetoricThe art of persuasive language.
BiasA one-sided view.
ToneThe attitude conveyed by a text.
AnecdoteA short personal story used as evidence.
JuxtapositionPlacing ideas together for contrast.
Careers & pathways
  • Journalist / travel writer— Report and shape viewpoint for real readers.
  • Copywriter / content creator— Persuade and inform across media.
  • Editor— Shape and sharpen others’ writing.
  • Communications / PR— Craft clear, persuasive public messages.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisCritical readingClear writingBuilding an argumentEmpathy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 7.6 — Using media — gaining support for a cause for credibility and referencing sources; History P2A — Britain: Power and the People, c1170–present for using and comparing sources.
GCSEPaper 2 · Viewpoint writing (Section B)Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
GCSE

Paper 2 · Viewpoint writing (Section B)

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The writing half of Paper 2: writing to present a point of view, plus the Spoken Language endorsement.
Builds onpersuasive and viewpoint writing from Key Stage 3.
Leads toA-level writing and real-world communication.
Assessed inPaper 2 Section BAO5 · AO6 (+ AO7–9)
Key knowledge
  • Section B sets one writing task with a clear form, audience and purpose (e.g. letter, article, speech).
  • AO5 rewards a well-structured, convincing argument matched to audience.
  • AO6 rewards accuracy and range in vocabulary, sentences and punctuation.
  • Rhetorical devices (direct address, tripling, rhetorical questions) strengthen persuasion.
  • The Spoken Language endorsement is a formal presentation, questions and use of Standard English.
  • Marks: 24 (AO5) + 16 (AO6) = 40; the endorsement is graded separately.
Key skills
  • Structure a persuasive argument
  • Adapt tone and register to audience and form
  • Use rhetorical devices for effect
  • Present formally and respond to questions (S&L)
Key vocabulary
PersuadeTo convince someone of a viewpoint.
Rhetorical questionA question asked for effect.
Direct addressSpeaking straight to the reader.
AnaphoraRepetition at the start of clauses.
Counter-argumentAn opposing point answered in advance.
RegisterThe level of formality.
Discourse markerA word that signals the flow of ideas.
Standard EnglishThe widely accepted form of English.
Careers & pathways
  • Journalist / travel writer— Report and shape viewpoint for real readers.
  • Copywriter / content creator— Persuade and inform across media.
  • Editor— Shape and sharpen others’ writing.
  • Communications / PR— Craft clear, persuasive public messages.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
PersuasionPublic speakingListeningStructuring ideasConfidence
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 7.6 — Using media — gaining support for a cause for writing to gain support for a cause; Politics 1 — UK Politics for political argument.

How to revise

Make it stick

Revise for GCSE English Language

  • Practise timed Paper 1 and Paper 2 questions using the mark schemes.
  • Build a bank of ambitious vocabulary and connectives for writing.
  • Learn a ‘toolkit’ of language and structure terminology and use it precisely.
  • Read a broadsheet article or literary non-fiction each week for viewpoint and tone.
  • Always leave five minutes to proof-read for AO6 accuracy.

At Key Stage 5 the department offers two A-levels. Choose a course to see its route through the papers, its ladders and its organisers.

A-level English Literature A AQA 7712 · Option B

A historicist course that reads texts within shared contexts. Students study love through the ages and, for the school’s Option B, modern times (literature from 1945 to the present), alongside unseen poetry and prose, and complete an independent critical study across time. The set texts are Othello, the Love Through the Ages Anthology, The Handmaid’s Tale, A Streetcar Named Desire and Feminine Gospels.

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the AQA A-level English Literature A (7712) specification

Two written papers (40% each) and a coursework NEA (20%). The school follows Paper 2 Option 2B: Modern times (1945–present).

A-LevelThe course in detail — two papers & the NEAPaper 1 40% · Paper 2 40% · NEA 20%
Love through the agesPaper 1 · 40%
  • 3 hours · 75 marks · closed book
  • Section A — Shakespeare: a passage-based question
  • Section B — Unseen poetry: compare an unseen poem with studied poetry
  • Section C — Comparing two texts (poetry & prose) on love
  • All five AOs are assessed
Texts in shared contexts — Option 2B: Modern times (1945–present)Paper 2 · 40% · open book
  • 2 hours 30 minutes · 75 marks
  • Section A — Contextual linking: an unseen extract plus a set-text question on Othello
  • Section B — Comparing two set texts from the period
  • Set texts
Independent critical study: texts across timeNEA · 20%
  • One comparative essay of about 2,500 words, with a bibliography
  • Two texts across time; at least one written before 1900
  • Student-devised question; marked in centre and moderated by AQA
  • See the rules on the NEA organiser
The five assessment objectivesAssessment
  • AO1Informed, personal, creative response; expression (28%)
  • AO2Analyse how meanings are shaped (24%)
  • AO3Significance & influence of contexts (24%)
  • AO4Connections across texts (12%)
  • AO5 Different interpretations & readings (12%)
What you’ll practiseSkills
  • Reading texts historically, within shared contexts
  • Comparing texts by idea, method and context
  • Analysing unseen poetry and prose
  • Debating critical interpretations (AO5)
  • Independent research and academic writing
Beyond A-Level Where it leads
  • Strong preparation for English, humanities and law degrees
  • Careers in law, journalism, publishing, teaching, policy and the arts
  • Builds independent research, argument and critical reading

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

After your report, tap your grade band to see what you can already do in each assessment objective, and your next step up.

Highlight your stage— tap your grade band
A-LevelA-level English Literature A knowledge & skills ladderBy assessment objective · AQA 7712

This grid is built around the 5 AQA assessment objectives (AO1–AO5). Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see how to move up a grade.

AO1 · Informed, personal, creative response; concepts, terminology, expression (28%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can respond to texts with some relevant points
    • I can write with generally accurate expression
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can make an informed, relevant argument
    • I can use concepts and terminology with accurate expression
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can construct a coherent, well-informed argument
    • I can use terminology precisely and write fluently
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can craft an assured, creative critical argument
    • I can write with sophistication and control

AO2 · Analyse how meanings are shaped in literary texts (24%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can identify some of a writer’s methods
    • I can comment on how meaning is made
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can analyse how writers shape meaning
    • I can consider structure as a form of shaping
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can analyse the shaping of meaning in detail
    • I can explore structural and linguistic choices
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can analyse the shaping of meaning perceptively
    • I can illuminate how form and structure create meaning

AO3 · Significance and influence of contexts (24%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can note a relevant context
    • I can link context to the text simply
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can show understanding of significant contexts
    • I can connect context to meaning
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can explore how contexts shape reception and meaning
    • I can integrate context into my argument
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can analyse the significance and influence of contexts
    • I can weigh multiple contexts perceptively

AO4 · Connections across literary texts (12%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can note a simple link between texts
    • I can compare an obvious similarity
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can explore connections across texts
    • I can compare methods and ideas
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can analyse meaningful connections across texts
    • I can compare with a clear critical purpose
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can illuminate connections across texts perceptively
    • I can compare with insight and originality

AO5 · Explore different interpretations and readings (12%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can mention another possible reading
    • I can note that readers may disagree
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can consider different interpretations
    • I can use other readings to develop my view
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can debate different interpretations
    • I can weigh readings to shape my argument
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can evaluate competing interpretations critically
    • I can usedebate to reach a nuanced position

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

Four organisers — two papers, the NEA (with its rules) and a comparative-methods toolkit.

A-LevelOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
A-LevelPaper 1 · Love through the agesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
A-Level

Paper 1 · Love through the ages

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Shakespeare, unseen poetry and a comparison of texts, all through the theme of love across time.
Builds onGCSE Literature analysis and comparison.
Leads tothe NEA and undergraduate literary study.
Assessed inPaper 1AO1–AO5 · Sections A and B closed book, Section C open book
Key knowledge
  • Love through the ages reads texts historically, from the medieval period to the present.
  • Section A is a passage-based Shakespeare question (e.g. a tragedy or problem play).
  • Section B compares two unseen poems.
  • Section C compares two texts (poetry and prose) on love — open book.
  • ‘Significance’ draws together method, context, connection and interpretation (AO2–5).
  • All five AOs are assessed in every answer.
Key skills
  • Analyse how meaning is shaped (AO2)
  • Integrate contexts of production and reception (AO3)
  • Compare texts with critical purpose (AO4)
  • Debate different interpretations (AO5)
Key vocabulary
HistoricismReading texts within their historical context.
SignificanceWeighing method, context, connection and reading.
CanonThe body of texts regarded as important.
Courtly loveA medieval ideal of noble love.
SonnetA 14-line poem, often about love.
UnseenA text met for the first time in the exam.
DiachronicComparing across different time periods.
InterpretationA supported reading of a text.
Careers & pathways
  • Journalist / editor— Research, write and shape stories and comment for readers.
  • Author / screenwriter— Craft narrative, character and dialogue across forms.
  • Teacher / lecturer— Open up reading and writing for others.
  • Solicitor / barrister— Build precise, persuasive arguments from evidence.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisCritical readingClear writingBuilding an argumentEmpathy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Drama A1 — List A play — drama through the ages for drama through the ages; History U3 — Popular Culture & the Witchcraze, 16th–17th centuries for popular culture in the 16th and 17th centuries.
A-LevelPaper 2 · Modern times (Option 2B, 1945–present)Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
A-Level

Paper 2 · Modern times (Option 2B, 1945–present)

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Texts in shared contexts: literature from 1945 to the present, with contextual linking and comparison.
Builds onPaper 1 comparison and GCSE modern-text study.
Leads tothe NEA and independent research.
Assessed inPaper 2 · Option 2BAO1–AO5 · open book
Key knowledge
  • Option 2B studies literature written in the modern period (1945 to the present day).
  • Shared contexts include war and its aftermath, gender, class, race and post-colonialism.
  • Section A is a standalone essay on The Handmaid’s Tale (open book)
  • Section B is an unseen prose question followed by a comparison of two set texts written after 1945
  • The paper is open book — clean copies of set texts are allowed.
  • The set texts are The Handmaid’s Tale, A Streetcar Named Desire and Feminine Gospels.
Key skills
  • Read an unseen text for meaning and link it to the context of the period (AO1, AO3)
  • Compare set texts within a shared context
  • Analyse how modern writers shape meaning
  • Sustain a critical argument (AO1)
Key vocabulary
Shared contextA period or theme linking texts for study.
DystopianDescribing an imagined society where life is deliberately made worse.
FeminismA movement and critical approach concerned with women’s rights and representation.
Post-colonialConcerning life after empire.
ModernityThe condition of the modern world.
ZeitgeistThe spirit of a time.
Contextual linkingConnecting an unseen text to a studied one.
SynchronicComparing texts from the same period.
MarginalisedPushed to the edges of power or society.
FragmentationA broken or disjointed structure.
Careers & pathways
  • Journalist / editor— Research, write and shape stories and comment for readers.
  • Author / screenwriter— Craft narrative, character and dialogue across forms.
  • Teacher / lecturer— Open up reading and writing for others.
  • Solicitor / barrister— Build precise, persuasive arguments from evidence.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisCritical readingClear writingBuilding an argumentEmpathy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in History U1 — Britain 1930–1997 (Enquiry: Churchill 1930–51) for Britain 1930–1997; Drama A2 — List B play — modern/contemporary for modern and contemporary drama.
A-LevelNEA · Independent critical study: texts across timeKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
A-Level

NEA · Independent critical study: texts across time

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.The coursework component: a 2,500-word comparative critical study of two texts, one pre-1900.
Builds onthe comparison and interpretation skills built in Papers 1 and 2.
Leads toundergraduate dissertations and independent research.
Assessed inNEA · 20%AO1–AO5 · coursework
Key knowledge
  • The NEA is one comparative essay of about 2,500 words with a bibliography.
  • It compares two texts across time; at least one must have been written before 1900.
  • Students devise their own critical question, refined with their teacher.
  • All five AOs are assessed, with AO5 (different interpretations) especially important.
  • The essay is marked in centre and moderated by AQA.
  • It is worth 50 marks (20% of the A-level).
Key skills
  • Devise a focused comparative question
  • Sustain an independent critical argument
  • Use secondary reading and different interpretations (AO5)
  • Reference sources accurately in a bibliography
  • Write with fluency and accuracy in sustained essay form
The rules — read this before you start

Your own work:the Independent Critical Study is your own comparative essay of about 2,500 words on two texts (one pre-1900). The question, argument and writing must be entirely your own.

  • Reference everything:quote and reference all sources; copying from books, the internet or another person without acknowledgement is plagiarism.
  • Acknowledge AI:any use of generative AI must be declared — it cannot research, plan or write your response for you.
  • Candidate Record Form:you must sign the CRF to confirm the work is your own; your teacher signs the declaration of authentication.
  • Limited guidance:teachers may explain the task and marking criteria but must not correct or improve your drafts.
  • Supervision & security:work must be produced under the required supervision and kept secure between sessions.
  • We favour The Picture of Dorian Gray as our base text. Submission deadlines and the centre’s malpractice and AI-use policy are issued with the task.
Key vocabulary
ComparativeExploring two texts together.
ThesisThe central argument of an essay.
BibliographyA referenced list of sources used.
Secondary readingCriticism and scholarship on a text.
DiachronicComparing across time periods.
PlagiarismUsing others’ work as your own.
ModerationAQA’s check on centre marking.
AutonomyWorking independently.
Careers & pathways
  • Journalist / editor— Research, write and shape stories and comment for readers.
  • Author / screenwriter— Craft narrative, character and dialogue across forms.
  • Teacher / lecturer— Open up reading and writing for others.
  • Solicitor / barrister— Build precise, persuasive arguments from evidence.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisCritical readingClear writingBuilding an argumentEmpathy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in History NEA — Topic-based essay (Non-exam assessment) for an independent topic-based essay; Art & Design RS — Related Study (written) for a written related study.
A-LevelComparative & critical methodsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
A-Level

Comparative & critical methods

Download PDF
What this unit is about.A toolkit for comparison, unseen analysis and using different interpretations across the course.
Builds onGCSE analytical writing and comparison.
Leads toconfident, independent literary criticism.
Assessed inAcross the courseAO2 · AO4 · AO5
Key knowledge
  • Comparison works best through ideas and methods, not text-by-text summary.
  • Unseen analysis applies the same critical toolkit to any text.
  • Critical interpretations (AO5) include other readers, theory and reception over time.
  • Literary theory (e.g. feminist, Marxist, post-colonial) offers lenses for AO5.
  • ‘Significance’ integrates AO2–AO5 in a single argument.
  • Precise terminology and coherent expression underpin AO1.
Key skills
  • Compare through ideas and methods
  • Analyse unseen poetry and prose
  • Apply critical lenses to develop AO5
  • Write with academic precision (AO1)
Key vocabulary
Feminist criticismReading for gender and power.
Marxist criticismReading for class and economics.
Post-colonial criticismReading for empire and its legacies.
ReceptionHow readers have responded over time.
LensA critical perspective on a text.
AmbiguityOpenness to more than one meaning.
DiscourseLanguage use within a context.
IntertextualityConnections between texts.
Careers & pathways
  • Journalist / editor— Research, write and shape stories and comment for readers.
  • Author / screenwriter— Craft narrative, character and dialogue across forms.
  • Teacher / lecturer— Open up reading and writing for others.
  • Solicitor / barrister— Build precise, persuasive arguments from evidence.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisCritical readingClear writingBuilding an argumentEmpathy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · English opens doors to journalism, law, teaching, publishing, marketing, media, speech-writing and the arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Sociology 1 — Sociological theory & methods for theory and methods; Religious Studies C3a — Ethics: Ethical theories for ethical theories as lenses.

How to revise

Make it stick

Revise for A-level English Literature A

  • Keep a quotation and context bank for each set text, organised by theme.
  • Practise timed comparison and unseen questions against the mark scheme.
  • Read widely around your set texts, including criticism, for AO5.
  • Plan the NEA early: focused question, two texts, secondary reading.
  • Rehearse ‘significance’: weave method, context, connection and interpretation together.

Our CurriculumGeography

Geography

After your report, use the knowledge & skills ladders to see where you are and your next step. Then use the knowledge organisers to revise and make that step.

The world — and your place in it.

1

Your report

Shows your stage in each subject, from Building foundations to Deepening mastery.

About Geography at St Augustine's

Our students are growing up, and will live in a rapidly changing world. The topics taught have been chosen to help students understand the underpinning physical and human processes that are causing these changes, as well as those which have helped to shape the past. We aim to help students become global citizens, understand their place in the world and the impact of the choices and decisions they make. As well as ensuring students have the underpinning knowledge, tasks and assessments are used to help students think critically, develop their own opinions about key issues and to be able to justify them, whilst appreciating that other people may have different views.

As a Catholic school we aim to develop in our students a sense of awe and wonder so that they appreciate the world around them and are able to act as stewards of creation. Catholic Social Teaching and Lasallian values permeate the curriculum as we address key global issues and provide students with the knowledge and competencies to be active citizens, taking practical action to support the wider world and their local communities.

Fieldwork and trips allow students to develop their cultural capital by visiting different human and physical landscapes, bringing their learning to life.

Mrs Jen Ewings, Head of Department

KS3 · 3 hours per fortnight GCSE · 5 hours per fortnight A-Level · 9 hours per fortnight

Geography at St Augustine’s is taught through a coherent three-year Key Stage 3 curriculum that is designed to build year on year. In Year 7, students lay strong foundations through the geography of the UK — core map and fieldwork skills, settlement and population, the rocks and coasts that shape our landscapes, and our weather, climate and ecosystems. Year 8 widens the lens to the wider world and the issues that connect us — the geography of food, natural hazards, a changing world of work, and the global water crisis. Year 9 takes a fully global perspective, exploring climate and energy, our oceans, why development is uneven, and the geography of Africa and China.

Throughout the three years, students return to the subject’s big concepts — Place, Space, Earth Systems, Environment, Interconnections and Diversity — and every unit is built to develop what came before and to prepare the way for GCSE and A-Level. The knowledge & skills ladders below show what progress looks like at each stage, from Building foundations to Deepening mastery, and the knowledge organisers give students everything they need to revise and climb to the next rung.

Start here: choose what you are studying now to jump to the right resources.

What are you studying at the moment?— choose your topic to find your revision sheet and progress ladder

Key Stage 3 learning journey

The route through

The three-year journey through Geography, term by term. Open a year to see what your child studies and how the journey builds.

KS3Year 7 → Year 9 route throughAutumn · Spring · Summer
Year 7Geography of the UK
Autumn
The big picture & sustainable futures
  • What is geography?
  • What are the four spheres, and how do they link together?
  • What challenges does our planet face?
  • What sort of future do we want? (the Good Life Goals)
  • Clean water and sanitation: where does our waste go, and who does not have a toilet?
  • The problems of open defecation, and life without taps
  • The UN Rights of the Child
  • How can toilets be improved? Water pledges (CAFOD)

Assessment: Explain why a composting latrine can be considered sustainable.

Settlement & population
  • What and where is the UK?
  • Who are we? Migration to the UK
  • How has the population of the UK changed over time?
  • What shape is the UK population, and what are the challenges of an ageing population?
  • Where do people in the UK live, and how did early settlers choose a location?
  • Urban versus rural living, and an urban issue: crime in the local area
  • The North–South divide

Assessment: Knowledge checker test.

Spring
Physical geography of the UK: geology & National Parks
  • National Parks: what are they, and how are rural areas managed?
  • What conflicts exist in National Parks?
  • Mapping the physical geography of the UK
  • The geology of the UK: rock types and the rock cycle
  • How do rocks affect the landscape?

Assessment: Should tourists be limited in National Parks?

Coastal landscapes
  • How does the sea erode the land? The processes of erosion
  • The Isle of Purbeck: the formation of Old Harry’s Rocks (using OS maps)
  • How do waves move material along the beach? The formation of spits
  • How does coastal erosion cause problems for people along the North Norfolk coastline?
  • How can the coast be protected?

Assessment: Knowledge checker test.

Summer
Weather, climate & ecosystems
  • How does climate influence ecosystems in the UK (deciduous forests)?
  • How does a tropical rainforest climate and ecosystem compare?
  • How are plants and animals adapted to life in the rainforest?
  • Why are rainforests under threat, and why are they important?
  • What is the climate of the UK? (drawing and describing climate graphs)
  • How does the UK’s climate vary from place to place, and why?
  • Microclimate investigation

Geographical skills developed: Compass directions; four- and six-figure grid references; using OS maps; drawing bar, line and climate graphs; drawing proportional bar graphs; choropleth shading.

Year 8A widening world
Autumn
The geography of food
  • What is the geography of food?
  • Fridge-o-nomics: different diets around the world
  • Calculating your food miles
  • Home-grown or supermarkets?
  • Too much, too little: obesity in the USA
  • Hunger: tackling the issues (CAFOD)
  • The future of our food

Assessment: Should we import food from other countries? (Evaluate.)

Natural hazards: volcanoes & earthquakes
  • What are natural hazards?
  • Where are volcanoes and earthquakes located?
  • The structure of the Earth, and what happens at a plate boundary
  • What are volcanoes, and are they all the same?
  • What are the impacts of an eruption?
  • What causes earthquakes, and why do the impacts differ between countries?
  • How can you prepare for an earthquake? The 3 P’s

Assessment: Knowledge checker test.

Spring
World of work
  • Employment sectors and the Clark–Fisher model
  • What is globalisation?
  • Where are our clothes made, and why?
  • Sweatshops: who is to blame for the Rana Plaza disaster?
  • The true cost of fashion
Global water crisis
  • How much water is there, and where is it stored?
  • Enquiry: what happens when water hits the ground? The water cycle
  • What are the features of a drainage basin?
  • How does the river’s course vary along the River Severn?
  • Why is water important? Water footprints
  • Assess the causes of river flooding using hydrographs
  • The impacts of flooding in the UK: Boscastle
  • Why is Bangladesh so vulnerable to flooding?
  • A lack of water: water wars in the Middle East
  • How can water be managed? (dams, desalination, water-transfer schemes, boreholes)

Assessment: Knowledge checker test (processes and landforms).

Summer
Ice on the land
  • What is Antarctica like? The physical features of Antarctica
  • The climate of Antarctica (drawing and describing climate graphs)
  • The race to the South Pole: assess the factors that led to Scott’s demise
  • The value of, and threats to, Antarctica; the Antarctic Treaty
  • Glaciation: how does ice shape the land?
  • The processes of erosion, transportation and deposition, and the landforms they create
Year 9A global perspective
Autumn
Climate & energy
  • Past climate: the evidence
  • The natural causes of climate change, and the greenhouse effect
  • Global warming: the impacts, and calculating carbon footprints
  • Reducing your footprint (CAFOD)
  • Where does our energy come from?
  • Evaluating energy sources: “What the Frack!”
  • Solving the energy crisis (wind power, hydrogen and more)

Assessment: Knowledge checker test.

Oceans on the edge
  • Coral reefs: characteristics and distribution
  • The value of coral reefs, and the threats they face
  • The unsustainable use of our oceans: “Hugh’s Fish Fight” and tuna fishing
  • The Great Pacific Garbage Patch
  • Managing our seas: plastic pollution

Assessment: Knowledge checker test.

Spring
Development
  • How do we measure development?
  • Mapping rich and poor
  • How has development changed over time?
  • Factors affecting development: trade
  • Inequality within India (choropleth shading): Bihar versus Maharashtra
  • Top-down development: the Narmada River project
  • Bottom-up development: biogas

Assessment: What obstacles stand in the way of Malawi’s development? (Assess.)

Africa
  • Contrasting continents: what is Africa like?
  • Perspectives of Africa
  • Africa’s climate (drawing and describing climate graphs)
  • Africa’s biomes: plant and animal adaptations
  • The savanna: food webs
  • CAFOD’s role in Niger

Assessment: Desertification: causes and impacts. (Assess.)

Summer
China
  • Introduction to China: physical and human features
  • How and why has China changed and developed so rapidly?
  • Is development evenly spread within China? Explaining regional differences
  • Rural–urban migration
  • The consequences of rapid growth
  • China’s one-child policy

Geographical skills developed: Map skills; drawing climate graphs; calculating averages and percentages; choropleth shading.

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Each skill is a ladder you climb. Tap the wording from your report below — every ladder will show the rung you are on now and the rung to aim for next.

Highlight your stage — tap the words used on your report
Y7Year 7 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression · all topics

This progression runs across the whole of Key Stage 3. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Locational knowledge

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify and name familiar places, environments and geographical features in the local area, UK and wider world.
    • I can recognise basic physical and human patterns and describe simple similarities and differences between places.
    • I use simple locational language and geographical vocabulary to describe where places and features are located.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe the distribution of major physical and human features at local, national and global scales.
    • I can compare places by identifying similarities and differences in their characteristics.
    • I use geographical vocabulary to describe patterns, locations and connections between places.
    • I can demonstrate a developing knowledge of globally significant places and features.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can describe and compare patterns and distributions in physical and human geography using place-specific detail and accurate geographical vocabulary.
    • I use maps and geographical information to describe and interpret spatial patterns and relationships at a range of scales.
    • I can describe how location and scale influence geographical issues and opportunities.
    • I have secure knowledge of places and interconnections from local to global scales.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can accurately describe and compare complex spatial patterns and distributions across a wide range of places at local, national and global scales.
    • I can evaluate how location, scale and interdependence shape geographical issues and opportunities.
    • I use detailed place-specific knowledge to build geographical arguments and support my interpretations.
    • I can apply my locational understanding confidently to unfamiliar places and contexts, including places in the news.

Application of geographical skills

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can ask and answer simple geographical questions using maps, atlases, images and graphs.
    • I can identify and describe information from geographical sources.
    • I can present simple geographical information using charts, maps or diagrams.
    • I can communicate simple geographical ideas and observations.
    • I can use some basic geographical terminology.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can investigate geographical questions using maps, graphs, photographs and data.
    • I can describe patterns and trends in geographical information.
    • I collect, present and interpret geographical data with some accuracy.
    • I use evidence to support my observations and geographical ideas.
    • I use geographical terminology with increasing accuracy.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can interpret and analyse information from a range of geographical sources, including fieldwork data.
    • I identify relationships, trends and patterns using evidence and begin to explain what causes them.
    • I select and apply appropriate geographical skills with increasing independence.
    • I make reasoned judgements, draw conclusions from evidence and communicate my ideas clearly.
    • I can use a range of geographical terminology.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can independently plan and carry out enquiries using a wide range of quantitative and qualitative sources.
    • I can critically analyse geographical information, identifying trends, relationships and anomalies.
    • I evaluate the reliability and limitations of evidence and methods I have used.
    • I synthesise evidence to reach well-supported conclusions and communicate complex arguments clearly.
    • I can use a wide range of complex geographical terminology.

Understanding geographical patterns & processes

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can describe simple physical and human processes and how they shape places and environments.
    • I can identify simple patterns and changes in the environment.
    • I can recognise basic links between people and places.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain simple physical and human processes and how they influence places and environments.
    • I describe how geographical patterns form and change over time.
    • I can identify relationships between people, places and environments.
    • I use geographical terminology with increasing accuracy.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain how physical and human processes interact to create distinctive places, landscapes and environments.
    • I explain patterns, connections and changes over time and space.
    • I can apply my geographical understanding to unfamiliar contexts and issues.
    • I make connections between different geographical systems and phenomena.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can analyse how physical and human processes interact across different environments and scales.
    • I evaluate how geographical systems and processes drive change over time and space.
    • I can apply conceptual understanding (e.g. models and theories) to complex or unfamiliar situations.
    • I consider how people’s values and beliefs shape geographical patterns and processes.

Environmental change & sustainability

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify ways that people affect environments.
    • I can describe simple environmental changes and challenges.
    • I can suggest basic actions that may help protect environments and resources.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain how human activity changes environments at different scales.
    • I describe the impacts of environmental change on people and places.
    • I can recognise different responses to environmental issues and challenges.
    • I can identify advantages and disadvantages of different environmental management strategies.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can assess the effectiveness of different environmental management strategies.
    • I explain interactions between human activity and environmental systems.
    • I use evidence to support views about sustainability and environmental change.
    • I can consider different viewpoints about environmental issues and evaluate responses.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can evaluate contrasting responses to environmental challenges, considering sustainability, scale and different viewpoints.
    • I analyse the long-term impacts of environmental change on people, places and ecosystems.
    • I make justified judgements about environmental management using evidence.
    • I critically consider the ethical responsibilities and future consequences linked to environmental change.
Y8Year 8 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression · all topics

This progression runs across the whole of Key Stage 3. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Locational knowledge

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify and name familiar places, environments and geographical features in the local area, UK and wider world.
    • I can recognise basic physical and human patterns and describe simple similarities and differences between places.
    • I use simple locational language and geographical vocabulary to describe where places and features are located.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe the distribution of major physical and human features at local, national and global scales.
    • I can compare places by identifying similarities and differences in their characteristics.
    • I use geographical vocabulary to describe patterns, locations and connections between places.
    • I can demonstrate a developing knowledge of globally significant places and features.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can describe and compare patterns and distributions in physical and human geography using place-specific detail and accurate geographical vocabulary.
    • I use maps and geographical information to describe and interpret spatial patterns and relationships at a range of scales.
    • I can describe how location and scale influence geographical issues and opportunities.
    • I have secure knowledge of places and interconnections from local to global scales.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can accurately describe and compare complex spatial patterns and distributions across a wide range of places at local, national and global scales.
    • I can evaluate how location, scale and interdependence shape geographical issues and opportunities.
    • I use detailed place-specific knowledge to build geographical arguments and support my interpretations.
    • I can apply my locational understanding confidently to unfamiliar places and contexts, including places in the news.

Application of geographical skills

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can ask and answer simple geographical questions using maps, atlases, images and graphs.
    • I can identify and describe information from geographical sources.
    • I can present simple geographical information using charts, maps or diagrams.
    • I can communicate simple geographical ideas and observations.
    • I can use some basic geographical terminology.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can investigate geographical questions using maps, graphs, photographs and data.
    • I can describe patterns and trends in geographical information.
    • I collect, present and interpret geographical data with some accuracy.
    • I use evidence to support my observations and geographical ideas.
    • I use geographical terminology with increasing accuracy.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can interpret and analyse information from a range of geographical sources, including fieldwork data.
    • I identify relationships, trends and patterns using evidence and begin to explain what causes them.
    • I select and apply appropriate geographical skills with increasing independence.
    • I make reasoned judgements, draw conclusions from evidence and communicate my ideas clearly.
    • I can use a range of geographical terminology.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can independently plan and carry out enquiries using a wide range of quantitative and qualitative sources.
    • I can critically analyse geographical information, identifying trends, relationships and anomalies.
    • I evaluate the reliability and limitations of evidence and methods I have used.
    • I synthesise evidence to reach well-supported conclusions and communicate complex arguments clearly.
    • I can use a wide range of complex geographical terminology.

Understanding geographical patterns & processes

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can describe simple physical and human processes and how they shape places and environments.
    • I can identify simple patterns and changes in the environment.
    • I can recognise basic links between people and places.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain simple physical and human processes and how they influence places and environments.
    • I describe how geographical patterns form and change over time.
    • I can identify relationships between people, places and environments.
    • I use geographical terminology with increasing accuracy.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain how physical and human processes interact to create distinctive places, landscapes and environments.
    • I explain patterns, connections and changes over time and space.
    • I can apply my geographical understanding to unfamiliar contexts and issues.
    • I make connections between different geographical systems and phenomena.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can analyse how physical and human processes interact across different environments and scales.
    • I evaluate how geographical systems and processes drive change over time and space.
    • I can apply conceptual understanding (e.g. models and theories) to complex or unfamiliar situations.
    • I consider how people’s values and beliefs shape geographical patterns and processes.

Environmental change & sustainability

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify ways that people affect environments.
    • I can describe simple environmental changes and challenges.
    • I can suggest basic actions that may help protect environments and resources.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain how human activity changes environments at different scales.
    • I describe the impacts of environmental change on people and places.
    • I can recognise different responses to environmental issues and challenges.
    • I can identify advantages and disadvantages of different environmental management strategies.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can assess the effectiveness of different environmental management strategies.
    • I explain interactions between human activity and environmental systems.
    • I use evidence to support views about sustainability and environmental change.
    • I can consider different viewpoints about environmental issues and evaluate responses.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can evaluate contrasting responses to environmental challenges, considering sustainability, scale and different viewpoints.
    • I analyse the long-term impacts of environmental change on people, places and ecosystems.
    • I make justified judgements about environmental management using evidence.
    • I critically consider the ethical responsibilities and future consequences linked to environmental change.
Y9Year 9 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression · all topics

This progression runs across the whole of Key Stage 3. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Locational knowledge

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify and name familiar places, environments and geographical features in the local area, UK and wider world.
    • I can recognise basic physical and human patterns and describe simple similarities and differences between places.
    • I use simple locational language and geographical vocabulary to describe where places and features are located.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe the distribution of major physical and human features at local, national and global scales.
    • I can compare places by identifying similarities and differences in their characteristics.
    • I use geographical vocabulary to describe patterns, locations and connections between places.
    • I can demonstrate a developing knowledge of globally significant places and features.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can describe and compare patterns and distributions in physical and human geography using place-specific detail and accurate geographical vocabulary.
    • I use maps and geographical information to describe and interpret spatial patterns and relationships at a range of scales.
    • I can describe how location and scale influence geographical issues and opportunities.
    • I have secure knowledge of places and interconnections from local to global scales.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can accurately describe and compare complex spatial patterns and distributions across a wide range of places at local, national and global scales.
    • I can evaluate how location, scale and interdependence shape geographical issues and opportunities.
    • I use detailed place-specific knowledge to build geographical arguments and support my interpretations.
    • I can apply my locational understanding confidently to unfamiliar places and contexts, including places in the news.

Application of geographical skills

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can ask and answer simple geographical questions using maps, atlases, images and graphs.
    • I can identify and describe information from geographical sources.
    • I can present simple geographical information using charts, maps or diagrams.
    • I can communicate simple geographical ideas and observations.
    • I can use some basic geographical terminology.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can investigate geographical questions using maps, graphs, photographs and data.
    • I can describe patterns and trends in geographical information.
    • I collect, present and interpret geographical data with some accuracy.
    • I use evidence to support my observations and geographical ideas.
    • I use geographical terminology with increasing accuracy.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can interpret and analyse information from a range of geographical sources, including fieldwork data.
    • I identify relationships, trends and patterns using evidence and begin to explain what causes them.
    • I select and apply appropriate geographical skills with increasing independence.
    • I make reasoned judgements, draw conclusions from evidence and communicate my ideas clearly.
    • I can use a range of geographical terminology.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can independently plan and carry out enquiries using a wide range of quantitative and qualitative sources.
    • I can critically analyse geographical information, identifying trends, relationships and anomalies.
    • I evaluate the reliability and limitations of evidence and methods I have used.
    • I synthesise evidence to reach well-supported conclusions and communicate complex arguments clearly.
    • I can use a wide range of complex geographical terminology.

Understanding geographical patterns & processes

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can describe simple physical and human processes and how they shape places and environments.
    • I can identify simple patterns and changes in the environment.
    • I can recognise basic links between people and places.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain simple physical and human processes and how they influence places and environments.
    • I describe how geographical patterns form and change over time.
    • I can identify relationships between people, places and environments.
    • I use geographical terminology with increasing accuracy.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain how physical and human processes interact to create distinctive places, landscapes and environments.
    • I explain patterns, connections and changes over time and space.
    • I can apply my geographical understanding to unfamiliar contexts and issues.
    • I make connections between different geographical systems and phenomena.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can analyse how physical and human processes interact across different environments and scales.
    • I evaluate how geographical systems and processes drive change over time and space.
    • I can apply conceptual understanding (e.g. models and theories) to complex or unfamiliar situations.
    • I consider how people’s values and beliefs shape geographical patterns and processes.

Environmental change & sustainability

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify ways that people affect environments.
    • I can describe simple environmental changes and challenges.
    • I can suggest basic actions that may help protect environments and resources.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain how human activity changes environments at different scales.
    • I describe the impacts of environmental change on people and places.
    • I can recognise different responses to environmental issues and challenges.
    • I can identify advantages and disadvantages of different environmental management strategies.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can assess the effectiveness of different environmental management strategies.
    • I explain interactions between human activity and environmental systems.
    • I use evidence to support views about sustainability and environmental change.
    • I can consider different viewpoints about environmental issues and evaluate responses.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can evaluate contrasting responses to environmental challenges, considering sustainability, scale and different viewpoints.
    • I analyse the long-term impacts of environmental change on people, places and ecosystems.
    • I make justified judgements about environmental management using evidence.
    • I critically consider the ethical responsibilities and future consequences linked to environmental change.

Command words — making progress in geographical writing

The key command words students meet in lessons and assessments:

Describe
Say what you can see, giving details about a place, pattern, process or trend.
Explain
Give reasons why something is as it is, or why something is happening or changing.
Assess
Explain how important or significant something is; put things into a rank order.
Evaluate
Weigh up evidence, consider different viewpoints and reach a supported conclusion.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

A library of revision sheets — one per unit. Open the one for whatever you're studying now to revise the key knowledge and vocabulary, and to help you climb to the next rung.

KS3Open the knowledge organisersRevision sheets

Year 7

7.1Why is our planet important?Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.1

Why is our planet important?

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.You start by exploring what it means to think like a geographer, are introduced to the key concepts (Place, Space, Earth Systems, Environment, Time, Scale, Diversity, Interconnectedness, Representation), get an overview of our planet and why it is important, and reflect on why, as Catholics, we are called to be stewards of creation.
Builds onKS2 basic knowledge of physical geography, e.g. mountains and the water cycle.
Leads toAn overview of the planet that helps you connect topics across Key Stage 3.
Key conceptsPlaceSpaceEarth SystemsEnvironmentCatholic Social Teaching
Key locations
  • Global scaleThe planet as a whole
  • National scale
  • Local scale
Key knowledge
  • The earth can be divided into different spheres — Atmosphere, Lithosphere, Cryosphere, Hydrosphere, Biosphere.
  • The spheres are interconnected by earth system processes, for example photosynthesis.
  • Biodiversity is essential for the processes that support all life on Earth. Healthy ecosystems provide the air we breathe and the food we eat.
  • The planet provides us with a range of goods and natural resources.
  • The planet provides a range of services that act as a life support system.
Key terminology
Physical geographyFeatures made by natural forces; the study of natural processes on earth.
Human geographyFeatures made by humans; the study of how humans affect or are influenced by earth.
AtmosphereThe gases surrounding the earth.
BiosphereThe areas of the earth in which living organisms are found, or in which life can be sustained.
CryosphereThe areas of the earth covered in ice.
HydrosphereAll the water areas on earth.
LithosphereThe rocky, hard part of the earth's surface, including the crust and upper mantle.
StewardshipTo look after the earth for future generations, as stewards rather than consumers.
BiodiversityThe number of different species in an area, or the total number on earth.
Careers & pathways
  • Conservationist / ecologist— protect and restore habitats and biodiversity.
  • Environmental scientist— study ecosystems and the impact of human activity on the planet.
  • Sustainability officer— help organisations cut waste and use resources responsibly.
  • Climate scientist— research how the Earth’s systems and climate are changing.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Systems thinkingInterpreting environmental dataEvaluating sustainabilityEthical reasoningCommunicating issues
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 8.5 — Plant organ systems for photosynthesis; Science 9.13 — Ecology 1 for biodiversity and ecosystems; Religious Studies 7.1 — Creation and Covenant for stewardship of creation.
7.2Where in the world?Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Locational knowledge at a range of scales underpins the rest of the curriculum, giving you what you need to describe geographical distributions and patterns — for example, the distribution of tropical rainforests.
Builds onKS2 knowledge of continents, oceans, lines of latitude, compass directions and grid references.
Leads toThe locational knowledge needed to describe geographical patterns and locate key places.
Key conceptsSpaceScaleCatholic Social Teaching
Key locations
  • Global scalePlanet Earth as a whole
  • National scaleThe United Kingdom
  • Local scaleWiltshire and Trowbridge
Key knowledge
  • There are 7 continents — Africa, Antarctica, Asia, Australia, Europe, North America and South America.
  • There are 5 oceans — Arctic, Atlantic, Indian, Pacific and Southern.
  • Lines of latitude and longitude create a coordinate system. The Equator and Tropics are key lines of latitude; the Prime Meridian (Greenwich) is a key line of longitude. These form the basis of GPS.
  • Cartographers use map projections to show a sphere on a flat surface, which always distorts size, shape or position.
  • The United Kingdom, Great Britain and the British Isles are distinct geographical areas.
  • Ordnance Survey maps cover the whole of the UK.
Key terminology
ContinentA continuous expanse of land; there are considered to be 7 globally.
EquatorAn imaginary line around the Earth at 0° latitude, equidistant from the Poles.
LatitudeLines that tell you how far north or south of the Equator a place is.
LongitudeLines that tell you how far east or west of the Prime Meridian a place is.
Prime MeridianThe 0° line of longitude.
Map projectionA method to represent the Earth's curved surface on a flat plane.
Careers & pathways
  • Cartographer— design and produce maps.
  • GIS analyst— use Geographic Information Systems to map and analyse data.
  • Surveyor— measure and map land and buildings.
  • Town & transport planner— plan how places and transport networks develop.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Map & atlas skillsGrid references & scaleSpatial / GIS thinkingAccurate measurementInterpreting patterns
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics GR — Coordinates & graphs for grid references and coordinates; Science 7.8 — Space for day, night and the seasons.
7.3How do rocks shape the landscape?Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.3

How do rocks shape the landscape?

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Knowing about UK geology is essential for understanding our landscapes and how processes form different landforms — for example, when exploring coasts.
Builds onBasic knowledge of the formation of rocks and basic physical landforms.
Leads toKnowledge of the rock cycle needed to understand erosion and weathering at the coast.
Key conceptsSpaceScalePlace
Key locations
  • National scaleNational Parks, e.g. Dartmoor and the Lake District
  • Igneous & metamorphicScottish Highlands, Snowdonia, Northern Ireland
  • SedimentaryMost of England, especially the South East
Key knowledge
  • Geological time is divided into periods; the end of each represents a significant change, e.g. the extinction of the dinosaurs.
  • There are three main rock types in the UK — Igneous, Metamorphic and Sedimentary.
  • The rock cycle shows how rocks change through melting, cooling, compression, heat and pressure, and weathering and erosion.
  • Igneous and metamorphic rocks are mostly in upland landscapes; lowland areas generally have sedimentary rocks.
  • There are 15 National Parks in the UK, protecting distinctive landscapes.
  • Different groups have different views on how National Parks should be used and managed, which can lead to conflict.
Key terminology
GeologyThe study of the structure and formation of the Earth, including rocks and resources.
GeologistA scientist who studies the structure of the Earth and its rocks.
Igneous rocks
Metamorphic rocks
Sedimentary rocks
WeatheringThe breaking down of rocks by biological and weather processes such as rainfall, ice and plant roots.
ErosionThe wearing down and moving of rocks by wind, waves, rivers and glaciers.
ReliefThe difference between the highest and lowest points in the landscape.
TopographyThe shape of the land, e.g. hills, mountains and valleys.
Careers & pathways
  • Geologist / geoscientist— study the Earth’s structure and rocks.
  • Geotechnical / civil engineer— use knowledge of rocks and ground to build safely.
  • National Park ranger / countryside manager— protect and manage landscapes.
  • Seismologist— study earthquakes and the movement of the Earth.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Observing & classifyingInterpreting landscapesSequencing processes over timeFieldwork & samplingSpatial reasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 7.2 — Particles and their behaviour for the particle model of matter; Science 9.15 — Metals and materials for minerals and extraction.
7.4Who are we?Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Migration is an important issue in the UK. This unit helps you see how migration has shaped our population and continues to bring benefits as well as challenges, and helps you debate and form your own opinion about a key issue.
Builds onKnowledge of history such as the Romans and the Norman Conquest, and studies of local places.
Leads toStudies of rural–urban migration and globalisation in Year 9; connections in Year 8 (food and fashion).
Key conceptsSpaceScale
Key locations
  • Global scaleCocoa production in Africa; population pyramids of Tanzania, India and Japan
  • National scaleThe UK — key towns and cities
Key knowledge
  • Many groups have migrated to the UK over time, for a variety of reasons.
  • The UK population has increased over time due to changes in the birth and death rate.
  • Population pyramids show the structure of a population — young dependents, elderly dependents and the economically active.
  • Population structures differ between countries with different levels of wealth.
  • Population density shows the spread of people — urban (dense) and rural (sparse) areas.
  • People migrate for push and pull factors, and hold different opinions about migration.
  • People work in different economic sectors, and the UK economy is connected to the world, e.g. the chocolate industry.
Key terminology
PopulationThe number of people in an area or country.
Birth rateThe number of live births per 1,000 people.
Death rateThe number of deaths per 1,000 people.
Population densityThe number of people in 1 km².
MigrationThe movement of people from one place to another.
Push / pull factorsThings that make someone want to leave / go to an area.
GlobalisationThe increasing links between countries through movement of people, money, goods and services.
Careers & pathways
  • Demographer— study populations to inform housing, transport and schools.
  • Town planner— plan housing and services for growing communities.
  • Economist— analyse how economies and economic sectors work.
  • Policy adviser / social researcher— research society (e.g. at the ONS) to inform public decisions.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Reading population dataInterpreting population pyramidsSpotting trendsDrawing conclusionsWeighing viewpoints
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics HD — Handling data for population pyramids; PSHE 3 — Living in the Wider World for identity and community.

Year 8

8.1Food: is there enough for everyone?Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.1

Food: is there enough for everyone?

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.You build on your knowledge of chocolate production to look at the global production and consumption of food. You investigate why diets vary and where people’s food comes from, evaluate the UK’s reliance on food imports and the impact of our food choices on people and the environment, and ask whether our food choices can be more sustainable.
Builds onYear 7 — variations in quality of life; the chocolate industry.
Leads toYear 9 — Development and Africa.
Key conceptsPlaceSpaceEnvironmentInterconnectionsCatholic Social Teaching
Key locations
  • Global scaleDistribution of hunger
  • National scaleUK, Egypt, Kenya
  • Local scaleSubsistence farming; food-security projects
Key knowledge
  • Diets vary considerably around the world.
  • Many people are food insecure, and there are many reasons for this.
  • The UK imports up to 95% of its fruit and vegetables, with impacts for people worldwide and on the environment.
  • Food is produced in many ways, from subsistence farming to heavily processed food.
  • Meat production is considered to have the biggest impact on the planet, but not all meat-free alternatives are good for the environment.
  • The current food system produces huge amounts of food waste while millions still lack food security.
  • There are many options for the future of food, including eating insects, each with positives and negatives.
Key terminology
Food insecurityA lack of access to sufficient food.
FamineExtreme and widespread scarcity of food.
SubsistenceSupporting yourself, mainly through farming.
Cash cropsCrops grown for sale rather than for the grower’s own use.
ExportSending goods or services to another country for sale.
IrrigationBringing water from a source to use on land or crops.
Sustainable developmentDevelopment that meets the needs of the present without compromising future generations.
GNIGross National Income — a country’s total income, including income from foreign sources.
Careers & pathways
  • Agricultural scientist / agronomist— improve how crops are grown sustainably.
  • Food supply-chain manager— move food from farm to shelf efficiently.
  • Nutritionist / dietitian— advise on healthy, balanced diets.
  • Aid & development worker— tackle hunger with organisations such as CAFOD.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysing supply & demandInterpreting dataEvaluating solutionsSystems thinkingGlobal & ethical awareness
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology F — Food Preparation & Nutrition: safe cooking & nutrition for nutrition and the Eatwell Guide; Science B4 — Bioenergetics for photosynthesis and crop yield; Business 1 — Theme 1: Investigating small business for supply and demand.
8.2Can tectonically active places be safe?Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.2

Can tectonically active places be safe?

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.You develop your knowledge of the lithosphere and the physical processes that create volcanoes and earthquakes. You study the hazards these create, explain how they affect people and property, assess the factors that affect their impact, and look at how people can learn to live in hazardous environments.
Builds onYear 7 — geological time, rocks and landscapes.
Leads toGCSE — Hazardous Earth.
Key conceptsPlaceSpaceEnvironmentEarth SystemsCatholic Social Teaching
Key locations
  • Global scaleDistribution of earthquakes and volcanoes
  • National scaleExamples of disasters
Key knowledge
  • The earth has a layered internal structure, and the layers have different compositions and characteristics.
  • The crust is divided into tectonic plates which move over time.
  • The plates move due to convection currents in the mantle.
  • The movement of the plates leads to earthquakes and volcanoes.
  • Earthquakes and volcanoes pose hazards, with a range of impacts on people and property.
  • Some natural hazards lead to disasters, and many factors affect their impact.
  • There are many ways in which countries and people can manage tectonic hazards.
Key terminology
LithosphereThe rocky, hard part of the earth’s surface, including the crust and upper mantle.
Tectonic platesLarge, moving slabs of rock that make up the earth’s crust.
Plate boundaryA line along which tectonic plates meet.
MagnitudeA measure of the size of an earthquake.
TsunamiA series of large ocean waves, usually caused by an underwater earthquake or eruption.
Pyroclastic flowA dense cloud of hot gas and shattered rock flowing downhill at high speed.
LaharA fast-moving flow of ash and water down a river valley.
LiquefactionWhen an earthquake turns wet soil into liquid mud.
Careers & pathways
  • Seismologist— study earthquakes and the movement of the earth.
  • Volcanologist— monitor and research volcanoes.
  • Civil / structural engineer— design earthquake-resistant buildings.
  • Emergency planner— prepare communities to respond to disasters.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Understanding Earth processesAssessing riskInterpreting hazard dataProblem-solvingDecisions under uncertainty
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 7.1 — Forces for forces and plate movement; Mathematics PR — Probability for hazard risk and probability.
8.3Is the fashion industry sustainable?Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.3

Is the fashion industry sustainable?

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.You build on your knowledge of the chocolate industry to look at the global fashion industry. You evaluate the costs and benefits of fast fashion, think about the impact of our fashion choices on people and the environment, and investigate whether the fashion industry can be made more sustainable.
Builds onYear 7 — globalisation of the chocolate industry; Year 8 — food miles.
Leads toYear 9 — Development and Mobile phones.
Key conceptsPlaceSpaceEnvironmentInterconnectionsCatholic Social Teaching
Key locations
  • Global scaleGlobal connections in the fashion industry
  • National scaleBangladesh
Key knowledge
  • The fashion industry is highly globalised, with production and sale taking place in different countries.
  • Containerisation has made it easier to move goods around the world.
  • There are reasons why parts of the industry locate in countries at different levels of development.
  • There are advantages and disadvantages of factories (sweatshops), and people hold different views.
  • The Rana Plaza disaster was the collapse of a textiles factory in Bangladesh; many factors led to it and people disagree about who is to blame.
  • The industry has impacts on the environment as well as on different groups of people.
  • The industry could be made more sustainable, and our choices when buying clothes can help.
Key terminology
GlobalisationThe increasing links between countries through the movement of goods, services, people and money.
ManufacturingMaking products from raw materials by hand or machine.
Primary sectorExtracting raw materials, e.g. mining, farming and fishing.
Secondary sectorMaking (manufacturing) things from raw materials.
Tertiary sectorProviding a service to others.
Quaternary sectorResearch and development.
SustainabilityUsing resources to meet present needs without compromising the future.
Careers & pathways
  • Ethical-sourcing / sustainability manager— make supply chains fair and responsible.
  • Supply-chain & logistics manager— plan how goods move worldwide.
  • Fashion designer— design clothing and accessories.
  • Textiles technologist— develop and test fabrics and materials.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Tracing supply chainsEvaluating sustainabilityWeighing costs & benefitsEthical decision-makingPersuasive communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology T — Textiles: fibres, fabrics & construction for fibres, fabrics and fast fashion; Business 2 — Theme 2: Building a business for ethics and global sourcing; Religious Studies C3b — Ethics: Applied ethics & conscience for applied ethics.
8.4Is the world running out of water?Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.4

Is the world running out of water?

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.You build on your knowledge of the water cycle to explore the global distribution of water stores. You explain why stores of fresh water are uncertain and may change in the future, focus on water scarcity in the Middle East, investigate how water can be used more sustainably, and debate whether desalination is a sustainable option.
Builds onKS2 — water cycle processes; Year 7 — what happens when it rains.
Leads toYear 9 — Development and Climate Change.
Key conceptsSpaceEnvironmentEarth SystemsCatholic Social Teaching
Key locations
  • Global scaleThe global water cycle
  • Regional scaleThe Middle East
Key knowledge
  • The global water cycle is a closed system of stores and transfers.
  • Most of the world’s water is stored in the oceans, and freshwater stores are often difficult to access.
  • Climate change and pollution may make these stores smaller in the future.
  • Some people face water scarcity for different reasons, including poverty.
  • The global distribution of freshwater is uneven; water is a human right, and a lack of access creates problems.
  • We can measure our use of water with a water footprint, including direct and virtual water.
  • The Middle East has particular problems of water scarcity, which can lead to conflict.
  • Freshwater can be made from seawater by desalination, but this has a big environmental impact.
  • There are small-scale solutions that can improve people’s access to water.
Key terminology
Water scarcityA lack of freshwater resources to meet the demands of water use in an area.
Virtual waterThe water used to produce the goods and services we use.
Water footprintThe amount of freshwater used by a person, organisation or country in a year.
DesalinationRemoving salt from seawater to create freshwater.
EvaporationThe conversion of liquid water into water vapour.
CondensationThe conversion of water vapour into a liquid.
PrecipitationWater falling from the sky as rain, hail or snow.
Careers & pathways
  • Hydrologist— study water and how it moves through the environment.
  • Water-resources engineer— design ways to store, clean and supply water.
  • Environmental consultant— advise on protecting water and the environment.
  • WASH aid worker— improve water, sanitation and hygiene in communities.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Interpreting dataUnderstanding water systemsEvaluating management optionsProblem-solvingGlobal & ethical awareness
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 8.2 — Separation techniques for water treatment and filtration; Science 8.7 — Health and lifestyle for health and disease.

Year 9

9.1Why is global development uneven?Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.1

Why is global development uneven?

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.You build on your understanding that quality of life differs between places. You look at the pattern of global inequality and the different ways development can be measured, how development changes over time and why at different rates, and you investigate the consequences of inequality for people and countries.
Builds onYear 7 — quality of life variations.
Leads toGCSE — Development Dynamics.
Key conceptsPlaceSpaceInterconnectionsDiversityCatholic Social Teaching
Key locations
  • Global scaleGlobal patterns of wealth
  • National scaleMalawi
  • Local scaleLocal projects can support development
Key knowledge
  • Development means changes that improve people’s quality of life.
  • It can be measured using a range of indicators; wealth is the most common, but focusing on it alone can mislead.
  • Levels of development vary between, as well as within, countries.
  • The global pattern has changed over time, and countries have developed at different rates.
  • Many factors affect why some countries have developed more than others.
  • A lack of development causes a range of consequences for people in low-income countries.
  • The Sustainable Development Goals aim to reduce global inequalities by 2030.
  • Development projects operate at a range of scales, with different levels of success.
Key terminology
HDIHuman Development Index — combines health, wealth and education into a value between 0 and 1.
GNIGross National Income — a country’s total income, including income from foreign sources.
GDPGross Domestic Product — the total value of goods and services in a country.
Development gapThe gap between the richest and poorest countries of the world.
Bottom-up developmentA project led by local people and communities.
InequalityThe uneven distribution of wealth in a society.
Sustainable developmentMeeting present needs without compromising future generations.
Careers & pathways
  • International development / NGO worker— tackle poverty with organisations such as CAFOD.
  • Economist— analyse how economies grow and change.
  • Data analyst / statistician— measure and compare development.
  • Diplomat / policy adviser— shape international cooperation and aid.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Working with statisticsComparing development indicatorsIdentifying inequalityEvaluating policyBuilding a reasoned argument
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in History 8.3 — The British Empire for empire and its legacy; Business 3 — The economic environment and business for economic development; Mathematics R — Ratio, proportion & rates of change for development indicators.
9.2Is Africa a prisoner of its geography?Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.2

Is Africa a prisoner of its geography?

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.You build on your understanding of differing levels of development by focusing on Africa and the Sahel. You look at how the physical geography of the Sahel has hindered its development and how climate change makes it a challenging place to live, consider how human activity has contributed, and evaluate what the future holds for the region.
Builds onYear 7 — quality of life, tropical rainforests, UK climate; Year 8 — water and food insecurity.
Leads toGCSE — Development Dynamics; People and the Biosphere.
Key conceptsPlaceSpaceEnvironmentCatholic Social Teaching
Key locations
  • Continental scaleAfrica as a continent
  • Regional scaleThe Sahel
  • Local scaleLocal projects can support development
Key knowledge
  • Africa is a continent made up of 54 countries.
  • Africa has different climatic regions, which has led to different biomes across the continent.
  • The Sahel region lies below the Sahara Desert and is made up of many countries.
  • The dominant biome in the Sahel is tropical grassland.
  • Tropical grasslands have a seasonal climate, which has led to adaptations in plants and animals.
  • Desertification is the main challenge to tropical grasslands, caused by physical and human processes.
  • Climate change will continue to put the region under pressure, causing problems for people and the environment.
  • Different projects aim to make this biome more sustainable in the future.
Key terminology
BiomeA large-scale ecosystem characterised by its vegetation, soil, climate and wildlife.
DesertificationThe process by which land turns into desert.
AridDry regions that receive less than 250mm of precipitation per year.
DroughtA lack of precipitation over a long period that can cause a water shortage.
DeforestationRemoving trees from a forested area by cutting them down or burning them.
Climate changeChanges in the climate, now usually used in relation to changes caused by human activity.
Soil erosionWhen topsoil is washed away by water or blown away by the wind.
Careers & pathways
  • International development / NGO worker— support communities with organisations such as CAFOD.
  • Climate-resilience adviser— help regions adapt to climate change.
  • Agricultural scientist— develop farming that copes with drought.
  • Cartographer / GIS analyst— map land use and environmental change.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Challenging assumptionsInterpreting maps & dataSynthesising causesEvaluating evidenceCultural awareness
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in History 7.5 — The Mali Empire for West African empires; History 8.4 — Origins of transatlantic slavery for the transatlantic trade.
9.3Mobile phones: a blessing or a curse?Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.3

Mobile phones: a blessing or a curse?

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.You look at the impact of globalisation using mobile phones as an example. You investigate how manufacturing phones has helped China to develop rapidly, but with negative impacts, examine the environmental impacts of mobile phones in different countries, and look at how phones are improving quality of life in developing countries.
Builds onYear 7 — the chocolate industry; Year 8 — food and fast fashion; Year 9 — Development and Africa.
Leads toGCSE — Development Dynamics; Challenges of Urbanisation.
Key conceptsSpaceInterconnectionsEnvironmentCatholic Social Teaching
Key locations
  • Global scaleMobile phone production and consumption
  • National scaleChina; Democratic Republic of Congo
Key knowledge
  • Globalisation has allowed some countries, such as China, to develop rapidly, initially through manufacturing.
  • Companies such as Apple buy components from all over the world, manufacture in China, design in the USA and sell globally.
  • Rapid development in China has improved many lives and driven rapid urbanisation, but with negative impacts on people and the environment.
  • Some components are mined in countries such as the Democratic Republic of Congo, where there have been problems including exploitation and environmental damage.
  • Worldwide use of mobile phones generates enormous amounts of e-waste.
  • Mobile phones have improved quality of life in developing countries by enabling access to services such as weather forecasts and banking.
Key terminology
GlobalisationThe increasing links between countries through the movement of goods, services and money.
UrbanisationThe increasing percentage of a country’s population living in towns and cities.
Rural to urban migrationThe movement of people from the countryside to towns and cities.
Ecological footprintThe amount of the environment required to support a particular lifestyle.
Raw materialsThe basic materials from which products are made.
InequalityDifferences in wealth, wellbeing and access to jobs, housing and education.
Quality of lifeThe general wellbeing of people, including income, health, education and environment.
Careers & pathways
  • Electronics / manufacturing engineer— design and build technology products.
  • Supply-chain analyst— track how products are made and moved.
  • Recycling / circular-economy specialist— reduce e-waste and reuse materials.
  • International development worker— support fair and sustainable industry.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Tracing global supply chainsWeighing benefits & costsSystems thinkingEvaluating sustainabilityEthical reasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science C10 — Using resources for extraction and recycling; PSHE 3 — Living in the Wider World for digital life and media.
9.4How can we save our oceans?Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.4

How can we save our oceans?

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.You look at the importance of the world’s oceans and why we need to protect them. You explore the threats facing our oceans and their impact on ocean habitats and species, especially coral reefs, and investigate how oceans can be managed successfully.
Builds onYear 7 — coasts; Year 8 — Water.
Leads toClimate change; the Anthropocene.
Key conceptsSpaceEnvironmentEarth SystemsCatholic Social Teaching
Key locations
  • Global scaleOceans are part of our global commons
  • National scaleMaldives
Key knowledge
  • There are 5 oceans in the world.
  • Oceans are part of the global commons and are important for many reasons.
  • Coral reefs are a key ocean ecosystem and contain a high level of biodiversity.
  • A number of factors affect the distribution of tropical coral reefs.
  • Threats to the oceans include plastic pollution and climate change.
  • Climate change is one of the biggest threats to coral reefs, leading to coral bleaching.
  • Plastic pollution enters the oceans from many sources and builds into giant garbage patches.
  • Overfishing, for example of tuna, affects people and the environment, especially in places such as the Maldives.
  • Fishing can be done more sustainably, using methods such as pole-and-line fishing.
  • Managing oceans is difficult because they are vast and largely unowned; treaties such as the High Seas Treaty help manage them internationally.
Key terminology
Global commonsResources, such as the oceans, that are shared by everyone and owned by no single country.
OverfishingRemoving fish from the ocean at an unsustainable rate.
BycatchThe capture of unwanted animals while fishing for other species.
BiodiversityThe number of different plant and animal species in a given area.
SustainabilityUsing resources to meet present needs without compromising the future.
Climate changeA long-term change in the earth’s climate, especially due to rising average temperatures.
Careers & pathways
  • Oceanographer— study marine life, ocean circulation and the seafloor.
  • Marine biologist— research ocean species and ecosystems.
  • Marine conservation officer— protect and manage ocean habitats.
  • Environmental scientist— monitor pollution and the health of the seas.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Interpreting scientific dataSystems thinkingEvaluating conservationGlobal awarenessCommunicating issues
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science B7 — Ecology for food webs and pollution; Science C9 — Chemistry of the atmosphere for the atmosphere and carbon; Religious Studies 7.1 — Creation and Covenant for care for creation.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise Geography at Key Stage 3

  • Use the knowledge organisers with look – cover – write – check: read a section, hide it, write what you remember, then check.
  • Test yourself little and often — short, regular bursts beat one long session (spaced practice).
  • Turn the headings into questions and answer them from memory (retrieval practice).
  • Make flashcards for the key vocabulary in each organiser.
  • Check your report stage against the ladder and target your next step up.

At GCSE we follow Edexcel Geography B (specification 1GB0), a theme-based course built around three big enquiries: global issues, the UK, and people and the environment. It deepens the knowledge and skills started at Key Stage 3 and is assessed by three written exams (grades 1–9) sat at the end of Year 11 — there is no coursework, though two fieldwork investigations are examined within Paper 2.

Across the course students study physical and human geography together, learning to describe and explain patterns and processes, work with real data and fieldwork, and make and justify decisions about geographical issues. Use the selector below to find your current unit, follow the course route-through to see how it all fits together, track yourself on the knowledge & skills ladder, and revise with the knowledge organisers.

Pick the unit you’re studying now to jump to its revision organiser and progress ladder.

What are you studying at the moment?

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the Edexcel Geography B specification

Edexcel GCSE Geography B (specification 1GB0) is a linear, theme-based course assessed by three written papers at the end of Year 11 (252 marks in total). There is no coursework, though two fieldwork investigations are examined within Paper 2. Open the tile below for the full breakdown of each paper, the assessment objectives, geographical skills and how marks are gained.

GCSEThe course in detail — three papersPaper 1 37.5% · Paper 2 37.5% · Paper 3 25%
Paper 1 — Global Geographical IssuesWritten exam · 37.5%
  • Written exam (1GB0/01) · 1 hour 30 minutes · 94 marks · marked by Pearson
  • Three 30-mark sections; up to 4 marks are awarded for spelling, punctuation, grammar and terminology
  • Topic 1: Hazardous Earth— climate, tropical cyclones and tectonic hazards
  • Topic 2: Development dynamics— global inequality and an emerging country
  • Topic 3: Challenges of an urbanising world— urban growth and a megacity
Paper 2 — UK Geographical IssuesWritten exam · 37.5%
  • Written exam (1GB0/02) · 1 hour 30 minutes · 94 marks · includes fieldwork
  • Topic 4: The UK’s evolving physical landscape— coasts and rivers
  • Topic 5: The UK’s evolving human landscape— a changing major UK city
  • Topic 6: Geographical investigations — one physical and one human fieldwork enquiry
  • The two fieldwork investigations are examined here rather than in a separate paper
Paper 3 — People and Environment IssuesMaking decisions · 25%
  • Written exam (1GB0/03) · 1 hour 30 minutes · 64 marks · a decision-making paper with a resource booklet
  • Topic 7: People and the biosphere— biomes and the resources they provide
  • Topic 8: Forests under threat— rainforests, taiga and their management
  • Topic 9: Consuming energy resources— energy supply, demand and sustainability
  • A synoptic decision-making exercise drawing across the whole course
The four assessment objectives Assessment
  • AO1 Knowledge — locations, places, processes and environments (15%)
  • AO2 Understanding — geographical concepts and interrelationships (25%)
  • AO3 Application, analysis & judgement — interpret, analyse and evaluate (35%)
  • AO4 Geographical & fieldwork skills — maps, data, GIS and enquiry (25%)
  • There is no coursework; all four objectives are assessed across the three papers
Ways of working Geographical skills
  • Cartographic & GIS skills — maps, atlases, satellite images and geospatial data
  • Numerical & statistical skills — measures of average and spread, and data presentation
  • Fieldwork— one physical and one human enquiry, from question to conclusion
  • Decision-making— weighing evidence to justify a reasoned view
  • Extended writing — structured, evidenced arguments using case studies
How marks are gained What great work shows
  • Accurate, detailed knowledge of located examples and case studies
  • Clear explanation of processes, linking cause and effect
  • Analysis and evaluation that reaches a supported judgement
  • Confident use of data, maps and geographical terminology
  • Balanced, well-structured answers matched to the command word
Where it leads Progression
  • A-Level Geography in the Sixth Form
  • Further study in geography, geology, environmental science and planning
  • Careers in planning, GIS, sustainability, surveying and hazard management
  • Transferable strengths in data handling, analysis and decision-making

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Built around the four Edexcel B assessment objectives (AO1–AO4). Tap the stage from your report to see where you are and your next step up in each objective.

Highlight your stage— tap your grade band
GCSEGCSE — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · Edexcel B 1GB0

This grid is built around the four Edexcel B assessment objectives (AO1–AO4). Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see how to move up a grade.

AO1 · Knowledge (15%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can name and locate some places, features and examples.
    • I can recall simple facts about processes and environments.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can describe locations, places and processes at different scales.
    • I can give located examples and basic case-study detail.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can recall accurate, detailed knowledge of places, processes and case studies.
    • I can use the right places and scales to support a point.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can recall precise, wide-ranging knowledge and select the most relevant detail.
    • I can draw on a secure bank of case studies across scales.

AO2 · Understanding (25%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can define key geographical terms and concepts.
    • I can give a simple reason for a pattern or process.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can explain geographical processes and how concepts apply to places.
    • I can describe interrelationships between places, environments and processes.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can explain interrelationships clearly, linking causes and effects.
    • I can apply concepts accurately to explain patterns and change.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can explain complex interrelationships with clarity and precision.
    • I can connect concepts across topics to explain change over time and scale.

AO3 · Application, analysis & judgement (35%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can pick out simple information from a resource.
    • I can give a basic opinion on an issue.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can interpret and analyse geographical information and begin to reach a view.
    • I can use evidence to support a simple argument.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can analyse and evaluate information and issues, and make a supported judgement.
    • I can build a balanced argument using evidence.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can evaluate issues critically and reach a well-justified, substantiated conclusion.
    • I can weigh competing views and options to justify a decision.

AO4 · Geographical & fieldwork skills (25%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can read maps, graphs and photos and extract simple data.
    • I can carry out basic fieldwork tasks with support.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can select and use a range of maps, graphs and statistics.
    • I can plan and carry out fieldwork and present the results.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can select, adapt and use skills and techniques accurately to investigate questions.
    • I can analyse fieldwork data and communicate findings clearly.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can choose and combine the most appropriate skills and techniques with precision.
    • I can draw valid conclusions from fieldwork and evaluate the methods used.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

One organiser per topic. Open the unit you’re studying to revise its key knowledge and vocabulary.

GCSEOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets

Paper 1 — Global Geographical Issues

t1Topic 1: Hazardous EarthKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
t1

Topic 1: Hazardous Earth

Download PDF
What this unit is about.How the world’s climate system works and changes over time, and why tropical cyclones and tectonic activity (earthquakes and volcanoes) are hazardous for people — and how that risk can be reduced and managed.
Builds onKS3 Natural hazards (Year 8 tectonics) and weather, climate & ecosystems.
Leads toA-Level Tectonic Processes and Hazards.
Key conceptsEarth SystemsRiskCausalityScaleCatholic Social Teaching
Key case studies
  • Tropical cyclone
  • Tectonic disaster (developed)
  • Tectonic disaster (emerging/developing)
Key knowledge
  • Global atmospheric circulation redistributes heat and helps explain the location of climate zones.
  • Tropical cyclones form over warm oceans and bring strong winds, heavy rain and storm surge.
  • The Earth’s structure and plate movement cause earthquakes and volcanoes, mostly at plate boundaries.
  • Hazard impacts differ between richer and poorer countries because of vulnerability and capacity to cope.
  • Risk is reduced through prediction, protection, planning and preparation.
Key terminology
Tropical cycloneAn intense low-pressure storm forming over warm tropical oceans.
Storm surgeA rise in sea level during a storm that causes coastal flooding.
Plate boundaryWhere two tectonic plates meet; most earthquakes and volcanoes occur here.
MagnitudeThe size or energy of an earthquake.
VulnerabilityHow exposed and able to cope people are when a hazard strikes.
MitigationActions that reduce the severity of a hazard’s impact.
Careers & pathways
  • Hazard / risk scientist— Models and forecasts natural hazards.
  • Meteorologist— Studies and forecasts weather and storms.
  • Civil / structural engineer— Designs hazard-resistant buildings and defences.
  • Emergency planner— Prepares communities and services for disasters.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Interpreting climate & hazard dataAssessing riskExplaining processesDecision-makingUsing case-study evidence
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science P5 — Forces for forces and energy; Science P4 — Atomic structure for the structure of the Earth.
t2Topic 2: Development dynamicsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
t2

Topic 2: Development dynamics

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The scale of global inequality, how development is measured and why countries develop at different rates — explored through the geography of one emerging country.
Builds onKS3 Development (Year 9) and the geography of Africa.
Leads toA-Level Globalisation, Superpowers and Global Development & Connections.
Key conceptsInequalityInterdependenceDevelopmentPlaceCatholic Social Teaching
Key case studies
  • Emerging country
Key knowledge
  • Development can be measured in economic and social ways, e.g. GDP per capita and the Human Development Index (HDI).
  • There is a large “development gap” between and within countries.
  • Trade, investment, aid and transnational corporations all influence development.
  • Rapid growth in an emerging country brings economic, social and environmental benefits and costs.
  • Development is uneven across regions within a country.
Key terminology
Development gapThe difference in wealth and wellbeing between richer and poorer areas.
HDIA measure of development combining income, education and life expectancy.
GDP per capitaThe average economic output per person.
Emerging economyA country undergoing rapid economic growth and industrialisation.
TNCA transnational corporation operating across several countries.
GlobalisationThe growing connection of the world’s economies and cultures.
Careers & pathways
  • Economist— Analyses growth, trade and inequality.
  • International development worker— Supports projects in developing regions.
  • Data analyst— Interprets development and population data.
  • Trade / policy adviser— Advises on trade and economic policy.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Working with development dataComparing indicatorsAnalysing inequalityEvaluating strategiesConstructing arguments
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Business 3 — The economic environment and business for growth and inequality; History 8.3 — The British Empire for colonial history.
t3Topic 3: Challenges of an urbanising worldKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
t3

Topic 3: Challenges of an urbanising world

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The global pattern of urbanisation and why cities grow, and the challenges and opportunities of rapid urban growth — explored through one megacity in a developing or emerging country.
Builds onKS3 settlement, population and the urbanisation strand of Year 9.
Leads toA-Level Shaping Places (Regenerating / Diverse Places) and Superpowers.
Key conceptsUrbanisationPlaceInequalitySustainabilityCatholic Social Teaching
Key case studies
  • Megacity
Key knowledge
  • Urbanisation is fastest in developing and emerging countries.
  • Cities grow through rural–urban migration and natural increase.
  • Megacities create opportunities (jobs, services) and challenges (housing, inequality, environment).
  • Rapid growth can produce squatter settlements and pressure on services.
  • Cities can be managed to become more sustainable.
Key terminology
UrbanisationThe rising proportion of people living in towns and cities.
MegacityA city with more than 10 million people.
Rural–urban migrationMovement of people from the countryside to cities.
Informal economyUnofficial, unregulated work and trade.
Squatter settlementUnplanned housing built on land without legal ownership.
InfrastructureThe basic services and structures a city needs to function.
Careers & pathways
  • Urban planner— Plans how cities grow and function.
  • Transport planner— Designs sustainable transport networks.
  • Architect— Designs buildings and spaces for growing cities.
  • NGO / charity worker— Supports communities in rapidly growing cities.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Interpreting urban dataSpatial planning thinkingEvaluating solutionsWeighing stakeholder viewsCommunicating proposals
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in History 8.6 — The Industrial Revolution for industrialisation and cities; Mathematics S — Statistics for census and urban data.

Paper 2 — UK Geographical Issues

t4Topic 4: The UK’s evolving physical landscapeKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
t4

Topic 4: The UK’s evolving physical landscape

Download PDF
What this unit is about.How the UK’s physical landscapes have formed and continue to change — focusing on coastal landscapes and river landscapes, their processes, landforms and management.
Builds onKS3 coasts, rivers and the rock cycle (Year 7).
Leads toA-Level Landscape Systems (Coastal Landscapes and Change).
Key conceptsEarth SystemsProcessPlaceSustainabilityCatholic Social Teaching
Key case studies
  • Stretch of coastline
  • River basin
Key knowledge
  • The UK’s upland and lowland landscapes reflect its geology and past processes.
  • Coastal processes of erosion, transport and deposition create distinctive landforms.
  • Coasts are managed using hard engineering, soft engineering and managed retreat.
  • Rivers change downstream, creating landforms through erosion and deposition.
  • River flooding has physical and human causes and can be managed.
Key terminology
ErosionThe wearing away and removal of material.
Longshore driftThe movement of sediment along a coast by waves.
DepositionThe dropping of material carried by water.
Hard engineeringBuilt defences such as sea walls and groynes.
Managed retreatAllowing the sea to flood low-value land in a planned way.
HydrographA graph showing river discharge over time.
Careers & pathways
  • Coastal / flood-risk engineer— Designs defences against erosion and flooding.
  • Hydrologist— Studies rivers and the water cycle.
  • Environmental manager— Manages landscapes and natural resources.
  • Surveyor— Measures and maps the changing landscape.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Fieldwork & measurementInterpreting landformsAnalysing processesEvaluating managementMap & data skills
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science P3 — Particle model of matter for weathering and erosion; Mathematics G — Geometry & measures for measuring cross-profiles.
t5Topic 5: The UK’s evolving human landscapeKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
t5

Topic 5: The UK’s evolving human landscape

Download PDF
What this unit is about.How and why the UK’s human landscape is changing — its population, economy and settlements — with a focus on change in one major UK city.
Builds onKS3 settlement, population and the world of work.
Leads toA-Level Shaping Places (Regenerating / Diverse Places).
Key conceptsPlaceChangeInequalityInterdependenceCatholic Social Teaching
Key case studies
  • Major UK city
Key knowledge
  • The UK is increasingly urban, diverse and globally connected.
  • The economy has shifted from primary and secondary work towards services and knowledge industries.
  • A major UK city changes through migration, regeneration and rebranding.
  • Change brings winners and losers and can widen inequality.
  • Urban and rural areas are linked and influence one another.
Key terminology
RegenerationImproving a rundown area, socially and economically.
RebrandingChanging the image of a place to attract people and investment.
DeindustrialisationThe decline of manufacturing industry.
MigrationThe movement of people to live in a new place.
GentrificationWealthier people moving into and changing an area.
Counter-urbanisationMovement of people from cities to rural areas.
Careers & pathways
  • Town / regeneration planner— Plans the renewal of urban areas.
  • Economic development officer— Supports local jobs and investment.
  • Demographer— Studies population change.
  • Surveyor / GIS analyst— Maps and analyses changing places.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Interpreting place dataAnalysing changeEvaluating regenerationWeighing viewpointsGIS & mapping
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in History 8.6 — The Industrial Revolution for the Industrial Revolution; Business 2 — Theme 2: Building a business for regional economies.
t6Topic 6: Geographical investigations (fieldwork)Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
t6

Topic 6: Geographical investigations (fieldwork)

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Two fieldwork investigations — one physical (linked to coasts or rivers) and one human (linked to urban or rural) — taking you through the whole enquiry process from question to conclusion and evaluation.
Builds onThe “application of geographical skills” strand developed across KS3.
Leads toA-Level fieldwork and the independent investigation (NEA).
Key conceptsEnquiryEvidenceDataProcessCatholic Social Teaching
Key case studies
  • Physical fieldwork site
  • Human fieldwork site
Key knowledge
  • Geographical enquiry follows stages: question, methods, data collection, presentation, analysis, conclusion and evaluation.
  • Data can be primary (collected first-hand) or secondary.
  • Sampling and suitable methods make data reliable.
  • Different data are best shown with different graphs, maps and statistics.
  • Good evaluation reflects honestly on reliability and limitations.
Key terminology
HypothesisA statement to be tested by an investigation.
Primary dataData collected first-hand in the field.
Secondary dataData collected by someone else.
SamplingChoosing where and what to measure in a fair way.
ReliabilityHow trustworthy and repeatable results are.
AnomalyA result that does not fit the pattern.
Careers & pathways
  • Surveyor— Collects and records field measurements.
  • GIS analyst— Maps and analyses spatial data.
  • Market / social researcher— Designs surveys and interprets results.
  • Environmental consultant— Investigates sites and reports findings.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Designing enquiriesCollecting primary dataSampling techniquesPresenting & analysing dataEvaluating reliability
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics S — Statistics for sampling and presenting data; Business 3 — Quantitative & analytical skills for quantitative skills.

Paper 3 — People and Environment Issues

t7Topic 7: People and the biosphereKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
t7

Topic 7: People and the biosphere

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The global distribution and character of the world’s major biomes, the goods and services the biosphere provides, and the growing pressure that people place on these resources.
Builds onKS3 ecosystems and biomes (rainforests, Africa).
Leads toA-Level the Carbon Cycle and the Water Cycle.
Key conceptsEarth SystemsEnvironmentInterdependenceSustainabilityCatholic Social Teaching
Key case studies
  • Biome example
Key knowledge
  • Climate largely determines where the major biomes are found.
  • The biosphere provides resources such as food, water, energy and materials.
  • It also regulates the atmosphere and the water cycle.
  • A growing population and rising consumption increase demand on these resources.
  • Local people often depend directly on biosphere resources.
Key terminology
BiomeA large-scale ecosystem, e.g. tropical rainforest or desert.
BiosphereThe zone of the Earth where living things exist.
Ecosystem servicesThe benefits people gain from ecosystems.
ResourceA natural material people use, e.g. water or timber.
SustainabilityMeeting needs today without harming the future.
ClimateThe average weather conditions of a place.
Careers & pathways
  • Ecologist— Studies ecosystems and biodiversity.
  • Conservation officer— Protects habitats and species.
  • Sustainability adviser— Helps organisations reduce their impact.
  • Climate scientist— Studies the climate system and change.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Systems thinkingInterpreting environmental dataEvaluating sustainabilityResource analysisCommunicating issues
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science B7 — Ecology for ecosystems and food webs; Science B4 — Bioenergetics for photosynthesis.
t8Topic 8: Forests under threatKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
t8

Topic 8: Forests under threat

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The character of tropical rainforests and the taiga, the threats they face, and the different ways they can be managed and protected.
Builds onKS3 ecosystems and rainforests.
Leads toA-Level the Carbon Cycle and biodiversity.
Key conceptsEnvironmentInterdependenceSustainabilityFuturesCatholic Social Teaching
Key case studies
  • Rainforest / taiga example
Key knowledge
  • Tropical rainforests and the taiga have distinctive climates, soils, plants and animals adapted to them.
  • Nutrients cycle between soil, plants and animals.
  • Threats include deforestation, climate change and resource exploitation.
  • Management ranges from strict conservation to sustainable use.
  • International agreements aim to protect forests.
Key terminology
Tropical rainforestA dense forest in hot, wet equatorial regions.
TaigaThe cold coniferous forest of high latitudes.
Nutrient cycleThe movement of nutrients through an ecosystem.
DeforestationThe clearance of forest.
BiodiversityThe variety of living things in an area.
Sustainable managementUsing a resource without using it up.
Careers & pathways
  • Conservation scientist— Researches and protects ecosystems.
  • Forester— Manages woodland and forestry sustainably.
  • Environmental policy adviser— Shapes laws that protect nature.
  • NGO project worker— Runs conservation projects.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Understanding ecosystemsEvaluating managementWeighing viewpointsUsing evidenceDecision-making
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science B7 — Ecology for deforestation and biodiversity; Religious Studies C3b — Ethics: Applied ethics & conscience for environmental ethics.
t9Topic 9: Consuming energy resourcesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
t9

Topic 9: Consuming energy resources

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The world’s energy resources — renewable and non-renewable — patterns of supply and demand, and the costs, benefits and sustainability of different energy choices.
Builds onKS3 climate, resources and energy (Year 9).
Leads toA-Level the Carbon Cycle and Energy Security.
Key conceptsEnvironmentSustainabilityFuturesRiskCatholic Social Teaching
Key case studies
  • Energy case study
Key knowledge
  • Energy resources are unevenly distributed around the world.
  • Demand for energy rises with development and population growth.
  • Fossil fuels, nuclear and renewables each have costs and benefits.
  • Energy security matters to every country.
  • There is a global shift towards more sustainable energy.
Key terminology
RenewableEnergy from sources that do not run out, e.g. wind or solar.
Non-renewableEnergy from finite sources, e.g. coal, oil and gas.
Fossil fuelCarbon-based fuel formed from ancient organisms.
Energy securityReliable, affordable access to energy.
Energy mixThe combination of energy sources a country uses.
Carbon footprintThe greenhouse gases produced by an activity.
Careers & pathways
  • Renewable-energy engineer— Designs and builds clean energy systems.
  • Environmental consultant— Advises on sustainable energy use.
  • Energy policy adviser— Shapes national energy strategy.
  • Sustainability manager— Reduces an organisation’s energy impact.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysing supply & demandEvaluating energy optionsWeighing costs & benefitsFutures thinkingDecision-making
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science P1 — Energy for renewable and non-renewable energy; Science C9 — Chemistry of the atmosphere for greenhouse gases; Business 3 — The economic environment and business for energy markets.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise GCSE Geography (Edexcel B)

  • Revise from the knowledge organisers using retrieval practice and flashcards.
  • Learn your case studies in depth — make a one-page summary card for each.
  • Practise past-paper questions and mark them against the mark scheme.
  • Learn the command words (describe, explain, assess, evaluate) and what each one demands.
  • Practise the data-response (Paper 2) and decision-making (Paper 3) question styles.
  • Spread revision overweeks, not days.

In the Sixth Form we follow Edexcel A-Level Geography (specification 9GE0), a linear two-year course covering physical geography, human geography, a synoptic investigation and an independent fieldwork investigation (the NEA). It builds directly on GCSE, developing deeper conceptual understanding and the independent analytical and evaluative skills needed for university and beyond.

Students are assessed through three written papers sat at the end of Year 13 — Physical (30%), Human (30%) and a Synoptic investigation (20%) — together with the independent investigation (20%). The three papers test knowledge and understanding, application, and analysis and evaluation. Use the selector below to find your current unit, follow the route-through, track yourself on the knowledge & skills ladder, and revise with the knowledge organisers.

Pick the unit you’re studying now to jump to its revision organiser and progress ladder.

What are you studying at the moment?

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the Edexcel A-Level Geography specification

Edexcel A-Level Geography (specification 9GE0) is a linear two-year course assessed by three written papers at the end of Year 13, alongside an independent investigation (NEA) completed during the course (350 marks in total). Open the tile below for the full breakdown of each paper, the assessment objectives, skills and how marks are gained.

A-LevelThe course in detail — three papers + NEAPaper 1 30% · Paper 2 30% · Paper 3 20% · NEA 20%
Paper 1 — Physical GeographyWritten exam · 30%
  • Written exam (9GE0/01) · 2 hours 15 minutes · 105 marks
  • Tectonic Processes and Hazards— plate tectonics and hazard risk
  • Landscape Systems — Coastal or Glaciated landscapes ()
  • The Water Cycle and Water Insecurity— water systems and scarcity
  • The Carbon Cycle and Energy Security— carbon, climate and energy
Paper 2 — Human GeographyWritten exam · 30%
  • Written exam (9GE0/02) · 2 hours 15 minutes · 105 marks
  • Globalisation— a connected and unequal world
  • Shaping Places— Regenerating or Diverse Places ()
  • Superpowers— the changing balance of global power
  • Global Development and Connections— development, human rights or migration ()
Paper 3 — Synoptic InvestigationWritten exam · 20%
  • Written exam (9GE0/03) · 2 hours 15 minutes · 70 marks · resource booklet provided on the day
  • A synoptic decision-making paper drawing across Papers 1 and 2
  • Synoptic themes— Players; Attitudes and actions; Futures and uncertainties
  • Unseen resources are analysed and applied under exam conditions
Independent Investigation (NEA)Coursework · 20%
  • Non-examination assessment · 70 marks · completed during the two-year course
  • A student-designed fieldwork enquiry of around 3,000–4,000 words
  • Data is collected, presented, analysed and evaluated independently
  • Assesses the full research process, from question to conclusion
The three assessment objectivesAssessment
  • AO1 Knowledge & understanding — places, processes and concepts (≈30%)
  • AO2 Application, analysis & evaluation — apply and evaluate ideas and evidence (≈40%)
  • AO3 Geographical & fieldwork skills — investigate, handle data and present findings (≈30%)
  • The objectives are assessed across the three papers and the independent investigation
Skills & processes Ways of working
  • Independent research— designing and carrying out a full enquiry
  • Quantitative & qualitative methods — collecting and handling varied data
  • Cartographic & GIS skills — mapping and geospatial analysis
  • Synoptic thinking— linking physical and human geography
  • Evaluative writing— extended, argued and evidenced responses
Where it leads Progression
  • University degrees in geography, environmental and earth sciences
  • Careers in planning, GIS, sustainability, environmental consultancy and research
  • Strong foundations for law, economics, data science and international development
  • Highly valued skills in analysis, fieldwork, data handling and argument

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Built around the three Edexcel A-Level assessment objectives (AO1–AO3). Tap the stage from your report to see your next step up in each objective.

Highlight your stage— tap the words used on your report
A-LevelA-Level — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · Edexcel 9GE0

This grid is built around the three Edexcel A-Level assessment objectives (AO1–AO3). Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to move up. Weightings are approximate.

AO1 · Knowledge & understanding (≈30%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can describe places, environments, concepts and processes at different scales.
    • I can recall relevant located examples.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can explain processes, interactions and change with growing accuracy.
    • I can use detailed case-study knowledge.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can demonstrate secure, detailed knowledge and understanding across scales.
    • I can connect concepts, processes and change confidently.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can demonstrate comprehensive, precise knowledge and deep conceptual understanding.
    • I can synthesise knowledge from across the specification.

AO2 · Application, analysis & evaluation (≈40%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can apply knowledge to interpret information in familiar contexts.
    • I can begin to analyse and evaluate geographical issues.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can apply understanding to analyse and evaluate information in different contexts.
    • I can construct a supported argument.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can analyse and evaluate issues in unfamiliar contexts and reach substantiated judgements.
    • I can build balanced, evidence-led arguments.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can critically evaluate complex issues and construct perceptive, well-justified conclusions.
    • I can synthesise ideas to make sophisticated judgements.

AO3 · Geographical & fieldwork skills (≈30%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can use basic quantitative, qualitative and fieldwork skills to investigate questions.
    • I can interpret straightforward data and evidence.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can select and use a range of relevant skills to investigate questions and issues.
    • I can analyse data and draw simple conclusions.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can use a wide range of skills to investigate, analyse and evaluate data and evidence.
    • I can construct arguments and draw sound conclusions.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can select, adapt and combine skills with precision to investigate complex questions.
    • I can evaluate methods and data critically and draw robust conclusions.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

One organiser per topic. Open the unit you’re studying to revise its key knowledge and vocabulary.

A-LevelOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets

Paper 1 — Physical Geography

a1Topic 1: Tectonic Processes and HazardsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
a1

Topic 1: Tectonic Processes and Hazards

Download PDF
What this unit is about.How plate tectonics produces earthquakes, volcanoes and tsunamis, why their impacts vary so widely, and how hazard risk can be governed and managed.
Builds onGCSE Hazardous Earth.
Leads toPaper 3 synoptic links and the independent investigation.
Key conceptsSystemsCausalityRiskResilienceCatholic Social Teaching
Key case studies
  • Earthquake (developed)
  • Tectonic disaster (developing)
  • Volcanic event
Key knowledge
  • Plate tectonic theory explains the global distribution of tectonic activity.
  • Hazards include earthquakes, volcanic eruptions and tsunamis, each with primary and secondary effects.
  • The disaster risk equation links hazard, vulnerability and capacity to cope.
  • Impacts and responses differ with development and governance.
  • Risk is managed through prediction, preparedness, mitigation and resilience-building.
Key terminology
Plate boundaryWhere tectonic plates meet; the focus of most tectonic activity.
MagnitudeThe energy released by an earthquake.
VulnerabilityHow exposed and able to cope a population is.
ResilienceThe capacity to absorb and recover from a hazard.
Disaster riskThe likely loss from a hazard, given vulnerability.
GovernanceHow decisions and management are organised.
Careers & pathways
  • Hazard scientist— Models and forecasts tectonic hazards.
  • Geologist— Studies the Earth’s structure and processes.
  • Emergency planner— Plans for and responds to disasters.
  • Risk / insurance analyst— Assesses and prices natural-hazard risk.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Modelling riskAnalysing systemsInterpreting complex dataCritical evaluationSynoptic linking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science P5 — Forces for forces and seismic energy; Mathematics ME — Mechanics for vectors and motion.
a2Topic 2: Landscape Systems, Processes and ChangeKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
a2

Topic 2: Landscape Systems, Processes and Change

Download PDF
What this unit is about.How a landscape works as an open system, and the processes, landforms and change within it. Schools choose Coastal or Glaciated Landscapes — the department teaches.
Builds onGCSE The UK’s evolving physical landscape.
Leads toIndependent investigation (physical fieldwork).
Key conceptsSystemsProcessEquilibriumSustainabilityCatholic Social Teaching
Key case studies
  • Managed landscape / coastline
Key knowledge
  • A landscape can be studied as an open system of inputs, stores, flows and outputs.
  • Marine/sub-aerial (or glacial) processes shape distinctive landforms.
  • Landscapes change over time, including with sea-level or climate change.
  • Sediment (or ice) budgets help explain change and equilibrium.
  • Management balances natural processes with human needs and can cause conflict.
Key terminology
Open systemA system exchanging energy and matter with its surroundings.
Sub-aerial processWeathering and mass movement acting on the land.
EquilibriumA balanced state within a system.
Sediment budgetThe balance of sediment inputs and outputs.
Hard engineeringBuilt defences against natural processes.
Managed retreatPlanned, controlled withdrawal from the coast.
Careers & pathways
  • Geomorphologist— Studies landforms and the processes that shape them.
  • Coastal engineer— Designs and manages coastal defences.
  • Environmental consultant— Advises on landscape change and management.
  • GIS analyst— Maps and models landscape change.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Systems analysisFieldwork & measurementInterpreting landformsModelling changeGIS & spatial analysis
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science P3 — Particle model of matter for weathering processes; Mathematics P4 — Calculus & vectors for rates of change.
a5Topic 5: The Water Cycle and Water InsecurityKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
a5

Topic 5: The Water Cycle and Water Insecurity

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The water cycle as a global system, the physical and human causes of water insecurity, and the strategies used to manage water supply sustainably.
Builds onGCSE rivers and the biosphere.
Leads toPaper 3 synoptic links; carbon–water cycle connections.
Key conceptsSystemsFeedbackInsecuritySustainabilityCatholic Social Teaching
Key case studies
  • Water-insecure region
Key knowledge
  • The global water budget and the drainage-basin system describe stores and flows of water.
  • Water insecurity has physical causes (climate, drought) and human causes (over-abstraction, pollution).
  • Demand is rising with population and development.
  • Water scarcity can lead to conflict between users and nations.
  • Management ranges from large schemes to integrated, sustainable approaches.
Key terminology
Drainage basinThe area drained by a river and its tributaries.
Water budgetThe balance of water inputs and outputs.
Water scarcityA shortage of available freshwater.
AquiferAn underground store of water in rock.
Over-abstractionRemoving water faster than it is replaced.
Integrated managementCoordinated management of a whole water system.
Careers & pathways
  • Hydrologist— Studies water and the water cycle.
  • Water-resource manager— Plans sustainable water supply.
  • Environmental engineer— Designs water and treatment systems.
  • Climate analyst— Studies climate impacts on water.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Systems & feedback analysisQuantitative data skillsEvaluating managementModelling scenariosSynoptic linking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science T3 — Exchange with the environment for transpiration and water movement; Science 8.2 — Separation techniques for water quality.
a6Topic 6: The Carbon Cycle and Energy SecurityKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
a6

Topic 6: The Carbon Cycle and Energy Security

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The carbon cycle as a system, how it links to the water cycle and climate, and the geopolitics and sustainability of energy security.
Builds onGCSE consuming energy resources and the biosphere.
Leads toPaper 3 synoptic links; futures and uncertainties.
Key conceptsSystemsFeedbackSecurityFuturesCatholic Social Teaching
Key case studies
  • Energy / climate case study
Key knowledge
  • Carbon moves between stores (atmosphere, oceans, biosphere, lithosphere) through fluxes.
  • The greenhouse effect links the carbon cycle to climate change.
  • The water and carbon cycles interact and influence one another.
  • Energy security depends on a country’s energy mix and supply.
  • There is a global shift towards low-carbon energy, with mitigation and adaptation.
Key terminology
Carbon store / fluxWhere carbon is held / how it moves.
SequestrationThe capture and long-term storage of carbon.
Greenhouse effectWarming caused by atmospheric gases trapping heat.
Energy securityReliable, affordable access to energy.
MitigationReducing the causes of climate change.
AdaptationAdjusting to the effects of climate change.
Careers & pathways
  • Carbon / sustainability analyst— Measures and reduces carbon emissions.
  • Energy policy adviser— Shapes national energy and climate strategy.
  • Environmental scientist— Studies the climate and carbon systems.
  • Renewable-energy engineer— Develops low-carbon energy.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Systems analysisInterpreting climate dataEvaluating policyFutures & uncertainty thinkingSynoptic linking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science C9 — Chemistry of the atmosphere for the carbon cycle; Science T5 — Energy transfers for energy transfers.

Paper 2 — Human Geography

a3Topic 3: GlobalisationKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
a3

Topic 3: Globalisation

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The causes of globalisation, how it connects and divides people and places, and its economic, social, cultural and environmental consequences.
Builds onGCSE development dynamics.
Leads toSuperpowers; Global Development and Connections.
Key conceptsGlobalisationInterdependenceInequalityIdentityCatholic Social Teaching
Key case studies
  • Globalisation case study
Key knowledge
  • Globalisation is driven by technology, trade, transport and transnational corporations.
  • The “global shift” has moved production around the world.
  • Globalisation creates winners and losers within and between countries.
  • It has cultural and environmental impacts.
  • People and governments respond to globalisation in different ways.
Key terminology
GlobalisationGrowing interconnection of economies and cultures.
Global shiftThe movement of industry to new regions.
TNCA transnational corporation operating worldwide.
InterdependenceMutual reliance between places.
OutsourcingContracting work to other firms or countries.
GlocalisationAdapting global products to local markets.
Careers & pathways
  • International business analyst— Studies global markets and trade.
  • Supply-chain manager— Coordinates global production and logistics.
  • Development economist— Analyses growth and inequality.
  • Trade policy adviser— Advises on international trade.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysing global systemsEconomic data analysisEvaluating impactsWeighing playersConstructing arguments
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Business 2 — Paper 2: Competing in the global economy for global trade; History 8.3 — The British Empire for empire and globalisation.
a4Topic 4: Shaping PlacesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
a4

Topic 4: Shaping Places

Download PDF
What this unit is about.How and why places change economically and socially, how that change is managed, and how people experience and perceive places. Schools choose Regenerating Places or Diverse Places — the department teaches.
Builds onGCSE The UK’s evolving human landscape.
Leads toIndependent investigation (human fieldwork).
Key conceptsPlaceIdentityInequalityRepresentationCatholic Social Teaching
Key case studies
  • Local place study
  • Contrasting place
Key knowledge
  • Economic change reshapes places and creates inequality.
  • Change can be measured with economic and social indicators.
  • Many players shape regeneration and place-making.
  • Places are represented and perceived in different ways.
  • Lived experience of place varies between groups.
Key terminology
RegenerationRenewing a rundown area socially and economically.
RebrandingChanging a place’s image.
PlayersThe people and organisations who shape places.
Lived experienceHow people actually experience a place.
RepresentationHow a place is portrayed.
InequalityUneven access to wealth and opportunity.
Careers & pathways
  • Regeneration officer— Plans and delivers place renewal.
  • Urban planner— Plans how places develop.
  • Community development worker— Supports local communities.
  • Social researcher— Studies how people experience places.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Place analysisMixed-methods researchInterpreting representationsEvaluating regenerationCritical evaluation
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics S — Statistics for place data and deprivation; Physical Education 3 — Sport and society for participation and community.
a7Topic 7: SuperpowersKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
a7

Topic 7: Superpowers

Download PDF
What this unit is about.How superpower status is achieved and maintained, the changing global balance of power, and the consequences for people, the environment and global governance.
Builds onGCSE development dynamics.
Leads toGlobal Development and Connections; Paper 3 synoptic links.
Key conceptsPowerInterdependenceInequalityFuturesCatholic Social Teaching
Key case studies
  • Superpower / power case study
Key knowledge
  • Superpower status rests on economic, military, political and cultural power.
  • The global balance of power changes over time.
  • Superpowers exert influence through spheres of influence and institutions.
  • Rivalries create tensions and shape global governance.
  • Power has environmental and resource implications.
Key terminology
SuperpowerA state with dominant global influence.
HegemonyLeadership or dominance over others.
Sphere of influenceAn area shaped by a power’s influence.
Global governanceInternational rules and institutions.
Emerging powerA rising state gaining influence.
Neo-colonialismIndirect control through economic means.
Careers & pathways
  • International relations analyst— Studies global power and politics.
  • Diplomat— Represents a country abroad.
  • Defence / security analyst— Assesses strategic risks.
  • Economist— Analyses global economic power.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Geopolitical analysisInterpreting dataEvaluating influenceSynthesising evidenceReasoned argument
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in History P1B — Conflict and tension: East and West, 1945–72 for Cold War geopolitics; Business 2 — Paper 2: Competing in the global economy for competing economies.
a8Topic 8: Global Development and ConnectionsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
a8

Topic 8: Global Development and Connections

Download PDF
What this unit is about.How development, human rights and global connections shape people’s lives. Schools choose Health, Human Rights and Intervention, or Migration, Identity and Sovereignty — the department teaches.
Builds onGCSE development dynamics.
Leads toIndependent investigation; Paper 3 synoptic links.
Key conceptsDevelopmentIdentityInequalitySovereigntyCatholic Social Teaching
Key case studies
  • Development / connections case study
Key knowledge
  • Development and human rights can be measured and compared.
  • International organisations influence development and rights.
  • Migration has many causes and consequences.
  • Identity and sovereignty shape and are shaped by global connections.
  • Intervention has intended and unintended consequences.
Key terminology
Human rightsBasic rights and freedoms for all people.
SovereigntyA state’s authority over itself.
InterventionAction by one state or body in another’s affairs.
MigrationMovement of people to live elsewhere.
IdentityA sense of who people and places are.
DevelopmentImprovement in wellbeing and opportunity.
Careers & pathways
  • Human-rights officer— Promotes and protects rights.
  • International development worker— Delivers development projects.
  • Migration policy analyst— Studies and advises on migration.
  • Diplomat— Manages relations between states.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysing development & rightsEvaluating interventionInterpreting migration dataEthical reasoningConstructing arguments
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Business 3 — The economic environment and business for aid, trade and debt; Religious Studies C3b — Ethics: Applied ethics & conscience for global justice.

Paper 3 & the independent investigation

a3pPaper 3: Synoptic investigationKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
a3p

Paper 3: Synoptic investigation

Download PDF
What this unit is about.A synoptic exam that draws across the whole course. A resource booklet is provided on the day, and longer evaluative questions ask you to link physical and human geography to a real situation.
Builds onAll of Papers 1 and 2.
Leads toStrong synoptic thinking supports the independent investigation and degree-level study.
Key conceptsSynthesisPlayersCausalityFuturesCatholic Social Teaching
Synoptic themes
  • Synoptic themePlayers
  • Synoptic themeAttitudes and actions
  • Synoptic themeFutures and uncertainties
Key knowledge
  • The exam is based on a pre-released-style resource booklet read on the day.
  • Three synoptic themes thread through the course: Players; Attitudes and actions; Futures and uncertainties.
  • Strong answers move deliberately between physical and human content.
  • Questions reward applying course concepts to the booklet’s case.
  • Reading and planning time is used to identify which ideas apply.
Key terminology
SynopticMaking links across different parts of the course.
PlayersThe people and organisations involved in an issue.
MitigationReducing the causes of a problem.
ResilienceThe capacity to cope with and recover from change.
UncertaintyLimits to what can be known about the future.
SustainabilityMeeting needs without harming the future.
Careers & pathways
  • Policy / strategy analyst— Weighs evidence and options to advise decisions.
  • Consultant— Brings together evidence to solve problems.
  • Researcher— Synthesises information from many sources.
  • Project manager— Balances players, risks and futures.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Synthesising across topicsWeighing players & viewsEvaluating under uncertaintyDecision-makingApplying evidence to a case
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics ST — Statistics for synthesising evidence; English A-Level — Comparative & critical methods for building a sustained argument.
aneaIndependent Investigation (NEA)Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
anea

Independent Investigation (NEA)

Download PDF
What this unit is about.An independent fieldwork investigation worth 20% of the A-Level (70 marks). You devise your own question linked to the specification, collect and analyse your own data, and write up a report of around 3,000–4,000 words. It is marked by your teacher and moderated by the exam board — on the quality of your enquiry, not the topic you choose.
Builds onGCSE fieldwork and the application-of-skills strand across the course.
Leads toUniversity-level independent research and dissertations.
Key conceptsEnquiryEvidenceIndependenceEvaluationCatholic Social Teaching
Your investigation
  • Your enquiry question
Key knowledge
  • You define a question or issue linked to the specification.
  • You plan and carry out fieldwork, collecting primary data (individually or partly as a group).
  • You present, analyse and interpret your data using appropriate techniques.
  • You reach evidence-based conclusions and evaluate your investigation honestly.
  • The write-up evidences independent analysis and evaluation.
The rules — read this before you start

Your investigation must meet JCQ and Pearson requirements. Breaking these rules is malpractice and can cost you marks — or your result.

  • It must be your own work.You may collect fieldwork data with others, but you must write up your own report in your own words and reach your own conclusions — even if your group shares the same data.
  • Length.Around 3,000–4,000 words is the guideline. You will not be penalised just for length, but going well over or under can stop you showing the skills the mark scheme rewards.
  • Reference everything.Credit every source in the text and in a bibliography, and put any direct quotes in quotation marks. Copying words, ideas or images without crediting them — from books, websites or another student — is plagiarism.
  • Using AI.You must acknowledge any use of AI tools and keep a copy of what you used and how. Passing AI-generated work off as your own is malpractice.
  • You will sign to confirm it is your own.Once you hand your report in for final marking, it cannot be changed.
  • Your teacher can guide, not do it for you.They can give general advice and review your draft once; they cannot correct it or tell you exactly what to change. If anyone else helps you, tell your teacher.
  • Keep it safe.Don’t share your work or post it online.
  • Deadlines are issued with the task. The college’s malpractice and AI-use policies are in the policies section of the school website..
Key terminology
NEANon-examination assessment — the independent investigation.
Primary dataData collected first-hand.
SamplingChoosing fair, representative data points.
HypothesisA statement to be tested.
ReliabilityHow trustworthy and repeatable results are.
EvaluationHonest reflection on methods and limitations.
Careers & pathways
  • Researcher— Designs and carries out investigations.
  • GIS / data analyst— Analyses and maps spatial data.
  • Environmental consultant— Investigates and reports on sites.
  • Surveyor— Collects accurate field data.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Independent research designFieldwork & data collectionStatistical analysisCritical evaluationAcademic referencing
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics ST — Statistics for statistical testing; History NEA — Topic-based essay (Non-exam assessment) for independent enquiry and referencing.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise A-Level Geography (Edexcel)

  • Build case-study depth — detailed, named examples with real data.
  • Practise extended answers (12-, 16-, 20- and 24-mark) against mark schemes and examiner reports.
  • Make synoptic links across Papers 1 and 2 for Paper 3 (players, attitudes, futures).
  • Read widely — quality news and geographical journals deepen yourevaluation.
  • Usepast papers and examiner reportsto see what top answers do.
  • Keep your NEAon track with planning and your own data.

Interactive demo. The crest and the "About Geography" text are taken from the school's own materials and live website (the GCSE section was blank there, flagged). Knowledge & skills are shown as Model B ladders: tap your report stage to highlight your current rung and your next step. Knowledge organisers follow as a separate revision library. Grid gaps and three 7.3 rock definitions are flagged for the HoD.

Our CurriculumComputing

Computing

After your report, use the knowledge & skills ladders to see where you are and your next step. Then use the knowledge organisers to revise and make that step.

Think in logic. Build what’s next.

1

Your report

Shows your stage in each subject, from Building foundations to Deepening mastery.

Computing at St Augustine’s

Our Computer Science programmes across KS3, KS4 and KS5 are designed to provide students with a strong foundation in digital skills, programming, media analysis and creative design. With a focus on engaging and interactive learning, we help students develop problem-solving abilities, teamwork and time management skills.

Throughout all levels, our programmes expose students to the project life cycle, a crucial process they will encounter in further academia and the workplace. We prepare students for the computing world by focusing on programming skills, media analysis and creative design. In KS5, we emphasise independence and personal interest exploration, culminating in a comprehensive programming project.

Our department fosters a sense of investigation, problem-solving and resilience in our students. By encouraging teamwork and personal growth, we help students develop a strong foundation in computer science and IT, preparing them for success in university and the workplace.

Mr Dan Taylor, Head of Department

Key Stage 3 units are based on the NCCE Teach Computing Curriculum, created by the Raspberry Pi Foundation and updated by STEM Learning, used under the Open Government Licence v3.0.

KS3 · 2 hours per fortnightGCSE · 5 hours per fortnightA-Level · 9 hours per fortnight

Computing at St Augustine’s is taught through a coherent three-year Key Stage 3 curriculum that builds year on year. In Year 7, students lay strong foundations — communicating clearly with digital media, understanding networks and the internet, learning the essentials of programming in Scratch, and modelling data in spreadsheets. Year 8 deepens the computer-science core — how computing systems and the web work, how computers represent data, app development, and the move into text-based programming with Python. Year 9 applies these skills with more independence — programming with data, 3D animation, data science, cyber security and physical computing, alongside a bespoke Creative iMedia unit.

Throughout the three years, students revisit the NCCE strands — Algorithms, Programming, Computing systems, Networks, Data & information, Creating media, Design & development, Effective use of tools, Impact of technology, and Safety & security — and every unit builds on what came before to prepare the way for GCSE and A-Level. The knowledge & skills ladders below show what progress looks like from Building foundations to Deepening mastery, and the knowledge organisers give students everything they need to revise and climb to the next rung.

Start here: choose what you are studying now to jump to the right resources.

What are you studying at the moment?— choose your unit to find your revision sheet and progress ladder

The Key Stage 3 journey follows the NCCE Teach Computing curriculum, one unit per half-term. Open a year to see what your child studies and how the journey builds. (* = a bespoke St Augustine’s unit that prepares students for KS4 Creative iMedia.)

KS3Year 7 → Year 9 route throughAutumn · Spring · Summer
Year 7Foundations of computing
Autumn
Clear messaging in digital mediaAutumn 1
  • Purpose, audience and message in digital communication
  • Features of effective posters, slides, images and logos
  • How layout, text and graphics affect meaning and clarity
Networks — from semaphores to the InternetAutumn 2
  • What a computer network is and why networks are used
  • Key vocabulary including protocol, packet, bandwidth, server, browser, HTTP and HTTPS
  • The difference between the internet, web services and the World Wide Web
Spring
Programming essentials in Scratch — part ISpring 1
  • Algorithms are ordered instructions that can be implemented as programs
  • Programming constructs including sequence, variables, selection and iteration
  • Conditions use comparison and logic operators such as AND, OR and NOT
Modelling data using spreadsheetsSpring 2
  • Spreadsheet vocabulary including cell, row, column, cell reference and formula
  • Difference between data and information, and between primary and secondary data
  • Common functions including SUM, COUNTA, MAX, MIN, AVERAGE, COUNTIF and IF
Summer
Programming essentials in Scratch — part IISummer 1
  • Subroutines help organise programs and support decomposition
  • Problems can be broken down into smaller subproblems
  • Lists store collections of related data and loops can be count- or condition-controlled
Using media — gaining support for a causeSummer 2
  • Key word processing and blog layout features
  • Credibility, plagiarism, referencing and Creative Commons licensing
  • How audience and purpose affect the selection and organisation of content
Year 8Systems, data & the web
Autumn
Digital graphics and image editing (Photopea) *Autumn 1
  • The difference between raster and vector graphics
  • How layers, masks and blend modes combine images
  • How resolution and file size affect image quality and use
Layers of computing systemsAutumn 2
  • General-purpose and purpose-built computing systems
  • Hardware components, operating systems and computer architecture
  • Logic gates, binary representation, artificial intelligence and machine learning
Spring
Developing for the WebSpring 1
  • HTML structures content and CSS controls presentation
  • Search engines crawl, index, rank and return web pages
  • Hyperlinks and navigation allow websites to connect multiple pages
Representations — from clay to siliconSpring 2
  • Representations store, communicate and process information
  • Characters and numbers can be represented using symbols and binary digits
  • Bits, binary numbers and units of representation size
Summer
Mobile app developmentSummer 1
  • Event-driven programming uses events and user input to control program flow
  • GUI elements can be customised to meet user needs
  • Feedback and evaluation are part of the development process
Introduction to Python programmingSummer 2
  • Difference between algorithms and programs
  • Python syntax, variables, assignment, input, arithmetic, selection and iteration
  • Programs need to be translated before execution by a machine
Year 9Applying skills & independence
Autumn
Python programming with sequences of dataAutumn 1
  • Lists and strings are sequences that can be accessed and processed
  • Selection and iteration control the flow of program execution
  • Variables can track counts, totals and other changing values
Media — AnimationsAutumn 2
  • 3D animation uses objects, materials, lighting, cameras, timelines and keyframes
  • Objects can be transformed, edited and combined to create models and scenes
  • Rendering produces the final animation output
Spring
Data scienceSpring 1
  • Data science uses data to identify patterns, trends and insights
  • Large data sets are used in daily life to support decisions
  • Terms including correlation, outlier, data cleansing and the investigative cycle
Introduction to Creative iMedia: digital graphics for a client *Spring 2
  • What a client brief, target audience and purpose are
  • House style, conventions and legal/ethical considerations such as copyright
  • Pre-production planning: mood boards, mind maps and visualisation diagrams
Summer
Introduction of cyber securitySummer 1
  • Data privacy, data protection and the difference between data and information
  • Common threats including hacking, brute-force attacks, DDoS, malware and human error
  • Legal and ethical issues including the Computer Misuse Act and Data Protection Act
Applying programming skills with physical computing *Summer 2
  • The micro:bit has input and output devices that can be programmed
  • Programs can send and receive messages wirelessly and use GPIO pins
  • A physical computing system can be decomposed into simpler features

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Each skill is a ladder you climb. Tap the wording from your report below — every ladder will show the rung you are on now and the rung to aim for next. These are the same stages used on your school report.

Highlight your stage— tap the words used on your report
Y7Year 7 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression · all areas

This progression runs across the whole of Key Stage 3. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Computational thinking & programming

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can follow and describe simple algorithms and create simple programs with support.
    • I can spot and fix simple mistakes in a program with help.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can use sequence, selection and repetition to write working programs.
    • I can predict, trace and correct simple programs.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can decompose a problem and combine programming constructs to build a working solution independently.
    • I can debug logical errors in a more complex program.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can design, test and refine efficient programs.
    • I can evaluate different solutions and justify the approach I chose.

Computer systems & networks

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can name the main parts of a computer and give examples of networks with support.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe how hardware, software and networks work together to carry out tasks.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain how computers process and store data and how data travels across networks.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can compare and evaluate how systems and networks are designed, and discuss their benefits and risks.

Data & information

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can enter and organise simple data and recognise the difference between data and information.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can use tools to format, sort and present data to answer a question.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can select and use formulas, functions and charts to analyse data and draw conclusions.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can model and investigate data, evaluate the reliability of my findings and justify my conclusions.

Creating media & digital literacy

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can use basic tools to create a simple digital product with support.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can create digital products for a purpose and audience, combining text, images and other media.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can plan, create and refine digital products, crediting sources and following conventions.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can justify my design choices and evaluate how well a product meets its purpose and audience.

Online safety & the impact of technology

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can describe simple ways to stay safe online and recognise some risks.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain online threats and how to protect myself and my data.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain the legal, ethical and social impacts of technology and recommend safe, responsible use.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can evaluate risks and responsibilities and justify decisions about the safe, legal and ethical use of technology.
Y8Year 8 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression · all areas

This progression runs across the whole of Key Stage 3. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Computational thinking & programming

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can follow and describe simple algorithms and create simple programs with support.
    • I can spot and fix simple mistakes in a program with help.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can use sequence, selection and repetition to write working programs.
    • I can predict, trace and correct simple programs.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can decompose a problem and combine programming constructs to build a working solution independently.
    • I can debug logical errors in a more complex program.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can design, test and refine efficient programs.
    • I can evaluate different solutions and justify the approach I chose.

Computer systems & networks

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can name the main parts of a computer and give examples of networks with support.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe how hardware, software and networks work together to carry out tasks.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain how computers process and store data and how data travels across networks.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can compare and evaluate how systems and networks are designed, and discuss their benefits and risks.

Data & information

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can enter and organise simple data and recognise the difference between data and information.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can use tools to format, sort and present data to answer a question.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can select and use formulas, functions and charts to analyse data and draw conclusions.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can model and investigate data, evaluate the reliability of my findings and justify my conclusions.

Creating media & digital literacy

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can use basic tools to create a simple digital product with support.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can create digital products for a purpose and audience, combining text, images and other media.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can plan, create and refine digital products, crediting sources and following conventions.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can justify my design choices and evaluate how well a product meets its purpose and audience.

Online safety & the impact of technology

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can describe simple ways to stay safe online and recognise some risks.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain online threats and how to protect myself and my data.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain the legal, ethical and social impacts of technology and recommend safe, responsible use.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can evaluate risks and responsibilities and justify decisions about the safe, legal and ethical use of technology.
Y9Year 9 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression · all areas

This progression runs across the whole of Key Stage 3. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Computational thinking & programming

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can follow and describe simple algorithms and create simple programs with support.
    • I can spot and fix simple mistakes in a program with help.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can use sequence, selection and repetition to write working programs.
    • I can predict, trace and correct simple programs.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can decompose a problem and combine programming constructs to build a working solution independently.
    • I can debug logical errors in a more complex program.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can design, test and refine efficient programs.
    • I can evaluate different solutions and justify the approach I chose.

Computer systems & networks

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can name the main parts of a computer and give examples of networks with support.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe how hardware, software and networks work together to carry out tasks.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain how computers process and store data and how data travels across networks.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can compare and evaluate how systems and networks are designed, and discuss their benefits and risks.

Data & information

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can enter and organise simple data and recognise the difference between data and information.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can use tools to format, sort and present data to answer a question.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can select and use formulas, functions and charts to analyse data and draw conclusions.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can model and investigate data, evaluate the reliability of my findings and justify my conclusions.

Creating media & digital literacy

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can use basic tools to create a simple digital product with support.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can create digital products for a purpose and audience, combining text, images and other media.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can plan, create and refine digital products, crediting sources and following conventions.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can justify my design choices and evaluate how well a product meets its purpose and audience.

Online safety & the impact of technology

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can describe simple ways to stay safe online and recognise some risks.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain online threats and how to protect myself and my data.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain the legal, ethical and social impacts of technology and recommend safe, responsible use.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can evaluate risks and responsibilities and justify decisions about the safe, legal and ethical use of technology.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

A library of revision sheets — one per unit. Open the one for whatever you’re studying now to revise the key knowledge, skills and vocabulary, and to help you climb to the next rung. The department’s existing knowledge organisers use older unit titles and should be refreshed to match these NCCE units.

KS3Open the knowledge organisersRevision sheets

Year 7

7.1Clear messaging in digital mediaKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.1

Clear messaging in digital media

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students learn how digital media communicates a message to an audience. They plan and create posters and slides, edit a logo, and evaluate their work against a rubric to improve clarity and impact.
Builds onPrimary computing and the digital skills students bring from KS2.
Leads toThe 'Using media' unit later in Year 7 and creative media work in Years 8 and 9.
StrandsCreating mediaDesign and developmentEffective use of toolsNCCE Teach Computing
Key knowledge
  • Purpose, audience and message in digital communication
  • Features of effective posters, slides, images and logos
  • How layout, text and graphics affect meaning and clarity
Key skills
  • Search for suitable content and images
  • Create posters and slide designs using appropriate software tools
  • Evaluate and improve digital products using feedback and a rubric
Key vocabulary
AudienceThe people a digital product is designed for.
PurposeThe reason a product is made — to inform, persuade or entertain.
LayoutHow text and graphics are arranged on a page or slide.
RubricA checklist of success criteria used to judge work.
LogoA symbol or design that represents an organisation.
Careers & pathways
  • Graphic designer— Design posters, logos and visual communications.
  • Marketing executive— Plan campaigns that communicate a message to an audience.
  • UX/UI designer— Design clear, usable digital products.
  • Content creator— Produce media for websites and social platforms.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Designing for an audienceVisual communicationEvaluating against criteriaGiving and using feedback
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology G — Graphics: design, branding & CAD for typography, layout and branding; English GCSE — Paper 2 · Viewpoint writing (Section B) for audience, purpose and viewpoint writing.
7.2Networks — from semaphores to the InternetKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.2

Networks — from semaphores to the Internet

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students find out what a computer network is and why we use them. They learn how data travels across networks and the internet, and consider how connected devices affect privacy and security.
Builds onEveryday experience of using the internet and connected devices.
Leads to'Computer networks' and cyber-security work in Years 8 and 9, and GCSE networking.
StrandsComputing systemsNetworksSafety and securityNCCE Teach Computing
Key knowledge
  • What a computer network is and why networks are used
  • Key vocabulary including protocol, packet, bandwidth, server, browser, HTTP and HTTPS
  • The difference between the internet, web services and the World Wide Web
Key skills
  • Compare wired and wireless network connections
  • Explain how data is transmitted across networks and the internet
  • Describe how connected devices and online services can affect privacy and security
Key vocabulary
NetworkTwo or more devices connected to share data.
ProtocolA set of rules for how devices communicate.
PacketA small block of data sent across a network.
BandwidthThe rate at which data can be transmitted.
ServerA computer that provides services or data to others.
The internetThe global network of connected networks.
Careers & pathways
  • Network engineer— Design, build and maintain computer networks.
  • Cyber-security analyst— Protect networks and data from attack.
  • Systems administrator— Keep an organisation's IT running smoothly.
  • Cloud engineer— Build and manage online services and storage.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Understanding systemsTechnical vocabularyReasoning about cause and effectThinking about privacy and risk
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in History 7.6 — The Silk Roads for the Silk Roads as a network; Geography 9.3 — Mobile phones: a blessing or a curse? for global connectivity.
7.3Programming essentials in Scratch — part IKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.3

Programming essentials in Scratch — part I

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students learn the core building blocks of programming — sequence, variables, selection and count-controlled iteration — using the block-based language Scratch, and practise predicting, tracing and debugging programs.
Builds onAny Scratch, sequencing and algorithms work from primary school.
Leads toScratch part II, and later text-based programming in Python.
StrandsAlgorithmsProgrammingNCCE Teach Computing
Key knowledge
  • Algorithms are ordered instructions that can be implemented as programs
  • Programming constructs including sequence, variables, selection and iteration
  • Conditions use comparison and logic operators such as AND, OR and NOT
Key skills
  • Predict, trace and modify block-based programs
  • Use variables, selection and count-controlled iteration
  • Debug programs and design solutions to simple problems
Key vocabulary
AlgorithmA set of step-by-step instructions to solve a problem.
SequenceInstructions carried out in order, one after another.
VariableA named store that holds a value that can change.
SelectionChoosing what to do next using a condition (if…).
IterationRepeating instructions (a loop).
DebugTo find and fix errors in a program.
Careers & pathways
  • Software developer— Write and test the programs we use every day.
  • Games developer— Build the logic and gameplay of video games.
  • Robotics engineer— Program machines to sense and act.
  • Automation engineer— Write code that makes tasks run automatically.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Logical thinkingBreaking problems downPrecision and attention to detailDebugging and perseverance
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics ALG — Algebra for sequences and expressions; Design & Technology P — Product Design: materials, mechanisms & making for breaking a task into steps.
7.4Modelling data using spreadsheetsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.4

Modelling data using spreadsheets

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students learn to organise, format and analyse data in a spreadsheet, using formulas, functions, sorting, filtering and charts to turn data into information and draw conclusions.
Builds onNumber and data work from maths, and basic file skills.
Leads toData science in Year 9 and data handling at GCSE.
StrandsData and informationEffective use of toolsProgrammingNCCE Teach Computing
Key knowledge
  • Spreadsheet vocabulary including cell, row, column, cell reference and formula
  • Difference between data and information, and between primary and secondary data
  • Common functions including SUM, COUNTA, MAX, MIN, AVERAGE, COUNTIF and IF
Key skills
  • Enter, format and organise spreadsheet data
  • Use formulas, autofill, functions, sort, filter and conditional formatting
  • Create charts and analyse data to draw conclusions
Key vocabulary
CellA single box in a spreadsheet where data is entered.
Cell referenceThe address of a cell, e.g. B3.
FormulaA calculation entered into a cell, starting with =.
FunctionA built-in formula such as SUM or AVERAGE.
DataRaw facts and figures.
InformationData that has been given meaning.
Careers & pathways
  • Data analyst— Turn data into insights that guide decisions.
  • Accountant— Model and analyse financial data.
  • Business analyst— Use data to improve how organisations work.
  • Actuary— Use data and statistics to assess risk.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysing dataModelling and calculationSpotting patternsDrawing evidence-based conclusions
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics HD — Handling data for averages and charts; Business 3 — Quantitative & analytical skills for quantitative business skills.
7.5Programming essentials in Scratch — part IIKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.5

Programming essentials in Scratch — part II

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students extend their programming by using subroutines, lists and condition-controlled loops, and learn to decompose a larger problem into smaller parts to build a working solution.
Builds onScratch part I (sequence, variables, selection, iteration).
Leads toText-based programming in Python across Years 8 and 9.
StrandsAlgorithmsDesign and developmentProgrammingNCCE Teach Computing
Key knowledge
  • Subroutines help organise programs and support decomposition
  • Problems can be broken down into smaller subproblems
  • Lists store collections of related data and loops can be count- or condition-controlled
Key skills
  • Create and use subroutines, lists and condition-controlled iteration
  • Decide which type of iteration is appropriate
  • Decompose a larger programming problem and build a working solution
Key vocabulary
SubroutineA named block of code that can be reused when called.
DecompositionBreaking a problem into smaller, manageable parts.
ListA collection of related items stored under one name.
Condition-controlled loopA loop that repeats until a condition is met.
Count-controlled loopA loop that repeats a set number of times.
Careers & pathways
  • Software engineer— Design well-structured, reusable code.
  • Systems analyst— Break large problems into workable solutions.
  • App developer— Build applications from smaller components.
  • Game programmer— Structure complex game logic.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
DecompositionStructuring solutionsChoosing the right approachRefining for efficiency
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics ALG — Algebra for algebraic thinking and decomposition; Design & Technology P — Product Design: materials, mechanisms & making for breaking a problem into parts.
7.6Using media — gaining support for a causeKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.6

Using media — gaining support for a cause

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students create a blog or document to campaign for a cause, learning to select credible sources, credit and reference content correctly, and organise information for a given audience and purpose.
Builds on'Clear messaging in digital media' from Autumn.
Leads toCreative media and Creative iMedia preparation in Years 8 and 9.
StrandsCreating mediaDesign and developmentImpact of technologyNCCE Teach Computing
Key knowledge
  • Key word processing and blog layout features
  • Credibility, plagiarism, referencing and Creative Commons licensing
  • How audience and purpose affect the selection and organisation of content
Key skills
  • Format documents and blogs for a given audience
  • Select, credit and reference appropriate online sources and images
  • Evaluate credibility and organise content into a clear digital artefact
Key vocabulary
CredibilityHow trustworthy and reliable a source is.
PlagiarismPassing off someone else's work as your own.
ReferencingCrediting the sources you have used.
Creative CommonsLicences that state how work may be reused.
CopyrightThe legal right of a creator over their work.
Careers & pathways
  • Journalist— Research and communicate credible stories.
  • Digital marketer— Create campaigns for causes and brands.
  • Communications officer— Manage an organisation's public messaging.
  • Copywriter— Write clear, purposeful content for audiences.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Evaluating sourcesEthical use of informationWriting for an audienceOrganising information
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Art & Design 8.1 — Get Up Stand Up for protest and persuasive image-making; English GCSE — Paper 2 · Viewpoint writing (Section B) for viewpoint writing.

Year 8

8.1Digital graphics and image editing (Photopea)Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.1

Digital graphics and image editing (Photopea)

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.A locally designed unit using Photopea (a free, browser-based image editor) so students build raster and photo-editing skills that lead into KS4 Creative iMedia. Students learn selection tools, layers, retouching and exporting for a purpose.
Builds onDigital and presentation skills from Year 7.
Leads toThe Creative iMedia digital-graphics unit in Year 9 and Creative iMedia at KS4.
StrandsCreating mediaDesign and developmentEffective use of toolsBespoke unit
Key knowledge
  • The difference between raster and vector graphics
  • How layers, masks and blend modes combine images
  • How resolution and file size affect image quality and use
Key skills
  • Use selection tools, layers and layer masks to combine images
  • Retouch photos using crop, resize, levels, clone stamp and healing brush
  • Design a digital graphic for a purpose and export it for print and screen
Key vocabulary
RasterAn image made of pixels.
VectorAn image made of paths and shapes.
LayerA stackable level of an image that can be edited separately.
ResolutionThe amount of detail in an image, measured in pixels.
ExportTo save work in a format suitable for a purpose.
Careers & pathways
  • Photo editor— Retouch and prepare images for publication.
  • Graphic designer— Create visual products for clients.
  • Digital artist— Produce artwork using software tools.
  • Media production assistant— Prepare assets for creative projects.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Creative decision-makingAttention to detailWorking to a briefEvaluating and refining
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Art & Design 7.1 — Formal Elements for the formal elements and colour; Science 8.9 — Light for light, colour and pixels.
8.2Layers of computing systemsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.2

Layers of computing systems

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students explore how hardware and software work together to run programs, from logic gates and binary up to operating systems, and consider the impact of artificial intelligence and sharing code.
Builds onNetworks and everyday use of computing devices.
Leads to'Representations' later in Year 8, and computer systems at GCSE.
StrandsComputing systemsData and informationImpact of technologyProgrammingNCCE Teach Computing
Key knowledge
  • General-purpose and purpose-built computing systems
  • Hardware components, operating systems and computer architecture
  • Logic gates, binary representation, artificial intelligence and machine learning
Key skills
  • Describe how hardware and software work together to execute programs
  • Construct and interpret simple logic circuits using NOT, AND and OR
  • Discuss implications of AI, machine learning and sharing program code
Key vocabulary
HardwareThe physical parts of a computer.
SoftwareThe programs that run on a computer.
Operating systemSoftware that controls the computer and runs programs.
Logic gateA component that outputs true/false from its inputs.
BinaryA number system of 0s and 1s used by computers.
Artificial intelligenceSystems that perform tasks that seem to need human intelligence.
Careers & pathways
  • Computer engineer— Design and build computing hardware.
  • AI/machine-learning engineer— Build systems that learn from data.
  • Operating systems developer— Write the software that runs devices.
  • IT support technician— Diagnose and fix hardware and software.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Systems thinkingLogical reasoningUnderstanding abstractionWeighing up ethical impact
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology P — Product Design: materials, mechanisms & making for products, systems and components; Science 7.9 — Electricity for circuits and components.
8.3Developing for the WebKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.3

Developing for the Web

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students build small websites using HTML and CSS, add images and navigation, and learn how search engines crawl, index and rank pages — and how that affects users.
Builds onCreating-media and networks units from Year 7.
Leads toWeb technologies at GCSE and A-Level.
StrandsCreating mediaDesign and developmentNetworksProgrammingNCCE Teach Computing
Key knowledge
  • HTML structures content and CSS controls presentation
  • Search engines crawl, index, rank and return web pages
  • Hyperlinks and navigation allow websites to connect multiple pages
Key skills
  • Create and modify static web pages using HTML and CSS
  • Use images, inline styling, CSS and hyperlinks appropriately
  • Explain how search technologies work and affect users
Key vocabulary
HTMLThe language used to structure web page content.
CSSThe language used to style web pages.
TagAn HTML element that marks up content.
HyperlinkA link that connects one page to another.
Search engineA service that finds and ranks web pages.
CrawlHow a search engine explores web pages.
Careers & pathways
  • Web developer— Build and maintain websites and web apps.
  • Front-end developer— Create the parts of a site users interact with.
  • SEO specialist— Help websites rank well in search results.
  • Web designer— Design the look and feel of websites.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Structuring informationAttention to detailSeparating content and styleEvaluating impact of technology
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology G — Graphics: design, branding & CAD for layout and house style; English GCSE — Paper 2 · Viewpoints reading (Section A) for reading and evaluating sources.
8.4Representations — from clay to siliconKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.4

Representations — from clay to silicon

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students learn how computers represent information using binary, how characters and numbers are stored, and how to convert between decimal, binary and units of size.
Builds on'Layers of computing systems' and binary/logic ideas.
Leads to'Representations — going audiovisual' ideas and data representation at GCSE.
StrandsComputing systemsData and informationNCCE Teach Computing
Key knowledge
  • Representations store, communicate and process information
  • Characters and numbers can be represented using symbols and binary digits
  • Bits, binary numbers and units of representation size
Key skills
  • Measure the length or size of representations
  • Convert between decimal and binary for natural numbers
  • Convert between common units and multiples of representation size
Key vocabulary
RepresentationA way of storing or communicating information.
BitA single binary digit, 0 or 1.
ByteA group of 8 bits.
BinaryA base-2 number system of 0s and 1s.
Character setThe set of symbols a computer can represent, e.g. ASCII.
Careers & pathways
  • Data engineer— Design how data is stored and moved.
  • Computer scientist— Study how information is represented and processed.
  • Embedded systems developer— Program devices at a low level.
  • Database developer— Design efficient ways to store data.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AbstractionWorking with number systemsPrecisionConverting between formats
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 8.1 — Atoms, elements and the periodic table for atoms and the periodic table; Mathematics N2 — Number 2 for place value and binary.
8.5Mobile app developmentKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.5

Mobile app development

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students design and build an app in a block-based environment, using events, user input, variables and selection, and test and improve it in response to user needs and feedback.
Builds onScratch programming from Year 7.
Leads toText-based programming and larger projects at GCSE.
StrandsAlgorithmsDesign and developmentEffective use of toolsProgrammingNCCE Teach Computing
Key knowledge
  • Event-driven programming uses events and user input to control program flow
  • GUI elements can be customised to meet user needs
  • Feedback and evaluation are part of the development process
Key skills
  • Implement and customise user interface elements
  • Use variables, events, user input, sequence and selection
  • Debug, test and improve an app based on user needs and feedback
Key vocabulary
EventSomething that triggers code to run, e.g. a button press.
Event-drivenA program controlled by events and user actions.
GUIGraphical user interface — the buttons and screens users see.
User inputData provided by the user.
TestChecking a program works as intended.
Careers & pathways
  • Mobile app developer— Build apps for phones and tablets.
  • UX designer— Design how apps feel to use.
  • Product designer— Shape digital products around user needs.
  • Software tester— Check software works reliably.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Designing for usersTesting and debuggingResponding to feedbackIterative improvement
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology G — Graphics: design, branding & CAD for user interface design; PSHE 3 — Living in the Wider World for digital life and wellbeing.
8.6Introduction to Python programmingKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.6

Introduction to Python programming

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students move from block-based to text-based programming, writing Python programs that use input, variables, arithmetic, selection and iteration, and learning to find and fix errors.
Builds onScratch and app development (sequence, selection, iteration).
Leads toPython with sequences of data in Year 9 and programming at GCSE.
StrandsAlgorithmsComputing systemsProgrammingNCCE Teach Computing
Key knowledge
  • Difference between algorithms and programs
  • Python syntax, variables, assignment, input, arithmetic, selection and iteration
  • Programs need to be translated before execution by a machine
Key skills
  • Write simple Python programs using input, output, variables and arithmetic
  • Use if/elif/else, relational operators, while loops, counters and Boolean flags
  • Locate and correct common syntax and logic errors
Key vocabulary
PythonA popular text-based programming language.
SyntaxThe rules for how code must be written.
AssignmentStoring a value in a variable using =.
SelectionChoosing what to run using if/elif/else.
Syntax errorA mistake that breaks the rules of the language.
Logic errorCode that runs but gives the wrong result.
Careers & pathways
  • Python developer— Build software, tools and data pipelines in Python.
  • Data scientist— Analyse data and build models in code.
  • Backend developer— Write the code that powers apps and websites.
  • Machine-learning engineer— Train models using programming.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Text-based codingPrecision with syntaxDebuggingLogical problem-solving
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics ALG — Algebra for variables and assignment; Science 9.6 — Catalyst investigation for planning an investigation.

Year 9

9.1Media — AnimationsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.1

Media — Animations

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students create 3D animation, learning to model, transform and light objects, set up a camera, use keyframes and a timeline, and render a short animation.
Builds onCreating-media and graphics skills from Years 7 and 8.
Leads toFurther creative media and Creative iMedia at KS4.
StrandsCreating mediaEffective use of toolsNCCE Teach Computing
Key knowledge
  • 3D animation uses objects, materials, lighting, cameras, timelines and keyframes
  • Objects can be transformed, edited and combined to create models and scenes
  • Rendering produces the final animation output
Key skills
  • Add, delete, move, scale and rotate 3D objects
  • Use materials, keyframes, parenting, edit mode, extrusion, loop cuts and lighting
  • Set up a camera and render a short 3–10 second animation
Key vocabulary
KeyframeA point that sets an object's position/state at a moment in time.
RenderTo produce the final image or animation output.
TimelineWhere the timing of an animation is arranged.
MaterialThe surface appearance applied to a 3D object.
TransformTo move, scale or rotate an object.
Careers & pathways
  • 3D animator— Create animation for film, TV and games.
  • Games artist— Model and animate game assets.
  • Motion graphics designer— Produce animated visuals for media.
  • VFX artist— Create visual effects for screen.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Creative planningSpatial reasoningAttention to timing and detailRefining for impact
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics TR — Transformations for transformations and keyframes; Drama 7.1 — Mime, Movement & Storytelling for movement and storytelling.
9.2Python programming with sequences of dataKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.2

Python programming with sequences of data

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students deepen their Python skills by working with lists and strings, using selection and iteration to process sequences of data and solve meaningful problems.
Builds onIntroduction to Python programming (Year 8).
Leads toProgramming and data structures at GCSE.
StrandsAlgorithmsData and informationProgrammingNCCE Teach Computing
Key knowledge
  • Lists and strings are sequences that can be accessed and processed
  • Selection and iteration control the flow of program execution
  • Variables can track counts, totals and other changing values
Key skills
  • Create lists and access individual items
  • Use common operations on lists, strings and characters
  • Use while loops and for loops to process sequences and solve problems
Key vocabulary
ListAn ordered collection of items in Python.
StringA sequence of characters, e.g. text.
IndexThe position of an item in a sequence.
For loopA loop that repeats over items in a sequence.
While loopA loop that repeats while a condition is true.
Careers & pathways
  • Software developer— Process and manipulate data in code.
  • Data analyst— Clean and analyse data programmatically.
  • Automation developer— Automate repetitive data tasks.
  • Backend engineer— Handle data behind applications.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Working with data structuresIterative thinkingProblem-solvingRefining for accuracy and efficiency
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics ALG — Algebra for sequences and iteration; Mathematics S — Statistics for processing lists of data.
9.3Data scienceKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Students use data to find patterns, trends and insights. They follow an investigative cycle — visualising, cleansing and analysing data — to support a conclusion or recommendation.
Builds onSpreadsheets and modelling data (Year 7).
Leads toData handling and analysis at GCSE and A-Level.
StrandsData and informationDesign and developmentImpact of technologyNCCE Teach Computing
Key knowledge
  • Data science uses data to identify patterns, trends and insights
  • Large data sets are used in daily life to support decisions
  • Terms including correlation, outlier, data cleansing and the investigative cycle
Key skills
  • Visualise data sets and identify patterns, trends and outliers
  • Select criteria, investigate predictions and evaluate findings
  • Create data capture forms, cleanse data and present conclusions
Key vocabulary
Data scienceUsing data to gain insights and support decisions.
CorrelationA relationship between two sets of data.
OutlierA value that is very different from the rest.
Data cleansingFixing or removing incorrect or messy data.
VisualisationA chart or graphic that represents data.
Careers & pathways
  • Data scientist— Find insights in large data sets.
  • Data analyst— Analyse and present data for decisions.
  • Statistician— Design studies and interpret data.
  • Machine-learning engineer— Use data to train predictive models.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analytical thinkingHandling large data setsEvaluating evidenceCommunicating findings
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics HD — Handling data for handling data and averages; Geography t6 — Topic 6: Geographical investigations (fieldwork) for fieldwork data; Physical Education 4 — Use of data for use of data in sport.
9.4Introduction to Creative iMedia: digital graphics for a clientKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.4

Introduction to Creative iMedia: digital graphics for a client

Download PDF
What this unit is about.A locally designed unit introducing the client-brief and pre-production conventions used in the OCR Cambridge National in Creative iMedia, applied to a digital graphics product, to prepare students for KS4 options.
Builds onPhotopea digital graphics (Year 8) and creative-media skills.
Leads toCreative iMedia and creative pathways at KS4.
StrandsCreating mediaDesign and developmentImpact of technologyBespoke unit
Key knowledge
  • What a client brief, target audience and purpose are
  • House style, conventions and legal/ethical considerations such as copyright
  • Pre-production planning: mood boards, mind maps and visualisation diagrams
Key skills
  • Interpret a client brief and identify its key requirements
  • Produce planning documents that justify decisions against the brief
  • Create and review an original client-ready digital graphic
Key vocabulary
Client briefA statement of what a client wants a product to do.
Target audienceThe specific group a product is aimed at.
House styleA consistent look agreed for a set of products.
Mood boardA collection of images that sets a visual direction.
Visualisation diagramA planning sketch of a final graphic product.
Careers & pathways
  • Creative media producer— Make media products to a client brief.
  • Graphic designer— Design branded products for clients.
  • Art worker / studio designer— Prepare artwork to house style.
  • Advertising creative— Develop ideas for client campaigns.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Working to a briefPlanning and pre-productionJustifying design decisionsReviewing against requirements
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology G — Graphics: design, branding & CAD for client briefs and house style; Art & Design C1 — Component 1: Portfolio for building a portfolio.
9.5Introduction of cyber securityKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.5

Introduction of cyber security

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students learn about data privacy and the common threats to computer systems — from hacking and malware to human error — and the legal and ethical responsibilities involved in staying secure.
Builds onNetworks (Year 7) and computing systems (Year 8).
Leads toNetwork security and cyber-security at GCSE and beyond.
StrandsImpact of technologyNetworksSafety and securityNCCE Teach Computing
Key knowledge
  • Data privacy, data protection and the difference between data and information
  • Common threats including hacking, brute-force attacks, DDoS, malware and human error
  • Legal and ethical issues including the Computer Misuse Act and Data Protection Act
Key skills
  • Critique online services in relation to privacy and data use
  • Identify threats and strategies to reduce security risks
  • Compare threats by likelihood and impact and suggest protective measures
Key vocabulary
Cyber securityProtecting systems and data from attack.
MalwareMalicious software designed to cause harm.
Brute-force attackTrying many passwords until one works.
DDoSOverwhelming a service so it cannot respond.
Data Protection ActUK law governing how personal data is used.
Social engineeringTricking people into giving up information.
Careers & pathways
  • Cyber-security analyst— Defend organisations against attacks.
  • Penetration tester— Test systems for weaknesses (ethically).
  • Security engineer— Build secure systems and networks.
  • Digital forensics investigator— Investigate cyber incidents.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Risk assessmentCritical thinkingUnderstanding legal/ethical dutiesWeighing likelihood and impact
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in PSHE 3 — Living in the Wider World for staying safe online; Religious Studies C3b — Ethics: Applied ethics & conscience for ethics and responsibility.
9.6Applying programming skills with physical computingKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.6

Applying programming skills with physical computing

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students apply their programming to the physical world using the micro:bit, writing Python to use its inputs and outputs, communicate with other devices, and design and build a physical computing project.
Builds onPython programming from Years 8 and 9.
Leads toEmbedded systems and independent projects at GCSE.
StrandsAlgorithmsComputing systemsNetworksDesign and developmentProgrammingNCCE Teach Computing
Key knowledge
  • The micro:bit has input and output devices that can be programmed
  • Programs can send and receive messages wirelessly and use GPIO pins
  • A physical computing system can be decomposed into simpler features
Key skills
  • Write, execute and debug Python programs for the micro:bit
  • Use built-in inputs/outputs and communicate between devices
  • Design, implement and refine a physical computing project
Key vocabulary
micro:bitA small programmable physical computing device.
InputA device that senses, e.g. a button or sensor.
OutputA device that acts, e.g. LEDs.
GPIOGeneral-purpose input/output pins for connecting components.
Embedded systemA computer built into a device to do a specific job.
Careers & pathways
  • Embedded systems engineer— Program devices and hardware.
  • Robotics engineer— Build and program robots.
  • IoT developer— Create connected smart devices.
  • Electronics engineer— Design hardware that runs code.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Applying skills in new contextsHardware/software thinkingProject planningTesting and refining
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 7.9 — Electricity for circuits, inputs and outputs; Design & Technology P — Product Design: materials, mechanisms & making for mechanisms and electronics.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise Computing at Key Stage 3

  • Use the knowledge organisers withlook – cover – write – check.
  • For programming, write code and debug it — practice beats reading.
  • Turn headings into questions and answer them from memory (retrieval practice).
  • Make flashcards for thekey vocabularyin each organiser.
  • Check yourreport stageagainst the ladder and target your next step up.

At GCSE, students follow OCR Computer Science (J277). The course has two equally weighted written papers and no coursework, though students build substantial practical programming skills throughout. Paper 1 — Computer systems covers how computers, networks and systems work and their wider impact. Paper 2 — Computational thinking, algorithms and programming covers problem-solving, algorithms and writing robust programs.OCR Computer Science (J277). The course has two equally weighted written papers and no coursework, though students build substantial practical programming skills throughout. Paper 1 — Computer systems covers how computers, networks and systems work and their wider impact. Paper 2 — Computational thinking, algorithms and programming covers problem-solving, algorithms and writing robust programs. the department’s programming language and unit order.

Choose the topic you are studying to jump to its organiser and the progress ladder.

What are you studying at the moment?— choose your topic

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the OCR J277 specification

OCR GCSE Computer Science (J277) is assessed by two written exams at the end of Year 11, with practical programming skills developed throughout the course. Open the tile below for the full breakdown of each paper, the assessment objectives and how marks are gained.

GCSEThe course in detail — two examsPaper 1 50% · Paper 2 50%
Paper 1 — Computer systemsWritten exam · 50%
  • Written exam (J277/01) · 1 hour 30 minutes · 80 marks · marked by OCR
  • 1.1 Systems architecture— the CPU, the fetch–execute cycle and performance
  • 1.2 Memory & storage — RAM, ROM, virtual memory, secondary storage and units
  • 1.3 Networks, connections & protocols — topologies, the internet, protocols and layers
  • 1.4 Network security,1.5 Systems softwareand1.6 Ethical, legal, cultural & environmental impacts
Paper 2 — Computational thinking, algorithms & programmingWritten exam · 50%
  • Written exam (J277/02) · 1 hour 30 minutes · 80 marks · includes a programming section
  • 2.1 Algorithms— computational thinking, searching and sorting
  • 2.2 Programming fundamentals— variables, sequence, selection, iteration and data types
  • 2.3 Producing robust programs— defensive design and testing
  • 2.4 Boolean logicand2.5 Programming languages & IDEs
Practical programmingDeveloped throughout
  • Skills built across the course in a high-level language (e.g. Python) — mainly Python, though students may work in Visual Basic or another language of their choice.
  • Applied in the programming section of Paper 2
  • Reading, writing, testing and refining working code
  • No separate coursework, but practical fluency underpins Paper 2
The three assessment objectives Assessment
  • AO1 Knowledge & understanding — of key concepts and principles (30%)
  • AO2 Apply knowledge & understanding — to a range of situations (40%)
  • AO3 Analyse, design, program, evaluate & refine — computational solutions (30%)
Ways of working Computational thinking
  • Decomposition— breaking problems into manageable parts
  • Abstraction— focusing on the essentials
  • Algorithmic thinking — designing step-by-step solutions
  • Programming— writing, testing and debugging code
  • Evaluation— judging and refining solutions
How marks are gained What great work shows
  • Precise use of technical terminology
  • Clear, logical explanations that apply concepts to context
  • Well-structured algorithms and correct, tested code
  • Trace tables and worked reasoning that earn method marks
  • Balanced evaluation of solutions and their impacts
Where it leads Progression
  • A-Level Computer Science in the Sixth Form
  • Further study in computing, software engineering, data science and cyber security
  • Careers in software development, networking, AI and IT
  • Transferable strengths in logic, problem-solving and resilience

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Each row below is one of the three OCR assessment objectives. Tap your predicted-grade band to highlight the rung you are on in each objective, then read the next rung up to see exactly what to do to move up a grade.

Highlight your stage— tap your grade band
GCSEGCSE Computer Science — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · OCR J277

This grid is built around the three OCR assessment objectives. Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see exactly what to do to move up a grade.

AO1 · Knowledge & understanding (30%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can recall and state key facts, terms and definitions in familiar topics (e.g. name hardware components or units of storage).
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can describe the main concepts across the specification and give examples, using some technical vocabulary.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can explain concepts clearly and accurately using correct technical terminology (e.g. how the fetch–decode–execute cycle works).
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can recall and explain precise, detailed knowledge across the whole specification and link related concepts confidently.

AO2 · Apply knowledge & understanding (40%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can apply a single fact or rule to a simple, familiar situation with support (e.g. convert a small binary number).
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can apply concepts to familiar problems and carry out standard techniques (e.g. binary/hex conversion, complete a truth table, trace a simple algorithm).
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can apply knowledge to less familiar problems, select the right technique and show my working clearly.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can apply knowledge accurately to complex, unfamiliar contexts and justify the technique I choose.

AO3 · Analyse, design, program, evaluate & refine (30%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can identify the parts of a problem and follow or complete a simple algorithm or program.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can decompose a problem into steps and write a short working program using sequence, selection and iteration.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can design, write and test programs, use standard algorithms, and make reasoned judgements about solutions.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can design efficient, robust solutions, evaluate and refine them, and justify my decisions.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

One revision sheet per specification topic, following the OCR J277 topic structure.

GCSEOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets

Paper 1 — Computer systems

1.1Systems architectureKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
1.1

Systems architecture

Download PDF
What this unit is about.How the CPU works, including the fetch–decode–execute cycle, the purpose of registers, factors affecting CPU performance, and embedded systems.
Builds onKS3 'Layers of computing systems'.
Leads toA-Level processor architecture.
Assessed inPaper 1OCR J277
Key knowledge
  • The purpose and function of the CPU and the fetch–decode–execute cycle
  • Common CPU components (ALU, CU, cache, registers)
  • Factors affecting CPU performance: clock speed, cores, cache
  • The purpose and characteristics of embedded systems
Key vocabulary
CPUThe central processing unit — the 'brain' that runs instructions.
RegisterA tiny, very fast store inside the CPU.
Clock speedHow many cycles a CPU performs per second.
Embedded systemA computer built into a device for a specific job.
Careers & pathways
  • Computer engineer— Design processors and hardware.
  • Systems architect— Design how computing systems fit together.
  • Embedded developer— Program devices and appliances.
  • Performance engineer— Optimise how fast systems run.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Systems thinkingTechnical reasoningPrecisionAnalysing performance
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science P2 — Electricity for electricity and power; Mathematics N — Number for units and standard form.
1.2Memory and storageKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
1.2

Memory and storage

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Primary and secondary storage, types of memory, how data is represented in binary, and how images, sound and files are stored and compressed.
Builds onKS3 'Representations — from clay to silicon'.
Leads toA-Level data types and representation.
Assessed inPaper 1OCR J277
Key knowledge
  • The difference between RAM, ROM and secondary storage
  • How numbers, characters, images and sound are represented in binary
  • Binary and hexadecimal, and conversions between them
  • Compression: lossy and lossless, and why it is used
Key vocabulary
RAMFast, temporary memory used while the computer runs.
ROMRead-only memory storing start-up instructions.
BinaryA base-2 number system of 0s and 1s.
HexadecimalA base-16 shorthand for binary.
CompressionReducing file size, either lossy or lossless.
Careers & pathways
  • Data engineer— Design how data is stored and moved.
  • Games developer— Manage memory and assets efficiently.
  • Systems programmer— Work close to hardware and memory.
  • Cloud storage engineer— Design large-scale storage.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Working with number systemsAbstractionPrecisionEvaluating trade-offs
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics N — Number for indices and units of storage; Science C1 — Atomic structure and the periodic table for representation and structure.
1.3Computer networks, connections & protocolsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
1.3

Computer networks, connections & protocols

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Types of network, network hardware, the internet and protocols, and how data is sent in packets across networks.
Builds onKS3 networks units.
Leads toA-Level exchanging data and web technologies.
Assessed inPaper 1OCR J277
Key knowledge
  • Types of network (LAN, WAN) and network topologies
  • Wired and wireless connections and network hardware
  • The internet, DNS and the concept of the cloud
  • Protocols and layers, and how data is packaged into packets
Key vocabulary
LANA local area network covering a small area.
WANA wide area network covering a large area.
ProtocolRules for how devices communicate.
PacketA small block of data sent across a network.
DNSThe system that turns web addresses into IP addresses.
Careers & pathways
  • Network engineer— Design and maintain networks.
  • Cloud engineer— Build and run online services.
  • Network architect— Plan large network infrastructure.
  • Systems administrator— Keep networks running.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Systems thinkingTechnical vocabularyModelling data flowProblem-solving
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in History 7.6 — The Silk Roads for trade routes as networks; Geography 9.3 — Mobile phones: a blessing or a curse? for global communication.
1.4Network securityKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
1.4

Network security

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The threats to networks and systems and the methods used to protect them, from malware and social engineering to firewalls and encryption.
Builds onKS3 'Introduction of cyber security'.
Leads toA-Level security and legal/ethical issues.
Assessed inPaper 1OCR J277
Key knowledge
  • Common threats: malware, social engineering, brute-force and denial-of-service attacks
  • How data interception and SQL injection can compromise systems
  • Methods of protection: firewalls, encryption, MAC filtering, strong passwords
  • Penetration testing and anti-malware software
Key vocabulary
MalwareMalicious software designed to cause harm.
Social engineeringTricking people into giving up information.
FirewallA barrier that filters network traffic.
EncryptionScrambling data so only authorised people can read it.
Penetration testingEthically testing systems for weaknesses.
Careers & pathways
  • Cyber-security analyst— Defend systems against attack.
  • Penetration tester— Find weaknesses before criminals do.
  • Security engineer— Build secure systems.
  • Incident responder— Handle and recover from attacks.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Risk assessmentCritical thinkingAttention to detailEthical reasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in PSHE 1 — Health & Wellbeing for staying safe online; Religious Studies C3b — Ethics: Applied ethics & conscience for applied ethics.
1.5Systems softwareKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
1.5

Systems software

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The role of the operating system and utility software in managing hardware, users, memory and files.
Builds onKS3 'Layers of computing systems'.
Leads toA-Level software and software development.
Assessed inPaper 1OCR J277
Key knowledge
  • The functions of an operating system (memory, process, user, device and file management)
  • User interfaces
  • The role of utility software (defragmentation, backup, compression, encryption)
Key vocabulary
Operating systemSoftware that manages the computer and its resources.
Utility softwareTools that help maintain the system.
User interfaceHow a user interacts with the system.
DefragmentationReorganising files to speed up access.
Careers & pathways
  • Operating-systems developer— Build the software that runs devices.
  • IT support technician— Maintain and troubleshoot systems.
  • Systems administrator— Manage servers and software.
  • DevOps engineer— Automate systems and deployment.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Systems thinkingUnderstanding abstractionProblem-solvingTechnical vocabulary
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology P — Product Design: materials, mechanisms & making for systems and subsystems; Mathematics N — Number for units and file sizes.
1.6Ethical, legal, cultural & environmental impactsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
1.6

Ethical, legal, cultural & environmental impacts

Download PDF
What this unit is about.How technology affects people, society, the law and the planet, including the key legislation students must know.
Builds onKS3 'Impact of technology' work across units.
Leads toA-Level legal, moral and ethical issues.
Assessed inPaper 1OCR J277
Key knowledge
  • Ethical, legal, cultural, environmental and privacy impacts of technology
  • Legislation: Data Protection Act, Computer Misuse Act, Copyright Designs and Patents Act
  • Open source vs proprietary software
  • The environmental impact of manufacturing and using technology
Key vocabulary
Data Protection ActUK law on how personal data is used.
Computer Misuse ActUK law against unauthorised access to computers.
CopyrightThe legal right of a creator over their work.
Open sourceSoftware whose code is freely available.
Careers & pathways
  • Data protection officer— Ensure organisations use data lawfully.
  • Technology policy adviser— Shape rules around technology.
  • Sustainability lead— Reduce technology's environmental impact.
  • Legal technologist— Work where law and tech meet.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Ethical reasoningEvaluating impactUnderstanding the lawBalancing viewpoints
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Religious Studies C3b — Ethics: Applied ethics & conscience for applied ethics and conscience; Science C10 — Using resources for e-waste and using resources; PSHE 3 — Living in the Wider World for rights and responsibilities.

Paper 2 — Computational thinking, algorithms & programming

2.1AlgorithmsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
2.1

Algorithms

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Computational thinking and the standard algorithms students must know, including designing, reading and correcting algorithms.
Builds onKS3 programming and 'Data science'.
Leads toA-Level computational thinking and algorithms.
Assessed inPaper 2OCR J277
Key knowledge
  • Computational thinking: abstraction, decomposition and algorithmic thinking
  • Writing and interpreting algorithms as pseudocode and flowcharts
  • Standard searching algorithms: linear and binary search
  • Standard sorting algorithms: bubble, merge and insertion sort
Key vocabulary
AlgorithmA precise set of steps to solve a problem.
AbstractionFocusing on the important detail and hiding the rest.
DecompositionBreaking a problem into smaller parts.
PseudocodeA plain, structured way of writing an algorithm.
Binary searchA fast search that halves the data each step.
Careers & pathways
  • Software engineer— Design efficient algorithms.
  • Data scientist— Apply algorithms to data.
  • Research engineer— Develop new algorithmic approaches.
  • Games AI programmer— Program decision-making in games.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Logical thinkingDecompositionAbstractionEvaluating efficiency
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics A — Algebra for algebra and formulae; Mathematics P1 — Proof, algebra & functions for proof and logical steps.
2.2Programming fundamentalsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
2.2

Programming fundamentals

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The core programming constructs students use to write working programs: variables, the three constructs, operators, data types and structures.
Builds onKS3 Python and Scratch programming.
Leads toA-Level programming and paradigms.
Assessed inPaper 2OCR J277
Key knowledge
  • The three programming constructs: sequence, selection and iteration
  • Variables, constants, operators and data types
  • How to use arrays/lists and records to store data
  • String manipulation, file handling and basic SQL
Key vocabulary
VariableA named store whose value can change.
SelectionChoosing what to run using a condition.
IterationRepeating instructions (a loop).
Data typeThe kind of data, e.g. integer, string, boolean.
ArrayA structure that stores many items under one name.
Careers & pathways
  • Software developer— Write the programs we rely on.
  • Web developer— Build websites and web apps.
  • Mobile developer— Build phone and tablet apps.
  • Backend engineer— Write the code behind services.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CodingLogical problem-solvingPrecision with syntaxStructuring solutions
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics A — Algebra for expressions and equations; English A-Level — Comparative & critical methods for precise use of language.
2.3Producing robust programsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
2.3

Producing robust programs

Download PDF
What this unit is about.How to design, test and refine programs so they are reliable, maintainable and resistant to misuse.
Builds onKS3 debugging and testing work.
Leads toA-Level program design and testing.
Assessed inPaper 2OCR J277
Key knowledge
  • Defensive design: anticipating misuse, input validation and authentication
  • Maintainability: comments, sensible naming and indentation
  • The purpose and types of testing (iterative and final)
  • Identifying and correcting syntax and logic errors
Key vocabulary
Defensive designWriting code that copes with unexpected input.
ValidationChecking input is sensible before using it.
MaintainabilityHow easy code is to understand and change.
Test dataValues used to check a program (normal, boundary, erroneous).
DebuggingFinding and fixing errors.
Careers & pathways
  • Software tester / QA engineer— Make sure software works reliably.
  • Software engineer— Write robust, maintainable code.
  • DevOps engineer— Automate testing and release.
  • Site reliability engineer— Keep systems dependable.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Attention to detailTesting mindsetAnticipating problemsWriting clear code
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology 3.3b — Making principles & the NEA for testing and iterative design; Science 9.6 — Catalyst investigation for controlling variables in a test.
2.4Boolean logicKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
2.4

Boolean logic

Download PDF
What this unit is about.How logic gates and Boolean expressions underpin the way computers make decisions and process data.
Builds onKS3 logic gates in 'Layers of computing systems'.
Leads toA-Level Boolean algebra.
Assessed inPaper 2OCR J277
Key knowledge
  • The logic gates AND, OR and NOT
  • Building and interpreting truth tables
  • Creating and simplifying Boolean expressions
  • Applying logic to computing contexts
Key vocabulary
Logic gateA component that outputs true/false from inputs.
ANDTrue only when all inputs are true.
ORTrue when at least one input is true.
NOTReverses the input.
Truth tableA table of all input/output combinations.
Careers & pathways
  • Digital electronics engineer— Design logic circuits.
  • Computer engineer— Build processors from logic.
  • Hardware designer— Design chips and boards.
  • Systems programmer— Work close to the hardware.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Logical reasoningAbstractionPrecisionModelling decisions
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics P1 — Proof, algebra & functions for logic and proof; Religious Studies C2a — Philosophy: Arguments for God for logical argument.
2.5Programming languages & IDEsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
2.5

Programming languages & IDEs

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The different levels of programming language, how code is translated, and the tools an integrated development environment provides.
Builds onKS3 'algorithms and programs' and translation.
Leads toA-Level translators and software development.
Assessed inPaper 2OCR J277
Key knowledge
  • The characteristics and purpose of high-level and low-level languages
  • The purpose of translators: compilers, interpreters and assemblers
  • Common tools found in an IDE (editor, error diagnostics, run-time environment, translators)
Key vocabulary
High-level languageA human-readable language like Python.
Low-level languageLanguage close to machine code.
CompilerTranslates whole code before running it.
InterpreterTranslates and runs code line by line.
IDEA program that helps you write and debug code.
Careers & pathways
  • Software developer— Choose the right language and tools.
  • Tools engineer— Build developer tools and IDEs.
  • Compiler engineer— Build language translators.
  • Full-stack developer— Work across many languages.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Choosing the right toolTechnical vocabularyUnderstanding abstractionEfficient working
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Languages T3 — Theme 3: Communication and the world around us for how languages are structured; English A-Level — Comparative & critical methods for register and precision.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise GCSE Computer Science

  • Learn the key terms — make flashcards for each topic’s vocabulary.
  • For Paper 2, write and debug code regularly, and practise tracing algorithms.
  • Do past-paper questions and mark them against the mark scheme.
  • Practise binary/hex conversions and truth tables until they are automatic.
  • Check your report band against the ladder and target your next step.

At A-Level, students follow OCR Computer Science (H446). It has two written papers and an independent programming project. Component 01 — Computer systems (40%) covers processors, software, data exchange, data structures and the legal and ethical dimension. Component 02 — Algorithms and programming (40%) develops computational thinking and problem-solving. The Programming project (20%) is a substantial independent investigation.OCR Computer Science (H446). It has two written papers and an independent programming project. Component 01 — Computer systems (40%) covers processors, software, data exchange, data structures and the legal and ethical dimension. Component 02 — Algorithms and programming (40%) develops computational thinking and problem-solving. The Programming project (20%) is a substantial independent investigation. the department’s programming language and option choices.

Choose what you are studying to jump to its organiser and the progress ladder.

What are you studying at the moment?— choose your topic

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the OCR H446 specification

OCR A-Level Computer Science (H446) is a linear course assessed by two written exams at the end of Year 13 and a substantial programming project (NEA) completed during the course. Open the tile below for the full breakdown of each component, the assessment objectives and how marks are gained.

A-LevelThe course in detail — two exams + NEAComp 01 40% · Comp 02 40% · NEA 20%
Component 01 — Computer systemsWritten exam · 40%
  • Written exam (H446/01) · 2 hours 30 minutes · 140 marks · marked by OCR
  • 1.1 Characteristics of processors, input, output & storage
  • 1.2 Software and software development
  • 1.3 Exchanging data— networks, web technologies and databases
  • 1.4 Data types, data structures & algorithmsand1.5 Legal, moral, cultural & ethical issues
Component 02 — Algorithms & programmingWritten exam · 40%
  • Written exam (H446/02) · 2 hours 30 minutes · 140 marks
  • 2.1 Elements of computational thinking
  • 2.2 Problem solving and programming
  • 2.3 Algorithms — to solve problems, plus standard algorithms
  • Includes an extended scenario-based problem-solving section
Programming project (NEA)Non-exam assessment · 20%
  • 70 marks · completed during the course · marked by teachers, moderated by OCR
  • Analysis, design, development, testing and evaluation of a substantial program
  • A student-chosen problem solved using an iterative methodology
  • Assesses the full software-development lifecycle
The three assessment objectives Assessment
  • AO1 Knowledge & understanding — of principles and concepts (35%)
  • AO2 Apply & analyse — knowledge and understanding (30%)
  • AO3 Design, program & evaluate — computational solutions (35%)
Skills & processesWays of working
  • Computational thinking — abstraction, decomposition and algorithms
  • Programming— object-oriented and procedural techniques
  • Theory — architecture, networks, data and databases
  • Independent project work — the full development lifecycle
  • Evaluation— testing against criteria and refining
How marks are gained What great work shows
  • Precise technical explanation and correct terminology
  • Efficient, well-documented and thoroughly tested code
  • Clear analysis of problems and justified design decisions
  • Rigorous, criteria-based evaluation
  • Application of theory to unfamiliar scenarios
Where it leads Progression
  • University degrees in computer science, software engineering and AI
  • Careers in software, cyber security, data science and research
  • A strong foundation for any STEM or data-driven pathway
  • Highly valued skills in logic, modelling and problem-solving

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Each row below is one of the three OCR assessment objectives. Tap your predicted-grade band to highlight the rung you are on in each objective, then read the next rung up to see exactly what to do to move up.

Highlight your stage— tap the words used on your report
A-LevelA-Level Computer Science — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · OCR H446

This grid is built around the three OCR assessment objectives. Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see exactly what to do to move up.

AO1 · Knowledge & understanding (35%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can recall and describe key principles and concepts (e.g. processor components, data types, standard algorithms).
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can explain concepts across the specification using accurate technical language.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can explain concepts in depth and connect related ideas (e.g. how architecture, data and algorithms interrelate).
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can demonstrate precise, comprehensive understanding across the whole course, including abstraction and logic, with confidence.

AO2 · Apply & analyse (30%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can apply a concept to a familiar problem and identify the parts of a problem.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can apply knowledge to problems and analyse them in computational terms (inputs, processes, outputs, decomposition).
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can apply knowledge to unfamiliar problems and analyse them thoroughly, selecting appropriate techniques and data structures.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can apply and analyse with precision in complex contexts and justify my reasoning.

AO3 · Design, program & evaluate (35%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can design and write a working program for a straightforward problem.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can design, program and test a solution and comment on how well it works.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can design, program and evaluate a robust solution, making reasoned judgements and refining it.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can design, program and critically evaluate an efficient solution, justifying decisions and presenting clear conclusions.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

One revision sheet per specification topic, plus the programming project, following the OCR H446 topic structure.

A-LevelOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets

Component 01 — Computer systems

1.1Characteristics of processors, input, output & storageKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
1.1

Characteristics of processors, input, output & storage

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Processor architecture and performance, types of processor, and how input, output and storage devices are chosen and used.
Builds onGCSE systems architecture and memory.
Leads toThe programming project and higher study.
Assessed inComponent 01OCR H446
Key knowledge
  • Structure and function of the processor; the fetch–decode–execute cycle and registers
  • Pipelining and Von Neumann, Harvard and contemporary architectures
  • CISC vs RISC, GPUs, multicore and parallel systems
  • Input, output and storage devices and their uses
Key vocabulary
PipeliningOverlapping stages of instructions to work faster.
Von NeumannAn architecture with shared memory for data and instructions.
RISCReduced instruction set computing.
GPUA processor specialised for parallel tasks.
Careers & pathways
  • Computer architect— Design processors and systems.
  • Embedded engineer— Program hardware devices.
  • Performance engineer— Optimise computing performance.
  • Research scientist— Advance computing hardware.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Systems thinkingTechnical analysisAbstractionEvaluating trade-offs
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 5 — Electricity for electricity and processors; Mathematics ME — Mechanics for measuring rates and cycles.
1.2Software and software developmentKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
1.2

Software and software development

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Systems and application software, types of language and translators, and the methodologies used to develop software.
Builds onGCSE systems software and languages.
Leads toThe programming project lifecycle.
Assessed inComponent 01OCR H446
Key knowledge
  • Operating systems, utility software and applications
  • Types of language and paradigms; assemblers, compilers and interpreters
  • Stages of compilation; linkers, loaders and libraries
  • Software development methodologies (waterfall, agile and others)
Key vocabulary
ParadigmA style of programming, e.g. procedural or object-oriented.
CompilerTranslates whole programs before running.
AgileAn iterative approach to developing software.
LibraryReusable, pre-written code.
Careers & pathways
  • Software engineer— Design and build software.
  • DevOps engineer— Automate build and release.
  • Solutions architect— Design software systems.
  • Product manager— Guide software development.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Understanding methodologiesAbstractionPlanningEvaluating approaches
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology A4 — Designing, the iterative process & the NEA for the iterative design process; Mathematics P1 — Proof, algebra & functions for functions and abstraction.
1.3Exchanging dataKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
1.3

Exchanging data

Download PDF
What this unit is about.How data is compressed, encrypted and hashed; databases and transaction processing; and networks and web technologies.
Builds onGCSE networks and network security.
Leads toData-driven projects and higher study.
Assessed inComponent 01OCR H446
Key knowledge
  • Compression, encryption and hashing
  • Databases: relational design, normalisation and SQL
  • Networks, protocols and the TCP/IP stack
  • Web technologies: HTML, CSS and JavaScript; client- and server-side processing
Key vocabulary
EncryptionScrambling data so only authorised users can read it.
HashingTurning data into a fixed-length value.
NormalisationOrganising a database to reduce redundancy.
SQLA language for querying databases.
Careers & pathways
  • Database developer— Design and query databases.
  • Network engineer— Design secure networks.
  • Web developer— Build web applications.
  • Data engineer— Move and transform data.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Modelling dataTechnical reasoningAttention to detailStructured design
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics ST — Statistics for large data sets; Mathematics N2 — Number 2 for prime factors and keys.
1.4Data types, data structures & algorithmsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
1.4

Data types, data structures & algorithms

Download PDF
What this unit is about.How data is represented and structured, and the standard data structures and algorithms used to store and process it efficiently.
Builds onGCSE data representation and algorithms.
Leads toComponent 02 algorithms and the project.
Assessed inComponent 01OCR H446
Key knowledge
  • Primitive data types and representation of numbers, characters and floating point
  • Data structures: arrays, records, lists, stacks, queues, trees, hash tables and graphs
  • Boolean algebra and simplification
  • How structures are used and manipulated
Key vocabulary
Data structureA way of organising data, e.g. a stack or queue.
StackA last-in, first-out structure.
QueueA first-in, first-out structure.
TreeA hierarchical data structure.
Boolean algebraThe algebra of true/false logic.
Careers & pathways
  • Software engineer— Choose efficient data structures.
  • Algorithms engineer— Design and analyse algorithms.
  • Data scientist— Model and process data.
  • Systems programmer— Work close to memory and data.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AbstractionLogical reasoningEfficiency analysisPrecision
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics P2 — Coordinate geometry, sequences & series for sequences and series; Mathematics P1 — Proof, algebra & functions for functions and proof.
1.5Legal, moral, cultural & ethical issuesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
1.5

Legal, moral, cultural & ethical issues

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The impact of computer science on individuals, society and the environment, and the responsibilities of computing professionals.
Builds onGCSE ethical/legal impacts.
Leads toEthical decisions in the project and beyond.
Assessed inComponent 01OCR H446
Key knowledge
  • Computing-related legislation and its purpose
  • Ethical, moral and cultural issues raised by technology
  • The impact of computing on the environment and society
  • Professional and ethical responsibilities
Key vocabulary
LegislationLaws that govern the use of technology.
EthicsPrinciples of right and wrong conduct.
BiasUnfairness built into a system or data.
PrivacyA person's right to control their data.
Careers & pathways
  • Data protection officer— Ensure lawful use of data.
  • AI ethics specialist— Guide responsible use of AI.
  • Policy adviser— Shape technology regulation.
  • Technology journalist— Analyse tech's impact on society.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Ethical reasoningEvaluating impactBalancing viewpointsUnderstanding the law
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Religious Studies C3b — Ethics: Applied ethics & conscience for applied ethics and conscience; Politics 4 — A non-core political idea for political ideas and the state; Sociology 4 — Paper 3: Crime and Deviance with Theory and Methods for crime and deviance.

Component 02 — Algorithms & programming

2.1Elements of computational thinkingKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
2.1

Elements of computational thinking

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The ways of thinking that underpin problem-solving: abstraction, thinking ahead, procedurally, logically and concurrently.
Builds onGCSE computational thinking.
Leads toThe design of the programming project.
Assessed inComponent 02OCR H446
Key knowledge
  • Thinking abstractly, ahead, procedurally, logically and concurrently
  • Identifying inputs, outputs and preconditions
  • Caching and the need for reusable components
  • Decomposing problems into sub-problems
Key vocabulary
AbstractionFocusing on essential detail and hiding the rest.
DecompositionBreaking a problem into smaller parts.
ConcurrencyDoing several things at the same time.
PreconditionSomething that must be true before a step runs.
Careers & pathways
  • Software architect— Design solutions to complex problems.
  • Research engineer— Devise new approaches.
  • Systems analyst— Model problems and solutions.
  • Product engineer— Turn needs into designs.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AbstractionPlanning aheadLogical thinkingDecomposition
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics P1 — Proof, algebra & functions for proof and reasoning; English A-Level — Comparative & critical methods for structuring an argument.
2.2Problem solving and programmingKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
2.2

Problem solving and programming

Download PDF
What this unit is about.How programs are designed and written using procedural and object-oriented techniques to solve problems.
Builds onGCSE programming fundamentals.
Leads toThe build stage of the project.
Assessed inComponent 02OCR H446
Key knowledge
  • Programming constructs, procedures, functions and parameters
  • Procedural and object-oriented paradigms (classes, objects, inheritance, encapsulation, polymorphism)
  • Structured programming and modular design
  • Writing, testing and refining programs
Key vocabulary
ProcedureA named, reusable block of code.
Object-orientedA paradigm based on objects and classes.
ClassA template for creating objects.
InheritanceWhen a class takes on features of another.
Careers & pathways
  • Software developer— Design and build applications.
  • Backend engineer— Write server-side software.
  • Games developer— Build interactive systems.
  • Mobile developer— Create apps.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CodingStructured designTestingProblem-solving
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics P4 — Calculus & vectors for functions and rates of change; Design & Technology A4 — Designing, the iterative process & the NEA for the iterative process.
2.3Algorithms to solve problems & standard algorithmsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
2.3

Algorithms to solve problems & standard algorithms

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Designing and analysing algorithms, and the standard searching, sorting and pathfinding algorithms and their efficiency.
Builds onGCSE searching and sorting.
Leads toEfficient solutions in the project.
Assessed inComponent 02OCR H446
Key knowledge
  • Analysis and design of algorithms for a given situation
  • Measuring algorithm efficiency (Big-O notation)
  • Searching (linear, binary) and sorting (bubble, insertion, merge, quick)
  • Standard algorithms on data structures, including Dijkstra's shortest path
Key vocabulary
Big-O notationA way of describing how an algorithm scales.
Binary searchA search that halves the data each step.
Merge sortA divide-and-conquer sorting algorithm.
Dijkstra's algorithmFinds the shortest path in a graph.
Careers & pathways
  • Algorithms engineer— Design and optimise algorithms.
  • Data scientist— Apply algorithms to data.
  • Research scientist— Develop new algorithms.
  • Software engineer— Choose efficient solutions.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Logical reasoningEfficiency analysisAbstractionProblem-solving
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics P4 — Calculus & vectors for efficiency and rates of growth; Mathematics ST — Statistics for comparing performance data.

Programming project

NEAProgramming project (independent investigation)Knowledge organiser · 20%
✕ Close
NEA

Programming project

Download PDF
What this is about.The Programming Project (the non-exam assessment, worth 20% of the A-Level) is a substantial independent piece of work. Students choose a real problem, then analyse it, design a solution, develop and test it iteratively, and evaluate the finished program — writing it up in a report.
Assessed inComponent 03/04OCR H446
The stages
  • Analysis: investigating a problem and setting measurable success criteria
  • Design: planning the structure of the solution and how it will be tested
  • Development: building the solution iteratively with testing throughout
  • Evaluation: judging the solution against the success criteria
The rules — read this before you start

Your programming project must meet JCQ and OCR requirements. Breaking these rules is malpractice and can cost you marks — or your result.

  • It must be your own work.The project is an individual investigation — you design, build, test and evaluate your own solution and write it up in your own words.
  • What you produce.Your report must cover Analysis, Design, Development and Evaluation, with your own code and testing evidence, showing your own decisions throughout.
  • Reference everything.Credit every source — libraries, tutorials, code snippets, websites or another student — in the text and in a reference list. Using external code or ideas without crediting them is plagiarism.
  • Using AI.You must acknowledge any use of AI tools and keep a copy of what you used and how. Passing AI-generated work or code off as your own is malpractice.
  • You will sign to confirm it is your own.Once you hand your project in for final marking, it cannot be changed.
  • Your teacher can guide, not do it for you.They can give general advice and review your work; they cannot debug it for you or tell you exactly what to change. If anyone else helps you, tell your teacher.
  • Keep it safe.Don’t share your code or write-up, or post it online.
  • Deadlines are issued with the task. The college’s malpractice and AI-use policies are in the policies section of the school website..
Key vocabulary
NEANon-exam assessment — your independent programming project.
Success criteriaMeasurable statements of what the solution must do.
Iterative developmentBuilding and testing in repeated cycles.
StakeholderSomeone with an interest in or need for the solution.
EvaluationJudging how well the solution meets its criteria.
Careers & pathways
  • Software engineer— Deliver real projects end to end.
  • Product developer— Turn user needs into working software.
  • Freelance developer— Scope and build solutions for clients.
  • Technical lead— Plan and manage development.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Independent project managementAnalysis and designIterative testingEvaluation and reflection
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
The rules — read before you start
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology A4 — Designing, the iterative process & the NEA for designing, prototyping and evaluating; Geography anea — Independent Investigation (NEA) for an independent investigation.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise A-Level Computer Science

  • Build detailed notes and examples for each topic; learn the key algorithms and data structures.
  • Program regularly — the project and Paper 2 both reward fluent coding.
  • Practise past-paper questions and mark them against the mark scheme.
  • Practise tracing and analysing algorithms (including Big-O).
  • Start the programming project early and keep the write-up going as you build.

Our CurriculumArt & Design

Art & Design

After your report, use the knowledge & skills ladders to see where you are and your next step. Then use the knowledge organisers to revise and make that step.

See differently. Make boldly.

1

Your report

Shows your stage in each subject, from Building foundations to Deepening mastery.

Art & Design at St Augustine’s

Welcome to our Art department! We are driven by the idea that all students are artists. We want to inspire creativity, confidence and pride in students’ artistic practice, so we plan projects that are accessible, relevant and ambitious. Projects encourage students to generate their own ideas, look at historical and contemporary artists from a variety of cultures, and work across a range of techniques and materials in high-quality art sketchbooks.

Throughout their artistic journey, students learn to engage with art on a deeper level: thinking critically, learning to research, and learning how to analyse and interpret artworks. As they advance, they gain more independence over their projects, allowing their GCSE and A-Level coursework to reflect their unique views, opinions and beliefs. Our aim is that students become lifelong learners, with a passion for art, a breadth of mastery skills, and an engagement in the world around them.

Ms Lily Magenis, Head of Department

KS3 · 1 hour per weekGCSE · 5 hours per fortnightA-Level · 9 hours per fortnight

Art & Design at St Augustine’s is taught through a coherent three-year Key Stage 3 curriculum built around the formal elements and the key disciplines of drawing, painting, printmaking and three-dimensional work. In Year 7, students lay strong foundations — the formal elements and colour theory, the imaginative world of the Surrealists, and the power of print. Year 8 widens their view of what art is for — reading and making protest images, close observation and clay sculpture, and observational watercolour painting. Year 9 works with more independence — tonal portraiture, identity through ceramics, and colour-rich painting of natural forms, alongside formal analysis and careers in art.

Across the three years, students revisit the key strands — drawing & observation, colour and the formal elements, making & techniques, ideas & artists, and analysis & presentation — with every project building on the last to prepare the way for GCSE and A-Level. The knowledge & skills ladders below show what progress looks like from Building foundations to Deepening mastery, and the knowledge organisers give students what they need to revise and climb to the next rung.

Start here: choose what you are studying now to jump to the right resources.

What are you studying at the moment?— choose your unit to find your revision sheet and progress ladder

Key Stage 3 learning journey

The route through

Each year runs across three terms. Open a year to see the projects and what they cover.

KS3Year 7 → Year 9 route throughAutumn · Spring · Summer
Year 7Foundations: formal elements, imagination & print
Autumn
Formal ElementsAutumn
  • Drawing and painting the formal elements (line, tone, texture, shape, form, colour)
  • Colour theory: the colour wheel, primary, secondary and tertiary colour
  • Final piece: a ceramic tile
Spring
SurrealistsSpring
  • Surrealism: imagination, dreams and the unexpected
  • Drawing, collage and model making
  • Final piece: a mask
Summer
Print PowerSummer
  • Designing for a purpose and audience
  • Mono printing techniques
  • Final piece: a Pride poster
Year 8Culture, clay & colour
Autumn
Get Up Stand UpAutumn
  • Reading an image: how artists use their work to convey a message
  • Turning a message into eye-catching typography, and mono printing
  • Final piece: a mono print and painted protest poster responding to a cause
Spring
Under the MicroscopeSpring
  • How tone gives a drawing depth and makes form come to life
  • Adding tone to drawings, and hand-building with clay
  • Final piece: a 3D clay sculpture of an imagined under-the-microscope form
Summer
Watercolour PaintingSummer
  • Drawing from direct observation
  • Watercolour painting techniques
  • Final piece: a watercolour inspired by artists
Year 9Independence: portraits, identity & natural forms
Autumn
PortraitsAutumn
  • Lighting, direction, viewpoints and angles
  • Tonal drawing of the human face
  • Final piece: a tonal portrait
Spring
Identity PotsSpring
  • Identity as a theme in art
  • Clay building and slip design
  • Final piece: a clay vase
Summer
Natural Forms PaintingSummer
  • Drawing and colour theory applied to natural forms
  • Painting techniques
  • Final piece: a floral painting

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Each skill is a ladder you climb. Tap the wording from your report below — every ladder will show the rung you are on now and the rung to aim for next. These are the same stages used on your school report.

Highlight your stage— tap the words used on your report
Y7Year 7 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression · all areas

This progression runs across the whole of Key Stage 3. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Drawing & observation

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can make drawings from direct observation, using line to record what I see.
    • I can use drawing equipment correctly and safely.
    • I can begin to add simple shading to show light and dark.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can use line, tone and texture together to record objects more accurately.
    • I can show simple form and space, using devices such as a horizon or a light source.
    • I can keep proportions roughly correct as I draw.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can select and control drawing materials to record form and pictorial space convincingly.
    • I can render surfaces smoothly and show the effect of light on form.
    • I can compose a drawing thoughtfully within the page.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can draw with sensitivity and clear intent, choosing media and mark-making to suit my ideas.
    • I can make confident connections between observation, drawing and my own creative work.
    • I can sustain accuracy and quality across a detailed, finished drawing.

Colour, painting & the formal elements

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can name the formal elements — line, tone, texture, shape, form, pattern and colour.
    • I can make a colour wheel and identify primary and secondary colours.
    • I can tell the difference between warm and cool colours.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain and use harmonious and complementary colour in my work.
    • I can use tone to show form, and mix tints and shades.
    • I can identify tertiary colours and how they are mixed.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can mix and control colour and paint to create deliberate effects.
    • I can apply the formal elements purposefully to strengthen my own work.
    • I can use colour relationships — such as complementary or monochrome — for a chosen mood.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can use colour and the formal elements with sensitivity to convey mood and meaning.
    • I can make thoughtful, personal choices about colour relationships across a whole piece.
    • I can control paint confidently to achieve a polished finish.

Making, media & techniques

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can make a simple outcome — such as a block print, clay piece or collage — by following the steps.
    • I can use tools and materials safely.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can use techniques — printmaking, clay building, watercolour and mixed media — more accurately.
    • I can translate a drawing into another medium, such as cutting a printing plate from my own design.
    • I can follow a process to make a repeatable outcome, such as a repeat pattern or reduction print.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can select appropriate techniques and refine my making to improve its quality.
    • I can control a technique to achieve a specific, intended effect.
    • I can join and finish work carefully, such as using score-and-slip in clay.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can combine and adapt techniques creatively to realise my own ideas.
    • I can make sensitive connections between drawing, painting, print and three-dimensional work.
    • I can resolve a high-quality final outcome with skill and care.

Ideas, creativity & artists

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can make a practical response to an artist’s work.
    • I can generate a simple idea from a given theme.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can generate creative ideas from a theme and respond accurately to artists.
    • I can use sources to develop a range of designs.
    • I can explain where my ideas came from.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can develop ideas from cultural and artist sources and make connections between artists.
    • I can use sketching to generate, review and refine my ideas.
    • I can adapt an artist’s style to suit my own intentions.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can develop original, personal ideas, drawing thoughtfully on artists and contexts.
    • I can work imaginatively in a chosen style with confidence and control.
    • I can sustain a personal idea across a whole project.

Analysis, review & presentation

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can say what I can see in an artwork, using some key vocabulary.
    • I can name some of the formal elements in a piece.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe and begin to analyse artworks using the formal elements.
    • I can use sketching to review my work as it develops.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can analyse artworks with understanding and use sketching to review and refine my own work.
    • I can explain the choices I have made in my work.
    • I can use subject vocabulary accurately when I write about art.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can produce a thoughtful formal analysis of an artist’s work.
    • I can present my work to highlight my knowledge, understanding and skill.
    • I can evaluate my work critically and suggest how to improve it.
Y8Year 8 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression · all areas

This progression runs across the whole of Key Stage 3. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Drawing & observation

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can make drawings from direct observation, using line to record what I see.
    • I can use drawing equipment correctly and safely.
    • I can begin to add simple shading to show light and dark.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can use line, tone and texture together to record objects more accurately.
    • I can show simple form and space, using devices such as a horizon or a light source.
    • I can keep proportions roughly correct as I draw.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can select and control drawing materials to record form and pictorial space convincingly.
    • I can render surfaces smoothly and show the effect of light on form.
    • I can compose a drawing thoughtfully within the page.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can draw with sensitivity and clear intent, choosing media and mark-making to suit my ideas.
    • I can make confident connections between observation, drawing and my own creative work.
    • I can sustain accuracy and quality across a detailed, finished drawing.

Colour, painting & the formal elements

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can name the formal elements — line, tone, texture, shape, form, pattern and colour.
    • I can make a colour wheel and identify primary and secondary colours.
    • I can tell the difference between warm and cool colours.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain and use harmonious and complementary colour in my work.
    • I can use tone to show form, and mix tints and shades.
    • I can identify tertiary colours and how they are mixed.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can mix and control colour and paint to create deliberate effects.
    • I can apply the formal elements purposefully to strengthen my own work.
    • I can use colour relationships — such as complementary or monochrome — for a chosen mood.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can use colour and the formal elements with sensitivity to convey mood and meaning.
    • I can make thoughtful, personal choices about colour relationships across a whole piece.
    • I can control paint confidently to achieve a polished finish.

Making, media & techniques

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can make a simple outcome — such as a block print, clay piece or collage — by following the steps.
    • I can use tools and materials safely.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can use techniques — printmaking, clay building, watercolour and mixed media — more accurately.
    • I can translate a drawing into another medium, such as cutting a printing plate from my own design.
    • I can follow a process to make a repeatable outcome, such as a repeat pattern or reduction print.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can select appropriate techniques and refine my making to improve its quality.
    • I can control a technique to achieve a specific, intended effect.
    • I can join and finish work carefully, such as using score-and-slip in clay.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can combine and adapt techniques creatively to realise my own ideas.
    • I can make sensitive connections between drawing, painting, print and three-dimensional work.
    • I can resolve a high-quality final outcome with skill and care.

Ideas, creativity & artists

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can make a practical response to an artist’s work.
    • I can generate a simple idea from a given theme.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can generate creative ideas from a theme and respond accurately to artists.
    • I can use sources to develop a range of designs.
    • I can explain where my ideas came from.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can develop ideas from cultural and artist sources and make connections between artists.
    • I can use sketching to generate, review and refine my ideas.
    • I can adapt an artist’s style to suit my own intentions.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can develop original, personal ideas, drawing thoughtfully on artists and contexts.
    • I can work imaginatively in a chosen style with confidence and control.
    • I can sustain a personal idea across a whole project.

Analysis, review & presentation

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can say what I can see in an artwork, using some key vocabulary.
    • I can name some of the formal elements in a piece.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe and begin to analyse artworks using the formal elements.
    • I can use sketching to review my work as it develops.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can analyse artworks with understanding and use sketching to review and refine my own work.
    • I can explain the choices I have made in my work.
    • I can use subject vocabulary accurately when I write about art.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can produce a thoughtful formal analysis of an artist’s work.
    • I can present my work to highlight my knowledge, understanding and skill.
    • I can evaluate my work critically and suggest how to improve it.
Y9Year 9 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression · all areas

This progression runs across the whole of Key Stage 3. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Drawing & observation

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can make drawings from direct observation, using line to record what I see.
    • I can use drawing equipment correctly and safely.
    • I can begin to add simple shading to show light and dark.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can use line, tone and texture together to record objects more accurately.
    • I can show simple form and space, using devices such as a horizon or a light source.
    • I can keep proportions roughly correct as I draw.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can select and control drawing materials to record form and pictorial space convincingly.
    • I can render surfaces smoothly and show the effect of light on form.
    • I can compose a drawing thoughtfully within the page.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can draw with sensitivity and clear intent, choosing media and mark-making to suit my ideas.
    • I can make confident connections between observation, drawing and my own creative work.
    • I can sustain accuracy and quality across a detailed, finished drawing.

Colour, painting & the formal elements

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can name the formal elements — line, tone, texture, shape, form, pattern and colour.
    • I can make a colour wheel and identify primary and secondary colours.
    • I can tell the difference between warm and cool colours.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain and use harmonious and complementary colour in my work.
    • I can use tone to show form, and mix tints and shades.
    • I can identify tertiary colours and how they are mixed.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can mix and control colour and paint to create deliberate effects.
    • I can apply the formal elements purposefully to strengthen my own work.
    • I can use colour relationships — such as complementary or monochrome — for a chosen mood.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can use colour and the formal elements with sensitivity to convey mood and meaning.
    • I can make thoughtful, personal choices about colour relationships across a whole piece.
    • I can control paint confidently to achieve a polished finish.

Making, media & techniques

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can make a simple outcome — such as a block print, clay piece or collage — by following the steps.
    • I can use tools and materials safely.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can use techniques — printmaking, clay building, watercolour and mixed media — more accurately.
    • I can translate a drawing into another medium, such as cutting a printing plate from my own design.
    • I can follow a process to make a repeatable outcome, such as a repeat pattern or reduction print.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can select appropriate techniques and refine my making to improve its quality.
    • I can control a technique to achieve a specific, intended effect.
    • I can join and finish work carefully, such as using score-and-slip in clay.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can combine and adapt techniques creatively to realise my own ideas.
    • I can make sensitive connections between drawing, painting, print and three-dimensional work.
    • I can resolve a high-quality final outcome with skill and care.

Ideas, creativity & artists

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can make a practical response to an artist’s work.
    • I can generate a simple idea from a given theme.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can generate creative ideas from a theme and respond accurately to artists.
    • I can use sources to develop a range of designs.
    • I can explain where my ideas came from.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can develop ideas from cultural and artist sources and make connections between artists.
    • I can use sketching to generate, review and refine my ideas.
    • I can adapt an artist’s style to suit my own intentions.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can develop original, personal ideas, drawing thoughtfully on artists and contexts.
    • I can work imaginatively in a chosen style with confidence and control.
    • I can sustain a personal idea across a whole project.

Analysis, review & presentation

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can say what I can see in an artwork, using some key vocabulary.
    • I can name some of the formal elements in a piece.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe and begin to analyse artworks using the formal elements.
    • I can use sketching to review my work as it develops.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can analyse artworks with understanding and use sketching to review and refine my own work.
    • I can explain the choices I have made in my work.
    • I can use subject vocabulary accurately when I write about art.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can produce a thoughtful formal analysis of an artist’s work.
    • I can present my work to highlight my knowledge, understanding and skill.
    • I can evaluate my work critically and suggest how to improve it.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

A library of revision sheets — one per project, colour-matched to the Year 7, 8 and 9 ladders above. Open the one for whatever you’re studying now to revise the key knowledge, skills and vocabulary.

KS3Open the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
7.1Formal ElementsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.1

Formal Elements

Download PDF
What this unit is about.This is the foundation project for Key Stage 3. Students learn the seven formal elements — line, tone, texture, shape, form, pattern and colour — together with the basics of colour theory, applying them through drawing and painting and finishing with a ceramic tile.
Builds onprimary-school art and mark-making.
Leads tocolour and the formal elements used across every later project.
Assessed inKS3Art & Design
Key knowledge
  • The formal elements: line, tone, texture, shape, form, pattern and colour
  • The colour wheel: primary, secondary and tertiary colours
  • Hue and tint, and how white lightens and desaturates a hue
Key skills
  • Use equipment correctly to create a colour wheel
  • Draw from observation using line, texture and tone
Key vocabulary
Formal elementsLine, tone, texture, shape, form, pattern and colour.
HueThe colour family a colour belongs to.
TintA hue lightened by adding white.
ToneHow light or dark something is.
Careers & pathways
  • Illustrator— Create images for books, media and products.
  • Graphic designer— Design visual communication and branding.
  • Animator— Bring characters and stories to life.
  • Architect— Design buildings and spaces.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityVisual communicationProblem-solvingAttention to detail
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 8.9 — Light for light, colour and tone; Computing 8.1 — Digital graphics and image editing (Photopea) for digital graphics; Mathematics AN — Angles for angles and perspective.
7.2SurrealistsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.2

Surrealists

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students explore Surrealism and how artists picture dreams, the unexpected and the imagination. They generate their own ideas and combine drawing, collage and model-making to design and build a mask.
Builds onthe formal elements from Autumn.
Leads toimaginative idea-generation used at GCSE.
Assessed inKS3Art & Design
Key knowledge
  • Surrealism and how artists picture dreams and the unexpected
  • Combining drawing, collage and 3D model making
  • Generating imaginative work in a given style
Key skills
  • Generate ideas from a stimulus
  • Combine media in a 3D outcome
Key vocabulary
SurrealismAn art movement exploring dreams and the unconscious.
CollageMaking an image by sticking materials together.
CompositionHow parts are arranged in an artwork.
Careers & pathways
  • Illustrator— Create images for books, media and products.
  • Graphic designer— Design visual communication and branding.
  • Animator— Bring characters and stories to life.
  • Architect— Design buildings and spaces.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityVisual communicationProblem-solvingAttention to detail
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y8 — Myths and Monsters for myths and monsters; Drama 8.1 — Commedia dell’Arte for the grotesque and exaggerated.
7.3Print PowerKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.3

Print Power

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students learn to design for a purpose and audience and to make prints by hand. Working through mono printing, they design and produce a Pride poster carrying a clear, positive message.
Builds ondrawing and design skills.
Leads todesign for a purpose and printmaking at GCSE.
Assessed inKS3Art & Design
Key knowledge
  • Design for a purpose and audience
  • Mono printing: making a single print from a prepared surface
  • Communicating a positive message through image and text
Key skills
  • Design an image for a clear purpose
  • Cut and print a mono print
Key vocabulary
Mono printA one-off print taken from a prepared surface.
AudienceWho a design is made for.
RegistrationLining up a print accurately.
Careers & pathways
  • Illustrator— Create images for books, media and products.
  • Graphic designer— Design visual communication and branding.
  • Animator— Bring characters and stories to life.
  • Architect— Design buildings and spaces.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityVisual communicationProblem-solvingAttention to detail
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics TR — Transformations for repeat pattern and transformation; Design & Technology T — Textiles: fibres, fabrics & construction for printing on textiles.
8.1Get Up Stand UpKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.1

Get Up Stand Up

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students look at art through the lens of protest. They use their prior learning of the visual elements to ‘read’ an image and understand how artists use their work to convey a message. They learn how to create a powerful message, how to turn it into eye-catching typography, and how to bring it all together in a protest image of their own, responding to a given cause with a mono print and a painted protest poster.
Builds onThe visual elements from Year 7, and the printmaking skills built in Print Power.
Leads toReading and interpreting images at GCSE, where students explain how artists communicate meaning.
Assessed inKS3Art & Design
Key knowledge
  • How artists use their work to convey a message
  • How to ‘read’ an image using the visual elements
  • How typography makes a message eye-catching
Key skills
  • Turn a cause into a powerful, clearly-worded message
  • Produce a mono print and a painted protest poster
Key vocabulary
Protest artArt made to argue for a cause or against an injustice.
TypographyThe style and arrangement of lettering so that it carries a message.
Mono printA print that produces a single, one-off image.
Careers & pathways
  • Illustrator— Create images for books, media and products.
  • Graphic designer— Design visual communication and branding.
  • Animator— Bring characters and stories to life.
  • Architect— Design buildings and spaces.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityVisual communicationProblem-solvingAttention to detail
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y9 — War Poetry for war poetry and protest; History 9.6 — Fighting for rights in the 20th century for fighting for rights; Music 9.5 — Protest Song for the protest song.
8.2Under the MicroscopeKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.2

Under the Microscope

Download PDF
What this unit is about.A clay project that invites students to look under the microscope of the world around us. Students learn how to add tone to make their drawings come to life, look at a range of ceramic artists, and respond with their own three-dimensional clay sculpture of an imagined under-the-microscope piece.
Builds onObservational drawing and the visual elements from Year 7.
Leads toThree-dimensional work and ceramics at GCSE, and the confident use of tone in drawing.
Assessed inKS3Art & Design
Key knowledge
  • How tone gives a drawing depth and makes form come to life
  • The work of a range of ceramic artists, and how they build form
  • Hand-building with clay — pinch, coil and slab
Key skills
  • Add tone to a drawing so that it reads as three-dimensional
  • Design and build a clay sculpture in response to a ceramic artist
Key vocabulary
ToneHow light or dark something is, used to show form and depth.
CeramicsObjects made from clay and hardened by firing.
CoilA rope of clay used to build up a hollow form.
Careers & pathways
  • Illustrator— Create images for books, media and products.
  • Graphic designer— Design visual communication and branding.
  • Animator— Bring characters and stories to life.
  • Architect— Design buildings and spaces.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityVisual communicationProblem-solvingAttention to detail
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 9.9 — Cells for cells under the microscope; Science 8.5 — Plant organ systems for plant structure.
8.3Watercolour PaintingKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.3

Watercolour Painting

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students develop observational drawing and learn watercolour techniques — washes, wet-on-wet and layering — to produce a watercolour piece inspired by artists.
Builds oncolour theory from Year 7.
Leads topainting media explored at GCSE.
Assessed inKS3Art & Design
Key knowledge
  • Drawing from direct observation
  • Watercolour techniques: washes, wet-on-wet, layering
  • How tone and colour create depth
Key skills
  • Control watercolour washes
  • Mix colour for observed subjects
Key vocabulary
WashA thin, even layer of watercolour.
Wet-on-wetAdding paint to a wet surface so colours blend.
ObservationDrawing/painting from the real thing.
Careers & pathways
  • Illustrator— Create images for books, media and products.
  • Graphic designer— Design visual communication and branding.
  • Animator— Bring characters and stories to life.
  • Architect— Design buildings and spaces.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityVisual communicationProblem-solvingAttention to detail
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y7 — Beauty, Beasts and Creation for nature writing and awe; Religious Studies 7.4 — Desert to Garden for symbols in religious art.
9.1PortraitsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.1

Portraits

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students study the human face, learning how lighting, direction, viewpoint and proportion shape a portrait. They build tone carefully to produce a tonal drawing of a portrait.
Builds ontone and observation from Years 7–8.
Leads tosustained observational study at GCSE.
Assessed inKS3Art & Design
Key knowledge
  • How lighting, direction and viewpoint affect a portrait
  • Facial proportion
  • Tonal drawing to model form
Key skills
  • Use a light source to show form
  • Build tone smoothly in a drawing
Key vocabulary
ProportionThe relative size of parts of the face.
HighlightThe lightest area where light hits.
ShadowThe darkest, unlit area.
Careers & pathways
  • Illustrator— Create images for books, media and products.
  • Graphic designer— Design visual communication and branding.
  • Animator— Bring characters and stories to life.
  • Architect— Design buildings and spaces.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityVisual communicationProblem-solvingAttention to detail
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y8 — Voice and Identity: ‘Face’ for voice and identity; Languages 7.2 — Mi burbuja — describing people for describing people in Spanish.
9.2Identity PotsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.2

Identity Pots

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students explore identity as a theme and extend their clay skills, including slip design. They design and make a personal clay vase that expresses something about who they are.
Builds onYear 8 clay skills.
Leads topersonal, theme-led work at GCSE.
Assessed inKS3Art & Design
Key knowledge
  • Identity as a theme in art
  • Clay building and slip decoration
  • Designing a meaningful, personal form
Key skills
  • Shape and join clay securely
  • Apply slip decoration
Key vocabulary
IdentityWhat makes a person or group who they are.
SlabA flat sheet of rolled clay.
Score & slipRoughening and gluing clay to join it.
Careers & pathways
  • Illustrator— Create images for books, media and products.
  • Graphic designer— Design visual communication and branding.
  • Animator— Bring characters and stories to life.
  • Architect— Design buildings and spaces.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityVisual communicationProblem-solvingAttention to detail
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in PSHE 3 — Living in the Wider World for identity and community; History 7.5 — The Mali Empire for cultural identity in history.
9.3Natural Forms PaintingKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.3

Natural Forms Painting

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students bring together observational drawing and colour theory to study the structure and colour of natural forms, composing and painting a floral piece.
Builds oncolour theory and observational drawing.
Leads tothe personal portfolio at GCSE.
Assessed inKS3Art & Design
Key knowledge
  • Structure and colour of natural forms
  • Applying colour theory in paint
  • Composition of a still-life/floral piece
Key skills
  • Mix and apply colour accurately
  • Compose a balanced painting
Key vocabulary
Natural formAn object from nature, e.g. a flower or shell.
Complementary coloursOpposite colours that contrast strongly.
CompositionHow a picture is arranged.
Careers & pathways
  • Illustrator— Create images for books, media and products.
  • Graphic designer— Design visual communication and branding.
  • Animator— Bring characters and stories to life.
  • Architect— Design buildings and spaces.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityVisual communicationProblem-solvingAttention to detail
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y7 — Beauty, Beasts and Creation for nature and the sublime; Science 8.6 — Ecosystems for habitats and ecosystems.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise Art at Key Stage 3

  • Keep a sketchbook and draw from observation regularly.
  • Practise the formal elements: line, tone, texture, shape, form, colour.
  • Use the colour wheel to mix and plan colour.
  • Visit galleries or their websites and analyse one artwork.
  • Check your report stage against the ladder and target your next step.

GCSE Art & Design: Fine Art (OCR J171) builds a personal, creative portfolio. Students investigate artists and sources, experiment with a range of media — drawing, painting, printmaking, sculpture and mixed media — and develop their own ideas into resolved, personal outcomes. The course is assessed entirely through practical work, in two components.

Everything is marked against the four assessment objectives — Develop, Explore & refine, Record, and Present — each worth 25%. The grid below shows how to move up a grade in each objective, and the route-through sets out what each component involves.

Choose what you are working on to jump to the right resources.

What are you working on?— choose a component to find its organiser and the assessment-objective grid

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the OCR Art & Design (J170–J176) specification

GCSE Fine Art is 100% coursework and exam practical work, in two components. Tap the tile below to open the full breakdown.

GCSEThe course in detail — the two componentsPortfolio 60% · Externally Set Assignment 40%
PortfolioComponent 01 · 60%
  • A sustained portfolio of practical work responding to a starting point, theme or brief set by the department
  • Working in one or more areas: drawing, painting, printmaking, sculpture, mixed media or lens-/light-based media
  • Research into artists, movements and contextual sources, with written analysis and annotation
  • Development work: recording ideas, experimenting with media and refining as the project grows
  • At least one personal, resolved final outcome
  • Internally marked and externally moderated; covers all four assessment objectives
Externally Set AssignmentComponent 02 · 40%
  • OCR releases an early paper on 2 January with five themes, each with visual and written starting points
  • Students choose one theme and work through a preparatory period of research, development and experimentation
  • 10 hours of supervised time to produce a personal final piece
  • The final piece must be informed by the preparatory work
  • Internally marked and externally moderated; covers all four assessment objectives
The four assessment objectives Assessment
  • AO1 Develop — investigate ideas and sources with critical understanding (25%)
  • AO2 Explore & refine — experiment with media, and review and refine ideas (25%)
  • AO3 Record — record ideas, observations and insights (25%)
  • AO4 Present — realise a personal, meaningful response (25%)
Ways of working Areas of study
  • Drawing — observational, expressive and analytical
  • Painting in a range of media
  • Printmaking: block, mono, reduction and screen
  • Sculpture and three-dimensional work, including clay
  • Mixed media, collage and lens-/light-based media
The creative processSkills
  • Recording from direct observation and from primary and secondary sources
  • Researching and analysing the work of other artists
  • Sustaining a sketchbook of ideas, experiments and annotation
  • Selecting, refining and resolving a personal outcome
  • Managing a creative project independently over time
How marks are gained What great work shows
  • Clear links between research, development and the final piece
  • Personal, thoughtful outcomes rather than copying
  • A range of media used with growing control
  • Sustained annotation that explains your thinking
  • Evidence of all four assessment objectives across the work

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Each row below is one of the four OCR assessment objectives. Tap your predicted-grade band to highlight the rung you are on, then read the next rung up to see exactly what to do to move up a grade.

Highlight your stage— tap your grade band
GCSEGCSE Fine Art — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · OCR J171

This grid is built around the four OCR assessment objectives. Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see exactly what to do to move up.

AO1 · Develop ideas (25%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can collect images and sources and begin to respond to an artist’s work.
    • I can start to explain what I find interesting about a source.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can investigate a range of sources and show some critical understanding of artists and contexts.
    • I can use my research to begin shaping my own ideas.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can develop ideas through focused investigation, analysing sources with understanding.
    • I can make clear connections between artists’ work and my own intentions.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can develop sustained, personal ideas with perceptive critical and contextual understanding.
    • I can synthesise ideas from several sources into a coherent personal direction.

AO2 · Explore & refine (25%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can try some media and techniques, with support.
    • I can talk about what worked and what did not.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can explore a range of media and review my ideas as work develops.
    • I can choose a technique that suits my idea.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can select and experiment with appropriate media, refining my ideas purposefully.
    • I can evaluate my experiments and use them to improve my work.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can select and refine media and processes with control and creativity to realise my intentions.
    • I can take creative risks and refine them into resolved outcomes.

AO3 · Record ideas & observations (25%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can record simple observations and ideas.
    • I can make notes or annotations about my work.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can record ideas and observations relevant to my intentions.
    • I can annotate my work to explain my thinking.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can record ideas and insights accurately, reflecting on my progress.
    • I can use drawing and annotation together to move my project on.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can record with skill and sensitivity, reflecting critically to move my work forward.
    • I can select the most effective ways to record for my intentions.

AO4 · Present a personal response (25%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can produce a simple final outcome.
    • I can show a basic link between my final piece and my earlier work.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can present a personal response that realises some of my intentions.
    • I can connect my final piece to my development work.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can present a personal, meaningful response that realises my intentions.
    • I can show clear understanding of visual language in my outcome.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can present a resolved, personal and meaningful response showing understanding of visual language.
    • I can make confident connections between visual and other elements, where appropriate.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

Revision sheets for the GCSE course.

GCSEOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
C1Component 1: PortfolioKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
C1

Component 1: Portfolio

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.How to build a strong personal portfolio that meets all four assessment objectives.
Builds onKS3 drawing, painting, printmaking and 3D work.
Leads tothe Externally Set Assignment and A-Level.
Assessed inComponent 1OCR J171
Key knowledge
  • The creative journey: develop, explore, record, present
  • Building a sketchbook of research, experiments and refinements
  • Selecting and refining a personal outcome
Key skills
  • Investigate and analyse artists and sources
  • Experiment with a range of media
  • Refine ideas and resolve a final piece
Key vocabulary
PortfolioA body of practical work showing your creative journey.
AnnotationWritten notes explaining your thinking.
RefineImprove work through experimentation.
Careers & pathways
  • Illustrator— Create images for books, media and products.
  • Graphic designer— Design visual communication and branding.
  • Animator— Bring characters and stories to life.
  • Architect— Design buildings and spaces.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityVisual communicationProblem-solvingAttention to detail
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Drama G5 — The Devising log for a documented portfolio; Design & Technology A4 — Designing, the iterative process & the NEA for the iterative design process.
C2Component 2: Externally Set AssignmentKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
C2

Component 2: Externally Set Assignment

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.The externally set task: responding to a theme from the exam paper, ending in 10 hours of supervised time.
Builds onthe skills built in the portfolio.
Leads toA-Level Fine Art.
Assessed inComponent 2OCR J171
Key knowledge
  • Choosing and interpreting a theme from the early-release paper
  • Preparatory work: research, development and experimentation
  • Planning and producing a final piece in the timed exam
Key skills
  • Plan a personal response to a set theme
  • Manage time across the preparatory period
  • Realise intentions in a timed final piece
Key vocabulary
Externally set assignmentThe exam component set by OCR.
Preparatory periodTime to develop ideas before the exam.
Final pieceThe outcome made in supervised time.
Careers & pathways
  • Illustrator— Create images for books, media and products.
  • Graphic designer— Design visual communication and branding.
  • Animator— Bring characters and stories to life.
  • Architect— Design buildings and spaces.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityVisual communicationProblem-solvingAttention to detail
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English GCSE — Paper 1 · Creative writing (Section B) for responding to a set task; Drama A4 — Creating original drama & the working notebook for creating original work.
FEWorking like an artist: analysis & the formal elementsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
FE

Working like an artist: analysis & the formal elements

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.How to analyse artworks and use the formal elements and compositional rules in your own work.
Builds onKS3 formal elements and analysis.
Leads tocritical and contextual study at A-Level.
Assessed inBoth componentsOCR J171
Key knowledge
  • The formal elements: line, tone, texture, shape, form, pattern, colour
  • Analysing artists: content, process, mood, context
  • Compositional rules: rule of thirds, the golden ratio
Key skills
  • Write a formal analysis of an artwork
  • Apply the formal elements in your own work
  • Use artist research to develop ideas
Key vocabulary
Formal analysisExplaining how an artwork uses the formal elements.
ContextThe time, place and ideas behind a work.
CompositionHow a work is arranged.
Careers & pathways
  • Illustrator— Create images for books, media and products.
  • Graphic designer— Design visual communication and branding.
  • Animator— Bring characters and stories to life.
  • Architect— Design buildings and spaces.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityVisual communicationProblem-solvingAttention to detail
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English GCSE — Paper 1 · Creative reading (Section A) for close analysis of a text; Drama A3 — Live theatre analysis for analysing live performance.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise Art at GCSE

  • Work on your portfolio little and often; keep your sketchbook up to date.
  • Investigate artists and annotate what you learn.
  • Experiment with media, then refine your best ideas.
  • Record from direct observation as often as you can.
  • Use the assessment-objective grid to see your next step.

A-Level Fine Art (OCR H601) is about deepening a personal interest and refining practical and creative skills through sketchbooks, study sheets and resolved final pieces. Students follow their own tutored programme of study, working with increasing independence to build a substantial, personal body of work.

Like GCSE, the course is assessed against the four assessment objectives (each 25%) across two components. The grid below shows how to move up in each objective, and the route-through explains the Personal Investigation and the Externally Set Assignment.

Choose what you are working on to jump to the right resources.

What are you working on?— choose a component to find its organiser and the assessment-objective grid

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the OCR Art & Design (H600) specification

A-Level Fine Art is assessed through two practical components. Tap the tile below to open the full breakdown.

A-LevelThe course in detail — the two componentsPersonal Investigation 60% · Externally Set Assignment 40%
Personal InvestigationComponent 01 · 60%
  • A sustained, self-directed practical project exploring a personal theme or question
  • Wide-ranging research into artists, movements and contexts, analysed critically
  • Extensive development: recording, experimenting and refining across a broad range of media
  • One or more resolved, personal final outcomes
  • A related written study in continuous prose (around 1000–3000 words) that supports the practical work
  • Covers all four assessment objectives
Externally Set AssignmentComponent 02 · 40%
  • OCR releases an early paper with a choice of themes and starting points
  • A preparatory period to research, develop and experiment with ideas
  • 15 hours of supervised time to produce a personal final piece
  • The final piece must grow from the preparatory work
  • Covers all four assessment objectives
The four assessment objectives Assessment
  • AO1 Develop — sustained investigation with perceptive critical understanding (25%)
  • AO2 Explore & refine — sophisticated experimentation and refinement (25%)
  • AO3 Record — record ideas and insights with skill and sensitivity (25%)
  • AO4 Present — realise a resolved, personal and meaningful response (25%)
Skills & processes Ways of working
  • Sustained observational and expressive drawing
  • A broad range of media, processes and techniques
  • Sketchbook journals and study sheets
  • Independent critical, contextual and analytical study
  • Managing an ambitious personal project over an extended period
Where it leads Progression
  • Art foundation diplomas and degree courses
  • Careers in fine art, illustration, design, architecture and the creative industries
  • Transferable skills: creativity, independence, problem-solving and visual communication
How marks are gained What great work shows
  • A genuinely personal, sustained line of enquiry
  • Sophisticated use of media and processes
  • Perceptive analysis of artists and contexts
  • A related study that informs the practical work
  • Resolved outcomes that realise clear intentions

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Each row below is one of the four OCR assessment objectives. Tap your predicted-grade band to highlight the rung you are on, then read the next rung up to see what to do to move up.

Highlight your stage— tap the words used on your report
A-LevelA-Level Fine Art — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · OCR H601

This grid is built around the four OCR assessment objectives. Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see exactly what to do to move up.

AO1 · Develop ideas (25%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can collect images and sources and begin to respond to an artist’s work.
    • I can start to explain what I find interesting about a source.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can investigate a range of sources and show some critical understanding of artists and contexts.
    • I can use my research to begin shaping my own ideas.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can develop ideas through focused investigation, analysing sources with understanding.
    • I can make clear connections between artists’ work and my own intentions.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can develop sustained, personal ideas with perceptive critical and contextual understanding.
    • I can synthesise ideas from several sources into a coherent personal direction.

AO2 · Explore & refine (25%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can try some media and techniques, with support.
    • I can talk about what worked and what did not.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can explore a range of media and review my ideas as work develops.
    • I can choose a technique that suits my idea.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can select and experiment with appropriate media, refining my ideas purposefully.
    • I can evaluate my experiments and use them to improve my work.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can select and refine media and processes with control and creativity to realise my intentions.
    • I can take creative risks and refine them into resolved outcomes.

AO3 · Record ideas & observations (25%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can record simple observations and ideas.
    • I can make notes or annotations about my work.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can record ideas and observations relevant to my intentions.
    • I can annotate my work to explain my thinking.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can record ideas and insights accurately, reflecting on my progress.
    • I can use drawing and annotation together to move my project on.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can record with skill and sensitivity, reflecting critically to move my work forward.
    • I can select the most effective ways to record for my intentions.

AO4 · Present a personal response (25%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can produce a simple final outcome.
    • I can show a basic link between my final piece and my earlier work.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can present a personal response that realises some of my intentions.
    • I can connect my final piece to my development work.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can present a personal, meaningful response that realises my intentions.
    • I can show clear understanding of visual language in my outcome.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can present a resolved, personal and meaningful response showing understanding of visual language.
    • I can make confident connections between visual and other elements, where appropriate.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

Revision sheets for the A-Level course.

A-LevelOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
C1Component 1: Personal InvestigationKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
C1

Component 1: Personal Investigation

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.A sustained, personal practical project with a related written study.
Builds onGCSE portfolio skills.
Leads todegree-level study and creative careers.
Assessed inComponent 1OCR H601
Key knowledge
  • Choosing and sustaining a personal theme
  • Independent research, development and refinement
  • Resolving personal outcomes
  • The related written study
Key skills
  • Plan and sustain an independent project
  • Research and analyse artists in depth
  • Refine media and processes to realise intentions
The rules — read this before you start

Your Personal Investigation must meet JCQ and OCR requirements. Breaking these rules is malpractice and can cost you marks — or your result.

  • It must be your own work.The practical portfolio and the related written study are your own — your ideas, your making, your words and your conclusions.
  • The related study.Around 1,000–3,000 words of continuous prose is the guideline. It must connect to your practical work and be written in your own words.
  • Reference everything.Credit every source — artists, books, websites and images — in the text and in a bibliography, and put any direct quotes in quotation marks. Copying words, ideas or images without crediting them is plagiarism.
  • Using AI.You must acknowledge any use of AI tools and keep a copy of what you used and how. Passing AI-generated work off as your own is malpractice.
  • You will sign to confirm it is your own.Once you hand your work in for final marking, it cannot be changed.
  • Your teacher can guide, not do it for you.They can give general advice and review your work; they cannot make it for you or tell you exactly what to change. If anyone else helps you, tell your teacher.
  • Keep it safe.Don’t share your work or post it online before it is marked.
  • Deadlines are issued with the task. The college’s malpractice and AI-use policies are in the policies section of the school website..
Key vocabulary
Personal InvestigationThe self-directed A-Level portfolio.
Related studyThe written element of Component 1.
SustainedDeveloped with depth over time.
Careers & pathways
  • Illustrator— Create images for books, media and products.
  • Graphic designer— Design visual communication and branding.
  • Animator— Bring characters and stories to life.
  • Architect— Design buildings and spaces.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityVisual communicationProblem-solvingAttention to detail
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English A-Level — NEA · Independent critical study: texts across time for an independent critical study; Computing NEA — Programming project for planning a large project.
RSRelated Study (written)Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
RS

Related Study (written)

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The written study that accompanies the Personal Investigation.word count and format.
Builds onGCSE analysis and the formal elements.
Leads toextended academic writing at university.
Assessed inComponent 1OCR H601
Key knowledge
  • Building a critical and contextual argument
  • Analysing artists and movements
  • Referencing sources accurately
Key skills
  • Structure an extended piece of art writing
  • Analyse works using the formal elements and context
  • Reference and cite sources
Key vocabulary
Contextual studyWriting that sets art in its time and ideas.
CitationCrediting the sources you use.
AnalysisExplaining how and why a work works.
Careers & pathways
  • Illustrator— Create images for books, media and products.
  • Graphic designer— Design visual communication and branding.
  • Animator— Bring characters and stories to life.
  • Architect— Design buildings and spaces.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityVisual communicationProblem-solvingAttention to detail
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English A-Level — Comparative & critical methods for comparison and critical methods; Design & Technology A2 — Design theory & the work of others for design theory and the work of others.
C2Component 2: Externally Set AssignmentKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
C2

Component 2: Externally Set Assignment

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.The externally set task, ending in 15 hours of supervised time.
Builds onthe Personal Investigation.
Leads tocreative practice and further study.
Assessed inComponent 2OCR H601
Key knowledge
  • Interpreting a theme from the early-release paper
  • Preparatory research and development
  • Producing a resolved final piece in supervised time
Key skills
  • Plan a personal response to a set theme
  • Sustain development across the preparatory period
  • Realise intentions under timed conditions
Key vocabulary
Externally set assignmentThe exam component set by OCR.
Preparatory periodTime to develop ideas before the exam.
ResolutionBringing a piece to a finished state.
Careers & pathways
  • Illustrator— Create images for books, media and products.
  • Graphic designer— Design visual communication and branding.
  • Animator— Bring characters and stories to life.
  • Architect— Design buildings and spaces.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityVisual communicationProblem-solvingAttention to detail
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Film Studies 4 — Component 3: Production for a production and its commentary; Drama A5 — Making theatre: performing three extracts for performing under assessment.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise Art at A-Level

  • Sustain your Personal Investigation with regular studio work.
  • Read around your theme and build your related study as you go.
  • Take creative risks, then evaluate and refine.
  • Keep a rigorous, well-annotated sketchbook.
  • Use the assessment-objective grid to target the next grade band.

Our CurriculumHistory

History

After your report, use the knowledge & skills ladders to see where you are and your next step. Then use the knowledge organisers to revise and make that step.

The past, and how it shapes now.

1

Your report

Shows your stage in each subject, from Building foundations to Deepening mastery.

History at St Augustine’s

What we love about teaching History is how fundamentally important it is to understanding the world we live in today. At St Augustine’s we aim to give students a broad, diverse and engaging curriculum that represents a range of time periods, locations and people, and we bring them into contact with real historians to help them understand the discipline.

From Peter Frankopan’s work on the Silk Roads to Ian Mortimer’s Time Traveller’s Guides and Emma Griffin’s Liberty’s Dawn, students explore historical skills such as change and continuity, cause and consequence, and significance. We are embedding David Olusoga’s seminal Black and British to explore the complex history of Britain and beyond. By studying the GCSE thematic study — Health and the People for students starting the course now, and Power and the People for those completing it — and British political history from 1930 to 1997 at A-Level, students build a picture of how past events have shaped the British values we see today.

History at St Augustine’s offers insight into the local history of Trowbridge and beyond, as well as trips to Berlin for GCSE. We hope students relish the chance to take incredible journeys through the past — and to be inspired to make history in the future.

Ms Suzie Webb, Head of Department

KS3 · hours 3 hours per fortnightGCSE · hours 5 hours per fortnightA-Level · hours 9 hours per fortnight, split between two teachers

History at St Augustine’s is taught through a coherent, chronological three-year Key Stage 3 curriculum organised around “golden threads” — Monarchy, Power & government, Empire, Democracy, Religion & the Church, Rebellion,andWar & conflict. In Year 7, students trace the roots of British society from before 1066, through the Norman Conquest and medieval life, to great world civilisations in the Mali Empire and along the Silk Roads. Year 8 moves from the Reformation and the turbulent 17th century to the growth of the British Empire, transatlantic slavery and the Industrial Revolution. Year 9 examines the 20th-century world — the two World Wars, the Holocaust, and the fight for rights.

Across the three years, students build the core disciplinary skills of the historian — chronology, cause & consequence, change & continuity, significance, interpretations, and working with sources. The knowledge & skills ladders below show what progress looks like from Building foundations to Deepening mastery, and the knowledge organisers give students what they need to revise and climb to the next rung.

Start here: choose what you are studying now to jump to the right resources.

What are you studying at the moment?— choose your topic to find your revision sheet and progress ladder

Key Stage 3 learning journey

The route through

A chronological journey across three years. Open a year to see the topics and what they cover.

KS3Year 7 → Year 9 route throughAutumn · Spring · Summer
Year 7Roots of Britain & the medieval world
Autumn
Britain before 1066Autumn 1
  • Neolithic, Bronze Age and Iron Age Britain
  • The Roman invasion (43 AD) and the end of Roman Britain
  • The first Viking raids (793 AD)
The Norman ConquestAutumn 2
  • The succession crisis and the rivals for the throne
  • The Battle of Hastings (14 October 1066)
  • How the Normans secured power: castles, the Harrying of the North, the Domesday Book
Spring
Medieval life: faith, work & diseaseSpring 1
  • The medieval Church and religion
  • Rural and urban life in medieval England
  • The Black Death and its impact
Medieval rulersSpring 2
  • A range of medieval rulers and their successes and failures
  • Henry II and the murder of Thomas Becket; King John and Magna Carta
  • Rulers beyond England (e.g. Genghis Khan, Mansa Musa)
Summer
The Mali EmpireSummer 1
  • The origins and growth of the Mali Empire
  • Life within the empire and Mansa Musa’s wealth
  • Mali’s impact on the wider African continent
The Silk RoadsSummer 2
  • What the Silk Roads were
  • The impact of trade
  • The spread of religion and ideas
Year 8Reformation, empire & industry
Autumn
The Reformation & Tudor EnglandAutumn 1
  • Protestant and Catholic belief
  • Henry VIII’s break with Rome (1534)
  • Religious change under the Tudors; threats to Elizabeth I
Britain turned upside down: the 17th centuryAutumn 2
  • The Gunpowder Plot (1605)
  • The English Civil War and the execution of Charles I
  • Witchcraft; the Great Plague and Fire of London
Spring
The British EmpireSpring 1
  • The growth of the British Empire
  • Case studies: India and Australia
  • The Scramble for Africa; controversial figures
Origins of transatlantic slaverySpring 2
  • How the transatlantic slave trade began
  • England’s entry into the trade
  • The triangular trade and Middle Passage
Summer
Slavery: experience, resistance & abolitionSummer 1
  • The experience of enslaved people
  • Resistance and rebellion
  • The abolition movement and its significant figures
The Industrial RevolutionSummer 2
  • Population and settlement change
  • The growth of the factory system
  • Working conditions and the fight for reform
Year 9The 20th-century world
Autumn
The First World War: a global conflictAutumn 1
  • The MAIN causes of the war (Militarism, Alliances, Imperialism, Nationalism)
  • The assassination of Franz Ferdinand (1914)
  • Recruitment and troops from across the empire
The First World War: experience & aftermathAutumn 2
  • Trench life and the Battle of the Somme
  • The role of women in the war
  • The end of the war and the Treaty of Versailles
Spring
The Second World War: 1939–41Spring 1
  • Dunkirk and the Battle of Britain
  • Trowbridge and the Spitfire (local history)
  • Britain’s stand in 1940–41
The Second World War: a global warSpring 2
  • The Eastern Front and Pearl Harbor
  • D-Day (1944)
  • Hiroshima and Nagasaki (1945)
Summer
The HolocaustSummer 1
  • Pre-war Jewish life
  • Persecution: the Nuremberg Laws, ghettos and the camps
  • Jewish resistance and life after liberation
Fighting for rights in the 20th centurySummer 2
  • US civil rights: Martin Luther King and the Bus Boycott
  • Civil rights in Britain: Notting Hill and the Bristol Bus Boycott
  • How ordinary people brought about change

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Each history skill is a ladder you climb. Tap the wording from your report below — every ladder will show the rung you are on now and the rung to aim for next. These are the same stages used on your school report.

Highlight your stage— tap the words used on your report
Y7Year 7 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression · all topics

These are the Year 7 history skills, from Building foundations to Deepening mastery. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Chronology

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify key events with support.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can identify major events with support, and begin to describe major developments.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can sequence and describe major events within different historical periods, and begin to explain major developments.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can show a clear understanding of the order of major and supporting events, and begin to describe developments and turning points across topics.

Cause & consequence

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify causes and consequences of key events.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe some causes and basic consequences, and may offer a judgement on the most important cause.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can describe and begin to explain links between causes, identify different types of cause, and make a simple judgement on the most important.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can explain links between causes and begin to weigh their relative importance, offering a judgement.

Change & continuity

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify key changes with support.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can identify changes within a time period and make a simple judgement about the most significant change.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can describe key changes and state differences across a period using simple historical terms, making some judgements about significance.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can explain how and why change occurred with reference to specific factors, and judge the most significant change.

Significance

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can select the most important aspect of a topic.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can identify examples of significance in the past with support.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can recognise multiple examples of significance, and make a judgement or comparison of the significance of different events.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can explain why events or people were significant using set criteria, and compare their significance.

Interpretations

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can describe what an interpretation is.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can identify an interpretation of the past.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can identify differing interpretations of the past and comment on reasons for the differences.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can understand different interpretations and explain why they differ using context and purpose.

Sources

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify a historical source that supports my argument.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can identify sources to build a simple historical argument with support.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can independently use sources that support my argument, and describe what a source shows.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can select appropriate sources and begin to apply them to historical questions.
Y8Year 8 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression · all topics

These are the Year 8 history skills, from Building foundations to Deepening mastery. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Chronology

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify major events with support, describe major developments, and offer some brief explanation.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can sequence major events and some key periods, and begin to explain major developments.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can show a clear understanding of the order of key events, and begin to explain developments and turning points across topics.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can show a good understanding of the order of events, explain how events in one period affect others across themes, and link to previous topics.

Cause & consequence

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can describe some causes and basic consequences, and offer a judgement on the most important cause.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can briefly explain links between causes, identify different types of cause, and make a simple judgement on the most important.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain links between causes with some categorisation (e.g. political, economic), and begin to weigh their relative importance.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can analyse how causes interact, assess short- and long-term impacts, and give a sustained judgement on relative importance.

Change & continuity

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify changes within a time period.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe key changes and state differences across a period using simple historical terms, making simple judgements.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain how and why change occurred with reference to specific factors, and offer initial judgements on significance.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can analyse patterns of change and continuity across themes, explain them using multiple factors, and judge the most significant change and its impact.

Significance

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify examples of significance in the past with support.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can recognise multiple examples of significance from the past.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain why events or people were significant using set criteria.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can apply criteria of significance to different events, making comparisons and referring to historical context.

Interpretations

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify an interpretation of the past.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can identify differing interpretations and comment on reasons for the differences.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can understand some interpretations and explain why they differ using context and purpose.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can analyse how interpretations are shaped by historians’ perspectives and evidence.

Sources

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify sources to build a simple argument with support.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can independently use sources that support my argument, describe what a source shows, and begin to assess its value.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can select appropriate sources and apply them to historical questions, and consider source utility.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can make thoughtful judgements in selecting and applying sources, explaining utility using content, origin and purpose.
Y9Year 9 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression · all topics

These are the Year 9 history skills, from Building foundations to Deepening mastery. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up. — the Year 9 descriptors continue the Year 8 progression.

Chronology

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can sequence key events across a period with growing confidence.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can sequence events across periods and explain how they connect.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain how developments and turning points link across different periods and themes.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can confidently connect events across the whole of Key Stage 3, explaining how one period shapes another.

Cause & consequence

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can describe causes and consequences and begin to categorise them.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain links between causes, categorise them, and judge the most important.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can analyse how causes interact and assess short- and long-term consequences.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can reach a sustained, evaluated judgement on the relative importance of causes and consequences.

Change & continuity

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify and describe changes and continuities within a period.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain how and why change occurred using specific factors.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can analyse patterns of change and continuity across themes and judge significance.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can evaluate the pace, nature and significance of change across periods, reaching a clear judgement.

Significance

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify why an event or person is significant.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain significance using set criteria.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can compare the significance of events and people using criteria and context.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can evaluate significance over time and reach a substantiated judgement.

Interpretations

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify how an interpretation presents the past.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain why interpretations of the past differ.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can analyse how context, purpose and evidence shape interpretations.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can evaluate interpretations, reaching a judgement on their strength and how they were formed.

Sources

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can use sources to support an argument and describe what they show.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can assess the value of a source using its content and provenance.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can evaluate source utility using content, origin and purpose.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can select and evaluate a range of sources to reach substantiated judgements.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

A library of revision sheets — one per topic, colour-matched to the Year 7, 8 and 9 ladders above. Open the one for whatever you’re studying now to revise the key knowledge, skills and vocabulary.

KS3Open the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
7.1Britain before 1066Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Students trace how Neolithic, Bronze Age, Iron Age and Roman peoples shaped Britain long before 1066, introducing theEmpireandPower & governmentgolden threads.
Builds onprimary-school study of ancient civilisations.
Leads tothe Norman Conquest and the study of power in England.
Assessed inKS3History
Key knowledge
  • Neolithic, Bronze Age and Iron Age Britain
  • The Roman invasion (43 AD) and Roman Britain
  • The end of Roman Britain (c410) and the first Viking raids (793)
  • How successive peoples organised power over land
Key skills
  • Sequencing periods on a timeline (chronology)
  • Describing change over time
Key vocabulary
NeolithicThe New Stone Age farming period.
BC / ADDating before and after the birth of Christ.
ChronologyThe order in which events happened.
EmpireLands ruled by one power.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Drama 7.5 — Greek Theatre for the ancient world and early theatre; Geography 7.3 — How do rocks shape the landscape? for landscape and settlement.
7.2The Norman ConquestKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Students investigate how a succession crisis and the events of 1066 transformed monarchy and government, establishing new structures of authority that echo through the curriculum.
Builds onlife in Britain before 1066.
Leads tomedieval life and the study of medieval rulers.
Assessed inKS3History
Key knowledge
  • The succession crisis of 1066 and the rival claimants
  • The Battle of Hastings (14 October 1066)
  • Norman control: castles, the Harrying of the North, the Domesday Book (1086)
  • The feudal system
Key skills
  • Explaining cause and consequence
  • Judging the most important reason for William’s victory
Key vocabulary
SuccessionWho inherits the throne.
Feudal systemThe medieval pyramid of land and loyalty.
Domesday BookWilliam’s 1086 survey of England.
ConquestTaking control by force.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Languages 7.1 — People — introducing myself for the French language in England; Design & Technology G — Graphics: design, branding & CAD for castles and structures.
7.3Medieval life: faith, work & diseaseKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.3

Medieval life: faith, work & disease

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students explore how monarchy, government and the Church shaped daily life in medieval England — faith, work, and the devastating impact of the Black Death.
Builds onNorman England and the structure of power.
Leads tothe Reformation and GCSE Britain: Health and the People.
Assessed inKS3History
Key knowledge
  • The role of the medieval Church
  • Rural and urban life in medieval England
  • The Black Death and its impact
  • Challenges to royal authority: Magna Carta (1215), the first Parliament (1265)
Key skills
  • Analysing change and continuity
  • Assessing the significance of the Black Death
Key vocabulary
PlagueA deadly disease (the Black Death).
Magna Carta1215 charter limiting the king’s power.
ParliamentA body to advise and check the monarch.
ContinuityThings that stay the same.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Religious Studies 9.5 — To the ends of the earth for faith and the medieval Church; Science B3 — Infection and response for disease and infection; English Y7 — Childhood and Discovery for childhood in the past.
7.4Medieval rulersKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.4

Medieval rulers

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students evaluate how successfully medieval rulers navigated monarchy, power, empire and the Church, weighing their successes and failures.
Builds onNorman England and medieval power.
Leads tothe Tudors and GCSE Elizabethan England.
Assessed inKS3History
Key knowledge
  • Medieval rulers and their successes and failures
  • Henry II and the murder of Thomas Becket (1170)
  • King John, Magna Carta and Simon de Montfort’s Parliament
  • Rulers beyond England (Genghis Khan, Mansa Musa, Isabella of Castile)
Key skills
  • Making and justifying judgements
  • Comparing the significance of different rulers
Key vocabulary
MonarchA king or queen.
CrusadeA medieval religious war.
SignificanceHow important something was, and why.
JudgementA supported conclusion.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Religious Studies 7.6 — Dialogue & Encounter for authority and the Church; Politics 1 — UK Politics for power and government.
7.5The Mali EmpireKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.5

The Mali Empire

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students discover the achievements of the Mali Empire, applying the monarchy, power and empire threads to a great civilisation beyond Europe.
Builds onthe study of medieval rulers.
Leads tothe Silk Roads and the study of empire.
Assessed inKS3History
Key knowledge
  • The origins and growth of the Mali Empire
  • Life within the Mali Empire
  • Mansa Musa, Mali’s wealth and global significance
  • Mali’s impact on the wider African continent
Key skills
  • Assessing significance
  • Challenging Eurocentric narratives
Key vocabulary
EmpireLands ruled by one power.
PilgrimageA religious journey (e.g. Mansa Musa’s hajj).
TradeThe exchange of goods.
CivilisationA complex, organised society.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography 9.2 — Is Africa a prisoner of its geography? for Africa and its geography; Languages 8.5 — Les célébrations — customs & festivals for cultures and traditions.
7.6The Silk RoadsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.6

The Silk Roads

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students trace how the Silk Roads connected civilisations through trade and religion, applying the power, empire and Church threads to a truly global network.
Builds onthe Mali Empire and medieval trade.
Leads tothe British Empire in Year 8.
Assessed inKS3History
Key knowledge
  • What the Silk Roads were
  • The impact of trade along the Silk Roads
  • The spread of religion and ideas
  • How the Silk Roads connected distant civilisations
Key skills
  • Analysing connections and consequences
  • Using a historian’s interpretation (Peter Frankopan)
Key vocabulary
Silk RoadTrade routes linking East and West.
MerchantA person who trades goods.
ExchangeGiving and receiving goods or ideas.
InterpretationA historian’s view of the past.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 7.2 — Networks — from semaphores to the Internet for networks and connections; Geography a3 — Topic 3: Globalisation for globalisation and trade.
8.1The Reformation & Tudor EnglandKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.1

The Reformation & Tudor England

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students explore how the Reformation reshaped the relationship between monarchy, government and the Church as Tudor rulers used religious change to consolidate control.
Builds onmedieval religion and Norman power.
Leads tothe 17th century and GCSE Elizabethan England.
Assessed inKS3History
Key knowledge
  • Protestant and Catholic belief
  • Henry VIII’s break with Rome (1534) and the Church of England
  • Religious change under the Tudors; the Act of Uniformity (1559)
  • Threats to Elizabeth I: the Babington Plot; the Spanish Armada (1588)
Key skills
  • Explaining cause and consequence
  • Analysing change and continuity in religion
Key vocabulary
ReformationThe 16th-century split in Western Christianity.
ProtestantA Christian who broke with the Pope.
CatholicA Christian in communion with the Pope.
SupremacyBeing supreme head of the Church.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Religious Studies 9.2 — Prophecy & Promise for the Reformation and Scripture; Drama 8.4 — Shakespeare for Shakespeare and the Globe; English Y7 — Storytelling and Shakespeare for Shakespeare and his world.
8.2Britain turned upside down: the 17th centuryKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.2

Britain turned upside down: the 17th century

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students trace how tensions between monarchy, government and the Church erupted into rebellion — witchcraft, and the fracturing of political authority in the 17th century.
Builds onTudor England and medieval monarchy.
Leads tothe British Empire and A-Level study of the witch-craze.
Assessed inKS3History
Key knowledge
  • The monarchy after the Tudors; the Gunpowder Plot (1605)
  • The English Civil War and the execution of Charles I (1649)
  • Witchcraft and witch-hunts
  • The Great Plague (1665) and the Great Fire of London (1666)
Key skills
  • Explaining the causes of conflict
  • Evaluating interpretations of the witch-hunts
Key vocabulary
Civil warA war between people of the same country.
RegicideThe killing of a king.
PersecutionCruel treatment of a group.
ParliamentThe body that challenged the king.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Politics 1 — UK Politics for parliament and the constitution; English Y7 — Animal Farm for revolution and power.
8.3The British EmpireKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Students examine how the British Empire developed, exploring the empire, democracy, religion and rebellion threads through case studies of India, Australia and Africa.
Builds onthe Silk Roads, Tudor exploration and the Roman Empire.
Leads tothe origins of transatlantic slavery.
Assessed inKS3History
Key knowledge
  • The growth of the British Empire
  • Case studies: India and Australia
  • The Scramble for Africa
  • Controversial figures within the Empire
Key skills
  • Analysing the consequences of empire
  • Evaluating interpretations (e.g. David Olusoga)
Key vocabulary
EmpireLands ruled by one country.
ColonyA territory controlled by another country.
ImperialismExtending a country’s power over others.
InterpretationA historian’s view of the past.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography 9.1 — Why is global development uneven? for global development; English Y8 — The Tempest for empire and colonisation; Geography a7 — Topic 7: Superpowers for superpowers.
8.4Origins of transatlantic slaveryKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.4

Origins of transatlantic slavery

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students trace the British Empire’s expansion into the origins of the transatlantic slave trade, handling profoundly sensitive history with care.
Builds onthe British Empire.
Leads tothe experience, resistance and abolition of slavery.
Assessed inKS3History
Key knowledge
  • How the transatlantic slave trade began (from 1444; 1619 Virginia)
  • England’s entry into the trade (Jamaica 1655; Royal African Company 1672)
  • The triangular trade and the Middle Passage
  • The scale and organisation of the trade
Key skills
  • Explaining causes
  • Handling sensitive history with care and respect
Key vocabulary
TransatlanticAcross the Atlantic Ocean.
Triangular tradeThe three-leg trade route.
Enslaved personA person held in slavery.
Middle PassageThe brutal Atlantic crossing.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography 9.2 — Is Africa a prisoner of its geography? for Africa and the Atlantic; Religious Studies 8.1 — Creation and Covenant for liberation and the Exodus.
8.5Slavery: experience, resistance & abolitionKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.5

Slavery: experience, resistance & abolition

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students confront the impact and legacy of transatlantic slavery through the experiences of enslaved people, resistance and the abolition movement.
Builds onthe origins of the slave trade.
Leads tothe Industrial Revolution and the 20th-century fight for rights.
Assessed inKS3History
Key knowledge
  • The experience of enslaved people
  • Resistance and rebellions
  • The abolition movement and significant figures
  • Abolition (1807 trade; 1833 slavery) and its legacy
Key skills
  • Assessing the significance of individuals
  • Evaluating interpretations of abolition
Key vocabulary
AbolitionThe ending of slavery.
RebellionOrganised resistance.
PlantationA large estate worked by enslaved people.
LegacyThe long-term effects of something.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Art & Design 8.1 — Get Up Stand Up for protest and resistance in art; Religious Studies C3b — Ethics: Applied ethics & conscience for justice and conscience.
8.6The Industrial RevolutionKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.6

The Industrial Revolution

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students debate whether the Industrial Revolution was ‘disastrous and terrible’ or ‘the dawn of liberty’, exploring the empire, democracy and rebellion threads.
Builds onthe British Empire and 18th-century Britain.
Leads tothe causes of the First World War and the GCSE thematic study.
Assessed inKS3History
Key knowledge
  • Population and settlement change
  • The growth of the factory system
  • The impact on people’s lives and working conditions
  • Changes to transport; the fight for reform
Key skills
  • Analysing change and continuity
  • Using a historian’s interpretation (Emma Griffin)
Key vocabulary
IndustrialisationThe shift to factory production.
UrbanisationThe growth of towns and cities.
ReformChange to improve conditions.
Trade unionA workers’ organisation.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y7 — Dickens: Growing Up & Transformation for Dickens and Victorian Britain; Geography t3 — Topic 3: Challenges of an urbanising world for urbanisation; Design & Technology A3 — Manufacturing & industry for manufacturing and industry.
9.1The First World War: a global conflictKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.1

The First World War: a global conflict

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students examine how imperial rivalry and the pursuit of power drew nations into global conflict, exploring the empire, democracy and government threads.
Builds onthe British Empire and the Industrial Revolution.
Leads tothe experience of the war and its aftermath.
Assessed inKS3History
Key knowledge
  • The MAIN causes (Militarism, Alliances, Imperialism, Nationalism)
  • The assassination of Franz Ferdinand (28 June 1914)
  • Britain’s entry (4 August 1914) and recruitment
  • Troops from across the empire
Key skills
  • Explaining and prioritising causes
  • Analysing the outbreak of war
Key vocabulary
MilitarismBuilding up armed forces.
AllianceAn agreement between countries.
NationalismStrong pride in one’s nation.
AssassinationThe murder of a public figure.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y9 — War Poetry for war poetry; Drama 7.3 — 946: The Amazing Story of Adolphus Tips for war on stage.
9.2The First World War: experience & aftermathKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.2

The First World War: experience & aftermath

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students deepen their understanding of the First World War, examining the human cost of the conflict and its resolution through the Treaty of Versailles.
Builds onthe causes of the war.
Leads tothe interwar years and the Second World War.
Assessed inKS3History
Key knowledge
  • Trench life and the Western Front
  • The Battle of the Somme (1916) and Passchendaele (1917)
  • The role of women during the war
  • The end of the war (1918) and the Treaty of Versailles (1919)
Key skills
  • Analysing sources about the war
  • Assessing the significance of the war’s impact
Key vocabulary
TrenchA defensive ditch on the Western Front.
ArmisticeAn agreement to stop fighting.
Treaty of VersaillesThe 1919 peace settlement.
Home frontCivilian life during the war.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y9 — War Poetry for war poetry and its aftermath; PSHE 1 — Health & Wellbeing for loss, memory and wellbeing.
9.3The Second World War: 1939–41Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.3

The Second World War: 1939–41

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students explore the opening years of the Second World War, using sources to reveal the scale of the conflict — including the local story of Trowbridge.
Builds onthe aftermath of WW1 and the interwar years.
Leads tothe global war and the Holocaust.
Assessed inKS3History
Key knowledge
  • Dunkirk (1940)
  • The Battle of Britain
  • Trowbridge and the Spitfire (local history)
  • Britain’s stand in 1940–41
Key skills
  • Analysing and evaluating sources
  • Linking local and national history
Key vocabulary
EvacuationMoving people to safety (e.g. Dunkirk).
BlitzGerman bombing of British cities.
RAFThe Royal Air Force.
SourceEvidence from the time.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Drama 7.3 — 946: The Amazing Story of Adolphus Tips for the home front on stage; Politics 2 — Core political ideas for political ideas and dictatorship.
9.4The Second World War: a global warKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.4

The Second World War: a global war

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students explore how the Second World War became a global conflict, weighing the empire, democracy, government and war threads.
Builds onthe opening years of the war.
Leads tothe Holocaust and GCSE Cold War.
Assessed inKS3History
Key knowledge
  • The Eastern Front
  • Pearl Harbor (1941)
  • D-Day (1944)
  • The atomic bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki (1945)
Key skills
  • Evaluating consequences
  • Weighing difficult moral judgements
Key vocabulary
FrontA line of fighting.
Total warWar involving whole societies.
AllianceCountries fighting together.
ConsequenceA result of an event.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 8 — Nuclear physics for nuclear physics and the bomb; Geography a7 — Topic 7: Superpowers for superpowers and global reach.
9.5The HolocaustKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.5

The Holocaust

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students study how and why the Holocaust happened, from pre-war Jewish life through persecution and genocide to resistance and liberation.
Builds onthe rise of the Nazis and the Second World War.
Leads toGCSE Germany 1890–1945.
Assessed inKS3History
Key knowledge
  • Pre-war Jewish life
  • Increasing persecution: the Nuremberg Laws, ghettos
  • The ‘Final Solution’ and the camps
  • Jewish resistance; life after liberation
Key skills
  • Handling profoundly sensitive history with care
  • Evaluating causes and responsibility
Key vocabulary
HolocaustThe Nazi genocide of six million Jews.
AntisemitismHostility towards Jewish people.
GenocideThe deliberate destruction of a people.
PersecutionCruel, targeted treatment.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Religious Studies 3.1 — Judaism: Beliefs and teachings for Judaism: beliefs and teachings; Religious Studies 1.2 — Good and Evil for good and evil; English Y8 — Voice and Identity: ‘Face’ for prejudice and identity.
9.6Fighting for rights in the 20th centuryKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.6

Fighting for rights in the 20th century

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students conclude Key Stage 3 by tracing how people fought for rights in the 20th century, across the empire, democracy, government and war threads.
Builds onthe study of slavery and empire.
Leads tothe GCSE thematic study.
Assessed inKS3History
Key knowledge
  • US civil rights: Martin Luther King, the Bus Boycott, Black Power
  • Civil rights in Britain: Notting Hill riots, the Bristol Bus Boycott
  • Wider struggles for rights (e.g. suffrage; Indian independence)
  • How ordinary people brought about change
Key skills
  • Assessing significance and change
  • Evaluating interpretations of protest
Key vocabulary
Civil rightsThe rights of citizens to equality.
SegregationEnforced separation of groups.
BoycottRefusing a service in protest.
ProtestPublic action for change.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English GCSE — Modern text: An Inspector Calls for responsibility and social change; Art & Design 8.1 — Get Up Stand Up for protest art; Politics 1 — UK Politics for rights and participation.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise History at Key Stage 3

  • Use the knowledge organisers with look – cover – write – check.
  • Turn each enquiry question into an answer from memory (retrieval practice).
  • Make timelines to secure your chronology.
  • Practise explaining causes and consequences.
  • Check your report stage against the ladder and target your next step.

GCSE History (AQA 8145) builds students into confident young historians who can argue from evidence. At St Augustine’s, students study four rich topics across two exam papers, covering modern world history, a long thematic sweep of British history, and a period in depth.

Everything is assessed against the four assessment objectives — knowledge & understanding, explanation & analysis, sources, and interpretations. The grid below shows how to move up a grade in each, and the route-through sets out the two papers.

Choose your current topic to jump to its organiser and the assessment-objective grid.

What are you studying at the moment?— choose a topic to find its organiser and the assessment-objective grid

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the AQA 8145 specification

GCSE History is assessed through two written papers, each worth 50%. Tap the tile below to open the full breakdown.

GCSEThe course in detail — the two papersPaper 1 50% · Paper 2 50%
Understanding the modern worldPaper 1 · 50%
  • 2 hours · 84 marks (incl. 4 for spelling, punctuation & grammar)
  • Section A — Period study:Germany, 1890–1945: Democracy and dictatorship
  • Section B — Wider world depth study: Conflict and tension between East and West, 1945–72
Shaping the nationPaper 2 · 50%
  • 2 hours · 84 marks (incl. 4 for spelling, punctuation & grammar)
  • Section A — Thematic study:Britain: Power and the People, c1170–present
  • Section B — British depth study:Elizabethan England, c1568–1603(incl. the historic environment)
The four assessment objectives Assessment
  • AO1Knowledge & understanding (35%)
  • AO2Explain & analyse using second-order concepts (35%)
  • AO3Analyse & evaluate sources (15%)
  • AO4Analyse & evaluate interpretations (15%)
What you’ll practise Skills
  • Source analysis and evaluation
  • Weighing historical interpretations
  • Explaining cause, consequence, change and significance
  • Structured, extended writing that reaches a judgement
How marks are gained What great work shows
  • Precise, well-selected knowledge
  • Analysis that reaches a supported judgement
  • Convincing use of sources and interpretations
  • Clear, well-structured extended answers

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Each row below is one of the four AQA assessment objectives. Tap your predicted-grade band to highlight the rung you are on, then read the next rung up to see exactly what to do to move up a grade.

Highlight your stage— tap your grade band
GCSEGCSE History — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · AQA 8145

This grid is built around the four AQA assessment objectives (AO1–AO4). Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to move up a grade.

AO1 · Knowledge & understanding (35%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can recall some key facts, events and people from the period.
    • I can describe a key feature with support.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can describe key features and characteristics of the period accurately.
    • I can give relevant detail to support a point.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can select accurate, detailed knowledge to support my explanations.
    • I can deploy precise facts, dates and terms.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can deploy precise, well-selected knowledge throughout my answers.
    • I can support every argument with relevant, accurate detail.

AO2 · Explain & analyse (second-order concepts) (35%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can give a simple reason for an event, using words such as ‘cause’ or ‘change’.
    • I can begin to explain a consequence.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can explain causes, consequences, change or significance with some development.
    • I can structure a clear explanation.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can analyse events using second-order concepts and link my points.
    • I can reach a supported judgement.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can analyse and evaluateusing second-order concepts to reach a sustained, well-argued judgement.
    • I can weigh factors against each other.

AO3 · Analyse & evaluate sources (15%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can pick out what a source shows.
    • I can say whether a source is useful in a simple way.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can use a source’s content and provenance to comment on its usefulness.
    • I can support my point with the source.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can evaluate a source’s utility using content, provenance and my own knowledge.
    • I can reach a supported judgement on usefulness.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can evaluate sources convincingly, weighing content and provenance against context.
    • I can reach a well-substantiated judgement.

AO4 · Analyse & evaluate interpretations (15%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can identify how two interpretations differ.
    • I can describe what an interpretation says.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can explain how and why interpretations of the past differ.
    • I can use my knowledge to comment on an interpretation.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can evaluate an interpretation using my contextual knowledge.
    • I can explain why interpretations differ using provenance and purpose.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can evaluate interpretations convincingly and reach a substantiated judgement on how convincing they are.
    • I can weigh interpretations against the evidence.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

These organisers are built from the AQA 8145 specification and the department’s chosen options.

GCSEOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
P1AGermany, 1890–1945: Democracy and dictatorshipKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
P1A

Germany, 1890–1945: Democracy and dictatorship

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Paper 1, Section A (period study): the development of Germany through democracy and dictatorship — the collapse of democracy and the rise and fall of Nazism.
Builds onKS3 WW1, the interwar years and the Holocaust.
Leads toA-Level modern history.
Assessed inPaper 1 · Section AAQA 8145
Key knowledge
  • Germany and the growth of democracy; the Weimar Republic
  • Germany and the Depression; the rise of the Nazis
  • Nazi control and dictatorship
  • Life in Nazi Germany
Key vocabulary
Weimar RepublicGermany’s democracy 1919–33.
DictatorshipRule by one leader or party.
PropagandaInformation used to promote a view.
PersecutionCruel, targeted treatment of a group.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y7 — Animal Farm for allegory and totalitarianism; Politics 2 — Core political ideas for core political ideas.
P1BConflict and tension: East and West, 1945–72Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
P1B

Conflict and tension: East and West, 1945–72

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Paper 1, Section B (wider world depth study): the origins and development of the Cold War, and why tensions between East and West proved so hard to resolve.
Builds onKS3 WW2 and the study of empire.
Leads toA-Level modern political history.
Assessed inPaper 1 · Section BAQA 8145
Key knowledge
  • The origins of the Cold War
  • The development of the Cold War (e.g. Berlin, Cuba)
  • The transformation of the Cold War (towards détente)
  • Analysing sources from the period
Key vocabulary
Cold WarTension between the USA and USSR without direct war.
SuperpowerA dominant world state.
IdeologyA set of political beliefs.
DétenteAn easing of tension.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography a7 — Topic 7: Superpowers for superpowers and the Cold War; Politics 5 — US Government & Politics for US government and politics.
P2ABritain: Power and the People, c1170–presentKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
P2A

Britain: Power and the People, c1170–present

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Paper 2, Section A (thematic study): the changing relationship between citizen and state in Britain, from Magna Carta to modern democracy and equality.
Builds onKS3 Norman England, the Civil War and the fight for rights.
Leads toA-Level British political history.
Assessed inPaper 2 · Section AAQA 8145
Key knowledge
  • Challenging authority (Magna Carta, the Peasants’ Revolt)
  • Challenging royal authority (the English Civil War)
  • Reform (the vote, workers’ rights)
  • Equality and rights in modern Britain
Key vocabulary
DemocracyGovernment by the people.
ReformChange to improve something.
SuffrageThe right to vote.
ProtestPublic action for change.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Religious Studies 2.2 — Sin and Forgiveness for crime, punishment and protest; Politics 1 — UK Politics for the changing constitution.
P2ABritain: Health and the People, c1000–presentKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
P2A

Britain: Health and the People, c1000–present

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Paper 2, Section A (thematic study): how ideas about health, medicine and public health changed in Britain across a thousand years, and what drove that change. This is the thematic study for students starting the course now.
Builds onKS3 medieval life and disease, the Industrial Revolution and the fight for rights.
Leads toA-Level study of Britain 1930–1997, and the history of science and society.
StrandsChange & continuitySignificance
Key knowledge
  • Medicine stands still: Hippocrates and Galen, the four humours, and the role of the Church
  • Public health in the Middle Ages, monastic hospitals and the Black Death
  • The beginnings of change: Vesalius, Paré and Harvey, and the impact of the Renaissance
  • A revolution in medicine: Jenner and vaccination, Pasteur, Koch and germ theory
  • Surgery and anaesthetics: Simpson, Lister and the fight against infection
  • Nursing and hospitals: Florence Nightingale, Mary Seacole and hospital reform
  • Public health in the 19th century: cholera, John Snow, Chadwick and the Public Health Acts
  • Modern medicine: Fleming and penicillin, the Liberal reforms, Beveridge and the founding of the NHS
  • Modern treatment: high-tech surgery, transplants, genetics and the cost of care
Key skills
  • Explain change and continuity in health and medicine across a thousand years
  • Judge the significance of an individual, a discovery or a reform
  • Weigh the factors driving change — war, science, government, religion and communication
  • Write a thematic answer that tracks a development over the long term
Key terminology
Thematic studyA study of one theme across a long period rather than a single era.
Four humoursThe ancient belief that health depended on a balance of four bodily fluids.
Germ theoryThe understanding that micro-organisms cause disease.
VaccinationProtecting a person against disease by introducing a weakened form of it.
Public healthAction by government and councils to improve the health of the whole population.
NHSThe National Health Service, founded in 1948, providing care free at the point of use.
Careers & pathways
  • Doctor or nurse — The history of medicine is the history of the job.
  • Public health analyst — Track disease and advise on prevention.
  • Medical researcher — Build on the discoveries in this unit.
  • Archivist or museum curator — Care for the records that make this history possible.
Weighing causes
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
P2BElizabethan England, c1568–1603Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
P2B

Elizabethan England, c1568–1603

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Paper 2, Section B (British depth study): the last 35 years of Elizabeth I’s reign — politics, religion, society, culture and the historic environment.
Builds onKS3 Tudors and the Reformation.
Leads toA-Level early modern history.
Assessed inPaper 2 · Section BAQA 8145
Key knowledge
  • Elizabeth’s court and government
  • Life in Elizabethan times
  • Troubles at home and abroad (Mary Queen of Scots; the Armada)
  • The historic environment (a specified site)
Key vocabulary
CourtThe monarch’s advisers and household.
ArmadaThe Spanish fleet defeated in 1588.
Historic environmentA specified site studied in depth.
SocietyHow people lived and were organised.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English GCSE — Shakespeare: Macbeth for Macbeth and kingship; Drama 8.4 — Shakespeare for the Globe and Elizabethan theatre.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise History at GCSE

  • Learn the key content for each of the four options thoroughly.
  • Practise source (AO3) and interpretation (AO4) questions.
  • Use the assessment-objective grid to see your next step.
  • Plan extended answers with a clear judgement.
  • Make flashcards for key dates, people and terms.

A-Level History (OCR History A, H505) develops students into independent historians who can build and defend an argument from evidence and from the work of other historians. At St Augustine’s, students study British and non-British history in depth, a broad thematic study with historical interpretations, and complete an independently researched essay.

Assessment is against three assessment objectives — knowledge, analysis & judgement (AO1), sources (AO2), and interpretations (AO3). The grid below shows how to move up in each, and the route-through explains the four units.

Choose your current unit to jump to its organiser and the assessment-objective grid.

What are you studying at the moment?— choose a topic to find its organiser and the assessment-objective grid

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the OCR History A (H505) specification

A-Level History is assessed through three exams and one non-exam assessment. Tap the tile below to open the full breakdown.

A-LevelThe course in detail — the four units3 exams · 1 NEA
British period study & enquiry Unit 1 · 25%
  • Britain 1930–1997(Enquiry: Churchill 1930–51)
  • 1 hour 30 · 50 marks
  • Tests knowledge, analysis and a source enquiry
Non-British period study Unit 2 · 15%
  • The USA in the 19th century: Westward Expansion and Civil War, 1803–1890
  • 1 hour · 30 marks
  • Tests knowledge, analysis and judgement
Thematic study & interpretations Unit 3 · 40%
  • Popular Culture and the Witchcraze of the 16th and 17th centuries
  • 2 hours 30 · 80 marks
  • Tests thematic knowledge and historical interpretations
Topic-based essay (NEA)Unit 4 · 20%
  • An independently researched essay of 3,000–4,000 words
  • 40 marks · non-exam assessment
  • Tests independent research, argument and use of interpretations
The three assessment objectives Assessment
  • AO1Knowledge, analysis & judgement (60%)
  • AO2Analyse & evaluate sources (20%)
  • AO3Analyse & evaluate interpretations (20%)
Beyond A-LevelWhere it leads
  • History and humanities degrees
  • Law, politics, journalism, heritage and the civil service
  • Transferable skills: analysis, argument and independent research

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Each row below is one of the three OCR assessment objectives. Tap your predicted-grade band to highlight the rung you are on, then read the next rung up to see what to do to move up.

Highlight your stage— tap the words used on your report
A-LevelA-Level History — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · OCR H505

This grid is built around the three OCR assessment objectives (AO1–AO3). Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to move up.

AO1 · Knowledge, analysis & judgement (60%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can describe key features and events of the periods studied.
    • I can begin to analyseusing relevant knowledge.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can analyse the periods studied using accurate, detailed knowledge.
    • I can reach a supported judgement using concepts such as cause and change.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can analyse and evaluate key features to reach substantiated judgements.
    • I can organise and communicate a clear, sustained argument.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can analyse and evaluate with precision, reaching well-substantiated, nuanced judgements.
    • I can explore concepts and sustain a sophisticated argument throughout.

AO2 · Analyse & evaluate sources (20%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can identify what primary sources show about the period.
    • I can begin to place a source in its historical context.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can analyse sources using content and provenance within their context.
    • I can use sources to support a point.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can evaluate the value of sources within their historical context.
    • I can reach a supported judgement using the sources.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can evaluate sources incisively within context to reach convincing judgements.
    • I can weigh several sources against each other and my knowledge.

AO3 · Analyse & evaluate interpretations (20%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can identify the arguments in different interpretations.
    • I can describe how interpretations of the past differ.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can analyse different interpretations in their historical context.
    • I can explain why interpretations differ.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can evaluate interpretations using context and evidence.
    • I can reach a supported judgement on their strengths.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can evaluate interpretations incisively, judging how and why aspects of the past have been interpreted differently.
    • I can reach a convincing, well-substantiated judgement.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

These organisers are built from the OCR H505 specification and the department’s confirmed units.

A-LevelOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
U1Britain 1930–1997 (Enquiry: Churchill 1930–51)Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
U1

Britain 1930–1997 (Enquiry: Churchill 1930–51)

Download PDF
What this unit is about.British period study and enquiry (25%): British political history 1930–1997, with a source enquiry on Churchill 1930–51.
Builds onKS3 20th-century history and the GCSE thematic study.
Leads todegree-level study and careers using analysis and argument.
Assessed inUnit Group 1OCR H505
Key knowledge
  • The politics of the 1930s and the impact of the Second World War
  • Churchill 1930–51 (the source enquiry)
  • Post-war consensus and social change
  • Thatcherism and Britain to 1997
Key vocabulary
ConsensusBroad political agreement.
EnquiryA source-based investigation.
ProvenanceThe origin of a source.
JudgementA supported conclusion.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English A-Level — Paper 2 · Modern times (Option 2B, 1945–present) for post-war literature; Politics 3 — UK Government for UK government.
U2The USA: Westward Expansion & Civil War, 1803–1890Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
U2

The USA: Westward Expansion & Civil War, 1803–1890

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Non-British period study (15%): the expansion of the USA westward and the causes and consequences of the Civil War, 1803–1890.
Builds onKS3 empire and slavery; GCSE modern world history.
Leads todegree-level study of world history.
Assessed inUnit Group 2OCR H505
Key knowledge
  • Westward expansion and ‘Manifest Destiny’
  • The impact on Native American peoples
  • The causes of the Civil War (including slavery)
  • Reconstruction and its legacy
Key vocabulary
Manifest DestinyThe belief the USA was destined to expand.
SecessionWithdrawing from the Union.
ReconstructionRebuilding the South after the war.
FrontierThe edge of settlement.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Languages T4 — Theme 4: Aspects of political life in the Hispanic world for the Hispanic world and the Americas; Politics 5 — US Government & Politics for US government and politics.
U3Popular Culture & the Witchcraze, 16th–17th centuriesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
U3

Popular Culture & the Witchcraze, 16th–17th centuries

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Thematic study and historical interpretations (40%): popular culture and the witch-craze of the 16th and 17th centuries, including how historians have interpreted it.
Builds onKS3 Tudors and the 17th century.
Leads todegree-level early modern history.
Assessed inUnit Group 3OCR H505
Key knowledge
  • Popular culture and belief in early modern Europe
  • The causes of the witch-craze
  • Key episodes and trials
  • Historical interpretations of the witch-craze
Key vocabulary
Witch-crazeThe wave of witch trials in early modern Europe.
Popular cultureThe beliefs and customs of ordinary people.
InterpretationA historian’s view of the past.
HistoriographyThe study of how history is written.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Religious Studies C1b — Christianity: Practices and developments for popular religion and belief; Drama A1 — List A play — drama through the ages for drama through the ages.
NEATopic-based essay (Non-exam assessment)Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
NEA

Topic-based essay (Non-exam assessment)

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Non-exam assessment (20%): an independently researched essay of 3,000–4,000 words on a chosen topic, drawing on and evaluating differing interpretations.
Builds onthe analytical skills built across the course.
Leads toindependent research and extended writing at university.
Assessed inUnit Group 4 · NEAOCR H505
Key knowledge
  • Formulating a historical question
  • Researching and using a range of sources and interpretations
  • Constructing a sustained, evidenced argument
  • Referencing and evaluating historians’ views
Key skills
  • Independent research
  • Analysing and evaluating interpretations
  • Extended academic writing
The rules — read this before you start

Your topic-based essay must meet JCQ and OCR requirements. Breaking these rules is malpractice and can cost you marks — or your result.

  • It must be your own work.You choose your question, do your own research and write the essay in your own words, reaching your own conclusion.
  • Length.The essay is 3,000–4,000 words. You will not be penalised just for length, but going well over or under can stop you showing the skills the mark scheme rewards.
  • Reference everything.Credit every source and historian in the text and in a full bibliography, and put any direct quotes in quotation marks. Copying words, ideas or interpretations without crediting them is plagiarism.
  • Using AI.You must acknowledge any use of AI tools and keep a copy of what you used and how. Passing AI-generated work off as your own is malpractice.
  • You will sign to confirm it is your own.Once you hand your essay in for final marking, it cannot be changed.
  • Your teacher can guide, not do it for you.They can give general advice and review your draft once; they cannot correct it or tell you exactly what to change. If anyone else helps you, tell your teacher.
  • Keep it safe.Don’t share your work or post it online.
  • Deadlines are issued with the task. The college’s malpractice and AI-use policies are in the policies section of the school website. deadlines are issued to students each year, as they shift slightly with term dates..
Key vocabulary
NEANon-exam assessment (coursework).
BibliographyA list of sources used.
InterpretationA historian’s view of the past.
CitationCrediting the sources you use.
Careers & pathways
  • Historian / academic— Research and write about the past.
  • Museum & heritage curator— Care for and interpret collections.
  • Archivist / librarian— Preserve and organise historical records.
  • Law, politics & journalism— Build, test and communicate arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysis & evaluationBuilding an argumentWeighing evidenceWritten communication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English A-Level — NEA · Independent critical study: texts across time for an independent critical study; Geography anea — Independent Investigation (NEA) for an independent investigation.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise History at A-Level

  • Read widely and keep detailed notes on each unit.
  • Practise source and interpretation questions under timed conditions.
  • Build your NEA argument steadily, evaluating historians’ views.
  • Use the assessment-objective grid to target the next band.
  • Revise actively: essay plans, timelines and debates.

Our CurriculumMathematics

Mathematics

After your report, use the knowledge & skills ladders to see where you are and your next step. Then use the knowledge organisers to revise and make that step.

Patterns, logic, and the language of everything.

1

Your report

Shows your stage in each subject, from Building foundations to Deepening mastery.

Mathematics at St Augustine’s

Our Mathematics department is dedicated to helping students develop essential mathematical skills and knowledge, empowering them to solve problems with confidence, enjoyment and success.

Our lessons follow the TEEP teaching cycle — identifying learning outcomes, retrieval practice, constructing meaning, and applying techniques to a variety of contexts. Assessments at each key stage inform our planning, and review lessons give students the chance to reflect on their progress and consolidate their understanding.

Mathematics plays a vital role in society and is crucial for developing intellectual capacities. A strong foundation in Mathematics enhances rational thinking and problem-solving, enabling students to tackle real-life challenges and communicate ideas effectively.

Mr Simon Hunt, Head of Department

KS3 · 6 hrs/fortnightGCSE · 8 hrs/fortnightA-Level · 9 hrs/fortnight

Mathematics at St Augustine’s is taught in sets from Year 7, following a spiral curriculum that revisits and deepens the core strands each year — Number, Algebra, Ratio & proportion, Geometry & measures,andStatistics & probability. Teachers plan the order of topics to suit each class, so the journey below shows the topics studied across each year rather than a fixed term-by-term route.

Higher sets extend further within each topic — for example into standard form, quadratics, trigonometry and compound percentages — while every student builds fluency in the fundamentals. The knowledge & skills ladders show what progress looks like from Building foundations to Deepening mastery, and the knowledge organisers (added topic by topic) give students what they need to revise and climb to the next rung.

Start here: choose what you are studying now to jump to the right resources. More topics will appear as they are added.

What are you studying at the moment?— choose your topic to find your revision sheet and progress ladder

Key Stage 3 learning journey

The route through

The topics studied in each year. Teachers choose the order to suit each class, and higher sets extend further within each topic, so this is a guide to content rather than a fixed term-by-term route.

KS3Year 7 → Year 9 route throughAutumn · Spring · Summer
Year 7Building the foundations
Autumn
Intro & coordinates

Coordinates in all four quadrants; using a scientific calculator.

Number 1

Place value, the four operations, negatives, BIDMAS, squares, cubes and roots.

Algebra

Collecting like terms, expanding brackets, substitution and solving linear equations.

Measures

Units, and the perimeter and area of rectangles, triangles and compound shapes.

Number 2

Factors, multiples, HCF, LCM, prime numbers and rounding.

Spring
Fractions, decimals & percentages

Equivalence, the four operations with fractions, FDP conversions and percentages of amounts.

Graphs

Straight-line graphs of the form y = mx + c.

Time

Reading clocks and timetables, and calculating durations.

Angles

Measuring and drawing angles, angle facts, and constructing triangles.

Summer
Handling data

Mean, median, mode and range; representing and comparing data.

Ratio & proportion

Simplifying and finding equivalent ratios, sharing, and proportion problems.

Transformations & shapes

Symmetry, reflection, rotation and classifying 2D and 3D shapes.

Investigations

Open-ended tasks: timetables, Fibonacci, Rangoli patterns and the history of number.

Year 8Deepening the core strands
Autumn
Number 1

Securing the four operations, negatives, BIDMAS, powers, roots and index notation.

Algebra (inc. number patterns)

Expanding, substituting, solving equations, sequences and nth terms.

Measures

Area of parallelograms, trapezia and circles; converting metric units.

Number 2

Prime factorisation for HCF and LCM, rounding, estimation and bounds.

Spring
Fractions, decimals & percentages

All four operations with fractions, percentage change, multipliers and reverse percentages.

Probability

The probability scale, equally likely outcomes, two-way tables and mutually exclusive events.

Angles

Parallel-line angles, polygon angles, proofs and constructions.

Handling data

The statistical enquiry cycle, pie charts, scatter graphs and correlation.

Summer
Ratio & proportion

Sharing in a ratio, combined ratios and worded proportion problems.

Transformations & shapes

Translations, enlargements, similarity and combined transformations.

Investigations

Isometric drawing, plans and elevations, nets, and the history of number.

Year 9Towards GCSE
Autumn
Number 1

Index laws, exact versus rounded answers, and standard form.

Algebra

Quadratics, changing the subject, simultaneous equations and inequalities.

Measures

Volume and surface area of prisms and cylinders; the dimensions of formulae.

Number 2

Prime factorisation, significant figures, estimation and bounds.

Spring
Fractions, decimals & percentages

Compound interest, repeated proportional change, reverse percentages and recurring decimals.

Coordinates & graphs

Gradients and intercepts, parallel and perpendicular lines, and real-life graphs.

Angles

Polygon angles, Pythagoras’ theorem, congruence, similarity and trigonometry.

Handling data

Comparing distributions, quartiles, the interquartile range and box plots.

Summer
Probability

Tree diagrams, Venn diagrams and the probability of successive events.

Ratio & proportion

Combined ratios, algebraic proportion and inverse proportion.

Investigations

Finance and interest, world population statistics, and the wartime work of mathematicians such as Alan Turing.

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Each maths strand is a ladder you climb. Tap the wording from your report below — every ladder will show the rung you are on now and the rung to aim for next. These are the same stages used on your school report.

Highlight your stage— tap the words used on your report
Y7Year 7 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression · all topics

These are the Year 7 maths skills, from Building foundations to Deepening mastery. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.Building foundations to Deepening mastery. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up. — the skills are taken from the department’s KS3 Knowledge and Skills grid; the report stage each skill sits at is indicative, so please confirm against the department’s assessment criteria.

Number

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can understand place value for integers and decimals, and write numbers in words and figures.
    • I can order integers, decimals and negatives, and use the symbols =, ≠, <, >, ≤ and ≥.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can add, subtract, multiply and divide integers and decimals, including negatives.
    • I can apply BIDMAS to work out calculations in the correct order.
    • I can recognise equivalent fractions and find a simple fraction or percentage of an amount.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can find the factors, multiples, HCF and LCM of numbers.
    • I can work with squares, cubes and their roots, and round to 10, 100, 1000 or one decimal place.
    • I can add, subtract, multiply and divide simple fractions and convert between fractions, decimals and percentages.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can express a number as a product of its prime factors.
    • I can solve problems involving fractions, percentages and simple ratios of an amount.

Algebra

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can use letters to represent unknown numbers and understand basic algebraic notation.
    • I can plot and read coordinates in the first quadrant.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can simplify expressions by collecting like terms and expand a single bracket.
    • I can plot coordinates in all four quadrants and complete a shape from given points.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can substitute into and derive simple formulae.
    • I can solve simple linear equations.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can generate and plot points from a linear function such as y = 2x + 1.
    • I can describe in words how one number has been changed to reach another.

Data handling & probability

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can collect, sort and classify data, and record it in a table.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can extract information from tables and diagrams.
    • I can distinguish between discrete and continuous data.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can find the mean, median, mode and range of a data set.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can group data suitably and use an average or the range to compare two data sets.

Shape & space

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can name types of angle and measure and draw lines and angles.
    • I can recognise lines of symmetry and classify 2D and 3D shapes.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can find missing angles on a straight line, about a point and using vertically opposite angles.
    • I can find the perimeter and area of rectangles and triangles.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can calculate the area of compound shapes and use angle facts in a triangle.
    • I can reflect a shape in a mirror line and rotate a shape about a given centre.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can construct triangles accurately (SAS and ASA) with a ruler and protractor.
    • I can describe the order of rotational symmetry and reason about the properties of triangles and quadrilaterals.
Y8Year 8 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression · all topics

These are the Year 8 maths skills, from Building foundations to Deepening mastery. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.Building foundations to Deepening mastery. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up. — the skills are taken from the department’s KS3 Knowledge and Skills grid; the report stage each skill sits at is indicative, so please confirm against the department’s assessment criteria.

Number

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can use index notation and round numbers to any number of decimal places.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can multiply decimals and calculate with fractions of an amount and mixed numbers.
    • I can share an amount in a given ratio.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can calculate a percentage increase or decrease, and convert confidently between fractions, decimals and percentages.
    • I can use map scales and scale diagrams.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can find the upper and lower bounds of a rounded number and compare truncating with rounding.
    • I can use fractions and ratios to solve problems in context.

Algebra

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can continue number sequences, including those with negative numbers.
    • I can substitute into expressions containing powers.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can generate sequences from term-to-term and position-to-term rules.
    • I can construct and solve linear equations with brackets.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can solve linear equations with the unknown on both sides and with fractions.
    • I can factorise a linear expression.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can find and use the nth term of a linear sequence.
    • I can derive a formula and explain the meaning of term, expression, equation, formula, identity and function.

Data handling & probability

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can use the language of probability and a probability scale from 0 to 1.
    • I can construct bar charts, pictograms and line graphs.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can find probabilities based on equally likely outcomes and identify mutually exclusive outcomes.
    • I can use averages and the range to compare two data sets.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can construct pie charts and scatter graphs and describe correlation.
    • I can estimate a probability from an experiment or survey.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can plan a statistical enquiry and decide how to collect the data.
    • I can find a missing value given the mean.

Shape & space

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can convert between metric units.
    • I can describe and perform a translation by a vector.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can find angles using alternate, corresponding and allied angles.
    • I can calculate the area of a parallelogram and a trapezium.
    • I can enlarge a shape by a positive integer scale factor.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can use the formulae for the area and circumference of a circle.
    • I can find the volume and surface area of cuboids and compound shapes.
    • I can calculate the interior and exterior angles of polygons.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can prove the sum of the angles in a triangle and a quadrilateral.
    • I can construct a perpendicular bisector and an angle bisector, and describe combinations of transformations.
Y9Year 9 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression · all topics

These are the Year 9 maths skills, from Building foundations to Deepening mastery. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.Building foundations to Deepening mastery. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up. — the skills are taken from the department’s KS3 Knowledge and Skills grid; the report stage each skill sits at is indicative, so please confirm against the department’s assessment criteria.

Number

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can round numbers to a given number of significant figures.
    • I can recognise and use reciprocals.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can write numbers into and out of standard form.
    • I can calculate a percentage change using a multiplier.
    • I can use prime factor decomposition to find the HCF, LCM and roots.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can carry out standard form calculations with and without a calculator.
    • I can solve reverse percentage problems and calculate simple and compound interest.
    • I can find a ratio A: B: C from the ratios A: B and B: C.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can estimate answers by rounding to one significant figure and calculate with bounds.
    • I can write a recurring decimal as a fraction and solve direct and inverse proportion problems algebraically.

Algebra

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can change the subject of a simple formula.
    • I can find the gradient and intercept of a line of the form y = mx + c.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can expand the product of two linear expressions and simplify the result.
    • I can plot graphs of quadratic and cubic functions.
    • I can solve linear inequalities and represent the solution on a number line.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can factorise a quadratic into two brackets, including the difference of two squares.
    • I can compare parallel and perpendicular lines from their equations.
    • I can interpret and sketch graphs of real-life situations.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can solve simultaneous equations algebraically.
    • I can change the subject of more complex formulae and find the nth term of a simple quadratic sequence.

Data handling & probability

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can use the probability of an event not occurring, and that mutually exclusive probabilities sum to 1.
    • I can use two-way tables to find simple probabilities.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can use lines of best fit to estimate values.
    • I can find the quartiles and interquartile range of a set of discrete data.
    • I can list all the outcomes of successive events.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can estimate the mean, modal group and median group for grouped data.
    • I can use Venn diagrams and tree diagrams to find probabilities.
    • I can compare experimental and theoretical probabilities.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can estimate the median, quartiles and IQR from a cumulative frequency diagram.
    • I can draw and compare distributions using box plots.

Shape & space

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can convert between area and volume measures.
    • I can understand congruence and similarity.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can apply Pythagoras’ theorem in 2D to find a missing length.
    • I can find the surface area and volume of prisms, including cylinders.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can find the distance between two points.
    • I can calculate the area of compound shapes, including parts of circles.
    • I can use SOHCAHTOA to find missing sides and angles in right-angled triangles.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can construct the perpendicular from a point to a line and know it gives the shortest distance.
    • I can distinguish between formulae for perimeter, area and volume by considering dimensions, and reason about which triangles (SSS, SAS, ASA, RHS) are unique.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

A revision sheet for each topic, colour-matched to the Year 7 ladder above. Open the one for whatever you’re studying now to revise the key knowledge, methods and vocabulary. Each sheet is tagged with its year group (Year 7, Year 8 or Year 9). Organisers are grouped by year — open Year 7,Year 8orYear 9 to see that year’s topics.

KS3Open the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
Year 7 knowledge organisers10 topics
N1Year 7Number 1Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.The foundation of all mathematics: place value, the four operations, and working with negatives, powers and roots.
Builds onprimary-school number and place value.
Leads toNumber 2, fractions, decimals and percentages, ratio and proportion, and all of algebra.
StrandYear 7Number
Key knowledge
  • Place value for integers and decimals
  • The four operations (+, −, ×, ÷), including with negatives
  • The order of operations (BIDMAS)
  • Square and cube numbers and their roots
  • Powers, notable powers and standard form (higher sets)
Key skills
  • Order integers, decimals and negatives
  • Use BIDMAS to calculate accurately
  • Find squares, cubes and their roots
Key vocabulary
IntegerA whole number — positive, negative or zero (e.g. −3, 0, 92).
Place valueThe value of a digit from its position (the 2 in 726 is worth 20).
BIDMASThe order of operations: Brackets, Indices, Division/Multiplication, Addition/Subtraction.
Square numberA number multiplied by itself (92= 81).
Square rootThe reverse of squaring (√36 = 6).
Cube numberA number multiplied by itself twice (23= 8).
ProductThe result of multiplying numbers together.
RemainderThe amount left over after dividing one integer by another.
Standard formA × 10nwhere 1 ≤ A < 10 (8400 = 8.4 × 103) — higher sets.
Careers & pathways
  • Engineering & technology— Model and solve real-world problems.
  • Finance, data & analytics— Work with numbers, risk and trends.
  • Science & medicine— Measure, calculate and interpret data.
  • Computing & AI— Use logic, algorithms and proof.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Mental calculationEstimationAccuracy & fluencyFinancial literacy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 7.4 — Modelling data using spreadsheets for formulas in spreadsheets; Science 7.2 — Particles and their behaviour for measuring and recording results.
ALGYear 7AlgebraKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Using letters to represent numbers, so we can describe patterns, relationships and rules — the language of mathematics.
Builds onnumber and the four operations.
Leads tographs, angles, measures and transformations, and all GCSE algebra.
StrandYear 7Algebra
Key knowledge
  • Terms, expressions, equations, formulae, identities and functions
  • Simplifying by collecting like terms
  • Expanding a single bracket, and factorising
  • Substituting numbers into expressions and formulae
  • Solving linear equations using inverse operations
Key skills
  • Simplify and expand expressions
  • Substitute into formulae
  • Solve simple linear equations
Key vocabulary
TermA single number or variable, or numbers and variables multiplied (4x, 7).
VariableA letter representing an unknown number.
ExpressionA statement of symbols, numbers or letters (3x + 2).
EquationA statement that two expressions are equal (2y − 17 = 15).
IdentityTrue for all values, using the symbol ≡ (2x ≡ x + x).
FormulaA rule linking variables (area of a rectangle, A = L × W).
ExpandMultiply each term in a bracket by the term outside (3(m + 7) = 3m + 21).
FactoriseThe reverse of expanding — take out a common factor (6x − 15 = 3(2x − 5)).
SubstituteReplace letters with numbers.
SolveUse inverse operations on both sides to find the unknown.
Careers & pathways
  • Engineering & technology— Model and solve real-world problems.
  • Finance, data & analytics— Work with numbers, risk and trends.
  • Science & medicine— Measure, calculate and interpret data.
  • Computing & AI— Use logic, algorithms and proof.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Logical reasoningGeneralisingProblem-solvingAbstraction
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 8.6 — Introduction to Python programming for variables and expressions in Python; Science 9.3 — Circuits — resistance for rearranging formulae in circuits.
MEAYear 7MeasuresKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Measuring and calculating length, area and perimeter — and meeting circles, pi and the metric system.
Builds onnumber and the four operations.
Leads toalgebra, angles, and ratio and proportion, and GCSE geometry.
StrandYear 7Geometry & measures
Key knowledge
  • Perimeter and area by counting squares
  • Area of rectangles, triangles, parallelograms, trapeziums and kites
  • Compound shapes made from these
  • The metric system and converting units
  • Parts of a circle, and its area and circumference (higher sets)
Key skills
  • Calculate the perimeter and area of 2D shapes
  • Read from scales accurately
  • Convert between metric units
Key vocabulary
PerimeterThe total distance around the outside of a shape.
AreaThe amount of space inside a shape (units mm2, cm2, m2).
Area of a rectangleLength × width.
Area of a triangle½ × base × height.
Area of a parallelogramBase × perpendicular height (not the slant height).
Area of a trapezium½(a + b) × h.
Compound shapeA shape made from other known shapes put together.
Metric systemUnits based on the metre, kilogram and second (mm, cm, m, km; g, kg; ml, l).
CircleRadius, diameter and circumference are its key parts.
Area / circumference of a circleA = πr2and C = πd, where π ≈ 3.14.
Careers & pathways
  • Engineering & technology— Model and solve real-world problems.
  • Finance, data & analytics— Work with numbers, risk and trends.
  • Science & medicine— Measure, calculate and interpret data.
  • Computing & AI— Use logic, algorithms and proof.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Spatial reasoningEstimationAccuracyPractical measurement
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology P — Product Design: materials, mechanisms & making for measuring and marking out; Geography t4 — Topic 4: The UK’s evolving physical landscape for measuring river cross-profiles.
N2Year 7Number 2Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.The building blocks of number: factors, multiples, primes, and rounding and estimating sensibly.
Builds onNumber 1.
Leads tofractions, decimals and percentages, measures, and probability.
StrandYear 7Number
Key knowledge
  • Multiples, factors, HCF and LCM
  • Prime numbers and the product of prime factors (prime factorisation)
  • Rounding to the nearest 10/100/1000 and to decimal places
  • Significant figures and estimation (higher sets)
Key skills
  • Find factors, multiples, HCF and LCM
  • Write a number as a product of its prime factors
  • Round and estimate sensibly
Key vocabulary
MultipleThe result of multiplying by an integer (multiples of 7: 7, 14, 21…).
FactorA number that divides exactly into another (factors of 18: 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18).
LCMThe lowest common multiple of two or more numbers.
HCFThe highest common factor of two or more numbers.
Prime numberA number with exactly two factors (2, 3, 5, 7, 11…).
Product of prime factorsThe primes that multiply to make a number (prime factorisation).
RoundingMaking a number simpler while keeping it close in value.
Decimal placeThe position of a digit to the right of the decimal point.
Significant figureThe digits that carry meaning to the size of a number.
EstimateA value close to the correct answer (round each value to 1 significant figure).
Careers & pathways
  • Engineering & technology— Model and solve real-world problems.
  • Finance, data & analytics— Work with numbers, risk and trends.
  • Science & medicine— Measure, calculate and interpret data.
  • Computing & AI— Use logic, algorithms and proof.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Number senseEstimationPrecisionProblem-solving
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 8.4 — Representations — from clay to silicon for number representation; Computing 2.1 — Algorithms for algorithms and factors.
FDPYear 7Fractions, decimals & percentagesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
FDP

Fractions, decimals & percentages

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this topic is about.Three ways to describe parts of a whole — fractions, decimals and percentages — and how to move between them.
Builds onNumber 1 and Number 2.
Leads toalgebra, probability, and ratio and proportion, and GCSE proportion.
StrandYear 7Number
Key knowledge
  • Equivalent and simplifying fractions; mixed and improper fractions
  • Adding, subtracting, multiplying and dividing fractions
  • Fraction of an amount, and one number as a fraction of another
  • Converting between fractions, decimals and percentages
  • Percentage of an amount, and percentage change
Key skills
  • Calculate with fractions
  • Convert between fractions, decimals and percentages
  • Find percentages and percentage change
Key vocabulary
FractionOne integer divided by another, written as a numerator over a denominator.
Numerator / denominatorThe top / bottom number of a fraction.
Equivalent fractionsFractions of the same value (2/5 = 4/10 = 20/50).
SimplifyingDivide the numerator and denominator by their highest common factor.
Mixed numberAn integer part and a fraction part (e.g. 3 and 2/5).
Fraction of an amountDivide by the bottom, times by the top.
PercentageA number of parts per 100 (31% means 31/100).
Percentage changeDifference ÷ original × 100%.
Dividing fractions‘Keep it, flip it, change it’ — multiply by the reciprocal.
ReciprocalA fraction turned upside down.
Careers & pathways
  • Engineering & technology— Model and solve real-world problems.
  • Finance, data & analytics— Work with numbers, risk and trends.
  • Science & medicine— Measure, calculate and interpret data.
  • Computing & AI— Use logic, algorithms and proof.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Proportional reasoningFinancial literacyAccuracyEveryday maths
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
GRYear 7Coordinates & graphsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.The bridge between algebra and geometry: plotting points on a grid and drawing the straight-line graphs that algebraic equations produce.
Builds oncoordinates and grids from primary school, and work with negative numbers.
Leads tostraight-line graphs (y = mx + c), gradients and real-life graphs in Years 8 and 9, and all of coordinate geometry.
StrandYear 7Algebra & graphs
Key knowledge
  • Coordinates in all four quadrants, and the origin (0, 0)
  • Horizontal and vertical lines (y = a and x = a)
  • Lines of the form y = kx and y = x + a
  • Plotting a straight line from a table of values
  • What the gradient of a line tells you
Key skills
  • Plotandreadcoordinates accurately
  • Constructa table of values for an equation
  • Drawa straight-line graph anddescribeits gradient
Key vocabulary
CoordinateA pair (x, y) giving a point’s position across then up/down.
OriginThe point (0, 0) where the axes cross.
x-coordinateThe first number in a pair — movement across.
y-coordinateThe second number in a pair — movement up or down.
Linear graphA straight-line graph.
Table of valuesA table used to work out coordinates to plot.
GradientHow steep a line is; positive slopes up, negative slopes down.
InterceptWhere a graph crosses an axis.
Careers & pathways
  • Engineering & design— Model relationships and read technical graphs.
  • Data science— Turn numbers into clear visualisations.
  • Computing & graphics— Position objects on screen using coordinates.
  • Architecture & surveying— Plot and scale plans on a grid.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Spatial reasoningData visualisationPrecisionPattern spotting
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography 7.2 — Where in the world? for grid references and coordinates; Computing 8.1 — Digital graphics and image editing (Photopea) for pixels and image coordinates.
ANYear 7AnglesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Measuring, drawing and reasoning about angles, and using angle facts to work out unknown angles in lines, triangles and quadrilaterals.
Builds onprimary work on shapes and turns, and measuring with a ruler.
Leads topolygons, parallel-line angles and bearings in Years 8 and 9, and on to Pythagoras, trigonometry and constructions.
StrandYear 7Geometry
Key knowledge
  • Types of angle: acute, right, obtuse and reflex
  • Angles at a point (360°), on a straight line (180°) and vertically opposite angles
  • Angles in a triangle (180°) and in a quadrilateral (360°)
  • Parallel and perpendicular lines; alternate, corresponding and co-interior angles
  • Constructing triangles and the properties of quadrilaterals
Key skills
  • Measureanddrawangles with a protractor
  • Calculatemissing angles using angle facts
  • Constructtriangles andclassifyquadrilaterals
Key vocabulary
AcuteAn angle less than 90°.
ObtuseAn angle between 90° and 180°.
ReflexAn angle between 180° and 360°.
VertexA corner where two lines meet.
ParallelLines that never meet.
PerpendicularLines that meet at a right angle.
Vertically oppositeEqual angles formed when two lines cross.
Alternate anglesEqual angles in a Z-shape between parallel lines.
Corresponding anglesEqual angles in an F-shape between parallel lines.
Careers & pathways
  • Engineering— Design parts and structures to exact angles.
  • Architecture & construction— Set out safe, accurate buildings.
  • Surveying— Measure land and set out sites.
  • Navigation & aviation— Use bearings and headings to plot routes.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Spatial reasoningAccuracyLogical deductionUsing instruments
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Art & Design 7.1 — Formal Elements for perspective and composition; Design & Technology G — Graphics: design, branding & CAD for technical drawing.
HDYear 7Handling dataKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Collecting, representing and summarising data, and choosing the right average and chart to tell the story in a set of numbers.
Builds onprimary work on tables and charts, and confident calculation.
Leads toscatter graphs, correlation, quartiles and box plots in Years 8 and 9, GCSE statistics and data work across science and geography.
StrandYear 7Statistics
Key knowledge
  • Types of data: qualitative, quantitative, discrete and continuous
  • The mean, median, mode and range
  • Finding the mean from a frequency table
  • Reading and building frequency tables
  • Drawing and interpreting pie charts
Key skills
  • Calculatethe mean, median, mode and range
  • Findan average from a table andchoosea suitable average
  • Constructandinterpretpie charts and frequency tables
Key vocabulary
QualitativeNon-numerical data (e.g. eye colour).
QuantitativeNumerical data (e.g. height).
DiscreteData taking only specific values (e.g. shoe size).
ContinuousData taking any value in a range (e.g. weight).
MeanTotal of the values divided by how many there are.
MedianThe middle value when data is in order.
ModeThe most common value.
RangeLargest value subtract smallest — a measure of spread.
FrequencyHow often each value occurs.
Careers & pathways
  • Data & analytics— Summarise and present findings clearly.
  • Healthcare & public health— Track patterns in illness and treatment.
  • Market research— Interpret surveys and trends.
  • Sport & performance— Analyse results to improve.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Data literacyCritical interpretationCommunicating findingsObjectivity
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 9.3 — Data science for data science and charts; Physical Education 4 — Use of data for use of data in sport.
RPYear 7Ratio & proportionKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Comparing quantities and reasoning multiplicatively — simplifying and sharing in a ratio, and scaling quantities up and down.
Builds onfractions, and confident multiplication and division.
Leads todirect and inverse proportion, best buys and scale in Years 8 and 9, similar shapes, and rates and concentrations in science.
StrandYear 7Proportional reasoning
Key knowledge
  • The difference between ratio and proportion
  • Simplifying ratios and representing them with a bar model
  • Writing a ratio as a fraction
  • Sharing a quantity in a given ratio
  • The unitary method and proportional reasoning
Key skills
  • Simplifya ratio andsharea quantity in a ratio
  • Usethe unitary method to find missing values
  • Solveproportion problems by finding one part first
Key vocabulary
RatioA comparison of one part to another, written with ‘:’.
ProportionA comparison of one part to the whole, often a fraction.
SimplifyDivide all parts of a ratio by a common factor.
Unitary methodFinding the value of one unit, then scaling.
Bar modelA diagram that represents the parts of a ratio.
Multiplicative reasoningComparing by scaling rather than adding.
Careers & pathways
  • Cooking & nutrition— Scale recipes and balance ingredients.
  • Pharmacy & medicine— Work out safe doses and concentrations.
  • Finance & currency— Convert money and compare value.
  • Engineering— Mix materials and set gear ratios.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Proportional reasoningScalingFair sharingProblem solving
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology F — Food Preparation & Nutrition: safe cooking & nutrition for ratios in recipes; Art & Design 7.1 — Formal Elements for mixing colour in proportion.
TRYear 7TransformationsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Moving and resizing shapes on a grid — translation, rotation, reflection and enlargement — and describing each transformation precisely.
Builds oncoordinates, angle facts and the properties of 2D shapes.
Leads tonegative enlargements, invariance and combined transformations in Years 8 and 9, vectors, similar shapes and design.
StrandYear 7Geometry
Key knowledge
  • Translation and describing it with a column vector
  • Rotation about a point (centre, angle and direction)
  • Reflection in mirror lines such as x = a, y = a and y = x
  • Enlargement by a scale factor
  • Giving the full description of a transformation
Key skills
  • Translate,rotate,reflectandenlargeshapes
  • Describea transformation with all the needed detail
  • Usecolumn vectors to describe movement
Key vocabulary
TranslationA slide of a shape with no change in size or turn.
Column vectorTop number moves across, bottom number up/down.
RotationA turn about a fixed point.
ReflectionA flip in a mirror line.
EnlargementResizing a shape by a scale factor.
Scale factorHow many times larger (or smaller) a shape becomes.
Centre of enlargementThe fixed point an enlargement is measured from.
InvariantA point that does not move under a transformation.
Careers & pathways
  • Graphic design & animation— Move and scale artwork and characters.
  • Architecture— Reflect and repeat elements in a plan.
  • Game development— Transform objects in 2D and 3D space.
  • Engineering (CAD)— Manipulate components in design software.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Spatial reasoningVisualisationPrecisionCreativity
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Art & Design 7.3 — Print Power for pattern, repeat and symmetry; Computing 9.2 — Media — Animations for moving objects in animation.
Year 8 knowledge organisers10 topics
N1Year 8Number 1Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Secure number skills extended into powers and index laws, and writing very large and very small numbers in standard form.
Builds onYear 7 number: place value, the four operations, BIDMAS, squares, cubes and roots.
Leads toYear 9 number, surds and bounds, and index and standard-form work throughout GCSE and science.
StrandYear 8Number
Key knowledge
  • The four operations and BIDMAS, including with negatives
  • Squares, cubes and their roots
  • Powers, and the multiplication, division and bracket index laws
  • Notable powers (p¹ = p, p⁰ = 1)
  • Standard form: A × 10nwhere 1 ≤ A < 10
Key skills
  • Applythe index laws to simplify powers
  • Calculateconfidently using BIDMAS
  • Writeandinterpretnumbers in standard form
Key vocabulary
Index (power)How many times a number is multiplied by itself.
BaseThe number being raised to a power.
Index lawA rule for combining powers of the same base.
Standard formA × 10nfor very large or small numbers.
Reciprocal1 divided by a number.
Square rootThe reverse of squaring (√36 = 6).
Cube numberA number multiplied by itself twice (2³ = 8).
Careers & pathways
  • Science & engineering— Work with very large and very small quantities.
  • Computing & data— Use powers, binary and scale.
  • Finance— Model growth and large figures.
  • Astronomy & physics— Describe distances and masses in standard form.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Accuracy & fluencyWorking at scaleLogical rulesEstimation
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 7.4 — Modelling data using spreadsheets for spreadsheet formulas; Business 3 — Quantitative & analytical skills for calculating with business data.
ALGYear 8AlgebraKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Manipulating expressions and solving equations, plus generating and describing sequences with the nth term.
Builds onYear 7 algebra: notation, simplifying, substitution and solving simple equations.
Leads toYear 9 algebra: simultaneous equations, inequalities and factorising quadratics, and GCSE algebra.
StrandYear 8Algebra
Key knowledge
  • Terms, expressions, equations, identities and formulae
  • Simplifying, expanding brackets and factorising
  • Solving equations with the balancing method
  • Substitution into expressions and formulae
  • Linear sequences and finding the nth term
Key skills
  • Expandandfactoriseexpressions
  • Solvelinear equations by balancing
  • Findandusethe nth term of a sequence
Key vocabulary
TermA single number or variable, or these multiplied.
ExpressionA statement of symbols and numbers (e.g. 3x + 2).
EquationA statement that two expressions are equal.
ExpandMultiply out brackets.
FactoriseWrite as a product by taking out a common factor.
SubstituteReplace letters with numbers.
nth termA rule for the term in position n of a sequence.
Careers & pathways
  • Computing & coding— Write formulae and logical rules.
  • Engineering— Rearrange and use formulae.
  • Finance & modelling— Build and solve equations.
  • Science— Express relationships algebraically.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Abstract reasoningPattern generalisationLogical stepsProblem solving
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 8.6 — Introduction to Python programming for variables and assignment; Science P2 — Electricity for rearranging equations.
MEAYear 8MeasuresKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Perimeter, area and the circle — measuring shapes accurately and working with circumference, area and sectors.
Builds onYear 7 measures: units, perimeter and the area of rectangles and triangles.
Leads toYear 9 measures: volume, surface area and the geometry of prisms, cones and spheres.
StrandYear 8Geometry & measures
Key knowledge
  • Perimeter and area of rectangles, parallelograms, triangles, kites and trapezia
  • Area of compound shapes
  • The parts of a circle and the value of π
  • Area (πr²) and circumference (πd) of a circle
  • Arc length and sector area
  • The metric system and converting units
Key skills
  • Calculateperimeter and area of 2D shapes
  • Findthe area and circumference of circles
  • Convertbetween metric units
Key vocabulary
PerimeterThe total distance around a shape.
AreaThe amount of space inside a shape.
CircumferenceThe distance around a circle (πd).
RadiusCentre of a circle to its edge.
DiameterThe full width through the centre.
SectorA region enclosed by two radii and an arc.
π (pi)Circumference ÷ diameter, about 3.14.
Careers & pathways
  • Architecture & construction— Calculate areas and materials.
  • Engineering & manufacturing— Work with circular parts.
  • Landscaping & design— Plan and cost spaces.
  • Trades (carpentry, plumbing)— Measure and cut accurately.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Accurate measurementFormula useSpatial reasoningEstimation
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology P — Product Design: materials, mechanisms & making for area, volume and material use; Geography t4 — Topic 4: The UK’s evolving physical landscape for measuring landforms.
N2Year 8Number 2Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Factors, multiples and primes, and rounding numbers sensibly to decimal places, significant figures and bounds.
Builds onYear 7 Number 2: multiples, factors, primes, HCF, LCM and rounding.
Leads toYear 9 number: surds, upper and lower bounds and error intervals, and GCSE number.
StrandYear 8Number
Key knowledge
  • Multiples, factors, HCF and LCM
  • Prime numbers and the product of prime factors
  • Rounding to decimal places and significant figures
  • Truncation, and estimating with approximation
  • Upper and lower bounds of rounded values
Key skills
  • Findthe HCF, LCM and prime factorisation
  • Roundto decimal places and significant figures
  • Estimateanswers by approximating
Key vocabulary
MultipleThe result of multiplying by an integer.
FactorA number that divides exactly into another.
HCFHighest common factor of two numbers.
LCMLowest common multiple of two numbers.
PrimeA number with exactly two factors.
Significant figureA digit that carries meaning to a number’s size.
EstimateA value close to the correct answer.
Careers & pathways
  • Computing & cryptography— Primes underpin secure encryption.
  • Engineering— Estimate and check calculations.
  • Finance & accounting— Round money correctly.
  • Science— Report values to sensible accuracy.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Number senseEstimationAccuracyChecking reasonableness
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 8.4 — Representations — from clay to silicon for binary and place value; Computing 1.3 — Exchanging data for compression and encryption.
FDPYear 8Fractions, decimals & percentagesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
FDP

Fractions, decimals & percentages

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this topic is about.Confident work across fractions, decimals and percentages, including percentage change and using multipliers.
Builds onYear 7 FDP: equivalence, the four operations with fractions and percentages of amounts.
Leads toYear 9 FDP: reverse percentages, simple and compound interest, and recurring decimals.
StrandYear 8Number
Key knowledge
  • The four operations with fractions and mixed numbers
  • Converting between fractions, decimals and percentages
  • Percentage of an amount, and percentage change
  • Increasing and decreasing by a percentage
  • Using a percentage multiplier
Key skills
  • Calculatewith fractions and mixed numbers
  • Convertbetween fractions, decimals and percentages
  • Finda percentage change and use multipliers
Key vocabulary
NumeratorThe top number of a fraction.
DenominatorThe bottom number of a fraction.
EquivalentFractions representing the same value.
PercentageA number of parts per 100.
MultiplierThe number you multiply by to change by a percentage.
Percentage changeDifference ÷ original × 100%.
Reciprocal1 divided by a number (used to divide fractions).
Careers & pathways
  • Finance & banking— Work with interest and rates.
  • Retail & business— Calculate discounts and profit.
  • Healthcare— Work out doses and proportions.
  • Everyday life— Budgeting and comparing offers.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Financial literacyProportional reasoningAccuracyComparison
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology F — Food Preparation & Nutrition: safe cooking & nutrition for scaling recipes and nutrition; Business 1 — Theme 1: Investigating small business for profit, loss and margins.
PRYear 8ProbabilityKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Measuring chance on a 0–1 scale, and using theoretical probability, relative frequency and the AND / OR rules.
Builds onYear 7 handling data and the idea of likelihood.
Leads toYear 9 probability: tree diagrams, Venn diagrams and conditional probability, and GCSE statistics.
StrandYear 8Probability & statistics
Key knowledge
  • The probability scale from 0 (impossible) to 1 (certain)
  • Probability notation, e.g. P(A)
  • Theoretical probability and relative frequency
  • Expected outcomes and exhaustive events
  • Mutually exclusive events, and the AND / OR rules
Key skills
  • Calculatetheoretical and experimental probability
  • Findexpected outcomes
  • Applythe AND and OR rules
Key vocabulary
ProbabilityThe chance of something happening (0 to 1).
TheoreticalProbability worked out from equally likely outcomes.
Relative frequencySuccesses ÷ total trials.
ExhaustiveOutcomes covering every possibility.
Mutually exclusiveEvents that cannot happen together.
Sample spaceThe set of all possible outcomes.
Expected outcomeProbability × number of trials.
Careers & pathways
  • Insurance & risk— Price risk using probability.
  • Medicine & research— Interpret likelihood and evidence.
  • Data science & AI— Model uncertainty.
  • Weather & forecasting— Express chance of events.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Reasoning under uncertaintyLogical thinkingFair judgementData interpretation
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 8.8 — Inheritance for genetic crosses; Geography 8.2 — Can tectonically active places be safe? for hazard risk.
ANYear 8AnglesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Angle reasoning extended to parallel lines and polygons, plus accurate constructions, bisectors and loci.
Builds onYear 7 angles: angle facts, triangles, quadrilaterals and constructing triangles.
Leads toYear 9 geometry: Pythagoras, trigonometry and similar shapes, and GCSE geometry.
StrandYear 8Geometry
Key knowledge
  • Angle facts on lines, at points and in triangles and quadrilaterals
  • Alternate, corresponding and co-interior angles
  • Naming polygons and finding interior and exterior angles
  • Constructing angle and perpendicular bisectors
  • Loci and regions, and equidistant points
Key skills
  • Calculateangles in parallel lines and polygons
  • Constructbisectors with compasses
  • Drawloci to solve problems
Key vocabulary
Alternate anglesEqual angles in a Z-shape (parallel lines).
Corresponding anglesEqual angles in an F-shape (parallel lines).
Co-interior anglesAngles in a C-shape that add to 180°.
PolygonA 2D shape with straight edges.
Interior angleAn angle inside a polygon.
Exterior angleThe angle formed by extending a side.
LocusA path of points that follow a rule.
Careers & pathways
  • Architecture & design— Set out polygons and plans.
  • Engineering— Design precise components.
  • Surveying & mapping— Use bearings and loci.
  • Construction— Mark out sites accurately.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Spatial reasoningPrecisionLogical deductionUsing instruments
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology G — Graphics: design, branding & CAD for technical drawing and nets; Physical Education Ae — Aesthetics — Dance & Gymnastics for body position and angle.
HDYear 8Handling dataKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Representing and comparing data with a range of charts, and exploring relationships using scatter graphs and correlation.
Builds onYear 7 handling data: averages, range, frequency tables and pie charts.
Leads toYear 9 statistics: quartiles, box plots, stem-and-leaf and cumulative frequency, and GCSE statistics.
StrandYear 8Statistics
Key knowledge
  • Averages and range, including the mean from a table
  • Identifying outliers
  • Bar charts, pie charts and pictograms
  • Line graphs and time-series data
  • Correlation, scatter graphs and the line of best fit
Key skills
  • Representdata with a suitable chart
  • Interpretscatter graphs and correlation
  • Comparedata sets using averages and range
Key vocabulary
OutlierA value far from the others in a data set.
CorrelationA connection between two variables.
Positive correlationAs one value rises, the other rises.
Negative correlationAs one value rises, the other falls.
Line of best fitA line summarising a scatter graph.
Scatter graphA graph comparing two variables.
Time seriesData recorded at regular time intervals.
Careers & pathways
  • Data analytics— Find and present patterns.
  • Public health— Track trends over time.
  • Economics & business— Interpret market data.
  • Sport science— Analyse performance data.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Data literacyCritical interpretationCommunicationObjectivity
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography 7.4 — Who are we? for population pyramids; Computing 9.3 — Data science for handling large data sets.
RPYear 8Ratio & proportionKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Ratio and proportion extended to direct and inverse proportion, best-buy comparisons and map scales.
Builds onYear 7 ratio: simplifying, sharing, the unitary method and proportional reasoning.
Leads toYear 9 proportion with powers, similar shapes and GCSE ratio and rates of change.
StrandYear 8Proportional reasoning
Key knowledge
  • Simplifying, sharing and combining ratios
  • Ratios in the form 1: n and n: 1
  • Best-buy comparisons using unit cost
  • Direct and inverse proportion, and y = kx
  • Map scales and scale diagrams
Key skills
  • Shareandcombineratios
  • Comparevalue using unit cost
  • Solvedirect and inverse proportion problems
Key vocabulary
RatioA comparison of one part to another.
ProportionA comparison of a part to the whole.
Unitary methodFind one unit, then scale.
Direct proportionAs one rises, the other rises in step (y = kx).
Inverse proportionAs one rises, the other falls (y = k/x).
Best buyThe option with the lowest unit cost.
ScaleA ratio linking a diagram to real life.
Careers & pathways
  • Cooking & catering— Scale recipes and portions.
  • Pharmacy & medicine— Calculate doses and concentrations.
  • Cartography & planning— Work with map scales.
  • Trade & retail— Compare value and price.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Proportional reasoningValue comparisonScalingPractical judgement
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography 8.3 — Is the fashion industry sustainable? for scale and proportion in production; Design & Technology T — Textiles: fibres, fabrics & construction for pattern pieces and scaling.
TRYear 8TransformationsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.The four transformations extended to negative scale factors and invariance, and giving full, precise descriptions.
Builds onYear 7 transformations: translation, rotation, reflection and enlargement.
Leads toYear 9 and GCSE: combined transformations, vectors and similar shapes.
StrandYear 8Geometry
Key knowledge
  • Translation with column vectors
  • Rotation (centre, angle, direction) and reflection
  • Enlargement, including finding the centre of enlargement
  • Negative scale-factor enlargements
  • Invariant points, and fully describing a transformation
Key skills
  • Performall four transformations accurately
  • Describea transformation completely
  • Identifyinvariant points
Key vocabulary
TranslationA slide described by a column vector.
Column vectorAcross (top) and up/down (bottom) movement.
RotationA turn about a centre point.
ReflectionA flip in a mirror line.
EnlargementResizing by a scale factor.
Centre of enlargementThe fixed point of an enlargement.
InvariantA point that does not move under a transformation.
Careers & pathways
  • Animation & graphics— Move and scale artwork.
  • Architecture— Repeat and reflect design elements.
  • Game development— Transform objects in space.
  • Engineering (CAD)— Reposition components precisely.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Spatial reasoningVisualisationPrecisionCreativity
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Art & Design 7.3 — Print Power for repeat pattern and printmaking; Computing 9.2 — Media — Animations for keyframes and movement.
Year 9 knowledge organisers10 topics
N1Year 9Number 1Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Extending number sense to the laws of indices and standard form, ready for accurate GCSE calculation.
Builds onYear 8 Number 1: the four operations, BIDMAS, squares, cubes and their roots.
Leads toGCSE work on surds, exact calculation and problem solving in standard form.
StrandYear 9Number
Key knowledge
  • The order of operations (BIDMAS) with brackets and powers
  • Square and cube numbers and their roots, and the powers of a number
  • The index laws for multiplying, dividing and raising a power to a power
  • Zero, negative and fractional indices and what they represent
  • Standard form A × 10n, and calculating with numbers in standard form
Key skills
  • Applythe index laws to simplify powers with the same base
  • Evaluatenegative and fractional indices, including as roots
  • Convertbetween ordinary numbers and standard form andcalculatewith them
Key vocabulary
IntegerA whole number, positive, negative or zero.
Index (power)The small raised number showing how many times to multiply the base.
BaseThe number being raised to a power.
Reciprocal1 divided by a number; the result of a negative power.
Standard formA number written as A × 10n, where 1 ≤ A < 10.
SurdA root that cannot be written exactly as a decimal.
Careers & pathways
  • Engineering— Handle very large and very small quantities.
  • Computer science— Work with powers of two and binary.
  • Astronomy & physics— Describe distances and masses in standard form.
  • Finance— Scale and compare large figures accurately.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Numerical fluencyPrecisionAbstract reasoningEstimation
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science PH1 — Atomic structure & the mole for the mole and large numbers; Computing 1.2 — Memory and storage for units of storage.
ALGYear 9AlgebraKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Manipulating expressions and solving linear, simultaneous and quadratic equations, the core algebra of GCSE.
Builds onYear 8 Algebra: simplifying, expanding single brackets and solving linear equations.
Leads toGCSE algebra: the quadratic formula, completing the square and simultaneous equations with graphs.
StrandYear 9Algebra
Key knowledge
  • Expanding and factorising, including the product of two linear expressions
  • Factorising quadratics and the difference of two squares
  • Solving linear equations and changing the subject of a formula
  • Solving simultaneous equations by elimination
  • Representing and solving inequalities, including on a number line
Key skills
  • Expandproducts of two linear expressions andfactorisequadratics
  • Solvesimultaneous equations andrearrangeformulae
  • Representandsolveinequalities on a number line
Key vocabulary
TermA single number or variable, or numbers and variables multiplied together.
ExpressionA statement written using numbers, letters and symbols.
IdentityAn equation true for all values, using the symbol ≡.
CoefficientThe number in front of a variable.
QuadraticAn expression of the form ax² + bx + c, with a ≠ 0.
Simultaneous equationsEquations solved together to satisfy all of them.
Careers & pathways
  • Engineering— Model relationships between quantities.
  • Software development— Write and reason about algorithms.
  • Economics— Build and solve models of behaviour.
  • Sciences— Rearrange and apply formulae.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Logical reasoningProblem solvingAbstractionPattern spotting
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 2.2 — Programming fundamentals for expressions in programming; Science P2 — Electricity for rearranging electrical equations.
MEAYear 9MeasuresKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Calculating perimeter, area, surface area and volume for 2D shapes and 3D solids, including circles and sectors.
Builds onYear 8 Measures: area of rectangles, triangles and compound shapes, and metric units.
Leads toGCSE work on sectors, cones, spheres and problem solving with mensuration.
StrandYear 9Geometry & measures
Key knowledge
  • Area of triangles, parallelograms, trapezia and compound shapes
  • The parts of a circle, and its area and circumference
  • Volume of prisms, cylinders, pyramids, cones and spheres
  • Surface area, including of a sphere
  • Arc length and sector area as fractions of a full circle
Key skills
  • Calculatethe area and circumference of circles and sectors
  • Findthe volume of prisms, cylinders, cones and spheres
  • Usethe metric system toconvertbetween units
Key vocabulary
PerimeterThe total distance around the outside of a shape.
AreaThe amount of space inside a 2D shape.
CircumferenceThe distance around the outside of a circle.
RadiusThe distance from the centre of a circle to its edge.
SectorThe region of a circle enclosed by two radii and an arc.
Cross-sectionThe shape that continues all the way through a prism.
Careers & pathways
  • Architecture— Plan spaces, volumes and materials.
  • Engineering— Size components and structures.
  • Construction & surveying— Measure land, quantities and costs.
  • Product design— Model and prototype 3D objects.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Spatial reasoningAccuracyMeasurementPractical problem solving
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology P — Product Design: materials, mechanisms & making for area and volume in making; Science 9.12 — Energy and work done for work done and energy.
N2Year 9Number 2Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Working with factors, multiples and primes, and using rounding, bounds and surds for accurate and exact calculation.
Builds onYear 8 Number 2: factors, multiples, primes and rounding.
Leads toGCSE work on error intervals, bounds in calculations and manipulating surds.
StrandYear 9Number
Key knowledge
  • Lowest common multiple and highest common factor
  • Writing a number as a product of its prime factors
  • Rounding to decimal places and significant figures, and truncation
  • Upper and lower bounds of a rounded value
  • Surds and the rules for simplifying them
Key skills
  • Expressa number as a product of prime factors andfindthe LCM and HCF
  • Roundto significant figures anddetermineupper and lower bounds
  • Simplifysurds using the rules of surds
Key vocabulary
FactorA number that divides exactly into another number.
MultipleThe result of multiplying a number by an integer.
LCMThe lowest common multiple of two or more numbers.
HCFThe highest common factor of two or more numbers.
Significant figureA digit that carries meaning to the size of a number.
BoundThe smallest or largest value a rounded number could have been.
Careers & pathways
  • Cyber security— Use prime numbers in encryption.
  • Data science— Report figures to a sensible accuracy.
  • Engineering— Work within tolerances and bounds.
  • Accountancy— Round and estimate reliably.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
PrecisionLogical reasoningEstimationAttention to detail
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 2.1 — Algorithms for algorithms and prime factors; Computing 1.3 — Exchanging data for encryption keys.
FDPYear 9Fractions, decimals & percentagesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
FDP

Fractions, decimals & percentages

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this topic is about.Confident calculation across fractions, decimals and percentages, including growth, interest and reverse percentages.
Builds onYear 8 FDP: the four operations with fractions and percentage change.
Leads toGCSE work on repeated percentage change, growth and decay, and exact conversions.
StrandYear 9Number
Key knowledge
  • The four operations with fractions and mixed numbers
  • Percentage increase, decrease and change using multipliers
  • Reverse percentages to find an original amount
  • Simple and compound interest
  • Converting recurring decimals to fractions
Key skills
  • Calculatepercentage change andusemultipliers for increase and decrease
  • Solvereverse-percentage and compound-interest problems
  • Convertbetween fractions, decimals and percentages, including recurring decimals
Key vocabulary
NumeratorThe top number of a fraction.
DenominatorThe bottom number of a fraction.
MultiplierThe number you multiply by to change by a percentage.
Percentage changeDifference ÷ original × 100%.
Reverse percentageWorking backwards from a changed amount to the original.
Compound interestInterest calculated on the current, growing amount.
Careers & pathways
  • Finance & banking— Work with interest and rates.
  • Retail & business— Calculate discounts and profit.
  • Healthcare— Work out doses and proportions.
  • Everyday life— Budget and compare offers.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Financial literacyProportional reasoningAccuracyComparison
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Business 1 — Theme 1: Investigating small business for percentage change in business; Geography 9.1 — Why is global development uneven? for development indicators.
GRYear 9Coordinates & graphsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Plotting and interpreting straight-line, quadratic and real-life graphs, and finding the equations of lines.
Builds onYear 8 work on coordinates and plotting straight-line graphs.
Leads toGCSE work on gradients as rates, tangents and graphs of further functions.
StrandYear 9Algebra & graphs
Key knowledge
  • The equation y = mx + c, with m as gradient and c as the y-intercept
  • Finding the equation of a line from a gradient and a point, or from two points
  • The conditions for parallel and perpendicular lines
  • Recognising quadratic and cubic graphs
  • Interpreting real-life and conversion graphs
Key skills
  • Plotstraight-line graphs andfindthe equation of a line
  • Identifyparallel and perpendicular lines from their gradients
  • Interpretthe gradient and intercept of a real-life graph
Key vocabulary
CoordinateA pair (x, y) giving a position across then up or down.
GradientHow steep a line is: change in y ÷ change in x.
y-interceptWhere a graph crosses the y-axis.
MidpointThe point half way between two coordinates.
PerpendicularLines meeting at a right angle; gradients multiply to −1.
ParabolaThe U-shaped curve of a quadratic graph.
Careers & pathways
  • Data analysis— Present and read trends in data.
  • Engineering— Model rates and relationships.
  • Economics— Interpret cost, supply and demand graphs.
  • Sciences— Plot and analyse experimental results.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
InterpretationModellingVisual reasoningCommunication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 9.2 — Forces — applied for motion and speed graphs; Science C6 — The rate and extent of chemical change for rate graphs in chemistry.
ANYear 9AnglesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Reasoning with angle facts, parallel lines and polygons, and meeting Pythagoras, trigonometry and similarity.
Builds onYear 8 Angles: angle facts on lines, at points and in triangles.
Leads toGCSE work on trigonometry, bearings and geometric proof.
StrandYear 9Geometry
Key knowledge
  • Angle facts for parallel lines: alternate, corresponding and co-interior angles
  • Interior and exterior angles of polygons
  • Pythagoras’ theorem for right-angled triangles
  • The trigonometric ratios (SOHCAHTOA) for sides and angles
  • Similar shapes and scale factor
Key skills
  • Calculatemissing angles using angle facts and reasoning
  • ApplyPythagoras’ theorem tofindmissing lengths
  • Usetrigonometry tofindmissing sides and angles
Key vocabulary
Alternate anglesEqual angles in a Z-shape between parallel lines.
Corresponding anglesEqual angles in an F-shape between parallel lines.
Co-interior anglesAngles in a C-shape that add up to 180°.
PolygonA 2D shape with only straight edges.
HypotenuseThe longest side of a right-angled triangle.
Scale factorThe ratio of corresponding sides of similar shapes.
Careers & pathways
  • Architecture— Design accurate, stable structures.
  • Engineering— Work with forces, angles and lengths.
  • Surveying— Measure land and distances.
  • Navigation & aviation— Use bearings and trigonometry.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Spatial reasoningLogical deductionAccuracyConstruction
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology G — Graphics: design, branding & CAD for technical drawing; Physical Education 5 — Biomechanical movement for angles in biomechanics.
HDYear 9Handling dataKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Collecting, representing and comparing data using averages, spread and a range of statistical diagrams.
Builds onYear 8 Handling data: averages, range and reading charts.
Leads toGCSE work on cumulative frequency, histograms and comparing distributions.
StrandYear 9Statistics
Key knowledge
  • Types of data, and primary versus secondary data
  • Averages and range, including from frequency tables and grouped data
  • Quartiles and the interquartile range
  • Statistical diagrams: bar charts, pie charts, stem-and-leaf and box plots
  • Correlation, causality and lines of best fit on scatter graphs
Key skills
  • Calculateaverages and measures of spread, including from tables
  • Constructandinterpretstatistical diagrams
  • Comparetwo distributions using an average and a measure of spread
Key vocabulary
Continuous dataData that can take any value in a range.
Discrete dataData that can take only specific values.
MedianThe middle value when data is put in order.
Interquartile rangeThe spread of the middle half: Q₃ − Q₁.
CorrelationA connection between two sets of data.
Line of best fitA straight line that best represents scatter data.
Careers & pathways
  • Data science— Turn data into insight.
  • Market research— Summarise and compare survey results.
  • Medicine & epidemiology— Analyse trends in health data.
  • Sports analysis— Measure and compare performance.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Data interpretationCritical thinkingCommunicationObjectivity
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 9.3 — Data science for data science; Physical Education 4 — Use of data for use of data.
RPYear 9Ratio & proportionKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Reasoning proportionally with ratio, direct and inverse proportion, unit pricing and scale.
Builds onYear 8 Ratio & proportion: simplifying and sharing in a ratio.
Leads toGCSE work on proportion with algebra, growth and rates of change.
StrandYear 9Proportional reasoning
Key knowledge
  • Simplifying ratios, writing them as 1: n and as fractions
  • Sharing an amount in a ratio and combining ratios
  • The unitary method and best-buy comparisons
  • Direct and inverse proportion, including y = kx and y = k/x
  • Map scales and scale diagrams
Key skills
  • Sharean amount in a given ratio andcombineratios
  • Solvedirect and inverse proportion problems using a formula
  • Comparevalue for money using the unitary method
Key vocabulary
RatioA comparison of the size of one part to another part.
ProportionA comparison of one part to the whole.
Unitary methodFinding the value of one unit, then scaling up.
Direct proportionAs one quantity increases, so does the other (y = kx).
Inverse proportionAs one quantity increases, the other decreases (y = k/x).
Constant of proportionalityThe fixed multiplier k linking the quantities.
Careers & pathways
  • Cooking & catering— Scale recipes up and down.
  • Engineering— Work with rates and mixtures.
  • Finance— Use exchange rates and unit costs.
  • Cartography & design— Work to scale.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Proportional reasoningScalingComparisonPractical problem solving
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology F — Food Preparation & Nutrition: safe cooking & nutrition for scaling and portioning; Science C3 — Quantitative chemistry for quantitative chemistry.
PRYear 9ProbabilityKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Calculating probabilities from theory, experiment and diagrams, including tree and Venn diagrams and conditional probability.
Builds onYear 8 Probability: the probability scale and simple events.
Leads toGCSE work on conditional probability and combined events in context.
StrandYear 9Probability & statistics
Key knowledge
  • Theoretical probability, relative frequency and expected outcomes
  • Mutually exclusive and exhaustive events summing to 1
  • Sample space, listing outcomes and the product rule for counting
  • Tree diagrams for independent and dependent events
  • Venn diagrams, the AND and OR rules, and conditional probability
Key skills
  • Calculatetheoretical probability and expected outcomes
  • Applythe AND and OR rules using tree and Venn diagrams
  • Findconditional probabilities for dependent events
Key vocabulary
Mutually exclusiveEvents that cannot happen at the same time.
ExhaustiveOutcomes that cover every possibility.
Sample spaceThe set of all possible outcomes.
Independent eventsEvents where one does not affect the other.
Conditional probabilityThe probability of A given that B has happened.
IntersectionA ∩ B: the outcomes in both A and B.
Careers & pathways
  • Insurance & actuarial— Price and manage risk.
  • Data science & AI— Reason under uncertainty.
  • Medicine— Weigh the risks of treatments.
  • Meteorology— Forecast the chance of weather events.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Logical reasoningRisk assessmentModellingCritical thinking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science B6 — Inheritance, variation and evolution for inheritance and probability; Physical Education 5 — Sports psychology for decision making in sport.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise Maths at Key Stage 3

  • Practise little and often — short, regular sessions beat one long cram (spaced practice).
  • Always work with pen and paper: maths is learned by doing, not just reading.
  • Use the knowledge organisers to check key vocabulary, methods and worked examples.
  • Redo questions you got wrong until you can do them unaided (retrieval practice).
  • Check your report stage against the ladder and target the next rung up.

At GCSE, students follow Edexcel GCSE Mathematics (1MA1). It is assessed by three equally-weighted papers, each 1 hour 30 minutes and 80 marks: Paper 1 is non-calculator, while Papers 2 and 3 allow a calculator. The course is tiered — Foundation (grades 1–5) and Higher (grades 4–9) — and every paper can draw on all six content areas: number; algebra; ratio, proportion & rates of change; geometry & measures; probability; and statistics. High-attaining sets may also sit AQA Level 2 Further Maths (8365) alongside.Edexcel GCSE Mathematics (1MA1). It is assessed by three equally-weighted papers, each 1 hour 30 minutes and 80 marks: Paper 1 is non-calculator, while Papers 2 and 3 allow a calculator. The course is tiered — Foundation (grades 1–5) and Higher (grades 4–9) — and every paper can draw on all six content areas: number; algebra; ratio, proportion & rates of change; geometry & measures; probability; and statistics. High-attaining sets may also sit AQA Level 2 Further Maths (8365) alongside. tier entry and set arrangements.

Choose the topic you are studying to jump to its organiser and the progress ladder.

What are you studying at the moment?— choose your topic

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the Edexcel 1MA1 specification

Edexcel GCSE Mathematics (1MA1) is a linear course assessed by three equally-weighted papers at the end of Year 11, sat at Foundation (grades 1–5) or Higher (grades 4–9). Open the tile below for the full breakdown; high-attaining students also sit AQA Level 2 Further Maths.

GCSEThe course in detail — three papersPaper 1 33⅓% · Paper 2 33⅓% · Paper 3 33⅓%
Paper 1 — Non-calculatorWritten exam · 33⅓%
  • Written paper, no calculator · 1 hour 30 minutes · 80 marks
  • Any of the six content areas can appear
  • Sat at Foundation (grades 1–5) or Higher (grades 4–9)
Paper 2 — CalculatorWritten exam · 33⅓%
  • Written paper, calculator allowed · 1 hour 30 minutes · 80 marks
  • All six content areas again — nothing is ‘finished’ after Paper 1
  • Expect more trigonometry, standard form and statistics from real data
Paper 3 — CalculatorWritten exam · 33⅓%
  • Written paper, calculator allowed · 1 hour 30 minutes · 80 marks
  • Often the most problem-solving and multi-topic questions
  • Longer, less-structured questions where you choose the method
The six content areasWhat is assessed
  • Number— place value, fractions, percentages, indices, surds, standard form
  • Algebra— equations, inequalities, sequences and graphs
  • Ratio, proportion & rates of change
  • Geometry & measures— Pythagoras, trigonometry, transformations, vectors
  • ProbabilityandStatistics
The three assessment objectives Assessment
  • AO1 Use & apply standard techniques (Foundation 50% · Higher 40%)
  • AO2 Reason, interpret & communicate mathematically (F 25% · H 30%)
  • AO3 Solve problems within maths and in context (F 25% · H 30%)
How marks are gained What great work shows
  • Clear written and mental methods, so method marks are earned
  • Work set out logically, step by step
  • Answers given to a sensible degree of accuracy
  • Efficient calculator use on Papers 2 and 3
  • Interpreting and checking answers in context
Further MathematicsHigher attainers
  • AQA Level 2 Further Maths (8365) sat alongside GCSE by high attainers
  • Two equally-weighted papers — one non-calculator, one calculator
  • Graded 9–4, reaching beyond Higher-tier GCSE
  • Strong preparation for A-Level Mathematics
Where it leads Progression
  • A-Level Mathematics and Further Mathematics
  • Essential for sciences, economics, computing and engineering
  • Careers in finance, data, engineering and technology
  • Transferable strengths in logic, modelling and problem-solving

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Built around the three Edexcel assessment objectives (AO1–AO3). Tap the stage from your report to see where you are and your next step up in each objective.

Highlight your stage— tap your grade band
GCSEGCSE Mathematics — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · Edexcel 1MA1

This grid is built around the three Edexcel assessment objectives (AO1–AO3). Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see how to move up.

AO1 · Use and apply standard techniques (F 50% · H 40%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can carry out basic calculations and use simple standard procedures in familiar questions.
    • I can recall number facts, use formulae I am given and use basic notation.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can use standard methods across number, algebra, ratio, geometry, probability and statistics with reasonable accuracy.
    • I can choose the right procedure for a straightforward, single-topic question.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can apply standard techniques fluently and accurately to multi-step questions.
    • I can select an efficient method and set out work clearly enough to earn method marks.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can use the full range of techniques accurately, including the most demanding Higher-tier procedures.
    • I can work confidently with surds, indices, advanced algebra and trigonometry.

AO2 · Reason, interpret and communicate mathematically (F 25% · H 30%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can state a simple conclusion and use correct mathematical notation.
    • I can read information from a table, chart or diagram.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can interpret information and present a clear chain of reasoning.
    • I can explain a result using correct terms and units.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can construct a clear argument, justify each step and interpret results in context.
    • I can spot and explain errors in a given piece of work.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can prove results and communicate a rigorous, concise mathematical argument.
    • I can interpret and critique mathematical information and solutions.

AO3 · Solve problems within mathematics and in context (F 25% · H 30%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can solve simple one-step problems set in familiar contexts.
    • I can pick out the numbers I need from a short worded question.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can translate a worded problem into mathematics and solve it.
    • I can use more than one step to reach an answer.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can break down unstructured problems and solve multi-step problems that cross topics.
    • I can interpret my answer and check it is sensible in context.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can model unfamiliar and complex problems, evaluate my solution and refine it.
    • I can make and state sensible assumptions when a problem is open-ended.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources
GCSEOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
NNumberKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this area is about.The foundations of calculation — integers, fractions, decimals, percentages, indices, surds and standard form — used across every other topic.
Builds onKS3 number: the four operations, primes, rounding and standard form.
Leads toA-Level work on surds, indices and exact calculation.
StrandGCSEEdexcel 1MA1
Key knowledge
  • The structure of the number system, including negatives, fractions and decimals
  • Indices, roots, surds and standard form
  • Percentages, including change, reverse percentages and interest
  • Rounding, estimation, and upper and lower bounds
  • The order of operations in complex calculations
Key skills
  • calculatewith fractions, decimals and percentages
  • manipulateindices and surds
  • estimateandworkwith bounds
Key vocabulary
IntegerA whole number, positive, negative or zero.
SurdA root that cannot be written exactly as a decimal.
Standard formA number written as A × 10n.
BoundThe limit a rounded value could have taken.
Reciprocal1 divided by a number.
Significant figureA digit that carries meaning to a number’s size.
Careers & pathways
  • Finance & banking— Model money accurately.
  • Engineering— Handle very large and small quantities.
  • Computing— Work with binary and precision.
  • Sciences— Report exact and estimated values.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Numerical fluencyPrecisionEstimationProblem solving
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science C1 — Atomic structure and the periodic table for atomic structure and standard form; Computing 1.2 — Memory and storage for units of storage.
AAlgebraKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
A

Algebra

Download PDF
What this area is about.The language of generality — expressions, equations, graphs and sequences — for modelling and solving problems.
Builds onKS3 algebra: simplifying, linear equations and sequences.
Leads toA-Level algebra, functions and calculus.
StrandGCSEEdexcel 1MA1
Key knowledge
  • Manipulating expressions: expanding, factorising and algebraic fractions
  • Linear, quadratic and simultaneous equations
  • Inequalities, including on a number line
  • Sequences and the nth term, including quadratic sequences
  • Straight-line, quadratic and other graphs, and functions
Key skills
  • expandandfactorise, including quadratics
  • solvelinear, quadratic and simultaneous equations
  • plotandinterpretgraphs
Key vocabulary
ExpressionNumbers and letters combined with operations.
QuadraticAn expression of the form ax²+bx+c.
Simultaneous equationsEquations solved together.
GradientThe steepness of a line.
FunctionA rule with one output per input.
nth termA rule for any term of a sequence.
Careers & pathways
  • Software development— Reason about algorithms.
  • Engineering— Model relationships.
  • Economics— Build and solve models.
  • Data science— Fit and use equations.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Logical reasoningAbstractionModellingProblem solving
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science P2 — Electricity for rearranging electrical equations; Computing 2.2 — Programming fundamentals for programming fundamentals.
RRatio, proportion & rates of changeKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
R

Ratio, proportion & rates of change

Download PDF
What this area is about.Reasoning proportionally — ratio, percentage change over time, compound measures and rates.
Builds onKS3 ratio and proportion.
Leads toA-Level rates of change and exponential models.
StrandGCSEEdexcel 1MA1
Key knowledge
  • Ratio, and dividing a quantity in a ratio
  • Direct and inverse proportion
  • Percentage change, growth and decay
  • Compound measures: speed, density and pressure
  • Rates of change from graphs
Key skills
  • sharein a ratio andcombineratios
  • solvedirect and inverse proportion problems
  • calculatewith compound measures and growth
Key vocabulary
RatioA comparison of one part to another.
Direct proportionBoth quantities grow together (y=kx).
Inverse proportionOne grows as the other falls (y=k/x).
Compound measureA measure combining units, e.g. speed.
MultiplierThe factor for a percentage change.
RateHow one quantity changes with another.
Careers & pathways
  • Finance— Interest and exchange rates.
  • Engineering— Mixtures and rates.
  • Healthcare— Doses and concentrations.
  • Trades & cooking— Scaling quantities.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Proportional reasoningComparisonPractical problem solvingAccuracy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science C3 — Quantitative chemistry for quantitative chemistry; Geography 9.1 — Why is global development uneven? for development indicators; Business 3 — Quantitative & analytical skills for quantitative business skills.
GGeometry & measuresKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
G

Geometry & measures

Download PDF
What this area is about.Shape, space and measurement — properties, mensuration, Pythagoras, trigonometry, vectors and transformations.
Builds onKS3 angles, measures and transformations.
Leads toA-Level trigonometry, coordinate geometry and vectors.
StrandGCSEEdexcel 1MA1
Key knowledge
  • Angle and shape properties, and polygons
  • Area, surface area and volume, including circles and prisms
  • Pythagoras’ theorem and trigonometry
  • Transformations, congruence and similarity
  • Vectors, constructions and loci
Key skills
  • calculatelengths, areas and volumes
  • applyPythagoras and trigonometry
  • describetransformations andusevectors
Key vocabulary
HypotenuseThe longest side of a right-angled triangle.
SimilarSame shape, different size.
CongruentIdentical in shape and size.
VectorA quantity with size and direction.
SectorPart of a circle between two radii.
BearingAn angle measured clockwise from north.
Careers & pathways
  • Architecture— Design accurate structures.
  • Engineering— Work with forces and lengths.
  • Construction & surveying— Measure land and materials.
  • Product design— Model 3D objects.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Spatial reasoningAccuracyConstructionVisual reasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology 3.2 — Specialist technical principles — materials for materials and structures; Geography t4 — Topic 4: The UK’s evolving physical landscape for cross-profiles and landforms.
PProbabilityKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
P

Probability

Download PDF
What this area is about.Measuring uncertainty — theoretical and experimental probability, diagrams and combined events.
Builds onKS3 probability.
Leads toA-Level probability and statistical distributions.
StrandGCSEEdexcel 1MA1
Key knowledge
  • The probability scale and notation
  • Theoretical versus experimental probability
  • Sample space, tree and Venn diagrams
  • Mutually exclusive and independent events
  • Conditional probability
Key skills
  • calculatetheoretical and experimental probabilities
  • usetree and Venn diagrams
  • findprobabilities of combined and conditional events
Key vocabulary
Mutually exclusiveEvents that cannot both happen.
IndependentOne event does not affect the other.
Conditional probabilityProbability of A given B.
Sample spaceAll possible outcomes.
UnionA or B or both (A∪B).
IntersectionBoth A and B (A∩B).
Careers & pathways
  • Insurance & actuarial— Price risk.
  • Data science & AI— Reason under uncertainty.
  • Medicine— Weigh treatment risks.
  • Meteorology— Forecast chance.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Risk assessmentLogical reasoningModellingCritical thinking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science B6 — Inheritance, variation and evolution for inheritance and genetic crosses; Physical Education 5 — Sports psychology for decision making in sport.
SStatisticsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
S

Statistics

Download PDF
What this area is about.Handling data — collecting, representing, summarising and comparing, and drawing sound conclusions.
Builds onKS3 handling data.
Leads toA-Level statistics, the large data set and hypothesis testing.
StrandGCSEEdexcel 1MA1
Key knowledge
  • Sampling and types of data
  • Averages and measures of spread
  • Statistical diagrams: scatter, box plots and cumulative frequency
  • Correlation and lines of best fit
  • Interpreting and criticising statistical claims
Key skills
  • calculateaverages and measures of spread
  • constructandinterpretstatistical diagrams
  • comparedistributions andevaluateconclusions
Key vocabulary
MedianThe middle value in order.
Interquartile rangeThe spread of the middle half.
CorrelationA link between two variables.
OutlierA value far from the others.
Cumulative frequencyA running total of frequency.
SampleA selection from a population.
Careers & pathways
  • Data science— Turn data into insight.
  • Market research— Summarise findings.
  • Medicine & epidemiology— Analyse health data.
  • Sport— Measure performance.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Data interpretationCritical thinkingCommunicationObjectivity
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography t6 — Topic 6: Geographical investigations (fieldwork) for fieldwork sampling; Computing 9.3 — Data science for data science; Physical Education 4 — Use of data for use of data.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise Maths at Key Stage 4 (GCSE)

  • Practise full exam-style questions to time, then mark them with the mark scheme.
  • Learn the formulae you are expected to recall, and know which are given.
  • Target revision by grade using your last assessment (retrieval and spaced practice).
  • Keep a list of the methods you slip on andrevisit them weekly.
  • Read the command words carefully (work out, show that, prove) when doing past papers.

At A-Level, students follow Edexcel Mathematics (9MA0), a two-year linear course examined by three papers, each 2 hours and 100 marks: Paper 1 (Pure Mathematics 1) and Paper 2 (Pure Mathematics 2) cover pure content, and Paper 3 (Statistics & Mechanics) is split equally between the two applied strands. All content is compulsory — there are no optional routes — and a calculator is allowed in every paper. Further Mathematics (Edexcel) can be studied alongside your A-Levels. Students who wish to study a Maths-related subject at university can take AS Further Maths (8FM0E) in Year 13.

Choose the topic you are studying to jump to its organiser and the progress ladder.

What are you studying at the moment?— choose your topic

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the Edexcel 9MA0 specification

Edexcel A-Level Mathematics (9MA0) is a linear course assessed by three equally-weighted 2-hour papers at the end of Year 13, covering pure mathematics, statistics and mechanics. Open the tile below for the full breakdown; students may also take Further Mathematics.

A-LevelThe course in detail — three papersPaper 1 33⅓% · Paper 2 33⅓% · Paper 3 33⅓%
Paper 1 — Pure Mathematics 1Written exam · 33⅓%
  • Written paper · 2 hours · 100 marks
  • Proof, algebra and functions, coordinate geometry, sequences and series
  • Trigonometry, exponentials and logarithms, differentiation and integration
Paper 2 — Pure Mathematics 2Written exam · 33⅓%
  • Written paper · 2 hours · 100 marks
  • Further calculus, numerical methods and vectors
  • Any pure topic can appear on either pure paper
Paper 3 — Statistics & MechanicsWritten exam · 33⅓%
  • Written paper · 2 hours · 100 marks
  • Section A: Statistics — sampling, data, probability and distributions (the large data set)
  • Section B: Mechanics — kinematics, forces, Newton’s laws and moments
The three assessment objectives Assessment
  • AO1 Use & apply standard techniques (≈50%)
  • AO2 Reason, interpret & communicate mathematically (≈25%)
  • AO3 Solve problems within maths and in context (≈25%)
Skills & processes Ways of working
  • Fluent techniques across pure, statistics and mechanics
  • Mathematical proof and rigorous argument
  • Modellingreal situations mathematically
  • Using technology and the large data set
  • Problem-solvingin unfamiliar contexts
How marks are gained What great work shows
  • Accurate, efficient techniques with clear working
  • Logical, well-communicated mathematical reasoning
  • Correct interpretation of results in context
  • Confident modelling and use of the large data set
  • Method marks earned through structured solutions
Further MathematicsAlongside A-Level
  • Edexcel Further Mathematics (AS 8FM0 / A-Level 9FM0) alongside A-Level Maths
  • Extends pure maths and adds further statistics, mechanics or decision maths
  • Highly valued for maths, physics, engineering and computing degrees
Where it leads Progression
  • University degrees in maths, physics, engineering, economics and computing
  • Careers in finance, data science, engineering and research
  • A facilitating subject valued across many degree courses
  • Highly valued skills in analysis, modelling and logical reasoning

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Built around the three Edexcel A-Level assessment objectives (AO1–AO3). Tap the stage from your report to see your next step up in each objective.

Highlight your stage— tap the words used on your report
A-LevelA-Level Mathematics — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · Edexcel 9MA0

This grid is built around the three Edexcel A-Level assessment objectives (AO1–AO3). Find your working-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see how to move up.

AO1 · Use and apply standard techniques (≈50%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can carry out routine procedures in pure, statistics and mechanics with some accuracy.
    • I can use standard formulae and my calculator for familiar question types.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can apply standard techniques accurately across most topics, with clear working.
    • I can select the right method for a structured question.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can apply techniques fluently to longer questions and choose efficient approaches.
    • I can work accurately with algebra, calculus and applied methods under time pressure.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can use the full range of A-Level techniques accurately in demanding, unstructured questions.
    • I can sustain accuracy across long, multi-stage solutions.

AO2 · Reason, interpret and communicate mathematically (≈25%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can construct a short chain of reasoning and use correct notation.
    • I can interpret a straightforward result.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can interpret results and explain each step of a solution clearly.
    • I can follow and complete a structured proof.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can build rigorous arguments and interpret solutions critically in context.
    • I can construct proofs and identify flaws in reasoning.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can prove results rigorously and communicate concise, complete arguments.
    • I can critique and refine mathematical reasoning.

AO3 · Solve problems within mathematics and in context (≈25%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can solve structured problems in familiar contexts.
    • I can use a given model to answer a question.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can translate situations into mathematics and solve them.
    • I can carry out a multi-step problem with some guidance.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can model real situations, solve multi-step problems and interpret the outcome.
    • I can choose and combine methods across topics.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can model complex problems, evaluate the model’s assumptions and refine it.
    • I can solve unfamiliar, open-ended problems with full justification.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources
A-LevelOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
P1Proof, algebra & functionsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
P1

Proof, algebra & functions

Download PDF
What this area is about.The backbone of pure maths — rigorous proof, algebraic manipulation, functions and the binomial expansion.
Department organisersPure Year 1 ↗Pure Year 2 ↗
Builds onGCSE algebra, surds and indices.
Leads tofurther calculus and the demands of STEM degrees.
StrandA-LevelEdexcel 9MA0
Key knowledge
  • Methods of proof: deduction, exhaustion and counter-example
  • Indices, surds and algebraic manipulation
  • Quadratics, simultaneous equations and inequalities
  • Polynomials and the factor theorem
  • Functions: composite, inverse and modulus, and the binomial expansion
Key skills
  • proveresults by deduction and disprove by counter-example
  • manipulatesurds, indices and algebraic fractions
  • usefunctions and the binomial expansion
Key vocabulary
Proof by exhaustionChecking every possible case.
Discriminantb²−4ac, giving the number of roots.
Factor theoremIf f(a)=0 then (x−a) is a factor.
Composite functionOne function applied after another.
ModulusThe size of a number, ignoring sign.
Binomial expansionExpanding (a+b)n.
Careers & pathways
  • Engineering— Model and prove behaviour.
  • Computer science— Reason and prove correctness.
  • Finance— Model with functions.
  • Research— Build rigorous arguments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Logical rigourAbstractionProblem solvingPrecision
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 2.1 — Elements of computational thinking for logical and abstract thinking; Religious Studies C2a — Philosophy: Arguments for God for deductive argument.
P2Coordinate geometry, sequences & seriesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
P2

Coordinate geometry, sequences & series

Download PDF
What this area is about.The geometry of lines and curves, and the behaviour of sequences and series.
Department organisersPure Year 1 ↗Pure Year 2 ↗
Builds onGCSE graphs and sequences.
Leads tocalculus and modelling with recurrence and series.
StrandA-LevelEdexcel 9MA0
Key knowledge
  • Straight lines and the equation of a circle
  • Parametric equations
  • Arithmetic and geometric sequences and series
  • Sigma notation and recurrence relations
  • The binomial series for approximation
Key skills
  • findequations of lines and circles
  • sumarithmetic and geometric series
  • modelsituations with sequences
Key vocabulary
GradientSteepness of a line.
Tangent to a circleA line touching a circle once.
Arithmetic seriesConstant difference between terms.
Geometric seriesConstant ratio between terms.
Common ratioThe multiplier in a geometric sequence.
Sigma notationShorthand for a sum.
Careers & pathways
  • Finance— Annuities and growth.
  • Engineering— Curves and structures.
  • Computing— Iteration and series.
  • Economics— Model change over time.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Pattern spottingModellingPrecisionProblem solving
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 1.4 — Data types, data structures &amp; algorithms for data structures and sequences; Science 4 — Mechanics and materials for projectile paths.
P3Trigonometry, exponentials & logarithmsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
P3

Trigonometry, exponentials & logarithms

Download PDF
What this area is about.Modelling periodic behaviour and exponential growth and decay.
Department organisersPure Year 1 ↗Pure Year 2 ↗
Builds onGCSE trigonometry and indices.
Leads tocalculus of trigonometric and exponential functions.
StrandA-LevelEdexcel 9MA0
Key knowledge
  • Radians, arc length and sector area
  • Trigonometric graphs, identities and equations
  • The functions exand ln x
  • The laws of logarithms
  • Exponential models and linearising data
Key skills
  • solvetrigonometric equations
  • usethe laws of logarithms
  • modelgrowth and decay with exponentials
Key vocabulary
RadianAn angle measure based on the radius.
IdentityAn equation true for all values.
Exponential functionA function of the form axor ex.
Natural logarithmThe inverse of ex.
AmplitudeHalf the range of a wave.
PeriodThe length of one cycle.
Careers & pathways
  • Physics & engineering— Model waves and decay.
  • Finance— Model compound growth.
  • Data science— Fit exponential trends.
  • Medicine— Model dosage and decay.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
ModellingInterpretationPrecisionAbstraction
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 3 — Waves for wave equations; Science PH4 — Chemical equilibria & acids-bases for logarithms and pH.
P4Calculus & vectorsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
P4

Calculus & vectors

Download PDF
What this area is about.The mathematics of change, and of quantities that have direction.
Department organisersPure Year 1 ↗Pure Year 2 ↗
Builds onGCSE gradients and Pythagoras.
Leads tomechanics, differential equations and STEM degrees.
StrandA-LevelEdexcel 9MA0
Key knowledge
  • Differentiation: rules, stationary points and rates of change
  • Integration: definite and indefinite, and area under a curve
  • The chain, product and quotient rules
  • Differential equations
  • Vectors in two (and three) dimensions
Key skills
  • differentiateandintegratestandard functions
  • findandclassifystationary points
  • usevectors tosolvegeometric problems
Key vocabulary
DerivativeThe rate of change of a function.
Stationary pointWhere the gradient is zero.
Definite integralAn integral giving an exact area.
Chain ruleDifferentiating a function of a function.
Differential equationAn equation involving a derivative.
VectorA quantity with size and direction.
Careers & pathways
  • Engineering— Model motion and change.
  • Physics— Describe forces and fields.
  • Economics— Optimise and model.
  • Computing & graphics— Vectors and rates.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
ModellingLogical reasoningPrecisionProblem solving
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 4 — Mechanics and materials for rates of change in motion; Science PH6 — Thermodynamics & rate equations for rate equations; Geography a2 — Topic 2: Landscape Systems, Processes and Change for landscape change over time.
STStatisticsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
ST

Statistics

Download PDF
What this area is about.Drawing sound conclusions from data and modelling chance with distributions.
Builds onGCSE statistics and probability.
Leads tostatistical modelling in science, social science and data careers.
StrandA-LevelEdexcel 9MA0
Key knowledge
  • Sampling methods and the prescribed large data set
  • Data presentation and measures
  • Probability and set notation
  • The binomial and normal distributions
  • Hypothesis testing
Key skills
  • calculateandinterpretstatistical measures
  • modelwith the binomial and normal distributions
  • carry outandinterprethypothesis tests
Key vocabulary
SamplingSelecting a subset of a population.
Large data setThe prescribed real data studied.
Binomial distributionModel for successes in n trials.
Normal distributionA symmetric bell-shaped model.
Hypothesis testA test of a claim about data.
Significance levelThe threshold for a test.
Careers & pathways
  • Data science— Model and infer from data.
  • Actuarial & insurance— Quantify risk.
  • Medicine & epidemiology— Test treatments.
  • Economics— Analyse trends.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Data interpretationCritical thinkingModellingObjectivity
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Psychology 1 — Research methods, issues & debates for research methods and significance; Sociology 1 — Sociological theory & methods for sociological methods; Geography anea — Independent Investigation (NEA) for the geography NEA.
MEMechanicsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
ME

Mechanics

Download PDF
What this area is about.Modelling the motion of objects and the forces acting on them.
Builds onGCSE compound measures and graphs.
Leads toengineering, physics and applied mathematics.
StrandA-LevelEdexcel 9MA0
Key knowledge
  • Kinematics and the constant-acceleration (suvat) equations
  • Motion graphs
  • Forces and Newton’s laws of motion
  • Connected particles and moments
  • Projectiles and variable acceleration using calculus
Key skills
  • usethe suvat equations and motion graphs
  • applyNewton’s laws tomodelforces
  • analyseprojectile motion
Key vocabulary
DisplacementDistance in a given direction.
AccelerationRate of change of velocity.
Resultant forceThe single equivalent force.
Newton’s second lawF = ma.
MomentThe turning effect of a force.
ProjectileAn object moving under gravity.
Careers & pathways
  • Engineering— Design safe structures and machines.
  • Physics— Model motion and forces.
  • Aerospace— Analyse flight and trajectories.
  • Sport science— Model movement.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
ModellingSpatial reasoningProblem solvingPrecision
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 4 — Mechanics and materials for mechanics and materials; Physical Education 5 — Biomechanical movement for biomechanical movement.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise Maths at Key Stage 5 (A-Level)

  • Work through past papers under timed conditions and self-assess with mark schemes.
  • Secure the core methods in Pure before layering Mechanics and Statistics.
  • Write concise method summaries for each topic and test recall regularly.
  • Use worked solutions to understand the structure, thenredo unaided.
  • Track your progress across Pure, Mechanics and Statistics so none is neglected.

Our CurriculumReligious Education

Religious Education

After your report, use the knowledge & skills ladders to see where you are and your next step. Then use the knowledge organisers to revise and make that step.

Big questions, deep answers.

1

Your report

Shows your stage in each subject, from Building foundations to Deepening mastery.

About RE at St Augustine’s

Religious Education is at the heart of the curriculum at St Augustine’s. Following the new Religious Education Directory, To Know You More Clearly, students encounter Jesus Christ and the richness of the Catholic faith through six branches studied each year: Creation and Covenant, Prophecy and Promise, Galilee to Jerusalem, Desert to Garden, To the ends of the earth, and Dialogue and Encounter.

Through these branches students come to know and understand the faith, engage with Scripture, Tradition and the teaching of the Church, and respond thoughtfully to the big questions of life. We study other religions — Hinduism, Islam and Judaism — with respect, fostering dialogue and a shared commitment to the common good.

Rooted in Catholic Social Teaching and the Lasallian values of our community, RE helps students grow in faith, develop the skills to think, question and evaluate, and act as people of conscience in the service of others.

Louisa Marr, Head of Department

KS3 ·GCSE ·A-Level ·

Start here: choose what you are studying now to jump to the right resources.

What are you studying at the moment?— choose your topic to find your revision sheet and progress ladder
KS3Year 7 → Year 9 route throughAutumn · Spring · Summer
Year 7Foundations of faith: Creation, Christ and the Church
Autumn
Creation and Covenant
  • Our school as a learning community and its mission
  • How human beings speak about God, who is Creator and origin of all being
  • Signs and symbols of Christianity around our college
  • Faith & Science: the Vatican Observatory; creationism and scientism
  • Stewardship and care of creation (CAFOD LiveSimply); Sr Dorothy Stang

Assessment: Evaluate whether pollution is a necessary consequence of development.

Prophecy & Promise
  • Scripture, Tradition and the Magisterium as sources of authority
  • How the Bible was formed: languages, literary forms and translations
  • Why many books are shared with Judaism; the Liturgy of the Word
  • Scripture as inspired and without error; God’s authorship and the human authors
  • The Lindisfarne Gospels
Spring
Galilee to Jerusalem
  • The Incarnation: why the Word became flesh
  • Jesus as true God and true man; the titles Lord, Christ and Son of God
  • Arius and the response of the Council of Nicaea (AD 325)
  • The Trinity: the Scutum Fidei and Rublev’s icon
  • Human dignity and service: Mother Teresa and the Missionaries of Charity
Desert to Garden
  • The seven sacraments and their symbolism
  • The Eucharist as the ‘source and summit’ of Christian life
  • The Paschal Mystery and how we were saved from sin
  • The real presence and the Sacrifice of the Mass
  • St Carlo Acutis and Eucharistic devotion
Summer
To the ends of the earth
  • The Holy Spirit at work with the Father and the Son from the beginning
  • The Spirit’s role in inspiring the authors of Scripture
  • Pentecost celebrated around the world; the marks of the Church
  • The gifts and fruits of the Holy Spirit
  • The Sacrament of Confirmation
Dialogue & Encounter
  • Why the Church holds councils; the Council of Jerusalem
  • Ecumenical councils and the First Council of Nicaea
  • Ecumenism and Christian unity: ‘that they may all be one’
  • Working together for the common good
  • An introduction to Hinduism
Year 8Covenant, Kingdom and the call to holiness
Autumn
Creation and Covenant
  • Adam and Eve and the Fall; original sin and personal sin
  • The Israelites’ escape from Egypt
  • The Covenant at Sinai and the meaning of the Decalogue
  • Conscience and how it is formed (case studies: Doss / Scholl)
  • The Rite of Baptism: origins, meaning and effects
Prophecy & Promise
  • What a prophet and a prophecy are; messianic prophecy
  • The cycle of prophecy from Elijah to John the Baptist
  • The threefold office of priest, prophet and king
  • Advent: signs, symbols and the Jesse Tree; Advent around the world
  • The prophet Amos; truthfulness (Dr Li Wenliang)
Spring
Galilee to Jerusalem
  • The Kingdom of God; the parable of the Sheep and the Goats
  • Jesus’ miracles and the moral sense of Scripture
  • The corporal and spiritual works of mercy; the SVP
  • The Anointing of the Sick; pilgrimage to Lourdes
  • The witness of Mother Elvira Petrozzi
Desert to Garden
  • Why do we suffer? Christian responses to suffering
  • The Easter Triduum
  • The Sacrament of Reconciliation
  • placement of the Hinduism / RSE unit shown on the Y8 grid
Summer
To the ends of the earth
  • The Resurrection and its meaning for Christians
  • How we honour the dead: the funeral rite
Dialogue & Encounter
  • The Second Vatican Council
  • The Ukrainian Orthodox tradition
  • A study of Judaism
  • world-religion focus (grid/SOW differ: Islam / Judaism)
Year 9Human dignity, mission and dialogue
Autumn
Creation and Covenant
  • The value and dignity of human life
  • The development of the foetus in the womb
  • The work of the charity Life
  • Chauvet cave art and the human search for meaning
Prophecy & Promise
  • How Old Testament prophets prepared for the coming of Christ
  • Themes of justice, hope and covenant
  • How the promises are fulfilled in the life of Jesus
Spring
Galilee to Jerusalem
  • Jesus’ ministry, teaching and miracles in Galilee
  • The journey to Jerusalem; Jesus’ identity as Messiah
  • Challenges from religious and political leaders
Desert to Garden
  • Jesus’ Passion, Death and Resurrection
  • The meaning of suffering, forgiveness and salvation
  • How the Easter story shapes Christian faith and practice today
Summer
To the ends of the earth
  • The growth of the early Church and the role of the apostles
  • Missionary journeys and the spread of the Gospel across cultures
  • What mission means for Christians today
Dialogue & Encounter
  • Interfaith dialogue and respect for other religions
  • Catholic teaching on religious diversity
  • How dialogue fosters peace and the common good
  • A study of Judaism

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Each skill is a ladder you climb. Tap the wording from your report below — every ladder will show the rung you are on now and the rung to aim for next.

Highlight your stage— tap the words used on your report
Year 7Knowledge & skills ladder

This progression runs across the whole of Key Stage 3. Find your report stage in each ladder to see what you can already do in Year 7, then read the next rung to see your step up.

Beliefs & teachings

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can recall key beliefs about God as Creator, Jesus and the Holy Spirit.
    • I can describe Catholic beliefs using simple key words.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain beliefs such as the Incarnation, the Trinity and the Eucharist as ‘source and summit’.
    • I can use technical vocabulary accurately.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain why the Church teaches what it does, linking beliefs together.
    • I can connect a belief to how Catholics worship and live.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can explain beliefs in depth with precise theological language.
    • I can show how the Trinity, Incarnation and Church fit into one story of salvation.

Sources of wisdom & authority

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify Scripture, Tradition and the Magisterium as sources of authority.
    • I can find a Bible reference and say what kind of writing it is.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe how the Bible was formed, its languages and literary forms.
    • I can use a source (e.g. Genesis, an icon) to support a point.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can interpret Scripture and religious art, explaining their meaning.
    • I can use a range of sources together to build an answer.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can analyse how faithfully a source expresses Church teaching.
    • I can evaluate the meaning of different translations or artworks.

Analysis & evaluation

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can give a simple reason for a point of view.
    • I can begin to say whether I agree, with a reason.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe and explain more than one point of view with evidence.
    • I can compare two views on a question of faith.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can weigh different viewpoints and reach a supported judgement.
    • I can use evidence from sources to argue a case.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can evaluate an argument in depth and reach a balanced conclusion.
    • I can respond to counter-arguments and recognise divergent views.

Reflection & response

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can say how a belief might affect a believer’s life.
    • I can reflect on what a topic means to me.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain how faith influences a person and society.
    • I can relate teaching such as stewardship and human dignity to real situations.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can apply Catholic Social Teaching to global and local issues.
    • I can respond thoughtfully, giving my own view with reasons.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can evaluate the difference faith makes in the world.
    • I can form a personal, well-justified response that respects other views.
Year 8Knowledge & skills ladder

This progression runs across the whole of Key Stage 3. Find your report stage in each ladder to see what you can already do in Year 8, then read the next rung to see your step up.

Beliefs & teachings

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can recall beliefs about the Fall, the Covenant and the Kingdom of God.
    • I can describe the Decalogue and the sacraments of Baptism and Reconciliation.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain original sin, covenant and the works of mercy using key terms.
    • I can use specialist language confidently.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain how beliefs connect — e.g. covenant, conscience and the Kingdom.
    • I can link a teaching to Catholic practice today.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can explain beliefs in depth, e.g. the greatest commandment and the Decalogue.
    • I can make links across the whole year’s teaching.

Sources of wisdom & authority

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify biblical and Church sources for a topic.
    • I can reference a scripture passage accurately.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe what a source teaches, e.g. Isaiah 11 as messianic.
    • I can use a range of sources as evidence.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can examine a text and explain its meaning securely.
    • I can compare sources, practices and rituals.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can analyse and deconstruct sources and arguments.
    • I can evaluate how a source supports Catholic belief.

Analysis & evaluation

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can give a reason and begin to offer an alternative view.
    • I can state a simple conclusion.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe and explain two or more viewpoints with evidence.
    • I can use a writing frame to justify a response.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain why Christians hold different attitudes, with evidence.
    • I can reach a personal, evidenced conclusion.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can evaluate in depth and offer a balanced conclusion.
    • I can consider the impact of belief systems.

Reflection & response

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can say why a teaching matters to believers.
    • I can reflect on conscience and my own choices.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain how faith shapes moral decisions.
    • I can relate the works of mercy to everyday life.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can apply Catholic teaching to questions of suffering and justice.
    • I can respond with a reasoned personal view.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can evaluate a moral question using Christian values.
    • I can justify my conclusion while respecting other views.
Year 9Knowledge & skills ladder

This progression runs across the whole of Key Stage 3. Find your report stage in each ladder to see what you can already do in Year 9, then read the next rung to see your step up.

Beliefs & teachings

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can recall beliefs about human dignity, the Messiah and the early Church.
    • I can describe Passion, Death and Resurrection.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain the value of human life and salvation using key terms.
    • I can use precise vocabulary about Jesus’ identity.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain how prophecy is fulfilled in Jesus and continued in the Church.
    • I can connect belief to mission today.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can explain in depth how the Paschal Mystery shapes Christian faith.
    • I can synthesise beliefs across the year.

Sources of wisdom & authority

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify Old Testament and Gospel sources for a theme.
    • I can reference a passage and say what it shows.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe how prophets prepared for Christ.
    • I can use a range of sources as evidence.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can interpret sources on suffering, salvation and mission.
    • I can compare perspectives across faiths.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can analyse and deconstruct sources and arguments.
    • I can evaluate how faithfully a source reflects Church teaching.

Analysis & evaluation

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can give reasons for and against a view.
    • I can begin a balanced conclusion.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe and explain several viewpoints with evidence.
    • I can compare religious and non-religious responses.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can weigh evidence and reach a supported judgement.
    • I can engage with counter-arguments.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can evaluate in depth, researching a range of evidence.
    • I can offer my own balanced, well-supported conclusion.

Reflection & response

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can say how beliefs about life and mission affect believers.
    • I can reflect on my own response to big questions.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can explain how faith motivates mission and dialogue.
    • I can relate human dignity to real-world issues.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can apply Catholic teaching on diversity and the common good.
    • I can respond thoughtfully to other religions with respect.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can evaluate how dialogue fosters peace and understanding.
    • I can form a personal, justified response that values other views.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

A library of revision sheets — one per branch. Open the one for whatever you’re studying now to revise the key knowledge and vocabulary, and to help you climb to the next rung.

KS3Open the knowledge organisersRevision sheets

Year 7

7.1Creation and CovenantKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.1

Creation and Covenant

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.You explore what it means to belong to a Catholic school community, how human beings speak about God as Creator, and the relationship between faith and science — reflecting on our call to be stewards of creation.
Builds onKS2 learning about Christianity, the Bible and the natural world.
Leads toYear 8 Creation and Covenant — the Fall, sin and the Covenant at Sinai.
Key conceptsCreationRevelationStewardshipFaith & ScienceCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • God is the Creator and origin of all being; when we speak of God, ‘words always fall short of the mystery of God’ (CCC 42).
  • Revelation is God making himself known; we distinguish the literalsenseof Scripture from reading it literally.
  • Genesis is a symbolic account of creation, not a science textbook; faith and science can work together (the Vatican Observatory).
  • Christians are called to stewardship — caring for creation as a gift (CAFOD LiveSimply Award).
  • Signs and symbols express Catholic belief around our school and in worship.
Key skills
  • I candescribedifferent types of revelation andexplainhow Catholics speak about God.
  • I canevaluatea question such as whether pollution is a necessary consequence of development.
Key terminology
CreationEverything God has made, brought into being out of love.
CreatorGod, the origin and source of all that exists.
RevelationGod making himself and his plan known to us.
StewardshipCaring for creation as a gift, for future generations.
CreationismThe belief that Genesis is a literal, scientific account of creation.
ScientismThe belief that science alone can explain everything.
Careers & pathways
  • Teacher of Religious Education— share and explore faith, ethics and world religions with young people.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Charity & development work— serve those in need with organisations such as CAFOD and the SVP.
  • Law & human rights— argue a case, weigh evidence and defend the dignity and rights of others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography 7.1 — Why is our planet important? for stewardship of the planet; Science 7.8 — Space for creation and the universe.
7.2Prophecy & PromiseKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.You learn how God speaks through Scripture, Tradition and the Magisterium, how the Bible was formed, and why it is described as inspired and without error.
Builds onYear 7 Creation and Covenant — revelation and how God makes himself known.
Leads toYear 8 Prophecy & Promise — prophets, the Messiah and Advent.
Key conceptsScriptureTraditionMagisteriumInspirationCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Scripture, Tradition and the Magisterium together hand on God’s revelation.
  • The Bible was written in Hebrew, Aramaic and Greek and contains many literary forms.
  • Many Old Testament books are shared with Judaism; the Liturgy of the Word proclaims Scripture at Mass.
  • Scripture is inspired by the Holy Spirit and without error in what God wants for our salvation.
  • The Lindisfarne Gospels show how Scripture has been treasured and beautifully illustrated.
Key skills
  • I canmake connectionsbetween sources andexplainthem in my own words.
  • I cancomparetranslations andassesstheir impact on meaning.
Key terminology
ScriptureThe sacred writings of the Bible, inspired by God.
TraditionThe living handing-on of the faith in the Church.
MagisteriumThe teaching authority of the Church.
InspirationThe Holy Spirit guiding the human authors of the Bible.
Gospel‘Good news’; the four accounts of the life of Jesus.
Liturgy of the WordThe part of the Mass where Scripture is proclaimed.
Careers & pathways
  • Teacher of Religious Education— share and explore faith, ethics and world religions with young people.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Charity & development work— serve those in need with organisations such as CAFOD and the SVP.
  • Law & human rights— argue a case, weigh evidence and defend the dignity and rights of others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y7 — Beauty, Beasts and Creation for poetry, awe and the natural world; History 7.6 — The Silk Roads for how texts travelled.
7.3Galilee to JerusalemKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.You study the Incarnation — why the Word became flesh — how the Church teaches that Jesus is true God and true man, and the mystery of the Trinity.
Builds onYear 7 Prophecy & Promise — how Scripture reveals God.
Leads toYear 8 Galilee to Jerusalem — the Kingdom of God and Jesus’ miracles.
Key conceptsIncarnationTrinitySalvationDiscipleshipCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • The Incarnation means the Word, the Son of God, became flesh in Jesus.
  • The Church teaches that Jesus is true God and true man.
  • Jesus’ titles — Lord, Christ, Son of God — reveal who he is.
  • Arius denied Jesus’ divinity; the Council of Nicaea (AD 325) affirmed it in the Creed.
  • The Trinity is one God in three Persons (the Scutum Fidei; Rublev’s icon).
Key skills
  • I canexplainbeliefs about Jesus andlinksources of wisdom together.
  • I caninterpretreligious art andevaluatehow well it conveys belief.
Key terminology
IncarnationGod the Son becoming man in Jesus.
TrinityOne God in three Persons: Father, Son and Holy Spirit.
MessiahThe anointed one promised by God; ‘Christ’ in Greek.
CreedA summary statement of Christian belief.
NicaeaThe council (AD 325) that affirmed Jesus is true God.
DiscipleshipFollowing Jesus and living as he taught.
Careers & pathways
  • Teacher of Religious Education— share and explore faith, ethics and world religions with young people.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Charity & development work— serve those in need with organisations such as CAFOD and the SVP.
  • Counselling & social work— support people through difficulty with empathy and care.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Art & Design 8.3 — Watercolour Painting for depicting sacred scenes; Music 8.1 — Over the Rainbow for music in worship.
7.4Desert to GardenKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.You study the seven sacraments and the Eucharist as the ‘source and summit’ of Christian life, exploring the Paschal Mystery and the real presence.
Builds onYear 7 Galilee to Jerusalem — who Jesus is.
Leads toYear 8 Desert to Garden — suffering, the Triduum and Reconciliation.
Key conceptsSacramentEucharistPaschal MysteryReal PresenceCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • There are seven sacraments — effective signs of grace instituted by Christ.
  • The Eucharist is the ‘source and summit’ of the Christian life.
  • The Paschal Mystery is Jesus’ passion, death, resurrection and ascension, by which we are saved.
  • In the Eucharist Catholics believe in the real presence of Christ.
  • The Mass is called the ‘Sacrifice of the Mass’; St Carlo Acutis had a great love of the Eucharist.
Key skills
  • I canexplainthe meaning of the Mass andusescripture to support it.
  • I canevaluatea claim such as ‘The Mass should be updated’.
Key terminology
SacramentAn effective sign of God’s grace, instituted by Christ.
EucharistThe sacrament of the Body and Blood of Christ.
Paschal MysteryChrist’s passion, death, resurrection and ascension.
Real PresenceThe true presence of Christ in the Eucharist.
ConsecrationThe part of Mass when bread and wine become Christ’s Body and Blood.
LiturgyThe public worship of the Church.
Careers & pathways
  • Teacher of Religious Education— share and explore faith, ethics and world religions with young people.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Charity & development work— serve those in need with organisations such as CAFOD and the SVP.
  • Law & human rights— argue a case, weigh evidence and defend the dignity and rights of others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology F — Food Preparation & Nutrition: safe cooking & nutrition for bread, wine and shared meals; Art & Design 8.3 — Watercolour Painting for symbols in religious art.
7.5To the ends of the earthKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.5

To the ends of the earth

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.You study the Holy Spirit — at work from the beginning, inspiring Scripture and active in the Church today — and the Sacrament of Confirmation.
Builds onYear 7 Desert to Garden — the sacraments.
Leads toYear 8 To the ends of the earth — the Resurrection and honouring the dead.
Key conceptsHoly SpiritChurchConfirmationPentecostCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • The Holy Spirit was at work with the Father and the Son from the beginning.
  • The Spirit inspired the authors of Scripture.
  • Pentecost is celebrated around the world; the Church has four marks — one, holy, catholic and apostolic.
  • The gifts and fruits of the Holy Spirit strengthen believers.
  • In Confirmation the baptised are sealed with the gift of the Holy Spirit.
Key skills
  • I canexplainthe role of the Holy Spirit andconnectit to the Church’s mission.
  • I canevaluatethe importance of Confirmation today.
Key terminology
Holy SpiritThe third Person of the Trinity, God present and active.
ConfirmationThe sacrament that seals the baptised with the Spirit.
PentecostWhen the Holy Spirit came upon the apostles; the ‘birthday’ of the Church.
Marks of the ChurchOne, holy, catholic and apostolic.
Gifts of the SpiritWisdom, understanding, counsel and more, given at Confirmation.
Fruits of the SpiritSigns of the Spirit at work, e.g. love, joy, peace.
Careers & pathways
  • Teacher of Religious Education— share and explore faith, ethics and world religions with young people.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Charity & development work— serve those in need with organisations such as CAFOD and the SVP.
  • Law & human rights— argue a case, weigh evidence and defend the dignity and rights of others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Languages 8.5 — Les célébrations — customs & festivals for feasts and festivals in French; Music 7.1 — Creative composition for composing for a celebration.
7.6Dialogue & EncounterKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.You learn why the Church holds councils, the meaning of Ecumenism and Christian unity, and begin a study of Hinduism, encountering another faith with respect.
Builds onYear 7 To the ends of the earth — the beginnings of the Church.
Leads toYear 8 Dialogue & Encounter — Vatican II and the study of Judaism.
Key conceptsEcumenismCouncilsDialogueHinduismCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • The Church holds councils to settle questions of belief (the Council of Jerusalem; Nicaea).
  • Ecumenism is working for Christian unity — ‘that they may all be one’ (John 17).
  • Christians of different traditions can work together for the common good.
  • Hinduism is one of the world’s oldest religions, with beliefs about God, dharma and many traditions.
  • Encountering other faiths calls for respect and genuine dialogue.
Key skills
  • I canexplainwhy Christian unity matters andcomparedifferent traditions.
  • I candescribekey Hindu beliefs andrespondrespectfully.
Key terminology
EcumenismWorking towards the unity of all Christians.
CouncilA gathering of Church leaders to decide matters of faith.
DialogueRespectful conversation to build understanding.
HinduismAn ancient faith originating in India.
Common goodThe conditions that let everyone flourish together.
DenominationA branch of the Christian family.
Careers & pathways
  • Teacher of Religious Education— share and explore faith, ethics and world religions with young people.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Charity & development work— serve those in need with organisations such as CAFOD and the SVP.
  • Law & human rights— argue a case, weigh evidence and defend the dignity and rights of others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in History 7.4 — Medieval rulers for councils, authority and rulers; History 8.1 — The Reformation & Tudor England for the Reformation.

Year 8

8.1Creation and CovenantKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.1

Creation and Covenant

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.You study the Fall and original sin, the Exodus and the Covenant at Sinai, the meaning of the Decalogue, and how conscience is formed — exploring the Sacrament of Baptism.
Builds onYear 7 Creation and Covenant — God as Creator and revelation.
Leads toYear 9 Creation and Covenant — human dignity and the value of life.
Key conceptsOriginal sinCovenantConscienceBaptismCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Genesis tells of the Fall; original sin is the fallen state we are born into, distinct from personal sin.
  • The Exodus and the Covenant at Sinai reveal God’s faithfulness; the Decalogue guides God’s people.
  • Conscience must be formed and followed (case studies: Desmond Doss / the Scholls).
  • Baptism has origins, meaning and effects — freeing from original sin and making us children of God.
  • Binding commitments are a necessary part of covenants.
Key skills
  • I candescribe and explainthe difference between original and personal sin, with evidence.
  • I canevaluatea conscience case study and reach a reasoned conclusion.
Key terminology
Original sinThe fallen human condition we inherit.
Personal sinA wrong freely chosen by an individual.
CovenantA sacred, binding promise between God and his people.
DecalogueThe Ten Commandments.
ConscienceThe inner voice that helps us judge right from wrong.
BaptismThe sacrament of new birth and entry into the Church.
Careers & pathways
  • Teacher of Religious Education— share and explore faith, ethics and world religions with young people.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Charity & development work— serve those in need with organisations such as CAFOD and the SVP.
  • Law & human rights— argue a case, weigh evidence and defend the dignity and rights of others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y9 — 20th-Century Classics: Lord of the Flies / The Woman in Black for human nature and society; History 8.4 — Origins of transatlantic slavery for slavery and liberation.
8.2Prophecy & PromiseKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.You learn what prophets and prophecy are, the cycle of prophecy from Elijah to John the Baptist, the threefold office of priest, prophet and king, and the season of Advent.
Builds onYear 7 Prophecy & Promise — Scripture and inspiration.
Leads toYear 9 Prophecy & Promise — how the prophets are fulfilled in Christ.
Key conceptsProphecyMessiahAdventPriest, Prophet, KingCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • A prophet speaks God’s message; a messianic text points forward to the Messiah.
  • The cycle of prophecy runs from Elijah through to John the Baptist.
  • All the baptised share in Christ’s threefold office of priest, prophet and king.
  • Advent prepares for Christ’s coming (the Jesse Tree; traditions around the world).
  • The prophet Amos called for justice; truthfulness matters (Dr Li Wenliang).
Key skills
  • I cananalysea prophetic text such as Isaiah 11 andexplainhow Jesus fulfils it.
  • I canusea range of sources as evidence and reach convincing conclusions.
Key terminology
ProphetOne who speaks God’s message to his people.
MessianicPointing to the promised Messiah.
AdventThe season of preparation for Christmas.
Priest, Prophet, KingThe threefold office shared by the baptised.
MartyrdomWitnessing to faith even to the point of death.
CovenantA binding promise between God and his people.
Careers & pathways
  • Teacher of Religious Education— share and explore faith, ethics and world religions with young people.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Charity & development work— serve those in need with organisations such as CAFOD and the SVP.
  • Law & human rights— argue a case, weigh evidence and defend the dignity and rights of others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y9 — War Poetry for poetry, prophecy and warning; History 9.6 — Fighting for rights in the 20th century for speaking out for justice.
8.3Galilee to JerusalemKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.You study the Kingdom of God, Jesus’ miracles and parables (the Sheep and the Goats), the works of mercy, the Anointing of the Sick and pilgrimage.
Builds onYear 7 Galilee to Jerusalem — the Incarnation and Jesus’ identity.
Leads toYear 9 Galilee to Jerusalem — Jesus as Messiah and the journey to Jerusalem.
Key conceptsKingdom of GodMiraclesWorks of MercyPilgrimageCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • The Kingdom of God is shown in Jesus’ parables and miracles.
  • The parable of the Sheep and the Goats teaches care for the marginalised.
  • The corporal and spiritual works of mercy put faith into action (the SVP).
  • The Anointing of the Sick brings Christ’s healing; Catholics make pilgrimage (Lourdes).
  • The Church tests claimed miracles carefully.
Key skills
  • I canexplainthe moral sense of Scripture andconnectparables to Church teaching.
  • I canevaluateclaims, e.g. whether science has disproved miracles.
Key terminology
Kingdom of GodGod’s reign of justice, peace and love.
ParableA story of Jesus with a deeper meaning.
MiracleA sign of God’s power that points to his Kingdom.
Works of MercyActs of care for body and soul.
Anointing of the SickThe sacrament of Christ’s healing for the ill.
PilgrimageA journey to a holy place for prayer.
Careers & pathways
  • Teacher of Religious Education— share and explore faith, ethics and world religions with young people.
  • Charity & development work— serve those in need with organisations such as CAFOD and the SVP.
  • Counselling & social work— support people through difficulty with empathy and care.
  • Healthcare & nursing— care for the sick and dying with compassion and skill.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y9 — Non-fiction: Travel Writing for miracles and eyewitness accounts; Drama 7.4 — Devising: Responding to a Stimulus for retelling a story in performance.
8.4Desert to GardenKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.You explore the question of why we suffer, the Easter Triduum, and the Sacrament of Reconciliation.
Builds onYear 7 Desert to Garden — the sacraments and the Eucharist.
Leads toYear 9 Desert to Garden — the Passion, death and resurrection of Jesus.
Key conceptsSufferingTriduumReconciliationForgivenessCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Christians ask why we suffer and find meaning in Christ’s own suffering.
  • The Easter Triduum (Holy Thursday, Good Friday, the Easter Vigil) is the heart of the Church’s year.
  • In Reconciliation, God forgives sin through the ministry of the Church.
  • Contrition, confession, penance and absolution are part of the sacrament.
  • the placement of the Hinduism / RSE unit shown on the Y8 grid.
Key skills
  • I canexplainChristian responses to suffering andusea range of sources.
  • I canevaluatea question with two or more viewpoints and a personal conclusion.
Key terminology
SufferingPain or hardship; Christians find meaning in it through Christ.
TriduumThe three holiest days from Holy Thursday to Easter.
ReconciliationThe sacrament of God’s forgiveness.
ContritionBeing truly sorry for sin.
AbsolutionGod’s forgiveness given through the priest.
PenanceA sign of sorrow and a resolve to do better.
Careers & pathways
  • Teacher of Religious Education— share and explore faith, ethics and world religions with young people.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Charity & development work— serve those in need with organisations such as CAFOD and the SVP.
  • Law & human rights— argue a case, weigh evidence and defend the dignity and rights of others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y8 — Fear and Fascination for fear, suffering and the gothic; Drama 9.2 — Verbatim Theatre: I Love You Mum, I Promise I Won’t Die for verbatim theatre and real loss.
8.5To the ends of the earthKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.5

To the ends of the earth

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.You study the Resurrection of Jesus and how the Church honours the dead through the funeral rite.
Builds onYear 7 To the ends of the earth — the Holy Spirit and the Church.
Leads toYear 9 To the ends of the earth — the growth of the early Church and mission.
Key conceptsResurrectionEternal lifeFuneral riteHopeCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • The Resurrection of Jesus is the foundation of Christian hope.
  • Christians believe in eternal life with God.
  • The funeral rite commends the dead to God and comforts the bereaved.
  • Belief in the resurrection shapes how Christians face death.
Key skills
  • I canexplainthe meaning of the Resurrection andrelateit to Christian practice.
  • I canevaluatebeliefs about life after death, using evidence.
Key terminology
ResurrectionJesus rising from the dead; the basis of Christian hope.
Eternal lifeLife with God for ever.
Funeral riteThe Church’s prayers for the dead and the bereaved.
HopeTrust in God’s promises for the future.
SalvationBeing saved from sin and death by Christ.
Careers & pathways
  • Teacher of Religious Education— share and explore faith, ethics and world religions with young people.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Charity & development work— serve those in need with organisations such as CAFOD and the SVP.
  • Law & human rights— argue a case, weigh evidence and defend the dignity and rights of others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Art & Design 8.2 — Under the Microscope for resurrection and new life in art; Science 8.5 — Plant organ systems for germination and new growth.
8.6Dialogue & EncounterKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.You explore the Second Vatican Council and the Ukrainian Orthodox tradition, and study Judaism, encountering another faith with respect.
Builds onYear 7 Dialogue & Encounter — councils and Ecumenism.
Leads toYear 9 Dialogue & Encounter — interfaith dialogue and religious diversity.
Key conceptsVatican IITraditionJudaismDialogueCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • The Second Vatican Council renewed the Church’s life and its engagement with the modern world.
  • The Ukrainian Orthodox tradition is part of the wider Christian family.
  • Judaism is the faith from which Christianity grew, with beliefs about the Covenant, Torah and worship.
  • Respectful dialogue deepens understanding between faiths.
  • world-religion focus (the grid and SOW differ: Islam / Judaism).
Key skills
  • I candescribekey beliefs of Judaism andcomparethem with Catholic belief.
  • I canevaluatethe importance of dialogue for the common good.
Key terminology
Vatican IIThe council (1962–65) that renewed the Church.
OrthodoxEastern Christian Churches, e.g. Ukrainian Orthodox.
JudaismThe faith of the Jewish people, rooted in the Covenant.
TorahThe first five books of the Hebrew Scriptures; God’s law.
CovenantThe sacred bond between God and his people.
DialogueRespectful conversation to build understanding.
Careers & pathways
  • Teacher of Religious Education— share and explore faith, ethics and world religions with young people.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Charity & development work— serve those in need with organisations such as CAFOD and the SVP.
  • Law & human rights— argue a case, weigh evidence and defend the dignity and rights of others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in History 9.6 — Fighting for rights in the 20th century for the 20th century and social change; Languages T3 — Theme 3: Aspects of French-speaking society: current issues for diverse societies.

Year 9

9.1Creation and CovenantKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.1

Creation and Covenant

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.You build your understanding of the value and dignity of human life, studying the development of the foetus in the womb, the work of the charity Life, and Chauvet cave art.
Builds onYear 8 Creation and Covenant — the Fall, conscience and Baptism.
Leads toGCSE study of Catholic beliefs about the origins and value of human life.
Key conceptsHuman dignitySanctity of lifeConscienceCreationCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Human life has value and dignity from conception, because each person is made in God’s image.
  • The foetus develops through recognisable stages in the womb.
  • The charity Life supports women and upholds the value of human life.
  • Chauvet cave art shows the human search for meaning across history.
Key skills
  • I canexplainCatholic teaching on the value of life andusesources as evidence.
  • I canevaluatequestions about human life and reach a balanced conclusion.
Key terminology
Human dignityThe immense worth of every human person.
Sanctity of lifeThe belief that all life is holy and God-given.
ConceptionThe beginning of a new human life.
Image of GodThe truth that humans reflect God (imago Dei).
ConscienceThe inner judgement of right and wrong.
Careers & pathways
  • Teacher of Religious Education— share and explore faith, ethics and world religions with young people.
  • Healthcare & medical ethics— help make careful, compassionate decisions about human life.
  • Law & human rights— argue a case, weigh evidence and defend the dignity of others.
  • Charity & development work— serve those in need with organisations such as CAFOD and Life.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 7.6 — Human reproduction for human life and reproduction; PSHE 2 — Relationships & RSE for relationships and dignity.
9.2Prophecy & PromiseKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.You explore how Old Testament prophets prepared for the coming of Christ, examining justice, hope and covenant, and how these promises are fulfilled in Jesus.
Builds onYear 8 Prophecy & Promise — prophecy and the Messiah.
Leads toGCSE study of sources of wisdom and authority.
Key conceptsProphecyCovenantJusticeFulfilmentCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Old Testament prophets prepared God’s people for the coming of Christ.
  • The prophets proclaim justice, hope and covenant.
  • Jesus fulfils the promises made through the prophets.
  • Prophecy is fulfilled in Christ and continued in the life of the Church.
Key skills
  • I cananalyseprophetic texts andexplaintheir fulfilment in Jesus.
  • I canevaluatethe relevance of the prophets today.
Key terminology
ProphetOne who speaks God’s message.
CovenantA binding promise between God and his people.
JusticeGiving each person what they are due.
MessiahThe promised, anointed one.
FulfilmentThe completion of God’s promises in Jesus.
Careers & pathways
  • Teacher of Religious Education— share and explore faith, ethics and world religions with young people.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Charity & development work— serve those in need with organisations such as CAFOD and the SVP.
  • Law & human rights— argue a case, weigh evidence and defend the dignity and rights of others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in History 8.1 — The Reformation & Tudor England for the Reformation and Scripture; English Y7 — Storytelling and Shakespeare for context and interpretation.
9.3Galilee to JerusalemKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.You follow Jesus’ ministry, teaching and miracles in Galilee through to his journey to Jerusalem, considering his identity as Messiah and the opposition he faced.
Builds onYear 8 Galilee to Jerusalem — the Kingdom of God and the works of mercy.
Leads toGCSE study of the person and work of Jesus Christ.
Key conceptsMessiahMinistryDiscipleshipKingdomCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Jesus’ ministry combined teaching, healing and calling disciples.
  • Jesus is the Messiah, though not the political leader many expected.
  • He faced opposition from religious and political leaders.
  • The journey to Jerusalem leads towards the Passion.
Key skills
  • I canexplainJesus’ identity and mission using sources.
  • I canevaluatedifferent responses to the question ‘Who do people say I am?’
Key terminology
MessiahThe promised, anointed saviour.
MinistryJesus’ work of teaching, healing and serving.
DiscipleA follower and learner of Jesus.
ParableA story of Jesus with a deeper meaning.
Kingdom of GodGod’s reign of justice, peace and love.
Careers & pathways
  • Teacher of Religious Education— share and explore faith, ethics and world religions with young people.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Charity & development work— serve those in need with organisations such as CAFOD and the SVP.
  • Law & human rights— argue a case, weigh evidence and defend the dignity and rights of others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y9 — Aspects of Love: Romeo and Juliet for studying a text closely; Drama 8.4 — Shakespeare for staging a well-known story.
9.4Desert to GardenKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.You examine Jesus’ Passion, Death and Resurrection and the meaning of suffering, forgiveness and salvation, reflecting on how the Easter story shapes faith today.
Builds onYear 8 Desert to Garden — suffering and Reconciliation.
Leads toGCSE study of salvation, redemption and the Paschal Mystery.
Key conceptsPassionSalvationRedemptionResurrectionCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • The Passion and Death of Jesus reveal the depth of God’s love.
  • Through the cross and resurrection, Christians believe we are saved and forgiven.
  • Salvation and redemption are central to Christian faith.
  • The Easter story shapes Christian practice and hope today.
Key skills
  • I canexplainthe meaning of the Paschal Mystery andsupportit with sources.
  • I canevaluatethe meaning of suffering and forgiveness.
Key terminology
PassionThe suffering and death of Jesus.
SalvationBeing saved from sin and death by Christ.
RedemptionBeing ‘bought back’ and freed by Christ.
ResurrectionJesus rising from the dead.
AtonementBeing made one with God through Christ.
Careers & pathways
  • Teacher of Religious Education— share and explore faith, ethics and world religions with young people.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Charity & development work— serve those in need with organisations such as CAFOD and the SVP.
  • Law & human rights— argue a case, weigh evidence and defend the dignity and rights of others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y9 — War Poetry for suffering and sacrifice in poetry; Drama 7.5 — Greek Theatre for tragedy and catharsis.
9.5To the ends of the earthKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.5

To the ends of the earth

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.You investigate the growth of the early Church, the role of the apostles and missionary journeys, exploring how the Gospel spread across cultures and what mission means today.
Builds onYear 8 To the ends of the earth — the Resurrection and hope.
Leads toGCSE study of the Church, mission and evangelisation.
Key conceptsChurchMissionApostlesEvangelisationCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • The early Church grew rapidly after Pentecost.
  • The apostles led and spread the Church.
  • Missionary journeys carried the Gospel across cultures.
  • Mission and evangelisation continue in the Church today.
Key skills
  • I canexplainhow the Church grew andconnectit to mission today.
  • I canevaluatewhat mission means for Christians now.
Key terminology
ChurchThe community of Christ’s followers.
MissionBeing sent to share the Gospel and serve.
ApostleOne sent by Jesus to lead and spread the Church.
EvangelisationSharing the good news of Jesus.
PentecostWhen the Spirit came upon the apostles.
Careers & pathways
  • Teacher of Religious Education— share and explore faith, ethics and world religions with young people.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Charity & development work— serve those in need with organisations such as CAFOD and the SVP.
  • Law & human rights— argue a case, weigh evidence and defend the dignity and rights of others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in History 7.6 — The Silk Roads for how ideas spread along trade routes; History 7.3 — Medieval life: faith, work & disease for faith in medieval life.
9.6Dialogue & EncounterKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.You learn about interfaith dialogue, respect for other religions and Catholic teaching on religious diversity, and continue your study of Judaism.
Builds onYear 8 Dialogue & Encounter — Vatican II and the study of Judaism.
Leads toGCSE study of religion, dialogue and the modern world.
Key conceptsDialogueReligious diversityJudaismCommon goodCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Interfaith dialogue fosters respect and understanding.
  • Catholic teaching respects the freedom and dignity of those of other faiths.
  • Judaism shares deep roots with Christianity (the Covenant, the Torah).
  • Dialogue supports peace and the common good.
Key skills
  • I canexplainCatholic teaching on religious diversity andcomparefaiths.
  • I canevaluatehow dialogue fosters peace and understanding.
Key terminology
DialogueRespectful conversation to build understanding.
DiversityThe variety of religions and beliefs in society.
JudaismThe faith of the Jewish people.
TorahGod’s law; the first five books of the Hebrew Scriptures.
Common goodThe conditions that let everyone flourish.
Careers & pathways
  • Teacher of Religious Education— share and explore faith, ethics and world religions with young people.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Charity & development work— serve those in need with organisations such as CAFOD and the SVP.
  • Law & human rights— argue a case, weigh evidence and defend the dignity and rights of others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Languages T3 — Theme 3: Aspects of French-speaking society: current issues for multiculturalism and respect; PSHE 3 — Living in the Wider World for living in the wider world.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise RE at KS3

  • Turn each branch into a one-page summary: key beliefs, key words, and a scripture or source of wisdom.
  • Learn todescribe, thenexplain, thenevaluate— practise all three for each topic.
  • For evaluation questions, plan two sides and a conclusion before you write.
  • Use knowledge organisers to test yourself on key vocabulary and quotations.
  • Practise linking a belief to how Catholics live and worship, and to Catholic Social Teaching.

At GCSE, students follow WJEC/Eduqas GCSE Religious Studies Route B (C120PB) — the route designed for Catholic schools, integrating a 75% study of Catholic Christianity with a 25% study of Judaism. It is assessed by three written examinations: Foundational Catholic Theology (37.5%), Applied Catholic Theology (37.5%) and a Study of a World Faith — Judaism (25%). The two assessment objectives are weighted roughly equally — AO1 knowledge and understanding and AO2 analysis and evaluation — and there is no tiered entry; all students sit the same papers.WJEC/Eduqas GCSE Religious Studies Route B (C120PB) — the route designed for Catholic schools, integrating a 75% study of Catholic Christianity with a 25% study of Judaism. It is assessed by three written examinations: Foundational Catholic Theology (37.5%), Applied Catholic Theology (37.5%) and a Study of a World Faith — Judaism (25%). The two assessment objectives are weighted roughly equally — AO1 knowledge and understanding and AO2 analysis and evaluation — and there is no tiered entry; all students sit the same papers. exact exam durations.

Choose the topic you are studying to jump to its organiser and the progress ladder.

What are you studying at the moment?— choose your topic

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the WJEC/Eduqas Route B (C120) specification

WJEC/Eduqas GCSE Religious Studies Route B (C120) is assessed by three written exams. Components 1 and 2 study Catholic Christianity and Component 3 studies a world faith. Open the tile below for the full breakdown.

GCSEThe course in detail — three componentsComponent 1 37.5% · Component 2 37.5% · Component 3 25%
Component 1 — Foundational Catholic TheologyWritten exam · 37.5%
  • Written exam on two themes from a Catholic Christian perspective
  • Theme 1: Origins and Meaning — creation, Imago Dei, faith & science, stewardship
  • Theme 2: Good and Evil — the Trinity, the Fall, the problem of evil, conscience & Natural Law
  • Questions build (a)→(d); AO2 is assessed in the (d) evaluations; Theme 1’s (d) requires non-religious views
Component 2 — Applied Catholic TheologyWritten exam · 37.5%
  • Written exam applying Catholic belief to contemporary issues
  • Theme 1: Life and Death — the afterlife, the soul, funeral rites, euthanasia
  • Theme 2: Sin and Forgiveness — punishment, reconciliation, salvation, prayer
  • Learners contrast Catholic, other Christian and non-religious responses
Component 3 — Study of a World Faith: JudaismWritten exam · 25%
  • Written exam on the beliefs, teachings and practices of Judaism
  • Framed by the eight key concepts central to Judaism
  • No SPaG (spelling, punctuation and grammar) marks are awarded on this component
  • Whether a faith other than Judaism is studied is — no other faith is studied, though Humanist perspectives are required in Paper 1.
The two assessment objectivesAssessment
  • AO1 Knowledge & understanding — of religion and belief (≈50%)
  • AO2 Analysis & evaluation — of religious and non-religious views (≈50%)
  • Exact AO weightings and component timings are
Ways of working Skills of the theologian
  • Using Scripture and Church teaching to support answers
  • Precise use of key concepts and religious vocabulary
  • Contrasting religious and non-religious viewpoints
  • Building balanced, justified evaluations
  • Applying belief to real-life ethical issues
How marks are gained What great work shows
  • Accurate knowledge supported by sources of wisdom and authority
  • Religious terminology used precisely
  • Balanced (d) answers that weigh different views
  • A clear, justified conclusion to evaluation questions
Where it leads Progression
  • A-Level Religious Studies in the Sixth Form
  • Further study in theology, philosophy, ethics and the humanities
  • Careers in law, teaching, chaplaincy, charity and public service
  • Transferable strengths in argument, empathy and ethical reasoning

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Built around the two assessment objectives — AO1 (knowledge and understanding) and AO2 (analysis and evaluation). Tap the stage from your report to see your next step up in each objective.

Highlight your stage— tap your grade band
GCSEGCSE Religious Studies — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · WJEC/Eduqas Route B

This grid is built around the two assessment objectives (AO1 and AO2). Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see how to move up. The bands match the grade descriptors on the department’s own GCSE feedback sheet, so your next step here is the same one your teacher writes on your work.

AO1 · Knowledge and understanding (≈50%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can recall basic Catholic beliefs and give simple facts.
    • I can describe a belief or practice using some key words.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can describe beliefs, teachings and practices with some detail.
    • I can refer to a source of wisdom to support a point.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can explain beliefs and practices clearly, using sources of wisdom and authority.
    • I can show how beliefs influence the lives of believers.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can explain beliefs in depth with precise vocabulary and well-chosen sources.
    • I can show thorough understanding of divergent views within and between traditions.

AO2 · Analysis and evaluation (≈50%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can give a point of view with a simple reason.
    • I can state whether I agree.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can give more than one point of view with reasons and some evidence.
    • I can begin a reasoned conclusion.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can evaluate different views using sources and reach a justified conclusion.
    • I can weigh arguments for and against.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can construct a sustained, balanced argument and reach a well-justified conclusion.
    • I can analyse divergent views critically, using evidence.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources
GCSEOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
1.1Origins and MeaningKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this area is about.Catholic beliefs about creation and the meaning of human life — Genesis, faith and science,imago Deiand stewardship.
Builds onKS3 Creation and Covenant — God as Creator and the value of life.
Leads toComponent 1 Theme 2, Good and Evil.
StrandComponent 1: Foundational Catholic TheologyWJEC Route B
Key knowledge
  • Genesis reveals God as Creator; it is theological truth, not a science textbook.
  • Faith and science can work together; the Big Bang is not opposed to belief in a Creator.
  • Human beings are made in the image of God (imago Dei) and have unique dignity.
  • Original sin describes the fallen human condition.
  • Christians are called to stewardship of creation (Laudato Si’).
Key skills
  • I canexplainCatholic beliefs about creation using sources of wisdom.
  • I canevaluatethe relationship between faith and science.
Key vocabulary
CreationAll that God has made.
Imago DeiMade in the image of God.
Original sinThe fallen state humanity inherits.
StewardshipCaring for creation as a gift.
OmnipotentAll-powerful (a quality of God).
Careers & pathways
  • Teacher of Religious Education— share and explore faith, ethics and world religions with young people.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Charity & development work— serve those in need with organisations such as CAFOD and the SVP.
  • Law, ethics & human rights— argue a case, weigh evidence and defend the dignity and rights of others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science P4 — Atomic structure for atomic structure and the Big Bang; Science B6 — Inheritance, variation and evolution for evolution and inheritance; Geography 7.1 — Why is our planet important? for the value of the planet.
1.2Good and EvilKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this area is about.Catholic beliefs about the Trinity, the Incarnation and redemption, and responses to the problem of evil, conscience and free will.
Builds onComponent 1 Theme 1, Origins and Meaning.
Leads toComponent 2, Applied Catholic Theology.
StrandComponent 1: Foundational Catholic TheologyWJEC Route B
Key knowledge
  • God is Trinity — one God in three Persons.
  • In the Incarnation the Son of God became man to redeem us.
  • The Fall introduced sin and suffering into the world.
  • The problem of evil asks how a good God allows evil; free will is one response.
  • Conscience must be formed and followed.
Key skills
  • I canexplainCatholic beliefs about the Trinity and redemption.
  • I canevaluateresponses to the problem of evil.
Key vocabulary
TrinityOne God in three Persons.
IncarnationGod the Son becoming man.
RedemptionBeing freed from sin by Christ.
Free willThe God-given freedom to choose.
ConscienceThe inner judgement of right and wrong.
Careers & pathways
  • Teacher of Religious Education— share and explore faith, ethics and world religions with young people.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Charity & development work— serve those in need with organisations such as CAFOD and the SVP.
  • Law, ethics & human rights— argue a case, weigh evidence and defend the dignity and rights of others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English GCSE — Shakespeare: Macbeth for ambition, evil and conscience; History 9.5 — The Holocaust for the Holocaust.
2.1Life and DeathKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this area is about.Catholic beliefs about death, judgement and the afterlife, and their application to funeral rites and end-of-life issues.
Builds onComponent 1 — beliefs about God and the human person.
Leads toComponent 2 Theme 2, Sin and Forgiveness.
StrandComponent 2: Applied Catholic TheologyWJEC Route B
Key knowledge
  • Catholics believe in life after death: heaven, hell and purgatory.
  • The soul is immortal; the body will be raised (resurrection).
  • Eschatology is the study of the ‘last things’.
  • Funeral rites commend the dead to God and comfort the bereaved.
  • The Church teaches the sanctity of life — euthanasia is opposed; palliative care is valued.
Key skills
  • I canexplainCatholic beliefs about the afterlife using sources.
  • I canevaluateissues such as euthanasia and palliative care.
Key vocabulary
ResurrectionRising to new life after death.
PurgatoryA state of purification before heaven.
SoulThe spiritual, immortal part of a person.
EschatologyTeaching about the last things.
EuthanasiaDeliberately ending life to relieve suffering.
Careers & pathways
  • Teacher of Religious Education— share and explore faith, ethics and world religions with young people.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Charity & development work— serve those in need with organisations such as CAFOD and the SVP.
  • Law, ethics & human rights— argue a case, weigh evidence and defend the dignity and rights of others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 9.11 — Organisation for organs, transplants and the body; PSHE 1 — Health & Wellbeing for health, loss and wellbeing.
2.2Sin and ForgivenessKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this area is about.Catholic beliefs about sin, crime and punishment, forgiveness and salvation, and the sacraments that restore us.
Builds onComponent 2 Theme 1, Life and Death.
Leads toA-Level Religion and Ethics.
StrandComponent 2: Applied Catholic TheologyWJEC Route B
Key knowledge
  • Sin damages our relationship with God and others.
  • The aims of punishment include protection, deterrence, retribution and reformation.
  • The Church calls for justice tempered by mercy; it opposes capital punishment.
  • Forgiveness and reconciliation are central to the Gospel.
  • Salvation comes through Christ; the sacraments of Reconciliation and Eucharist restore and nourish us.
Key skills
  • I canexplainCatholic teaching on punishment and forgiveness.
  • I canevaluatedifferent views on crime and punishment.
Key vocabulary
SinA deliberate thought, word or act against God’s law.
ReconciliationThe sacrament of God’s forgiveness.
SalvationBeing saved from sin by Christ.
RetributionPunishment as deserved.
ReformationPunishment aimed at change.
Careers & pathways
  • Teacher of Religious Education— share and explore faith, ethics and world religions with young people.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Charity & development work— serve those in need with organisations such as CAFOD and the SVP.
  • Law, ethics & human rights— argue a case, weigh evidence and defend the dignity and rights of others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in History P2A — Britain: Power and the People, c1170–present for crime, punishment and protest; Sociology 4 — Paper 3: Crime and Deviance with Theory and Methods for crime and deviance.
3.1Judaism: Beliefs and teachingsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
3.1

Judaism: Beliefs and teachings

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this area is about.The key beliefs of Judaism — the nature of God, the Covenant, the Messiah and the sanctity of life.
Builds onKS3 study of Judaism in Dialogue & Encounter.
Leads toComponent 3 — Jewish practices.
StrandComponent 3: Study of a World FaithWJEC Route B
Key knowledge
  • Jews believe in one God (monotheism) who is Creator and lawgiver.
  • The Covenant binds God and the Jewish people (Abraham; Moses at Sinai).
  • The Torah is God’s law and teaching.
  • Beliefs about the Messiah and the world to come.
  • The sanctity of life is central to Jewish ethics.
Key skills
  • I candescribekey Jewish beliefs accurately.
  • I cancompareJewish and Catholic beliefs about God and the Covenant.
Key vocabulary
MonotheismBelief in one God.
CovenantThe bond between God and the Jewish people.
TorahGod’s law; the first five books of the Hebrew Bible.
MessiahThe anointed one awaited in Judaism.
SynagogueThe Jewish place of worship and study.
Careers & pathways
  • Teacher of Religious Education— share and explore faith, ethics and world religions with young people.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Charity & development work— serve those in need with organisations such as CAFOD and the SVP.
  • Law, ethics & human rights— argue a case, weigh evidence and defend the dignity and rights of others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in History 9.5 — The Holocaust for the Holocaust and Jewish history; English Y8 — Myths and Monsters for myth, covenant and story.
3.2Judaism: PracticesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this area is about.How Jewish beliefs are lived out — Shabbat, the synagogue, festivals and rituals of the life cycle.
Builds onComponent 3 — Jewish beliefs and teachings.
Leads toA-Level study of religion and dialogue.
StrandComponent 3: Study of a World FaithWJEC Route B
Key knowledge
  • Shabbat is the weekly day of rest, holy to God.
  • The synagogue is the centre of worship, study and community.
  • Festivals include Pesach, Rosh Hashanah and Yom Kippur.
  • Rituals mark the life cycle, e.g. Bar/Bat Mitzvah.
  • Kosher food laws shape daily Jewish life.
Key skills
  • I candescribeJewish practices andexplaintheir importance.
  • I canevaluatethe importance of a practice for Jews today.
Key vocabulary
ShabbatThe Jewish day of rest.
PesachPassover, recalling the Exodus.
Yom KippurThe Day of Atonement.
Bar/Bat MitzvahComing of age in Judaism.
KosherFood that is permitted under Jewish law.
Careers & pathways
  • Teacher of Religious Education— share and explore faith, ethics and world religions with young people.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Charity & development work— serve those in need with organisations such as CAFOD and the SVP.
  • Law, ethics & human rights— argue a case, weigh evidence and defend the dignity and rights of others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology F — Food Preparation & Nutrition: safe cooking & nutrition for dietary law and food preparation; Languages 8.5 — Les célébrations — customs & festivals for festivals and the religious year.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise RE at GCSE

  • Turn each theme into a one-page summary: key beliefs, key words, sources of wisdom and different views.
  • Practise both skills:explain(AO1) andevaluate(AO2) for every topic.
  • Learn short, accurate quotations and sources to support your points.
  • Plan evaluation answers: arguments, counter-arguments and a justified conclusion.
  • Use past questions and mark schemes to see what each grade band requires.

At A-Level, students follow WJEC GCE Religious Studies (A120), a two-year linear course examined by three equally-weighted components (33⅓% each): A Study of Religion (Christianity), Philosophy of Religion and Religion and Ethics. Each paper has an AO1 knowledge part (a) and an AO2 analysis-and-evaluation part (b), so evaluation carries the greater share of marks (AO1 ≈40%, AO2 ≈60%).WJEC GCE Religious Studies (A120), a two-year linear course examined by three equally-weighted components (33⅓% each): A Study of Religion (Christianity),Philosophy of ReligionandReligion and Ethics. Each paper has an AO1 knowledge part (a) and an AO2 analysis-and-evaluation part (b), so evaluation carries the greater share of marks (AO1 ≈40%,AO2 ≈60%). exact exam durations and set texts.

Choose the topic you are studying to jump to its organiser and the progress ladder.

What are you studying at the moment?— choose your topic

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the WJEC/Eduqas A-Level (A120) specification

WJEC GCE A-Level Religious Studies (A120) is a linear course assessed by three equally-weighted written exams, combining a study of Christianity with philosophy of religion and religion and ethics. Open the tile below for the full breakdown.

A-LevelThe course in detail — three componentsComponent 1 33⅓% · Component 2 33⅓% · Component 3 33⅓%
Component 1 — A Study of Religion: ChristianityWritten exam · 33⅓%
  • Christianity explores the life and significance of Jesus, the Bible, and Christian beliefs about God, Trinity and Atonement, alongside Christian morality, Baptism and Eucharist.
  • Year 1 — Theme 1: Religious Figures and Sacred Texts (Jesus’ birth and resurrection; the Bible as a source of authority) · Theme 2: Religious Concepts and Religious Life (the nature of God, Trinity, Atonement, faith and works, the Church and Christian morality) · Theme 4: Religious Practices and Identity (Baptism, Eucharist, Christmas and Easter)
  • Year 2 — Theme 1: biblical authority and inspiration, the early Church and different understandings of Jesus · Theme 3: Significant Developments in Religious Thought (wealth, migration, feminist theology, secularisation, science and religious pluralism) · Theme 4: ecumenism, charismatic Christianity and liberation theology
  • Students develop knowledge alongside skills of critical analysis, debate and evaluation.
Component 2 — Philosophy of ReligionWritten exam · 33⅓%
  • Philosophy of Religion examines some of the biggest questions we can ask: does God exist, why is there suffering, and can people experience God?
  • Year 1 — Theme 1: Arguments for God’s Existence (cosmological and teleological arguments) · Theme 2: Challenges to Religious Belief (the ontological argument; the problem of evil and suffering) · Theme 3: Religious Experience (types of religious experience and challenges to their authenticity)
  • Year 2 — Theme 2: Freud, Jung, atheism and New Atheism · Theme 3: the impact of religious experience and debates about miracles · Theme 4: Religious Language (whether religious language is meaningful — verification, falsification, analogy, symbol, myth and language games)
  • Philosophical arguments and challenges come first, then the debates they open up.
Component 3 — Religion and EthicsWritten exam · 33⅓%
  • Religion and Ethics explores how we decide what is morally right and wrong, and applies the major ethical theories to contemporary issues.
  • Year 1 — Theme 1: Ethical Thought (Divine Command Theory, Virtue Theory and Ethical Egoism) · Theme 2: Deontological Ethics (Aquinas’ Natural Law and its application) · Theme 3: Teleological Ethics (Situation Ethics and Utilitarianism, applied to contemporary moral issues)
  • Year 2 — Theme 1: meta-ethics, including Naturalism, Intuitionism and Emotivism · Theme 2: Finnis’ Natural Law and Proportionalism · Theme 4: Determinism and Free Will (predestination, determinism, libertarianism, free will and moral responsibility)
  • Theories are always tested against real moral questions, not studied in the abstract.
The two assessment objectivesAssessment
  • AO1 Knowledge & understanding — of religion and belief (≈40%)
  • AO2 Analysis & evaluation — of religious and philosophical issues (≈60%)
  • All three components are equally weighted at 33⅓%, each assessed by its own written exam.
Skills & processes Ways of working
  • Close reading of set texts and sources
  • Constructing sustained, reasoned arguments
  • Critical analysisof scholarly views
  • Connecting philosophy, ethics and theology
  • Evaluative writingreaching justified conclusions
How marks are gained What great work shows
  • Detailed, accurate knowledge with scholarly support
  • Sustained lines of reasoning and critical analysis
  • Balanced evaluation of competing views
  • Precise terminology and well-structured essays
Where it leads Progression
  • University degrees in theology, philosophy, PPE, law and the humanities
  • Careers in law, teaching, journalism, policy and ministry
  • A strong foundation for any essay-based or ethical discipline
  • Highly valued skills in argument, analysis and independent thought

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Built around the two assessment objectives — AO1 (knowledge and understanding) and AO2 (analysis and evaluation). Tap the stage from your report to see your next step up in each objective.

Highlight your stage— tap the words used on your report
A-LevelA-Level Religious Studies — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · WJEC A120

This grid is built around the two assessment objectives (AO1 and AO2). Find your working-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see how to move up. The bands follow the Eduqas band descriptors used on the department’s AO1 and AO2 feedback sheet, which you are given with your Year 12 pack.

AO1 · Knowledge and understanding (≈40%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can outline key beliefs, arguments and ethical theories.
    • I can use some technical vocabulary and name relevant scholars.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can explain beliefs, arguments and theories with accurate detail.
    • I can refer to scholars, sources and texts to support my points.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can explain ideas in depth, showing how they connect.
    • I can use a range of scholarly views and precise terminology.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can demonstrate extensive, accurate understanding with insight.
    • I can integrate scholarship, sources and technical language fluently.

AO2 · Analysis and evaluation (≈60%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can state a view with a reason.
    • I can identify a strength or weakness of an argument.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can develop arguments on more than one side with evidence.
    • I can reach a supported conclusion.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can evaluate arguments critically using scholars and reach a justified conclusion.
    • I can weigh competing views and defend my judgement.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can sustain a rigorous, balanced line of argument to a convincing conclusion.
    • I can critique scholarship and construct original, well-evidenced evaluation.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources
A-LevelOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
C1aChristianity: Beliefs and teachingsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
C1a

Christianity: Beliefs and teachings

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this area is about.Core Christian beliefs studied in depth — God, the person and work of Christ, salvation and the Church.
Builds onGCSE Foundational and Applied Catholic Theology.
Leads toComponent 1 — Christian practices and developments.
StrandComponent 1: A Study of Religion (Christianity)WJEC A120
Key knowledge
  • Christian beliefs about the nature of God and the Trinity.
  • The person and work of Jesus Christ — Incarnation, death and resurrection.
  • Salvation, grace and the role of the Church.
  • Sources of authority: Scripture and tradition.
  • Key religious figures and texts that shaped Christianity.
Key skills
  • I canexplainChristian beliefs using scholars and sources.
  • I canevaluatethe significance of a belief or teaching.
Key vocabulary
IncarnationGod the Son becoming man.
SalvationBeing saved from sin by Christ.
GraceGod’s free gift of his life and help.
AtonementReconciliation of God and humanity through Christ.
EcclesiologyThe study of the Church.
Careers & pathways
  • Teaching & academia— teach RE, theology, philosophy or ethics, or research them at university.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Law & human rights— reason rigorously, weigh evidence and argue a case.
  • Medical, business & public ethics— advise on the moral questions raised by modern life.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English A-Level — Paper 1 · Love through the ages for texts, contexts and interpretation; History 8.1 — The Reformation & Tudor England for the Reformation.
C1bChristianity: Practices and developmentsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
C1b

Christianity: Practices and developments

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this area is about.How Christianity is lived and how Christian thought has developed and responded to the modern world.
Builds onComponent 1 — Christian beliefs and teachings.
Leads toPhilosophy and Ethics components.
StrandComponent 1: A Study of Religion (Christianity)WJEC A120
Key knowledge
  • Christian worship, prayer and the sacraments.
  • The life of the Church and religious community.
  • Developments in Christian thought (e.g. on society, science and other faiths).
  • Responses to secularism and pluralism.
  • The significance of Christianity today.
Key skills
  • I canexplainChristian practices and developments.
  • I canevaluatetheir significance for believers today.
Key vocabulary
SacramentAn effective sign of grace.
LiturgyThe public worship of the Church.
SecularismThe decline of religion’s role in public life.
PluralismThe presence of many faiths and worldviews.
MagisteriumThe teaching authority of the Church.
Careers & pathways
  • Teaching & academia— teach RE, theology, philosophy or ethics, or research them at university.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Law & human rights— reason rigorously, weigh evidence and argue a case.
  • Medical, business & public ethics— advise on the moral questions raised by modern life.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in History U3 — Popular Culture & the Witchcraze, 16th–17th centuries for popular religion and belief; Sociology 2 — Paper 1: Education with Theory and Methods for religion, education and society.
C2aPhilosophy: Arguments for GodKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
C2a

Philosophy: Arguments for God

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this area is about.The classic arguments for the existence of God and the main challenges to them.
Builds onGCSE beliefs about God and creation.
Leads toPhilosophy — evil, experience and life after death.
StrandComponent 2: Philosophy of ReligionWJEC A120
Key knowledge
  • The cosmological argument — the universe needs a cause.
  • The teleological (design) argument — order points to a designer.
  • The ontological argument — God’s existence follows from the concept of God.
  • Strengths and weaknesses of each argument.
  • Key scholars for and against.
Key skills
  • I canexplaineach argument accurately.
  • I canevaluateits strengths and weaknesses using scholars.
Key vocabulary
CosmologicalArgument from cause to a first cause.
TeleologicalArgument from design/purpose.
OntologicalArgument from the concept of God.
A prioriKnown independently of experience.
A posterioriKnown from experience.
Careers & pathways
  • Teaching & academia— teach RE, theology, philosophy or ethics, or research them at university.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Law & human rights— reason rigorously, weigh evidence and argue a case.
  • Medical, business & public ethics— advise on the moral questions raised by modern life.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics P1 — Proof, algebra & functions for proof and deductive argument; Science 2 — Particles and radiation for particles and the origins of matter.
C2bPhilosophy: Evil, experience & the afterlifeKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
C2b

Philosophy: Evil, experience & the afterlife

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this area is about.Challenges to belief — the problem of evil — and evidence from religious experience, miracles and life after death.
Builds onPhilosophy — arguments for God.
Leads toReligion and Ethics.
StrandComponent 2: Philosophy of ReligionWJEC A120
Key knowledge
  • The logical and evidential problems of evil.
  • Theodicies (e.g. free will; soul-making) as responses.
  • Religious experience and its value as evidence.
  • Philosophical debate about miracles.
  • Arguments about the soul and life after death.
Key skills
  • I canexplainthe problem of evil and responses to it.
  • I canevaluatewhether religious experience counts as evidence.
Key vocabulary
TheodicyA defence of God’s goodness given evil.
Problem of evilThe challenge evil poses to belief in God.
Religious experienceA direct encounter with the divine.
MiracleAn event attributed to divine action.
ImmortalityLife beyond bodily death.
Careers & pathways
  • Teaching & academia— teach RE, theology, philosophy or ethics, or research them at university.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Law & human rights— reason rigorously, weigh evidence and argue a case.
  • Medical, business & public ethics— advise on the moral questions raised by modern life.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Psychology 3 — Paper 2: Psychology in Context for perception and experience; English A-Level — Paper 2 · Modern times (Option 2B, 1945–present) for suffering in modern literature.
C3aEthics: Ethical theoriesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
C3a

Ethics: Ethical theories

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this area is about.The main normative ethical theories studied at A-Level and how they judge right and wrong.
Builds onGCSE Sin and Forgiveness; beliefs about conscience.
Leads toApplied ethics and conscience.
StrandComponent 3: Religion and EthicsWJEC A120
Key knowledge
  • Natural moral law — acting in line with human nature and reason (Aquinas).
  • Situation ethics — doing the most loving thing (Fletcher).
  • Virtue ethics — developing good character (Aristotle).
  • The strengths and weaknesses of each theory.
  • Religious and secular versions of these approaches.
Key skills
  • I canexplaineach ethical theory accurately.
  • I canevaluatewhich is most convincing and why.
Key vocabulary
Natural moral lawMorality grounded in human nature and reason.
Situation ethicsDoing the most loving thing in each situation.
Virtue ethicsEthics based on good character.
DeontologicalDuty-based ethics.
TeleologicalOutcome-based ethics.
Careers & pathways
  • Teaching & academia— teach RE, theology, philosophy or ethics, or research them at university.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Law & human rights— reason rigorously, weigh evidence and argue a case.
  • Medical, business & public ethics— advise on the moral questions raised by modern life.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English A-Level — Comparative & critical methods for using theory as a lens; Politics 2 — Core political ideas for core political ideas.
C3bEthics: Applied ethics & conscienceKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
C3b

Ethics: Applied ethics & conscience

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this area is about.Applying ethical theories to moral issues, and the role of conscience, free will and meta-ethics.
Builds onEthics — ethical theories.
Leads toIndependent study and university-level ethics.
StrandComponent 3: Religion and EthicsWJEC A120
Key knowledge
  • Applying theories to issues such as euthanasia and sexual ethics.
  • The nature and authority of conscience.
  • Free will and determinism in moral responsibility.
  • Meta-ethics — what moral language means.
  • Religious and non-religious responses to moral questions.
Key skills
  • I canapplyethical theories to real moral issues.
  • I canevaluatecompeting conclusions and justify my own.
Key vocabulary
ConscienceThe judgement of reason about right and wrong.
DeterminismThe view that acts are fully caused.
Meta-ethicsThe study of the meaning of moral language.
AutonomySelf-governance in moral choices.
RelativismThe view that morality varies by context.
Careers & pathways
  • Teaching & academia— teach RE, theology, philosophy or ethics, or research them at university.
  • Chaplaincy & ministry— support the spiritual life of schools, hospitals, prisons and parishes.
  • Law & human rights— reason rigorously, weigh evidence and argue a case.
  • Medical, business & public ethics— advise on the moral questions raised by modern life.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing argumentsEvaluating evidenceEmpathy & perspective-takingEthical reasoningClear writing & speaking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 1.6 — Ethical, legal, cultural &amp; environmental impacts for the ethics of technology; Science T8 — The control of gene expression for the ethics of gene expression; Geography t8 — Topic 8: Forests under threat for environmental ethics.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise RE at A-Level

  • Turn each theme into a one-page summary: key beliefs, key words, sources of wisdom and different views.
  • Practise both skills:explain(AO1) andevaluate(AO2) for every topic.
  • Learn short, accurate quotations and sources to support your points.
  • Plan evaluation answers: arguments, counter-arguments and a justified conclusion.
  • Use past questions and mark schemes to see what each grade band requires.

Our CurriculumScience

Science

After your report, use the knowledge & skills ladders to see where you are and your next step. Then use the knowledge organisers to revise and make that step.

Ask how. Find out why.

1

Your report

Shows your stage in each subject, from Building foundations to Deepening mastery.

Science at St Augustine’s

Science at St Augustine’s is taught as one integrated subject across Key Stage 3, weaving biology, chemistry and physics together rather than teaching them in isolation. Our three-year curriculum follows a spiral model that builds on the KS2 national curriculum and revisits key ideas in greater depth each year, so that understanding deepens as students move through the school.

Five golden threads — energy, particles, forces, structure & properties, and interactions & systems — run underneath every topic, helping students carry key vocabulary and ideas from one lesson to the next and see how the disciplines connect. Alongside subject knowledge, students steadily develop their working-scientifically skills: asking questions, planning investigations, measuring accurately, analysing data and evaluating their conclusions.

In Year 7 students begin with concrete, observable science and the foundations of working safely and scientifically. Year 8 develops the core ideas and introduces more abstract thinking. Year 9 consolidates Key Stage 3 and begins to bridge into GCSE.Year 7 students begin with concrete, observable science and the foundations of working safely and scientifically. Year 8 develops the core ideas and introduces more abstract thinking. Year 9 consolidates Key Stage 3 and begins to bridge into GCSE.

Ms Elizabeth Edwards, Head of Department

KS3 · 6 hours per fortnightGCSE · Combined 9 hours · Triple 14 hours per fortnightA-Level · 9 hours per fortnight (each subject)

Science at St Augustine’s is taught through a coherent three-year Key Stage 3 curriculum that integrates biology, chemistry and physics and builds year on year. In Year 7, students lay strong foundations — forces, the particle model and states of matter, cells, sound, light, the human body, and space — alongside the essentials of working safely and scientifically. Year 8 develops the core — the periodic table and separation techniques, energy, electricity and magnetism, biological processes, ecosystems, health and inheritance. Year 9 consolidates Key Stage 3 and begins GCSE content, applying ideas with more independence in preparation for the required practicals ahead.biology, chemistry and physics and builds year on year. In Year 7, students lay strong foundations — forces, the particle model and states of matter, cells, sound, light, the human body, and space — alongside the essentials of working safely and scientifically. Year 8 develops the core — the periodic table and separation techniques, energy, electricity and magnetism, biological processes, ecosystems, health and inheritance. Year 9 consolidates Key Stage 3 and begins GCSE content, applying ideas with more independence in preparation for the required practicals ahead.

Throughout the three years, students revisit the five golden threads — energy, particles, forces, structure & properties, and interactions & systems — and every topic builds on what came before to prepare the way for GCSE and A-Level. The knowledge & skills ladders below show what progress looks like from Building foundations to Deepening mastery, and the knowledge organisers give students everything they need to revise and climb to the next rung.

Start here: choose what you are studying now to jump to the right resources.

What are you studying at the moment?— choose your unit to find your revision sheet and progress ladder

Key Stage 3 learning journey

The route through

Science is taught as one subject, with biology, chemistry and physics interleaved across the year. Each year runs across three terms (six half-terms). Open a year to see the topics and what they cover.

KS3Year 7 → Year 9 route throughAutumn · Spring · Summer
Year 7Foundations: observing, measuring and the building blocks of science
Autumn
Introduction to scienceTerm 1
  • Working safely in the laboratory and using equipment such as the Bunsen burner
  • Standard measurements, and planning and carrying out simple investigations
  • Golden threads: Working scientifically
Food chains and ecosystemsTerm 1
  • Producers, consumers and feeding relationships
  • How energy passes along a food chain
  • Golden threads: Interactions & systems
ForcesTerm 2
  • Contact and non-contact forces, and balanced and unbalanced forces
  • Measuring forces and finding a resultant force
  • Golden threads: Forces
States of matter and changing statesTerm 2
  • The particle model of solids, liquids and gases
  • Melting, freezing, boiling, evaporation and condensation
  • Golden threads: Energy, Particles
Rock cycleTerm 2
  • How sedimentary, igneous and metamorphic rocks form
  • How rock is recycled over time
  • Golden threads: Structure & properties, Interactions & systems
Musculoskeletal systemTerm 2
  • The skeleton, joints and how muscles produce movement
  • Antagonistic muscle pairs
  • Golden threads: Forces, Structure & properties, Interactions & systems
Spring
Sound wavesTerm 3
  • Sound as a wave that transfers energy by vibrations
  • How amplitude and frequency affect loudness and pitch
  • Golden threads: Energy
CellsTerm 3
  • Plant and animal cells and their parts
  • Specialised cells and movement by diffusion
  • Golden threads: Structure & properties
Speed and motionTerm 3
  • Describing motion and calculating speed
  • Interpreting simple distance–time graphs
  • Golden threads: Forces
Metals and non-metalsTerm 4
  • Comparing the properties of metals and non-metals
  • Linking properties to everyday uses
  • Golden threads: Structure & properties, Particles
Human reproductive systemTerm 4
  • The reproductive systems and fertilisation
  • Puberty, pregnancy and the menstrual cycle
  • Golden threads: Interactions & systems
Summer
Electricity and circuitsTerm 5
  • Building simple series and parallel circuits
  • Current and potential difference
  • Golden threads: Energy
Acids and alkalisTerm 5
  • The pH scale, indicators and neutralisation
  • Handling acids and alkalis safely
  • Golden threads: Energy, Particles
Space and project workTerm 6
  • The Solar System, day and night, seasons and the Moon
  • An extended investigation drawing the year together
  • Golden threads: All threads
Year 8Building the core: energy, systems and more abstract ideas
Autumn
Energy resources and transfersTerm 1
  • Energy stores and transfers, and conservation of energy
  • Renewable and non-renewable resources
  • Golden threads: Energy, Particles
The atom and periodic tableTerm 1
  • Atomic structure and how the periodic table is organised
  • Groups, periods and patterns in properties
  • Golden threads: Particles, Structure & properties
Mixtures and separation techniquesTerm 2
  • Mixtures, solutions and solubility
  • Filtration, evaporation, distillation and chromatography
  • Golden threads: Particles
Plant organ systemsTerm 2
  • Photosynthesis and the structure of a leaf
  • How water and nutrients move through a plant
  • Golden threads: Energy, Structure & properties, Interactions & systems
Spring
Digestion and nutritionTerm 3
  • A balanced diet and the role of nutrients
  • The digestive system and the role of enzymes
  • Golden threads: Energy, Interactions & systems
Magnets and electromagnetsTerm 3
  • Magnetic poles and magnetic fields
  • How electromagnets are made and used
  • Golden threads: Forces
Breathing and healthTerm 4
  • The gas-exchange system and how we breathe
  • The effects of drugs, alcohol and smoking
  • Golden threads: Interactions & systems
LightTerm 4
  • Reflection, refraction and how we see
  • Colour and dispersion
  • Golden threads: Energy
Summer
Variation, biodiversity and adaptationTerm 5
  • Variation, inheritance and natural selection
  • Adaptation and biodiversity
  • Golden threads: Structure & properties, Interactions & systems
PressureTerm 5
  • Pressure in solids, liquids and gases
  • Everyday effects of pressure
  • Golden threads: Forces
Climate change and projectTerm 6
  • The carbon cycle and the greenhouse effect
  • An extended investigation drawing the year together
  • Golden threads: Energy, Particles, Interactions & systems
Year 9Bridging into GCSE: consolidating Key Stage 3 and beginning GCSE content
Autumn
Chemical reactionsTerm 1
  • Combustion and thermal decomposition
  • Beginning to link to GCSE chemistry
  • Golden threads: Energy, Particles
Forces — appliedTerm 1
  • Applying force ideas in new contexts
  • Preparing for GCSE required practicals
  • Golden threads: Forces
Circuits — resistanceTerm 1
  • Introducing resistance in circuits
  • Beginning to link to GCSE physics
  • Golden threads: Energy
Conservation of mass and metal reactionsTerm 2
  • Conservation of mass in reactions
  • Reactions of metals
  • Golden threads: Particles, Structure & properties
RespirationTerm 2
  • Aerobic and anaerobic respiration
  • Beginning to link to GCSE biology
  • Golden threads: Energy, Interactions & systems
Catalyst investigationTerm 2
  • Investigating how catalysts affect reactions
  • Developing required-practical skills
  • Golden threads: Energy, Particles
Spring
AtmosphereTerm 3
  • The composition and history of the atmosphere
  • Golden threads: Particles, Interactions & systems
Energy transfersTerm 3
  • Energy transfers and efficiency
  • Golden threads: Energy
CellsTerm 4
  • Revisiting cells to begin GCSE biology
  • Golden threads: Structure & properties
Atomic structure and the periodic tableTerm 4
  • The development of the model of the atom and the periodic table
  • Golden threads: Particles, Structure & properties
Summer
OrganisationTerm 5
  • Levels of organisation in organisms
  • Golden threads: Structure & properties, Interactions & systems
Energy and work doneTerm 5
  • Work done and energy transfer
  • Golden threads: Energy, Forces
Ecology 1Term 6
  • Introducing GCSE ecology
  • Golden threads: Interactions & systems
Separating mixtures and groups of the periodic tableTerm 6
  • Revisiting separation and periodic patterns for GCSE
  • Golden threads: Particles, Structure & properties

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Each skill is a ladder you climb. Tap the wording from your report below — every ladder will show the rung you are on now and the rung to aim for next. These are the same stages used on your school report.

Highlight your stage— tap the words used on your report
Y7Year 7 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression · all areas

This progression runs across the whole of Key Stage 3. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Biology

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can name cells, organs and body systems and identify what living things need.name cells, organs and body systems and identify what living things need.
    • I can label diagrams of cells and body systems with support.label diagrams of cells and body systems with support.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe how cells, tissues, organs and systems are organised and carry out their functions.describe how cells, tissues, organs and systems are organised and carry out their functions.
    • I can describe key life processes such as nutrition, respiration, reproduction and photosynthesis.describe key life processes such as nutrition, respiration, reproduction and photosynthesis.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain how organisms are adapted and how processes like digestion, respiration and photosynthesis work.explain how organisms are adapted and how processes like digestion, respiration and photosynthesis work.
    • I can explain feeding relationships, variation and inheritance using evidence.explain feeding relationships, variation and inheritance using evidence.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can compare and connect biological processes and explain interdependence in ecosystems.compare and connect biological processes and explain interdependence in ecosystems.
    • I can apply ideas about cells, genetics and evolution to unfamiliar examples.apply ideas about cells, genetics and evolution to unfamiliar examples.

Chemistry

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can name the states of matter, elements and compounds and use the particle model with support.name the states of matter, elements and compounds and use the particle model with support.
    • I can identify hazards and use simple laboratory equipment safely.identify hazards and use simple laboratory equipment safely.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe the particle model, the periodic table and common reactions and separations.describe the particle model, the periodic table and common reactions and separations.
    • I can write simple word equations and describe changes of state.write simple word equations and describe changes of state.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain properties using the particle model and predict patterns in the periodic table and reactivity.explain properties using the particle model and predict patterns in the periodic table and reactivity.
    • I can choose and describe separation techniques and explain conservation of mass.choose and describe separation techniques and explain conservation of mass.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can apply the particle model and periodic patterns to explain and predict unfamiliar reactions.apply the particle model and periodic patterns to explain and predict unfamiliar reactions.
    • I can analyse data to compare substances and justify chemical explanations.analyse data to compare substances and justify chemical explanations.

Physics

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can name forces, energy stores and features of waves and take simple measurements.name forces, energy stores and features of waves and take simple measurements.
    • I can draw and label simple diagrams such as forces or circuits with support.draw and label simple diagrams such as forces or circuits with support.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe forces, energy transfers, waves, electricity, magnetism and the Solar System.describe forces, energy transfers, waves, electricity, magnetism and the Solar System.
    • I can use equations such as weight, and read scales and graphs.use equations such as weight, and read scales and graphs.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain energy transfers, wave behaviour and how circuits, magnets and forces work.explain energy transfers, wave behaviour and how circuits, magnets and forces work.
    • I can rearrange and use equations and interpret data confidently.rearrange and use equations and interpret data confidently.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can apply physics models to explain and predict unfamiliar situations.apply physics models to explain and predict unfamiliar situations.
    • I can analyse data and evaluate models, methods and results.analyse data and evaluate models, methods and results.

Working scientifically

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can make careful observations, ask simple scientific questions and follow a method safely.make careful observations, ask simple scientific questions and follow a method safely.
    • I can record results in a simple table and identify variables with support.record results in a simple table and identify variables with support.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can plan a fair test, take accurate measurements and present data in an appropriate graph.plan a fair test, take accurate measurements and present data in an appropriate graph.
    • I can describe patterns in results and relate them to my prediction.describe patterns in results and relate them to my prediction.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can select suitable equipment and techniques, draw a line of best fit and identify anomalies.select suitable equipment and techniques, draw a line of best fit and identify anomalies.
    • I can draw valid conclusions from evidence and suggest improvements to my method.draw valid conclusions from evidence and suggest improvements to my method.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can plan and justify an investigation and evaluate accuracy, precision and reproducibility.plan and justify an investigation and evaluate accuracy, precision and reproducibility.
    • I can critically analyse data, identify sources of error and justify my conclusions.critically analyse data, identify sources of error and justify my conclusions.
Y8Year 8 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression · all areas

This progression runs across the whole of Key Stage 3. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Biology

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can name cells, organs and body systems and identify what living things need.name cells, organs and body systems and identify what living things need.
    • I can label diagrams of cells and body systems with support.label diagrams of cells and body systems with support.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe how cells, tissues, organs and systems are organised and carry out their functions.describe how cells, tissues, organs and systems are organised and carry out their functions.
    • I can describe key life processes such as nutrition, respiration, reproduction and photosynthesis.describe key life processes such as nutrition, respiration, reproduction and photosynthesis.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain how organisms are adapted and how processes like digestion, respiration and photosynthesis work.explain how organisms are adapted and how processes like digestion, respiration and photosynthesis work.
    • I can explain feeding relationships, variation and inheritance using evidence.explain feeding relationships, variation and inheritance using evidence.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can compare and connect biological processes and explain interdependence in ecosystems.compare and connect biological processes and explain interdependence in ecosystems.
    • I can apply ideas about cells, genetics and evolution to unfamiliar examples.apply ideas about cells, genetics and evolution to unfamiliar examples.

Chemistry

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can name the states of matter, elements and compounds and use the particle model with support.name the states of matter, elements and compounds and use the particle model with support.
    • I can identify hazards and use simple laboratory equipment safely.identify hazards and use simple laboratory equipment safely.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe the particle model, the periodic table and common reactions and separations.describe the particle model, the periodic table and common reactions and separations.
    • I can write simple word equations and describe changes of state.write simple word equations and describe changes of state.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain properties using the particle model and predict patterns in the periodic table and reactivity.explain properties using the particle model and predict patterns in the periodic table and reactivity.
    • I can choose and describe separation techniques and explain conservation of mass.choose and describe separation techniques and explain conservation of mass.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can apply the particle model and periodic patterns to explain and predict unfamiliar reactions.apply the particle model and periodic patterns to explain and predict unfamiliar reactions.
    • I can analyse data to compare substances and justify chemical explanations.analyse data to compare substances and justify chemical explanations.

Physics

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can name forces, energy stores and features of waves and take simple measurements.name forces, energy stores and features of waves and take simple measurements.
    • I can draw and label simple diagrams such as forces or circuits with support.draw and label simple diagrams such as forces or circuits with support.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe forces, energy transfers, waves, electricity, magnetism and the Solar System.describe forces, energy transfers, waves, electricity, magnetism and the Solar System.
    • I can use equations such as weight, and read scales and graphs.use equations such as weight, and read scales and graphs.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain energy transfers, wave behaviour and how circuits, magnets and forces work.explain energy transfers, wave behaviour and how circuits, magnets and forces work.
    • I can rearrange and use equations and interpret data confidently.rearrange and use equations and interpret data confidently.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can apply physics models to explain and predict unfamiliar situations.apply physics models to explain and predict unfamiliar situations.
    • I can analyse data and evaluate models, methods and results.analyse data and evaluate models, methods and results.

Working scientifically

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can make careful observations, ask simple scientific questions and follow a method safely.make careful observations, ask simple scientific questions and follow a method safely.
    • I can record results in a simple table and identify variables with support.record results in a simple table and identify variables with support.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can plan a fair test, take accurate measurements and present data in an appropriate graph.plan a fair test, take accurate measurements and present data in an appropriate graph.
    • I can describe patterns in results and relate them to my prediction.describe patterns in results and relate them to my prediction.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can select suitable equipment and techniques, draw a line of best fit and identify anomalies.select suitable equipment and techniques, draw a line of best fit and identify anomalies.
    • I can draw valid conclusions from evidence and suggest improvements to my method.draw valid conclusions from evidence and suggest improvements to my method.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can plan and justify an investigation and evaluate accuracy, precision and reproducibility.plan and justify an investigation and evaluate accuracy, precision and reproducibility.
    • I can critically analyse data, identify sources of error and justify my conclusions.critically analyse data, identify sources of error and justify my conclusions.
Y9Year 9 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression · all areas

This progression runs across the whole of Key Stage 3. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Biology

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can name cells, organs and body systems and identify what living things need.name cells, organs and body systems and identify what living things need.
    • I can label diagrams of cells and body systems with support.label diagrams of cells and body systems with support.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe how cells, tissues, organs and systems are organised and carry out their functions.describe how cells, tissues, organs and systems are organised and carry out their functions.
    • I can describe key life processes such as nutrition, respiration, reproduction and photosynthesis.describe key life processes such as nutrition, respiration, reproduction and photosynthesis.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain how organisms are adapted and how processes like digestion, respiration and photosynthesis work.explain how organisms are adapted and how processes like digestion, respiration and photosynthesis work.
    • I can explain feeding relationships, variation and inheritance using evidence.explain feeding relationships, variation and inheritance using evidence.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can compare and connect biological processes and explain interdependence in ecosystems.compare and connect biological processes and explain interdependence in ecosystems.
    • I can apply ideas about cells, genetics and evolution to unfamiliar examples.apply ideas about cells, genetics and evolution to unfamiliar examples.

Chemistry

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can name the states of matter, elements and compounds and use the particle model with support.name the states of matter, elements and compounds and use the particle model with support.
    • I can identify hazards and use simple laboratory equipment safely.identify hazards and use simple laboratory equipment safely.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe the particle model, the periodic table and common reactions and separations.describe the particle model, the periodic table and common reactions and separations.
    • I can write simple word equations and describe changes of state.write simple word equations and describe changes of state.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain properties using the particle model and predict patterns in the periodic table and reactivity.explain properties using the particle model and predict patterns in the periodic table and reactivity.
    • I can choose and describe separation techniques and explain conservation of mass.choose and describe separation techniques and explain conservation of mass.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can apply the particle model and periodic patterns to explain and predict unfamiliar reactions.apply the particle model and periodic patterns to explain and predict unfamiliar reactions.
    • I can analyse data to compare substances and justify chemical explanations.analyse data to compare substances and justify chemical explanations.

Physics

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can name forces, energy stores and features of waves and take simple measurements.name forces, energy stores and features of waves and take simple measurements.
    • I can draw and label simple diagrams such as forces or circuits with support.draw and label simple diagrams such as forces or circuits with support.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe forces, energy transfers, waves, electricity, magnetism and the Solar System.describe forces, energy transfers, waves, electricity, magnetism and the Solar System.
    • I can use equations such as weight, and read scales and graphs.use equations such as weight, and read scales and graphs.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain energy transfers, wave behaviour and how circuits, magnets and forces work.explain energy transfers, wave behaviour and how circuits, magnets and forces work.
    • I can rearrange and use equations and interpret data confidently.rearrange and use equations and interpret data confidently.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can apply physics models to explain and predict unfamiliar situations.apply physics models to explain and predict unfamiliar situations.
    • I can analyse data and evaluate models, methods and results.analyse data and evaluate models, methods and results.

Working scientifically

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can make careful observations, ask simple scientific questions and follow a method safely.make careful observations, ask simple scientific questions and follow a method safely.
    • I can record results in a simple table and identify variables with support.record results in a simple table and identify variables with support.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can plan a fair test, take accurate measurements and present data in an appropriate graph.plan a fair test, take accurate measurements and present data in an appropriate graph.
    • I can describe patterns in results and relate them to my prediction.describe patterns in results and relate them to my prediction.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can select suitable equipment and techniques, draw a line of best fit and identify anomalies.select suitable equipment and techniques, draw a line of best fit and identify anomalies.
    • I can draw valid conclusions from evidence and suggest improvements to my method.draw valid conclusions from evidence and suggest improvements to my method.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can plan and justify an investigation and evaluate accuracy, precision and reproducibility.plan and justify an investigation and evaluate accuracy, precision and reproducibility.
    • I can critically analyse data, identify sources of error and justify my conclusions.critically analyse data, identify sources of error and justify my conclusions.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

A library of revision sheets — one per unit, colour-matched to the Year 7, 8 and 9 ladders above. Open the one for whatever you’re studying now to revise the key knowledge, skills and vocabulary.

KS3Open the knowledge organisersRevision sheets

Year 7

7.1ForcesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Students learn what forces are, how they change the shape and motion of objects, and how to show and measure them. They meet contact and non-contact forces, balanced and unbalanced forces, and the difference between mass and weight.
Builds onKS2 forces and the idea that pushes and pulls can change how objects move.
Leads toGCSE Forces, motion and pressure.
StrandsPhysicsForcesScience
Key knowledge
  • Contact and non-contact forces, and how forces change shape or motion
  • Balanced and unbalanced forces, and resultant forces
  • The difference between mass and weight (weight = mass × gravitational field strength)
Key skills
  • Measure a force with a newton meter and read a scale accurately
  • Draw accurate, labelled force diagrams using arrows
  • Carry out simple force calculations
Key vocabulary
ForceA push, pull or twist that changes the shape or motion of an object.
NewtonThe unit of force (N).
MassThe amount of matter in an object (kg).
WeightThe force of gravity acting on a mass (N).
FrictionA force between two surfaces that are moving over each other.
Resultant forceThe single force that has the same effect as all the forces acting.
Careers & pathways
  • Engineer— Design structures and machines that must withstand forces.
  • Physiotherapist— Use forces and movement to help people recover.
  • Sports equipment designer— Design equipment around forces and motion.
  • Architect— Design safe buildings that manage loads and forces.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Careful measurementModelling with diagramsMathematical reasoningPrecision
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics G — Geometry & measures for speed, distance and time; Physical Education 2 — Movement analysis for movement analysis and levers; Geography 8.2 — Can tectonically active places be safe? for tectonic plate movement.
7.2Particles and their behaviourKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.2

Particles and their behaviour

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students use the particle model to explain the three states of matter, changes of state, diffusion and density, and how the arrangement and movement of particles determine a substance’s properties.
Builds onKS2 that matter exists in three states and that changes of state are reversible.
Leads toGCSE atomic structure, bonding, structure and properties.
StrandsChemistryParticlesScience
Key knowledge
  • The arrangement, movement and spacing of particles in solids, liquids and gases
  • Changes of state: melting, freezing, boiling, evaporation, condensation and sublimation
  • Diffusion and density explained using the particle model
Key skills
  • Use models to compare the properties of materials
  • Measure temperature and plot a line graph
  • Determine the state of a substance from melting and boiling points
Key vocabulary
ParticleThe tiny pieces that substances are made from.
DiffusionThe spreading of particles from high to low concentration.
DensityThe mass of a substance for its size (mass ÷ volume).
EvaporationA change from liquid to gas at the surface, at any temperature.
SublimationA change directly from solid to gas.
Melting pointThe temperature at which a substance melts.
Careers & pathways
  • Polymer chemist— Design and test new materials.
  • Chef— Use changes of state and mixtures every day.
  • Food scientist— Develop and preserve food products.
  • Materials scientist— Study why materials behave as they do.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
ModellingInterpreting graphsCareful measurementExplaining with evidence
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography 7.3 — How do rocks shape the landscape? for rocks and the rock cycle; Design & Technology F — Food Preparation & Nutrition: safe cooking & nutrition for changes of state in cooking.
7.3CellsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Students learn that cells are the building blocks of life. They use microscopes to observe cells, compare plant and animal cells, meet specialised cells, and learn how substances move by diffusion.
Builds onKS2 key life processes and the main organs of plants and animals.
Leads toGCSE cell biology and transport in cells.
StrandsBiologyStructure & propertiesScience
Key knowledge
  • The parts of animal and plant cells and their functions
  • How specialised cells are adapted to their jobs
  • How substances move into and out of cells by diffusion
Key skills
  • Use a microscope to observe cells
  • Calculate magnification
  • Produce clear, labelled biological drawings
Key vocabulary
CellThe smallest functional unit of a living thing.
MicroscopeAn instrument that magnifies very small objects.
ChloroplastWhere photosynthesis happens in a plant cell.
MitochondriaWhere respiration happens in a cell.
DiffusionMovement of particles from high to low concentration.
UnicellularAn organism made of a single cell.
Careers & pathways
  • Doctor— Understand the body at the level of cells.
  • Microbiologist— Study cells and micro-organisms.
  • Biomedical scientist— Analyse cells and samples to diagnose disease.
  • Research scientist— Investigate how living things work.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Careful observationUsing equipment preciselyAccurate recordingScale and proportion
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Art & Design 8.2 — Under the Microscope for observational drawing under the microscope; Religious Studies 7.1 — Creation and Covenant for the dignity of human life.
7.4SoundKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Students learn that sound is a wave that transfers energy through vibrations, how loudness and pitch relate to amplitude and frequency, how we hear, and how echoes and ultrasound are used.
Builds onKS2 sound.
Leads toGCSE energy and wave motion.
StrandsPhysicsEnergyScience
Key knowledge
  • Sound is a longitudinal wave that needs a medium to travel
  • How amplitude affects loudness and frequency affects pitch
  • How the ear detects sound, and uses of echoes and ultrasound
Key skills
  • Describe and interpret sound-wave diagrams
  • Apply the particle model to how sound travels
  • Measure and compare sound waves
Key vocabulary
FrequencyThe number of waves each second, measured in hertz (Hz).
AmplitudeThe size of a wave’s vibration; it sets loudness.
PitchHow high or low a sound is, set by frequency.
LongitudinalA wave that vibrates along its direction of travel.
UltrasoundSound above the range of human hearing.
EchoA reflected sound wave.
Careers & pathways
  • Sound engineer— Record and shape sound for music and media.
  • Audiologist— Test and support people’s hearing.
  • Sonographer— Use ultrasound to produce medical images.
  • Acoustic engineer— Design spaces and products around sound.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Interpreting diagramsApplying modelsCareful measurementLinking cause and effect
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Music 7.1 — Creative composition for pitch, timbre and sound waves; Drama 9.5 — Practitioners & Theatre-Makers for stage sound design.
7.5Body systemsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Students learn how the body is organised from cells to systems, and study the skeleton, joints and antagonistic muscle pairs. Breathing and gas exchange are taught in Year 8.the exact unit title used by the department (the scheme of work lists a musculoskeletal focus).
Builds onYear 7 Cells, and KS2 organs and life processes.
Leads toGCSE organisation, respiration and the respiratory system.
StrandsBiologyStructure & propertiesInteractions & systemsScience
Key knowledge
  • Levels of organisation: cell → tissue → organ → organ system
  • The skeleton and how joints and antagonistic muscles produce movement
Key skills
  • Label the main bones, joints and organs of a system
  • Describe how antagonistic muscles work together
  • Measure a force exerted by muscles and estimate lung volume
Key vocabulary
OrganA group of tissues working together for a function.
TissueA group of similar cells working together.
Antagonistic musclesA pair of muscles that move a joint in opposite ways.
CartilageSmooth tissue that protects the ends of bones.
AlveolusA tiny air sac where gas exchange happens.
Gas exchangeThe transfer of gases between an organism and its surroundings.
Careers & pathways
  • Physiotherapist— Help people move and recover.
  • Doctor— Diagnose and treat the body’s systems.
  • Sports scientist— Study how the body moves and performs.
  • Nurse— Care for patients’ health and recovery.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Labelling accuratelyDescribing systemsCareful measurementLinking structure to function
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Physical Education 1 — Applied anatomy and physiology for anatomy and the skeleton; Physical Education Ae — Aesthetics — Dance & Gymnastics for movement and flexibility.
7.6Human reproductionKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Students learn about adolescence and puberty, the male and female reproductive systems, fertilisation and pregnancy, and the menstrual cycle, taught in an age-appropriate and respectful way.
Builds onPSHE work on growing up.
Leads toGCSE homeostasis and hormonal control.
StrandsBiologyInteractions & systemsScience
Key knowledge
  • The physical changes of puberty and the role of sex hormones
  • The structures of the male and female reproductive systems and their functions
  • Fertilisation, implantation and the stages of the menstrual cycle
Key skills
  • Label the reproductive systems and describe their functions
  • Describe the process of fertilisation and implantation
  • Describe the main stages of the menstrual cycle
Key vocabulary
GametesThe sex cells — sperm and egg.
FertilisationWhen a sperm nucleus joins an egg nucleus.
UterusWhere a baby develops before birth.
OvaryThe organ that contains egg cells.
Menstrual cycleThe monthly cycle of the uterus lining.
Sex hormonesChemical messengers that control puberty and reproduction.
Careers & pathways
  • Midwife— Support mothers and babies through pregnancy and birth.
  • Doctor— Care for reproductive and general health.
  • Nurse— Care for patients across the life course.
  • Health educator— Teach people about health and wellbeing.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Using correct terminologyRespectful discussionDescribing processesAccurate recording
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in PSHE 2 — Relationships & RSE for puberty and RSE; Religious Studies 7.1 — Creation and Covenant for the sanctity of life.
7.7Metals and non-metalsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.7

Metals and non-metals

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students compare the properties of metals and non-metals — appearance, conductivity, malleability and density — and sort elements by testing them. They meet acids and alkalis, the pH scale and indicators, and how metals behave in reactions.
Builds onThe particle model and the idea of elements from earlier in Year 7.
Leads toThe atoms and periodic table topic in Year 8, and the reactions of metals in Year 9.
StrandsElementsProperties
Key knowledge
  • The typical properties of metals — shiny, conductive, malleable, dense
  • The typical properties of non-metals, and the exceptions
  • How to test an element to decide whether it is a metal
  • Acids and alkalis, the pH scale and how indicators work
  • Neutralisation, and the salts that acids and metals produce
Key skills
  • Sort elements into metals and non-metals from test results
  • Measure pH and describe a solution as acidic, neutral or alkaline
  • Record and compare results in a clear table
Key vocabulary
MetalAn element that is shiny, conducts heat and electricity, and can be hammered into shape.
Non-metalAn element that is usually dull, brittle and a poor conductor.
MalleableCan be hammered or rolled into shape without breaking.
ConductorA material that lets heat or electricity pass through it.
pH scaleA scale from 0 to 14 that measures how acidic or alkaline a solution is.
Careers & pathways
  • Materials engineer— Choose and test the materials a product needs.
  • Analytical chemist— Identify what substances are made of.
  • Metallurgist— Work with metals and alloys in industry.
  • Laboratory technician— Prepare and run experiments safely.
Classifying
Catholic Social Teaching

Care for creation. Knowing what materials can do helps us choose them wisely and waste less of what the earth provides.

Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology P — Product Design: materials, mechanisms & making for material properties and selection; Geography 7.3 — How do rocks shape the landscape? for minerals and extraction.
7.8SpaceKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Students learn about the night sky, the Solar System and how it formed, why we have day, night and seasons, the phases of the Moon, and eclipses. They also study space exploration, both crewed missions and exploration by telescope and rover, and discuss the possibility of life on other planets.
Builds onKS2 Earth and space, and seasonal changes.
Leads toGCSE space physics (Triple Science).
StrandsPhysicsForcesInteractions & systemsScience
Key knowledge
  • The structure of the Solar System and how it formed
  • Why we have day and night and the seasons
  • The phases of the Moon, and solar and lunar eclipses
Key skills
  • Interpret and explain models of the Earth, Sun and Moon
  • Carry out mathematical calculations about the Solar System
  • Explain observations using scientific models
Key vocabulary
Solar SystemThe Sun and everything in orbit around it.
GalaxyA huge group of stars, such as the Milky Way.
AxisThe imaginary line the Earth spins around.
SatelliteA natural or artificial object orbiting a planet.
EclipseWhen one body passes into the shadow of another.
OrbitThe path of one body around another.
Careers & pathways
  • Astronomer— Study stars, planets and galaxies.
  • Astronaut— Live and work in space.
  • Satellite engineer— Design and operate satellites.
  • Astrophysicist— Investigate how the universe works.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Using modelsMathematical reasoningInterpreting evidenceWonder and curiosity
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography 7.2 — Where in the world? for day, night and the seasons; Religious Studies 7.1 — Creation and Covenant for creation and cosmology; Religious Studies C2a — Philosophy: Arguments for God for arguments from design.
7.9ElectricityKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.9

Electricity

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students learn about current electricity, how to build and measure series and parallel circuits, and the relationship between potential difference, current and resistance. Static electricity is taught in Year 9, once students know about electrons from the Year 8 atoms topic.the year placement, as the scheme of work also lists electricity in Year 7.
Builds onKS2 simple electrical circuits and conductivity.
Leads toGCSE electrical circuits and electricity in the home.
StrandsPhysicsEnergyScience
Key knowledge
  • Current, potential difference and resistance, and Ohm’s law (V = I × R)
  • How current and potential difference behave in series and parallel circuits
Key skills
  • Build circuits and measure current and potential difference
  • Draw circuit diagrams using correct symbols
  • Use and rearrange the equation V = I × R
Key vocabulary
CurrentThe rate of flow of electric charge, measured in amps (A).
Potential differenceThe “push” on charge, measured in volts (V).
ResistanceHow hard it is for current to flow, measured in ohms.
SeriesComponents connected in a single loop.
ParallelA circuit with more than one path for current.
AmmeterA device that measures current.
Careers & pathways
  • Electrician— Install and maintain electrical systems.
  • Electrical engineer— Design electrical and electronic devices.
  • Electric-vehicle designer— Design cars powered by electricity.
  • Paramedic— Use electrical equipment such as defibrillators.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Building circuitsCareful measurementUsing equationsDrawing diagrams
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 9.6 — Applying programming skills with physical computing for physical computing and circuits; Design & Technology P — Product Design: materials, mechanisms & making for electronics in products.

Year 8

8.1Atoms, elements and the periodic tableKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.1

Atoms, elements and the periodic table

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students learn that everything is made of atoms, how the atomic model and electronic configuration explain an element’s behaviour, and how the periodic table is organised into groups and periods. They study the properties of elements, how atoms join to form compounds, chemical formulae, and the characteristic behaviour of group 1, group 7 and group 0.
Builds onThe Year 7 particle model, atoms and elements.
Leads toGCSE bonding, structure and properties, and the groups of the periodic table.
StrandsChemistryParticlesStructure & propertiesScience
Key knowledge
  • How the periodic table is organised into groups and periods
  • Everything is made of atoms; atoms of one kind make an element
  • The atomic model and electronic configuration
  • The physical and chemical properties of elements
  • Atoms join to form molecules and compounds
  • Group 1 — the alkali metals and their reactions
  • Group 7 — the halogens and displacement
  • Writing and interpreting chemical formulae
  • Group 0 — the noble gases and why they are unreactive
Key skills
  • Describe patterns in properties across the periodic table
  • Interpret data from tables and graphs
  • Use group patterns to predict properties of elements
Key vocabulary
GroupA vertical column; elements with similar properties.
PeriodA horizontal row of the periodic table.
Alkali metalA very reactive metal in Group 1.
HalogenA reactive non-metal in Group 7.
Noble gasAn unreactive element in Group 0.
Displacement reactionA more reactive element takes the place of a less reactive one.
Careers & pathways
  • Metallurgist— Study and develop metals and alloys.
  • Research scientist— Investigate elements and their reactions.
  • Chemical engineer— Turn reactions into useful products.
  • Jewellery maker— Work with the properties of metals.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Pattern-spottingInterpreting dataPredicting from evidencePrecision
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 8.4 — Representations — from clay to silicon for binary and data representation; Mathematics N — Number for standard form and large numbers.
8.2Separation techniquesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.2

Separation techniques

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students learn what mixtures and solutions are, and how to choose and use filtration, evaporation, distillation and chromatography to separate them, using the particle model to explain how each works.
Builds onKS2 separating mixtures, and the Year 7 particle model and compounds and mixtures.
Leads toGCSE chemical analysis, making salts and purifying water.
StrandsChemistryParticlesScience
Key knowledge
  • Mixtures, solutions, solubility and saturation
  • Filtration, evaporation, distillation and chromatography
  • Choosing the right technique to separate a given mixture
Key skills
  • Select an appropriate separation technique for a mixture
  • Suggest advantages and disadvantages of each technique
  • Use the particle model to explain how a method works
Key vocabulary
MixtureSubstances together but not chemically joined.
SolutionA solute dissolved evenly in a solvent.
SolventThe liquid a solute dissolves in.
FiltrationSeparating an insoluble solid from a liquid.
DistillationSeparating a solvent from a solution by evaporation and condensation.
ChromatographySeparating soluble substances in the same solvent.
Careers & pathways
  • Chemical engineer— Design large-scale separation processes.
  • Water treatment worker— Clean and purify water supplies.
  • Chemical analyst— Identify substances in samples.
  • Environmental scientist— Monitor and protect water and air.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Choosing methodsEvaluating techniquesExplaining with modelsWorking safely
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography 8.4 — Is the world running out of water? for water treatment; Design & Technology F — Food Preparation & Nutrition: safe cooking & nutrition for sieving, filtering and separating.
8.3MagnetismKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.3

Magnetism

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students learn about magnets and magnetic materials, magnetic fields and how to represent them, the Earth’s magnetic field, and how electromagnets are made and used.
Builds onThe Year 8 Electricity unit.
Leads toGCSE electromagnetism and motors.
StrandsPhysicsForcesScience
Key knowledge
  • Magnetic poles: like poles repel and opposite poles attract
  • Magnetic fields, field lines and the Earth’s magnetic field
  • How electromagnets work and how their strength can be increased
Key skills
  • Investigate and draw the shape of a magnetic field
  • Use a plotting compass and iron filings to show fields
  • Describe how to change the strength of an electromagnet
Key vocabulary
MagnetA material with a north and south pole and a magnetic field.
Magnetic fieldA region where a magnetic material feels a force.
AttractPulled together, as with opposite poles.
RepelPushed apart, as with like poles.
ElectromagnetA temporary magnet made using an electric current.
CoreA magnetic material inside a coil to strengthen the field.
Careers & pathways
  • Electrical engineer— Design motors, generators and devices.
  • Maglev train designer— Use magnetism to lift and move trains.
  • Scrapyard operator— Use electromagnets to move metal.
  • Medical physicist— Work with magnetic imaging (MRI).
Transferable skills these careers rely on
InvestigatingRepresenting fieldsWorking safelyExplaining with evidence
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography 7.2 — Where in the world? for compasses and bearings; Design & Technology P — Product Design: materials, mechanisms & making for motors and mechanisms.
8.4EnergyKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Students learn about energy stores and transfers, fuels, renewable and non-renewable resources, conservation of energy, temperature and heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and work and power. Energy in food, and the investigation into it, is taught in the Year 8 nutrition and digestion topic.
Builds onKS2 energy ideas and the Year 7 particle model.
Leads toGCSE energy stores, transfers and resources.
StrandsPhysicsEnergyParticlesScience
Key knowledge
  • Energy stores and how energy is transferred between them
  • Renewable and non-renewable resources, and conservation of energy
  • Heat transfer by conduction, convection and radiation, and work and power
Key skills
  • Carry out a practical safely and use SI units correctly
  • Apply scientific knowledge to explain data
  • Perform calculations and convert units
Key vocabulary
Energy storeEnergy held in an object, such as food or a hot object.
JouleThe unit of energy (J).
Conservation of energyEnergy cannot be created or destroyed, only transferred.
ConductionEnergy transfer through a solid by vibrating particles.
ConvectionEnergy transfer by movement of a fluid.
WorkEnergy transferred when a force moves an object.
Careers & pathways
  • Heating engineer— Design efficient heating systems.
  • Renewable-energy technician— Install and maintain clean energy.
  • Mechanical engineer— Design machines that transfer energy.
  • Building surveyor— Improve how buildings use energy.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Working safelyUsing units correctlyCalculatingExplaining data
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography t9 — Topic 9: Consuming energy resources for renewable and non-renewable energy; Physical Education 7 — Health, fitness and well-being for energy balance and diet.
8.5Plant organ systemsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.5

Plant organ systems

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students study the plant as a set of organ systems: leaf structure and function, how plants make food by photosynthesis, flower structure and pollination, germination, and an investigation into seed dispersal methods.
Builds onThe essential life processes met earlier in KS3.
Leads toGCSE cellular respiration and photosynthesis.
StrandsBiologyEnergyInteractions & systemsScience
Key knowledge
  • Leaf structure and how each part supports its function
  • Photosynthesis — the reactants, products and word equation
  • Flower structure and the parts involved in reproduction
  • Pollination and fertilisation in plants
  • Germination and what a seed needs to grow
  • Methods of seed dispersal, and how to investigate them
Key skills
  • Label a leaf and a flower and explain what each part does
  • Explain photosynthesis using the word equation
  • Plan and carry out an investigation into seed dispersal
Key vocabulary
PhotosynthesisHow plants make glucose from carbon dioxide and water.
ChlorophyllThe green pigment that absorbs light.
Aerobic respirationReleasing energy from glucose using oxygen.
Anaerobic respirationReleasing energy from glucose without oxygen.
FermentationAnaerobic respiration in yeast, making ethanol and carbon dioxide.
HaemoglobinThe protein in red blood cells that carries oxygen.
Careers & pathways
  • Farmer— Grow crops using knowledge of photosynthesis.
  • Food scientist— Use fermentation to make food and drink.
  • Doctor— Understand respiration in the body.
  • Brewer / baker— Use fermentation in production.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Writing equationsPractical testingComparing processesLinking structure to function
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography 7.1 — Why is our planet important? for photosynthesis and ecosystems; Geography 8.1 — Food: is there enough for everyone? for food production and yield.
8.6EcosystemsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Students learn how organisms interact in ecosystems through food chains and webs, how energy and toxins pass along them, competition and interdependence, and how organisms are adapted to their environment.
Builds onKS2 habitats and adaptation.
Leads toGCSE ecology and the effect of biotic and abiotic factors.
StrandsBiologyInteractions & systemsStructure & propertiesScience
Key knowledge
  • Food chains, food webs and the flow of energy
  • Interdependence, competition and predator–prey relationships
  • Adaptation, bioaccumulation and biodiversity
Key skills
  • Construct and interpret food chains and webs
  • Use quadrats to sample populations
  • Use graphs to model predator–prey relationships
Key vocabulary
EcosystemThe interaction of living things with their habitat.
ProducerAn organism that makes its own food by photosynthesis.
Food webA set of linked food chains for an area.
AdaptationA feature that helps an organism survive.
BioaccumulationThe build-up of toxins along a food chain.
DecomposerAn organism that breaks down dead material.
Careers & pathways
  • Ecologist— Study relationships between living things.
  • Conservationist— Protect species and habitats.
  • Environmental scientist— Monitor and protect ecosystems.
  • Park ranger— Manage and protect wild places.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing modelsSamplingInterpreting graphsSystems thinking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography 9.4 — How can we save our oceans? for food webs and habitats; Geography t7 — Topic 7: People and the biosphere for biomes and the biosphere.
8.7Health and lifestyleKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Students learn about a balanced diet and the nutrients the body needs, how to test foods, how the digestive system and enzymes work, and the effects of drugs, alcohol and smoking on health.
Builds onKS2 the main parts of plants and animals.
Leads toGCSE health and lifestyle, and organisation.
StrandsBiologyInteractions & systemsEnergyScience
Key knowledge
  • A balanced diet and the role of each type of nutrient
  • The digestive system and how enzymes break down food
  • The effects of drugs, alcohol and smoking on the body
Key skills
  • Carry out food tests for starch, sugar, protein and lipids
  • Describe the role of enzymes in digestion
  • Calculate percentages and make scientific predictions
Key vocabulary
EnzymeA protein that speeds up reactions such as digestion.
CatalystA substance that speeds up a reaction without being used up.
BileA substance that breaks fat into small droplets.
VilliTiny projections that increase absorption in the intestine.
StimulantA drug that speeds up the nervous system.
Balanced dietEating the right amounts of each nutrient.
Careers & pathways
  • Dietician— Advise people on healthy eating.
  • Doctor— Diagnose and treat health conditions.
  • Personal trainer— Support healthy, active lifestyles.
  • Pharmacist— Advise on medicines and their effects.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Practical testingMaking predictionsCalculatingInformed decision-making
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology F — Food Preparation & Nutrition: safe cooking & nutrition for a balanced diet; Physical Education 7 — Health, fitness and well-being for health, fitness and well-being; PSHE 1 — Health & Wellbeing for making healthy choices.
8.8InheritanceKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Students learn about variation and its causes, DNA, chromosomes and genes, how characteristics are inherited, and how natural selection and extinction shape life over time.
Builds onKS2 that living things vary and better-adapted ones survive.
Leads toGCSE genetics, evolution and classification.
StrandsBiologyStructure & propertiesInteractions & systemsScience
Key knowledge
  • Continuous and discontinuous variation, and inherited and environmental variation
  • DNA, chromosomes and genes, and how characteristics are inherited
  • Natural selection, evolution and extinction
Key skills
  • Choose and plot the right graph for variation data
  • Describe how characteristics are inherited
  • Explain the process of natural selection
Key vocabulary
VariationDifferences between individuals of the same species.
DNAThe chemical that carries genetic information.
ChromosomeA long strand of DNA containing many genes.
GeneA section of DNA coding for a characteristic.
Natural selectionBetter-adapted individuals survive and reproduce.
EvolutionThe gradual change of species over time.
Careers & pathways
  • Geneticist— Study genes and inheritance.
  • Ecologist— Study how species adapt and survive.
  • Conservationist— Protect biodiversity and threatened species.
  • Zoologist— Study animals and their evolution.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Choosing graphsDisplaying dataExplaining processesEvaluating evidence
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics PR — Probability for probability and genetic crosses; Religious Studies 7.1 — Creation and Covenant for human dignity and bioethics.
8.9LightKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Students learn that light travels in straight lines, how it reflects and refracts, how we see, how the eye and camera work, and how colour and dispersion arise.the scheme of work places Light in Year 8, while this organiser is labelled Year 7.
Builds onKS2 light.
Leads toGCSE energy and wave motion.
StrandsPhysicsEnergyScience
Key knowledge
  • Light travels in straight lines and can travel through a vacuum
  • Reflection (the law of reflection) and refraction
  • How the eye works, and how colour and dispersion arise
Key skills
  • Measure angles and draw accurate ray diagrams
  • Label diagrams of the eye and a camera
  • Compare models of reflection and refraction
Key vocabulary
ReflectionLight bouncing off a surface.
RefractionLight changing direction as its speed changes.
NormalA line at right angles to a surface where a ray meets it.
TransparentLets light through so you can see through it.
DispersionSplitting white light into a spectrum of colours.
PhotoreceptorA cell in the eye sensitive to light.
Careers & pathways
  • Optician— Test eyes and prescribe lenses.
  • Photographer— Use light to create images.
  • Studio engineer— Design lighting for film and media.
  • Optical engineer— Design lenses, cameras and instruments.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Drawing diagrams accuratelyMeasuring anglesComparing modelsCareful observation
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Art & Design 7.1 — Formal Elements for colour, tone and light; Drama 9.5 — Practitioners & Theatre-Makers for stage lighting; Computing 8.1 — Digital graphics and image editing (Photopea) for digital images and pixels.

Year 9

Year 9 begins by consolidating Key Stage 3 skills and knowledge and working through the harder parts of the Key Stage 3 curriculum, before GCSE content starts in January.

9.1Chemical reactionsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.1

Chemical reactions

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students begin GCSE chemistry by studying combustion (oxidation) and thermal decomposition, and by writing and balancing equations to represent what happens in a reaction.
Builds onYear 7–8 chemical reactions and word equations.
Leads toGCSE quantitative chemistry and energy changes.
StrandsChemistryEnergyParticlesScience
Key knowledge
  • Combustion is an oxidation reaction that releases energy
  • Thermal decomposition breaks a compound down using heat
  • How to represent reactions with word and balanced symbol equations
Key skills
  • Write word and balanced symbol equations
  • Classify reactions as combustion, oxidation or decomposition
Key vocabulary
CombustionBurning — an oxidation reaction that releases energy.
OxidationA reaction in which a substance gains oxygen.
Thermal decompositionBreaking a compound down using heat.
ReactantA substance you start with in a reaction.
ProductA substance made in a reaction.
Careers & pathways
  • Chemist— Study and design chemical reactions.
  • Chemical engineer— Run reactions safely at large scale.
  • Forensic scientist— Use chemistry to analyse evidence.
  • Materials scientist— Develop new substances.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Writing equationsClassifying reactionsWorking safelyPrecision
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology 5.2 — Food science — cooking & functional properties for food science and cooking reactions; Geography 7.3 — How do rocks shape the landscape? for chemical weathering.
9.2Forces — appliedKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.2

Forces — applied

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students apply their Key Stage 3 understanding of forces to GCSE contexts, working with resultant forces and beginning to link force, mass and acceleration. The topic recaps the basics of forces before teaching turning forces (moments), then static electricity as a non-contact force, then recaps circuits and introduces resistance and Ohm’s law, which are not covered in the Year 7 electricity topic.
Builds onYear 7 Forces.
Leads toGCSE forces, motion and Newton’s laws.
StrandsPhysicsForcesScience
Key knowledge
  • Resultant forces and their effect on the motion of an object
  • Contact and non-contact forces in more demanding contexts
  • An introduction to the link between force, mass and acceleration
Key skills
  • Calculate resultant forces and draw free-body diagrams
  • Use and rearrange simple force equations
Key vocabulary
Resultant forceThe single force with the same effect as all the forces.
AccelerationHow quickly velocity changes.
Free-body diagramA diagram showing all forces on one object.
EquilibriumWhen forces are balanced.
NewtonThe unit of force (N).
Careers & pathways
  • Engineer— Design structures and machines around forces.
  • Automotive designer— Design safe, efficient vehicles.
  • Physicist— Investigate motion and forces.
  • Pilot— Apply forces and motion in flight.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CalculatingDrawing diagramsMathematical reasoningModelling
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Physical Education 2 — Movement analysis for levers and moments in movement; Mathematics ME — Mechanics for mechanics.
9.3Circuits — resistanceKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.3

Circuits — resistance

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students extend their circuit work to GCSE, meeting resistance and Ohm’s law, and investigating how current and potential difference behave in series and parallel circuits.
Builds onYear 8 Electricity.
Leads toGCSE electricity and electricity in the home.
StrandsPhysicsEnergyScience
Key knowledge
  • Resistance and Ohm’s law (V = I × R)
  • How current and potential difference behave in series and parallel
  • Current–potential difference (I–V) graphs for components
Key skills
  • Build circuits and measure current and potential difference
  • Use and rearrange V = I × R and plot I–V graphs
Key vocabulary
ResistanceHow hard it is for current to flow (ohms).
Ohm’s lawV = I × R for a fixed resistor.
SeriesComponents in a single loop.
ParallelMore than one path for current.
OhmThe unit of resistance.
Careers & pathways
  • Electrical engineer— Design circuits and devices.
  • Electronics designer— Design electronic products.
  • Electrician— Install and maintain wiring.
  • Renewable-energy engineer— Design clean power systems.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Building circuitsCareful measurementUsing equationsPlotting graphs
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 9.6 — Applying programming skills with physical computing for building and testing circuits; Mathematics A — Algebra for rearranging formulae.
9.4Conservation of mass and metal reactionsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.4

Conservation of mass and metal reactions

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students learn that mass is conserved in reactions, practise balancing symbol equations, and study the reactions of metals with acids, water and oxygen using the reactivity series.
Builds onYear 8 The periodic table and Metals and materials.
Leads toGCSE reactivity, extraction and quantitative chemistry.
StrandsChemistryParticlesStructure & propertiesScience
Key knowledge
  • Mass is conserved in a chemical reaction
  • How to balance symbol equations
  • Reactions of metals and the reactivity series
Key skills
  • Balance symbol equations
  • Use the reactivity series to predict metal reactions
Key vocabulary
Conservation of massTotal mass of reactants equals total mass of products.
Balanced equationAn equation with equal atoms on each side.
Reactivity seriesMetals ordered from most to least reactive.
DisplacementA more reactive metal takes the place of a less reactive one.
SaltA compound formed when a metal replaces the hydrogen in an acid.
Careers & pathways
  • Chemist— Study reactions and substances.
  • Metallurgist— Work with metals and alloys.
  • Chemical engineer— Scale up reactions safely.
  • Materials scientist— Design useful materials.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Balancing equationsPredicting from patternsCareful measurementReasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics N — Number for calculating with mass; Design & Technology P — Product Design: materials, mechanisms & making for metals in products.
9.5RespirationKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.5

Respiration

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students study aerobic and anaerobic respiration at GCSE depth, including where respiration happens, its equations, and how the body responds during exercise.
Builds onYear 8 Biological processes.
Leads toGCSE bioenergetics and cellular respiration.
StrandsBiologyEnergyInteractions & systemsScience
Key knowledge
  • Aerobic and anaerobic respiration and their equations
  • Respiration is an exothermic reaction that happens in every cell
  • Oxygen debt and the body’s response to exercise
Key skills
  • Write equations for aerobic and anaerobic respiration
  • Compare the two types and interpret data on exercise
Key vocabulary
Aerobic respirationReleasing energy from glucose using oxygen.
Anaerobic respirationReleasing energy from glucose without oxygen.
MitochondriaWhere aerobic respiration happens.
MetabolismAll the chemical reactions in the body.
Oxygen debtExtra oxygen needed after anaerobic exercise.
Careers & pathways
  • Doctor— Understand how the body uses energy.
  • Sports scientist— Study performance and recovery.
  • Biochemist— Study reactions in living things.
  • Dietician— Advise on energy and nutrition.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Writing equationsComparing processesInterpreting dataApplying to real life
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Physical Education 1 — Applied anatomy and physiology for aerobic and anaerobic exercise; Physical Education 4 — Exercise physiology for exercise physiology.
9.6Catalyst investigationKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.6

Catalyst investigation

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students carry out an investigation into how a catalyst affects the rate of a reaction, developing the planning, measuring and analysis skills needed for GCSE required practicals.
Builds onWorking-scientifically skills across Key Stage 3.
Leads toGCSE rates of reaction and required practicals.
StrandsChemistryEnergyParticlesScience
Key knowledge
  • A catalyst speeds up a reaction without being used up
  • What is meant by the rate of a reaction
  • How to control variables to make a test fair
Key skills
  • Plan and carry out a rate investigation, controlling variables
  • Collect, analyse and evaluate rate data
Key vocabulary
CatalystA substance that speeds up a reaction without being used up.
Rate of reactionHow quickly reactants are used or products form.
VariableA factor that can change in an investigation.
RepeatableGetting similar results when you repeat a test.
AnomalyA result that does not fit the pattern.
Careers & pathways
  • Chemist— Investigate and speed up reactions.
  • Process chemist— Optimise industrial reactions.
  • Chemical engineer— Design efficient processes.
  • Research scientist— Test ideas through investigation.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Planning investigationsControlling variablesAnalysing dataEvaluating methods
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics S — Statistics for planning and presenting results; Computing 9.3 — Data science for data science and analysis.
9.7AtmosphereKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.7

Atmosphere

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students study the composition of the Earth’s atmosphere and how it has changed, greenhouse gases and the greenhouse effect, and the evidence for climate change.
Builds onYear 8 climate change and the carbon cycle.
Leads toGCSE chemistry of the atmosphere.
StrandsChemistryParticlesInteractions & systemsScience
Key knowledge
  • The gases that make up today’s atmosphere
  • How the atmosphere formed and changed over time
  • Greenhouse gases, the greenhouse effect and human impact
Key skills
  • Interpret data about the atmosphere
  • Evaluate evidence for climate change
Key vocabulary
AtmosphereThe layer of gases surrounding the Earth.
Greenhouse gasA gas that traps heat, e.g. carbon dioxide or methane.
Greenhouse effectWarming caused by gases trapping heat.
Climate changeLong-term changes in global climate.
Carbon dioxideA greenhouse gas released by burning fuels.
Careers & pathways
  • Atmospheric scientist— Study the air and climate.
  • Environmental scientist— Monitor and protect the environment.
  • Climate researcher— Investigate climate change.
  • Meteorologist— Study and forecast weather.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Interpreting dataEvaluating evidenceReasoning about impactCommunicating
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography t9 — Topic 9: Consuming energy resources for greenhouse gases and energy; Geography 9.4 — How can we save our oceans? for climate and the oceans; Religious Studies 7.1 — Creation and Covenant for care for creation.
9.8Energy transfersKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.8

Energy transfers

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students study energy at GCSE — energy stores and transfers, conservation and dissipation, efficiency, and ways of reducing unwanted transfers.
Builds onYear 8 Energy.
Leads toGCSE energy stores, transfers and resources.
StrandsPhysicsEnergyScience
Key knowledge
  • Energy stores and the pathways that transfer energy between them
  • Energy is conserved, but some is dissipated to the surroundings
  • Efficiency and how to reduce unwanted energy transfers
Key skills
  • Calculate efficiency and describe energy transfers
  • Evaluate ways of reducing unwanted transfers
Key vocabulary
Energy storeEnergy held in a system, e.g. thermal or kinetic.
DissipationEnergy spreading out to the surroundings, often as heat.
EfficiencyThe fraction of energy transferred usefully.
Conservation of energyEnergy cannot be created or destroyed.
InsulationReducing unwanted energy transfer.
Careers & pathways
  • Energy engineer— Design efficient energy systems.
  • Building surveyor— Improve how buildings use energy.
  • Environmental engineer— Reduce energy waste.
  • Physicist— Study energy and its transfer.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Calculating efficiencyDescribing transfersEvaluatingUsing units
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography t9 — Topic 9: Consuming energy resources for energy resources; Physical Education 4 — Exercise physiology for energy systems in exercise.
9.9CellsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.9

Cells

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students revisit cells to begin GCSE cell biology, comparing eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells, meeting sub-cellular structures, and using microscopy and magnification.
Builds onYear 7 Cells.
Leads toGCSE cell biology and transport in cells.
StrandsBiologyStructure & propertiesScience
Key knowledge
  • The differences between eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells
  • Sub-cellular structures and their functions
  • Microscopy, magnification and orders of magnitude
Key skills
  • Use a microscope and calculate magnification
  • Convert between units and use standard form
Key vocabulary
EukaryoticA cell with a nucleus (plants, animals).
ProkaryoticA cell without a true nucleus (bacteria).
Sub-cellular structureA part of a cell, e.g. a mitochondrion.
MagnificationHow much bigger an image is than the object.
ResolutionThe smallest detail that can be seen.
Careers & pathways
  • Microbiologist— Study cells and micro-organisms.
  • Biomedical scientist— Analyse cells and samples.
  • Doctor— Understand the body at a cellular level.
  • Research scientist— Investigate how life works.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Using microscopesCalculatingConverting unitsAccurate recording
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Art & Design 8.2 — Under the Microscope for looking closely at natural forms; Mathematics G — Geometry & measures for scale and magnification.
9.10Atomic structure and the periodic tableKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.10

Atomic structure and the periodic table

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students study how our model of the atom developed and how the modern periodic table is organised, including sub-atomic particles and electronic structure.
Builds onYear 8 The periodic table.
Leads toGCSE atomic structure and bonding.
StrandsChemistryParticlesStructure & propertiesScience
Key knowledge
  • Protons, neutrons and electrons and their relative charges
  • How the model of the atom developed over time
  • Groups, periods and electronic structure
Key skills
  • Describe the structure of an atom and work out electronic structure
  • Explain how scientific models change with evidence
Key vocabulary
ProtonA positive particle in the nucleus.
NeutronA neutral particle in the nucleus.
ElectronA negative particle in shells around the nucleus.
IsotopeAtoms of an element with different numbers of neutrons.
Electronic structureHow electrons are arranged in shells.
Careers & pathways
  • Chemist— Study atoms and reactions.
  • Physicist— Investigate the structure of matter.
  • Research scientist— Develop new understanding.
  • Science communicator— Explain science to the public.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Describing structureModellingExplaining changePrecision
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 8.4 — Representations — from clay to silicon for binary and representation; Mathematics N — Number for standard form.
9.11OrganisationKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.11

Organisation

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students study how organisms are organised from cells to systems at GCSE, focusing on the digestive system and the role of enzymes.
Builds onYear 7 Body systems and Year 8 Health and lifestyle.
Leads toGCSE organisation and enzymes.
StrandsBiologyStructure & propertiesInteractions & systemsScience
Key knowledge
  • The hierarchy of organisation: cells, tissues, organs and systems
  • How enzymes work (the lock-and-key model)
  • The structure and function of the digestive system
Key skills
  • Describe levels of organisation and enzyme action
  • Carry out and interpret food tests
Key vocabulary
TissueA group of similar cells working together.
OrganA group of tissues working together.
Organ systemA group of organs working together.
EnzymeA biological catalyst that speeds up reactions.
SubstrateThe molecule an enzyme acts on.
Careers & pathways
  • Doctor— Diagnose and treat the body’s systems.
  • Biomedical scientist— Analyse samples to diagnose disease.
  • Dietician— Advise on digestion and nutrition.
  • Surgeon— Operate on organs and tissues.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Describing systemsExplaining processesPractical testingLinking structure to function
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Physical Education 1 — Applied anatomy and physiology for body systems and organs; Physical Education 7 — Health, fitness and well-being for health and fitness.
9.12Energy and work doneKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.12

Energy and work done

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students study work done, energy transfer by forces and power at GCSE, using and rearranging the key equations.
Builds onYear 8 Energy and Year 9 Forces.
Leads toGCSE energy, forces and power.
StrandsPhysicsEnergyForcesScience
Key knowledge
  • Work done = force × distance moved in the direction of the force
  • A force transfers energy when it does work
  • Power is the rate of transferring energy
Key skills
  • Calculate work done and power
  • Rearrange equations and use correct units
Key vocabulary
Work doneEnergy transferred when a force moves an object.
JouleThe unit of energy and work (J).
PowerThe rate of transferring energy.
WattThe unit of power (W).
ForceA push or pull measured in newtons.
Careers & pathways
  • Mechanical engineer— Design machines that transfer energy.
  • Physicist— Study energy and motion.
  • Sports scientist— Analyse power and performance.
  • Energy consultant— Advise on efficient energy use.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CalculatingRearranging equationsUsing unitsModelling
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Physical Education 5 — Biomechanical movement for biomechanics and work done; Mathematics ME — Mechanics for mechanics.
9.13Ecology 1Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.13

Ecology 1

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students begin GCSE ecology, studying how organisms are organised in ecosystems, interdependence and competition, and how to sample populations.
Builds onYear 8 Ecosystems.
Leads toGCSE ecology and biodiversity.
StrandsBiologyInteractions & systemsScience
Key knowledge
  • Levels of organisation in an ecosystem
  • Interdependence and competition between organisms
  • Sampling populations using quadrats and transects
Key skills
  • Sample populations and interpret ecological data
  • Describe interdependence and competition
Key vocabulary
EcosystemThe interaction of living things with their habitat.
CommunityAll the populations living in a habitat.
PopulationAll the members of one species in an area.
InterdependenceHow organisms depend on one another.
QuadratA square frame used to sample populations.
Careers & pathways
  • Ecologist— Study relationships between living things.
  • Conservationist— Protect species and habitats.
  • Environmental scientist— Monitor ecosystems.
  • Park ranger— Manage and protect wild places.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
SamplingInterpreting dataSystems thinkingFieldwork
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography 9.4 — How can we save our oceans? for oceans and biodiversity; Geography t7 — Topic 7: People and the biosphere for the biosphere.
9.14Separating mixtures and groups of the periodic tableKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.14

Separating mixtures and groups of the periodic table

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students revisit separation techniques and the groups of the periodic table to consolidate Key Stage 3 chemistry and prepare for GCSE, including pure substances and formulations.
Builds onYear 8 Separation techniques and The periodic table.
Leads toGCSE chemical analysis and the groups of the periodic table.
StrandsChemistryParticlesStructure & propertiesScience
Key knowledge
  • Choosing and using filtration, distillation and chromatography
  • Trends in Groups 1, 7 and 0 of the periodic table
  • Pure substances and formulations
Key skills
  • Select separation techniques and interpret chromatograms
  • Describe and explain patterns in periodic-table groups
Key vocabulary
Pure substanceA single element or compound.
FormulationA mixture made to an exact recipe for a purpose.
ChromatographySeparating soluble substances in the same solvent.
GroupA column of the periodic table with similar properties.
TrendA pattern in properties across a group or period.
Careers & pathways
  • Analytical chemist— Identify substances in samples.
  • Chemical engineer— Design separation processes.
  • Forensic scientist— Analyse evidence.
  • Water scientist— Purify and test water.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Choosing methodsInterpreting resultsPattern-spottingEvaluating
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology F — Food Preparation & Nutrition: safe cooking & nutrition for sieving and filtering in cooking; Computing 9.3 — Data science for classifying and grouping data.
9.15Metals and materialsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.15

Metals and materials

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students study how metals react with water and with acids, the reactivity series and displacement reactions, and the properties and uses of ceramics, polymers and composites. The properties of metals and non-metals are taught in Year 7.the year placement of this material.
Builds onThe Year 8 periodic table unit and the Year 7 particle model.
Leads toGCSE reactivity, metal extraction and materials.
StrandsChemistryStructure & propertiesParticlesScience
Key knowledge
  • How metals react with acids, water and oxygen
  • The reactivity series and displacement reactions
  • The properties and uses of ceramics, polymers and composites
Key skills
  • Use the reactivity series to predict reactions
  • Write word equations for metal reactions
  • Match materials to their uses based on properties
Key vocabulary
Reactivity seriesA list of metals from most to least reactive.
SaltA compound where a metal replaces the hydrogen of an acid.
Displacement reactionA more reactive metal displaces a less reactive one.
CeramicA hard, brittle material made by firing clay.
PolymerA material made of very long molecules.
CompositeA material combining others to gain their properties.
Careers & pathways
  • Materials scientist— Design and test new materials.
  • Metallurgist— Work with metals and alloys.
  • Chemical engineer— Extract and process materials at scale.
  • Product designer— Choose materials for products.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Predicting from patternsWriting equationsMatching properties to usesEvaluating
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology P — Product Design: materials, mechanisms & making for material choice in products; Geography 9.3 — Mobile phones: a blessing or a curse? for extraction and recycling.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise Science at Key Stage 3

  • Use the knowledge organisers with look – cover – write – check.
  • Turn headings into questions and answer them from memory (retrieval practice).
  • Make flashcards for the key vocabulary in each organiser.
  • Practise drawing and labelling diagrams — cells, circuits, forces and the eye.diagrams — cells, circuits, forces and the eye.
  • Practise calculations and equations until they are automatic.calculations and equations until they are automatic.
  • Check your report stage against the ladder and target your next step up.

At GCSE, students follow AQA Science. Most take Combined Science: Trilogy (8464), worth two GCSEs, at 9 hours per fortnight; students taking the separate sciences — Biology (8461), Chemistry (8462) and Physics (8463) — have 14 hours per fortnight. All are linear, tiered (Foundation and Higher) and assessed entirely by written papers, with 21 required practicals underpinning the course. AQA Science. Most take Combined Science: Trilogy (8464), worth two GCSEs, at 9 hours per fortnight; students taking the separate sciences — Biology (8461), Chemistry (8462) and Physics (8463) — have 14 hours per fortnight. All are linear, tiered (Foundation and Higher) and assessed entirely by written papers, with 21 required practicals underpinning the course. the department’s pathway and tier-of-entry decisions.

Choose your GCSE science course to see its route through the exam papers. The grade ladder and revision guidance below apply to all of them.

Most students take Combined Science: Trilogy (AQA 8464). It is worth two GCSEs and covers biology, chemistry and physics across six papers — two per science, each 1 hour 15 minutes and 70 marks. It shares its content with the separate sciences but in less depth, and includes 21 required practicals (7 biology, 6 chemistry, 8 physics). Combined Science: Trilogy (AQA 8464). It is worth two GCSEs and covers biology, chemistry and physics across six papers — two per science, each 1 hour 15 minutes and 70 marks. It shares its content with the separate sciences but in less depth, and includes 21 required practicals (7 biology, 6 chemistry, 8 physics). tier of entry (Foundation or Higher).

Route through the course

Combined Science
View the AQA 8464 specification
Bio 1Biology Paper 11h 15 · 70 marks · 16.7% · tiered
Cell biology
  • Eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells; animal, plant and bacterial cell structures
  • Microscopy, magnification and resolution (required practical: light microscope)
  • Cell division by mitosis and the cell cycle; stem cells and their uses
  • Transport across membranes: diffusion, osmosis (required practical) and active transport
Organisation
  • Levels of organisation: cells, tissues, organs and systems
  • The human digestive system and enzymes (required practical: food tests)
  • The heart, blood vessels, blood and coronary heart disease
  • Plant tissues and transport; health, risk factors and cancer
Infection and response
  • Communicable diseases and pathogens (bacteria, viruses, fungi, protists)
  • Human defences and the immune system; vaccination
  • Antibiotics, painkillers and the development of new drugs
Bioenergetics
  • Photosynthesis, its equation and limiting factors (required practical)
  • Uses of glucose in plants
  • Aerobic and anaerobic respiration and their equations
  • Metabolism, exercise and oxygen debt
Bio 2Biology Paper 21h 15 · 70 marks · 16.7% · tiered
Homeostasis and response
  • Homeostasis; the nervous system and reflexes (required practical: reaction time)
  • The endocrine system and hormonal coordination
  • Control of blood glucose, diabetes and hormones in reproduction
Inheritance, variation and evolution
  • Sexual and asexual reproduction; DNA and the genome
  • Genetic inheritance, Punnett squares and inherited disorders
  • Variation, natural selection and selective breeding
  • Genetic engineering, fossils, extinction and classification
Ecology
  • Ecosystems, interdependence and biotic and abiotic factors
  • Sampling with quadrats and transects (required practical)
  • The carbon and water cycles
  • Biodiversity and human impact
Chem 1Chemistry Paper 11h 15 · 70 marks · 16.7% · tiered
Atomic structure and the periodic table
  • Atoms, elements, compounds and mixtures
  • Atomic structure, isotopes and relative atomic mass
  • The development of the model of the atom
  • The periodic table: groups, periods and the trends in Groups 0, 1 and 7
Bonding, structure and the properties of matter
  • Ionic, covalent and metallic bonding
  • States of matter and structures (giant, simple molecular, polymers)
  • Linking properties of substances to structure and bonding
Quantitative chemistry
  • Conservation of mass and relative formula mass
  • Moles and reacting masses (Higher)
  • Concentration of solutions and percentage yield
Chemical changes
  • Reactivity of metals, oxidation, reduction and extraction
  • Reactions of acids with metals, bases and carbonates; making salts
  • The pH scale and neutralisation; strong and weak acids
  • Electrolysis of molten and aqueous compounds (required practical)
Energy changes
  • Exothermic and endothermic reactions (required practical: temperature change)
  • Reaction profiles and activation energy
  • Bond-energy calculations (Higher)
Chem 2Chemistry Paper 21h 15 · 70 marks · 16.7% · tiered
The rate and extent of chemical change
  • Rate of reaction and the factors affecting it (required practical)
  • Collision theory and catalysts
  • Reversible reactions and dynamic equilibrium
  • Le Chatelier’s principle (Higher)
Organic chemistry
  • Crude oil, hydrocarbons and fractional distillation
  • Alkanes and alkenes; combustion and cracking
Chemical analysis
  • Pure substances, formulations and chromatography (required practical)
  • Tests for hydrogen, oxygen, carbon dioxide and chlorine
Chemistry of the atmosphere
  • The Earth’s early atmosphere and how it changed
  • Greenhouse gases and the human contribution to climate change
  • Atmospheric pollutants from burning fuels
Using resources
  • Finite and renewable resources and sustainability
  • Potable water and waste-water treatment
  • Life-cycle assessment and recycling
Phys 1Physics Paper 11h 15 · 70 marks · 16.7% · tiered
Energy
  • Energy stores, systems and transfers; kinetic, elastic and gravitational energy
  • Conservation, dissipation and efficiency (required practical: insulation)
  • Specific heat capacity (required practical)
  • National and global energy resources
Electricity
  • Charge, current, potential difference and resistance (required practicals)
  • Series and parallel circuits
  • Mains electricity, power and the National Grid
Particle model of matter
  • Density of materials (required practical)
  • Internal energy and changes of state
  • Specific latent heat
Atomic structure
  • The structure of the atom and how the model developed
  • Radioactive decay, nuclear radiation and half-life
  • Nuclear equations, contamination and irradiation
Phys 2Physics Paper 21h 15 · 70 marks · 16.7% · tiered
Forces
  • Scalars, vectors and contact and non-contact forces
  • Work done, forces and elasticity (required practical)
  • Motion graphs and Newton’s laws (required practical: acceleration)
  • Stopping distances and momentum (Higher)
Waves
  • Transverse and longitudinal waves and their properties (required practical)
  • Reflection, refraction and the electromagnetic spectrum
  • Uses and dangers of electromagnetic waves
Magnetism and electromagnetism
  • Permanent and induced magnets and magnetic fields
  • The magnetic effect of a current and the motor effect (Higher)
8464Assessment, skills & progressionAO1 40% · AO2 40% · AO3 20%
The three assessment objectives Assessment
  • AO1 Knowledge & understanding — of scientific ideas, techniques and procedures (40%)
  • AO2 Apply knowledge & understanding — of ideas, enquiry, techniques and procedures (40%)
  • AO3 Analyse, interpret & evaluate — information and ideas to draw conclusions (20%)
Working scientifically & required practicalsSkills
  • The required practicals flagged on each paper above are examined within the written paperswithin the written papers
  • At least 15% of marks assess knowledge and skills relating to practical work15% of marks assess knowledge and skills relating to practical work
  • Maths skills are assessed — at least 10% (biology), 20% (chemistry) and 30% (physics), at Level 2 or above
  • Working scientifically runs through every topic: planning, analysing and evaluating
How marks are gained What great work shows
  • Accurate recall of scientific facts, definitions and equations
  • Applying ideas confidently to unfamiliar contexts and data
  • Clear, logical extended-response answers
  • Correct use of maths, units and significant figures
  • Interpreting and evaluating experimental data
Where it leads Progression
  • A-Level biology, chemistry or physics in the Sixth Form
  • A strong foundation across all three sciences
  • Further study and careers in healthcare, engineering, research and technology
  • Transferable strengths in analysis, maths and problem-solving

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Each row below is one of the three AQA assessment objectives, which are the same across Combined Science and the separate sciences. Tap your predicted-grade band to highlight the rung you are on in each objective, then read the next rung up to see what to do to move up a grade.

Highlight your stage— tap your grade band
GCSEGCSE Science — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · AQA

This grid is built around the three AQA assessment objectives — AO1 knowledge and understanding, AO2 applying knowledge, and AO3 analysing, interpreting and evaluating (including practical work). Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the rung above to see exactly what to do to move up a grade. AO1 knowledge and understanding, AO2 applying knowledge, and AO3 analysing, interpreting and evaluating (including practical work). Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the rung above to see exactly what to do to move up a grade. the exact grade-band wording and assessment-objective weightings.

AO1 · Knowledge & understanding

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can recall simple scientific facts, key words and units for familiar topics.recall simple scientific facts, key words and units for familiar topics.
    • I can label diagrams and state definitions with some support.label diagrams and state definitions with some support.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can describe the main scientific ideas across the topics studied, using some correct terminology.describe the main scientific ideas across the topics studied, using some correct terminology.
    • I can recall common equations and state what the symbols mean.recall common equations and state what the symbols mean.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can explain scientific ideas clearly and accurately, using correct terminology throughout.explain scientific ideas clearly and accurately, using correct terminology throughout.
    • I can recall and use the required equations and describe the required practicals confidently.recall and use the required equations and describe the required practicals confidently.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can recall detailed knowledge from across the whole specification and explain it precisely.recall detailed knowledge from across the whole specification and explain it precisely.
    • I can link ideas from different topics and use technical vocabulary fluently and accurately.link ideas from different topics and use technical vocabulary fluently and accurately.

AO2 · Apply knowledge & understanding

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can put one fact or step into a familiar, structured question with support.put one fact or step into a familiar, structured question with support.
    • I can substitute numbers into an equation I am given.substitute numbers into an equation I am given.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can apply ideas to familiar problems and carry out standard calculations and techniques.apply ideas to familiar problems and carry out standard calculations and techniques.
    • I can rearrange simple equations and use correct units.rearrange simple equations and use correct units.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can apply knowledge to less familiar contexts, choosing the right idea, equation or method.apply knowledge to less familiar contexts, choosing the right idea, equation or method.
    • I can carry out multi-step calculations and convert between units accurately.carry out multi-step calculations and convert between units accurately.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can apply knowledge accurately to complex, unfamiliar problems and explain my reasoning.apply knowledge accurately to complex, unfamiliar problems and explain my reasoning.
    • I can select and combine ideas from different topics to solve demanding problems.select and combine ideas from different topics to solve demanding problems.

AO3 · Analyse, interpret & evaluate

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can read values from tables and graphs and follow a given method.read values from tables and graphs and follow a given method.
    • I can make and record simple observations and measurements.make and record simple observations and measurements.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can plot graphs, describe patterns in data and draw a simple conclusion from practical work.plot graphs, describe patterns in data and draw a simple conclusion from practical work.
    • I can identify obvious risks and suggest one improvement to a method.identify obvious risks and suggest one improvement to a method.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can analyse and interpret data, evaluate a method and draw valid conclusions supported by evidence.analyse and interpret data, evaluate a method and draw valid conclusions supported by evidence.
    • I can identify anomalies, comment on repeatability and suggest sensible improvements.identify anomalies, comment on repeatability and suggest sensible improvements.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can critically evaluate methods, data and conclusions, considering accuracy, precision and uncertainty.critically evaluate methods, data and conclusions, considering accuracy, precision and uncertainty.
    • I can justify improvements and judge how far the evidence supports a conclusion.justify improvements and judge how far the evidence supports a conclusion.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

A revision sheet for every GCSE topic, grouped by science. The same organisers apply to Combined Science and the separate sciences — the separate sciences simply go into more depth, and Triple-only content is marked.

What are you studying at the moment?— choose your topic to open its organiser
GCSEOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets

Biology

B1Cell biologyKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
B1

Cell biology

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Students study eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells, cell structure and specialisation, cell division and stem cells, and how substances move into and out of cells.
Builds onKS3 cells and the Year 9 bridging unit.
Leads toA-Level cells and cell transport.
StrandsBiologyScience
Key knowledge
  • Eukaryotic cells (animal and plant) and prokaryotic cells, and the functions of their sub-cellular structures
  • Microscopy: the difference between light and electron microscopes, magnification and resolution
  • Cell specialisation and differentiation, and the stages of the cell cycle and mitosis
  • Stem cells (embryonic, adult and plant meristems), their uses and the ethical issues
  • Movement across membranes: diffusion, osmosis and active transport, and the effect of surface area to volume ratio
Key skills
  • Use a light microscope and prepare a slide, recording a labelled scientific drawing (required practical)
  • Rearrange and use the magnification equation, working in standard form and correct units
  • Investigate the effect of solution concentration on osmosis in plant tissue (required practical)
  • Calculate percentage change and evaluate the precision of measurements
Required practical(s)
  • Using a light microscope to observe, draw and label cells
  • Osmosis: the effect of solution concentration on plant tissue
Key vocabulary
EukaryoticA cell that has a nucleus.
ProkaryoticA cell with no true nucleus; DNA is a single loop.
OrganelleA specialised structure within a cell.
MagnificationHow many times larger an image is than the real object.
ResolutionThe smallest distance between two points that can still be told apart.
MitosisCell division producing two genetically identical cells.
DifferentiationHow a cell becomes specialised for its function.
Active transportMovement against a gradient, requiring energy from respiration.
Careers & pathways
  • Biomedical scientist— Analyse cells and samples.
  • Doctor— Understand disease at a cellular level.
  • Microbiologist— Study cells and micro-organisms.
  • Research scientist— Investigate how cells work.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Using microscopesCalculatingAccurate recordingAnalysing data
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Art & Design 8.2 — Under the Microscope for microscopy and observation; Psychology 2 — Paper 1: Introductory Topics in Psychology for the biological approach.
B2OrganisationKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
B2

Organisation

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Students study how organisms are organised from cells to systems, focusing on enzymes and the digestive, circulatory and respiratory systems, plant transport, and non-communicable disease.
Builds onB1 Cell biology.
Leads toA-Level exchange and mass transport.
StrandsBiologyScience
Key knowledge
  • The hierarchy of organisation: cells, tissues, organs and organ systems
  • Enzymes as biological catalysts, the lock-and-key model, and the effect of temperature, pH and substrate concentration
  • The human digestive system: the roles of amylase, protease and lipase, and of bile
  • The circulatory system: the heart, the three blood vessels and the components of blood
  • Health, risk factors and non-communicable disease, including coronary heart disease and cancer
  • Plant tissues and transport: transpiration, translocation and the factors affecting transpiration rate
Key skills
  • Carry out qualitative food tests for sugars, starch, protein and lipids (required practical)
  • Investigate the effect of pH on the rate of amylase activity (required practical)
  • Calculate rate of reaction and read values from enzyme-activity graphs
  • Interpret and evaluate data on risk factors and the incidence of disease
Required practical(s)
  • Food tests for sugars, starch, protein and lipids
  • The effect of pH on the rate of amylase activity
Key vocabulary
EnzymeA protein that catalyses (speeds up) a reaction.
SubstrateThe molecule an enzyme acts upon.
Active siteThe part of an enzyme where the substrate binds.
DenatureThe permanent change in an enzyme’s shape that stops it working.
ArteryA vessel carrying blood away from the heart at high pressure.
VeinA vessel carrying blood back to the heart; has valves.
TranspirationThe loss of water vapour from a plant’s leaves.
Risk factorA variable linked to an increased rate of a disease.
Careers & pathways
  • Surgeon— Operate on organs and tissues.
  • Dietician— Advise on digestion and nutrition.
  • Cardiac nurse— Care for heart patients.
  • Botanist— Study plants and transport systems.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Practical testingLinking structure to functionInterpreting dataExplaining processes
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Physical Education 1 — Applied anatomy and physiology for applied anatomy and physiology; Design & Technology 5.1 — Nutrition & the Eatwell Guide for nutrition and digestion.
B3Infection and responseKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
B3

Infection and response

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Students study communicable diseases and pathogens, the body’s defences and the immune system, vaccination, and the development of drugs.
Builds onKS3 health and lifestyle.
Leads toA-Level disease and immunity.
StrandsBiologyScience
Key knowledge
  • Communicable disease and the four types of pathogen: bacteria, viruses, fungi and protists
  • How pathogens spread and how their spread can be reduced
  • Human defences: physical and chemical barriers and the immune system (phagocytosis and antibodies)
  • Vaccination and herd immunity, and how antibiotics and painkillers differ
  • The discovery and development of drugs, including preclinical and clinical testing
  • Triple only: monoclonal antibodies, and plant diseases and defences
Key skills
  • Interpret data on the incidence and spread of communicable disease
  • Evaluate the benefits and risks of vaccination and the use of antibiotics
  • Describe how new drugs are tested for toxicity, efficacy and dose
  • Explain the stages of the immune response using correct terminology
Required practical(s)
  • The effect of antiseptics or antibiotics on bacterial growth (aseptic technique)(separate sciences only)
Key vocabulary
PathogenA microorganism that causes disease.
CommunicableA disease that can be passed from one organism to another.
AntigenA unique marker on the surface of a cell or pathogen.
AntibodyA protein made by lymphocytes that targets a specific antigen.
VaccinationIntroducing a dead or weakened pathogen to build immunity.
Herd immunityProtection of a population when enough people are immune.
AntibioticA medicine that kills bacteria inside the body.
PlaceboA dummy treatment used as a control in a drug trial.
Careers & pathways
  • Doctor— Diagnose and treat disease.
  • Immunologist— Study the immune system.
  • Pharmacologist— Develop and test drugs.
  • Public-health worker— Protect community health.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Evaluating evidenceInterpreting dataInformed decision-makingCommunicating
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology 5.3 — Food safety, provenance & sustainability for food safety and bacteria; PSHE 1 — Health & Wellbeing for health and immunisation.
B4BioenergeticsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
B4

Bioenergetics

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Students study photosynthesis and its limiting factors, and aerobic and anaerobic respiration, including how organisms release and use energy.
Builds onKS3 biological processes.
Leads toA-Level energy transfers.
StrandsBiologyEnergyScience
Key knowledge
  • Photosynthesis as an endothermic reaction, its word and symbol equations
  • The limiting factors of photosynthesis: light intensity, carbon dioxide and temperature
  • The uses of the glucose made in photosynthesis
  • Aerobic and anaerobic respiration, their equations and where they occur
  • Respiration as an exothermic reaction that supplies energy for all living processes
  • Metabolism, the response of the body to exercise, and oxygen debt
Key skills
  • Investigate the effect of light intensity on the rate of photosynthesis (required practical)
  • Apply the inverse square law to light intensity and photosynthesis (Higher)
  • Write and balance word and symbol equations for respiration and photosynthesis
  • Analyse graphs of limiting factors and explain the shape of each curve
Required practical(s)
  • The effect of light intensity on the rate of photosynthesis
Key vocabulary
PhotosynthesisMaking glucose from carbon dioxide and water using light energy.
EndothermicA reaction that takes in energy from the surroundings.
Limiting factorThe factor in shortest supply that caps the rate of a process.
Aerobic respirationReleasing energy from glucose using oxygen.
Anaerobic respirationReleasing energy without oxygen; produces lactic acid in muscles.
ExothermicA reaction that releases energy to the surroundings.
MetabolismThe sum of all reactions in a cell or the body.
Oxygen debtThe extra oxygen needed after exercise to remove lactic acid.
Careers & pathways
  • Farmer / agronomist— Optimise crop growth.
  • Sports scientist— Study energy use in exercise.
  • Plant scientist— Improve photosynthesis and yield.
  • Food scientist— Use respiration and fermentation.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Writing equationsPractical investigationInterpreting graphsApplying knowledge
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography t7 — Topic 7: People and the biosphere for photosynthesis and biomes; Physical Education 4 — Exercise physiology for respiration and exercise.
B5Homeostasis and responseKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
B5

Homeostasis and response

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Students study how the body keeps internal conditions stable, through the nervous and endocrine systems, control of blood glucose, and hormones in reproduction.
Builds onB2 Organisation.
Leads toA-Level homeostasis and coordination.
StrandsBiologyScience
Key knowledge
  • Homeostasis as the regulation of internal conditions, and the principle of negative feedback
  • The nervous system, the reflex arc and the roles of receptors, neurones and effectors
  • The endocrine system and the role of hormones, compared with nervous control
  • Control of blood glucose by insulin and glucagon, and types 1 and 2 diabetes
  • Hormones in human reproduction, the menstrual cycle and methods of contraception
  • Triple only: the eye, the brain, thermoregulation, the kidney and plant hormones
Key skills
  • Investigate the effect of a factor on human reaction time (required practical)
  • Interpret data and graphs on blood glucose and hormone levels
  • Explain control systems using the language of negative feedback
  • Evaluate the effectiveness of different methods of contraception
Required practical(s)
  • Investigating human reaction time
  • The effect of light or gravity on seedling growth(separate sciences only)
Key vocabulary
HomeostasisMaintaining a stable internal environment.
Negative feedbackA response that reverses a change to restore the norm.
ReceptorA cell that detects a stimulus.
EffectorA muscle or gland that carries out a response.
HormoneA chemical messenger transported in the blood.
ReflexA rapid, automatic response that is not conscious.
InsulinThe hormone that lowers blood glucose concentration.
SynapseThe gap between two neurones, crossed by chemicals.
Careers & pathways
  • Endocrinologist— Study hormones and glands.
  • Diabetes nurse— Support patients managing diabetes.
  • Neuroscientist— Study the nervous system.
  • Pharmacist— Advise on medicines and hormones.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Interpreting dataControlling variablesExplaining feedbackInformed choices
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Physical Education 4 — Exercise physiology for thermoregulation and exercise; Psychology 3 — Paper 2: Psychology in Context for the nervous system.
B6Inheritance, variation and evolutionKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
B6

Inheritance, variation and evolution

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Students study reproduction, DNA and genetics, variation and selective breeding, and evolution, classification and the ethics of genetic technologies.
Builds onKS3 inheritance.
Leads toA-Level genetics and gene expression.
StrandsBiologyScience
Key knowledge
  • Sexual and asexual reproduction, and meiosis producing genetically varied gametes
  • DNA, genes, chromosomes and the genome, and the structure of DNA (Triple)
  • Genetic inheritance: dominant and recessive alleles, and using Punnett squares
  • Inherited disorders and the use of genetic and embryo screening
  • Variation, evolution by natural selection, and selective breeding and genetic engineering
  • Evidence for evolution: fossils, extinction, antibiotic resistance and classification
Key skills
  • Construct and interpret genetic cross diagrams and Punnett squares
  • Calculate and express genetic outcomes as ratios, percentages and probabilities
  • Evaluate the benefits and ethical issues of genetic engineering and screening
  • Explain how natural selection leads to evolution using specific examples
Key vocabulary
GeneA section of DNA that codes for a protein.
AlleleA different version of the same gene.
GenomeThe entire genetic material of an organism.
DominantAn allele that is expressed even if only one copy is present.
RecessiveAn allele expressed only when two copies are present.
MeiosisCell division that halves the chromosome number to form gametes.
Natural selectionSurvival and reproduction of the best-adapted organisms.
MutationA random change to the DNA base sequence.
Careers & pathways
  • Geneticist— Study genes and inheritance.
  • Genetic counsellor— Advise families on inherited conditions.
  • Evolutionary biologist— Study how life changes over time.
  • Bioethicist— Consider the ethics of new technologies.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Genetic reasoningProbabilityEvaluating ethicsInterpreting evidence
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics P — Probability for probability and inheritance; Religious Studies 1.1 — Origins and Meaning for origins and meaning.
B7EcologyKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
B7

Ecology

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Students study ecosystems and interdependence, sampling, the cycling of materials, biodiversity and the human impact on the environment.
Builds onKS3 ecosystems.
Leads toA-Level ecosystems and populations.
StrandsBiologyInteractionsScience
Key knowledge
  • Ecosystems, communities and the interdependence of organisms
  • Abiotic and biotic factors and how they affect communities
  • Adaptations of organisms — structural, behavioural and functional
  • The carbon cycle and the water cycle and the role of microorganisms
  • Biodiversity, the impact of human activity, and ways of maintaining ecosystems
  • Triple only: trophic levels, pyramids of biomass, and food security
Key skills
  • Sample the distribution and abundance of organisms using quadrats and transects (required practical)
  • Calculate means, medians and estimate population size from sample data
  • Interpret data on human impact, pollution and biodiversity
  • Evaluate the methods used to maintain biodiversity
Required practical(s)
  • Measuring population size using quadrats and transects
Key vocabulary
EcosystemThe interaction of a community with the abiotic environment.
CommunityAll the populations of different species in a habitat.
InterdependenceThe reliance of species on one another to survive.
AbioticA non-living factor, such as light or temperature.
BioticA living factor, such as predation or competition.
BiodiversityThe variety of all living things in an ecosystem.
QuadratA square frame used to sample organisms.
Trophic levelA feeding stage in a food chain.
Careers & pathways
  • Ecologist— Study relationships between living things.
  • Conservationist— Protect species and habitats.
  • Environmental consultant— Advise on human impact.
  • Marine biologist— Study ocean ecosystems.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
SamplingInterpreting dataSystems thinkingEvaluating impact
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography t8 — Topic 8: Forests under threat for deforestation and sustainability; Geography 9.4 — How can we save our oceans? for oceans and pollution.

Chemistry

C1Atomic structure and the periodic tableKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
C1

Atomic structure and the periodic table

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Students study atoms, elements, compounds and mixtures, atomic structure and isotopes, how the atomic model developed, and the organisation and trends of the periodic table.
Builds onKS3 atoms, elements and the periodic table.
Leads toA-Level atomic structure and periodicity.
StrandsChemistryParticlesScience
Key knowledge
  • Atoms, elements, compounds and mixtures, and separating mixtures
  • The structure of the atom: relative charges and masses of protons, neutrons and electrons
  • Isotopes and how to calculate relative atomic mass
  • How the model of the atom developed (Dalton, Thomson, Rutherford, Bohr)
  • Electronic structure and how it links to an element’s position in the periodic table
  • The periodic table: groups and periods, and the properties of Groups 0, 1 and 7
Key skills
  • Determine numbers of protons, neutrons and electrons from atomic and mass numbers
  • Calculate relative atomic mass from isotopic abundances
  • Write and use electronic structures to explain reactivity trends
  • Explain group trends using the arrangement of electrons in shells
Key vocabulary
AtomThe smallest part of an element that can exist.
ElementA substance made of only one type of atom.
CompoundTwo or more elements chemically bonded together.
IsotopeAtoms of an element with the same protons but different neutrons.
Relative atomic massThe mean mass of atoms allowing for isotopes.
GroupA vertical column of the periodic table.
PeriodA horizontal row of the periodic table.
Electronic structureThe arrangement of electrons in shells around a nucleus.
Careers & pathways
  • Research chemist— Investigate substances and reactions.
  • Chemical engineer— Design chemical processes.
  • Science teacher— Share chemistry with others.
  • Forensic scientist— Analyse chemical evidence.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Using modelsPattern-spottingPrecisionPredicting
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 8.4 — Representations — from clay to silicon for representing data in binary; Mathematics N — Number for standard form.
C2Bonding, structure and the properties of matterKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
C2

Bonding, structure and the properties of matter

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Students study ionic, covalent and metallic bonding, the structures of substances, and how structure and bonding explain physical properties.
Builds onC1 Atomic structure.
Leads toA-Level bonding and structure.
StrandsChemistryParticlesStructureScience
Key knowledge
  • Ionic bonding: the transfer of electrons between metals and non-metals
  • Covalent bonding: shared pairs of electrons in molecules and giant structures
  • Metallic bonding and the sea of delocalised electrons
  • The three states of matter, state changes and state symbols
  • Linking properties (melting point, conductivity) to structure and bonding
  • Triple only: nanoparticles, their properties and uses
Key skills
  • Draw dot-and-cross diagrams for ionic and covalent substances
  • Explain physical properties in terms of structure and bonding
  • Represent structures using different models and evaluate their limitations
  • Calculate the surface area to volume ratio of nanoparticles (Triple)
Key vocabulary
Ionic bondThe electrostatic attraction between oppositely charged ions.
Covalent bondA shared pair of electrons between two atoms.
Metallic bondAttraction between positive ions and delocalised electrons.
IonA charged particle formed when atoms lose or gain electrons.
Giant latticeA huge, regular, repeating arrangement of particles.
DelocalisedElectrons that are free to move through a structure.
Intermolecular forceA weak force of attraction between molecules.
PolymerA large molecule made from many repeating units.
Careers & pathways
  • Materials scientist— Design new materials.
  • Nanotechnologist— Work with nanoparticles.
  • Chemical engineer— Turn substances into products.
  • Product designer— Choose materials for uses.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Drawing diagramsExplaining with modelsLinking cause and effectEvaluating
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology 3.2 — Specialist technical principles — materials for material properties; Mathematics G — Geometry & measures for 3D shapes and structures.
C3Quantitative chemistryKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
C3

Quantitative chemistry

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Students study conservation of mass, relative formula mass, the mole and reacting masses, concentration and yield.
Builds onKS3 conservation of mass.
Leads toA-Level amount of substance.
StrandsChemistryParticlesScience
Key knowledge
  • Conservation of mass and how to balance symbol equations
  • Relative formula mass and the law of conservation of mass
  • The mole and Avogadro’s constant, and reacting-mass calculations (Higher)
  • Limiting reactants and their effect on the mass of product (Higher)
  • Concentration of solutions in g/dm³ and mol/dm³
  • Triple only: percentage yield, atom economy, titrations and gas volumes
Key skills
  • Balance symbol equations, including with state symbols
  • Carry out reacting-mass and mole calculations (Higher)
  • Convert between mass, moles and concentration using correct units
  • Calculate percentage yield and atom economy (Triple)
Required practical(s)
  • Titration: finding the reacting volumes of acid and alkali
Key vocabulary
MoleThe unit for amount of substance (6.02 × 10²³ particles).
Relative formula massThe sum of the relative atomic masses in a formula.
Conservation of massNo atoms are lost or made in a chemical reaction.
ConcentrationThe amount of solute dissolved in a given volume.
Limiting reactantThe reactant that is used up first and stops the reaction.
Percentage yieldThe actual yield as a percentage of the theoretical yield.
Atom economyThe percentage of reactant atoms that become useful product.
TitrationA technique to find an unknown concentration accurately.
Careers & pathways
  • Analytical chemist— Measure amounts precisely.
  • Chemical engineer— Scale up reactions.
  • Pharmacist— Calculate doses.
  • Quality-control scientist— Check product purity.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CalculatingBalancing equationsPrecisionReasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics R — Ratio, proportion & rates of change for ratio and proportion; Business 3 — Quantitative & analytical skills for quantitative skills.
C4Chemical changesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
C4

Chemical changes

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Students study the reactivity of metals and extraction, reactions of acids, and electrolysis.
Builds onKS3 metals and reactions.
Leads toA-Level redox and electrode potentials.
StrandsChemistryScience
Key knowledge
  • The reactivity series and the reactions of metals with oxygen, water and acids
  • Oxidation and reduction in terms of oxygen and of electrons (Higher)
  • Extraction of metals by reduction with carbon, linked to reactivity
  • Reactions of acids with metals, bases and carbonates to make salts
  • The pH scale, neutralisation, and strong versus weak acids (Higher)
  • Electrolysis of molten and aqueous compounds and the products formed
Key skills
  • Make and purify a pure, dry sample of a soluble salt (required practical)
  • Investigate the electrolysis of aqueous solutions (required practical)
  • Write half equations for reactions at electrodes (Higher)
  • Predict the products of electrolysis and explain them
Required practical(s)
  • Preparing a pure, dry sample of a soluble salt
  • Electrolysis of aqueous solutions
Key vocabulary
OxidationThe loss of electrons or the gain of oxygen.
ReductionThe gain of electrons or the loss of oxygen.
Reactivity seriesA list of metals in order of their reactivity.
NeutralisationThe reaction of an acid with a base to form a salt and water.
ElectrolysisBreaking down an ionic compound using electricity.
ElectrodeA conducting rod through which current enters or leaves.
OreA rock containing enough metal to make extraction worthwhile.
Half equationAn equation showing electron loss or gain at an electrode.
Careers & pathways
  • Metallurgist— Extract and work with metals.
  • Electrochemist— Study electrolysis and cells.
  • Chemical engineer— Run industrial processes.
  • Environmental chemist— Reduce process impacts.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Practical techniquePredicting reactionsWorking safelyExplaining
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology 5.2 — Food science — cooking & functional properties for cooking and functional properties; Geography t4 — Topic 4: The UK’s evolving physical landscape for chemical weathering.
C5Energy changesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
C5

Energy changes

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Students study exothermic and endothermic reactions, reaction profiles, and (Higher) bond-energy calculations.
Builds onKS3 energy in reactions.
Leads toA-Level energetics and thermodynamics.
StrandsChemistryEnergyScience
Key knowledge
  • Exothermic and endothermic reactions and everyday examples of each
  • Energy transfer in reactions and temperature-change measurements
  • Reaction profiles and the meaning of activation energy
  • Bond energies and using them to calculate energy change (Higher)
  • Triple only: chemical cells, batteries and hydrogen fuel cells
Key skills
  • Investigate the temperature change of reacting solutions (required practical)
  • Draw and label reaction profiles for exothermic and endothermic reactions
  • Calculate the overall energy change from bond energies (Higher)
  • Evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of fuel cells (Triple)
Required practical(s)
  • Temperature changes in reacting solutions
Key vocabulary
ExothermicA reaction that transfers energy to the surroundings.
EndothermicA reaction that takes in energy from the surroundings.
Activation energyThe minimum energy needed for a reaction to occur.
Reaction profileA diagram showing energy changes during a reaction.
Bond energyThe energy needed to break, or released on making, a bond.
CatalystA substance that speeds up a reaction and lowers activation energy.
Fuel cellA cell that produces electricity from a fuel and oxygen.
DissipatedEnergy that has spread out to the surroundings.
Careers & pathways
  • Process chemist— Optimise reaction energy.
  • Battery scientist— Develop cells and fuel cells.
  • Chemical engineer— Manage energy in production.
  • Research chemist— Study energy changes.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CalculatingInterpreting graphsPractical techniqueReasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography t9 — Topic 9: Consuming energy resources for fuels and energy resources; Physical Education 4 — Exercise physiology for energy systems in exercise.
C6The rate and extent of chemical changeKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
C6

The rate and extent of chemical change

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Students study the factors affecting reaction rate, collision theory and catalysts, and reversible reactions and equilibrium.
Builds onKS3 rates and catalysts.
Leads toA-Level kinetics and equilibria.
StrandsChemistryEnergyScience
Key knowledge
  • Ways to measure the rate of a reaction and how to calculate mean rate
  • The factors affecting rate: concentration, pressure, surface area, temperature and catalysts
  • Collision theory and the effect of activation energy
  • How catalysts work, including enzymes as biological catalysts
  • Reversible reactions and the idea of dynamic equilibrium
  • Le Chatelier’s principle and the effect of changing conditions (Higher)
Key skills
  • Investigate how a factor affects the rate of reaction (required practical)
  • Calculate mean rate of reaction from mass or volume data
  • Draw tangents to find the rate at a given time (Higher)
  • Predict the effect of changing conditions on a system at equilibrium (Higher)
Required practical(s)
  • Investigating the rate of a reaction (two methods)
Key vocabulary
Rate of reactionHow quickly reactants turn into products.
Collision theoryParticles must collide with enough energy to react.
Activation energyThe minimum energy needed for a successful collision.
CatalystA substance that increases rate without being used up.
Reversible reactionA reaction that can go both forwards and backwards.
EquilibriumWhen forward and backward reactions occur at the same rate.
Le ChatelierA system shifts to oppose any change to its conditions.
TangentA straight line touching a curve, used to find rate.
Careers & pathways
  • Process chemist— Speed up industrial reactions.
  • Catalysis researcher— Design better catalysts.
  • Chemical engineer— Control reaction conditions.
  • Research scientist— Study reaction kinetics.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Practical investigationInterpreting graphsControlling variablesReasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics S — Statistics for rates and graphs; Design & Technology 5.2 — Food science — cooking & functional properties for reaction rates in cooking.
C7Organic chemistryKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
C7

Organic chemistry

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Students study crude oil and hydrocarbons, alkanes and alkenes, and (Triple) alcohols, carboxylic acids and polymers.
Builds onKS3 fuels and reactions.
Leads toA-Level organic chemistry.
StrandsChemistryScience
Key knowledge
  • Crude oil as a mixture of hydrocarbons and a finite resource
  • Fractional distillation and the properties of the fractions
  • Alkanes and alkenes: their general formulae and functional groups
  • Combustion, and cracking to make more useful, shorter molecules
  • Triple only: alcohols and carboxylic acids and their reactions
  • Triple only: addition and condensation polymers
Key skills
  • Name and draw the first four alkanes and alkenes
  • Explain trends in boiling point and viscosity down the fractions
  • Write balanced equations for complete and incomplete combustion
  • Distinguish alkenes from alkanes using bromine water
Key vocabulary
HydrocarbonA compound of hydrogen and carbon only.
AlkaneA saturated hydrocarbon with only single bonds.
AlkeneAn unsaturated hydrocarbon with a C=C double bond.
Fractional distillationSeparating a mixture using differences in boiling point.
CrackingBreaking long hydrocarbons into shorter, more useful ones.
CombustionBurning a fuel, releasing energy.
MonomerA small molecule that joins to form a polymer.
PolymerA long molecule made from many monomers.
Careers & pathways
  • Petrochemical engineer— Process crude oil.
  • Polymer chemist— Design plastics and materials.
  • Pharmaceutical chemist— Make medicines.
  • Environmental scientist— Reduce pollution from fuels.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Naming moleculesExplaining processesModellingEvaluating
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
C8Chemical analysisKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
C8

Chemical analysis

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Students study pure substances and formulations, chromatography, and tests for gases and (Triple) ions and instrumental methods.
Builds onKS3 separation techniques.
Leads toA-Level analysis and spectroscopy.
StrandsChemistryParticlesScience
Key knowledge
  • Pure substances and mixtures, and formulations as useful mixtures
  • Chromatography, calculating R f values and identifying substances
  • Tests for the gases hydrogen, oxygen, carbon dioxide and chlorine
  • Triple only: flame tests and tests for metal ions with sodium hydroxide
  • Triple only: tests for carbonates, halides and sulfates
  • Triple only: instrumental methods such as flame emission spectroscopy
Key skills
  • Investigate how paper chromatography separates a mixture of dyes (required practical)
  • Calculate R f values from a chromatogram
  • Carry out chemical tests to identify unknown ions (Triple)
  • Compare instrumental methods with chemical tests
Required practical(s)
  • Paper chromatography and R f values
  • Identifying ions by chemical tests(separate sciences only)
Key vocabulary
Pure substanceA single element or compound with a fixed melting point.
FormulationA mixture made in set proportions for a purpose.
ChromatographyA method to separate substances in a mixture.
R f valueDistance moved by a substance ÷ distance moved by solvent.
Mobile phaseThe solvent that moves through the chromatography paper.
Stationary phaseThe paper (or medium) that does not move.
Flame testIdentifying a metal ion by the colour it produces in a flame.
PrecipitateAn insoluble solid formed in a solution.
Careers & pathways
  • Analytical chemist— Identify substances in samples.
  • Forensic scientist— Analyse evidence.
  • Quality-control scientist— Check purity and safety.
  • Water scientist— Test and treat water.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Practical techniqueInterpreting resultsPrecisionIdentifying
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology 5.3 — Food safety, provenance & sustainability for testing and food provenance; Mathematics S — Statistics for interpreting results.
C9Chemistry of the atmosphereKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
C9

Chemistry of the atmosphere

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Students study the evolution of the Earth’s atmosphere, greenhouse gases and climate change, and atmospheric pollutants.
Builds onKS3 the atmosphere and climate change.
Leads toA-Level environmental chemistry.
StrandsChemistryInteractionsScience
Key knowledge
  • The gases in today’s atmosphere and theories about the early atmosphere
  • How the atmosphere changed, including the role of algae and plants
  • The greenhouse gases carbon dioxide, methane and water vapour
  • The greenhouse effect and evidence for human-caused climate change
  • Carbon footprint and actions that could reduce emissions
  • Atmospheric pollutants from burning fuels and their effects on health
Key skills
  • Interpret data and graphs on atmospheric composition and temperature
  • Evaluate the reliability of evidence and models about climate change
  • Describe the origins and effects of common atmospheric pollutants
  • Discuss actions to reduce a carbon footprint and their limitations
Key vocabulary
AtmosphereThe layer of gases surrounding the Earth.
Greenhouse gasA gas that absorbs and re-emits heat radiation.
Greenhouse effectThe warming of the Earth by trapped heat radiation.
Climate changeA long-term change in global weather patterns.
Carbon footprintThe total greenhouse gases produced by an activity.
PollutantA substance released that harms the environment or health.
ParticulateTiny solid particles released when fuels burn.
CombustionBurning a fuel in oxygen, releasing energy and gases.
Careers & pathways
  • Climate scientist— Study the changing climate.
  • Environmental consultant— Advise on emissions.
  • Air-quality scientist— Monitor pollution.
  • Sustainability officer— Reduce organisations’ impact.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Interpreting dataEvaluating evidenceReasoning about impactCommunicating
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography t9 — Topic 9: Consuming energy resources for greenhouse gases and climate; Geography a6 — Topic 6: The Carbon Cycle and Energy Security for the carbon cycle.
C10Using resourcesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Students study finite and renewable resources, potable water and waste treatment, life-cycle assessment and (Triple) the Haber process and materials.
Builds onKS3 metals and materials.
Leads toA-Level industrial chemistry.
StrandsChemistryInteractionsScience
Key knowledge
  • Finite and renewable resources and the meaning of sustainable development
  • Producing potable water and treating waste water
  • Extracting metals from low-grade ores by phytomining and bioleaching (Higher)
  • Life-cycle assessments to judge environmental impact
  • Reducing, reusing and recycling materials
  • Triple only: the Haber process, NPK fertilisers, corrosion and alloys
Key skills
  • Analyse and treat a water sample and test its purity (required practical)
  • Interpret and evaluate a life-cycle assessment
  • Compare methods of extracting and recycling metals
  • Explain the conditions used in the Haber process and why (Triple)
Required practical(s)
  • Analysis and purification of a water sample
Key vocabulary
Finite resourceA resource that is being used up faster than it forms.
Renewable resourceA resource that can be replaced as it is used.
Potable waterWater that is safe to drink.
Sustainable developmentMeeting present needs without harming the future.
Life-cycle assessmentAn assessment of impact from raw material to disposal.
RecyclingProcessing used materials so they can be used again.
AlloyA mixture of a metal with other elements.
CorrosionThe gradual destruction of a metal by reaction with its surroundings.
Careers & pathways
  • Water-treatment engineer— Provide clean water.
  • Sustainability scientist— Reduce resource use.
  • Chemical engineer— Design efficient processes.
  • Recycling specialist— Recover materials.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
EvaluatingInterpreting dataSystems thinkingDecision-making
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography 9.3 — Mobile phones: a blessing or a curse? for extraction and recycling; Design & Technology 5.3 — Food safety, provenance & sustainability for sustainability and packaging.

Physics

P1EnergyKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
P1

Energy

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Students study energy stores and transfers, conservation, dissipation and efficiency, and national and global energy resources.
Builds onKS3 energy.
Leads toA-Level mechanics and thermal physics.
StrandsPhysicsEnergyScience
Key knowledge
  • Energy stores and the transfers between them in a system
  • Calculating kinetic, gravitational potential and elastic potential energy
  • Conservation of energy, dissipation and how to improve efficiency
  • Specific heat capacity and the factors affecting the energy stored
  • Power as the rate of energy transfer, and calculating efficiency
  • National and global energy resources, renewable and non-renewable
Key skills
  • Investigate the effectiveness of different thermal insulators (required practical)
  • Determine the specific heat capacity of a material (required practical)
  • Select and rearrange energy, power and efficiency equations
  • Calculate efficiency and represent transfers with Sankey diagrams
Required practical(s)
  • Specific heat capacity of a material
  • Investigating thermal insulation(separate sciences only)
Key vocabulary
Energy storeA way energy is held, e.g. kinetic or thermal.
DissipationEnergy spreading out and becoming less useful.
EfficiencyUseful energy transferred ÷ total energy supplied.
Specific heat capacityEnergy to raise 1 kg of a substance by 1°C.
PowerThe rate of transferring energy or doing work (watts).
Work doneEnergy transferred when a force moves an object.
Conservation of energyEnergy cannot be created or destroyed, only transferred.
RenewableAn energy resource that will not run out.
Careers & pathways
  • Energy engineer— Design efficient systems.
  • Building surveyor— Improve energy use in buildings.
  • Renewable-energy technician— Install clean energy.
  • Physicist— Study energy and its transfer.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CalculatingPractical techniqueUsing unitsEvaluating
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography t9 — Topic 9: Consuming energy resources for energy resources; Physical Education 7 — Health, fitness and well-being for energy and diet.
P2ElectricityKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
P2

Electricity

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Students study charge, current, potential difference and resistance, series and parallel circuits, and mains electricity and power.
Builds onKS3 electricity and circuits.
Leads toA-Level electricity.
StrandsPhysicsEnergyScience
Key knowledge
  • Charge, current, potential difference and resistance and how they relate
  • Ohm’s law and the I–V characteristics of components
  • Series and parallel circuits and the rules for current, p.d. and resistance
  • Resistance of an LDR and a thermistor and their uses
  • Mains electricity, direct and alternating current, and the three-pin plug
  • Electrical power, energy transfer and the National Grid
Key skills
  • Investigate how the length of a wire affects resistance (required practical)
  • Investigate the I–V characteristics of circuit components (required practical)
  • Rearrange and use V = I R and power equations
  • Calculate total resistance in series and analyse circuit data
Required practical(s)
  • Investigating the resistance of a wire
  • I–V characteristics of circuit components
Key vocabulary
CurrentThe rate of flow of electric charge (amperes).
Potential differenceThe energy transferred per unit charge (volts).
ResistanceHow much a component opposes the current (ohms).
Ohm’s lawCurrent is proportional to p.d. at constant temperature.
SeriesA circuit with a single loop for the current.
ParallelA circuit with more than one branch for the current.
Alternating currentCurrent that repeatedly reverses direction.
National GridThe system of cables and transformers distributing electricity.
Careers & pathways
  • Electrical engineer— Design circuits and devices.
  • Electrician— Install and maintain wiring.
  • Electronics designer— Design electronic products.
  • Power engineer— Manage the electricity grid.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Building circuitsCareful measurementUsing equationsPlotting graphs
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 1.1 — Systems architecture for systems architecture and power; Mathematics A — Algebra for rearranging equations.
P3Particle model of matterKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
P3

Particle model of matter

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Students study density, internal energy and changes of state, specific latent heat and (Triple) gas pressure.
Builds onKS3 particle model.
Leads toA-Level thermal physics.
StrandsPhysicsParticlesEnergyScience
Key knowledge
  • The particle model and the arrangement of particles in solids, liquids and gases
  • Density, and how to measure the density of regular and irregular objects
  • Internal energy and how heating changes the energy of particles
  • Changes of state as physical, conserving mass, and specific latent heat
  • Triple only: how the motion of gas particles causes pressure
  • Triple only: the effect of changing volume or temperature on gas pressure
Key skills
  • Determine the density of regular and irregular solids and of liquids (required practical)
  • Rearrange and use the density and specific latent heat equations
  • Interpret heating and cooling graphs, explaining the flat sections
  • Calculate energy changes for heating and for changes of state
Required practical(s)
  • Determining the density of solids and liquids
Key vocabulary
DensityThe mass per unit volume of a substance.
Internal energyThe total kinetic and potential energy of the particles.
Specific heat capacityEnergy to raise 1 kg by 1°C without a state change.
Specific latent heatEnergy to change the state of 1 kg without a temperature change.
Change of stateA physical change such as melting or boiling.
Conservation of massMass stays the same during a change of state.
Gas pressureForce per unit area from particle collisions with a surface.
Absolute zeroThe lowest possible temperature, −273°C.
Careers & pathways
  • Materials scientist— Study how materials behave.
  • Mechanical engineer— Work with heat and materials.
  • HVAC engineer— Design heating and cooling.
  • Physicist— Study matter and energy.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Practical techniqueCalculatingUsing modelsInterpreting data
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
P4Atomic structureKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Students study the nuclear model of the atom, radioactive decay and half-life, and (Triple) nuclear fission and fusion.
Builds onKS3 atomic structure.
Leads toA-Level nuclear physics.
StrandsPhysicsParticlesScience
Key knowledge
  • The nuclear model of the atom and how it developed from earlier models
  • The relative sizes and charges of protons, neutrons and electrons
  • Isotopes, radioactive decay and the types of nuclear radiation
  • Nuclear equations for alpha and beta decay, and half-life
  • Contamination and irradiation, their dangers and how to reduce risk
  • Triple only: nuclear fission, chain reactions and nuclear fusion
Key skills
  • Determine and use half-life from decay data and graphs
  • Balance nuclear equations for alpha and beta decay
  • Compare the penetrating power and ionising ability of radiation types
  • Evaluate the risks and uses of radioactivity, including in medicine
Key vocabulary
IsotopeAtoms with the same protons but different numbers of neutrons.
Radioactive decayThe random breakdown of an unstable nucleus.
Half-lifeThe time for half the unstable nuclei to decay.
Alpha particleTwo protons and two neutrons; highly ionising, low penetration.
Beta particleA fast electron from the nucleus; moderately penetrating.
IrradiationExposing an object to radiation from a source.
ContaminationGetting radioactive material onto or into an object.
FissionThe splitting of a large, unstable nucleus.
Careers & pathways
  • Radiographer— Use radiation in medical imaging.
  • Nuclear engineer— Work in the nuclear industry.
  • Radiation-protection officer— Keep people safe.
  • Medical physicist— Apply physics in medicine.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Interpreting dataCalculatingWorking safelyReasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Religious Studies 1.1 — Origins and Meaning for origins and meaning; Mathematics N — Number for standard form.
P5ForcesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Students study scalars and vectors, forces and motion, work and elasticity, Newton’s laws, and (Higher) momentum and stopping distances.
Builds onKS3 forces.
Leads toA-Level mechanics.
StrandsPhysicsForcesScience
Key knowledge
  • Scalar and vector quantities and contact and non-contact forces
  • Resultant forces and resolving and representing forces with free-body diagrams
  • Work done, elasticity and Hooke’s law
  • Distance, displacement, speed, velocity and acceleration, and motion graphs
  • Newton’s three laws of motion and the idea of inertia
  • Stopping distance, reaction time, and momentum and its conservation (Higher)
Key skills
  • Investigate the relationship between force and extension of a spring (required practical)
  • Investigate the effect of force or mass on acceleration (required practical)
  • Interpret distance–time and velocity–time graphs, including gradients and areas
  • Rearrange and apply equations of motion and F = m a
Required practical(s)
  • Force and extension (Hooke’s law)
  • Investigating force, mass and acceleration
Key vocabulary
ScalarA quantity with size only, e.g. speed.
VectorA quantity with size and direction, e.g. velocity.
Resultant forceThe single force equal to all forces acting.
AccelerationThe rate of change of velocity.
Newton’s first lawAn object stays at rest or constant velocity unless acted on.
Terminal velocityThe steady speed reached when forces are balanced.
MomentumMass multiplied by velocity.
Hooke’s lawExtension is proportional to the force applied (to a limit).
Careers & pathways
  • Mechanical engineer— Design machines and structures.
  • Automotive engineer— Design safe vehicles.
  • Aerospace engineer— Design aircraft and spacecraft.
  • Biomechanist— Study forces in the body.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CalculatingGraph analysisPractical techniqueModelling
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Physical Education 2 — Movement analysis for movement analysis; Geography t1 — Topic 1: Hazardous Earth for tectonic forces; Mathematics ME — Mechanics for mechanics.
P6WavesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Students study transverse and longitudinal waves and their properties, the electromagnetic spectrum, and (Triple) lenses, sound and black-body radiation.
Builds onKS3 sound and light.
Leads toA-Level waves and optics.
StrandsPhysicsEnergyScience
Key knowledge
  • Transverse and longitudinal waves and their properties
  • The wave equation relating speed, frequency and wavelength
  • Reflection, refraction and the behaviour of waves at boundaries
  • The electromagnetic spectrum and the properties of its regions
  • Uses and dangers of electromagnetic waves across the spectrum
  • Triple only: lenses and ray diagrams, visible light and colour, and black-body radiation
Key skills
  • Measure the frequency, wavelength and speed of waves (required practical)
  • Investigate infrared radiation emitted by different surfaces (required practical)
  • Rearrange and use the wave equation with correct units
  • Draw ray diagrams for reflection and refraction (Triple)
Required practical(s)
  • Measuring the frequency, wavelength and speed of waves
  • Infrared radiation absorbed and emitted by surfaces
  • Refraction and lenses(separate sciences only)
Key vocabulary
Transverse waveA wave where vibrations are at right angles to travel.
Longitudinal waveA wave where vibrations are along the direction of travel.
FrequencyThe number of waves passing a point each second (hertz).
WavelengthThe distance between two matching points on a wave.
AmplitudeThe maximum displacement from the rest position.
RefractionThe change in direction of a wave as its speed changes.
Electromagnetic spectrumThe continuous range of EM waves by wavelength.
Black bodyA perfect absorber and emitter of radiation.
Careers & pathways
  • Communications engineer— Design signal systems.
  • Radiographer— Use waves in medical imaging.
  • Acoustic engineer— Design for sound.
  • Optical engineer— Design lenses and cameras.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Using equationsDrawing diagramsPractical techniqueAnalysing
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Music 7.4 — Musical ensembles for pitch and timbre; Mathematics P3 — Trigonometry, exponentials & logarithms for trigonometry and wave graphs.
P7Magnetism and electromagnetismKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
P7

Magnetism and electromagnetism

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this topic is about.Students study magnets and magnetic fields, the motor effect, and (Triple) induction, generators and transformers.
Builds onKS3 magnetism.
Leads toA-Level fields.
StrandsPhysicsForcesScience
Key knowledge
  • Permanent and induced magnets, magnetic fields and how to plot them
  • The magnetic effect of a current and the field around a solenoid
  • The motor effect, Fleming’s left-hand rule and F = B I l (Higher)
  • Triple only: the generator effect and how alternators and dynamos work
  • Triple only: transformers and the transformer equation
  • Triple only: how loudspeakers and microphones use the motor and generator effects
Key skills
  • Investigate and plot the magnetic field around a magnet and a wire
  • Apply Fleming’s left-hand rule to find the direction of force
  • Rearrange and use F = B I l and the transformer equations (Triple)
  • Explain electromagnetic induction using clear cause and effect
Key vocabulary
Magnetic fieldThe region where a magnetic material feels a force.
Induced magnetA material that becomes magnetic in a magnetic field.
SolenoidA coil of wire that produces a magnetic field.
Motor effectThe force on a current-carrying wire in a magnetic field.
Fleming’s left-hand ruleA rule linking field, current and force directions.
Electromagnetic inductionGenerating a p.d. by a changing magnetic field.
TransformerA device that changes the size of an alternating p.d.
AlternatorA generator that produces alternating current.
Careers & pathways
  • Electrical engineer— Design motors and generators.
  • Power engineer— Work on the grid and transformers.
  • Medical physicist— Work with MRI scanners.
  • Renewable-energy engineer— Design wind and hydro generators.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Representing fieldsUsing equationsPractical techniqueExplaining
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 9.6 — Applying programming skills with physical computing for motors and physical computing; Design & Technology P — Product Design: materials, mechanisms & making for mechanisms in products.
P8Space physicsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
P8

Space physics

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Taken by Triple Physics students. Students study the Solar System and orbital motion, the life cycle of stars, and red-shift and the Big Bang.
Builds onKS3 space.
Leads toA-Level astrophysics (optional topic).
StrandsPhysicsForcesScience
Key knowledge
  • Taken by Triple Physics students only
  • The Solar System: the Sun, planets, moons, and dwarf planets
  • Gravity, orbital motion and how speed and radius relate for a stable orbit
  • The life cycle of stars, from nebula to their final stages
  • How elements are formed in stars and distributed by supernovae
  • Red-shift, the expanding universe and evidence for the Big Bang
Key skills
  • Interpret models and diagrams of orbits and the life cycle of stars
  • Explain how the mass of a star determines its life cycle
  • Describe red-shift as evidence that the universe is expanding
  • Evaluate how scientific evidence supports the Big Bang theory
Key vocabulary
Solar SystemThe Sun and everything that orbits it.
OrbitThe path of one object around another under gravity.
SatelliteAn object that orbits a larger body.
NebulaA cloud of dust and gas where stars form.
Main sequenceThe long, stable stage of a star’s life.
SupernovaThe explosion of a massive star at the end of its life.
Red-shiftThe shift of light to longer wavelengths from receding galaxies.
Big BangThe theory that the universe began from a hot, dense point.
Careers & pathways
  • Astronomer— Study stars and galaxies.
  • Astrophysicist— Investigate how the universe works.
  • Satellite engineer— Design and operate satellites.
  • Space scientist— Work on space missions.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Using modelsInterpreting evidenceReasoningWonder and curiosity
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography 7.2 — Where in the world? for day, night and the seasons; Religious Studies C2a — Philosophy: Arguments for God for cosmological arguments.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise GCSE Science

  • Learn the key terms and definitions — make flashcards for each topic.
  • Learn the required practicals: method, variables, results and evaluation.required practicals: method, variables, results and evaluation.
  • Practise calculations and equations, and rearranging them, until they are automatic.calculations and equations, and rearranging them, until they are automatic.
  • Do past-paper questionsand mark them against the mark scheme.
  • Useretrieval practice— turn headings into questions and answer from memory.
  • Check your report band against the ladder and target your next step up.

At A-Level, students can study Biology (AQA 7402), Chemistry (AQA 7405) and Physics (AQA 7408) as three separate A-Levels, each taught at 9 hours per fortnight. All three are full two-year linear A-Levels — the school does not run AS qualifications — assessed through three written papers at the end of Year 13, together with a separate practical endorsement based on twelve required practicals. Biology (AQA 7402), Chemistry (AQA 7405) and Physics (AQA 7408) as three separate A-Levels, each taught at 9 hours per fortnight. All three are full two-year linear A-Levels — the school does not run AS qualifications — assessed through three written papers at the end of Year 13, together with a separate practical endorsement based on twelve required practicals. the physics optional topic and the assessment-objective weightings.

Choose an A-Level science to see its route through the exam papers. All three are full linear A-Levels — the school does not run AS courses — and each includes a separate practical endorsement. The grade ladder and revision guidance below apply to all three.linear A-Levels — the school does not run AS courses — and each includes a separate practical endorsement. The grade ladder and revision guidance below apply to all three.

A-Level Biology (AQA 7402) is a full two-year linear A-Level assessed through three papers plus a practical endorsement. Papers 1 and 2 each cover half the course; Paper 3 is synoptic and ends with a 25-mark essay. There are 12 required practicals, and at least 15% of marks assess practical skills.

Route through the course

Biology
View the AQA 7402 specification
Paper 1Biology Paper 1 (topics 1–4)2h · 91 marks · 35%
Topic 1 — Biological molecules
  • Monomers, polymers and condensation & hydrolysis reactions
  • Carbohydrates: monosaccharides, disaccharides and polysaccharides (starch, glycogen, cellulose)
  • Lipids: triglycerides and phospholipids
  • Proteins: primary–quaternary structure; enzyme action and the induced-fit model
  • Nucleic acids: DNA and RNA structure and semi-conservative replication
  • ATP, water and inorganic ions
Topic 2 — Cells
  • Eukaryotic and prokaryotic cell structure; viruses
  • Studying cells: optical and electron microscopy and cell fractionation
  • The cell cycle, mitosis and its control (cancer)
  • Transport across membranes: diffusion, osmosis, active transport and co-transport
  • Cell recognition and the immune system: antigens, antibodies, phagocytosis, T and B cells, vaccination and HIV
Topic 3 — Exchange with the environment
  • Surface area to volume ratio and adaptations for exchange
  • Gas exchange in single-celled organisms, insects, fish and plants
  • Digestion and absorption of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins
  • Mass transport in animals: haemoglobin, oxygen dissociation and the heart and circulation
  • Mass transport in plants: xylem, phloem, transpiration and translocation
Topic 4 — Genetic information & variation
  • DNA, genes and chromosomes and the genetic code
  • Protein synthesis: transcription and translation
  • Genetic diversity: meiosis, mutation and non-disjunction
  • Genetic diversity and adaptation; directional and stabilising selection
  • Species, taxonomy and phylogenetic classification
  • Biodiversity, indices of diversity and investigating diversity
Paper 2Biology Paper 2 (topics 5–8)2h · 91 marks · 35%
Topic 5 — Energy transfers
  • Photosynthesis: the light-dependent and light-independent reactions
  • Respiration: glycolysis, the link reaction, Krebs cycle and oxidative phosphorylation
  • Anaerobic respiration in mammals, plants and microorganisms
  • Energy and ecosystems: biomass, productivity and transfer efficiency
  • Nutrient cycles: the nitrogen and phosphorus cycles and use of fertilisers
Topic 6 — Responding to the environment
  • Survival and response; tropisms, taxes, kineses and the reflex arc
  • Receptors: the Pacinian corpuscle and the rods and cones of the retina
  • Nervous coordination: action potentials and synaptic transmission
  • Skeletal muscles and the sliding-filament mechanism
  • Homeostasis: control of blood glucose (insulin, glucagon, diabetes) and the kidney & osmoregulation
Topic 7 — Genetics, populations, evolution & ecosystems
  • Inheritance: monohybrid and dihybrid crosses, codominance, sex linkage and epistasis; the chi-squared test
  • Populations and the Hardy–Weinberg principle
  • Evolution and speciation (allopatric and sympatric); genetic drift
  • Populations in ecosystems: succession, predator–prey relationships and investigating populations
Topic 8 — The control of gene expression
  • Gene mutations and their effects
  • Control of gene expression: transcription factors, oestrogen, RNA interference and epigenetics
  • Stem cells and cell specialisation; tumour suppressor genes and oncogenes
  • Using and comparing genome projects
  • Gene technologies: recombinant DNA, PCR, gene probes, genetic fingerprinting and gene therapy
Paper 3Biology Paper 3 (synoptic + essay)2h · 78 marks · 30%
Synoptic assessment
  • Questions drawing on content from across topics 1–8
  • Practical techniques and the twelve required practicals
  • A 15-mark section on the critical analysis of experimental data
Section B — the essay
  • One 25-mark essay chosen from a choice of two titles
  • Draws together biology from at least five different topics
7402Assessment, skills & progressionassessment · practicals · progression
The three assessment objectives Assessment
  • AO1 Knowledge & understanding — of scientific ideas, processes, techniques and procedures
  • AO2 Apply knowledge & understanding — in theoretical and practical contexts, and with data
  • AO3 Analyse, interpret & evaluate — information, ideas and evidence to reach conclusions
  • Exact AO weightings
Practical endorsement & required practicalsWorking scientifically
  • Practical endorsement (CPAC) — a separate pass/fail report on the 12 required practicals
  • At least 15% of marks in the written papers assess practical knowledge and skills15% of marks in the written papers assess practical knowledge and skills
  • Maths skills — at least 10% of marks at Level 2 or above
  • The required practicals flagged on each paper above underpin many exam questions
How marks are gained What great work shows
  • Precise, detailed knowledge and correct terminology
  • Confident application to unfamiliar, multi-step problems
  • Rigorous handling of data, maths and units
  • Evaluating methods, evidence and conclusions
  • Well-structured synoptic answers, including the 25-mark essay
Where it leads Progression
  • University degrees in medicine, biosciences, veterinary and environmental science
  • Careers in healthcare, research, biotechnology and conservation
  • A facilitating subject valued across the sciences
  • Highly valued skills in analysis, data handling and evaluation

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Each row is one of the three AQA assessment objectives, which are the same across A-Level Biology, Chemistry and Physics. Tap your target-grade band to highlight the rung you are on, then read the next rung up.

Highlight your stage— tap the words used on your report
A-LevelA-Level Science — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · AQA

This grid is built around the three AQA assessment objectives — AO1 knowledge and understanding, AO2 applying knowledge, and AO3 analysing, interpreting and evaluating (including practical work). Find your target-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the rung above to see what to do to move up. AO1 knowledge and understanding, AO2 applying knowledge, and AO3 analysing, interpreting and evaluating (including practical work). Find your target-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the rung above to see what to do to move up. the exact grade-band wording and assessment-objective weightings.

AO1 · Knowledge & understanding

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can recall key definitions, laws and equations from across the course.recall key definitions, laws and equations from across the course.
    • I can state and outline the main models and theories.state and outline the main models and theories.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can describe and explain scientific ideas accurately using correct terminology.describe and explain scientific ideas accurately using correct terminology.
    • I can recall the required practicals and the reason for each step.recall the required practicals and the reason for each step.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can explain complex ideas across the specification and link topics together.explain complex ideas across the specification and link topics together.
    • I can use precise technical language and correct conventions throughout.use precise technical language and correct conventions throughout.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can recall and explain detailed, synoptic knowledge with precision and fluency.recall and explain detailed, synoptic knowledge with precision and fluency.
    • I can connect ideas from across the whole course, including the mathematical requirements.connect ideas from across the whole course, including the mathematical requirements.

AO2 · Apply knowledge & understanding

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can apply a familiar idea or equation to a straightforward problem.apply a familiar idea or equation to a straightforward problem.
    • I can carry out a standard calculation with the equation given.carry out a standard calculation with the equation given.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can apply knowledge to familiar problems and carry out multi-step calculations.apply knowledge to familiar problems and carry out multi-step calculations.
    • I can select the correct equation and rearrange it correctly.select the correct equation and rearrange it correctly.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can apply knowledge to unfamiliar contexts, selecting and combining ideas.apply knowledge to unfamiliar contexts, selecting and combining ideas.
    • I can work through extended calculations, handling significant figures and units.work through extended calculations, handling significant figures and units.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can apply knowledge to complex, synoptic and unfamiliar problems and justify my approach.apply knowledge to complex, synoptic and unfamiliar problems and justify my approach.
    • I can construct multi-step reasoning and translate between contexts independently.construct multi-step reasoning and translate between contexts independently.

AO3 · Analyse, interpret & evaluate

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can process data and follow a given experimental method.process data and follow a given experimental method.
    • I can plot data and read values with reasonable accuracy.plot data and read values with reasonable accuracy.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can analyse and interpret data and evaluate a given method.analyse and interpret data and evaluate a given method.
    • I can identify random and systematic errors in an experiment.identify random and systematic errors in an experiment.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can evaluate methods, data and conclusions, considering uncertainty and validity.evaluate methods, data and conclusions, considering uncertainty and validity.
    • I can calculate and use uncertainties and comment on precision and accuracy.calculate and use uncertainties and comment on precision and accuracy.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can critically evaluate methodology, evidence and conclusions and justify improvements.critically evaluate methodology, evidence and conclusions and justify improvements.
    • I can judge the validity and reliability of evidence and develop a reasoned argument.judge the validity and reliability of evidence and develop a reasoned argument.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

A revision sheet for every A-Level topic, grouped by subject.

What are you studying at the moment?— choose your topic to open its organiser
A-LevelOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets

Biology

T1Biological moleculesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
T1

Biological molecules

Download PDF
What this topic is about.The chemistry of life: monomers and polymers, carbohydrates, lipids and proteins, enzymes, and the nucleic acids and ATP that carry information and energy.
Builds onGCSE cell biology and organic chemistry.
Leads toBiochemistry and every other A-Level topic.
StrandsBiologyMoleculesScience
Key knowledge
  • Monomers and polymers, and condensation and hydrolysis reactions
  • Carbohydrates (monosaccharides, disaccharides, polysaccharides) and lipids (triglycerides, phospholipids)
  • Protein structure (primary to quaternary) and enzyme action, including the induced-fit model and inhibition
  • The structure of DNA and RNA and the role of ATP
  • The properties of water and the roles of inorganic ions
  • Enzyme kinetics: the effects of temperature, pH, concentration and competitive and non-competitive inhibitors
Key skills
  • Carry out biochemical tests (Benedict’s, iodine, biuret, emulsion) (required practical)
  • Investigate the effect of a named variable on enzyme-controlled reactions (required practical)
  • Process quantitative data, calculating rates and percentage change
  • Evaluate experimental design, identifying variables and improvements
Required practical(s)
  • The effect of a named variable on the rate of an enzyme-controlled reaction
Key vocabulary
PolymerA large molecule made of many repeating monomers.
CondensationA reaction joining molecules and releasing water.
HydrolysisA reaction splitting molecules using water.
Induced fitThe active site changes shape to fit the substrate.
DenaturationThe loss of an enzyme’s tertiary structure and function.
Competitive inhibitorA molecule that competes for the active site.
ATPAdenosine triphosphate, the universal energy currency.
MonomerA single unit that bonds to form a polymer.
Careers & pathways
  • Biochemist— Study the chemistry of life.
  • Pharmacologist— Develop medicines.
  • Clinical scientist— Analyse biological samples.
  • Research scientist— Investigate biological molecules.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Practical techniqueAnalysing dataApplying modelsPrecision
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology 5.1 — Nutrition & the Eatwell Guide for carbohydrates, proteins and lipids; Physical Education 4 — Exercise physiology for nutrition and metabolism.
T2CellsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.Cell structure and microscopy, cell division by mitosis and meiosis, transport across membranes, and how the immune system recognises and responds to cells.
Builds onT1 and GCSE cells.
Leads toPhysiology and immunology.
StrandsBiologyCellsScience
Key knowledge
  • The detailed ultrastructure of eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells and of viruses
  • Studying cells: magnification, resolution and cell fractionation and ultracentrifugation
  • The cell cycle, mitosis, its regulation, and uncontrolled division in cancer
  • Transport across membranes: simple and facilitated diffusion, osmosis, active transport and co-transport
  • Cell recognition and the immune system: antigens, phagocytosis, T and B lymphocytes and antibodies
  • The specific immune response, antigenic variation, vaccines, monoclonal antibodies and HIV/AIDS
Key skills
  • Prepare and stain a root-tip squash and calculate a mitotic index (required practical)
  • Investigate membrane permeability using the effect of temperature or solvents (required practical)
  • Use the magnification equation and work confidently in standard form
  • Interpret data from the ELISA test and antibody studies
Required practical(s)
  • Preparing a stained root-tip squash and calculating a mitotic index
  • The effect of a named variable on cell-membrane permeability
  • Aseptic technique: the effect of antimicrobials on microbial growth
Key vocabulary
UltrastructureThe fine detail of a cell seen with an electron microscope.
Cell fractionationSeparating organelles by ultracentrifugation.
Mitotic indexThe proportion of cells undergoing mitosis.
Facilitated diffusionDiffusion through carrier or channel proteins.
AntigenA molecule that triggers an immune response.
PhagocytosisEngulfing and digesting a pathogen.
Monoclonal antibodyAn identical antibody from cloned cells.
Antigenic variationA change in a pathogen’s surface antigens.
Careers & pathways
  • Immunologist— Study the immune system.
  • Cytologist— Study cells and diagnose disease.
  • Vaccine researcher— Develop vaccines.
  • Biomedical scientist— Analyse cells and samples.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
MicroscopyAnalysing dataExplaining processesPrecision
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Art & Design 8.2 — Under the Microscope for microscopy and close observation; Psychology 1 — Research methods, issues & debates for research methods.
T3Exchange with the environmentKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
T3

Exchange with the environment

Download PDF
What this topic is about.How organisms exchange substances with their surroundings: surface-area-to-volume relationships, gas exchange, digestion and absorption, and mass transport in animals and plants.
Builds onT2 Cells.
Leads toPhysiology and medicine.
StrandsBiologySystemsScience
Key knowledge
  • Surface area to volume ratio and its consequences for exchange
  • Gas exchange in single-celled organisms, insects, fish and dicotyledonous plants
  • Adaptations of the human gas-exchange system and the effects of lung disease
  • Digestion and absorption of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins
  • Mass transport in animals: haemoglobin, the oxygen dissociation curve and the Bohr effect
  • Mass transport in plants: the cohesion-tension theory and the mass-flow hypothesis
Key skills
  • Dissect an animal or plant gas-exchange or mass-transport system (required practical)
  • Interpret oxygen dissociation curves and explain the Bohr shift
  • Analyse and evaluate data on the effects of lung disease and exercise
  • Apply the principles of diffusion to unfamiliar exchange systems
Required practical(s)
  • Finding the water potential of plant tissue using a dilution series
  • Dissection of a gas-exchange or mass-transport system
Key vocabulary
Surface area to volume ratioHow area compares with volume as size changes.
VentilationThe movement of air into and out of the lungs.
HaemoglobinThe protein that transports oxygen in the blood.
Bohr effectA shift in the dissociation curve as CO₂ rises.
Cohesion-tensionThe theory explaining water transport up the xylem.
TranslocationThe transport of assimilates in the phloem.
CountercurrentOpposing flow that maximises diffusion, as in fish gills.
Dissociation curveA graph of haemoglobin saturation against oxygen level.
Careers & pathways
  • Doctor— Understand the body’s systems.
  • Physiologist— Study how the body works.
  • Cardiac technician— Monitor heart function.
  • Veterinary surgeon— Treat animals.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
DissectionAnalysing dataLinking structure to functionReasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography a5 — Topic 5: The Water Cycle and Water Insecurity for transpiration and the water cycle; Physical Education 1 — Applied anatomy and physiology for gas exchange and the lungs.
T4Genetic information and variationKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
T4

Genetic information and variation

Download PDF
What this topic is about.How genetic information is stored, copied and expressed; genetic diversity through meiosis and mutation; and how biodiversity is measured and species classified.
Builds onT1 and T2.
Leads toT7, T8 and evolutionary biology.
StrandsBiologyGeneticsScience
Key knowledge
  • The structure of DNA, genes and chromosomes, and the nature of the genetic code
  • Protein synthesis: transcription, splicing and translation
  • Meiosis and the sources of genetic variation
  • Genetic diversity, the founder effect, genetic bottlenecks and natural selection
  • The principles of taxonomy, phylogenetics and the three domains
  • Measuring biodiversity within and between communities and investigating diversity using DNA and proteins
Key skills
  • Investigate species diversity using an index of diversity
  • Interpret data from DNA sequencing and comparisons
  • Use genetic diagrams to explain the outcomes of meiosis
  • Evaluate the reliability of measures of genetic and species diversity
Key vocabulary
Genetic codeThe triplet, degenerate, non-overlapping DNA code.
TranscriptionCopying a gene into messenger RNA.
TranslationAssembling a polypeptide from an mRNA sequence.
MeiosisDivision producing four genetically varied haploid cells.
Genetic diversityThe number of different alleles in a population.
PhylogeneticsClassifying organisms by evolutionary relationships.
Index of diversityA measure combining species richness and evenness.
Course of natural selectionDirectional, stabilising or disruptive selection.
Careers & pathways
  • Geneticist— Study genes and inheritance.
  • Bioinformatician— Analyse genetic data.
  • Conservation scientist— Protect biodiversity.
  • Forensic scientist— Use DNA analysis.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Data analysisStatisticsGenetic reasoningClassifying
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics ST — Statistics for statistical testing; Religious Studies 1.1 — Origins and Meaning for origins and meaning.
T5Energy transfersKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
T5

Energy transfers

Download PDF
What this topic is about.How energy flows through living systems: photosynthesis and respiration in detail, energy transfer through ecosystems, and the cycling of nutrients.
Builds onT1 and GCSE bioenergetics.
Leads toEcology and agriculture.
StrandsBiologyEnergyScience
Key knowledge
  • Photosynthesis: the light-dependent reactions and photophosphorylation
  • The light-independent reactions (Calvin cycle) and limiting factors
  • Respiration: glycolysis, the link reaction, the Krebs cycle and oxidative phosphorylation
  • Anaerobic respiration in mammals, plants and microorganisms, and chemiosmosis
  • Energy transfer through ecosystems: gross and net primary productivity
  • Nutrient cycles: the nitrogen and phosphorus cycles and the use of fertilisers
Key skills
  • Investigate the effect of a factor on the rate of photosynthesis or respiration (required practical)
  • Use a respirometer and calculate the rate of oxygen consumption
  • Calculate net and gross productivity and energy transfer efficiency
  • Interpret metabolic pathways and evaluate the effects of fertilisers
Required practical(s)
  • Chromatography of photosynthetic pigments
  • The effect of a factor on dehydrogenase activity in chloroplasts
  • The effect of a variable on the rate of respiration of single-celled organisms
Key vocabulary
PhotophosphorylationMaking ATP using light energy.
Calvin cycleThe light-independent fixation of carbon dioxide.
ChemiosmosisATP synthesis driven by a proton gradient.
GlycolysisThe splitting of glucose in the cytoplasm.
Oxidative phosphorylationATP synthesis using the electron transport chain.
Net primary productivityGross productivity minus respiratory losses.
SaprobiontA decomposer that breaks down dead material.
EutrophicationNutrient enrichment leading to algal blooms.
Careers & pathways
  • Plant scientist— Improve crops and yield.
  • Agricultural scientist— Support food production.
  • Biochemist— Study metabolic pathways.
  • Environmental scientist— Study nutrient cycles.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Practical techniqueCalculatingInterpreting pathwaysAnalysing
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography a6 — Topic 6: The Carbon Cycle and Energy Security for the carbon cycle; Physical Education 4 — Exercise physiology for energy systems.
T6Responding to the environmentKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
T6

Responding to the environment

Download PDF
What this topic is about.How organisms detect and respond to change: nervous and hormonal coordination, muscle contraction, and the control systems that maintain homeostasis.
Builds onGCSE homeostasis and T2.
Leads toPhysiology and medicine.
StrandsBiologySystemsScience
Key knowledge
  • Stimuli and responses: tropisms, taxes, kineses and the reflex arc
  • Receptors, including the Pacinian corpuscle and the rods and cones of the retina
  • Nerve impulses: resting and action potentials, propagation and the refractory period
  • Synaptic transmission at cholinergic synapses and the effects of drugs
  • The structure and contraction of skeletal muscle (the sliding-filament model)
  • Homeostasis: control of blood glucose (insulin, glucagon, the second messenger) and the kidney and osmoregulation
Key skills
  • Investigate factors affecting heart rate or the effect of a variable on responses
  • Interpret oscilloscope traces of action potentials
  • Explain the control of blood water potential and glucose using feedback
  • Analyse data on the action of hormones and drugs at synapses
Required practical(s)
  • The effect of an environmental variable on animal movement (choice chamber or maze)
  • A colorimetric calibration curve to find an unknown glucose concentration
Key vocabulary
Action potentialA rapid reversal of charge across a neurone membrane.
Refractory periodThe recovery time before another impulse can pass.
SynapseThe junction between two neurones.
NeurotransmitterA chemical that carries a signal across a synapse.
SarcomereThe functional contractile unit of a muscle.
Sliding filamentThe mechanism of muscle contraction.
OsmoregulationThe control of the water potential of the blood.
UltrafiltrationFiltration under pressure in the kidney nephron.
Careers & pathways
  • Neuroscientist— Study the nervous system.
  • Sports physiologist— Study performance.
  • Endocrinologist— Study hormones.
  • Anaesthetist— Manage patients’ responses.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Interpreting dataExplaining feedbackPractical techniqueReasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Psychology 3 — Paper 2: Psychology in Context for the nervous system and behaviour; Physical Education 2 — Skill acquisition for skill acquisition and feedback.
T7Genetics, populations, evolution and ecosystemsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
T7

Genetics, populations, evolution and ecosystems

Download PDF
What this topic is about.How characteristics are inherited, how populations change through natural selection and speciation, and how populations interact within ecosystems.
Builds onT4 and GCSE inheritance.
Leads toEvolutionary biology and ecology.
StrandsBiologyGeneticsEcologyScience
Key knowledge
  • Inheritance: monohybrid and dihybrid crosses, codominance, multiple alleles and sex linkage
  • Autosomal linkage, epistasis and the use of the chi-squared test
  • Populations, allele and genotype frequencies and the Hardy–Weinberg principle
  • Variation and the effects of stabilising, directional and disruptive selection
  • Speciation (allopatric and sympatric) and the role of genetic drift
  • Populations in ecosystems: carrying capacity, succession and predator–prey relationships
Key skills
  • Use the chi-squared test to compare observed and expected genetic ratios
  • Apply the Hardy–Weinberg equations to calculate allele frequencies
  • Investigate populations using randomly placed quadrats, transects and mark-release-recapture (required practical)
  • Interpret data on selection, speciation and succession
Required practical(s)
  • The effect of an environmental factor on the distribution of a species
Key vocabulary
CodominanceBoth alleles are expressed in the phenotype.
EpistasisOne gene masking the effect of another.
Hardy–WeinbergA model predicting allele frequencies in a population.
Allele frequencyHow common an allele is in a population.
Genetic driftA change in allele frequency by chance.
SpeciationThe formation of a new species.
SuccessionThe change in a community over time.
Carrying capacityThe maximum population an ecosystem can support.
Careers & pathways
  • Ecologist— Study populations and ecosystems.
  • Evolutionary biologist— Study how species change.
  • Conservation scientist— Protect species.
  • Geneticist— Study inheritance.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Genetic reasoningStatisticsSamplingModelling
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography t7 — Topic 7: People and the biosphere for ecosystems and the biosphere; Mathematics ST — Statistics for sampling and statistics.
T8The control of gene expressionKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
T8

The control of gene expression

Download PDF
What this topic is about.How gene expression is controlled, how mutations and epigenetics affect it, and how gene technologies are used in research and medicine.
Builds onT4 and T7.
Leads toGenomics, medicine and biotechnology.
StrandsBiologyGeneticsScience
Key knowledge
  • Gene mutations, their causes and their effects on the phenotype
  • Regulation of transcription and translation by transcription factors and oestrogen
  • Epigenetic control through DNA methylation and histone modification
  • RNA interference, and the role of stem cells and totipotency
  • The role of tumour suppressor genes and oncogenes in cancer
  • Gene technologies: making DNA fragments, PCR, in vivo and in vitro cloning, and gene therapy
Key skills
  • Interpret the results of gel electrophoresis and DNA profiling
  • Explain the use of recombinant DNA technology and its applications
  • Evaluate the ethical, social and economic issues of gene technologies
  • Analyse data on gene expression and epigenetic modification
Key vocabulary
MutationA change in the base sequence of DNA.
Transcription factorA protein that controls the rate of transcription.
EpigeneticsHeritable changes not caused by DNA sequence changes.
MethylationAdding methyl groups to DNA to silence a gene.
TotipotentA stem cell able to form any cell type.
OncogeneA mutated gene that can cause cancer.
Recombinant DNADNA combined from two different sources.
PCRThe polymerase chain reaction used to amplify DNA.
Careers & pathways
  • Genomic scientist— Analyse and use genomes.
  • Biotechnologist— Develop gene technologies.
  • Genetic counsellor— Advise families.
  • Bioethicist— Consider the ethics of new technology.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Interpreting techniquesEvaluating ethicsAnalysing dataReasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Religious Studies C3b — Ethics: Applied ethics & conscience for bioethics and applied ethics; Psychology 1 — Research methods, issues & debates for research methods and ethics.

Chemistry

PH1Atomic structure & the moleKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
PH1

Atomic structure & the mole

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Physical chemistry: atomic structure and mass spectrometry, and the mole as the foundation of quantitative chemistry.
Builds onGCSE atomic structure and quantitative chemistry.
Leads toAll quantitative A-Level chemistry.
StrandsChemistryPhysicalScience
Key knowledge
  • Fundamental particles, isotopes and time-of-flight mass spectrometry
  • Electron configuration in sub-shells and successive ionisation energies
  • The mole, Avogadro’s constant and the ideal gas equation pV = nRT
  • Empirical and molecular formulae and balanced equations
  • Reacting masses, atom economy, percentage yield and errors in measurement
  • Calculations involving solutions, concentrations and titrations
Key skills
  • Interpret mass spectra to deduce isotopes and relative atomic mass
  • Carry out structured mole, gas-volume and titration calculations
  • Make up a standard solution and carry out an acid–base titration (required practical)
  • Evaluate the uncertainty and errors in quantitative measurements
Required practical(s)
  • Making a volumetric solution and carrying out an acid–base titration
Key vocabulary
IsotopeAtoms with the same protons but different neutrons.
Time of flightA mass spectrometry method separating ions by mass/charge.
Ionisation energyEnergy to remove one mole of electrons from gaseous atoms.
MoleThe amount of substance containing 6.02 × 10²³ particles.
Empirical formulaThe simplest whole-number ratio of atoms.
Atom economyThe proportion of reactant atoms in the useful product.
Ideal gasA gas obeying pV = nRT under all conditions.
Standard solutionA solution of accurately known concentration.
Careers & pathways
  • Analytical chemist— Measure and identify substances.
  • Chemical engineer— Scale reactions accurately.
  • Pharmaceutical scientist— Formulate medicines.
  • Research chemist— Investigate matter.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CalculatingInterpreting spectraPrecisionReasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics N — Number for standard form and the mole; Mathematics P1 — Proof, algebra & functions for algebraic manipulation.
PH2Bonding & structureKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
PH2

Bonding & structure

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Physical chemistry: how atoms bond and how structure and intermolecular forces determine the properties of substances.
Builds onGCSE bonding and structure.
Leads toOrganic and inorganic chemistry.
StrandsChemistryPhysicalStructureScience
Key knowledge
  • Ionic, covalent, co-ordinate (dative) and metallic bonding
  • The shapes of simple molecules and ions using electron-pair repulsion
  • Bond polarity, electronegativity and dipoles
  • Intermolecular forces: van der Waals, dipole–dipole and hydrogen bonding
  • How structure and bonding determine physical properties
  • The four crystal structures: ionic, metallic, and macromolecular and molecular covalent
Key skills
  • Predict and explain molecular shapes and bond angles
  • Deduce polarity and the presence of intermolecular forces
  • Relate melting point, conductivity and solubility to structure
  • Represent bonding using dot-and-cross and displayed formulae
Key vocabulary
Dative bondA covalent bond where one atom supplies both electrons.
ElectronegativityThe power of an atom to attract a bonding pair.
Electron-pair repulsionThe principle used to predict molecular shape.
Van der WaalsWeak forces from temporary induced dipoles.
Hydrogen bondA strong intermolecular force involving N, O or F.
DipoleA separation of charge across a bond or molecule.
MacromolecularA giant covalent structure such as diamond.
PolarHaving an uneven distribution of charge.
Careers & pathways
  • Materials scientist— Design new materials.
  • Computational chemist— Model molecules.
  • Chemical engineer— Apply structure to processes.
  • Research chemist— Study bonding.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
PredictingModellingExplainingReasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology A1 — Materials & their applications for materials and their applications; Mathematics G — Geometry & measures for shape and structure.
PH3Energetics & kineticsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
PH3

Energetics & kinetics

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Physical chemistry: energy changes in reactions and the factors and mechanisms that control how fast reactions go.
Builds onGCSE energy changes and rates.
Leads toThermodynamics and rate equations.
StrandsChemistryPhysicalEnergyScience
Key knowledge
  • Enthalpy changes and standard enthalpy definitions
  • Calorimetry and calculating enthalpy change from experimental data
  • Hess’s law and enthalpy cycles
  • Mean bond enthalpies and their limitations
  • Collision theory, the Maxwell–Boltzmann distribution and activation energy
  • The effect of temperature, concentration and catalysts on rate
Key skills
  • Determine an enthalpy change by calorimetry (required practical)
  • Apply Hess’s law to calculate enthalpy changes
  • Use mean bond enthalpies to estimate reaction enthalpy
  • Interpret Maxwell–Boltzmann distributions to explain rate changes
Required practical(s)
  • Measuring an enthalpy change
  • Investigating how reaction rate changes with temperature
Key vocabulary
Enthalpy changeThe heat energy change at constant pressure.
CalorimetryMeasuring heat change using temperature and q = mcΔT.
Hess’s lawThe enthalpy change is independent of the route taken.
Bond enthalpyThe energy to break one mole of a bond in the gas phase.
Activation energyThe minimum energy for a successful collision.
Maxwell–BoltzmannThe distribution of molecular energies in a sample.
CatalystA substance that provides an alternative, lower-energy route.
Standard conditions100 kPa and a stated temperature (usually 298 K).
Careers & pathways
  • Process chemist— Optimise reaction conditions.
  • Energy scientist— Develop cleaner reactions.
  • Chemical engineer— Manage reaction energy.
  • Research chemist— Study kinetics.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CalorimetryCalculatingInterpreting graphsReasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics P4 — Calculus & vectors for rates of change and calculus; Design & Technology 5.2 — Food science — cooking & functional properties for reaction rates in cooking.
PH4Chemical equilibria & acids-basesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
PH4

Chemical equilibria & acids-bases

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Physical chemistry: dynamic equilibrium, the equilibrium constant, and the behaviour of acids and bases including pH and buffers.
Builds onGCSE reversible reactions.
Leads toIndustrial chemistry and biochemistry.
StrandsChemistryPhysicalScience
Key knowledge
  • Dynamic equilibrium and Le Chatelier’s principle
  • The equilibrium constant Kc and its calculation
  • Brønsted–Lowry acids and bases and conjugate pairs
  • The pH scale, and calculations for strong acids and bases
  • Weak acids, Ka and pKa, and buffer solutions
  • Titration curves, indicators and the equivalence point
Key skills
  • Calculate Kc, pH, Ka and the pH of buffers
  • Carry out titrations and interpret pH titration curves (required practical)
  • Select a suitable indicator for a given titration
  • Explain how a buffer resists changes in pH
Required practical(s)
  • Investigating how pH changes when a weak acid reacts with a strong base
Key vocabulary
Dynamic equilibriumForward and reverse reactions occur at equal rates.
KcThe equilibrium constant in terms of concentrations.
Le ChatelierA system opposes any change imposed on it.
Brønsted–LowryAn acid is a proton donor and a base a proton acceptor.
pH−log of the hydrogen-ion concentration.
KaThe acid dissociation constant of a weak acid.
BufferA solution resisting change in pH on adding acid or base.
Equivalence pointWhere acid and base have exactly reacted.
Careers & pathways
  • Analytical chemist— Measure concentrations.
  • Biochemist— Study buffers in living systems.
  • Process chemist— Control industrial equilibria.
  • Water scientist— Manage pH in treatment.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CalculatingTitration techniqueInterpreting curvesReasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics P3 — Trigonometry, exponentials & logarithms for logarithms and pH; Mathematics P1 — Proof, algebra & functions for rearranging expressions.
PH5Redox & electrode potentialsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
PH5

Redox & electrode potentials

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Physical chemistry: oxidation and reduction, electrode potentials and how electrochemical cells store and release energy.
Builds onGCSE electrolysis and reactivity.
Leads toElectrochemistry and energy storage.
StrandsChemistryPhysicalScience
Key knowledge
  • Oxidation states and constructing balanced redox and half equations
  • Electrode potentials and the standard hydrogen electrode
  • The electrochemical series and predicting the feasibility of reactions
  • Electrochemical cells and calculating cell EMF
  • Commercial cells, batteries and fuel cells
  • The link between electrode potentials, feasibility and limitations
Key skills
  • Assign oxidation states and combine half equations
  • Calculate the EMF of an electrochemical cell
  • Predict whether a redox reaction is feasible from electrode potentials
  • Evaluate the benefits and drawbacks of fuel cells and batteries
Key vocabulary
Oxidation stateThe apparent charge on an atom in a compound.
Half equationAn equation showing electron loss or gain.
Standard electrode potentialThe potential of a half-cell under standard conditions.
Electrochemical seriesHalf-cells ranked by electrode potential.
EMFThe maximum potential difference of a cell.
FeasibilityWhether a reaction is thermodynamically possible.
Fuel cellA cell producing electricity from a continuous fuel supply.
Salt bridgeA connection allowing ion flow between half-cells.
Careers & pathways
  • Electrochemist— Study cells and corrosion.
  • Battery scientist— Develop energy storage.
  • Chemical engineer— Design electrochemical processes.
  • Renewable-energy scientist— Develop fuel cells.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Balancing equationsCalculatingPredictingReasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography t9 — Topic 9: Consuming energy resources for energy storage and batteries; Design & Technology A1 — Materials & their applications for conductive materials.
PH6Thermodynamics & rate equationsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
PH6

Thermodynamics & rate equations

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Physical chemistry (A2): entropy and free energy determine whether reactions happen, and rate equations describe how fast they go.
Builds onPH3 Energetics and kinetics.
Leads toAdvanced physical chemistry.
StrandsChemistryPhysicalEnergyScience
Key knowledge
  • Born–Haber cycles and lattice enthalpy
  • Enthalpies of solution, hydration and the effect of ionic size and charge
  • Entropy and the feasibility of change
  • Gibbs free energy (ΔG = ΔH − TΔS) and the temperature of feasibility
  • Rate equations, orders of reaction and the rate constant
  • The Arrhenius equation and rate-determining steps
Key skills
  • Construct and use Born–Haber cycles to find lattice enthalpy
  • Calculate entropy change and Gibbs free energy
  • Determine orders of reaction and the rate constant from data
  • Deduce a reaction mechanism from the rate-determining step
Required practical(s)
  • Measuring reaction rate by an initial-rate (iodine-clock) method
  • Measuring reaction rate by a continuous-monitoring method
Key vocabulary
Lattice enthalpyThe enthalpy of forming a lattice from gaseous ions.
Born–Haber cycleAn enthalpy cycle used to find lattice enthalpy.
EntropyA measure of the disorder of a system.
Gibbs free energyA quantity that predicts whether a change is feasible.
Rate equationAn equation linking rate to reactant concentrations.
OrderThe power of a concentration term in the rate equation.
Rate constantThe constant k in a rate equation.
Rate-determining stepThe slowest step that controls the overall rate.
Careers & pathways
  • Physical chemist— Study energy and rates.
  • Chemical engineer— Model reaction feasibility.
  • Research scientist— Investigate mechanisms.
  • Data analyst— Analyse kinetic data.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Constructing cyclesCalculatingAnalysing dataReasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics P4 — Calculus & vectors for calculus and rate equations; Mathematics P3 — Trigonometry, exponentials & logarithms for logarithms.
IN1Periodicity & Period 3Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
IN1

Periodicity & Period 3

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Inorganic chemistry: trends across the periodic table and the reactions and oxides of the Period 3 elements.
Builds onGCSE periodic table.
Leads toInorganic chemistry.
StrandsChemistryInorganicScience
Key knowledge
  • Classification of elements into s, p, d and f blocks
  • Trends across Period 3 in atomic radius, ionisation energy and melting point
  • The reactions of Period 3 elements with oxygen, chlorine and water
  • The structures and bonding of the Period 3 oxides
  • The acid–base character of the Period 3 oxides
  • Explaining periodicity using electron configuration and structure
Key skills
  • Explain periodic trends using shielding, nuclear charge and radius
  • Write equations for the reactions of Period 3 elements and oxides
  • Predict the pH and behaviour of oxides in water
  • Interpret data on the physical properties of Period 3 elements
Key vocabulary
PeriodicityA repeating pattern of properties across a period.
Atomic radiusA measure of the size of an atom.
Ionisation energyEnergy to remove an electron from a gaseous atom.
ShieldingInner electrons reducing the pull on outer electrons.
AmphotericA substance reacting as both an acid and a base.
Giant covalentA macromolecular structure such as silicon dioxide.
BlockA region of the periodic table (s, p, d or f).
OxideA compound of an element with oxygen.
Careers & pathways
  • Research chemist— Study the elements.
  • Materials scientist— Use element properties.
  • Chemical engineer— Apply inorganic chemistry.
  • Science teacher— Share chemistry.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Pattern-spottingExplaining trendsInterpreting dataReasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology A1 — Materials & their applications for material properties across a period; Geography 7.3 — How do rocks shape the landscape? for minerals and elements.
IN2Group 2 & Group 7Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
IN2

Group 2 & Group 7

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Inorganic chemistry: the trends and reactions of the alkaline earth metals and the halogens.
Builds onGCSE groups of the periodic table.
Leads toInorganic and industrial chemistry.
StrandsChemistryInorganicScience
Key knowledge
  • Trends in Group 2: reactivity, first ionisation energy and solubility of hydroxides and sulfates
  • The uses of Group 2 compounds, including in agriculture and medicine
  • Trends in Group 7: electronegativity, boiling point and oxidising power
  • Reactions of halides with silver nitrate and with concentrated sulfuric acid
  • Disproportionation reactions of chlorine, including with water and alkali
  • Tests for the halide ions and their reliability
Key skills
  • Carry out and interpret tests for anions, including halides, sulfates and carbonates (required practical)
  • Write equations for disproportionation and displacement reactions
  • Explain Group 2 and Group 7 trends using structure and electron arrangement
  • Evaluate the reliability of qualitative tests for ions
Required practical(s)
  • Test-tube reactions to identify cations and anions
Key vocabulary
Alkaline earth metalAn element in Group 2.
HalogenAn element in Group 7 (17).
Oxidising powerThe tendency to gain electrons; decreases down Group 7.
DisproportionationSimultaneous oxidation and reduction of one element.
DisplacementA more reactive halogen replacing a less reactive one.
Thermal decompositionBreaking a compound down using heat.
Solubility trendHow solubility changes down a group.
PrecipitateAn insoluble solid formed in a reaction.
Careers & pathways
  • Analytical chemist— Identify ions.
  • Water scientist— Use chlorine treatment.
  • Chemical engineer— Apply inorganic reactions.
  • Research chemist— Study reactivity.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Practical techniqueExplaining trendsIdentifyingReasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology A1 — Materials & their applications for material selection; Art & Design 7.1 — Formal Elements for pigments and flame colour.
IN3Transition metals & aqueous ionsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
IN3

Transition metals & aqueous ions

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Inorganic chemistry: the characteristic properties of transition metals, complex ions, colour, catalysis and reactions of aqueous ions.
Builds onIN1 and IN2.
Leads toCatalysis and analytical chemistry.
StrandsChemistryInorganicScience
Key knowledge
  • The characteristic properties of transition metals and their electron configurations
  • Complex ions, ligands, co-ordination number and shape
  • Optical and cis–trans isomerism in complexes
  • Coloured ions and the origin of colour, and the use of colorimetry
  • Catalysis by transition metals and their compounds
  • Ligand-substitution reactions and the reactions of aqueous metal ions with acids, bases and ammonia
Key skills
  • Prepare and investigate transition-metal complexes and observe colour changes
  • Carry out tests to identify transition-metal ions in solution (required practical)
  • Use colorimetry to determine the concentration of a coloured ion
  • Write equations for ligand substitution and precipitation reactions
Required practical(s)
  • Identifying transition-metal ions in aqueous solution
Key vocabulary
Transition metalA d-block element forming ions with partly filled d orbitals.
LigandAn ion or molecule with a lone pair bonded to a metal.
Complex ionA central metal ion surrounded by ligands.
Co-ordination numberThe number of co-ordinate bonds to the central ion.
Ligand substitutionReplacing one ligand with another.
Heterogeneous catalystA catalyst in a different phase to the reactants.
ColorimetryMeasuring concentration from colour intensity.
Chelate effectThe stability gained from multidentate ligands.
Careers & pathways
  • Catalysis researcher— Develop catalysts.
  • Analytical chemist— Identify metal ions.
  • Materials chemist— Use transition-metal compounds.
  • Pharmaceutical chemist— Use metal complexes in medicine.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Practical techniqueIdentifyingExplaining colourReasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Art & Design 7.1 — Formal Elements for pigments and colour; Design & Technology A3 — Manufacturing & industry for industrial processes.
OR1Hydrocarbons, halogenoalkanes & alcoholsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
OR1

Hydrocarbons, halogenoalkanes & alcohols

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Organic chemistry: the foundations of organic reactions through alkanes, alkenes, halogenoalkanes and alcohols, and how to analyse organic compounds.
Builds onGCSE organic chemistry.
Leads toOrganic synthesis and analysis.
StrandsChemistryOrganicScience
Key knowledge
  • Nomenclature, structural and stereoisomerism, and reaction mechanisms
  • Alkanes: combustion, and the free-radical substitution mechanism
  • Halogenoalkanes: nucleophilic substitution and elimination, and ozone depletion
  • Alkenes: electrophilic addition, Markownikoff’s rule and addition polymers
  • Alcohols: preparation, oxidation, dehydration and their reactions
  • Organic analysis: functional-group tests, mass spectrometry and infrared spectroscopy
Key skills
  • Prepare, purify and test an organic liquid using distillation and separation (required practical)
  • Draw curly-arrow mechanisms for substitution, addition and elimination
  • Deduce structures from mass, infrared and combustion data
  • Explain reactivity using bond polarity and mechanism type
Required practical(s)
  • Distillation of a product from a reaction
  • Tests for alcohol, aldehyde, alkene and carboxylic acid
Key vocabulary
NucleophileAn electron-pair donor that attacks a positive centre.
ElectrophileAn electron-pair acceptor.
Free radicalA species with an unpaired electron.
Electrophilic additionAddition across a C=C double bond.
EliminationRemoving a small molecule to form a double bond.
Structural isomerSame formula, different structural arrangement.
Curly arrowA symbol showing the movement of an electron pair.
Fingerprint regionThe complex lower region of an infrared spectrum.
Careers & pathways
  • Organic chemist— Design and make molecules.
  • Pharmaceutical chemist— Develop drugs.
  • Petrochemical engineer— Process hydrocarbons.
  • Forensic scientist— Analyse organic compounds.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Drawing mechanismsNaming moleculesPractical techniqueReasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology 5.2 — Food science — cooking & functional properties for food science and functional properties; Design & Technology 5.3 — Food safety, provenance & sustainability for testing and provenance.
OR2Carbonyls, carboxylic acids, aromatics & aminesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
OR2

Carbonyls, carboxylic acids, aromatics & amines

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Organic chemistry (A2): the chemistry of carbonyl compounds, carboxylic acids and their derivatives, aromatic compounds and amines.
Builds onOR1 Hydrocarbons and alcohols.
Leads toOrganic synthesis and biochemistry.
StrandsChemistryOrganicScience
Key knowledge
  • Optical isomerism and chirality
  • Aldehydes and ketones: oxidation, nucleophilic addition and the tri-iodomethane test
  • Carboxylic acids and derivatives: esters, acyl chlorides and acid anhydrides
  • Aromatic chemistry: the structure of benzene and electrophilic substitution
  • Amines: their basicity, preparation and reactions
  • Reaction mechanisms and reactivity across these functional groups
Key skills
  • Draw mechanisms for nucleophilic addition and electrophilic substitution
  • Carry out organic preparations, purification and reflux techniques
  • Identify functional groups from chemical tests and spectra
  • Explain relative reactivity and the basicity of amines
Required practical(s)
  • Preparing a pure organic solid and testing its purity by melting point
Key vocabulary
ChiralityThe property of having non-superimposable mirror images.
Optical isomerOne of a pair of mirror-image molecules.
Nucleophilic additionAddition of a nucleophile to a carbonyl group.
EsterificationForming an ester from an acid and an alcohol.
Acyl chlorideA reactive carboxylic acid derivative.
DelocalisationThe spreading of electrons, as in benzene.
Electrophilic substitutionReplacing an H on benzene with an electrophile.
BasicityThe ability to accept a proton, as in amines.
Careers & pathways
  • Medicinal chemist— Design drug molecules.
  • Organic chemist— Synthesise compounds.
  • Fragrance chemist— Develop scents and flavours.
  • Research scientist— Investigate reactions.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Drawing mechanismsPractical techniqueReasoningPrecision
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology 5.3 — Food safety, provenance & sustainability for food chemistry and provenance; Design & Technology A1 — Materials & their applications for polymers and materials.
OR3Polymers, biochemistry, synthesis & spectroscopyKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
OR3

Polymers, biochemistry, synthesis & spectroscopy

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Organic chemistry (A2): condensation polymers, amino acids, proteins and DNA, organic synthesis routes, and the spectroscopic techniques used to identify molecules.
Builds onOR1 and OR2.
Leads toBiochemistry and analytical science.
StrandsChemistryOrganicScience
Key knowledge
  • Condensation polymers: polyesters and polyamides, and their hydrolysis
  • Amino acids, proteins, their structure and the action of enzymes
  • DNA structure and the action of anticancer drugs (cisplatin)
  • Organic synthesis: designing multi-step routes and identifying reagents
  • Proton and carbon-13 NMR spectroscopy and chemical shift
  • Chromatography: thin-layer, column and gas chromatography
Key skills
  • Interpret proton and carbon-13 NMR spectra, including splitting patterns
  • Combine mass, infrared and NMR data to determine a structure
  • Plan a multi-step synthesis specifying reagents and conditions
  • Interpret chromatograms and calculate retention data
Required practical(s)
  • Separation of species by thin-layer chromatography (TLC)
Key vocabulary
Condensation polymerA polymer formed with loss of a small molecule.
PolyamideA polymer with repeating amide links.
ZwitterionAn amino acid with both positive and negative charge.
NMRNuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy.
Chemical shiftThe position of an NMR peak relative to TMS.
Spin–spin splittingThe splitting of NMR peaks by neighbouring protons.
Retention timeThe time a compound takes to pass through a column.
Synthetic routeA planned sequence of reactions to a target molecule.
Careers & pathways
  • Analytical chemist— Identify molecules by spectroscopy.
  • Biochemist— Study proteins and DNA.
  • Polymer scientist— Design new polymers.
  • Pharmaceutical chemist— Develop and analyse drugs.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Interpreting spectraPlanning synthesisAnalysingReasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology A1 — Materials & their applications for polymers and composites; Design & Technology A3 — Manufacturing & industry for manufacturing and industry.

Physics

1Measurements and their errorsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
1

Measurements and their errors

Download PDF
What this topic is about.The foundation of experimental physics: SI units, estimation, and the treatment of uncertainty and error in measurement.
Builds onGCSE working scientifically.
Leads toAll practical and data-analysis work.
StrandsPhysicsPracticalScience
Key knowledge
  • SI base units and the derivation of derived units
  • Prefixes, standard form and orders of magnitude
  • Random and systematic errors, precision, accuracy and repeatability
  • Absolute, fractional and percentage uncertainties and how to combine them
  • Estimation of physical quantities to an appropriate order of magnitude
  • Representing uncertainty on graphs using error bars and worst-fit lines
Key skills
  • Combine uncertainties in sums, products and powers
  • Determine uncertainty from repeat readings and instrument resolution
  • Use error bars to find the uncertainty in a gradient or intercept
  • Make and justify order-of-magnitude estimates
Key vocabulary
SI unitAn internationally agreed base unit of measurement.
Systematic errorA repeatable error with a consistent cause.
Random errorAn unpredictable scatter in measurements.
PrecisionHow close repeated measurements are to each other.
AccuracyHow close a measurement is to the true value.
UncertaintyThe interval within which the true value lies.
ResolutionThe smallest change an instrument can detect.
Order of magnitudeA power-of-ten estimate of size.
Careers & pathways
  • Metrologist— Work on precise measurement.
  • Research physicist— Design experiments.
  • Data analyst— Analyse experimental data.
  • Quality engineer— Ensure measurement standards.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Handling uncertaintyEstimationPrecisionAnalysing data
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics ST — Statistics for uncertainty and error; Physical Education 4 — Use of data for use of data; Geography t6 — Topic 6: Geographical investigations (fieldwork) for fieldwork measurement.
2Particles and radiationKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
2

Particles and radiation

Download PDF
What this topic is about.The building blocks of matter: fundamental particles, radioactivity, quarks and leptons, and the quantum behaviour of light.
Builds onGCSE atomic structure.
Leads toNuclear and particle physics.
StrandsPhysicsParticlesScience
Key knowledge
  • The constituents of the atom, specific charge, and stable and unstable nuclei
  • Particles, antiparticles, annihilation and pair production
  • The four fundamental interactions and exchange particles
  • Classification of hadrons and leptons, quarks and conservation laws
  • The photoelectric effect, work function and stopping potential
  • Energy levels, photon emission and wave–particle duality (the de Broglie wavelength)
Key skills
  • Apply conservation of charge, baryon number and lepton number to interactions
  • Use the photoelectric equation to find work function and maximum kinetic energy
  • Calculate photon energy and the de Broglie wavelength
  • Interpret energy-level diagrams and line spectra
Key vocabulary
Specific chargeThe charge-to-mass ratio of a particle.
AntiparticleA particle with equal mass but opposite charge.
AnnihilationA particle and antiparticle converting to photons.
QuarkA fundamental building block of hadrons.
LeptonA fundamental particle such as the electron.
Photoelectric effectElectron emission when light hits a metal surface.
Work functionThe minimum energy to release an electron.
de Broglie wavelengthThe wavelength associated with a moving particle.
Careers & pathways
  • Particle physicist— Study fundamental particles.
  • Medical physicist— Apply radiation in medicine.
  • Research scientist— Investigate matter.
  • Detector engineer— Build particle detectors.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Applying lawsCalculatingModellingReasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics N — Number for standard form; Religious Studies C2a — Philosophy: Arguments for God for cosmological arguments.
3WavesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this topic is about.The physics of waves: progressive and stationary waves, superposition and interference, and refraction and optical fibres.
Builds onGCSE waves.
Leads toOptics and communications.
StrandsPhysicsEnergyScience
Key knowledge
  • Progressive waves: amplitude, frequency, wavelength, phase and phase difference
  • Longitudinal and transverse waves and the plane of polarisation
  • Superposition, stationary waves and harmonics on strings and in pipes
  • Path difference, coherence and constructive and destructive interference
  • Young’s double-slit experiment and the double-slit equation
  • Diffraction gratings, the grating equation and applications
Key skills
  • Investigate stationary waves on a string and find the speed of the wave (required practical)
  • Investigate interference and measure wavelength using Young’s slits and a grating (required practical)
  • Apply the double-slit and diffraction-grating equations
  • Explain observations using path difference and phase
Required practical(s)
  • Stationary waves on a string
  • Interference and wavelength using a diffraction grating or Young’s slits
Key vocabulary
Progressive waveA wave that transfers energy through a medium.
Phase differenceHow far out of step two points on a wave are.
PolarisationRestricting wave vibrations to one plane.
Stationary waveA wave pattern of nodes and antinodes.
CoherentHaving a constant phase relationship.
Path differenceThe difference in distance travelled by two waves.
Diffraction gratingA slide with many slits used to disperse light.
SuperpositionThe adding of displacements of overlapping waves.
Careers & pathways
  • Optical engineer— Design lenses and fibres.
  • Communications engineer— Design signal systems.
  • Acoustic engineer— Design for sound.
  • Physicist— Study wave behaviour.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Practical techniqueUsing equationsInterpreting patternsAnalysing
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Music 7.4 — Musical ensembles for sound, pitch and resonance; Mathematics P3 — Trigonometry, exponentials & logarithms for trigonometry and wave graphs.
4Mechanics and materialsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
4

Mechanics and materials

Download PDF
What this topic is about.The physics of forces and motion: vectors, projectiles, Newton’s laws, momentum, energy and the mechanical properties of materials.
Builds onGCSE forces.
Leads toEngineering and further mechanics.
StrandsPhysicsForcesScience
Key knowledge
  • Scalars, vectors, resolving forces and the conditions for equilibrium
  • Moments, couples and the principle of moments
  • Uniformly accelerated motion, the SUVAT equations and projectile motion
  • Newton’s laws of motion, momentum, impulse and its conservation
  • Work, energy, power, efficiency and the conservation of energy
  • Materials: density, Hooke’s law, the Young modulus and stress–strain graphs
Key skills
  • Determine the Young modulus of a wire (required practical)
  • Investigate projectile motion or the acceleration due to gravity (required practical)
  • Resolve vectors and apply the SUVAT equations to two-dimensional motion
  • Interpret force–extension and stress–strain graphs, finding energy stored
Required practical(s)
  • Determining g by a free-fall method
  • Determining the Young modulus of a wire
Key vocabulary
VectorA quantity with both magnitude and direction.
MomentThe turning effect of a force about a point.
ImpulseThe change of momentum, equal to force × time.
Terminal velocityThe constant velocity when resultant force is zero.
Young modulusTensile stress divided by tensile strain.
Elastic limitThe point beyond which deformation is permanent.
ProjectileAn object moving under gravity with horizontal motion.
Conservation of momentumTotal momentum is constant with no external force.
Careers & pathways
  • Mechanical engineer— Design machines and structures.
  • Civil engineer— Design buildings and bridges.
  • Aerospace engineer— Design aircraft.
  • Materials engineer— Test and select materials.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CalculatingPractical techniqueVector reasoningModelling
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Physical Education 5 — Biomechanical movement for biomechanical movement; Mathematics ME — Mechanics for mechanics; Design & Technology A1 — Materials & their applications for material strength and stress.
5ElectricityKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
5

Electricity

Download PDF
What this topic is about.The physics of electric circuits: current, resistance and resistivity, EMF and internal resistance, and potential dividers.
Builds onGCSE electricity.
Leads toElectronics and fields.
StrandsPhysicsEnergyScience
Key knowledge
  • Current as the rate of flow of charge, and potential difference
  • Resistance, resistivity and the effect of temperature on resistance
  • I–V characteristics of ohmic conductors, filament lamps and diodes
  • Kirchhoff’s laws and resistors in series and parallel
  • Electromotive force, internal resistance and terminal potential difference
  • Potential dividers and their use with sensors
Key skills
  • Determine the resistivity of a wire (required practical)
  • Determine the EMF and internal resistance of a cell (required practical)
  • Apply Kirchhoff’s laws to analyse circuits
  • Design and analyse potential-divider circuits
Required practical(s)
  • Determining the resistivity of a wire
  • Investigating the EMF and internal resistance of a cell
Key vocabulary
CurrentThe rate of flow of electric charge.
ResistivityA property of a material governing its resistance.
Ohmic conductorA conductor obeying Ohm’s law at constant temperature.
EMFThe energy given per unit charge by a source.
Internal resistanceThe resistance within a source of EMF.
Terminal p.d.The potential difference across a cell’s terminals.
Kirchhoff’s lawsRules for conserving charge and energy in circuits.
Potential dividerA circuit that splits voltage in a set ratio.
Careers & pathways
  • Electronics engineer— Design circuits.
  • Electrical engineer— Design power systems.
  • Instrumentation engineer— Design sensors.
  • Physicist— Study electrical behaviour.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Circuit analysisPractical techniqueCalculatingGraph analysis
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 1.1 — Systems architecture for processors and power; Mathematics A — Algebra for rearranging equations.
6Further mechanics and thermal physicsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
6

Further mechanics and thermal physics

Download PDF
What this topic is about.Circular and simple harmonic motion, and thermal physics: internal energy, ideal gases and the kinetic theory.
Builds onMechanics (section 4).
Leads toFields and nuclear physics.
StrandsPhysicsForcesEnergyScience
Key knowledge
  • Circular motion: angular speed, centripetal acceleration and centripetal force
  • Simple harmonic motion, its defining equation and the energy changes involved
  • Free and forced vibrations, damping and resonance
  • Thermal energy transfer, specific heat capacity and specific latent heat
  • The gas laws, the ideal gas equation and absolute temperature
  • The molecular kinetic theory model and the root-mean-square speed
Key skills
  • Investigate simple harmonic motion for a mass–spring system or pendulum (required practical)
  • Investigate the relationship between pressure, volume and temperature of a gas
  • Apply the SHM and ideal-gas equations to unfamiliar situations
  • Interpret graphs of displacement, velocity and acceleration in SHM
Required practical(s)
  • Investigating simple harmonic motion (mass–spring or pendulum)
  • Investigating the gas laws (Boyle’s law)
  • Determining a specific heat capacity
Key vocabulary
Angular speedThe rate of change of angle in circular motion.
Centripetal forceThe resultant force directed to the centre of a circle.
Simple harmonic motionMotion with acceleration proportional to displacement.
ResonanceA large amplitude when driven at the natural frequency.
DampingThe reduction of amplitude by energy loss.
Specific latent heatEnergy to change the state of 1 kg of a substance.
Ideal gasA gas obeying pV = nRT under all conditions.
Root-mean-square speedA measure of the average speed of gas molecules.
Careers & pathways
  • Mechanical engineer— Design oscillating systems.
  • Thermal engineer— Work with heat and gases.
  • Automotive engineer— Manage engine thermodynamics.
  • Physicist— Study motion and heat.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Practical techniqueCalculatingModellingApplying laws
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Physical Education 5 — Biomechanical movement for rotation and momentum in sport; Mathematics ME — Mechanics for mechanics.
7Fields and their consequencesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7

Fields and their consequences

Download PDF
What this topic is about.The unifying idea of fields: gravitational, electric and magnetic fields, capacitance, and electromagnetic induction.
Builds onSections 4–6 and GCSE magnetism.
Leads toAdvanced physics and engineering.
StrandsPhysicsForcesScience
Key knowledge
  • The concept of a field and field lines for gravitational, electric and magnetic fields
  • Newton’s law of gravitation, gravitational field strength and potential
  • Coulomb’s law, electric field strength and electric potential
  • Capacitance, energy stored, and the exponential charge and discharge of capacitors
  • Magnetic flux density, the motor effect and forces on charged particles
  • Electromagnetic induction, Faraday’s and Lenz’s laws and alternating currents
Key skills
  • Investigate the charge and discharge of a capacitor and find the time constant (required practical)
  • Apply inverse-square laws for gravitational and electric fields
  • Calculate the energy stored by a capacitor and analyse exponential decay
  • Apply Faraday’s and Lenz’s laws to induced EMF
Required practical(s)
  • Investigating the charge and discharge of a capacitor
  • Investigating the force on a current-carrying wire in a magnetic field
Key vocabulary
FieldA region where an object experiences a force.
Gravitational potentialThe work done per unit mass to move from infinity.
Coulomb’s lawThe inverse-square law for the force between charges.
CapacitanceThe charge stored per unit potential difference.
Time constantThe product RC; the time to fall to 1/e of a value.
Magnetic flux densityThe strength of a magnetic field (tesla).
Faraday’s lawInduced EMF equals the rate of change of flux linkage.
Lenz’s lawAn induced current opposes the change causing it.
Careers & pathways
  • Electrical engineer— Design generators and transformers.
  • Aerospace engineer— Apply gravitational fields.
  • Medical physicist— Work with MRI and imaging.
  • Physicist— Study fields.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Applying equationsPractical techniqueModellingAnalysing
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics P4 — Calculus & vectors for vectors and fields; Computing 9.6 — Applying programming skills with physical computing for sensors and physical computing.
8Nuclear physicsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8

Nuclear physics

Download PDF
What this topic is about.The structure and behaviour of the nucleus: radioactivity and decay, nuclear energy, and the physics of fission and fusion.
Builds onParticles and radiation (section 2).
Leads toNuclear engineering and astrophysics.
StrandsPhysicsParticlesScience
Key knowledge
  • Rutherford scattering and evidence for the nuclear model
  • The properties, nature and dangers of alpha, beta and gamma radiation
  • Radioactive decay, the decay constant, activity and half-life
  • Nuclear instability, N–Z curves and modes of decay
  • Nuclear radius, density and the unified atomic mass unit
  • Mass–energy equivalence, binding energy per nucleon, and fission and fusion
Key skills
  • Investigate the absorption and inverse-square behaviour of gamma radiation (required practical)
  • Use the exponential decay law and calculate activity and half-life
  • Apply E = mc² and binding-energy data to nuclear reactions
  • Interpret binding-energy-per-nucleon curves to explain fission and fusion
Required practical(s)
  • Investigating the inverse-square law for gamma radiation
Key vocabulary
Decay constantThe probability of decay of a nucleus per unit time.
ActivityThe number of decays per second (becquerel).
Half-lifeThe time for half the nuclei in a sample to decay.
Binding energyThe energy needed to separate a nucleus into nucleons.
Mass defectThe difference in mass converted to binding energy.
FissionThe splitting of a heavy nucleus into lighter ones.
FusionThe joining of light nuclei to form a heavier nucleus.
NucleonA proton or neutron in a nucleus.
Careers & pathways
  • Nuclear engineer— Work in the nuclear industry.
  • Medical physicist— Use radiation in treatment.
  • Radiation-protection scientist— Keep people safe.
  • Research physicist— Study the nucleus.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analysing dataCalculatingWorking safelyReasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise A-Level Science

  • Work in the order the specification lists topics — later topics build on earlier ones.
  • Learn the required practicals in detail: method, variables, uncertainties and analysis.required practicals in detail: method, variables, uncertainties and analysis.
  • Drill calculations, equations and unit work until they are fast and automatic.calculations, equations and unit work until they are fast and automatic.
  • Do past-paper questions under timed conditions and mark them against the mark scheme.past-paper questions under timed conditions and mark them against the mark scheme.
  • Useretrieval practiceand make links between topics for the synoptic paper.
  • Check your target band against the ladder and focus on your next step up.

Our CurriculumDrama

Drama

After your report, use the knowledge & skills ladders to see where you are and your next step. Then use the knowledge organisers to revise and make that step.

Step into the story.

1

Your report

Shows your stage in each subject, from Building foundations to Deepening mastery.

Drama at St Augustine’s

Drama at St Augustine’s develops confident, creative and empathetic young people through a practical, three-year Key Stage 3 curriculum. Students learn by making, performing and evaluating theatre — building the vocal, physical, spatial, directing and design skills we call the Magic 5, alongside the Drama Star qualities of creativity, teamwork, resilience, leadership, performance and evaluation.

The curriculum is carefully sequenced so that skills and knowledge build year on year. Year 7 lays the foundations of physical storytelling, style and devising. Year 8 deepens understanding of theatrical style, genre and the language of design. Year 9 explores contemporary theatre, real stories and the work of professional theatre-makers, bridging towards GCSE.

Throughout, students encounter a rich range of theatre — from Ancient Greece and Shakespeare to Kneehigh, Frantic Assembly and verbatim theatre — and use drama to explore what it means to be human, treating important and sensitive issues with care and respect.

Helen Barnsley, Head of Department

KS3 · Drama for all in Years 7–9 — one hour a week as a teaching group.KS4 · GCSE Drama (AQA) · five hours per fortnightKS5 · A-Level Drama & Theatre (AQA) · nine hours per fortnight, split between two teachers

Drama at St Augustine’s is taught through a coherent three-year Key Stage 3 curriculum that builds practical performance skills alongside knowledge of theatrical script work, devising, genres and design. In Year 7, students master the foundations of mime, movement, storytelling, melodrama, script work, devising and Greek theatre. In Year 8, they study script work, devising and design through Commedia, mask work, contemporary adaptation, Shakespeare, and creative devised work on building suspense. In Year 9, they explore ensemble comedy, verbatim and issue-based theatre, live theatre evaluation and the work of contemporary practitioners, preparing them for GCSE and a lifelong love of theatre.

Start here: choose what you are studying now to jump to the right resources.

What are you studying at the moment?— choose your unit to find your revision sheet and progress ladder
KS3Year 7 → Year 9 route throughAutumn · Spring · Summer
Year 7Foundations: physical storytelling, style and devising
Autumn
Mime, Movement & StorytellingTerm 1
  • Non-verbal skills that communicate character, situation and narrative
  • Freeze-frame, split-stage and thought-tracking to structure a story
  • Drama focus: Performance skills · Ensemble
MelodramaTerm 2
  • The style, stock characters and conventions of Victorian melodrama
  • Comedic exaggeration of vocal and physical skills to create a formula story
  • Drama focus: Theatre history & styles
Spring
946: The Amazing Story of Adolphus TipsTerms 3–4
  • Kneehigh Theatre’s ensemble physical theatre, multi-roling and puppetry
  • Interpreting a script and using design to tell a wartime story
  • Drama focus: Ensemble · Design & staging
Summer
Devising: Responding to a StimulusTerm 5
  • Creating original drama from a stimulus using exploratory strategies
  • Developing, refining and performing a polished improvisation
  • Drama focus: Devising & creating
Greek TheatreTerm 6
  • The origins of Western theatre: tragedy, comedy, satire and the chorus
  • How masks, gesture and ensemble told stories to huge audiences
  • Drama focus: Theatre history & styles
Year 8Style, genre and the language of design
Autumn
Commedia dell’ArteTerm 1
  • Masked stock characters, lazzi and the master–servant formula
  • Physical comedy and clowning to create improvised sketches
  • Drama focus: Theatre history & styles
Masks & Mask DesignTerm 2
  • The rules of mask work and larger-than-life physicality
  • Designing masks and combining design elements to create character
  • Drama focus: Design & staging
Spring
The Curious Incident of the Dog in the Night-TimeTerms 3–4
  • Ensemble physical theatre and multi-roling to stage a novel
  • Contemporary design: projection, sound and staging to show a viewpoint
  • Drama focus: Ensemble · Script interpretation
Summer
ShakespeareTerm 5
  • Shakespeare’s context, the Globe and the range of the plays
  • Unlocking Shakespearean language and staging it for an audience
  • Drama focus: Theatre history · Script interpretation
Darkwood ManorTerm 6
  • Devising a suspenseful story and building tension and atmosphere
  • Using lighting, sound and staging as design to frighten an audience
  • Drama focus: Devising · Design & staging
Year 9Contemporary theatre, real stories and the work of theatre-makers
Autumn
The 39 StepsTerms 1–2
  • Ensemble physical theatre, pastiche and rapid multi-roling
  • Inventive, flexible use of set and props to create location and comedy
  • Drama focus: Ensemble · Script interpretation
Spring
Verbatim Theatre: I Love You Mum, I Promise I Won’t DieTerm 3
  • Verbatim theatre: staging real people’s words truthfully
  • Handling sensitive, issue-based material with care and impact
  • Drama focus: Contemporary styles · Evaluation
Devising from a Docu-drama StimulusTerm 4
  • Devising from real news stories, finding an ‘umbrella theme’
  • Researching, shaping and refining an original issue-based piece
  • Drama focus: Devising & creating
Summer
Live Theatre Review: ‘Home’Term 5
  • Analysing a live production (Nadia Fall’s verbatim play ‘Home’)
  • Describing performance and design and evaluating their effect
  • Drama focus: Evaluation & analysis
Practitioners & Theatre-MakersTerm 6
  • The styles of Frantic Assembly, DV8 and Kneehigh / Wise Children
  • Applying practitioner techniques and design in performance
  • Drama focus: Contemporary styles · Design

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Each skill is a ladder you climb. Tap the wording from your report below — every ladder will show the rung you are on now and the rung to aim for next. These are the same stages used on your school report.

Highlight your stage— tap the words used on your report
Y7Year 7 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression

This progression runs across Year 7. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Knowledge & understanding of drama

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can name some drama skills and conventions such as freeze-frame and thought-tracking.
    • I can begin to recognise the style or time period of a topic with support.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe the key conventions of a style such as mime, melodrama or storytelling.
    • I can explain how physical and vocal skills help to tell a story.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain a style’s conventions and context using the right drama vocabulary.
    • I can explain how the ensemble and design choices shape meaning for an audience.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can analyse how a style’s conventions create meaning and effect.
    • I can evaluate my own and others’ work with precise drama terminology.

Performing, devising & evaluating

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can take part in a performance and use a few drama skills with support.
    • I can offer a simple response to a stimulus and work within a group.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can use a developing range of vocal and physical skills, not always sustained.
    • I can contribute ideas when devising and stay in role for short sections.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can make a secure, consistent contribution using a range of skills.
    • I can devise and shape a story with a clear structure and evaluate it.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can sustain excellent physical and vocal control and characterisation.
    • I can devise inventively, realise a clear intention and evaluate work insightfully.
Y8Year 8 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression

This progression runs across Year 8. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Knowledge & understanding of drama

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can recall key features of styles such as Commedia, mask work and Shakespeare.
    • I can identify design elements — set, lighting, costume and sound — with support.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe the conventions, context and stock characters of a studied style.
    • I can describe how design elements collaborate to create atmosphere.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain how a style’s conventions and context shape a performance.
    • I can explain how design and staging choices create meaning for an audience.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can analyse how style, context and design combine to create effect.
    • I can evaluate performances and designs using precise, well-chosen terminology.

Performing, devising & evaluating

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can perform in a chosen style using a narrow range of skills.
    • I can experiment with masks, design or a scripted extract with support.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can apply the conventions of a style with developing skill and exaggeration where needed.
    • I can interpret a script or design a theatrical element with growing care.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can perform confidently in style, deploying skills with control and appropriateness.
    • I can devise or design effectively and evaluate the impact of my choices.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can deploy skills precisely to achieve artistic intentions sensitive to style and context.
    • I can refine characterisation and design and evaluate work with real insight.
Y9Year 9 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression

This progression runs across Year 9. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Knowledge & understanding of drama

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can name contemporary styles and practitioners such as ensemble physical theatre and verbatim.
    • I can identify how design and multi-media are used, with support.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe the conventions and intentions of contemporary styles and practitioners.
    • I can describe how a live production uses performance and design to create meaning.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can explain how practitioners’ styles shape a piece for an audience.
    • I can explain and interpret the dramatic intentions behind performance and design choices.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can analyse how style, practitioner influence and design create meaning and impact.
    • I can evaluate live theatre and my own work with advanced, well-supported judgements.

Performing, devising & evaluating

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can contribute to a devised or scripted piece using a limited range of skills.
    • I can respond to a stimulus or issue and treat sensitive material with some care.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can multi-role and use ensemble skills with developing control.
    • I can devise from a stimulus and begin to shape material for an audience.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can perform and devise confidently, sustaining skills and realising intentions.
    • I can handle issue-based and verbatim material sensitively and evaluate its impact.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can sustain excellent, refined skills and realise ambitious artistic intentions.
    • I can devise original, meaningful theatre and evaluate it with insight, ready for GCSE.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

A library of revision sheets — one per unit, colour-matched to the Year 7, 8 and 9 ladders above. Open the one for whatever you’re studying now to revise the key knowledge, skills and vocabulary.

KS3Open the knowledge organisersRevision sheets

Year 7

7.1Mime, Movement & StorytellingKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.1

Mime, Movement & Storytelling

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students focus on the non-verbal skills that communicate character, situation and narrative. They explore the building blocks of mime and movement and apply them to the age-old tradition of storytelling, learning techniques such as freeze-frame, split-stage and thought-tracking to create meaning and structure for an audience.
Builds onAny performance experience from primary school — no prior knowledge is essential, as we begin with foundational skills.
Leads toDevising your own stories in Melodrama and in all later scripted and devised work; Greek storytelling at the end of Year 7.
StrandsPhysical skillsStorytellingDrama
Key knowledge
  • Mime uses the body — gesture, facial expression and body language — to communicate without words
  • Freeze-frame, split-stage and thought-tracking structure a story for an audience
  • A clear narrative has a beginning, middle and end and a defined setting
  • Exaggerated, ‘larger than life’ actions help communicate meaning
  • Characterisation and narration bring a story to life, and stories can carry a moral
  • Breath is a vocal skill that supports movement and shows emotion, even in mime
Key skills
  • Use gesture, facial expression and body language to convey character
  • Create and hold a clear freeze-frame and use thought-tracking
  • Use split-stage and cross-cutting to structure a scene
  • Devise and perform a simple story and evaluate its clarity
Key vocabulary
MimePerforming using movement and gesture without words.
GestureA movement of the body or hands to express meaning.
Freeze-frameA held still image that captures a key moment.
Thought-trackingSpeaking a character’s inner thoughts aloud.
Split-stageShowing two places or scenes on stage at once.
Cross-cuttingSwitching quickly between two scenes.
NarrationTelling or commenting on the story for the audience.
Body languageWhat posture and movement say about a character.
Careers & pathways
  • Actor— Communicate character and story to an audience.
  • Physical theatre performer— Tell stories mainly through the body.
  • Storyteller / entertainer— Hold an audience through narrative and character.
  • Drama teacher— Develop young people’s performance skills.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CommunicationConfidenceCreativityCollaboration
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y7 — Telling Tales for narrative and the storyteller; Physical Education Ae — Aesthetics — Dance & Gymnastics for movement, balance and control.
7.2MelodramaKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Students explore the style and genre of Melodrama and its Victorian context. They use exaggerated (‘over the top’) vocal and physical skills, stock characters and the melodrama story formula to create comedy, working on the imitation script ‘The Black-Hearted Villain’ and evaluating peer performances.
Builds onPhysical skills and exaggeration from Mime and Movement, and students’ existing awareness of the style from film and television.
Leads toThe ‘larger than life’ style in Adolphus Tips; stock characters for Commedia dell’Arte in Year 8; naturalism as a reaction to melodrama in Year 9.
StrandsStyle & genreVocal & physical skillsDrama
Key knowledge
  • Melodrama was a popular style of the Victorian era, inspired by sensation novels
  • Stock characters include the hero, heroine, villain and comic servant
  • The story formula shows good overcoming evil, with tension and a happy ending
  • Vocal and physical skills are deliberately exaggerated to create comedy
  • Frozen images and asides are conventions used to heighten the drama
  • Audiences expected justice to be restored — good rewarded and evil punished
Key skills
  • Exaggerate a stock character through vocal and physical skills
  • Adjust language and delivery to suit the Victorian style
  • Construct and perform a formula melodrama with a dramatic climax
  • Interpret a script in the melodrama style and evaluate performances
Key vocabulary
MelodramaAn exaggerated, sensational style of Victorian theatre.
Stock characterA recognisable character type, e.g. the villain.
ExaggerationMaking vocal and physical choices ‘larger than life’.
GenreA category of drama with shared conventions.
ConventionAn expected feature of a style, e.g. the aside.
AsideA remark to the audience, unheard by other characters.
ClimaxThe moment of greatest tension in a story.
VillainThe wicked character who opposes the hero.
Careers & pathways
  • Actor— Perform stylised, exaggerated characters.
  • Comedy performer— Use timing and exaggeration to entertain.
  • Director— Shape a company’s style and storytelling.
  • Theatre historian— Research styles and periods of theatre.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityConfidenceVocal controlEvaluation
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y7 — Dickens: Growing Up & Transformation for Dickens and Victorian melodrama; History 8.6 — The Industrial Revolution for Victorian Britain.
7.3946: The Amazing Story of Adolphus TipsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.3

946: The Amazing Story of Adolphus Tips

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students study Kneehigh Theatre’s adaptation (by Emma Rice) of Michael Morpurgo’s novel. They explore ensemble physical theatre, multi-roling, puppetry and contemporary design to tell a wartime story, learning Kneehigh’s eclectic ‘joyful anarchy’ approach.
Builds onMime, movement and storytelling and the exaggerated style of Melodrama.
Leads toInterpreting scripts in Years 8 and 9 and understanding practitioners in Year 9.
StrandsEnsemble physical theatreDesign & puppetryDrama
Key knowledge
  • Kneehigh Theatre used ensemble physical theatre and multi-roling to tell stories
  • ‘Joyful anarchy’: song, dance, puppetry and effects — whatever tells the story
  • Puppetry brings Tips the cat and the farm animals to life
  • A composite set uses versatile staging to create many locations
  • The play is based on the true wartime evacuation and Exercise Tiger (Slapton Sands, 1944)
  • A frame story is used: Boowie reads his grandmother Lily’s wartime diary
Key skills
  • Work as an ensemble to create moments and locations physically
  • Multi-role between characters using costume and physical change
  • Operate a simple puppet with focus and control
  • Interpret a script and use design elements to tell a story
Key vocabulary
EnsembleA group of actors working together as one.
Multi-rolingOne actor playing several characters.
PuppetryBringing an object or puppet to life on stage.
Physical theatreTelling a story mainly through the body.
Composite setA single set representing several locations.
AdaptationA story retold from another form, e.g. a novel.
Cross-castingCasting against a character’s age or gender.
EvacuationMoving people away from danger, as in wartime.
Careers & pathways
  • Actor— Perform and multi-role in ensemble theatre.
  • Puppeteer— Bring puppets to life in performance.
  • Set / props designer— Design versatile staging and objects.
  • Theatre-maker / deviser— Create original ensemble productions.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CollaborationAdaptabilityCreativityCoordination
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in History 9.3 — The Second World War: 1939–41 for the Second World War; English Y9 — War Poetry for war and its representation.
7.4Devising: Responding to a StimulusKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.4

Devising: Responding to a Stimulus

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students learn to devise original drama from a stimulus, using ‘Ernie’s Incredible Illucinations’ by Alan Ayckbourn as inspiration. They use exploratory strategies to generate, develop and refine ideas, performing a polished improvisation and evaluating it.
Builds onUsing scripts as inspiration in Adolphus Tips, and devising and storytelling from earlier in Year 7.
Leads toDevising imaginative stories in Year 8 (Darkwood Manor) and issue-based devising in Year 9.
StrandsDevisingImprovisationDrama
Key knowledge
  • Devising creates an original piece of drama from a stimulus
  • A stimulus can be a poem, song, article, picture, object or word
  • Exploratory strategies include mind-mapping, hot-seating, freeze-frame and improvisation
  • Ernie’s scenarios begin with a ‘grain of truth’ that becomes an imagined scene
  • Devised work is researched, developed and refined into a polished improvisation
  • Performances are evaluated and targets set for improvement
Key skills
  • Respond imaginatively to a stimulus and generate ideas as a group
  • Use exploratory strategies to develop and structure material
  • Collaborate to refine a devised scene and stay in role
  • Perform a polished improvisation and evaluate it against intentions
Key vocabulary
DevisingCreating original drama from a stimulus.
StimulusA starting point that inspires a piece of drama.
ImprovisationPerforming without a fixed script.
Polished improvisationA rehearsed, refined improvised piece.
Hot-seatingQuestioning an actor in role to develop character.
Mind-mappingGenerating and linking ideas visually.
CollaborationWorking together to create and refine.
Dramatic intentionThe effect a piece aims to have on an audience.
Careers & pathways
  • Deviser / theatre-maker— Create original drama from stimuli.
  • Playwright— Write original scripts and scenarios.
  • Director— Shape and refine a company’s work.
  • Workshop facilitator— Lead creative drama sessions.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityCollaborationProblem-solvingResilience
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y9 — Crossing Worlds for creative writing from a stimulus; Art & Design 7.3 — Print Power for responding to a starting point.
7.5Greek TheatreKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Students explore the origins of Western theatre in Ancient Greece from around 550 BC: the festivals of Dionysus, tragedy, comedy and satire, and the role of masks, the chorus and the first actor, Thespis.
Builds onWork on gesture from Mime and Movement in Term 1.
Leads toEnsemble and chorus work in modern theatre; theatre history in Commedia and Shakespeare in Year 8; practitioners in Year 9.
StrandsTheatre historyChorus & ensembleDrama
Key knowledge
  • Greek theatre began around 550 BC in honour of the god Dionysus
  • The three types were tragedy, comedy and satire
  • Thespis introduced the first spoken role, becoming the first actor
  • The chorus narrated and moved together as an ensemble
  • Actors wore masks and used gesture to reach huge open-air audiences
  • Greek theatre explored what it meant to be human and taught moral lessons
Key skills
  • Perform as a chorus, moving and speaking together
  • Use masks and clear gesture to communicate to a large audience
  • Use vocal projection and physicality in an open space
  • Explain the conventions of Greek theatre and evaluate performances
Key vocabulary
ChorusA group who narrate and comment as one voice.
TragedyA serious play with an unhappy outcome.
ComedyA humorous play.
SatireUsing humour to criticise people or society.
DionysusThe Greek god in whose honour theatre was held.
ThespisTraditionally the first actor.
AmphitheatreA large open-air Greek theatre.
Deus ex machinaA device lowering ‘gods’ onto the stage.
Careers & pathways
  • Actor— Perform in ensemble and chorus work.
  • Theatre historian— Research the roots of theatre.
  • Classics scholar— Study the ancient world and its drama.
  • Director— Stage classical and modern texts.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
TeamworkVocal projectionDisciplineCultural awareness
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y8 — Myths and Monsters for Greek myth; History 7.1 — Britain before 1066 for the ancient world.

Year 8

8.1Commedia dell’ArteKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Students study Commedia dell’Arte, an early professional theatre from 16th–18th century Italy. They learn its masked stock characters, the lazzo and the master–servant story formula, using physical comedy and clowning, and explore Paul King’s modern script ‘A Lot A Chocolata’.
Builds onStock characters from Melodrama and masks from Greek Theatre.
Leads toMasks and mask design next term; devising skills; links to Shakespeare’s ‘Twelfth Night’ in Term 5.
StrandsStyle & genrePhysical comedyDrama
Key knowledge
  • Commedia dell’Arte began in Italy and spread across Europe (16th–18th centuries)
  • It used masked stock characters (‘types’) and improvised scenarios
  • A lazzo is a rehearsed comic routine or piece of business
  • Stock characters include masters and servants such as Arlecchino (Harlequin)
  • The story formula uses love, money, status, mistakes and misunderstandings
  • It was popular street theatre, letting all classes laugh at one another
Key skills
  • Physicalise a stock character with exaggeration and clowning
  • Perform a lazzo with comic timing
  • Structure a scene to the Commedia story formula
  • Devise comic dialogue and evaluate its effect
Key vocabulary
Commedia dell’ArteEarly Italian masked comic theatre.
Stock characterA fixed, recognisable character type.
LazzoA rehearsed comic routine.
ArlecchinoThe acrobatic servant (Harlequin).
StatusA character’s power or rank in a scene.
ImprovisationPerforming around an agreed scenario.
ClowningExaggerated physical comedy.
SlapstickBroad, physical comic action.
Careers & pathways
  • Comedy actor— Perform physical and improvised comedy.
  • Physical comedian— Specialise in clowning and slapstick.
  • Director— Shape comic timing and ensemble work.
  • Mask maker— Design and craft character masks.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
TimingCreativityTeamworkConfidence
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Languages T2 — Theme 2: Popular culture for customs and popular culture; Art & Design 7.2 — Surrealists for the grotesque and exaggerated.
8.2Masks & Mask DesignKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Students explore the rules and conventions of mask work in contemporary theatre, using Trestle Theatre masks and the example of ‘The Lion King’. They then design and decorate masks — drawing on Timberlake Wertenbaker’s ‘The Ash Girl’ — considering how design elements collaborate.
Builds onMasks and physicality from Greek Theatre and Commedia, and design skills from Adolphus Tips.
Leads toDesign awareness for The Curious Incident and Darkwood Manor; costume design in Shakespeare; design underpins much of Year 9.
StrandsMask workDesignDrama
Key knowledge
  • Mask work requires larger-than-life body language to communicate emotion
  • There are rules and conventions for wearing and ‘focusing’ a mask
  • Half-masks can be spoken through; full masks rely on the body
  • Design elements — make-up, costume, props, lighting and set — collaborate with masks
  • Masks can create abstract, fantastical or symbolic characters
  • ‘The Ash Girl’ uses masked monsters to represent the Seven Deadly Sins
Key skills
  • Perform in a mask using clear, exaggerated physicality
  • Apply the conventions of mask work with focus
  • Design and decorate a mask to realise a character
  • Combine mask, costume, lighting and set in a design
Key vocabulary
MaskA face covering used to create character.
TrestleA company known for expressive character masks.
Half-maskA mask covering the upper face only.
Design elementsSet, costume, lighting, sound and props.
SymbolicStanding for an idea, e.g. a sin or emotion.
RealisationTurning a design idea into a made object.
Character maskA mask expressing a fixed character type.
AnthropomorphicGiving human form to an idea or animal.
Careers & pathways
  • Mask maker— Design and craft masks for performance.
  • Costume / set designer— Design the visual world of a production.
  • Prop maker— Build objects and effects for the stage.
  • Model / puppet maker— Craft figures and creatures for stage and screen.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Design thinkingCraft skillsCreativityAttention to detail
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology T — Textiles: fibres, fabrics & construction for making and construction; Languages 8.5 — Les célébrations — customs & festivals for masks and carnival.
8.3The Curious Incident of the Dog in the Night-TimeKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.3

The Curious Incident of the Dog in the Night-Time

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students study Simon Stephens’ adaptation of Mark Haddon’s novel, exploring ensemble physical theatre, multi-roling and contemporary design (projection, sound and staging) used to show the world from Christopher’s point of view.
Builds onEnsemble physical theatre, narration and split-stage from Adolphus Tips, and design from Masks.
Leads toEnsemble multi-roling in The 39 Steps; devising, script interpretation, live theatre evaluation and practitioners in Year 9.
StrandsEnsemble physical theatreContemporary designDrama
Key knowledge
  • The play uses ensemble physical theatre to stage a first-person novel
  • The ensemble multi-roles and works as one to create scenes and objects
  • Digital projection on walls and floor shows location and Christopher’s thinking
  • Sound and lighting convey a sensory, neurodivergent point of view
  • The plot follows Christopher’s investigation, journey to London and exam success
  • Design and performance combine to build empathy with the central character
Key skills
  • Create locations and objects physically as an ensemble
  • Multi-role clearly between characters
  • Use narration and movement to stage a novel
  • Interpret how design communicates a character’s viewpoint
Key vocabulary
EnsembleActors working together as one unit.
Multi-rolingOne actor playing several characters.
ProjectionProjected images used as set and design.
Contemporary designModern staging using multi-media.
NarrationTelling the story directly to the audience.
PhysicalisationCreating objects or ideas with the body.
AdaptationA stage version of a novel.
Point of viewWhose perspective the story is told from.
Careers & pathways
  • Actor— Perform and multi-role in ensemble theatre.
  • Lighting / AV designer— Design projection and lighting.
  • Sound designer— Create the sound world of a production.
  • Director— Shape performance and design together.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
EmpathyCollaborationPrecisionCreativity
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y8 — Voice and Identity: ‘Face’ for voice, identity and difference; Psychology 3 — Paper 2: Psychology in Context for perception and cognition.
8.4ShakespeareKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Students explore Shakespeare’s context, the Globe Theatre and the range of his plays — comedies, tragedies and histories — ‘dipping into’ scenes to unlock the language and stage universal themes for an audience.
Builds onStock characters from Commedia (‘Twelfth Night’) and theatre history from Greek Theatre.
Leads toSome students choose Shakespeare at GCSE; contemporary theatre-makers who adapt Shakespeare in Year 9.
StrandsTheatre historyScript interpretationDrama
Key knowledge
  • Shakespeare wrote in the Tudor and Jacobean periods for royal and noble patrons
  • He wrote comedies, histories and tragedies — at least 37 plays
  • Plays were staged at the Globe, recreated on London’s South Bank
  • Plays can be read on the personal, social and natural levels
  • Context shaped the plays (e.g. ‘Macbeth’ and James I’s fear of witchcraft)
  • Universal themes — love, conflict, ambition — keep the plays relevant
Key skills
  • Articulate and perform Shakespearean language with meaning
  • ‘Translate’ the gist and imagery of a speech for an audience
  • Construct a scene or character conveying key themes
  • Use voice and movement to bring out comedy or conflict
Key vocabulary
GlobeShakespeare’s open-air playhouse.
TragedyA serious play ending in downfall.
ComedyA light play, often ending in marriage.
HistoryA play based on real English monarchs.
PatronA wealthy sponsor of a playwright.
ImageryVivid, figurative language creating pictures.
SoliloquyA character’s spoken inner thoughts, alone on stage.
JacobeanThe era of King James I.
Careers & pathways
  • Actor— Interpret and perform classical roles.
  • Director— Stage Shakespeare for modern audiences.
  • English / Drama teacher— Teach and bring texts to life.
  • Dramaturg— Research and shape a production’s text.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
InterpretationVocal skillAnalysisConfidence
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y7 — Storytelling and Shakespeare for Shakespeare and his world; History P2B — Elizabethan England, c1568–1603 for Elizabethan England.
8.5Darkwood ManorKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Students devise a suspenseful story sparked by a newspaper advert, learning to build tension, atmosphere and intrigue and using lighting, sound and staging as design. They draw on ‘The Woman in Black’ as inspiration.
Builds onDevising from earlier topics and design elements from Masks and The Curious Incident.
Leads toDevising in Year 9; at GCSE, devising is worth 40% of the course.
StrandsDevisingTension & designDrama
Key knowledge
  • Tension and intrigue are created through pace and narrative development
  • Lighting, sound and staging create atmosphere and suspense
  • Conventions such as narration, still image, flashback and split-scene shape a story
  • ‘The Woman in Black’ models plot and scenic devices for suspense
  • Physical theatre can create the house and its objects
  • A devised piece needs a controlled build to a climax and an ending
Key skills
  • Devise a suspenseful narrative with a clear structure
  • Use lighting and sound design to create atmosphere
  • Apply conventions (flashback, still image, multi-role) to build tension
  • Sustain focus and evaluate the impact of design choices
Key vocabulary
TensionA feeling of suspense and anticipation.
AtmosphereThe mood created for an audience.
SuspenseUncertainty that keeps an audience gripped.
Lighting designUsing light to create mood and focus.
Sound designUsing sound and effects to create atmosphere.
FlashbackA scene showing an earlier event.
Choral speakingA group speaking together for effect.
PaceThe speed at which the action unfolds.
Careers & pathways
  • Lighting designer— Design light to shape mood and focus.
  • Sound designer— Create atmosphere with sound and effects.
  • Director— Shape tension and pace in a production.
  • Deviser / writer— Create original suspense drama.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityCollaborationDesign thinkingControl
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y8 — Fear and Fascination for suspense and the gothic; Science 8.9 — Light for lighting and atmosphere.

Year 9

9.1The 39 StepsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Students study Patrick Barlow’s comic adaptation of John Buchan’s spy novel, exploring ensemble physical theatre, pastiche, rapid multi-roling (four actors, 139 characters) and inventive, flexible use of set and props.
Builds onEnsemble physical theatre from The Curious Incident and comedy from Commedia.
Leads toScript interpretation, live theatre evaluation and practitioners; a set-text option at GCSE (from the same AQA selection).
StrandsEnsemble physical theatrePastiche & comedyDrama
Key knowledge
  • The play is a pastiche that affectionately mocks the spy-detective genre
  • Four actors multi-role 139 characters, with ‘the clowns’ playing most
  • Ensemble movement creates location and rapid transitions
  • Flexible, minimal set and props multi-function inventively (a steering wheel = a car)
  • It is a creative adaptation: novel → Hitchcock film → West End play
  • Hannay goes on the run to clear his name and stop a spy ring
Key skills
  • Multi-role rapidly with clear physical and vocal change
  • Work as a tight ensemble to create location and pace
  • Use props and set inventively to signify setting
  • Perform comic pastiche with timing and control
Key vocabulary
PasticheA work that imitates and gently mocks a genre.
Multi-rolingOne actor playing many characters.
EnsembleActors working closely as one.
AdaptationA retelling from one form to another.
TransitionA change between scenes or locations.
SlapstickBroad physical comedy.
GenreA type of story with set conventions.
BlockingThe planned positioning and movement of actors.
Careers & pathways
  • Actor— Perform fast, physical, comic ensemble work.
  • Comedy performer— Specialise in timing and character.
  • Stage manager— Run the technical and backstage show.
  • Director— Shape ensemble comedy and pace.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
TimingVersatilityTeamworkFocus
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y9 — Non-fiction: Travel Writing for narrative voice and comedy; Film Studies 1 — Core study areas — the language of film for film language and adaptation.
9.2Verbatim Theatre: I Love You Mum, I Promise I Won’t DieKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.2

Verbatim Theatre: I Love You Mum, I Promise I Won’t Die

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students study Mark Wheeller’s verbatim play, which tells the true story of Dan, who died after taking ecstasy. They learn to stage real people’s exact words truthfully and to handle sensitive, issue-based material with care and impact.
Builds onEnsemble physical theatre and narration from The Curious Incident and The 39 Steps.
Leads toDevising with a docu-theatre stimulus; live theatre evaluation and practitioners; the devised component at GCSE.
StrandsVerbatim theatreIssue-based dramaDrama
Key knowledge
  • Verbatim theatre uses the exact words of real people who were interviewed
  • Actors recreate real physical and vocal mannerisms truthfully
  • Ensemble physical theatre and multi-roling tell the story
  • The play uses theatre as a platform to discuss an important issue
  • Sensitive material must be handled with respect and care
  • A clear dramatic intention can create impact that leads to positive change
Key skills
  • Treat sensitive material sensitively while conveying its message
  • Play a real person’s probable physical and vocal mannerisms
  • Use sound and lighting to create a suitable atmosphere
  • Perform to convey meaning and evaluate the play’s impact
Key vocabulary
Verbatim theatreDrama built from real people’s exact words.
InterviewA recorded conversation used as source material.
Documentary dramaDrama based on real events.
EnsembleActors working together as one.
MannerismA characteristic gesture or way of speaking.
Dramatic intentionThe effect a piece aims to have.
Multi-rolingOne actor playing several real people.
MessageThe idea or issue a play communicates.
Careers & pathways
  • Actor— Portray real people with truth and care.
  • Verbatim theatre-maker— Build drama from real testimony.
  • Drama therapist— Use drama to support wellbeing.
  • Community arts worker— Make theatre that addresses real issues.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
EmpathySensitivityCommunicationResponsibility
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in PSHE 1 — Health & Wellbeing for risk, choices and consequences; Religious Studies 2.2 — Sin and Forgiveness for forgiveness and responsibility.
9.3Devising from a Docu-drama StimulusKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.3

Devising from a Docu-drama Stimulus

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students devise original, issue-based drama from a real news story (the ‘Canoe Man’ case), identifying an ‘umbrella theme’ and, if they wish, using verbatim techniques. They research, develop, refine and perform a polished piece.
Builds onDevised work across Years 7–8 (e.g. Darkwood Manor) and verbatim theatre from I Love You Mum.
Leads toPractitioners and the work of theatre-makers; the devised Component Two at GCSE.
StrandsDevisingVerbatim & docu-dramaDrama
Key knowledge
  • Devising creates original drama from a stimulus or group of stimuli
  • An ‘umbrella theme’ unites several stimuli
  • Docu-drama and verbatim material can be drawn from the news and interviews
  • Exploratory strategies (P4C questions, mind-mapping, hot-seating) generate ideas
  • Work is researched, developed, refined and shaped for an audience
  • Issue-based drama can explore ethical and moral dilemmas responsibly
Key skills
  • Identify a theme and develop ideas from a real stimulus
  • Research and gather docu-theatre or verbatim material
  • Collaborate to shape and refine an original piece
  • Perform a polished piece and evaluate it against intentions
Key vocabulary
DevisingCreating original drama from a stimulus.
Docu-dramaDrama based on real, documented events.
Umbrella themeA theme that unites several stimuli.
VerbatimUsing real people’s exact words.
StimulusA starting point that inspires drama.
P4CPhilosophy for Children questioning.
RefineTo improve and polish a piece.
Dramatic intentionThe intended effect on an audience.
Careers & pathways
  • Deviser / theatre-maker— Create original issue-based drama.
  • Playwright— Shape real material into a script.
  • Director— Lead and refine devised work.
  • Researcher / journalist— Investigate the truth behind a story.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
ResearchCreativityEthical judgementCollaboration
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English GCSE — Paper 2 · Viewpoint writing (Section B) for presenting a point of view; Sociology 3 — Paper 2: Topics in Sociology for social issues and research.
9.4Live Theatre Review: ‘Home’Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.4

Live Theatre Review: ‘Home’

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students analyse a live production — Nadia Fall’s verbatim play ‘Home’ for the National Theatre — describing performance and design and evaluating their effect on an audience, using structures such as PVE and ‘layer up’.
Builds onVerbatim theatre and ensemble work from earlier Year 9 topics.
Leads toPractitioners in Term 6; live theatre evaluation is assessed in the written component at GCSE.
StrandsLive theatre evaluationVerbatim theatreDrama
Key knowledge
  • ‘Home’ (2013) is a verbatim play created and directed by Nadia Fall for the National Theatre
  • It uses real testimonies, music and song to explore youth homelessness
  • It is staged on a thrust stage in a studio, with a communal set and a gallery level
  • Scenes are montaged — short scenes cut quickly between stories
  • Analysis can be structured with PVE (physical, vocal, effect) and a personal response
  • Design and performance choices create specific effects for an audience
Key skills
  • Describe performance skills (physical and vocal) precisely
  • Analyse design and staging choices and their effect
  • Give a supported personal response to a production
  • Evaluate how choices create meaning for an audience
Key vocabulary
Verbatim theatreDrama built from real people’s words.
Thrust stageA stage projecting into the audience on three sides.
MontageShort scenes cut quickly together.
StagingHow space and set are used in performance.
Personal responseA supported opinion on a production.
PVEPhysical, Vocal, Effect — a way to analyse acting.
TestimonyA real person’s account, used verbatim.
EffectThe impact a choice has on the audience.
Careers & pathways
  • Theatre critic— Review and analyse live productions.
  • Director— Shape performance and design.
  • Dramaturg— Research and support a production.
  • Arts journalist— Write about theatre and the arts.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisEvaluationWritten communicationAttention to detail
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English GCSE — Paper 2 · Viewpoints reading (Section A) for evaluating and comparing; Art & Design FE — Working like an artist: analysis & the formal elements for analysing how a work is made.
9.5Practitioners & Theatre-MakersKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.5

Practitioners & Theatre-Makers

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students explore the styles of contemporary practitioners — Frantic Assembly, DV8 and Kneehigh/Wise Children — applying ensemble physical theatre, verbatim and ‘total theatre’ design techniques, and reflecting on transferable skills and a lifelong love of theatre.
Builds onEnsemble physical theatre and design from The Curious Incident, The 39 Steps and I Love You Mum.
Leads toGCSE Drama, where students study a range of non-naturalistic styles beyond naturalism.
StrandsPractitionersContemporary stylesDrama
Key knowledge
  • Frantic Assembly use collaborative physical theatre with movement and music
  • DV8 use verbatim material and abstract physical movement on social and political issues
  • Kneehigh/Wise Children use stagecraft, puppetry and ensemble to create ‘joyful anarchy’
  • ‘Total theatre’ values design elements as highly as the spoken word
  • The Magic 5 skills (vocal, physical, space, directing, design) underpin all styles
  • These styles go beyond naturalism, using non-naturalistic techniques
Key skills
  • Apply a practitioner’s style and conventions in performance
  • Use ensemble physical theatre and design to realise an intention
  • Combine movement, music and design in a ‘total theatre’ way
  • Evaluate work with reference to practitioners’ stylistic intentions
Key vocabulary
PractitionerA theatre-maker with a distinctive style.
Frantic AssemblyA company known for physical theatre.
DV8A company using verbatim and physical movement.
Kneehigh / Wise ChildrenCompanies using stagecraft and ensemble.
NaturalismA lifelike style of theatre.
Non-naturalismStylised theatre that is not lifelike.
Total theatreValuing design as highly as the words.
MontageShort, unconnected scenes cut together.
Careers & pathways
  • Deviser / theatre-maker— Create original, stylised productions.
  • Movement director— Choreograph physical storytelling.
  • Physical theatre performer— Perform in companies like Frantic Assembly.
  • Producer— Bring productions to the stage.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CollaborationCreativityPhysical skillEvaluation
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 8.9 — Light for light and stage lighting; Design & Technology P — Product Design: materials, mechanisms & making for set construction and mechanisms.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise Drama at Key Stage 3

  • Use the knowledge organisers to learn thekey vocabularyfor each style withlook – cover – write – check.
  • Learn the conventions and context of each style and make flashcards to test yourself.
  • Rehearse and refine performances — then evaluate them against your dramatic intention.
  • Practise the Magic 5 skills (vocal, physical, space, directing, design) in every piece.
  • Watch live and recorded theatre and describe the performance and design choices you notice. Analyse why they were effective and your personal response to them.live and recorded theatre and describe the performance and design choices you notice.
  • Check your report stage against the ladder and target your next step up.

At GCSE we follow AQA GCSE Drama (specification 8261), a linear course assessed by one written exam and two practical (non-exam) components. It builds directly on the performing, devising, design and evaluation skills developed across Key Stage 3.

Students learn as performers and as designers — studying a set play, creating original devised drama and performing scripted extracts — while developing the vocabulary to analyse and evaluate live theatre. Use the selector below to find your current component, follow the course pathway, track yourself on the knowledge & skills ladder, and revise with the knowledge organisers.

Pick the component you’re studying now to jump to its revision organiser and progress ladder.

What are you studying at the moment?

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the AQA GCSE Drama specification

AQA GCSE Drama (8261) is assessed by one written exam and two practical, non-exam components, all completed by the end of Year 11 (200 marks in total). Open the tile below for the full breakdown of each component, the assessment objectives, ways of working and how marks are gained.

GCSEThe course in detail — the three componentsComponent 1 40% · Component 2 40% · Component 3 20%
Component 1 — Understanding dramaWritten exam · 40%
  • Written exam (8261/W) · 1 hour 45 minutes · 80 marks · marked by AQA
  • Sat at the end of Year 11; students may use a clean, unannotated copy of their set play
  • Section A— theatre roles & terminology (4 marks): four multiple-choice questions (AO3)
  • Section B— set play (44 marks): short and extended questions as performer and designer, with an extract printed in the paper (AO3). Set play: Blood Brothers by Willy Russell.
  • Section C — live theatre (32 marks): analyse and evaluate a live production seen during the course, different from the Section B play (AO3–AO4)
Component 2 — Devising dramaNon-exam assessment · 40%
  • Marked by teachers and moderated by AQA; completed during the course (80 marks)
  • Students create an original devised piece from a stimulus as a performer or a designer
  • Devising log (60 marks): response to stimulus (AO1, 20 marks), development & collaboration (AO1, 20 marks), analysis & evaluation (AO4, 20 marks)Devising log (60 marks): response to stimulus (AO1, 20), development & collaboration (AO1, 20), analysis & evaluation (AO4, 20)
  • Devised performance (20 marks): a duologue or group piece, not a monologue (AO2)
  • Each student submits a statement of their dramatic intentions
Component 3 — Texts in PracticePractical · 20%
  • Marked by a visiting AQA examiner (40 marks)
  • Two extracts from one play — Extract 1 (20 marks) and Extract 2 (20 marks), both AO2
  • Students perform, or take a design specialism (lighting, sound, set, costume, puppets)
  • The play must contrast with the devised work and the set play, and may not be the set text from Component 1.
  • No requirement to present the extracts within a full production
The four assessment objectives Assessment
  • AO1 Create & develop — create and develop ideas to communicate meaning (20%)
  • AO2 Apply skills — apply theatrical skills to realise intentions in live performance (30%)
  • AO3 Knowledge & understanding — how drama and theatre is developed and performed (30%)
  • AO4 Analyse & evaluate — analyse and evaluate their own work and the work of others (20%)
  • The AO weightings are set by Ofqual and are the same across all exam boards
Ways of working: Performer & designer
  • Performing— vocal skills, physical skills, characterisation and staying in role
  • Devising— generating, structuring and refining original work from a stimulus
  • Designing — set, costume, lighting, sound and puppets to realise a text
  • Responding — analysing and evaluating set plays and live theatre
  • Students may specialise as a performer or as a designer in Components 2 and 3
How marks are gained: What great work shows
  • Confident, controlled use of vocal, physical and design skills
  • Imaginative ideas developed purposefully towards a clear intention
  • Accurate subject terminology in written work, and confident application of the skills in practical work
  • Perceptive analysis and evaluation supported by specific examples
  • Sustained, well-organised expression of ideas in the Devising log
Where it leads Progression
  • A-Level Drama and Theatre in the Sixth Form
  • Further and higher study in drama, performing arts, theatre design or technical theatre
  • Careers in acting, directing, stage management, design and arts administration
  • Transferable strengths in communication, collaboration, confidence and creativity

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Built around the four AQA assessment objectives (AO1–AO4). Tap the grade band from your report to see where you are and your next step up in each objective.

Highlight your stage— tap your grade band
GCSEGCSE — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · AQA 8261

Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see how to move up a grade.

AO1 · Creating & developing ideas (20%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can suggest simple ideas for a performance from a stimulus.
    • I can make basic choices about how to present an idea.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can develop ideas into scenes with some structure.
    • I can respond to a stimulus with clear intentions.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can create imaginative, well-structured ideas that communicate meaning.
    • I can develop and refine ideas purposefully.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can create original, sophisticated ideas with a clear artistic intention.
    • I can refine ideas with control to shape an audience’s response.

AO2 · Applying theatrical skills in performance (30%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can perform with some basic vocal and physical skills.
    • I can stay in role for short moments.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can use vocal and physical skills with some control to show character.
    • I can sustain a role through a scene.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can apply a range of vocal, physical and design skills effectively.
    • I can realise clear intentions in performance.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can apply skills with precision, control and impact.
    • I can realise sophisticated intentions convincingly for an audience.

AO3 · Knowledge & understanding of drama and theatre (30%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can name some theatre roles, terms and staging.
    • I can recall basic facts about a set play.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can describe how drama and theatre are created and performed.
    • I can use some subject terminology accurately.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can explain how theatrical choices create meaning.
    • I can apply accurate terminology to a set play and live theatre.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can explain complex theatrical choices with precise terminology.
    • I can show detailed understanding of how theatre is made and performed.

AO4 · Analysing & evaluating (20%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can give a simple opinion about my own or others’ work.
    • I can identify what went well.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can describe strengths and areas to improve with some reasons.
    • I can comment on a live production I have seen.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can analyse and evaluate choices and their effect on an audience.
    • I can support judgements with specific examples.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can evaluate critically and reach well-justified conclusions.
    • I can analyse the effect of precise choices with insight.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

One organiser per part of the course. Open the component you’re studying to revise its key knowledge and vocabulary.

GCSEOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets

Component 1 — Understanding drama

G1Theatre makers, staging & terminologyKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
G1

Theatre makers, staging & terminology

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The people who make theatre and the vocabulary of the stage. This underpins all practical work and prepares you for Section A of the written exam — four multiple-choice questions on theatre-maker roles and terminology.
Builds onKey Stage 3 ensemble, design and practitioner work across Years 7–9.
Leads toSection A of Component 1, and informed choices as a performer or designer in Components 2 and 3.
StrandsTheatre rolesStagingTerminologyDrama
Key knowledge
  • Theatre is made by many professionals working together: playwright, director, performers, designers (set, costume, lighting, sound) and stage-management teams
  • Stage configurations — proscenium arch, thrust, in-the-round, traverse and end-on — change the actor–audience relationship
  • Design elements (set, lighting, sound, costume, props) are deliberate choices that create meaning and mood
  • Stage positions (upstage, downstage, stage left/right, centre) let performers and directors communicate blocking precisely
  • Section A asks four multiple-choice questions on theatre-maker roles and/or terminology
  • Accurate terminology lets a company collaborate and lets you write precisely in the exam
Key skills
  • Identify and describe the roles of key theatre makers
  • Use accurate stage terminology to describe position and staging
  • Explain how a staging configuration shapes the audience’s experience
  • Select configuration and position to suit a director’s intention
Key vocabulary
Proscenium archA ‘picture-frame’ stage with the audience on one side.
Thrust stageA stage that projects into the audience on three sides.
In-the-roundA stage with the audience seated all around it.
TraverseA stage with the audience on two opposite sides.
UpstageThe area of the stage furthest from the audience.
DownstageThe area of the stage nearest the audience.
End-on stageA stage with the audience seated directly in front of it.
ConfigurationThe chosen arrangement of stage and audience.
Careers & pathways
  • Director— Shapes the overall interpretation of a production.
  • Stage manager— Coordinates rehearsals and runs the show backstage.
  • Theatre technician— Operates lighting, sound and staging equipment.
  • Set designer— Designs the physical world of the production.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CommunicationCollaborationAttention to detailTechnical vocabulary
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology G — Graphics: design, branding & CAD for design, drawing and staging plans; Science 7.9 — Electricity for stage electrics.
G2Set play studyKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
G2

Set play study

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The one set play, studied from the perspective of both a performer and a designer, ready for Section B extended questions. The chosen set play is Blood Brothers by Willy Russell.
Builds onKey Stage 3 scripted work and character and text analysis.
Leads toSection B of Component 1; interpreting texts practically in Component 3.
StrandsTextInterpretationPerformance & designDrama
Key knowledge
  • Students study one set play chosen from the AQA list — Blood Brothers by Willy Russell.
  • Section B asks a series of short and extended questions on this set play
  • You answer as a performer (voice, movement, characterisation) and as a designer (set, costume, lighting, sound)
  • A play’s genre, structure, style and social, historical and cultural context shape how it is staged
  • Choices must be justified by their intended effect on an audience
  • You must not write on the same play in Section B and Section C
Key skills
  • Analyse a playtext for meaning, subtext and context
  • Suggest and justify performer choices (vocal, physical, characterisation)
  • Suggest and justify design choices for a chosen moment
  • Write extended exam answers using subject terminology
Key vocabulary
SubtextMeaning beneath the lines that is not stated directly.
ContextThe social, historical and cultural background of a play.
GenreThe category or type of a play (e.g. tragedy, comedy).
Stage directionsThe writer’s instructions for staging and action.
CharacterisationHow an actor builds and conveys a character.
ProxemicsThe use of space and distance between performers.
MotifA recurring image, idea or device in a play.
InterpretationA justified reading of how a text should be staged.
Careers & pathways
  • Actor— Interprets and performs roles for an audience.
  • Director— Develops a concept for staging a play.
  • Dramaturg— Researches texts and supports interpretation.
  • Costume designer— Designs clothing that expresses character and context.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Textual analysisInterpretationWritten communicationEmpathy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y9 — An Inspector Calls for studying a set play; English GCSE — Modern text: An Inspector Calls for a modern text and responsibility.
G3Live theatre evaluationKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
G3

Live theatre evaluation

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.How to watch, analyse and evaluate a live theatre production, ready for Section C. You will see at least one live production during the course.
Builds onThe Year 9 ‘Home’ live-theatre unit and evaluation skills.
Leads toSection C of Component 1; reflective writing in Components 2 and 3.
StrandsAnalysisEvaluationLive theatreDrama
Key knowledge
  • You must experience at least one live theatre production during the course (professional, not peer)
  • Section C asks one question analysing and evaluating the live production seen
  • Analysis focuses on the work of performers and designers and its effect on the audience
  • Note-making during or straight after the performance is essential — notes cannot be taken into the exam
  • Where a live visit is not possible, a recorded or streamed production may be used
  • You must not write on the set play studied in Section B
Key skills
  • Make focused notes on a live production
  • Analyse performers’ vocal and physical choices and their effect
  • Analyse design elements and their contribution to meaning
  • Evaluate how successfully a moment communicated to the audience, and your personal response
Key vocabulary
AnalysisBreaking down how choices create meaning.
EvaluationJudging how effective choices were, with reasons.
EnsembleA company of performers working as one.
NaturalismA style aiming to recreate real, believable life.
StyleThe overall theatrical manner of a production.
ConventionAn accepted theatrical technique the audience understands.
Audience responseThe intended or observed reaction of an audience.
Design conceptThe unifying design idea behind a production.
Careers & pathways
  • Theatre critic— Reviews and evaluates productions for an audience.
  • Director— Decides how a production communicates with an audience.
  • Producer— Oversees a production from idea to performance.
  • Arts journalist— Writes about theatre and the arts for the public.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Critical analysisNote-takingEvaluative writingObservation
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English GCSE — Paper 2 · Viewpoints reading (Section A) for evaluating a viewpoint; Art & Design FE — Working like an artist: analysis & the formal elements for analysing how a work is made.

Component 2 — Devising drama

G4The devising processKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
G4

The devising process

Download PDF
What this unit is about.How to create an original devised piece from a stimulus, working collaboratively as an ensemble. Component 2 is worth 40% and is marked by teachers and moderated by AQA.
Builds onKey Stage 3 devising units (Ernie, docu-drama and ‘I Love You, Mum’).
Leads toThe Devising log (G5) and the devised performance; devising at A-Level (Component 2).
StrandsDevisingCollaborationPerformanceDrama
Key knowledge
  • Component 2 is worth 40%: an individual Devising log (60 marks) plus a devised duologue or group performance (20 marks)
  • The starting point (stimulus) must be arrived at in line with AQA’s requirements
  • You may specialise as a performer or as a designer (lighting, sound, set, costume)
  • Devising draws on chosen genres, styles or the work of practitioners to shape the piece
  • The work is assessed on AO1 (creating ideas), AO2 (theatrical skills) and AO4 (analysis and evaluation)
  • Rehearsal discipline, experimentation and refinement turn ideas into polished performance
Key skills
  • Generate and develop ideas from a stimulus
  • Collaborate and negotiate within an ensemble
  • Shape structure, style and staging for a chosen intention
  • Rehearse, refine and evaluate the developing piece
Key vocabulary
StimulusA starting point that sparks a devised piece.
DevisingCreating an original piece as a company.
EnsembleA group creating and performing together.
GenreThe type or category of the piece being made.
StyleThe chosen theatrical manner of the piece.
SpecialismWhether a student works as performer or designer.
RefinementImproving work through rehearsal and feedback.
Dramatic intentionWhat the piece aims to communicate.
Careers & pathways
  • Theatre-maker— Creates original performance work.
  • Director— Leads and shapes a company’s work.
  • Performer— Devises and performs original material.
  • Community arts worker— Makes theatre with and for communities.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityCollaborationProblem-solvingResilience
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology 3.3b — Making principles & the NEA for iterative making and testing; English Y9 — Crossing Worlds for creative development.
G5The Devising logKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
G5

The Devising log

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The written portfolio documenting the devising journey from stimulus to finished piece — the largest single element of Component 2 (60 marks).
Builds onKey Stage 3 evaluation and recording of the creative process.
Leads toThe working notebook at A-Level (Component 2).
StrandsDocumentationAnalysisEvaluationDrama
Key knowledge
  • The Devising log is marked out of 60 across three sections
  • Section 1: Response to the stimulus (AO1, 20 marks)
  • Section 2: Development and collaboration (AO1, 20 marks)
  • Section 3: Analysis and evaluation of the final piece (AO4, 20 marks)
  • The log records decisions, influences (genres, styles or practitioners) and how ideas were refined
  • Evidence should be specific, using examples of moments and choices from the process
Key skills
  • Record the devising process clearly and in order
  • Explain and justify creative decisions
  • Show evidence of research on the context and style of the piece
  • Explain how ideas were developed to communicate meaning to an audience, and build on feedback to create impact
  • Analyse and evaluate the effectiveness of the final performance
Key vocabulary
PortfolioA collected record of work and evidence.
StimulusThe starting point the log responds to.
DevelopmentHow ideas grow and change over rehearsal.
CollaborationWorking productively within the company.
AnalysisExplaining how and why choices work.
EvaluationJudging success with supporting reasons.
RationaleThe reasoning behind a creative decision.
ReflectionThinking critically about one’s own work.
Careers & pathways
  • Theatre-maker— Documents and reflects on creative process.
  • Producer— Plans and evaluates productions.
  • Arts administrator— Organises and records arts projects.
  • Writer— Communicates ideas clearly in writing.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Reflective writingSelf-evaluationOrganisationJustification
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English GCSE — Paper 1 · Creative writing (Section B) for sustained written composition; Computing NEA — Programming project for documenting a project.

Component 3 — Texts in Practice

G6Texts in PracticeKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
G6

Texts in Practice

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Performing (or designing for) two extracts from one play to a visiting AQA examiner — the practical exam worth 20%. Each student submits a statement of their dramatic intentions, as for Component 2.
Builds onKey Stage 3 scripted performance and all Component 1 and 2 skills.
Leads toMaking theatre at A-Level (Component 3, three extracts).
StrandsPerformanceInterpretationRealisationDrama
Key knowledge
  • Component 3 is worth 20% and is marked by a visiting AQA assessor
  • You perform, or design for, two extracts from one play
  • The play must contrast with the Component 2 devised work and the set play — the play must not be the set text from Component 1.
  • You may specialise as a performer or as a designer
  • The extracts realise the writer’s intentions for a live audience (AO2)
  • There is no requirement to present the extracts within a full production
Key skills
  • Interpret a scripted extract for live performance
  • Create a statement of dramatic intention and realise those intentions in performance
  • Apply vocal and physical skills to realise a character
  • Sustain a role convincingly across two extracts
  • Apply design skills to realise a text (design route)
Key vocabulary
ExtractA selected section of a play for performance.
RealisationBringing a text to life on stage.
CharacterisationBuilding and sustaining a role.
Vocal skillsUse of pitch, pace, pause, tone and volume.
Physical skillsUse of body, movement, gesture and space.
PaceThe speed and rhythm of performance.
ProxemicsThe meaning created by distance and space.
CueA signal that prompts the next line or action.
Careers & pathways
  • Actor— Performs scripted roles for an audience.
  • Director— Interprets and stages scripted extracts.
  • Lighting designer— Uses light to shape mood and focus.
  • Sound designer— Creates the sound world of a performance.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
PerformanceInterpretationDisciplineConfidence
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English GCSE — Shakespeare: Macbeth for Shakespeare in performance; Music 7.1 — Creative composition for performing with confidence.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise GCSE Drama (AQA 8261)

  • Revise from the knowledge organisers usingretrieval practiceand flashcards.
  • Learn your set play in depth — key moments, characters, context and performer/designer choices.
  • Drill Section A terminology (theatre roles and staging) until it is automatic.
  • Write timed Section B and Section C answers and mark them against the mark scheme.
  • Keep detailed notes on the live production you saw — you cannot take them into the exam. Learn the key points and best phrases for the exam.notes on the live production you saw — you cannot take them into the exam.
  • Rehearse practical work regularly and act on feedback.

In the Sixth Form we follow AQA A-Level Drama and Theatre (specification 7262), a linear two-year course assessed by one open-book written exam and two practical components. It extends the performance, devising, design and critical skills developed at GCSE.

Students study set plays as directors, performers and designers, create original drama informed by prescribed practitioners, perform extracts from a range of plays informed by prescribed practitioners, and analyse live theatre. Use the selector below to find your current component, follow the course pathway, track yourself on the knowledge & skills ladder, and revise with the knowledge organisers.

Pick the component you’re studying now to jump to its revision organiser and progress ladder.

What are you studying at the moment?

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the AQA A-Level Drama and Theatre specification

AQA A-Level Drama and Theatre (7262) is a linear two-year course assessed by one open-book written exam and two practical components (200 marks in total). Open the tile below for the full breakdown of each component, the assessment objectives, skills and how marks are gained.

A-LevelThe course in detail — the three componentsComponent 1 40% · Component 2 30% · Component 3 30%
Component 1 — Drama and theatreWritten exam · open book · 40%
  • Written exam (7262/W) · 3 hours · open book · 80 marks · marked by AQA
  • Sat at the end of Year 13; answer three questions using clean, unannotated set-play copies
  • Two set plays studied: one from List A (drama through the ages) and one from List B (modern/contemporary)
  • Section AList A play (25 marks) ·Section BList B play with printed extract, three parts (30 marks) ·Section Clive theatre (25 marks)
  • Set plays: List A Jerusalem by Jez Butterworth · List B The Glass Menagerie by Tennessee Williams. Prohibited combinations apply.
Component 2 — Creating original dramaNon-exam assessment · 30%
  • Marked by teachers and moderated by AQA (60 marks); the performance is recorded for the moderator
  • A collaborative devised piece informed by one prescribed practitioner
  • Working notebook(40 marks): rationale & research (AO1, 20) and development & refinement (AO1, 20)
  • Devised performance (20 marks): a contribution to a group devised piece (AO2)
  • Prescribed practitioner: — chosen by each student from the AQA list of prescribed practitioners.
Component 3 — Making theatrePractical · 30%
  • Marked by a visiting AQA examiner (60 marks); play choices require AQA approval
  • Three key extracts, each from a different play spanning a range of contexts
  • Extracts 1 and 2 are workshopped and performed off-book; Extract 3 is formally performed
  • Extract 3 performance (40 marks, AO2), applying a different practitioner from Component 2
  • Reflective report(20 marks, AO4): 2,000–2,500 words (3,000 max) on all three extracts
The four assessment objectives Assessment
  • AO1 Create & develop — create and develop ideas to communicate meaning (20%)
  • AO2 Apply skills — apply theatrical skills to realise intentions in live performance (30%)
  • AO3 Knowledge & understanding — how drama and theatre is developed and performed (30%)
  • AO4 Analyse & evaluate — analyse and evaluate their own work and the work of others (20%)
  • The AO weightings are set by Ofqual and match those at GCSE
Skills & processes: Ways of working
  • Interpreting texts as director, performer and designer
  • Applying practitioners — the theory and methods of prescribed theatre-makers
  • Devisingoriginal theatre from research and a stimulus
  • Analysing live theatre with precise critical vocabulary
  • Reflective writingthat analyses and evaluates interpretation
How marks are gained: What great work shows
  • A coherent, well-justified interpretive concept sustained across the work
  • Skilful, controlled realisation of dramatic intentions in a performance or design
  • Clear, convincing application of a practitioner’s methods
  • Analysis and evaluation that weighs intentions against their impact
  • Independent research and precise use of theatrical terminology
Where it leads Progression
  • University degrees in drama, theatre, performance and the wider arts
  • Conservatoire training for acting, directing, design and technical theatre
  • Careers in theatre, film and television, events and the creative industries
  • Highly valued strengths in communication, collaboration, analysis and creativity

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Built around the four AQA assessment objectives (AO1–AO4). Tap the grade band from your report to see where you are and your next step up in each objective.

Highlight your stage— tap the words used on your report
A-LevelA-Level — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · AQA 7262

Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see how to move up a grade.

AO1 · Creating & developing ideas (20%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can generate ideas from a stimulus and begin to shape them.
    • I can make some justified creative decisions.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can develop coherent ideas with a clear intention.
    • I can apply a practitioner’s influence to my work.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can develop imaginative, well-realised ideas informed by a practitioner.
    • I can refine work purposefully towards a concept.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can create original, conceptually sophisticated drama.
    • I can refine and justify choices with insight and control.

AO2 · Applying theatrical skills in performance (30%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can apply vocal and physical skills with some control.
    • I can realise basic intentions in performance.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can sustain characterisation and realise clear intentions.
    • I can apply a practitioner’s techniques with some accuracy.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can apply advanced skills to realise a coherent interpretation.
    • I can embody a practitioner’s style convincingly.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can perform with precision, nuance and impact.
    • I can realise a sophisticated concept for an audience with control.

AO3 · Knowledge & understanding of drama and theatre (30%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can describe how plays are made and performed.
    • I can use some critical terminology.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can explain how theatrical and contextual choices create meaning.
    • I can apply terminology accurately to set texts.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can analyse how meaning is created across a whole text and production.
    • I can connect context, genre and staging convincingly.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can show sophisticated, wide-ranging understanding of theatre-making.
    • I can integrate context and theory with precision.

AO4 · Analysing & evaluating (20%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can identify strengths and weaknesses in my own and others’ work.
    • I can give reasons for a simple judgement.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can analyse choices and evaluate their effect with some detail.
    • I can support views with examples from live theatre.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can analyse and evaluate critically, weighing intentions and impact.
    • I can reach substantiated judgements about theatre.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can evaluate with insight, nuance and independent critical judgement.
    • I can construct a compelling, well-evidenced argument.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

One organiser per part of the course. Open the component you’re studying to revise its key knowledge and vocabulary.

A-LevelOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets

Component 1 — Drama and theatre

A1List A play — drama through the agesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
A1

List A play — drama through the ages

Download PDF
What this unit is about.One play from AQA’s List A, studied as an example of drama from a significant historical period — in this case 21st-century contemporary drama — and the focus of Section A of the open-book written exam. The play studied is Jerusalem by Jez Butterworth..
Builds onGCSE set-play study and text analysis.
Leads toExtended interpretation in Component 3; degree-level text study.
StrandsTextInterpretationTheatre historyDrama
Key knowledge
  • Component 1 is a 3-hour open-book written exam worth 40%
  • Section A focuses on Jerusalem by Jez Butterworth, studied as drama from a significant historical period
  • The play is studied from the perspective of a director, performer and designer
  • Its social, historical, cultural and theatrical context shapes interpretation
  • The open-book exam allows a clean, unannotated copy of the set text
  • Answers must justify interpretive choices and their intended effect on an audience
Key skills
  • Analyse a period text for meaning and context
  • Develop a directorial concept for the whole play
  • Justify performer and designer choices for key moments
  • Structure a substantial exam answer under timed conditions
  • Make assured and perceptive choices of extract to demonstrate the text in action through practical performance skills
Key vocabulary
Directorial conceptA unifying idea guiding a whole production.
ContextThe background that shaped a play’s creation.
SemioticsHow signs and symbols create meaning on stage.
ProxemicsMeaning created by space and distance.
InterpretationA justified staging reading of a text.
ConventionAn understood theatrical technique.
GenreThe category or type of the play.
RealisationBringing a concept to life on stage.
Careers & pathways
  • Director— Develops and leads a production’s vision.
  • Dramaturg— Researches texts and supports interpretation.
  • Academic / researcher— Studies theatre and its history.
  • Actor— Interprets demanding roles in classic drama.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisInterpretationArgumentIndependent study
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English A-Level — Paper 1 · Love through the ages for drama through the ages; History U3 — Popular Culture & the Witchcraze, 16th–17th centuries for popular culture in earlier centuries.
A2List B play — modern/contemporaryKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
A2

List B play — modern/contemporary

Download PDF
What this unit is about.One play from AQA’s List B, a modern or contemporary text, studied for Section B. The chosen play is The Glass Menagerie by Tennessee Williams.
Builds onGCSE contemporary text work (e.g. ‘The Curious Incident of the Dog in the Night-Time’).
Leads toPractical interpretation in Component 3.
StrandsTextInterpretationContemporary theatreDrama
Key knowledge
  • Section B focuses on one play from List B — modern/contemporary drama — The Glass Menagerie by Tennessee Williams.
  • Like Section A, it is studied as director, performer and designer
  • Contemporary staging conventions and theatre technologies may inform interpretation
  • Context includes the play’s original production and its reception
  • The exam is open book, with a clean copy of the text
  • Answers explore how meaning is created for a modern audience
Key skills
  • Analyse a modern/contemporary text and its staging possibilities
  • Form and justify a coherent directorial interpretation
  • Explain performer and design choices for chosen extracts
  • Compare original and possible re-staged interpretations
Key vocabulary
ContemporaryOf the present or recent period.
StagingHow a play is physically presented.
MultimediaUsing video, projection or digital media on stage.
ConventionAn understood theatrical technique.
InterpretationA justified staging reading of a text.
ConceptThe central directorial idea for a production.
NaturalismA style recreating believable real life.
Non-naturalismStyles that break from realistic representation.
Careers & pathways
  • Director— Interprets contemporary plays for the stage.
  • Designer— Creates the visual world of a production.
  • Producer— Brings new work to the stage.
  • Playwright— Writes new drama for contemporary audiences.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
InterpretationCreativityWritten argumentCultural awareness
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English A-Level — Paper 2 · Modern times (Option 2B, 1945–present) for modern texts in shared contexts; History U1 — Britain 1930–1997 (Enquiry: Churchill 1930–51) for post-war Britain.
A3Live theatre analysisKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
A3

Live theatre analysis

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Analysing and evaluating live theatre seen during the course, for Section C of the written exam.
Builds onGCSE live-theatre evaluation.
Leads toInformed critical practice throughout the course.
StrandsAnalysisEvaluationLive theatreDrama
Key knowledge
  • Section C requires analysis and evaluation of live theatre seen during the course
  • Students should experience a range of live productions
  • Analysis focuses on creative intentions and their realisation by performers and designers
  • Detailed notes are essential, made during or straight after each production
  • Evaluation weighs how effectively meaning was communicated to the audience
  • This section assesses AO3 and AO4 in the written exam
Key skills
  • Record precise notes on live productions
  • Analyse directorial, performance and design choices
  • Evaluate the impact of choices on the audience
  • Use accurate critical vocabulary in extended writing
Key vocabulary
SemioticsHow signs and symbols create meaning on stage.
ProxemicsMeaning created by space and distance.
EnsembleA company performing as one.
Design conceptThe unifying design idea of a production.
RealisationHow intentions are achieved on stage.
CritiqueA reasoned, evaluative response.
ConventionAn understood theatrical technique.
Audience impactThe effect a production has on its audience.
Careers & pathways
  • Theatre critic— Analyses and reviews productions.
  • Director— Shapes how a production communicates.
  • Producer— Oversees productions end to end.
  • Academic— Researches and writes about theatre.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Critical analysisEvaluative writingObservationJudgement
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English A-Level — Comparative & critical methods for comparison and critical methods; Art & Design RS — Related Study (written) for a written related study.

Component 2 — Creating original drama

A4Creating original drama & the working notebookKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
A4

Creating original drama & the working notebook

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Devising an original piece informed by one prescribed practitioner, documented in a working notebook — Component 2 (non-exam assessment, 30%). The practitioner is — each student chooses their practitioner from the AQA list, so it differs between groups and years..
Builds onGCSE devising and the Devising log.
Leads toApplying a second practitioner in Component 3.
StrandsDevisingPractitionerDocumentationDrama
Key knowledge
  • Component 2 is worth 30%: a working notebook (40 marks) and a devised performance (20 marks)
  • The devised piece is informed by the methods of one prescribed practitioner — chosen by each student from the AQA list.
  • Prescribed practitioners include Stanislavski, Brecht, Artaud, Frantic Assembly, Complicité and Kneehigh, among others — each student chooses from the AQA list, so it differs between groups and years.
  • The working notebook records research, the practitioner’s influence, development and refinement (3,000 words maximum)
  • Notebook Section 1 (rationale and research) and Section 2 (development and refinement) are each worth 20 marks (AO1)
  • The devised performance is assessed on AO2 (applying theatrical skills)
Key skills
  • Research and apply a practitioner’s methods to original work
  • Devise collaboratively from a stimulus
  • Document the creative process analytically
  • Refine and perform a polished devised piece
Key vocabulary
PractitionerA theatre-maker whose methods shape the work.
DevisingCreating an original piece as a company.
Working notebookThe documented record of the devising process.
StimulusA starting point for devised work.
EnsembleA group creating and performing together.
StylisationPresenting action in a deliberately non-realistic way.
RefinementImproving work through rehearsal and feedback.
RationaleThe reasoning behind creative decisions.
Careers & pathways
  • Theatre-maker— Creates original, concept-led performance.
  • Director— Leads a company’s creative vision.
  • Performer— Devises and performs original material.
  • Movement director— Shapes the physical language of a piece.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityResearchCollaborationReflection
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English A-Level — NEA · Making Connections for making connections in coursework; Design & Technology A4 — Designing, the iterative process & the NEA for the iterative design process.

Component 3 — Making theatre

A5Making theatre: performing three extractsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
A5

Making theatre: performing three extracts

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Performing (or designing for) three extracts from three different plays to a visiting examiner — the practical component worth 30%.
Builds onGCSE Texts in Practice.
Leads toHigher-education performance training and industry practice.
StrandsPerformanceInterpretationRealisationDrama
Key knowledge
  • Component 3 is worth 30%: three extracts from three different plays
  • The three plays must span a range of social, historical and cultural contexts and be professionally produced or commissioned
  • They must differ from the Component 1 texts (some combinations are prohibited)
  • You may perform or take a design specialism
  • Extracts 1 and 2 realise the writers’ intentions for a live audience
  • The whole component is assessed by a visiting AQA examiner
Key skills
  • Interpret contrasting extracts for performance
  • Sustain distinct characters across three plays
  • Apply advanced vocal and physical technique
  • Realise a text through a chosen design specialism (design route)
Key vocabulary
ExtractA selected section of a play for performance.
RealisationBringing a text to life on stage.
CharacterisationBuilding and sustaining a role.
Vocal techniqueSkilled control of the voice in performance.
PhysicalityThe expressive use of the body.
ProxemicsMeaning created by distance and space.
PaceThe speed and rhythm of performance.
StylisationDeliberately non-realistic presentation.
Careers & pathways
  • Actor— Performs demanding roles across contrasting texts.
  • Director— Interprets and stages scripted extracts.
  • Designer— Realises texts through design.
  • Stage manager— Runs rehearsals and performances.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
PerformanceVersatilityDisciplineConfidence
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English A-Level — Paper 1 · Telling Stories for narrative across genres; Music 9.4 — EDM for performing in an ensemble.
A6Practitioner application & reflective reportKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
A6

Practitioner application & reflective report

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Extract 3 applies a second, different prescribed practitioner, supported by a reflective report explaining and justifying the interpretation.
Builds onThe practitioner work begun in Component 2 (A4).
Leads toIndependent, concept-led theatre-making.
StrandsPractitionerRealisationReflectionDrama
Key knowledge
  • Extract 3 is worth 40 marks and applies a different prescribed practitioner from the one used in Component 2
  • A reflective report (20 marks, AO4) explains and justifies the interpretation
  • The practitioner’s methods must be clearly visible in the realised extract
  • The report analyses intentions and evaluates how far they were achieved
  • Extract 3 is assessed on AO2 (skills) and the report on AO4 (analysis and evaluation)
  • The report stands as coursework and cannot be taken into any written exam
Key skills
  • Apply a practitioner’s methodology to a scripted extract
  • Realise a clear interpretive concept in performance or design
  • Analyse creative intentions in writing
  • Evaluate the effectiveness of the realised extract
Key vocabulary
PractitionerA theatre-maker whose methods shape the work.
MethodologyA practitioner’s systematic way of working.
ConceptThe central interpretive idea for an extract.
Reflective reportWritten analysis and evaluation of the work.
RealisationBringing a concept to life on stage.
JustificationReasoned support for creative decisions.
EvaluationJudging success with supporting reasons.
IntentionWhat a piece aims to communicate.
Careers & pathways
  • Director— Realises concept-led interpretations.
  • Theatre-maker— Creates original, methodical work.
  • Dramaturg— Researches and shapes interpretation.
  • Designer— Applies concepts through design.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
ApplicationReflective writingCritical thinkingJustification
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English A-Level — Paper 2 · Exploring Conflict for exploring conflict; English A-Level — NEA · Independent critical study: texts across time for an independent critical study.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise A-Level Drama and Theatre (AQA 7262)

  • Know your set plays in depth as director, performer and designer.
  • Build and rehearse detailed notes on live productions — you cannot take notes into the exam.
  • Practise open-book exam technique: knowing the text well matters more than searching it.
  • Learn your prescribed practitioners’ methods and be able to apply them.
  • Write timed Section A, B and C answers and mark against the mark scheme.
  • Keep your working notebook and reflective report accurate and analytical throughout.

Our CurriculumMusic

Music

Music at St Augustine’s. At Key Stage 3, every student performs, composes, listens and produces across a rich range of styles — from keyboard and ukulele to Samba, Gamelan, the Blues and music technology. This leads to GCSE Music (OCR J536). After your report, use the knowledge & skills ladders to see where you are and your next step, then use the knowledge organisers to revise and make that step.

Perform, compose, listen — find your voice.

1

Your report

Shows your stage in each subject, from Building foundations to Deepening mastery.

About Music at St Augustine’s

Music at St Augustine’s is for everyone. From Year 7, students perform, compose, listen and use music technology, building confidence and skill across a wide range of styles and traditions — keyboard and ukulele, musical ensembles, world music, the Blues and digital production. Practical music-making is at the heart of every lesson, and the department offers a rich programme of ensembles and performance opportunities.

As a Lasallian Catholic school, we believe music nurtures the whole person. Making music together builds community, patience and joy, and celebrates the God-given creativity in every student. Through music from many cultures and traditions, students learn to listen with respect and to value the dignity and richness of all people.

Mrs Sorga, Head of Department

KS3 · Taught to all in Years 7–9GCSE · OCR Music (J536)Route · Moderated upload · 01 · 03 · 05

Music at St Augustine’s is taught to all students across a three-year Key Stage 3 that builds year on year. In Year 7 students lay strong foundations as performers, composers, listeners and producers — creative composition, keyboard and ukulele skills, musical ensembles, composing for special occasions, and an introduction to music technology. Year 8 develops fluency and independence through the popular-song canon, Gamelan, Minimalism (using Sibelius), cover versions and music production. Year 9 works with growing artistry — the Blues, music for the media, independent projects, EDM and the protest song.

Throughout the three years, students return to the building blocks of music — the elements, notation, structure and the traditions behind different styles — and every unit prepares the way for GCSE. The knowledge & skills ladders below show what progress looks like, from Building foundations to Deepening mastery, and the knowledge organisers give students everything they need to revise and climb to the next rung.

Start here: choose what you are studying now to jump to the right resources.

What are you studying at the moment?— choose your topic to find your revision sheet and progress ladder

Key Stage 3 learning journey

The route through

The three-year journey through Music, term by term. Open a year to see what your child studies and how the journey builds.

KS3Year 7 → Year 9 route throughAutumn · Spring · Summer
Year 7Foundations of musicianship
Autumn
Intro to Music 1 — Creative composition
  • Group work
  • Use of tuned and untuned instruments
  • Reading from a simple score
  • Dynamics, ostinato and polyrhythm
Intro to Music 2 — Keyboard skills
  • Correct keyboard hand position
  • Reading from notation
  • Co-ordination of two hands

Assessment: Keyboard performance.

Spring
Intro to Music 3 — Ukulele
  • Correct playing technique
  • Reading from lead sheets
  • Performing in time with a group

Assessment: Ukulele performance.

Musical Ensembles
  • Families of instruments
  • How ensembles rehearse and perform
  • Leadership
  • Samba, Gamelan, orchestra, rock band and choir
Summer
Special Occasions
  • Melodic composition
  • Working within tonality
  • Reading and writing music

Assessment: Composition for a special occasion.

Cover / Remix
  • Band work
  • Developing skills across band instruments
  • Working with chords
  • Introduction to Ableton
Year 8Developing performer, composer & producer
Autumn
Over the Rainbow
  • The popular-music canon
  • Keyboard skills
  • Fluent performance
  • Song structure

Assessment: Keyboard performance of the melody.

Spring
Gamelan
  • Group work, including leadership
  • Telling a story through musical choices
  • Composition

Assessment: Group Gamelan composition.

Minimalism
  • Using Sibelius software
  • Minimalist compositional techniques
  • Developing music within a structure

Assessment: Minimalist composition.

Summer
Cover Versions
  • Band work
  • Developing skills across band instruments
  • Interpretation of style
  • Working with chords
Musical Layers
  • Developing skills on Ableton
  • Pencil tool; recording with click and quantise; integrating audio
  • Improvisation
  • Working with chords
Year 9Independent artistry & music in the world
Autumn
The Blues
  • Group work
  • Improvisation
  • The 12-bar Blues structure

Assessment: Group Blues performance.

Spring
Music & the Media
  • Using Ableton to layer compositional ideas
  • Using tonality with intention
My Music
  • Working independently on bespoke projects
  • Developing individual artistry
  • Performing to an audience

Assessment: Independent performance and composition project.

Summer
EDM
  • Different styles of EDM
  • Programming drum patterns in Ableton
  • Layering, build-ups and drops
Protest Song
  • Song structures
  • Developing content
  • Having a voice
  • Metacognition focus

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Each skill is a ladder you climb. Tap the wording from your report below — every ladder will show the rung you are on now and the rung to aim for next.

Highlight your stage— tap the words used on your report
Y7Year 7 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression · all units

In Year 7 you lay the foundations as a performer, composer, listener and producer. The four ladders below run across the whole of Key Stage 3 — find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Performing

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can play simple parts on an instrument (keyboard, ukulele or voice) with growing accuracy.
    • I can keep in time with a steady pulse when playing with others.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can perform a short piece with correct notes and rhythms, using the right technique.
    • I can stay together with my group, listening and adjusting as I play.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can perform fluently with control of dynamics and expression.
    • I can take a clear role in an ensemble, leading or supporting as needed.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can perform confidently and musically to an audience, shaping the mood of the piece.
    • I can lead an ensemble, rehearsing others and refining the overall performance.

Composing

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can create and repeat a simple musical idea, such as an ostinato or rhythm.
    • I can choose sounds and instruments to suit a given mood or purpose.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can develop a musical idea using the elements (dynamics, texture, rhythm).
    • I can organise my music into a simple structure with a clear beginning, middle and end.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can compose within a chosen style or tonality, using chords and melody together.
    • I can develop and vary my ideas so the music holds the listener’s interest.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can compose a coherent, original piece with a clear structure and intention.
    • I can refine my composition, making deliberate choices about every musical element.

Listening & appraising

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify the main musical elements (pitch, tempo, dynamics) in a piece.
    • I can describe how a piece of music makes me feel.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can recognise instruments, textures and simple structures by ear.
    • I can use musical vocabulary to describe what I hear.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can identify features of different styles and traditions and explain how they are made.
    • I can compare two pieces of music using accurate musical vocabulary.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can analyse how the musical elements combine to create effect and meaning.
    • I can evaluate music critically, justifying my opinions with musical evidence.

Music technology

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can record and play back a simple idea using software such as Ableton.
    • I can use the pencil tool and a click track to place notes in time.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can layer two or more parts to build a simple track.
    • I can use quantise and basic editing to tidy up my recording.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can create a structured track with sections, build-ups or drops.
    • I can balance and refine layers so the mix sounds clear.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can produce a polished, well-structured track, using technology creatively and with intent.
    • I can make independent production choices to achieve a professional sound.
Y8Year 8 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression · all units

In Year 8 you develop fluency and independence across performing, composing, listening and technology. The four ladders below run across the whole of Key Stage 3 — find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Performing

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can play simple parts on an instrument (keyboard, ukulele or voice) with growing accuracy.
    • I can keep in time with a steady pulse when playing with others.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can perform a short piece with correct notes and rhythms, using the right technique.
    • I can stay together with my group, listening and adjusting as I play.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can perform fluently with control of dynamics and expression.
    • I can take a clear role in an ensemble, leading or supporting as needed.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can perform confidently and musically to an audience, shaping the mood of the piece.
    • I can lead an ensemble, rehearsing others and refining the overall performance.

Composing

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can create and repeat a simple musical idea, such as an ostinato or rhythm.
    • I can choose sounds and instruments to suit a given mood or purpose.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can develop a musical idea using the elements (dynamics, texture, rhythm).
    • I can organise my music into a simple structure with a clear beginning, middle and end.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can compose within a chosen style or tonality, using chords and melody together.
    • I can develop and vary my ideas so the music holds the listener’s interest.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can compose a coherent, original piece with a clear structure and intention.
    • I can refine my composition, making deliberate choices about every musical element.

Listening & appraising

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify the main musical elements (pitch, tempo, dynamics) in a piece.
    • I can describe how a piece of music makes me feel.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can recognise instruments, textures and simple structures by ear.
    • I can use musical vocabulary to describe what I hear.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can identify features of different styles and traditions and explain how they are made.
    • I can compare two pieces of music using accurate musical vocabulary.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can analyse how the musical elements combine to create effect and meaning.
    • I can evaluate music critically, justifying my opinions with musical evidence.

Music technology

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can record and play back a simple idea using software such as Ableton.
    • I can use the pencil tool and a click track to place notes in time.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can layer two or more parts to build a simple track.
    • I can use quantise and basic editing to tidy up my recording.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can create a structured track with sections, build-ups or drops.
    • I can balance and refine layers so the mix sounds clear.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can produce a polished, well-structured track, using technology creatively and with intent.
    • I can make independent production choices to achieve a professional sound.
Y9Year 9 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression · all units

In Year 9 you work with growing independence and artistry, ready for GCSE. The four ladders below run across the whole of Key Stage 3 — find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Performing

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can play simple parts on an instrument (keyboard, ukulele or voice) with growing accuracy.
    • I can keep in time with a steady pulse when playing with others.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can perform a short piece with correct notes and rhythms, using the right technique.
    • I can stay together with my group, listening and adjusting as I play.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can perform fluently with control of dynamics and expression.
    • I can take a clear role in an ensemble, leading or supporting as needed.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can perform confidently and musically to an audience, shaping the mood of the piece.
    • I can lead an ensemble, rehearsing others and refining the overall performance.

Composing

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can create and repeat a simple musical idea, such as an ostinato or rhythm.
    • I can choose sounds and instruments to suit a given mood or purpose.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can develop a musical idea using the elements (dynamics, texture, rhythm).
    • I can organise my music into a simple structure with a clear beginning, middle and end.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can compose within a chosen style or tonality, using chords and melody together.
    • I can develop and vary my ideas so the music holds the listener’s interest.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can compose a coherent, original piece with a clear structure and intention.
    • I can refine my composition, making deliberate choices about every musical element.

Listening & appraising

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify the main musical elements (pitch, tempo, dynamics) in a piece.
    • I can describe how a piece of music makes me feel.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can recognise instruments, textures and simple structures by ear.
    • I can use musical vocabulary to describe what I hear.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can identify features of different styles and traditions and explain how they are made.
    • I can compare two pieces of music using accurate musical vocabulary.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can analyse how the musical elements combine to create effect and meaning.
    • I can evaluate music critically, justifying my opinions with musical evidence.

Music technology

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can record and play back a simple idea using software such as Ableton.
    • I can use the pencil tool and a click track to place notes in time.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can layer two or more parts to build a simple track.
    • I can use quantise and basic editing to tidy up my recording.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can create a structured track with sections, build-ups or drops.
    • I can balance and refine layers so the mix sounds clear.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can produce a polished, well-structured track, using technology creatively and with intent.
    • I can make independent production choices to achieve a professional sound.

Knowledge organisers

Revise & make it stick

One organiser per unit — the key knowledge, vocabulary and skills. Choose what you are studying now to revise and climb to the next rung.

KS3Open the knowledge organisersRevision sheets

Year 7

7.1Creative compositionKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.You work as a group to create music using tuned and untuned instruments, reading from a simple score and shaping your ideas with dynamics, ostinato and layered rhythms.
Builds onKS2 singing, clapping rhythms and exploring classroom instruments.
Leads toKeyboard and ukulele skills, and composing within a structure later in Year 7.
Key conceptsRhythm & pulseTextureDynamicsCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • The pulse is the steady beat; rhythm is the pattern of long and short sounds over it.
  • An ostinato is a repeated musical pattern that holds a piece together.
  • A polyrhythm layers two or more contrasting rhythms at once.
  • Dynamics describe how loud or quiet the music is (from pianissimo to fortissimo).
  • Texture describes how many layers of sound there are and how they combine.
  • A simple score is read left to right and tells performers what and when to play.
Key skills
  • Keep a steady pulse while others play different parts
  • Create and repeat an ostinato
  • Layer rhythms to build texture
  • Read and follow a simple score
Key vocabulary
PulseThe steady beat of the music.
RhythmThe pattern of long and short sounds.
OstinatoA repeated musical pattern.
PolyrhythmTwo or more rhythms played together.
DynamicsHow loud or quiet the music is.
TextureThe layers of sound in a piece.
TempoThe speed of the music.
ScoreWritten music showing what to play.
Careers & pathways
  • Performer / session musician— play live and in the studio across styles.
  • Music teacher / instrumental tutor— teach others to play and progress.
  • Music producer— shape and craft recorded music in a DAW.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
TeamworkCreativityListeningDiscipline
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking classroom composition to careers in the creative and performing arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 7.4 — Sound for sound, pitch and waves; Drama 7.4 — Devising: Responding to a Stimulus for devising from a stimulus.
7.2Keyboard skillsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.2

Keyboard skills

Download PDF
What this unit is about.You learn correct keyboard hand position, read from notation, and co-ordinate both hands to play simple melodies and accompaniments.
Builds onReading rhythms and following a score from the composition unit.
Leads toFluent keyboard performance in Year 8 (“Over the Rainbow”) and beyond.
Key conceptsPitchNotationMelodyCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • The treble clef stave has five lines and four spaces; each represents a pitch.
  • The lines (E,G,B,D,F) and spaces (F,A,C,E) name the notes of the treble clef.
  • Correct hand position uses curved fingers and a relaxed wrist for control.
  • Right and left hands often play melody and accompaniment together.
  • Note values (semibreve, minim, crotchet, quaver) tell you how long to hold a note.
  • Fingering numbers (1–5) guide which finger plays each note.
Key skills
  • Sit and place the hands correctly at the keyboard
  • Read notes on the treble stave
  • Play a melody with the right hand accurately
  • Co-ordinate two hands together
Key vocabulary
StaveThe five lines music is written on.
Treble clefThe clef used for higher pitches.
PitchHow high or low a note is.
MelodyThe main tune.
CrotchetA note worth one beat.
MinimA note worth two beats.
FingeringWhich finger plays each note.
AccompanimentMusic that supports the melody.
Careers & pathways
  • Performer / session musician— play live and in the studio across styles.
  • Music teacher / instrumental tutor— teach others to play and progress.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Fine motor controlFocusReading notationPerseverance
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking keyboard and notation skills to performance and teaching careers.
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics N2 — Number 2 for pattern and number in music; Physical Education Ae — Aesthetics — Dance & Gymnastics for coordination and control.
7.4Musical ensemblesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.4

Musical ensembles

Download PDF
What this unit is about.You explore the families of instruments and how different ensembles — from Samba and Gamelan to orchestra, rock band and choir — rehearse, lead and perform together.
Builds onGroup performing and pulse work from earlier Year 7 units.
Leads toEnsemble performance at GCSE (Component 03) and world-music study at KS4.
Key conceptsEnsembleTimbreLeadershipCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Instruments group into families: strings, woodwind, brass, percussion, keyboard and voice.
  • Timbre is the characteristic tone quality of an instrument or voice.
  • An ensemble is any group of musicians performing together.
  • Ensembles keep together by watching a leader, listening, and following a pulse or conductor.
  • Different traditions organise ensembles differently (e.g. Samba bateria, Gamelan gong cycles).
  • Balance means no part is too loud or too quiet for the whole to be heard.
Key skills
  • Identify instruments by sight and sound
  • Take a leading or supporting role in a group
  • Keep together with the ensemble
  • Rehearse and improve a group performance
Key vocabulary
EnsembleA group performing together.
TimbreThe tone quality of a sound.
BalanceHow well the parts are heard together.
ConductorA person who directs an ensemble.
BateriaA Samba percussion ensemble.
GamelanAn Indonesian tuned-percussion ensemble.
SectionA family or group within an ensemble.
CueA signal to start or change.
Careers & pathways
  • Performer / session musician— play live and in the studio across styles.
  • Music teacher / instrumental tutor— teach others to play and progress.
  • Community musician— lead group music-making in schools and communities.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
LeadershipCollaborationActive listeningAdaptability
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking ensemble skills to leadership and community music careers.
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 3 — Waves for waves and resonance; Drama A5 — Making theatre: performing three extracts for performing in an ensemble.

Year 8

8.1Over the RainbowKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.You study a song from the popular-music canon, developing fluent keyboard performance and understanding how melody, chords and structure work together.
Builds onYear 7 keyboard skills and reading notation.
Leads toWorking with chords in Cover Versions and composing melodies at GCSE.
Key conceptsMelodyHarmonyStructureCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • A melody is a sequence of pitches that forms a recognisable tune.
  • Chords are built by stacking pitches; primary chords (I, IV, V) underpin many songs.
  • Songs are organised into sections such as verse, chorus and bridge.
  • An interval is the distance between two pitches; the octave leap opens “Over the Rainbow”.
  • Phrasing shapes a melody into musical sentences that breathe.
  • Tonality (major/minor) strongly affects the mood of a song.
Key skills
  • Perform a melody fluently with both hands
  • Play a simple chord accompaniment
  • Follow the structure of a song
  • Shape a melody with phrasing and dynamics
Key vocabulary
MelodyThe main tune.
ChordTwo or more pitches sounded together.
IntervalThe distance between two pitches.
OctaveAn interval of eight notes.
StructureHow a piece is organised into sections.
PhraseA musical sentence.
TonalityWhether music is major or minor.
HarmonyChords supporting a melody.
Careers & pathways
  • Performer / session musician— play live and in the studio across styles.
  • Music teacher / instrumental tutor— teach others to play and progress.
  • Arranger— adapt and reimagine music for different forces.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Musical memoryExpressionAttention to detailConfidence
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking song performance to careers in music and the performing arts.
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y8 — Poetry of the Romantics for Romantic poetry and feeling; Film Studies 1 — Core study areas — the language of film for music in film.
8.2GamelanKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.You work as a group, including taking leadership, to tell a story through the tuned percussion of the Indonesian gamelan, composing within its cyclic textures.
Builds onEnsemble and pulse skills from Year 7.
Leads toWorld-music listening at GCSE (Rhythms of the World) and composing to a brief.
Key conceptsTextureCyclic rhythmHeterophonyCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Gamelan is a traditional ensemble from Indonesia (Java and Bali) of mainly tuned percussion.
  • The music is built on repeating cycles marked by the largest gong.
  • Layered instruments play faster or slower versions of the same melody (a dense texture).
  • Interlocking parts (kotekan) combine to make patterns no single player could play alone.
  • Music is learned by ear and by watching the leader, not from notation.
  • Gamelan often accompanies dance, shadow puppetry and storytelling.
Key skills
  • Play an interlocking part in time
  • Follow a leader within a cycle
  • Compose a short cyclic piece
  • Combine layers to build texture
Key vocabulary
GamelanAn Indonesian tuned-percussion ensemble.
CycleA repeating rhythmic pattern.
GongA large struck instrument marking cycles.
TextureThe layers of sound.
HeterophonyVariations of one melody at once.
KotekanInterlocking Balinese patterns.
MetallophoneA tuned metal-bar instrument.
Oral traditionLearning music by ear.
Careers & pathways
  • World / community musician— share and lead music from many cultures.
  • Composer / songwriter— create original music for artists, film and games.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Cultural awarenessCollaborationListeningLeadership
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking world-music study to careers celebrating cultural diversity.
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further
Where this connectsAlso studied in History 7.5 — The Mali Empire for world cultures and traditions; Religious Studies 9.6 — Dialogue & Encounter for respect for other traditions.
8.3MinimalismKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.You use Sibelius notation software to explore minimalist compositional techniques, developing music within a clear structure.
Builds onComposing and structure from Year 7 and “Over the Rainbow”.
Leads toNotation and composing skills for GCSE composition.
Key conceptsStructureProcessTextureCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Minimalism is a style using small ideas repeated and gradually changed.
  • Key techniques include repetition, ostinato, phasing, note addition and augmentation.
  • A cell is a tiny musical idea that is developed across a piece.
  • Layering cells builds a rich, gradually shifting texture.
  • Composers include Steve Reich, Philip Glass and Terry Riley.
  • Sibelius lets you input, hear and refine notated music on screen.
Key skills
  • Notate a musical idea in Sibelius
  • Apply minimalist techniques to a cell
  • Develop a piece within a set structure
  • Refine notation so it plays back accurately
Key vocabulary
MinimalismA style based on repeating small ideas.
CellA short musical idea.
PhasingTwo identical parts drifting out of time.
AugmentationMaking note values longer.
OstinatoA repeated pattern.
LoopA repeated section.
NotationWritten music.
TextureThe layers of sound.
Careers & pathways
  • Composer / songwriter— create original music for artists, film and games.
  • Arranger— adapt and reimagine music for different forces.
  • Music producer— shape and craft recorded music in a DAW.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
PrecisionPatienceDigital literacyStructured thinking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking notation software and composition to creative-industry careers.
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics TR — Transformations for repetition, pattern and transformation; Art & Design 7.3 — Print Power for repeat pattern in printmaking.

Year 9

9.1The BluesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.1

The Blues

Download PDF
What this unit is about.You work in a group to improvise over the 12-bar Blues, learning its structure, chords and expressive style.
Builds onChord and ensemble work from Year 8 (Cover Versions).
Leads toImprovising and understanding pop/jazz roots for GCSE (Conventions of Pop).
Key conceptsStructureImprovisationTonalityCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • The Blues grew from African American history and song in the late 19th century.
  • The 12-bar Blues is a repeating chord pattern using chords I, IV and V.
  • The blues scale adds “blue notes” that give the style its feel.
  • Improvisation means making up music in the moment over the chord pattern.
  • Call and response — a phrase answered by another — is common in the Blues.
  • Swung rhythms give the Blues its characteristic groove.
Key skills
  • Play the 12-bar Blues chord pattern
  • Improvise using the blues scale
  • Keep your place within the 12-bar structure
  • Respond musically to others in a group
Key vocabulary
12-bar BluesA repeating 12-bar chord pattern.
Blues scaleA scale with added blue notes.
ImprovisationMaking up music in the moment.
RiffA short repeated pattern.
Call and responseA phrase answered by another.
SwingA relaxed, uneven rhythm.
ChordNotes sounded together.
Walking bassA steady moving bass line.
Careers & pathways
  • Performer / session musician— play live and in the studio across styles.
  • Arranger— adapt and reimagine music for different forces.
  • Jazz / session musician— perform and improvise across popular styles.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
ImprovisationConfidenceListeningResilience
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking the roots of popular music to performance and songwriting careers.
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further
Where this connectsAlso studied in History 8.5 — Slavery: experience, resistance & abolition for slavery, resistance and its legacy; History U2 — The USA: Westward Expansion & Civil War, 1803–1890 for the USA in the 19th century.
9.4EDMKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.You explore different styles of Electronic Dance Music, programming drum patterns in Ableton and using layering, build-ups and drops to shape a track.
Builds onAbleton skills from “Musical Layers” and structure work.
Leads toMusic-technology and production routes at KS4 and beyond.
Key conceptsStructureProductionTextureCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • EDM covers many styles (house, techno, drum & bass, dubstep) made with technology.
  • A four-on-the-floor kick pattern drives much dance music.
  • Tracks are built by layering loops: drums, bass, chords, lead and effects.
  • Build-ups create tension; the drop releases it as the main section arrives.
  • Structure often works in phrases of eight or sixteen bars.
  • Producers use quantise, automation and effects to shape the sound.
Key skills
  • Program a drum pattern to a click
  • Layer loops to build a track
  • Create a build-up and a drop
  • Structure a track into clear sections
Key vocabulary
EDMElectronic Dance Music.
DAWDigital audio workstation, e.g. Ableton.
LoopA repeated section.
QuantiseSnapping notes to the beat.
Build-upA rising section creating tension.
DropThe release into the main section.
AutomationRecorded changes to a control over time.
SampleA short recorded sound used in a track.
Careers & pathways
  • Music producer— shape and craft recorded music in a DAW.
  • Sound engineer— record, mix and balance live and studio sound.
  • DJ / electronic artist— create and perform electronic music.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Digital literacyCreativityStructured thinkingIndependence
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking music production to careers in the fast-growing creative-tech industries.
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 8.5 — Mobile app development for apps, sequencing and digital tools; Languages 8.4 — Mi vida digital — digital life for digital life in Spanish.
9.5Protest SongKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.5

Protest Song

Download PDF
What this unit is about.You study how song structures carry a message, developing lyrics and music to “have a voice”, with a focus on reflecting on your own learning (metacognition).
Builds onSongwriting, chords and structure from across KS3.
Leads toComposing to a brief and analysing meaning in music at GCSE.
Key conceptsStructureLyricsMeaningCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • A protest song uses music to express a viewpoint and call for change.
  • Verse–chorus structure lets a memorable message (the hook) return.
  • Lyrics, melody and mood work together to make a message powerful.
  • Protest songs have shaped movements for justice, peace and civil rights.
  • Word-painting matches the music to the meaning of the words.
  • Metacognition means planning, monitoring and reflecting on how you learn and create.
Key skills
  • Write lyrics that carry a clear message
  • Set words to a melody and chords
  • Structure a song with verse and chorus
  • Reflect on and improve your own work
Key vocabulary
Protest songA song expressing a viewpoint or call for change.
LyricsThe words of a song.
VerseA section with changing words.
ChorusThe repeated, memorable section.
HookA catchy, memorable idea.
Word-paintingMusic reflecting the meaning of words.
MessageThe idea a song communicates.
MetacognitionThinking about your own learning.
Careers & pathways
  • Arranger— adapt and reimagine music for different forces.
  • Music journalist / broadcaster— write and talk about music and its meaning.
  • Music therapist— use music to support health and wellbeing.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CommunicationEmpathyReflectionCreativity
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking songwriting for a purpose to careers in the creative and caring professions.
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y9 — War Poetry for war poetry and protest; Art & Design 8.1 — Get Up Stand Up for protest art; History 9.6 — Fighting for rights in the 20th century for fighting for rights.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise Music at Key Stage 3

  • Practise your instrument little and often — short, regular sessions beat one long cram (spaced practice).
  • Use the knowledge organisers with look – cover – write – check for the key vocabulary.
  • Sing or clap rhythms out loud, and name notes on the stave from memory (retrieval practice).
  • Listen actively: pick a piece and name the elements you can hear (tempo, dynamics, texture).
  • Check your report stage against the ladder and target your next step up.

At GCSE we follow OCR Music (specification J536). It is a practical, balanced course: students perform, compose and develop their listening and appraising skills across five areas of study. The qualification is 60% non-exam assessment (performing and composing) and 40% a written listening exam sat at the end of Year 11. St Augustine’s follows the moderated upload route, submitting components 01, 03 and 05.

Students build on their Key Stage 3 skills to perform as soloists and in ensembles, compose to their own and to set briefs, and study music from the concerto to film and pop. Use the selector below to find your current focus, follow the course route-through to see how it fits together, track yourself on the knowledge & skills ladder, and revise with the knowledge organisers.

Pick the unit you’re studying now to jump to its revision organiser and progress ladder.

What are you studying at the moment?

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the OCR GCSE Music (J536) specification

GCSE Music (OCR J536) is assessed through two non-exam components (performing and composing, 60% together) and one written listening exam (40%). St Augustine’s follows the moderated upload route — components 01, 03 and 05. Tap below for the full breakdown.

GCSEThe course in detail — two NEA components + examPortfolio 30% · Practical 30% · Exam 40%
Component 01 — Integrated portfolioNEA · 60 marks · 30%
  • Asolo performanceon your chosen instrument or voice
  • Acomposition to a brief you set yourself(free composition)
  • Explored through your own instrument in styles and genres of your choosing
  • Recorded and submitted by moderated upload
Component 03 — Practical componentNEA · 60 marks · 30%
  • Anensemble performance(playing as part of a group)
  • Acomposition to an OCR-set brief, linked to one of the areas of study
  • Focus on the demands of performing and composing for a purpose
  • Recorded and submitted by moderated upload
Component 05 — Listening & appraisingWritten exam · 80 marks · 1h 30m · 40%
  • A written paper with an audio recording, sat at the end of Year 11
  • Focuses on areas of study 2, 3, 4 and 5
  • Tests knowledge and understanding of the musical elements, context and language
  • Includes listening questions, dictation and extended writing
The four assessment objectives How marks are gained
  • AO1 Perform with technical control, expression and interpretation — 30%
  • AO2 Compose and develop musical ideas with technical control and coherence — 30%
  • AO3 Demonstrate and apply musical knowledge — 20%
  • AO4 Use appraising skills to make evaluative and critical judgements
The five areas of studyContent
  • 1. My Music — your own instrument, its techniques and repertoire
  • 2. The Concerto Through Time — the concerto from Baroque to Romantic
  • 3. Rhythms of the World — traditional music from around the globe
  • 4. Film Music — how music creates mood, character and drama
  • 5. Conventions of Pop — rock & pop from the 1950s to today
Where it leads Progression
  • A-Level Music or Music Technology, or a BTEC in Music
  • Conservatoire and university study in music and the performing arts
  • Careers in performance, composition, production and sound engineering
  • Teaching, music therapy, arts management and the wider creative industries

Minimum requirements: across components 01 and 03, performing totals at least four minutes with at least one minute as part of an ensemble; composing meets the minimum duration set by OCR.

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

After your report, tap your grade band to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Highlight your stage— tap your grade band
GCSEGCSE Music — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · OCR J536

This grid is built around the four OCR assessment objectives (AO1–AO4). Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see how to move up a grade.

AO1 · Performing (30%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can perform a simple piece, mostly in time.
    • I can play with some accuracy on my instrument or voice.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can perform a piece with reasonable accuracy and fluency.
    • I can keep in time and in tune for most of a performance, solo and in an ensemble.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can perform accurately and fluently with clear control of technique.
    • I can shape a performance with expression, blending well in an ensemble.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can perform with a high level of technical control, accuracy and musicality.
    • I can interpret and communicate the music convincingly, solo and in an ensemble.

AO2 · Composing (30%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can put together short musical ideas using some of the elements.
    • I can compose a simple piece with a basic structure.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can develop musical ideas with some coherence.
    • I can compose to a brief with a recognisable structure and suitable resources.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can compose with clear coherence, developing ideas purposefully.
    • I can use harmony, melody, texture and structure effectively for the brief and area of study.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can compose a coherent, imaginative piece with confident control of all the elements.
    • I can develop and refine ideas with flair, fully meeting the demands of the brief.

AO3 · Musical knowledge & understanding (20%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can identify some musical elements and features by ear.
    • I can recall some key musical vocabulary.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can describe musical features and identify contexts with some accuracy.
    • I can use musical vocabulary to explain what I hear.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can accurately identify and describe musical elements, contexts and conventions across the areas of study.
    • I can apply musical knowledge to unfamiliar pieces.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can precisely identify, describe and explain musical features, contexts and language.
    • I can apply detailed knowledge confidently to unfamiliar music in all areas of study.

AO4 · Appraising — evaluative & critical judgements (20%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can give a simple opinion about a piece of music.
    • I can make a basic comparison between two pieces.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can make a judgement about music with some supporting reasons.
    • I can compare pieces using musical vocabulary.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can make evaluative judgements supported by musical evidence.
    • I can compare and analyse music, referring to the elements and context.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can make critical, well-justified evaluations using precise musical evidence.
    • I can analyse and compare music in depth, reaching substantiated conclusions.

Knowledge organisers

Revise & make it stick

Organisers for each area of study and for the non-exam assessment. The NEA organisers include the exam-board rules you must follow.

GCSEOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets

Areas of study — for the listening exam

AoS 1My MusicKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
AoS 1

My Music

Download PDF
What this unit is about.You focus on your own instrument or voice — its techniques and idioms, standard repertoire, and how it works within different ensembles and genres. This underpins your performing and composing.
Builds onYour Key Stage 3 performing skills and knowledge of the elements.
Leads toYour Component 01 solo performance and free composition.
Key conceptsPerformingTimbreIdiomCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Every instrument (or the voice) has its own techniques, idioms and standard repertoire.
  • Knowing your instrument’s role helps you play well in solo and ensemble settings.
  • The musical elements (pitch, rhythm, dynamics, articulation, tempo) shape any performance.
  • Interpretation means making expressive choices about how to play the notes.
  • Idiomatic writing suits the strengths and character of an instrument.
  • Understanding genre and context guides stylish, convincing performance.
Key skills
  • Perform idiomatically on your instrument
  • Interpret a piece expressively
  • Apply the elements to your own playing
  • Reflect on and improve a recorded performance
Key vocabulary
IdiomA style natural to an instrument or genre.
RepertoireThe body of pieces for an instrument.
TechniqueHow an instrument is physically played.
InterpretationExpressive choices in performance.
ArticulationHow notes are attacked and joined.
TimbreThe tone quality of a sound.
PhrasingShaping music into musical sentences.
EnsembleA group performing together.
Careers & pathways
  • Performer / recording artist— perform live and record across genres.
  • Music producer— shape and craft recorded music.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
DisciplineSelf-evaluationExpressionIndependence
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking performance study to careers across the music profession.
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further
Where this connectsAlso studied in Physical Education NEA — Practical performance & the AEP for a practical performance assessment; Art & Design C1 — Component 1: Portfolio for building a portfolio.
AoS 2The Concerto Through TimeKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
AoS 2

The Concerto Through Time

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.You trace how the concerto developed from the Baroque to the Romantic era, exploring the changing relationship between soloist and orchestra.
Builds onKS3 listening skills and knowledge of instruments and texture.
Leads toExtended listening and analysis in the Component 05 exam.
Key conceptsStructureTextureInstrumentationCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • A concerto features a soloist (or small group) with an orchestra.
  • The Baroque solo concerto and concerto grosso often use ritornello form.
  • Ritornello form alternates a recurring tutti theme with solo episodes.
  • The Classical concerto (e.g. Mozart) refined balance, form and the cadenza.
  • The Romantic concerto grew larger, more virtuosic and more expressive.
  • The orchestra expanded over time, changing the concerto’s scale and colour.
Key skills
  • Identify features of each concerto era by ear
  • Describe the solo–tutti relationship
  • Recognise ritornello form and the cadenza
  • Compare concertos across the periods
Key vocabulary
ConcertoA work for soloist(s) and orchestra.
RitornelloA recurring tutti theme.
TuttiThe whole ensemble playing.
SoloOne performer featured.
CadenzaA virtuosic solo passage.
Concerto grossoA Baroque work with a small solo group.
VirtuosicRequiring great technical skill.
MovementA self-contained section of a larger work.
Careers & pathways
  • Music teacher— inspire the next generation of musicians.
  • Orchestral musician— perform in professional ensembles.
  • Sound engineer— record, mix and master music.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analytical listeningHistorical understandingVocabularyConcentration
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking the study of classical music to careers in performance and education.
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further
Where this connectsAlso studied in English A-Level — Paper 1 · Love through the ages for form and convention across time; Drama A1 — List A play — drama through the ages for drama through the ages.
AoS 3Rhythms of the WorldKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
AoS 3

Rhythms of the World

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.You study traditional and folk music from around the world, focusing on rhythm, instruments and texture across several regions.
Builds onKS3 world-music units (Gamelan, Samba) and rhythmic skills.
Leads toListening and comparison questions in the Component 05 exam.
Key conceptsRhythmTextureInstrumentationCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • This area covers traditional music from India, Africa, the Eastern Mediterranean and the Americas.
  • Indian classical music uses raga (melody), tala (rhythm cycle) and a drone.
  • African drumming uses layered, interlocking rhythms and call and response.
  • Eastern Mediterranean and Arabic music use distinctive scales and additive rhythms.
  • Central and South American styles include Samba, Calypso and Bhangra.
  • Much of this music is passed on aurally and centres on rhythm and community.
Key skills
  • Identify regional styles and instruments by ear
  • Describe rhythmic devices such as polyrhythm
  • Recognise textures like call and response
  • Compare music from different traditions
Key vocabulary
RagaAn Indian melodic framework.
TalaAn Indian rhythmic cycle.
DroneA sustained held note.
PolyrhythmContrasting rhythms played together.
Call and responseA phrase answered by another.
BhangraA Punjabi popular dance style.
CalypsoA Caribbean song style.
Aural traditionMusic passed on by ear.
Careers & pathways
  • World / community musician— share music from many cultures.
  • Music teacher— inspire the next generation of musicians.
  • Music therapist— use music to support health and wellbeing.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Cultural awarenessRhythmic skillListeningOpen-mindedness
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking world-music study to careers that celebrate cultural diversity.
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further
Where this connectsAlso studied in History 7.5 — The Mali Empire for the Mali Empire and world cultures; Languages T2 — Theme 2: Popular culture for customs and popular culture.
AoS 4Film MusicKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.You explore how composers use music to create mood, character and drama on screen, and compose your own music to a brief.
Builds onKS3 composing and understanding of the elements and mood.
Leads toComposing to an OCR-set brief (Component 03) and the listening exam.
Key conceptsMoodLeitmotifInstrumentationCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Film music creates atmosphere, signals emotion and shapes how we read a scene.
  • A leitmotif is a recurring theme linked to a character, place or idea.
  • Diegetic music exists in the scene; non-diegetic (underscore) is heard only by the audience.
  • “Mickey-mousing” matches the music closely to on-screen action.
  • Composers use the orchestra, electronics and effects to build a soundtrack.
  • The elements (tempo, dynamics, harmony, timbre) are chosen to fit the drama.
Key skills
  • Explain how music creates mood and character
  • Identify leitmotifs and underscore by ear
  • Compose music to fit a scene or brief
  • Use the elements deliberately for effect
Key vocabulary
LeitmotifA recurring theme for a character or idea.
UnderscoreBackground music under a scene.
DiegeticMusic that exists within the scene.
Non-diegeticMusic heard only by the audience.
Mickey-mousingMusic closely matching the action.
CueA section of film music.
TimbreThe tone colour of a sound.
MotifA short, memorable musical idea.
Careers & pathways
  • Composer / songwriter— create original music for artists, film and games.
  • Sound engineer— record, mix and master music.
  • Media / games composer— write music for film, TV and games.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityStorytellingTechnical skillAttention to detail
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking film-music study to careers in the screen and games industries.
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further
Where this connectsAlso studied in Film Studies 1 — Core study areas — the language of film for the language of film; Drama 8.5 — Darkwood Manor for atmosphere and suspense.
AoS 5Conventions of PopKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.You study rock and pop from the 1950s to today — rock ‘n’ roll, rock anthems, pop ballads and solo artists — and how songs are put together.
Builds onKS3 song units (The Blues, Protest Song, Cover Versions) and chord work.
Leads toListening questions in the exam and songwriting for composition.
Key conceptsStructureHarmonyProductionCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Popular song usually uses verse–chorus structure with a memorable hook.
  • A standard pop band is drums, bass, guitar(s), keyboard and vocals.
  • Rock ‘n’ roll (1950s–60s) grew from the Blues and rhythm and blues.
  • Riffs, hooks and chord progressions are central building blocks.
  • Technology (multitracking, effects, sampling) shapes the sound of pop.
  • Different sub-styles (rock anthem, ballad, solo artist) have their own conventions.
Key skills
  • Identify song sections and instrumentation by ear
  • Describe chord patterns, riffs and hooks
  • Recognise features of pop sub-styles
  • Explain how technology shapes a track
Key vocabulary
VerseA section with changing lyrics.
ChorusThe repeated, memorable section.
HookA catchy, memorable idea.
RiffA short repeated pattern.
MultitrackingRecording parts separately and combining them.
BalladA slow, emotional song.
BackbeatEmphasis on beats 2 and 4.
ProductionHow a track is recorded and shaped.
Careers & pathways
  • Performer / recording artist— perform live and record across genres.
  • Music producer— shape and craft recorded music.
  • Composer / songwriter— create original music for artists, film and games.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityTechnical skillCommercial awarenessCollaboration
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking the study of popular music to careers in the commercial music industry.
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further
Where this connectsAlso studied in Languages T2 — Theme 2: Popular culture for popular culture; Computing 8.3 — Developing for the Web for developing for the web.

Non-exam assessment — performing & composing

NEAPerforming (Components 01 & 03)Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
NEA

Performing (Components 01 & 03)

Download PDF
What this unit is about.You record a solo performance (Component 01) and an ensemble performance (Component 03), showing technical control, accuracy and musical interpretation.
Builds onAll your Key Stage 3 performing and ensemble work.
Leads toFurther study and performance at A-Level, conservatoire and beyond.
Key conceptsPerformingInterpretationEnsembleCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • You perform both as a soloist and as part of an ensemble.
  • Across both components, performance totals at least four minutes, with at least one minute in an ensemble.
  • You are assessed on accuracy, technical control, and expression/interpretation.
  • Choosing pieces at the right level of demand helps you show your best.
  • Ensemble playing is assessed on how well you fit with and respond to others.
  • Performances are recorded under supervision and submitted by moderated upload.
Key skills
  • Prepare and refine a performance to a deadline
  • Perform accurately and with control
  • Interpret music expressively
  • Blend and keep time within an ensemble
The rules — read this before you start

Your performing and composing work is non-exam assessment (NEA) and must meet JCQ and OCR (J536) requirements. Breaking these rules is malpractice and can cost you marks — or your result.

  • It must be your own work.You perform and compose your own pieces. For composing you respond to your own brief (Component 01) and to an OCR-set brief (Component 03), producing a score or written account and a recording.
  • Reference everything.Credit any music, samples, backing tracks or ideas you build on, and make clear which parts are yours. Copying another’s music or ideas without crediting them is plagiarism.
  • Using AI or music software.You may use notation and DAW software (e.g. Sibelius, Ableton), but you must acknowledge any use of AI-generated material and keep a record of what you used and how. Passing off generated work as your own is malpractice.
  • You sign to confirm it is your own.You sign the Candidate Record Form to declare the work is yours; once it is submitted for final marking it cannot be changed.
  • Your teacher can guide, not do it for you.They can give general advice and review a draft, but cannot perform, compose or correct it for you. Any extra help is recorded and your mark reflects your unaided work.
  • Work is completed under supervision.Performances are recorded under supervision and compositions are produced under your teacher’s controlled conditions in school.
  • Keep it safe.Don’t share your recordings or scores online for others to copy.
  • Minimum requirements.Across the two components, performance totals at least four minutes with at least one minute as part of an ensemble; composing meets the minimum duration set by OCR.
  • Deadlines are issued with the task. The college’s malpractice and AI-use policies are in the policies section of the school website..
Key vocabulary
SoloA performance by one player.
EnsembleA performance as part of a group.
AccuracyPlaying the right notes and rhythms.
Technical controlCommand of your instrument.
InterpretationExpressive performance choices.
Level of demandHow difficult a piece is.
ModerationExternal checking of marked work.
RecordingThe captured performance submitted.
Careers & pathways
  • Performer / recording artist— perform live and record across genres.
  • Music producer— shape and craft recorded music.
  • Music teacher— inspire the next generation of musicians.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
DisciplineResilienceCollaborationPerforming under pressure
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking performance NEA to careers across the music profession.
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further
Where this connectsAlso studied in Drama A5 — Making theatre: performing three extracts for performing extracts; Physical Education NEA — Practical performance & the AEP for a practical performance.
NEAComposing (Components 01 & 03)Knowledge organiser
✕ Close
NEA

Composing (Components 01 & 03)

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.You write two compositions — one to a brief you set yourself (Component 01) and one to an OCR-set brief linked to an area of study (Component 03) — each submitted as a score or written account with a recording.
Builds onAll your Key Stage 3 composing and music-technology work.
Leads toComposition and creative music-making at A-Level and beyond.
Key conceptsComposingStructureDevelopmentCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • You compose two pieces: one free composition and one to an OCR-set brief.
  • The set brief links to one of the areas of study and its conventions.
  • Good compositions use the elements (melody, harmony, rhythm, texture, structure) purposefully.
  • Ideas should be developed and varied, not simply repeated.
  • Work is captured as a score or written account plus a recording (often made in a DAW).
  • You compose under your teacher’s controlled conditions and meet OCR’s minimum duration.
Key skills
  • Respond to a composing brief
  • Develop and structure musical ideas
  • Use notation or DAW software to realise a piece
  • Refine a composition against the brief
The rules — read this before you start

Your performing and composing work is non-exam assessment (NEA) and must meet JCQ and OCR (J536) requirements. Breaking these rules is malpractice and can cost you marks — or your result.

  • It must be your own work.You perform and compose your own pieces. For composing you respond to your own brief (Component 01) and to an OCR-set brief (Component 03), producing a score or written account and a recording.
  • Reference everything.Credit any music, samples, backing tracks or ideas you build on, and make clear which parts are yours. Copying another’s music or ideas without crediting them is plagiarism.
  • Using AI or music software.You may use notation and DAW software (e.g. Sibelius, Ableton), but you must acknowledge any use of AI-generated material and keep a record of what you used and how. Passing off generated work as your own is malpractice.
  • You sign to confirm it is your own.You sign the Candidate Record Form to declare the work is yours; once it is submitted for final marking it cannot be changed.
  • Your teacher can guide, not do it for you.They can give general advice and review a draft, but cannot perform, compose or correct it for you. Any extra help is recorded and your mark reflects your unaided work.
  • Work is completed under supervision.Performances are recorded under supervision and compositions are produced under your teacher’s controlled conditions in school.
  • Keep it safe.Don’t share your recordings or scores online for others to copy.
  • Minimum requirements.Across the two components, performance totals at least four minutes with at least one minute as part of an ensemble; composing meets the minimum duration set by OCR.
  • Deadlines are issued with the task. The college’s malpractice and AI-use policies are in the policies section of the school website..
Key vocabulary
BriefA set of requirements for a composition.
Free compositionA piece to your own brief.
DevelopmentVarying and extending ideas.
StructureHow a piece is organised.
ScoreNotated music.
DAWDigital audio workstation, e.g. Ableton.
MotifA short musical idea to develop.
CoherenceHow well a piece hangs together.
Careers & pathways
  • Composer / songwriter— create original music for artists, film and games.
  • Music teacher— inspire the next generation of musicians.
  • Sound engineer— record, mix and master music.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityPlanningDigital literacySelf-evaluation
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking composition NEA to careers in the creative industries.
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further
Where this connectsAlso studied in Drama A4 — Creating original drama & the working notebook for creating original work; English Y9 — Crossing Worlds for creative composition in writing.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise GCSE Music at Key Stage 4

  • Rehearse your performance pieces regularly and record yourself to review (spaced practice and self-evaluation).
  • Work on compositions in stages — sketch ideas, develop them, then refine. Don’t leave it to the deadline.
  • Revise each area of study with the organisers and test yourself with past-paper audio (retrieval practice).
  • Learn to spot key features by ear — make flashcards for the vocabulary of each area of study.
  • Practise dictation and short written answers using OCR past papers and mark schemes.

Our CurriculumPSHE

PSHE

Personal, Social, Health and Economic education at St Augustine’s — our “Words, Worship and Wisdom” Personal Development Programme. A non-examined programme running from Year 7 to the Sixth Form that helps every student grow in confidence, character and faith, and prepare for life beyond school.

Growing in wisdom, dignity and hope.

PSHE & RSHE at Key Stage 3

Key Stage 3 is the first stage of our “Words, Worship and Wisdom” Personal Development Programme. Across Years 7 to 9, students explore health and wellbeing, relationships (including Relationships and Sex Education) and living in the wider world — learning to look after themselves and others, stay safe, and grow in character and faith.

It is a non-examined subject, taught through dedicated PSHE lessons, tutor time and drop-down days. The programme follows a spiral plan: the same themes return each year with greater depth and maturity. It is shaped by the Department for Education’s statutory RSHE guidance, the PSHE Association framework and our Catholic vision of every person as made in God’s image.

Personal Development Team

Non-examinedKey Stage 3 · Years 7–9Three themes · Health & Wellbeing, Relationships, Wider World

PSHE and RSHE at Key Stage 3 are built around the three national themes, revisited across six terms in each of Years 7, 8 and 9. Year 7 focuses on settling in, positive relationships and the foundations of staying safe online and offline, with clear reporting routes established from the start. Year 8 deepens work on emotional wellbeing, online life, respect and equality, and money. Year 9 turns to identity, risk and responsibility — drugs, discrimination, exploitation, British Values, and the RSE strands on family, relationships and healthy living.

Because PSHE is not assessed, there are no knowledge & skills ladders here. Instead, the route through below shows exactly what is taught and when, and the topic overviews gather the key knowledge and vocabulary for each theme so students and parents can revisit anything at any time.

Route through Key Stage 3

The learning journey

PSHE and RSHE at Key Stage 3 run across six terms each year, revisiting our three themes — Health & Wellbeing, Relationships (including RSE) and Living in the Wider World — with growing maturity as students move up the school. There are no exams; the focus is on understanding, character and staying safe. Open a year below to see what is covered and when. Terms 1–2 fall in the Autumn, 3–4 in the Spring and 5–6 in the Summer.

KS3Year 7 → Year 9 route throughThe six-term plan
Year 7Settling in, relationships & keeping safe
Autumn
Term 1 · Transition & Safety
  • Starting secondary school: managing change, getting organised and building good routines
  • Positive relationships and managing worry
  • Online-safety foundations: scams, image-sharing and identifying trusted adults
  • Reporting routes inside and outside school — how and where to get help
Term 2 · Careers: skills & aspirations
  • Teamwork and enterprise skills
  • Diversity in work, values and goals
  • Raising aspirations for the future
Spring
Term 3 · Relationships
  • Family, forgiveness and dealing with loss
  • Managing peer pressure and avoiding gangs
  • Friendships, kindness and respectful communication
Term 4 · Puberty & Health
  • Puberty, body changes and consent
  • Menstruation (taught to all pupils)
  • Healthy routines and dental health
  • Smoking, vaping, nicotine and caffeine
Summer
Term 5 · Diversity
  • Identity and community
  • Bullying and cyber-bullying, and the link to wellbeing
  • Human rights and Catholic Social Teaching
  • Prejudice and discrimination
Term 6 · Money Matters & Safety
  • Needs, wants, spending and budgeting
  • Getting a job, and understanding inflation
  • Sharing information and staying safe online
Year 8Wellbeing, respect & the wider world
Autumn
Term 1 · Emotional wellbeing, drugs & health
  • Mental health and emotional wellbeing
  • Social media, image-editing and media messages
  • Loneliness, anxiety and unhealthy coping
  • Difficult situations, and alcohol
Term 2 · Careers: opportunities
  • Career variety, values and types of employment
  • Gender stereotypes and inequality in the workplace
  • The Equality Act 2010 and protected characteristics
Spring
Term 3 · Relationships (online focus)
  • Lifestyle choices and an online-safety refresh
  • Online stress, FOMO and social-media pile-ons
  • Sexting, nudes and sextortion; consent online
  • Pornography, lust and love
Term 4 · Relationships (RSE)
  • Puberty and physical changes
  • Consent and the law
  • FGM, and being made in God’s image
Summer
Term 5 · Diversity
  • Racism and Black Lives Matter
  • Sexism, everyday sexism and misogyny
  • Disability discrimination, and the work of HCPT
  • Peer pressure
Term 6 · Money Matters: budgeting
  • Bank accounts, statements and saving
  • Credit cards and managing debt
  • An introduction to cryptocurrency
Year 9Identity, risk & responsibility
Autumn
Term 1 · Healthy lifestyle
  • Personal and social health, and sleep
  • Cancer screening; Movember and men’s health
  • First aid, CPR and defibrillators
Term 2 · Careers: setting goals
  • Values, strengths and GCSE options
  • Creativity and employability
  • Online presence and reputation
Spring
Term 3 · Discrimination, misogyny & influencers
  • The Stonewall Riots and homophobia
  • Religious discrimination and Islamophobia
  • Misogyny, violence against women and girls, and harmful influencers
  • Positive masculinity and being a positive bystander
Term 4 · Drugs & online threats
  • Attitudes to drugs, the law and managing risk
  • Vaping, and the effects of drugs and alcohol
  • AI, chatbots, deepfakes and misinformation
  • Online grooming and conspiracy theories
Summer
Term 5 · British Values & exploitation
  • Rule of law and human rights
  • Criminal offences and responsibility
  • Criminal exploitation, county lines and grooming
  • Forced marriage and hate crime
  • RSE: family, marriage, foetal development, roles, divorce and the purpose of marriage
Term 6 · Money Matters: gambling & fraud
  • Managing risk, and where to find gambling support
  • Financial exploitation and fraud
  • Loot boxes, gaming-style gambling and phishing
  • RSE: inclusive community, LGBT and challenging discrimination, STIs, contraception and responsible parenthood

Topic overviews

Knowledge organisers

These overviews pull together the key knowledge, skills and vocabulary of Key Stage 3 PSHE and RSHE, grouped by the three national PSHE themes and informed by the Department for Education’s statutory RSHE guidance, the PSHE Association framework and the Gatsby Benchmarks. As a Catholic school, we teach these within the Church’s vision of the human person. There are no exams — use these to revisit and consolidate what you have learned.

KS3Open the topic overviewsOverview sheets
1Health & WellbeingTopic overview
✕ Close
1

Health & Wellbeing

Download PDF
What this theme is about.Looking after your body and mind as you grow — puberty and physical health, mental and emotional wellbeing, healthy choices about drugs and alcohol, and knowing how to keep yourself and others safe, including basic first aid.
Builds onprimary-school health education and personal safety.
Leads toKey Stage 4 and Sixth Form health and RSE, and healthy independent living.
StrandsPhysical health & pubertyMental & emotional wellbeingDrugs, alcohol & riskFirst aid & safetyCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Puberty, body changes and personal hygiene, including menstruation
  • Mental and emotional wellbeing, and healthy ways to cope with worry, loneliness and anxiety
  • Healthy routines: sleep, diet and dental health
  • Smoking, vaping, nicotine, caffeine, alcohol and drugs — the facts, the risks and the law
  • Cancer awareness, screening and men’s health
  • Basic first aid, CPR and how defibrillators save lives
Key skills
  • Managing emotions and self-regulation
  • Assessing and managing risk
  • Making informed, healthy choices
  • Knowing when and how to seek help
Key vocabulary
pubertythe changes that turn a child into an adult
menstruationthe monthly period cycle
wellbeingfeeling healthy, safe and content
resiliencecoping well with difficulty
nicotinethe addictive drug in cigarettes and vapes
addictionnot being able to stop using something
first aidimmediate help given to someone who is hurt
CPRchest compressions that keep blood flowing
Careers & pathways
  • Healthcare & nursing— Care for people’s physical and mental health.
  • Sport & fitness— Help people live active, healthy lives.
  • Counselling & wellbeing— Support others’ emotional health.
Transferable skills these pathways rely on
Self-managementEmpathyResilienceCommunication
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further

Childline ↗ · Young Minds ↗ · Talk to FRANK ↗

Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 8.7 — Health and lifestyle for health and lifestyle; Physical Education 7 — Health, fitness and well-being for health, fitness and well-being.
2Relationships & RSETopic overview
✕ Close
2

Relationships & RSE

Download PDF
What this theme is about.Building healthy, respectful relationships of every kind — family, friendships and, as you grow, romantic relationships — recognising when something is wrong, and understanding love, consent and commitment within the Catholic vision of the person.
Builds onprimary-school relationships education and friendship skills.
Leads toKey Stage 4 RSE, and healthy adult relationships and family life.
StrandsFamilies & friendshipsRespect & consentStaying safe onlineRSECatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Family, friendship, forgiveness and dealing with loss
  • Kindness, respectful communication and managing peer pressure
  • Consent, respect and the law
  • Puberty and physical changes, and being made in God’s image
  • Staying safe online: sexting, nudes, sextortion and healthy online relationships
  • Marriage, commitment, inclusive community and responsible parenthood (Year 9 RSE)
Key skills
  • Communication and assertiveness
  • Recognising healthy versus unhealthy relationships
  • Managing conflict respectfully
  • Seeking help and support
Key vocabulary
consentfreely-given agreement
respectvaluing yourself and others
boundarieslimits that keep us safe
peer pressurebeing pushed by others to act a certain way
empathyunderstanding others’ feelings
sextortionthreatening to share images to control someone
commitmenta lasting promise
safeguardingkeeping people safe from harm
Careers & pathways
  • Social work & care— Support families and vulnerable people.
  • Teaching & youth work— Guide and mentor young people.
  • Ministry & chaplaincy— Accompany others in faith and life.
Transferable skills these pathways rely on
CommunicationEmpathyIntegrityTeamwork
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further

Childline ↗ · Thinkuknow (CEOP) ↗ · NSPCC ↗

Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 7.6 — Human reproduction for human reproduction; Religious Studies 9.1 — Creation and Covenant for the value and dignity of life.
3Living in the Wider WorldTopic overview
✕ Close
3

Living in the Wider World

Download PDF
What this theme is about.Growing into a thoughtful, responsible member of society — careers and aspirations, money and economic wellbeing, celebrating diversity and equality, British Values, and staying safe from exploitation and online harm.
Builds onprimary-school citizenship and an introduction to money.
Leads toGCSE options, Key Stage 4 careers and finance, and active adult citizenship.
StrandsCareers & aspirationsEconomic wellbeingDiversity & British ValuesStaying safe onlineCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Careers, teamwork, enterprise and raising aspirations
  • Managing money: needs and wants, budgeting, saving, credit, debt and an introduction to cryptocurrency
  • Diversity and equality: the Equality Act, protected characteristics, racism, sexism, and disability, religious and homophobic discrimination
  • British Values, the rule of law, human rights and personal responsibility
  • Criminal exploitation, county lines, grooming, forced marriage and hate crime, and how to get help
  • Online safety: misinformation, AI and deepfakes, conspiracy theories, gambling, fraud and phishing
Key skills
  • Decision-making and planning
  • Financial literacy
  • Evaluating information critically
  • Recognising risk and seeking help
Key vocabulary
budgeta plan for spending and saving
savingputting money aside for later
creditborrowing money to pay back later
debtmoney you owe
stereotypea fixed, unfair idea about a group
discriminationtreating someone unfairly because of who they are
exploitationusing someone unfairly for gain
phishingfake messages that try to steal your details
Careers & pathways
  • Business & finance— Manage money, people and enterprise.
  • Law & public service— Uphold rights and work for the common good.
  • Any career— This theme prepares you for every pathway.
Transferable skills these pathways rely on
PlanningFinancial literacyDigital literacyLeadership
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further

Thinkuknow (CEOP) ↗ · BBC Bitesize ↗

Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 9.5 — Introduction of cyber security for online safety; Geography 7.4 — Who are we? for identity and community; Religious Studies 9.6 — Dialogue & Encounter for respect for others.

Where to go for help & to explore further

Support

Making the most of PSHE at Key Stage 3

  • Take part fully — PSHE works best when everyone joins in honestly and respectfully.
  • There is nothing to revise for an exam, but it helps to talk things over at home after each topic.
  • Use the topic overviews above to remind yourself of the key ideas and vocabulary.
  • If something worries you, tell a trusted adult — a parent, tutor, or any member of staff.
  • Remember the reporting routes in and outside school; you never have to deal with a problem alone.
  • Explore the trusted websites opposite if you want to find out more or need support.

PSHE & RSHE at Key Stage 4

Key Stage 4 is the GCSE-years stage of our “Words, Worship and Wisdom” Personal Development Programme. Across Years 10 and 11, students grow in maturity and independence, thinking more deeply about health and wellbeing, relationships (including Relationships and Sex Education) and living in the wider world, and preparing for life after school.

It is a non-examined subject, taught through dedicated PSHE lessons, tutor time and drop-down days. Some topics — including mental health, self-harm and eating disorders, and suicide prevention — are taught sensitively by trained staff, always with clear routes to support. The programme is shaped by the Department for Education’s statutory RSHE guidance, the PSHE Association framework and our Catholic vision of every person as made in God’s image.

Personal Development Team

Non-examinedKey Stage 4 · Years 10–11Three themes · Health & Wellbeing, Relationships, Wider World

PSHE and RSHE at Key Stage 4 continue the three national themes across six terms in each of Years 10 and 11. Year 10 covers mental wellbeing, healthy relationships and consent, drugs and influence, extremism and radicalisation, and financial decision-making, alongside careers and work experience and the RSE strands on parenthood, pregnancy and recognising abuse. Year 11 turns to building for the future, communication and managing relationships, families and health, and independence and personal safety, with next-steps careers work and an RSE recap.

Because PSHE is not assessed, there are no knowledge & skills ladders here. Instead, the route through below shows exactly what is taught and when, and the topic overviews gather the key knowledge, vocabulary and sources of support for each theme so students and parents can revisit anything at any time.

Route through Key Stage 4

The learning journey

In Years 10 and 11 our three themes — Health & Wellbeing, Relationships (including RSE) and Living in the Wider World — are revisited with greater maturity, alongside GCSE-years careers work and preparation for life after school. Some topics are sensitive and are taught carefully by trained staff, always with clear routes to support. There are no exams. Open a year below to see what is covered and when; Terms 1–2 fall in the Autumn, 3–4 in the Spring and 5–6 in the Summer.

KS4Year 10 → Year 11 route throughThe six-term plan
Year 10Wellbeing, relationships, risk & the world of work
Autumn
Term 1 · Mental wellbeing
  • The transition to GCSE, and reframing unhelpful thinking
  • Recognising mental ill health
  • Self-harm and eating disorders — taught sensitively by trained staff, with clear routes to support
  • Promoting positive mental health
Term 2 · Careers: work experience
  • CVs, cover letters and interviews
  • Work-experience placements
  • T Levels and apprenticeships
  • RSE: parenthood, pregnancy and abortion, contraception and consent; recognising abuse in relationships; self-image
Spring
Term 3 · Healthy relationships
  • Pressure, persuasion and coercion; consent
  • Coercive control and domestic abuse
  • Stalking, harassment and sexual violence
  • Public sexual harassment, and how to report it
Term 4 · Drugs: exploring influence
  • Substance use and assessing risk
  • Managing influence
  • The links between substances, mental health and exploitation
  • Help-seeking and sources of support
Summer
Term 5 · Extremism & radicalisation
  • Valuing diversity; communities and belonging
  • Understanding and challenging extremism
  • Radicalisation and online pathways
Term 6 · Financial decision-making
  • The impact of financial decisions, and debt
  • Money mules and social engineering
  • Cyber crime, phishing and financial scams
  • RSE: love, and the distorted expectations set by pornography and its link to misogyny; managing abuse; where to get support; solidarity
Year 11Building for the future & personal safety
Autumn
Term 1 · Building for the future
  • Healthy lifestyle and work-life balance
  • Managing stress and change
  • Safe suicide-prevention work, led by trained staff
  • RSE: a recap of STIs and contraception
Term 2 · Careers: next steps
  • Showcasing your strengths
  • Managing your online reputation
  • Identifying your values
Spring
Term 3 · Communication in relationships
  • Managing relationship break-ups
  • Family conflict
  • Respectful communication and boundaries
Term 4 · Families & health
  • Fertility, parenthood and adoption
  • Breast cancer awareness
  • Menopause awareness
  • Gambling awareness
Summer
Term 5 · Independence & personal safety
  • Tattoos and body-modification risks
  • Run, Hide, Tell — keeping safe in public
  • Blood, organ and stem-cell donation
Term 6 · Consolidation & review
  • Consolidation of key learning, and a recap of reporting routes

Topic overviews

Knowledge organisers

These overviews gather the key knowledge, skills and vocabulary of Key Stage 4 PSHE and RSHE, grouped by the three national PSHE themes and informed by the Department for Education’s statutory RSHE guidance, the PSHE Association framework and the Gatsby Benchmarks, all taught within the Church’s vision of the human person. There are no exams — use these to revisit and consolidate.

KS4Open the topic overviewsOverview sheets
1Health & WellbeingTopic overview
✕ Close
1

Health & Wellbeing

Download PDF
What this theme is about.Looking after your physical and mental health through the GCSE years and beyond — building resilience, making informed choices about drugs and alcohol, understanding your body, and knowing how and where to seek help. Some of this is sensitive and is taught carefully by trained staff.
Builds onKey Stage 3 health education and the foundations of emotional wellbeing.
Leads toSixth Form health and RSE, and thriving in independent adult life.
StrandsMental health & resilienceHealthy choices & riskPhysical healthHelp-seeking & supportCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Recognising mental ill health, and promoting positive mental health and resilience
  • Managing stress, change and work-life balance
  • Awareness of self-harm and eating disorders, and where to find help (taught sensitively)
  • Drugs, alcohol and substance use: the risks, the law and assessing risk
  • Cancer awareness, fertility, menopause, and blood, organ and stem-cell donation
  • Safe suicide-prevention awareness and knowing how to get support
Key skills
  • Self-regulation and managing stress
  • Assessing and managing risk
  • Making informed, healthy choices
  • Knowing when and how to seek help for yourself or a friend
Key vocabulary
wellbeingfeeling healthy, safe and content
resiliencecoping well with difficulty
stigmaunfair shame attached to an issue
riskthe chance of harm
addictionnot being able to stop using something
fertilitythe ability to have children
donationgiving blood, organs or stem cells to help others
supportthe help available when you are struggling
Careers & pathways
  • Healthcare & nursing— Care for people’s physical and mental health.
  • Counselling & therapy— Support others’ emotional wellbeing.
  • Public health— Help communities live healthier lives.
Transferable skills these pathways rely on
Self-managementEmpathyResilienceHelp-seeking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further

Childline ↗ · Young Minds ↗ · Papyrus ↗ · Talk to FRANK ↗

Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science B3 — Infection and response for infection and immunisation; Physical Education 3 — Physical training for physical training and health.
2Relationships & RSETopic overview
✕ Close
2

Relationships & RSE

Download PDF
What this theme is about.Understanding healthy, respectful relationships and recognising unhealthy or abusive ones — consent, communication and commitment — and learning about family life, sexual health and parenthood within the Catholic vision of the person.
Builds onKey Stage 3 relationships education and RSE.
Leads toSixth Form RSE, and healthy adult relationships and family life.
StrandsHealthy vs unhealthy relationshipsConsent & the lawSexual health & family lifeStaying safeCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Pressure, persuasion, coercion and consent
  • Recognising coercive control, domestic abuse, stalking, harassment and sexual violence — and how to report them
  • Parenthood, pregnancy, contraception and sexually transmitted infections
  • Families, adoption, commitment and communication in relationships
  • The distorted expectations set by pornography, and its link to misogyny
  • Managing break-ups, boundaries and respectful communication
Key skills
  • Communication and assertiveness
  • Recognising abuse and unhealthy relationships
  • Managing conflict respectfully
  • Seeking help and supporting others
Key vocabulary
consentfreely-given agreement
coercionpressuring someone unfairly
coercive controla pattern of controlling behaviour
boundarieslimits that keep us safe
harassmentunwanted behaviour that causes distress
contraceptionmethods that prevent pregnancy
respectvaluing yourself and others
safeguardingkeeping people safe from harm
Careers & pathways
  • Social work & care— Support families and vulnerable people.
  • Law & policing— Uphold rights and protect people.
  • Health & midwifery— Care for families and new life.
Transferable skills these pathways rely on
CommunicationEmpathyIntegrityAssertiveness
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further

Childline ↗ · Thinkuknow (CEOP) ↗ · NSPCC ↗

Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Religious Studies 2.1 — Life and Death for life, death and relationships; English GCSE — Modern text: An Inspector Calls for responsibility to others.
3Living in the Wider WorldTopic overview
✕ Close
3

Living in the Wider World

Download PDF
What this theme is about.Preparing for life after school — careers and next steps, managing money wisely, valuing diversity, resisting extremism, and staying safe from exploitation and online harm.
Builds onKey Stage 3 careers, finance and citizenship education.
Leads toPost-16 study, apprenticeships, employment and active adult citizenship.
StrandsCareers & next stepsEconomic wellbeingDiversity & extremismStaying safe onlineCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • CVs, cover letters, interviews and work experience
  • T Levels, apprenticeships, GCSE choices and identifying your values and strengths
  • Financial decisions and debt; money mules, social engineering, cyber crime, phishing and scams
  • Gambling awareness and managing risk
  • Valuing diversity and belonging; understanding and challenging extremism and radicalisation
  • Managing your online reputation and staying safe online
Key skills
  • Decision-making and planning
  • Financial literacy
  • Self-presentation (CVs, interviews, online reputation)
  • Evaluating information and spotting manipulation
Key vocabulary
CVa summary of your skills and experience
apprenticeshippaid on-the-job training
debtmoney you owe
money mulesomeone tricked into moving criminal money
phishingfake messages that try to steal your details
extremismsupporting extreme views that harm others
radicalisationbeing drawn into extreme beliefs
reputationhow others see you, online and offline
Careers & pathways
  • Business & finance— Manage money, people and enterprise.
  • Any apprenticeship or degree— This theme prepares you for every pathway.
  • Public service & security— Keep communities safe and fair.
Transferable skills these pathways rely on
PlanningFinancial literacyDigital literacyCritical thinking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further

Thinkuknow (CEOP) ↗ · National Careers Service ↗ · BBC Bitesize ↗

Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 1.6 — Ethical, legal, cultural &amp; environmental impacts for legal and ethical issues; Politics 1 — UK Politics for rights and participation; Business 1 — Theme 1: Investigating small business for money and enterprise.

Where to go for help & to explore further

Support

Making the most of PSHE at Key Stage 4

  • Take part fully and honestly — these lessons matter for real life, not for an exam.
  • Use the topic overviews above to revisit key ideas, vocabulary and where to get help.
  • Some topics are hard; it is always okay to step out or speak to staff if you need to.
  • If something is worrying you or a friend, tell a trusted adult — a parent, tutor or any member of staff.
  • Know the reporting routes in and outside school; you never have to face a problem alone.
  • The services opposite offer confidential help and honest information at any time.

PSHE & Personal Development at St Augustine’s

PSHE at St Augustine’s is delivered in the Sixth Form as our “Words, Worship and Wisdom” Personal Development Programme. It is not an examined subject: instead it runs through tutor time, assemblies and enrichment across Years 12 and 13, helping students grow in confidence, character and faith as they prepare for adult life.

The programme is rooted in the Catholic vision of every person as made in God’s image and loved by God, and is informed by the Department for Education’s statutory RSHE guidance, the national PSHE Association framework (Health & Wellbeing; Relationships; Living in the Wider World) and the Gatsby Benchmarks for careers. It weaves together wellbeing, relationships and safety, careers and finance, digital life, and service to others.

Sixth Form Personal Development Team

Non-examinedDelivered through · tutor time, assemblies & enrichmentKey Stage 5 · Years 12–13

Route through the year

Years 12 & 13

Our programme is delivered through tutor time, assemblies and enrichment across the year. Each year group follows the same three terms — Autumn, Spring and Summer — with Year 12 also taking part in a fortnightly Personal Development strand. Open a year below to see what is covered and when.

Year 12Building strong foundations
Autumn
Settling in & study skills
  • Sixth Form induction: expectations, attendance and what it means to belong here
  • Study skills: organisation, time management and planning your independent study
  • Note-taking, effective revision and beating procrastination
  • Managing workload and getting the balance right between study and rest

Key experience: Year 12 Retreat — ‘a community that gives back’

Wellbeing & belonging
  • Self-esteem, emotions and how we learn best
  • Managing stress and sleep; support systems in school and knowing where to turn
  • Anti-Bullying Week and being a people of welcome
  • Black History Month and British Values
Safe behaviours (RSE & health)
  • Sexual health and cancer self-checks, delivered by a specialist health nurse
  • Drugs and alcohol: risk, the law and staying safe
  • Relationships, respect and the dignity of the person within our Catholic ethos
Looking ahead
  • Managing money, budgeting and an introduction to student finance
  • First look at post-18 options and UCAS
Spring
Careers & next steps
  • Virtual work experience and building a shortlist (Unifrog)
  • Mastering LinkedIn and presenting yourself professionally
  • Launching work experience placements
  • Go Drive: road safety and responsibility
Digital life & staying safe
  • Algorithms, your image and staying safe online
  • Mobile phones and digital wellbeing in a connected age
  • Philosophy for Children: agency and influence
Faith, reflection & service
  • Lent, the Big Lent Walk and Catholic Social Teaching in action
  • Culture Day: celebrating diversity and the common good
  • P4C: ‘Are we choosing a career — or choosing who we become?’
Summer
UCAS & personal statements
  • Introducing UCAS and what makes a strong personal statement
  • Logging on to UCAS and getting started
  • Personal statement writing support and top tips
Into the world of work
  • Work experience preparation: staying safe and thriving in the workplace
  • Support from a Careers Adviser

Key experience: Year 12 Work Experience Week

Progression & reflection
  • Progression Examinations and revision techniques
  • Reflecting on progress and setting action plans
Year 13Finishing well and moving on
Autumn
Finishing your applications
  • ‘Looking back, moving forward’: making the most of your final year
  • Personal statement final drafts and application deadlines
  • Being aware of the requirements for your chosen courses or pathways
Wellbeing under pressure
  • Mental health, resilience and knowing how and where to seek support
  • Managing stress and workload; avoiding procrastination
  • Preparing well for Year 13 mock examinations
Community & faith
  • Anti-Bullying Week and British Values
  • Safe behaviours and health awareness
  • The meaning of Christmas (CAFOD) and a Reflection Week
Spring
Decisions & destinations
  • Replying to UCAS offers: firm and insurance choices
  • Apprenticeships and alternative pathways
  • Staying safe and well in a digital age
Resilience & character
  • New Year intentions and re-establishing high standards
  • Lent, the Big Lent Walk and service to others
  • P4C: agency, influence and living by our values
Health & wellbeing
  • Coping with exam pressure and looking after yourself
  • Health and wellbeing check-ins
  • Balance, self-care and support
Summer
Final exams & celebration
  • Focused exam preparation and revision techniques
  • Reflecting on your time in the Sixth Form

Key experience: Leavers’ Mass, Celebration Day and Prom

Topic overviews

Personal development

These overviews show the knowledge, skills and vocabulary our programme builds, grouped by the three national PSHE themes and informed by the Department for Education’s RSHE guidance, the PSHE Association framework and the Gatsby Benchmarks. As a Catholic school, we teach these within the Church’s vision of the human person.

Sixth FormOpen the topic overviewsOverview sheets
1Health & WellbeingTopic overview
✕ Close
1

Health & Wellbeing

Download PDF
What this theme is about.Looking after your physical and mental health as a young adult — building resilience, making healthy choices and knowing how and where to seek help.
Builds onKey Stage 4 health education and personal safety.
Leads toIndependent living, and thriving at university or in work.
StrandsMental health & resilienceHealthy choicesRSE & sexual healthCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Managing stress, sleep and workload, and building healthy routines
  • Recognising when things are not right and where to find support
  • Drugs, alcohol and risk: the facts, the law and staying safe
  • Sexual health, consent and staying safe, within our Catholic understanding of the person
  • Self-examination and becoming a confident user of the NHS
  • Online wellbeing and a healthy relationship with technology
Key skills
  • Self-regulation and help-seeking
  • Assessing and managing risk
  • Making informed choices
  • Reflection and self-awareness
Key vocabulary
wellbeinga state of feeling healthy and content
resiliencecoping well with difficulty
consentfreely-given agreement
riskthe chance of harm
dependencerelying on a substance or behaviour
boundarieslimits that keep us safe
self-carelooking after your own health
mental healthour emotional wellbeing
Careers & pathways
  • Healthcare & nursing— Care for people’s physical and mental health.
  • Counselling & therapy— Support others’ emotional wellbeing.
  • Public health & wellbeing— Help communities live healthier lives.
Transferable skills these pathways rely on
EmpathySelf-managementCommunicationResilience
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further

NHS Live Well ↗

Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Religious Studies C2b — Philosophy: Evil, experience & the afterlife for suffering and meaning; Physical Education 6 — Sport psychology for sport psychology and resilience.
2RelationshipsTopic overview
✕ Close
2

Relationships

Download PDF
What this theme is about.Forming healthy, respectful relationships, recognising unhealthy ones, and understanding love and commitment within the Catholic vision of the person.
Builds onKey Stage 4 Relationships and Sex Education.
Leads toAdult relationships, family life and community.
StrandsHealthy relationshipsFamilies & commitmentRespect & consentCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • The qualities of positive, healthy relationships
  • Recognising coercion or abuse and knowing where to get help
  • Consent, respect and the law
  • Equality, diversity and the Equality Act
  • Marriage and commitment within Catholic teaching
  • Online relationships and image-sharing: staying safe, including awareness of sextortion and manipulated images
Key skills
  • Communication and assertiveness
  • Recognising healthy vs unhealthy relationships
  • Managing conflict respectfully
  • Seeking help and support
Key vocabulary
respectvaluing yourself and others
consentfreely-given agreement
boundarieslimits that keep us safe
coercionpressuring someone unfairly
equalityfair treatment for all
commitmenta lasting promise
empathyunderstanding others’ feelings
safeguardingkeeping people safe from harm
Careers & pathways
  • Social work & care— Support families and vulnerable people.
  • People & HR roles— Build fair, healthy workplaces.
  • Ministry & chaplaincy— Accompany others in faith and life.
Transferable skills these pathways rely on
CommunicationEmpathyIntegrityTeamwork
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further

DfE RSHE guidance ↗

Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Religious Studies C3b — Ethics: Applied ethics & conscience for applied ethics and conscience; Sociology 3 — Paper 2: Topics in Sociology for family and social change.
3Living in the Wider WorldTopic overview
✕ Close
3

Living in the Wider World

Download PDF
What this theme is about.Preparing for life beyond school — careers and next steps, money and economic wellbeing, digital life and active, faithful citizenship.
Builds onKey Stage 4 careers and citizenship education.
Leads toHigher education, apprenticeships, employment and adult life.
StrandsCareers & next stepsEconomic wellbeingDigital lifeCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • UCAS, apprenticeships and post-18 pathways
  • Personal statements, applications and interviews
  • Budgeting, student finance and managing money
  • Work experience and employability
  • British Values, democracy and contributing to the community
  • Online safety, misinformation and your digital footprint
Key skills
  • Decision-making and planning
  • Financial literacy
  • Self-presentation (CV, LinkedIn, Unifrog)
  • Evaluating information critically
Key vocabulary
UCASthe university application service
apprenticeshippaid on-the-job training
budgeta plan for spending and saving
employabilityskills that help you get and keep work
citizenshipactive membership of a community
democracygovernment by the people
digital footprintthe trace you leave online
enterpriseturning ideas into action
Careers & pathways
  • Any degree or apprenticeship— This theme prepares you for every pathway.
  • Business & finance— Manage money, people and enterprise.
  • Public service & charity— Work for the common good.
Transferable skills these pathways rely on
PlanningFinancial literacyDigital literacyLeadership
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Explore further

UCAS ↗

Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Business 3 — The economic environment and business for the economy and work; Politics 6 — Comparing the UK and USA for comparing political systems.

Making the most of Personal Development

Get involved

How to get the most from the programme

  • Take part fully in tutor time and assemblies — this is where much of the programme lives.
  • Keep your Personal Development journal and Unifrog up to date as you go.
  • Read widely from the weekly reading list — ask your tutor for this term’s texts.
  • Use the wellbeing support around you, and talk to someone if you are struggling.
  • Make the most of guest speakers, retreats and work experience, and reflect afterwards.
  • Act on your progress reviews and set yourself clear next-step targets.

Our CurriculumEAL support

EAL support

English as an Additional Language at St Augustine’s. Whatever language you speak at home, you belong here — and we are here to help you thrive in every subject.

Every language, every learner, one community.

Welcome to our community

Welcome

Many languages are spoken by the families of our school. We see this as one of our greatest gifts.

This area explains how we support students learning in English as an additional language, and how families can help at home. Our approach follows research from The Bell Foundation.

As a Lasallian Catholic school, we believe every person is made in the image of God. Enter to learn; leave to serve.

Five ways we support you

Our approach

Our support is built on the Bell Foundation’s five principles for effective practice.

Open the five principlesThe Bell Foundation

Your home language is a strength

Your first language matters for your identity, wellbeing and learning. Keep using and growing it.

At homeRead, talk and tell stories in your home language.

High-quality learning for everyone

We keep expectations high and give you the support you need to reach the same rich curriculum as everyone else.

At homeAsk to see knowledge organisers and key words for each subject.

Learning language through real subjects

You learn English best while learning interesting subject content, not separately from it.

At homeTalk about what you are learning in each subject, in any language.

We notice your progress

We track how your English grows in listening, speaking, reading and writing, so we give the right help at the right time.

At homeCelebrate small steps — every bit of progress counts.

A welcoming, inclusive community

Every language and culture is valued here. When families feel welcome, students feel they belong.

At homeCome to events, ask questions, and tell us how we can help.

Your English journey

Proficiency stages

Everyone starts from a different place, and that is fine. These five stages describe your English — not your ability or intelligence. They follow the Bell Foundation / DfE proficiency scale.

Open the five stagesListening, speaking, reading, writing

We look at four skills: listening, speaking, reading and viewing, and writing.

ListeningSpeakingReading & viewingWriting
  • New to English

    Just beginning. You join in with actions, single words and short phrases, and use your home language.

  • Early acquisition

    Growing confidence. You understand more and start to use simple English in everyday situations.

  • Developing competence

    Getting stronger. You take part in most lessons, sometimes needing support with harder language.

  • Competent

    Confident. You cope with most classroom language, with occasional help for complex tasks.

  • Fluent

    Fluent. You use English with ease across all subjects, like a confident speaker.

There is no rush and no ‘failing’. Wherever you are, we help you take the next step.

Ways to grow your English

Stretch & challenge

Practical things you can try, on your own or with your family. They come from The Bell Foundation’s research on what helps EAL learners make progress. Pick one or two to try this week.

Open the ideasReading · Speaking · Writing

Reading

Builds on: Reading for Meaning and using your home language.

  • Read a little every day — in English and in your home language. Strong reading in your first language helps your English grow.
  • Try a dual-language book: read a page in your language, then the same page in English.
  • Be a word detective. Keep a notebook of new words with their meaning, and the word in your language.
  • Talk to the text: underline key words, write questions in the margin, and predict what comes next.
  • Read it, then draw it — turn a paragraph into a picture, timeline or mind-map to check you understood.

Speaking & listening

Builds on: talk before writing, language drills and drama.

  • Say it before you write it. Practise your answer out loud — in any language first — then in English.
  • Watch a show in English with English subtitles. Pause and repeat phrases you like.
  • Learn useful chunks: choose three sentence starters a week and practise until they feel automatic.
  • Play a describing game: describe a picture to someone who can’t see it until they can draw it.
  • Join in — take a part in drama, a club or a class discussion. Talking with others builds confidence fastest.

Writing

Builds on: writing frames, planning tools and models.

  • Use a writing frame: begin with sentence starters and joining words, then make them your own.
  • Plan with a picture. Use a mind-map, flow chart or table to organise ideas before you write.
  • Collect good sentences: gather strong sentences you read and adapt them in your own writing.
  • Rewrite from memory: read a short text twice, then write it again in your own words. Compare.
  • Check one thing at a time — reread your work for a single target, like capital letters or verb tenses.

Remember: your home language is not a barrier — it is a tool. Using it to think and plan helps your English grow.

Tools and strategies that help

In lessons

Some of the ‘Great Ideas’ we use — many help everyone, and they especially help you.

  • Using your home language to understand new ideas
  • Dual-language and bilingual books
  • Pictures, diagrams and visuals
  • Key vocabulary taught before and during lessons
  • Sentence starters and writing frames
  • Talk partners and group work

For families at home

Working together

You are your child’s most important teacher. Here is how you can help, and how we can help you.

Keep your home language strong

Read, talk and share stories in your language. A strong first language helps English grow too.

Use your browser’s translate

Turn on Translate in your browser to read this page in your language.

Stay connected

Come to events, contact us with any question, and tell us about your child’s languages and background.

Contact our EAL lead:

Helpful links

Find out more

Trusted places to find out more and support learning at home.

Suggested starting points. Your teacher will give you any class logins.

About this area (for staff & governors)

This EAL support area is grounded in The Bell Foundation’s research on effective practice for EAL learners, and now includes an on-page Language button (bottom right of the screen) so families can read it in their own language.

Our chosen approach is human-checked translation of key pages into our most common languages, delivered through this button — the most accurate option, with no ongoing subscription cost. The browser’s own ‘translate this page’ remains a free fallback for the wider curriculum. Priority languages are being confirmed from roll and census data.

The button currently offers this page in English, Polish, Spanish and Arabic (Arabic also shown right-to-left). These are draft translations awaiting staff verification in September; further languages and pages will be added as translations are checked. Every translation must be verified by a fluent speaker before it is relied upon.

Best practice, and the Bell Foundation’s view, is that machine translation is a helpful bridge, but the most important information for families should be checked by a person.

Choose your language

To read every subject page and knowledge organiser in your language, turn on your browser’s Translate.

How to turn it on
  • Android / Chrome: tap the menu (⋮) then Translate.
  • iPhone / Safari: tap ‘aA’ in the address bar then Translate.
  • Computer: right-click the page then Translate, or use the translate icon in the address bar.

To read this site in another language, use your browser’s Translate.

Colour overlay

A coloured overlay can reduce visual stress and make reading easier. Pick the colour that feels most comfortable.

¡Hola!

Our CurriculumLanguages

Languages

French and Spanish at St Augustine’s. Choose your key stage, then your language. After your report, use the knowledge & skills ladders to see where you are and your next step, then use the knowledge organisers to revise and make that step.

One more language, a wider world.

At Key Stage 3, about half of the year group studies French and half studies Spanish. Choose your language to see its curriculum.

1

Your report

Shows your stage in French, from Building foundations to Deepening mastery.

French at St Augustine’s

French at St Augustine’s develops confident, curious communicators who can understand and use the language across the four skills of listening, reading, speaking and writing. Roughly half of each year group studies French from Year 7 to Year 9, following a carefully sequenced three-year Key Stage 3 curriculum that builds vocabulary, grammar and cultural understanding year on year.

Year 7 lays the foundations — introducing yourself, family, school, animals, free time and sport, with the essential verbs être and avoir. Year 8 broadens into food and healthy living, the local area, the home and keeping active, adding the perfect and immediate future tenses. Year 9 deepens into holidays, education, technology and the media, securing confident use of past, present and future in preparation for GCSE.

Throughout, students explore the culture of the French-speaking world — its food, festivals, regions, music and film — and come to see language learning as a window onto other people’s lives.

Samantha Aikman, Subject Lead

KS3 · French in Years 7–9 (half of each year group)KS4 · GCSE FrenchKS5 · A-Level French

French at St Augustine’s is taught through a coherent three-year Key Stage 3 curriculum that builds the four language skills alongside secure grammar and rich cultural knowledge. In Year 7, students master introductions, school and free-time language with the present tense; in Year 8 they broaden into food, the local area and the home, meeting the perfect and immediate future tenses; and in Year 9 they handle holidays, education, technology and the media confidently across three tenses, ready for GCSE study.

Key Stage 3 learning journey

The route through
KS3Year 7 → Year 9 route throughAutumn · Spring · Summer
Year 7Foundations: introductions, school, free time and sport
Autumn
Tout sur moiTerms 1–2
  • Greetings, introductions, personal information, age and birthdays
  • Describing appearance, personality, family and friendships
  • Grammar focus: étre & avoir, articles, adjective agreement, possessive adjectives
  • Cultural focus: Christmas traditions in the French-speaking world · pen-pal writing
Spring
L’école et les animauxTerms 3–4
  • Opinions on school subjects, teachers and facilities; comparing primary and secondary
  • Describing pets and animals; talking about the home and hobbies
  • Grammar focus: opinion phrases, connectives, il y a, comparisons, adjective agreement
Summer
Le sport et les loisirsTerms 5–6
  • Sports, free time, weather and parts of the body
  • Grammar focus: jouer à, faire de, weather expressions, je voudrais
  • Cultural focus: a French-language film · Languages Week
Year 8Broadening: food, the local area, the home and keeping active
Autumn
On mangeTerms 1–2
  • Food, drink, meals and healthy living; ordering food
  • Expressing opinions on food and exploring French cuisine
  • Grammar focus: partitive article, manger & boire, opinions with parce que, je dois / on doit + infinitive
Spring
Où j’habiteTerms 3–4
  • Describing the local area, places in town and giving directions
  • Comparing town and countryside; describing the house and bedroom
  • Grammar focus: il y a, aller, the imperative, comparisons (plus/moins/aussi que), prepositions of place
Summer
La maison et les tâchesTerms 3–4
  • The ideal home, household chores and daily routine
  • The ideal home, and taking part in role-play tasks about where you live
  • Grammar focus: simple conditional phrases (il serait, il y aurait), prepositions of place
Summer
Les vêtements — clothesTerms 5–6
  • Naming and describing clothes; saying what you and others wear
  • Opinions on style, and shopping for clothes in role-play tasks
  • Festivals and customs of the French-speaking year: la Bastille, le mardi gras, la fête de la musique
  • Cultural focus: a French-language film · research projects · Languages Week
Year 9Deepening: holidays, education, technology and the media — towards GCSE
Autumn
Les vacancesTerms 1–2
  • Holidays, travel, transport, accommodation and weather
  • Future holiday plans and describing past holidays and experiences
  • Grammar focus: the immediate future, aller, the perfect tense with avoir & être
  • Cultural focus: research project on a French-speaking country
Spring
L’éducationTerms 3–4
  • School subjects, teachers, timetables and daily routine
  • Opinion phrases and reflexive verbs; describing school facilities
  • Grammar focus: articles, adjective agreement, reflexive verbs, il y a, revision of key tenses
  • Cultural focus: a French-language film
Summer
La technologie et les médiasTerms 5–6
  • Technology, social media and online safety; expressing and justifying opinions
  • Types of music, television and film; the Francophone world
  • Grammar focus: the perfect tense, il faut / il ne faut pas, adverbs of frequency
  • Cultural focus: the regions of France and Francophone culture · Languages Week
What are you studying at the moment?— choose your unit to find your revision sheet and progress ladder

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report
Highlight your stage— tap the words used on your report
Y7Year 7 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression

This progression runs across Year 7. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Listening & reading — understanding French

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can understand a few familiar words and short phrases about myself and my family.
    • I can recognise simple questions, numbers and dates when I listen carefully.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can understand a range of short phrases about school, animals and free time.
    • I can pick out key details and opinions in short spoken passages.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can understand a wider range of phrases across familiar topics.
    • I can work out the gist of a short text or conversation, even with a few new words.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can understand longer passages about familiar topics with confidence.
    • I can infer meaning and opinions from what I read and hear.

Speaking & writing — using French

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can write a few simple sentences about myself that are mostly accurate.
    • I can ask and answer three familiar questions with clear pronunciation.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can write a short paragraph about myself and someone else.
    • I can give and justify a simple opinion when I speak.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can write a longer text using connectives and a range of opinions.
    • I can hold a short conversation and respond with some detail.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can write accurately across tenses about familiar topics.
    • I can speak confidently with very good pronunciation.
Y8Year 8 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression

This progression runs across Year 8. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Listening & reading — understanding French

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can understand familiar phrases about food, town and healthy living.
    • I can recognise the present tense and common opinions when I read.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can understand a range of texts about the local area and daily routine.
    • I can identify the main points and some detail in spoken French.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can understand a wider range of texts including opinions and reasons.
    • I can follow longer conversations and recognise comparatives and the imperative.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can understand authentic-style texts about familiar topics.
    • I can deduce the meaning of unfamiliar words from context.

Speaking & writing — using French

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can write simple sentences about food, my town and my home.
    • I can order food and give directions in a short role play.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can write a paragraph describing my area and routine with opinions.
    • I can describe my home and compare town and countryside.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can write an extended text using comparisons and the imperative.
    • I can express and justify detailed opinions on healthy living.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can write accurately using a range of structures and tenses.
    • I can sustain a conversation with detail, opinion and good accuracy.
Y9Year 9 — knowledge & skillsSkills progression

This progression runs across Year 9. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Listening & reading — understanding French

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can understand familiar phrases about holidays, school and technology.
    • I can recognise the perfect and immediate future tenses when I read.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can understand a range of texts about travel, education and the media.
    • I can identify opinions, reasons and time references in spoken French.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can understand longer texts and distinguish past, present and future.
    • I can follow conversations on familiar topics and pick out detail.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can understand authentic-style material with confidence.
    • I can infer attitudes and opinions and cope with unfamiliar language.

Speaking & writing — using French

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can write short texts about holidays and school using set phrases.
    • I can describe past and future plans in a simple role play.
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can write a paragraph across two tenses with opinions and reasons.
    • I can discuss technology and the media and give my point of view.
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can write an extended, well-organised text across three tenses.
    • I can express and justify opinions and respond to questions in detail.
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can write accurately and creatively, adapting language for effect.
    • I can speak fluently and spontaneously, ready for GCSE study.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources
KS3Open the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
7.1People — introducing myselfKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.1

People — introducing myself

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students build the foundations of French: greetings, personal information, age, birthdays and where they live, then describe appearance, personality, family and friendships. They meet the two most important verbs,êtreandavoir, and begin to make adjectives agree.
Builds onAny French met in primary school — but no prior knowledge is needed; we begin from the very first words.
Leads toEvery future topic: the verbs être and avoir and adjective agreement underpin all later description and opinion work.
StrandsGreetings & introductionsFamilyFrench
Key knowledge
  • Greetings, introductions and personal information: name, age, birthday and where you live
  • French uses two verbs for ‘to be’ ideas:être(to be) andavoir(to have, e.g. for age)
  • Adjectives usually come after the noun and agree with it (masculine / feminine / plural)
  • Nouns are masculine or feminine, shown by the article (le / la / un / une)
  • Possessive adjectives (mon, ma, mes) change with the noun that follows
  • Countries and nationalities let you say where you are from
Key skills
  • Greet people and introduce yourself with accurate pronunciation
  • Ask and answer questions about name, age, birthday and home
  • Describe your family and friends using adjectives that agree
  • Conjugate être and avoir in the singular
Key vocabulary
BonjourHello / good morning
Je m’appelle…I am called…
J’ai … ansI am … years old
J’habite à…I live in…
êtreto be
avoirto have
ma famillemy family
mon anniversairemy birthday
Careers & pathways
  • Translator— Convert written texts accurately between languages.
  • Interpreter— Enable people who speak different languages to communicate.
  • International business— Trade and work with partners across the French-speaking world.
  • Travel & tourism— Guide, host and support visitors and travellers.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CommunicationCultural awarenessConfidenceMemory & resilience
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y7 — Childhood and Discovery for introducing yourself and transition; PSHE 1 — Health & Wellbeing for identity and belonging.
7.2School and animalsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.2

School, animals & home

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students give opinions on school subjects and teachers, compare primary and secondary school, and describe pets, animals and where they live. They learn to justify opinions and use regular present-tense verbs with growing accuracy.
Builds onThe verbs and adjective agreement from the People unit.
Leads toOpinions and connectives used in every later topic, and the description skills revisited in Year 8 town and home work.
StrandsSchool lifeOpinionsFrench
Key knowledge
  • Opinion phrases (j’aime, je déteste) followed by a reason withcarorparce que
  • Regular-erverbs follow a clear present-tense pattern
  • il y ameans ‘there is / there are’ and is used to describe
  • Comparatives useplus…queandmoins…que
  • Adjectives of description agree with the noun
  • Connectives (et, mais, aussi) join ideas and extend sentences
Key skills
  • Give and justify opinions on subjects and teachers
  • Describe pets and animals using adjectives that agree
  • Use il y a and comparatives to describe school and home
  • Conjugate regular -er verbs in the present tense
Key vocabulary
j’aimeI like
je détesteI hate
parce quebecause
les mathsmaths
un chiena dog
un chata cat
il y athere is / are
plus…quemore…than
Careers & pathways
  • Translator— Convert written texts accurately between languages.
  • Interpreter— Enable people who speak different languages to communicate.
  • International business— Trade and work with partners across the French-speaking world.
  • Travel & tourism— Guide, host and support visitors and travellers.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CommunicationCultural awarenessConfidenceMemory & resilience
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 8.6 — Ecosystems for animals and habitats; PSHE 3 — Living in the Wider World for school, rights and opportunity.
7.3Sport & free timeKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7.3

Sport & free time

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students talk about sports, hobbies, the weather and parts of the body, saying what they do and where it hurts. They learnjouer àfor games andfaire defor activities.
Builds onOpinions and present-tense verbs from earlier in Year 7.
Leads toThe healthy-living and free-time topics at GCSE, where detailed opinion and justification are essential.
StrandsSportFree timeFrench
Key knowledge
  • jouer àis used for games and sports with a ball or team
  • faire deis used for many activities and individual sports
  • Weather expressions useil faitandil y a
  • Prepositions with parts of the body (au, à la, aux) say where it hurts
  • Opinions and reasons extend simple sentences
  • Time and frequency phrases add detail
Key skills
  • Describe the sports and hobbies you do
  • Use jouer à and faire de correctly
  • Describe the weather
  • Say where something hurts using the right preposition
Key vocabulary
je joue au…I play…
je fais de…I do…
le sportsport
il fait beauthe weather is nice
j’ai mal à…my … hurts
le week-endthe weekend
souventoften
parce quebecause
Careers & pathways
  • Translator— Convert written texts accurately between languages.
  • Interpreter— Enable people who speak different languages to communicate.
  • International business— Trade and work with partners across the French-speaking world.
  • Travel & tourism— Guide, host and support visitors and travellers.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CommunicationCultural awarenessConfidenceMemory & resilience
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Physical Education In — Invasion Games for invasion games and sport; Science 8.4 — Energy for weather and energy.
8.1On mange — food & healthy eatingKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.1

On mange — food & healthy eating

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students talk about food, drink and meals, order in a café or restaurant and discuss healthy living. They meet thepartitive article(du, de la, des) and the verbsmangerandboire.
Builds onOpinions, reasons and present-tense verbs from Year 7.
Leads toHealthy-living and lifestyle topics at GCSE, and the modal structures reused throughout Year 8.
StrandsFood & drinkHealthy livingFrench
Key knowledge
  • Thepartitive article(du, de la, de l’, des) means ‘some’
  • manger(to eat) andboire(to drink) are key verbs
  • Modal ideas:je dois / on doit+ infinitive say what one must do
  • Opinions on food use parce que to give reasons
  • French meal culture and cuisine differ from British habits
  • Adjectives of taste and quality agree with the noun
Key skills
  • Order food and drink in a role play
  • Use the partitive article accurately
  • Express opinions about food with reasons
  • Discuss healthy eating using on doit + infinitive
Key vocabulary
je voudraisI would like
du painsome bread
mangerto eat
boireto drink
l’additionthe bill
sainhealthy
on doitone must
délicieuxdelicious
Careers & pathways
  • Translator— Convert written texts accurately between languages.
  • Interpreter— Enable people who speak different languages to communicate.
  • International business— Trade and work with partners across the French-speaking world.
  • Travel & tourism— Guide, host and support visitors and travellers.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CommunicationCultural awarenessConfidenceMemory & resilience
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology F — Food Preparation & Nutrition: safe cooking & nutrition for food, nutrition and safe cooking; Science 8.7 — Health and lifestyle for a balanced diet.
8.2Où j’habite — my townKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.2

Où j’habite — my town

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students describe their local area and places in town, give directions and compare town and countryside. They useil y a, the verballerand theimperativefor directions.
Builds onil y a and comparatives first met in Year 7.
Leads toThe home unit that follows, and the local-area and environment topics at GCSE.
StrandsLocal areaDirectionsFrench
Key knowledge
  • Places in town and what there is to do (il y a …)
  • aller(to go) is an irregular but very common verb
  • Theimperativegives instructions and directions
  • Comparisons use plus / moins / aussi … que
  • Prepositions of place (à côté de, en face de) locate things
  • Adjectives describe a town as, for example, calme or industriel
Key skills
  • Describe your town and what there is to do
  • Give and follow directions using the imperative
  • Compare town and countryside
  • Use aller and prepositions of place
Key vocabulary
il y athere is / there are
il n’y a pas dethere isn’t / there aren’t
il y avaitthere used to be
c’estit is
il seraitit would be
habiterto live
allerto go
plus… quemore… than
moins… queless… than
Careers & pathways
  • Translator— Convert written texts accurately between languages.
  • Interpreter— Enable people who speak different languages to communicate.
  • International business— Trade and work with partners across the French-speaking world.
  • Travel & tourism— Guide, host and support visitors and travellers.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CommunicationCultural awarenessConfidenceMemory & resilience
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography 7.2 — Where in the world? for describing places; Geography t3 — Topic 3: Challenges of an urbanising world for urban places.
8.3Home & choresKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Students describe their house and bedroom, talk about daily routine and household chores, and discuss pocket money. They use prepositions, frequency words and simpleconditionalphrases for an ideal home.
Builds onDescription and prepositions from the town unit.
Leads toDaily-routine and reflexive-verb work in Year 9, and the home and family topics at GCSE.
StrandsHomeDaily routineFrench
Key knowledge
  • Rooms in the house and items of furniture
  • Prepositions of place say where things are
  • Choresuse verbs such as ranger, cuisiner and balayer
  • Frequency words (toujours, souvent, jamais) say how often
  • Simple conditional phrases (il serait, il y aurait) describe an ideal home
  • Daily-routine verbs describe a typical day
Key skills
  • Describe your home and bedroom
  • Talk about the chores you do and how often
  • Describe your daily routine
  • Use simple conditional phrases for an ideal home
Key vocabulary
au premier étageon the first floor
au rez-de-chausséeon the ground floor
il y auraitthere would be
il seraitit would be
devantin front
derrièrebehind
entrebetween
suron
faireto do
quelquefoissometimes
chaque semaineeach week
Careers & pathways
  • Translator— Convert written texts accurately between languages.
  • Interpreter— Enable people who speak different languages to communicate.
  • International business— Trade and work with partners across the French-speaking world.
  • Travel & tourism— Guide, host and support visitors and travellers.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CommunicationCultural awarenessConfidenceMemory & resilience
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in PSHE 3 — Living in the Wider World for responsibilities at home; Design & Technology P — Product Design: materials, mechanisms & making for designing a living space.
8.4Les vêtements — clothesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.4

Les vêtements — clothes

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students describe physical appearance, sports and keeping active, giving detailed opinions on healthy lifestyles. They consolidate key irregular verbs and the language of sport.
Builds onSport and opinions from Year 7 and the healthy-living ideas from On mange.
Leads toThe lifestyle and free-time topics at GCSE, where detailed opinion and justification are essential.
StrandsClothesStyle and opinionsFrench
Key knowledge
  • Physical description uses être and avoir with agreeing adjectives
  • A range of sports with jouer à and faire de
  • Key irregular verbs support description and opinion
  • Reasons and connectives make opinions more detailed
  • Adverbs of frequency describe how active someone is
  • Healthy-lifestyle vocabulary links sport and wellbeing
Key skills
  • Describe physical appearance accurately
  • Talk about the sports and activities you do
  • Express and justify detailed opinions on healthy living
  • Use a range of irregular verbs
Key vocabulary
les vêtementsclothes
je porteI am wearing
il/elle portehe/she is wearing
un pantalontrousers
une chemisea shirt
une robea dress
des chaussuresshoes
à la modefashionable
je voudrais essayerI would like to try on
quelle taille ?what size?
Careers & pathways
  • Translator— Convert written texts accurately between languages.
  • Interpreter— Enable people who speak different languages to communicate.
  • International business— Trade and work with partners across the French-speaking world.
  • Travel & tourism— Guide, host and support visitors and travellers.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CommunicationCultural awarenessConfidenceMemory & resilience
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology T — Textiles: fibres, fabrics & construction for fibres, fabrics and clothing; Geography 8.3 — Is the fashion industry sustainable? for the fashion industry.
8.5Les célébrations — customs & festivalsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
8.5

Les célébrations — customs & festivals

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students explore the festivals and customs of the French-speaking year, from la fête des rois and le mardi gras to la journée de la Bastille and la fête de la musique, and say which they would like to visit.
Builds onOpinions, the near future and the cultural work met across Years 7 and 8.
Leads toThe festivals, traditions and cultural topics at GCSE, and the film study later in the year.
StrandsFestivalsCustomsFrench
Key knowledge
  • Saint Valentin, la fête des rois and la Saint-Sylvestre mark the turning of the year
  • La journée de la Bastille on 14 July marks the French Revolution and the taking of the Bastille
  • Liberté, égalité, fraternité is the motto of the French Republic
  • Le mardi gras and le carême mark the start of Lent, celebrated with parades in Nice
  • Regional festivals include la fête du citron in Menton and la fête des Lumières in Lyon
  • Le festival de Cannes and la fête de la musique celebrate film and music each year
Key skills
  • Name and describe the main festivals of the French-speaking year
  • Say which celebration you would like to visit, and why
  • Compare a French festival with one you celebrate at home
  • Use j’aime, je voudrais visiter and je vais visiter accurately
Key vocabulary
la fête nationalethe national holiday
un jour fériéa bank holiday
les feux d’artificefireworks
le défilé militairethe military parade
on fait la fêtewe have a party
la galette des roisthe kings’ cake
la fèvethe figurine
l’ÉpiphanieEpiphany
un déguisementa costume
un bal masquéa masked ball
bonne année !Happy New Year!
je voudrais visiterI would like to visit
Careers & pathways
  • Translator— Convert written texts accurately between languages.
  • Interpreter— Enable people who speak different languages to communicate.
  • Travel & tourism— Guide, host and support visitors and travellers.
  • Events & culture— Plan and run festivals and cultural programmes.
Cultural awareness
Catholic Social Teaching

Community and belonging. Festivals gather people together — learning how others celebrate helps us value the traditions of every family in our school.

Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Religious Studies 7.5 — To the ends of the earth for feasts and the liturgical year; History 7.5 — The Mali Empire for cultures and traditions in history.
9.1Les vacances — holidays & travelKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.1

Les vacances — holidays & travel

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students talk about holidays, transport, accommodation, activities and weather, describing future plans and past experiences. They use theimmediate futureand are introduced to theperfect tensewith avoir and être.
Builds onaller and present-tense verbs from Year 8.
Leads toConfident handling of past and future tenses — essential for GCSE across every topic.
StrandsHolidaysTravelFrench
Key knowledge
  • Countries, transport and types of accommodation
  • Theimmediate future(aller + infinitive) says what you are going to do
  • Theperfect tensewith avoir describes completed past actions
  • Some verbs form the perfect tense withêtre
  • Weather expressions describe holidays
  • Time and sequencing words organise an account
Key skills
  • Describe holiday plans using the immediate future
  • Describe past holidays using the perfect tense
  • Talk about transport, accommodation and activities
  • Recognise when to use être in the perfect tense
Key vocabulary
les vacancesholidays
je vais allerI am going to go
j’ai visitéI visited
l’hôtelthe hotel
en avionby plane
il faisait beauthe weather was nice
l’année dernièrelast year
à l’étrangerabroad
Careers & pathways
  • Translator— Convert written texts accurately between languages.
  • Interpreter— Enable people who speak different languages to communicate.
  • International business— Trade and work with partners across the French-speaking world.
  • Travel & tourism— Guide, host and support visitors and travellers.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CommunicationCultural awarenessConfidenceMemory & resilience
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y9 — Non-fiction: Travel Writing for travel writing; Geography 7.2 — Where in the world? for countries and places.
9.2L’éducation — school lifeKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.2

L’éducation — school life

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students discuss subjects, teachers, timetables, daily routine and school facilities, developing opinion phrases andreflexive verbs. They consolidate the key tenses studied so far.
Builds onOpinions and present-tense verbs from Years 7–8.
Leads toThe education and future-plans topics at GCSE, and the reflexive verbs needed for daily-routine work.
StrandsSchool lifeRoutineFrench
Key knowledge
  • School subjects, timetable and telling the time
  • Reflexive verbs(se lever, s’habiller) describe daily routine
  • Opinion phrases with reasons evaluate school life
  • Connectives and intensifiers extend opinions
  • Adjective agreement describes teachers and subjects
  • Present-tense verbs describe a typical school day
Key skills
  • Discuss subjects, teachers and facilities with opinions
  • Describe your daily routine using reflexive verbs
  • Tell the time and describe your timetable
  • Use connectives to extend and justify opinions
Key vocabulary
les matièressubjects
l’emploi du tempsthe timetable
je me lèveI get up
à mon avisin my opinion
le profthe teacher
la récrébreak
il est … heuresit is … o’clock
utileuseful
Careers & pathways
  • Translator— Convert written texts accurately between languages.
  • Interpreter— Enable people who speak different languages to communicate.
  • International business— Trade and work with partners across the French-speaking world.
  • Travel & tourism— Guide, host and support visitors and travellers.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CommunicationCultural awarenessConfidenceMemory & resilience
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in PSHE 3 — Living in the Wider World for education and opportunity; Sociology 2 — Paper 1: Education with Theory and Methods for education and society.
9.3Technology & social mediaKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.3

Technology & social media

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Students discuss electronic devices, uses of technology, online safety and the pros and cons of social media, expressing and justifying opinions. They consolidate theperfect tenseand useil faut / il ne faut pas.
Builds onOpinion phrases and the perfect tense from earlier in Year 9.
Leads toThe technology and social-issues topics at GCSE, where balanced argument is rewarded.
StrandsTechnologyMediaFrench
Key knowledge
  • Electronic devices and the ways we use technology
  • il faut / il ne faut passay what one should and should not do
  • The perfect tense describes what you did online
  • Pros and cons vocabulary builds balanced opinions
  • Adverbs of frequency say how often you use technology
  • Online-safety language supports responsible use
Key skills
  • Describe the technology you use and how often
  • Give balanced pros and cons with reasons
  • Use il faut / il ne faut pas for advice
  • Describe past online activity in the perfect tense
Key vocabulary
la technologietechnology
le portablemobile phone
les réseaux sociauxsocial media
il fautone must
téléchargerto download
les avantagesadvantages
les inconvénientsdisadvantages
en ligneonline
Careers & pathways
  • Translator— Convert written texts accurately between languages.
  • Interpreter— Enable people who speak different languages to communicate.
  • International business— Trade and work with partners across the French-speaking world.
  • Travel & tourism— Guide, host and support visitors and travellers.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CommunicationCultural awarenessConfidenceMemory & resilience
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 9.5 — Introduction of cyber security for online safety; Computing 1.6 — Ethical, legal, cultural &amp; environmental impacts for the impact of technology.
9.4Music, TV & filmKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
9.4

Music, TV & film

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Students revisit music, television and film in more depth, expressing and justifying detailed opinions and describing what they watched and listened to. They consolidate the present and perfect tenses and adverbs of frequency.
Builds onThe Year 7 media unit and the perfect tense from Year 9.
Leads toThe free-time and cultural-life topics at GCSE, and confident opinion work across tenses.
StrandsCultureFree timeFrench
Key knowledge
  • Types of music, television programmes and film genres
  • écouterandregarderin the present and perfect tenses
  • Adverbs of frequency say how often you watch or listen
  • Detailed opinions with reasons and comparisons
  • Sequencing an account of what you watched or heard
  • Cultural range across the French-speaking world
Key skills
  • Express detailed opinions on music, TV and film
  • Describe what you watched or listened to in the past
  • Compare tastes and preferences
  • Use adverbs of frequency and connectives accurately
Key vocabulary
la musiquemusic
regarderto watch
j’ai regardéI watched
un feuilletona soap
un film d’horreura horror film
mon préférémy favourite
de temps en tempsfrom time to time
parce que c’étaitbecause it was
Careers & pathways
  • Translator— Convert written texts accurately between languages.
  • Interpreter— Enable people who speak different languages to communicate.
  • International business— Trade and work with partners across the French-speaking world.
  • Travel & tourism— Guide, host and support visitors and travellers.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CommunicationCultural awarenessConfidenceMemory & resilience
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Film Studies 1 — Core study areas — the language of film for the language of film; Music 9.4 — EDM for popular music and EDM.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise French at Key Stage 3

  • Learn thekey vocabularyin each organiser withlook – cover – write – check.
  • Practise the grammar (verb endings, adjective agreement, tenses) little and often.
  • Speak aloud — read, repeat and record yourself to improve pronunciation.
  • Turn vocabulary into flashcards and test yourself in both directions.
  • Write short paragraphs from memory, then check them against the organiser.
  • Check your report stage against the ladder and target your next step up.

At Key Stage 4, about half of the year group studies French and half studies Spanish. Choose your language to see its curriculum.

GCSE French at St Augustine’s

Students who continue a language to Key Stage 4 follow AQA GCSE French (8652) — a two-year linear course examined at the end of Year 11 across four equally-weighted skills: listening, speaking, reading and writing. Learning is organised around three themes and built on a prescribed vocabulary and grammar list, with a strong focus on spontaneous speech, translation and phonics.

The course is tiered: students sit either Foundation (grades 1–5) or Higher (grades 4–9), taking all four papers at the same tier. It builds directly on the Key Stage 3 curriculum and prepares students for A-Level and beyond.

Samantha Aikman, Subject Lead

Board · AQA 8652Tiers · Foundation (1–5) / Higher (4–9)Structure · four papers, each 25%

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the AQA GCSE French (8652) specification

GCSE French (AQA 8652) is examined across four equally-weighted papers — Listening, Speaking, Reading and Writing — set within three themes (People and lifestyle; Popular culture; Communication and the world around us). It is tiered: Foundation (grades 1–5) and Higher (grades 4–9), with all four papers taken at the same tier. Tap the tile below for the full breakdown.

GCSEThe course in detail — the four papersFour papers · each 25% · tiered
Paper 1: ListeningWritten exam · 25%
  • Understand spoken French across the three themes, delivered at no faster than a moderate pace
  • Section A: comprehension, with questions and answers in English
  • Section B: a dictation — Foundation at least 20 words, Higher at least 30 words
  • Foundation: 40 marks, about 35 minutes (incl. 5 min reading + 2 min checking)
  • Higher: 50 marks, about 45 minutes (incl. 5 min reading + 2 min checking)
Paper 2: SpeakingTeacher-conducted · 25%
  • Conducted and recorded by the teacher in an April–May window, marked by AQA
  • Three parts: a Role-play, a Reading aloud task, and a Photo card, each with short unprepared conversation
  • 15 minutes’ supervised preparation beforehand
  • Foundation: 50 marks, 7–9 minutes
  • Higher: 50 marks, 10–12 minutes
Paper 3: ReadingWritten exam · 25%
  • Understand a range of written French texts across the three themes
  • Comprehension with questions in English and in French
  • A translation from French into English
  • Foundation: 50 marks, 45 minutes
  • Higher: 50 marks, 1 hour
Paper 4: WritingWritten exam · 25%
  • Communicate in written French in response to structured and open-ended tasks
  • Tasks build from short messages to extended writing (Higher writes at greater length)
  • A translation from English into French
  • Foundation: 50 marks, 1 hour
  • Higher: 50 marks, 1 hour 15 minutes
The three assessment objectives Assessment
  • AO1— understand and respond to spoken language (35%)
  • AO2— understand and respond to written language (45%)
  • AO3— accurate application of the prescribed grammar and vocabulary (20%)
  • AOs are set by Ofqual and are identical across all boards and both languages
Ways of working Skills
  • The four skills — listening, speaking, reading and writing — across three themes
  • Dictation, and translation both into and out of French
  • Reading aloud and spontaneous, unprepared conversation
  • Phonics: the sound–symbol correspondences of French
  • Secure use of the prescribed vocabulary and grammar for the tier
How marks are gained What great work shows
  • Meaning communicated clearly, even where there are minor errors
  • Accurate, varied grammar and a wide range of vocabulary
  • Greater complexity and spontaneity at Higher tier
  • Clear pronunciation and accurate spelling in dictation and writing
  • Faithful, natural translation in both directions
Where it leads Progression
  • A-Level French, and a strong base for other essay-based A-Levels
  • University study, including joint-honours and study-abroad routes
  • Careers using languages: translation, interpreting, international business, travel and diplomacy
  • A qualification valued by employers in every sector for communication and cultural awareness

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Your report uses GCSE grades. Tap your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Highlight your stage— tap your grade band
GCSEGCSE French — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · AQA 8652

This grid is built around the three AQA assessment objectives (AO1–AO3). Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see how to move up a grade.

AO1 · Understand and respond to spoken language

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can understand a few familiar spoken words and phrases.
    • I can respond with simple words.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can understand short spoken passages on familiar topics.
    • I can respond with short phrases.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can understand the main points and some detail in speech.
    • I can respond with developed answers.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can understand longer, more complex speech.
    • I can respond fully, inferring meaning and opinion.

AO2 · Understand and respond to written language

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can understand a few familiar written words and phrases.
    • I can respond in writing with simple words.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can understand short texts on familiar topics.
    • I can write short phrases and sentences.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can understand the main points and detail in texts.
    • I can write developed responses.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can understand longer, authentic-style texts.
    • I can write extended, accurate responses.

AO3 · Grammar and vocabulary

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can use a few memorised words and simple structures.
    • I can apply basic grammar with support.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can use familiar vocabulary and some tenses.
    • I can apply grammar with growing accuracy.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can use a range of vocabulary and tenses.
    • I can apply grammar accurately across topics.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can use a wide range of vocabulary and structures.
    • I can apply grammar accurately and spontaneously.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources
GCSEOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
T1Theme 1: People and lifestyleKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
T1

Theme 1: People and lifestyle

Download PDF
What this unit is about.This theme covers identity and relationships, healthy living and lifestyle, and education and work — describing yourself and others, daily life, and plans for the future.
Builds onThe Key Stage 3 topics of family, school, food and healthy living.
Leads toA-Level themes of identity, family and the world of work.
StrandsIdentity & relationshipsHealthy livingEducation & workFrench
Key knowledge
  • Describe relationships, family and daily life across past, present and future
  • Discuss healthy living, food and lifestyle choices
  • Talk about school, subjects, and future study and career plans
  • Key grammar: present, past (perfect and imperfect) and future tenses; opinions with reasons
  • Give and justify opinions and preferences
  • Use connectives and time phrases to extend and sequence ideas
Key skills
  • Communicate across three time frames
  • Give extended, justified opinions
  • Translate short texts both ways
  • Respond spontaneously in conversation
Key vocabulary
healthy / unhealthykey lifestyle adjectives
relationshipsfamily & friends vocabulary
school & subjectseducation vocabulary
future planscareers & ambitions
opinionsopinion phrases + reasons
daily routinereflexive verbs
the pastperfect tense
the futurenear & simple future
Careers & pathways
  • Translator / interpreter— Work between languages in business, law, media or diplomacy.
  • International business— Trade and manage relationships across borders.
  • Travel, tourism & hospitality— Host and support people from around the world.
  • Teaching & education— Share languages and open doors for others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CommunicationCultural awarenessConfidenceAdaptability
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in PSHE 2 — Relationships & RSE for relationships and healthy living; Physical Education 7 — Health, fitness and well-being for health and fitness.
T2Theme 2: Popular cultureKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
T2

Theme 2: Popular culture

Download PDF
What this unit is about.This theme covers free-time activities, customs, festivals and celebrations, and celebrity culture — how people relax, celebrate and engage with the culture of the French-speaking world.
Builds onThe Key Stage 3 topics of free time, sport, music, TV and film.
Leads toA-Level study of the artistic and cultural life of the French-speaking world.
StrandsFree-time activitiesCustoms & festivalsCelebrity cultureFrench
Key knowledge
  • Discuss free-time activities, sport, music, film and reading
  • Describe customs, festivals and celebrations in the French-speaking world
  • Talk about celebrity culture and role models, with opinions
  • Key grammar: present and past tenses, comparatives and superlatives
  • Compare tastes and preferences and justify them
  • Recognise cultural difference and similarity with respect
Key skills
  • Compare and justify preferences
  • Describe cultural events and traditions
  • Use a range of tenses accurately
  • Give balanced opinions
Key vocabulary
free timehobbies & activities
festivalscustoms & celebrations
music & filmculture vocabulary
sportsporting activities
comparativesmore/less…than
superlativesthe most / least
celebrityrole models
opinionsjustified opinions
Careers & pathways
  • Translator / interpreter— Work between languages in business, law, media or diplomacy.
  • International business— Trade and manage relationships across borders.
  • Travel, tourism & hospitality— Host and support people from around the world.
  • Teaching & education— Share languages and open doors for others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CommunicationCultural awarenessConfidenceAdaptability
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Music 9.4 — EDM for popular music; Religious Studies 7.5 — To the ends of the earth for customs and festivals.
T3Theme 3: Communication and the world around usKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
T3

Theme 3: Communication and the world around us

Download PDF
What this unit is about.This theme covers travel and tourism, media and technology, and the environment and where people live — engaging with the wider world and the issues that shape it.
Builds onThe Key Stage 3 topics of holidays, the local area, technology and social media.
Leads toA-Level study of social issues, the environment and life in the French-speaking world.
StrandsTravel & tourismMedia & technologyEnvironment & where people liveFrench
Key knowledge
  • Discuss travel, tourism and holidays across time frames
  • Talk about media, technology and online life, with pros and cons
  • Describe the local area, the environment and global issues
  • Key grammar: all three time frames, modal verbs and si / if clauses
  • Present balanced arguments with reasons and examples
  • Handle unfamiliar language by inferring from context
Key skills
  • Present balanced arguments
  • Discuss issues across time frames
  • Translate longer texts both ways
  • Infer meaning of new words
Key vocabulary
travel & tourismholidays vocabulary
technologydevices & online life
the environmentenvironmental issues
the local areatown & region
advantagespros
disadvantagescons
modal verbsmust / can / should
if clausesconditional structures
Careers & pathways
  • Translator / interpreter— Work between languages in business, law, media or diplomacy.
  • International business— Trade and manage relationships across borders.
  • Travel, tourism & hospitality— Host and support people from around the world.
  • Teaching & education— Share languages and open doors for others.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CommunicationCultural awarenessConfidenceAdaptability
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 9.5 — Introduction of cyber security for media and technology; Geography t2 — Topic 2: Development dynamics for global development.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise GCSE French

  • Learn theAQA vocabulary listfor your tier withlook – cover – write – check.
  • Drill the prescribed grammar and verb tables little and often.
  • Practise translation both ways and short dictation to build accuracy.
  • Speak aloud daily — role-plays, photo cards and reading aloud — and record yourself.
  • Write timed paragraphs across past, present and future, then check against the mark scheme.
  • Check your report grade against the ladder and target your next step up.

At Key Stage 5, about half of the year group studies French and half studies Spanish. Choose your language to see its curriculum.

A-Level French at St Augustine’s

Please note: A-Level French is not currently offered at St Augustine’s owing to uptake. This area is prepared and ready so the college can introduce the course should numbers allow in future.

A-Level French (AQA 7652) is a two-year linear course that develops advanced language skills alongside a critical understanding of the culture, society and politics of the French-speaking world. Students study four themes, one literary text and one film, and complete an individual research project, building fluency, analytical writing and confident spoken debate.

It builds directly on GCSE and is a facilitating qualification valued by universities and employers for its rigour and its blend of language, culture and independent thought.

Samantha Aikman, Subject Lead

Board · AQA 7652Papers · three (50% / 20% / 30%)Assessment · 240 marks total

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the AQA A-Level French (7652) specification

A-Level French (AQA 7652) is examined across three papers — Listening, Reading & Writing (50%); Writing on a text and film (20%); and Speaking (30%). Content is organised around four themes, a set text and film, and an individual research project. Tap the tile below for the full breakdown.

A-LevelThe course in detail — the three papersThree papers · 50% / 20% / 30%
Paper 1: Listening, Reading & WritingWritten exam · 50%
  • Listening and reading comprehension based on the four themes
  • A summary task in French, and inference from spoken and written material
  • Translation of a passage (at least 100 words) from French into English
  • Translation of a passage (at least 100 words) from English into French
  • 2 hours 30 minutes · 100 marks · no dictionaries
Paper 2: WritingWritten exam · 20%
  • Two essays of approximately 300 words each
  • One on a set literary text and one on a set film, or two set texts
  • Critical and analytical response to the work, in French
  • Assessed for critical response (AO4) and quality of language (AO3)
  • 2 hours · 80 marks
Paper 3: SpeakingTeacher-conducted · 30%
  • Part 1: discussion of a sub-theme from a stimulus card
  • Part 2: presentation and discussion of the student’s individual research project
  • Conducted by the teacher and marked by AQA
  • Assessed for AO1, AO3 and AO4
  • 21–23 minutes (incl. 5 min supervised preparation) · 60 marks
The four assessment objectives Assessment
  • AO1— understand and respond, in speech and writing, to spoken language
  • AO2— understand and respond, in speech and writing, to written language
  • AO3— manipulate the language accurately, using a range of lexis and structure
  • AO4— respond critically and analytically to the culture and society of French-speaking countries
  • Indicative weightings AO1 25% · AO2 25% · AO3 30% · AO4 20%
Themes & contentWhat is studied
  • Theme 1: Aspects of French-speaking society: current trends
  • Theme 2: Artistic culture in the French-speaking world
  • Theme 3: Aspects of French-speaking society: current issues
  • Theme 4: Aspects of political life in the French-speaking world
  • One set literary text and one set film (or two texts), plus an individual research project
Ways of working Skills
  • Listening, speaking, reading and writing on abstract and cultural themes
  • Summary, and translation both into and out of French
  • Critical essay-writing on literature and film
  • Independent research, presentation and spontaneous discussion
  • Secure command of advanced grammar and a wide range of vocabulary
How marks are gained What great work shows
  • Fluent, accurate language with a wide range of complex structures
  • Critical and analytical response, well supported with evidence
  • Clear knowledge and understanding of French-speaking culture and society
  • Faithful, idiomatic translation in both directions
  • Independent thought, developed and defended in discussion
Where it leads Progression
  • University study of languages, joint honours, or a degree with a year abroad
  • Careers in translation, interpreting, international relations and diplomacy
  • Global business, journalism, law and the creative industries
  • A facilitating A-Level highly valued by universities and employers alike

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Your report uses A-Level grades. Tap your stage to highlight your rung, then read the next rung up.

Highlight your stage— tap your grade band
A-LevelA-Level French — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · AQA 7652

This grid is built around the four AQA assessment objectives (AO1–AO4). Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see how to move up a grade.

AO1 · Listening

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can understand the gist of spoken passages.
    • I can respond with basic accuracy.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can understand main points and detail in speech.
    • I can respond clearly, with some inference.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can understand complex spoken language.
    • I can infer meaning, attitude and opinion.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can understand authentic speech with confidence.
    • I can respond with nuance and precision.

AO2 · Reading

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can understand the gist of written texts.
    • I can respond with basic accuracy.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can understand main points and detail in texts.
    • I can respond clearly, with some inference.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can understand complex written language.
    • I can infer meaning and analyse tone.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can understand authentic texts with confidence.
    • I can respond with nuance and precision.

AO3 · Use of language

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can use familiar vocabulary and structures.
    • I can write and speak with basic accuracy.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can use a range of vocabulary and grammar.
    • I can communicate clearly with growing accuracy.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can manipulate a wide range of language.
    • I can write and speak accurately and fluently.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can manipulate complex language with precision.
    • I can express myself with sophistication and spontaneity.

AO4 · Critical & cultural response

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can recall basic facts about the culture, texts or films studied.
    • I can give a simple opinion.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can describe cultural themes and respond to texts and films.
    • I can support a point with an example.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can analyse cultural themes, texts and films.
    • I can develop a well-supported argument.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can respond critically and analytically to culture, texts and films.
    • I can sustain a perceptive, justified argument.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources
A-LevelOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
T1Theme 1: Aspects of French-speaking society: current trendsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
T1

Theme 1: Aspects of French-speaking society: current trends

Download PDF
What this unit is about.This theme explores the changing family; the “cyber-society”; the place of voluntary work. Students study it critically and analytically, in French, developing the cultural knowledge assessed in AO4.
Builds onThe GCSE themes and the wider cultural knowledge built at Key Stage 4.
Leads toThe individual research project and critical essay work in Paper 2.
StrandsThe changing familyThe “cyber-society”The place of voluntary workFrench
Key knowledge
  • Discuss and debate the changing family
  • Explore the “cyber-society” with cultural knowledge
  • Analyse the place of voluntary work critically
  • Key grammar: advanced tenses, the subjunctive, complex connectives
  • Build and defend an argument with evidence
  • Develop cultural knowledge of the French-speaking world for AO4
Key skills
  • Respond critically and analytically (AO4)
  • Argue and justify a viewpoint
  • Summarise and translate accurately
  • Discuss spontaneously and in depth
Key vocabulary
essaycritical essay skills
viewpointopinion & argument
evidencesupporting detail
the subjunctiveadvanced grammar
societycultural knowledge
to analysecritical response
to debatediscussion skills
researchthe IRP
Careers & pathways
  • Translation & interpreting— Work between languages in law, media, business and diplomacy.
  • International relations & diplomacy— Represent and connect nations and organisations.
  • Global business & marketing— Lead across borders and cultures.
  • Journalism, law & academia— Research, argue and communicate at the highest level.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisArgumentCultural insightFluency
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Sociology 3 — Paper 2: Topics in Sociology for family, media and social change; PSHE 2 — Relationships & RSE for relationships and family.
T2Theme 2: Artistic culture in the French-speaking worldKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
T2

Theme 2: Artistic culture in the French-speaking world

Download PDF
What this unit is about.This theme explores a heritage to be proud of; contemporary francophone music; cinema. Students study it critically and analytically, in French, developing the cultural knowledge assessed in AO4.
Builds onThe GCSE themes and the wider cultural knowledge built at Key Stage 4.
Leads toThe individual research project and critical essay work in Paper 2.
StrandsA heritage to be proud ofContemporary francophone musicCinemaFrench
Key knowledge
  • Discuss and debate a heritage to be proud of
  • Explore contemporary francophone music with cultural knowledge
  • Analyse cinema critically
  • Key grammar: advanced tenses, the subjunctive, complex connectives
  • Build and defend an argument with evidence
  • Develop cultural knowledge of the French-speaking world for AO4
Key skills
  • Respond critically and analytically (AO4)
  • Argue and justify a viewpoint
  • Summarise and translate accurately
  • Discuss spontaneously and in depth
Key vocabulary
essaycritical essay skills
viewpointopinion & argument
evidencesupporting detail
the subjunctiveadvanced grammar
societycultural knowledge
to analysecritical response
to debatediscussion skills
researchthe IRP
Careers & pathways
  • Translation & interpreting— Work between languages in law, media, business and diplomacy.
  • International relations & diplomacy— Represent and connect nations and organisations.
  • Global business & marketing— Lead across borders and cultures.
  • Journalism, law & academia— Research, argue and communicate at the highest level.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisArgumentCultural insightFluency
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Film Studies 1 — Core study areas — the language of film for the language of film; Art & Design RS — Related Study (written) for a written study of artists.
T3Theme 3: Aspects of French-speaking society: current issuesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
T3

Theme 3: Aspects of French-speaking society: current issues

Download PDF
What this unit is about.This theme explores the positives of a diverse society; life on the margins; how criminals are treated. Students study it critically and analytically, in French, developing the cultural knowledge assessed in AO4.
Builds onThe GCSE themes and the wider cultural knowledge built at Key Stage 4.
Leads toThe individual research project and critical essay work in Paper 2.
StrandsThe positives of a diverse societyLife on the marginsHow criminals are treatedFrench
Key knowledge
  • Discuss and debate the positives of a diverse society
  • Explore life on the margins with cultural knowledge
  • Analyse how criminals are treated critically
  • Key grammar: advanced tenses, the subjunctive, complex connectives
  • Build and defend an argument with evidence
  • Develop cultural knowledge of the French-speaking world for AO4
Key skills
  • Respond critically and analytically (AO4)
  • Argue and justify a viewpoint
  • Summarise and translate accurately
  • Discuss spontaneously and in depth
Key vocabulary
essaycritical essay skills
viewpointopinion & argument
evidencesupporting detail
the subjunctiveadvanced grammar
societycultural knowledge
to analysecritical response
to debatediscussion skills
researchthe IRP
Careers & pathways
  • Translation & interpreting— Work between languages in law, media, business and diplomacy.
  • International relations & diplomacy— Represent and connect nations and organisations.
  • Global business & marketing— Lead across borders and cultures.
  • Journalism, law & academia— Research, argue and communicate at the highest level.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisArgumentCultural insightFluency
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Politics 4 — A non-core political idea for multiculturalism as a political idea; Geography t2 — Topic 2: Development dynamics for migration and development.
T4Theme 4: Aspects of political life in the French-speaking worldKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
T4

Theme 4: Aspects of political life in the French-speaking world

Download PDF
What this unit is about.This theme explores politics and youth engagement; demonstrations and strikes; politics and immigration. Students study it critically and analytically, in French, developing the cultural knowledge assessed in AO4.
Builds onThe GCSE themes and the wider cultural knowledge built at Key Stage 4.
Leads toThe individual research project and critical essay work in Paper 2.
StrandsPolitics and youth engagementDemonstrations and strikesPolitics and immigrationFrench
Key knowledge
  • Discuss and debate politics and youth engagement
  • Explore demonstrations and strikes with cultural knowledge
  • Analyse politics and immigration critically
  • Key grammar: advanced tenses, the subjunctive, complex connectives
  • Build and defend an argument with evidence
  • Develop cultural knowledge of the French-speaking world for AO4
Key skills
  • Respond critically and analytically (AO4)
  • Argue and justify a viewpoint
  • Summarise and translate accurately
  • Discuss spontaneously and in depth
Key vocabulary
essaycritical essay skills
viewpointopinion & argument
evidencesupporting detail
the subjunctiveadvanced grammar
societycultural knowledge
to analysecritical response
to debatediscussion skills
researchthe IRP
Careers & pathways
  • Translation & interpreting— Work between languages in law, media, business and diplomacy.
  • International relations & diplomacy— Represent and connect nations and organisations.
  • Global business & marketing— Lead across borders and cultures.
  • Journalism, law & academia— Research, argue and communicate at the highest level.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisArgumentCultural insightFluency
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Politics 1 — UK Politics for UK politics and participation; Politics 6 — Comparing the UK and USA for comparing political systems.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise A-Level French

  • Read, listen and watch widely in French — news, podcasts, film and literature.
  • Build theme vocabulary and cultural knowledge for AO4, with your own examples.
  • Practise summary and translation both ways under timed conditions.
  • Plan and write critical essays on your set text and film, then mark against the criteria.
  • Rehearse the individual research project aloud and anticipate follow-up questions.
  • Drill advanced grammar — tenses, the subjunctive and complex structures.

Our CurriculumFilm Studies

Film Studies

A-Level Film Studies at St Augustine’s. Studied at Key Stage 5. After your report, use the knowledge & skills ladders to see where you are and your next step, then use the knowledge organisers to revise and make that step.

Read the screen. Tell the story.

Film Studies at St Augustine’s

Film Studies at St Augustine’s is a Key Stage 5 course following Eduqas (WJEC) A-Level Film Studies (A670QS). Film is one of the major art forms of the last hundred years, and the course introduces students to a wide variety of films — Hollywood and American, British and global, documentary, silent and experimental — developing both critical understanding and creative practice.

Students learn to analyse how films create meaning, to place them in their historical and cultural contexts, and to apply critical theory. Alongside this, they create their own short film or screenplay, connecting theory and practice. The course develops confident, articulate, creative young people and offers strong progression to higher education and the creative industries.

Mr Michael Powell, Film Studies lead (KS5)

Board · Eduqas / WJEC A670QSComponents · two exams (35% each) + production (30%)Key Stage 5 only

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the Eduqas A-Level Film Studies (A670QS) specification

A-Level Film Studies (Eduqas A670QS) is assessed across three components — two written exams worth 35% each and a production worth 30%. Tap the tile below for the full breakdown.

A-LevelThe course in detail — the three componentsTwo exams (35% each) + production (30%)
Component 1: Varieties of film and filmmakingWritten exam · 35%
  • Knowledge and understanding of six feature-length films
  • Section A: Hollywood 1930–1990 — comparative study (one Classical, one New Hollywood)
  • Section B: American film since 2005 — two-film study (one mainstream, one independent)
  • Section C: British film since 1995 — two-film study
  • 2 hours 30 minutes
Component 2: Global filmmaking perspectivesWritten exam · 35%
  • Knowledge and understanding of five feature-length films (or equivalent)
  • Section A:Global film— two-film study (one European, one produced outside Europe)
  • Section B:Documentary film
  • Section C: Film movements — Silent cinema
  • Section D: Film movements — Experimental film (1960–2000) · 2 hours 30 minutes
Component 3: ProductionNon-exam assessment · 30%
  • One production and its evaluative analysis
  • Either ashort film(4–5 minutes) or ascreenplayfor a short film (1600–1800 words)
  • A screenplay is accompanied by a digitally photographedstoryboardof a key section
  • Anevaluative analysis(1600–1800 words) relating the work to professional films
  • Marked by the centre and moderated by Eduqas
Films & study areasWhat is studied
  • Thekey elements of film: cinematography, mise-en-scène, editing, sound and performance
  • Meaning and response, and thecontextsof film (social, cultural, political, institutional)
  • Critical approaches:narrative, genre, ideology, auteurand spectatorship
  • Specialist study areas, including filmmakers’ theories
  • Specific set films are chosen from the Eduqas lists
The assessment objectivesAssessment
  • AO1— demonstrate knowledge and understanding of elements of film
  • AO2— apply knowledge and understanding of elements of film (analysis and evaluation)
  • AO3— apply knowledge and understanding to the production of a film or screenplay
  • Written components assess AO1 and AO2; the production assesses AO3 and AO2
  • AO1 25% · AO2 45% · AO3 30%
Ways of working Skills
  • Close textual analysis of film sequences
  • Applying critical concepts and film theory to a range of films
  • Situating films in their historical, cultural and institutional contexts
  • Creative production — filmmaking or screenwriting — and storyboarding
  • Structured, evaluative and analytical writing under timed conditions
How marks are gained What great work shows
  • Precise, detailed knowledge of the set films
  • Analytical application to specific sequences, not general description
  • Confident use of critical concepts, theory and context
  • Well-structured, well-supported argument
  • Creativity and technical control in production, with reflective evaluation
Where it leads Progression
  • Degrees in film, media production, screenwriting, journalism and the arts
  • Careers in film and television, production, marketing and the creative industries
  • Transferable skills in analysis, communication and creativity valued across sectors
  • A culturally rich, engaging course that also stands alone as a valuable study

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Your report uses A-Level grades. Tap your stage to highlight your rung, then read the next rung up.

Highlight your stage— tap your grade band
A-LevelA-Level Film Studies — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · Eduqas A670QS

This grid is built around the three Eduqas assessment objectives (AO1–AO3). Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see how to move up a grade.

AO1 · Knowledge & understanding of film (25%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can recall key concepts, theories and studies.
    • I can outline the main ideas with some accuracy.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can explain concepts, theories and studies accurately.
    • I can select relevant knowledge for the question.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can explain a wide range of material in depth.
    • I can use precise detail and specialist terminology.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can command comprehensive, precise knowledge.
    • I can connect ideas fluently across the course.

AO2 · Apply knowledge & understanding (45%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can describe how a film technique is used.
    • I can make a simple point about a sequence.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can analyse how film form creates meaning.
    • I can apply critical concepts to a film.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can analyse in detail, applying theory and context.
    • I can explore subtle choices within a sequence.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can analyse with precision and insight.
    • I can synthesise theory, context and detail.

AO3 · Production — film or screenplay (30%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can plan a simple film or screenplay.
    • I can apply some elements of film to my own work.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can create a coherent production to the brief.
    • I can evaluate my work against professional films.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can craft a controlled production with clear intent.
    • I can evaluate my choices critically.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can create an accomplished, distinctive production.
    • I can evaluate it with real insight.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources
A-LevelOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
1Core study areas — the language of filmKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
1

Core study areas — the language of film

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The foundation of the whole course: the key elements of film and the critical approaches used to analyse them, applied to every set film and to your own production.
Department organisersFilm form ↗Narrative ↗
Builds onGCSE Film or Media study, and wider film-watching.
Leads toEvery component — these tools underpin all analysis and production.
StrandsThe elements of filmCritical approachesFilm Studies
Key knowledge
  • The key elements:cinematography, mise-en-scène, editing, sound, performance
  • How films createmeaningand generate a response in the spectator
  • Thecontextsof film: social, cultural, political and institutional
  • Critical approaches:narrative, genre, ideology, auteur, representation
  • Specialist study areas and filmmakers’ theories
  • Using precise film terminology accurately
Key skills
  • Analyse film sequences using the key elements
  • Apply critical concepts to a range of films
  • Situate films in their contexts
  • Use specialist terminology with precision
Key vocabulary
mise-en-scèneeverything within the frame
cinematographycamerawork & lighting
montage / editinghow shots are joined
diegetic soundsound within the story world
mise-en-scènecomposition & staging
auteurthe director as author
ideologythe values a film conveys
spectatorshiphow audiences respond
Careers & pathways
  • Film & television production— Direct, produce, edit and craft screen content.
  • Screenwriting & development— Write and shape stories for screen.
  • Media, marketing & journalism— Analyse, communicate and promote across media.
  • Arts & creative industries— Bring critical and creative skills to a growing sector.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisCreativityArgumentCultural insight
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English A-Level — The stylistics toolkit for the stylistics toolkit; Music AoS 4 — Film Music for film music; Drama G1 — Theatre makers, staging & terminology for staging and terminology.
2Component 1: Varieties of film and filmmakingKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
2

Component 1: Varieties of film and filmmaking

Download PDF
What this unit is about.A study of six feature films across three sections — Hollywood 1930–1990, American film since 2005, and British film since 1995 — assessed in a 2h30 written exam worth 35%.
Builds onThe core study areas and the language of film.
Leads toConfident comparative and contextual analysis for the exam and beyond.
StrandsUS filmBritish filmFilm Studies
Key knowledge
  • Section A: Hollywood 1930–1990— a comparative study of Classical and New Hollywood
  • Section B: American film since 2005— a mainstream and an independent film
  • Section C: British film since 1995— two British films
  • Comparing how films reflect theirproduction contexts
  • Applying the key elements and critical approaches
  • Specific set films are chosen from the Eduqas lists
Key skills
  • Compare films from different periods and contexts
  • Analyse Hollywood, American and British cinema
  • Apply context to interpretation
  • Write extended comparative responses
Key vocabulary
Classical Hollywood1930–1960
New Hollywood1961–1990
mainstream filmstudio production
independent filmoutside the studio system
comparative studycomparing two films
production contexthow a film was made
genrefilm categories
representationhow groups are shown
Careers & pathways
  • Film & television production— Direct, produce, edit and craft screen content.
  • Screenwriting & development— Write and shape stories for screen.
  • Media, marketing & journalism— Analyse, communicate and promote across media.
  • Arts & creative industries— Bring critical and creative skills to a growing sector.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisCreativityArgumentCultural insight
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English A-Level — Paper 1 · Telling Stories for narrative across genres; History U1 — Britain 1930–1997 (Enquiry: Churchill 1930–51) for post-war Britain.
3Component 2: Global filmmaking perspectivesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
3

Component 2: Global filmmaking perspectives

Download PDF
What this unit is about.A study of five films across four sections — global film, documentary, silent cinema and experimental film — assessed in a 2h30 written exam worth 35%.
Builds onComponent 1 analytical skills and the core study areas.
Leads toA broad, international understanding of film as art and as document.
StrandsGlobal filmFilm movementsFilm Studies
Key knowledge
  • Section A: Global film— one European and one non-European film
  • Section B: Documentary film— and its critical debates
  • Section C: Silent cinema— a film or group of films
  • Section D: Experimental film (1960–2000)
  • Narrative, representation and film style across cultures
  • Specific set films are chosen from the Eduqas lists
Key skills
  • Analyse global and non-mainstream cinema
  • Discuss documentary theory and form
  • Analyse silent and experimental film
  • Apply representation and film style
Key vocabulary
global filmfilm beyond Hollywood
documentarynon-fiction film
silent cinemafilm before synchronised sound
experimental filmavant-garde cinema
narrativehow a story is told
representationhow reality is portrayed
film stylethe “how” of a film
film movementa shared style or period
Careers & pathways
  • Film & television production— Direct, produce, edit and craft screen content.
  • Screenwriting & development— Write and shape stories for screen.
  • Media, marketing & journalism— Analyse, communicate and promote across media.
  • Arts & creative industries— Bring critical and creative skills to a growing sector.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisCreativityArgumentCultural insight
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Languages T2 — Theme 2: Artistic culture in the French-speaking world for artistic culture in the French-speaking world; Geography a3 — Topic 3: Globalisation for globalisation.
4Component 3: ProductionKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
4

Component 3: Production

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The creative heart of the course: students plan and make a short film or write a screenplay, then evaluate it against professional work. Non-exam assessment worth 30%.
Builds onThe critical understanding built across Components 1 and 2.
Leads toA portfolio and skills that support progression to film, media and the arts.
StrandsProductionEvaluationFilm Studies
Key knowledge
  • Either ashort film(4–5 minutes) or ascreenplay(1600–1800 words)
  • A screenplay is accompanied by a photographedstoryboardof a key section
  • Anevaluative analysis(1600–1800 words) comparing the work to professional films
  • Applying the elements of film creatively and deliberately
  • Planning, drafting, shooting or writing, and refining
  • Working to a brief and to deadline
Key skills
  • Plan and create a film or screenplay
  • Apply the elements of film to your own work
  • Storyboard a key sequence
  • Evaluate your production critically
Key vocabulary
screenplaya script for the screen
storyboarda shot-by-shot plan
short filma 4–5 minute production
briefthe production requirements
evaluative analysisreflective critical writing
shota single piece of film
sequencea run of related shots
production valuesthe quality of the making
Careers & pathways
  • Film & television production— Direct, produce, edit and craft screen content.
  • Screenwriting & development— Write and shape stories for screen.
  • Media, marketing & journalism— Analyse, communicate and promote across media.
  • Arts & creative industries— Bring critical and creative skills to a growing sector.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisCreativityArgumentCultural insight
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Drama A4 — Creating original drama & the working notebook for creating original work; Art & Design C2 — Component 2: Externally Set Assignment for an externally set assignment.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise A-Level Film Studies

  • Rewatch your set films actively, pausing to analyse key sequences shot by shot.
  • Build sequence analysis notes on cinematography, mise-en-scène, editing, sound and performance.
  • Learn the critical approaches and theory and practise applying them to each film.
  • Know thecontextsof each film and how they shaped it.
  • Plan and write timed essays, then mark them against the bands and examiner reports.
  • For production, keep a working log and evaluate against professional films.

Our CurriculumSociology

Sociology

A-Level Sociology at St Augustine’s. Studied at Key Stage 5. After your report, use the knowledge & skills ladders to see where you are and your next step, then use the knowledge organisers to revise and make that step.

How society works — and could.

Sociology at St Augustine’s

Sociology at St Augustine’s is a Key Stage 5 course following AQA A-Level Sociology (7192). It invites students to think critically about education, families, the media, crime and the social world around them — using sociological theories, concepts and research to understand how society works and how it changes.

Students learn to apply competing perspectives, weigh evidence, and build reasoned, well-supported arguments. It is a linear two-year course with no coursework, assessed in three equally-weighted written exams, and it develops the analysis, evaluation and essay-writing skills valued across higher education and employment.

Ms Sofie Duncan, Head of Department

Board · AQA 7192Papers · three written exams (a third each)Key Stage 5 only

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the AQA A-Level Sociology (7192) specification

A-Level Sociology (AQA 7192) is assessed across three equally-weighted written papers at the end of the two-year course, with no coursework. Tap the tile below for the full breakdown.

A-LevelThe course in detail — the three papersThree written exams · a third each
Paper 1: Education with Theory and MethodsWritten exam · 33⅓%
  • The role and function of education; differential achievement by class, gender and ethnicity
  • Relationships and processes within schools; educational policy
  • Methods in Context— applying research methods to education
  • Theory and Methods
  • 2 hours · 80 marks
Paper 2: Topics in SociologyWritten exam · 33⅓%
  • One topic fromSection A: Culture & Identity / Families & Households / Health / Work, Poverty & Welfare
  • One topic fromSection B: Beliefs in Society / Global Development / The Media / Stratification & Differentiation
  • Each topic answered with short and extended (20-mark) questions
  • The topics studied are Beliefs in Society, and Crime and Deviance
  • 2 hours · 80 marks
Paper 3: Crime and Deviance with Theory and MethodsWritten exam · 33⅓%
  • Sociological explanations of crime and deviance
  • The social distribution of crime by class, gender and ethnicity; victims; the media; globalisation; state and green crime
  • Crime control, surveillance, prevention and punishment
  • Theory and Methods — including science, objectivity, values and social policy
  • 2 hours · 80 marks
Core themes & threadsWhat runs throughout
  • Core theme: socialisation, culture and identity
  • Core theme: social differentiation, power and stratification
  • Theory and Methods is examined on Papers 1 and 3 and threads through every answer
  • Each paper ends with a substantial (30-mark) essay
The assessment objectives Assessment
  • AO1— knowledge and understanding of theories, concepts, evidence and methods
  • AO2— apply this to a range of contexts and to the item
  • AO3— analyse and evaluate theories, evidence and methods
  • AO1 44% · AO2 31% · AO3 25%
Ways of working Skills
  • Using named sociologists, studies, theories and evidence
  • Research methods: quantitative and qualitative, and PET (practical, ethical, theoretical) factors
  • Applying material precisely to the item and question
  • Analysing and evaluating using contrasting perspectives
  • Planning and writing extended, well-structured essays
How marks are gained What great work shows
  • Precise, named theorists and studies (not generic “Functionalists argue…”)
  • Material applied directly to the item and the exact question
  • Developed analysis and evaluation, weighing competing views
  • Clear structure and a justified conclusion that answers the question
Where it leads Progression
  • Degrees in sociology, criminology, social policy, law and politics
  • Careers in social research, education, social work, HR, policy and media
  • Highly valued alongside psychology, history, law and English
  • Powerful evaluation and argument skills for any degree or career

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Your report uses A-Level grades. Tap your stage to highlight your rung, then read the next rung up.

Highlight your stage— tap the words used on your report
A-LevelA-Level Sociology — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · AQA 7192

This grid is built around the three AQA assessment objectives (AO1–AO3). Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see how to move up a grade.

AO1 · Knowledge & understanding (44%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can recall key concepts, theories and studies.
    • I can outline the main ideas with some accuracy.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can explain concepts, theories and studies accurately.
    • I can select relevant knowledge for the question.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can explain a wide range of material in depth.
    • I can use precise detail and specialist terminology.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can command comprehensive, precise knowledge.
    • I can connect ideas fluently across the course.

AO2 · Application (31%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can make a simple point about the item and question.
    • I can identify relevant material in the item and question.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can apply concepts accurately to the item and question.
    • I can use the item and question to support my points.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can apply material precisely and selectively to the item and question.
    • I can develop points firmly rooted in the item and question.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can apply material with precision and insight.
    • I can sustain application throughout my response.

AO3 · Analysis & evaluation (25%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can identify a strength or weakness.
    • I can offer a simple contrasting point.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can analyse and evaluate using contrasting views.
    • I can weigh strengths and limitations.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can evaluate in depth, developing points.
    • I can build to a justified conclusion.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can evaluate with nuance and balance.
    • I can reach a perceptive, fully justified conclusion.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources
A-LevelOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
1Sociological theory & methodsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
1

Sociological theory & methods

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The toolkit that underpins the whole course: the major perspectives and the research methods used to study society, applied in every paper.
Builds onGCSE study and an interest in how society works.
Leads toEvery paper — theory and methods thread through all three.
StrandsPerspectivesResearch methodsSociology
Key knowledge
  • Perspectives:functionalism, Marxism, feminism, interactionism, postmodernism
  • Consensus, conflict, structural and social action theories
  • Research methods: questionnaires, interviews, observation, experiments, documents, official statistics
  • Primary/secondary and quantitative/qualitative data
  • PET: practical, ethical and theoretical factors
  • Positivism, interpretivism, objectivity, values and “social facts”
Key skills
  • Apply perspectives to any topic
  • Evaluate research methods using PET
  • Assess reliability, validity and representativeness
  • Debate whether sociology is a science
Key vocabulary
functionalisma consensus perspective
Marxisma conflict perspective
interpretivismmeaning-focused approach
positivismscience-focused approach
PETpractical/ethical/theoretical
validitydoes it measure what it claims?
reliabilityis it repeatable?
representativenessdoes it reflect the group?
Careers & pathways
  • Social research & policy— Investigate and shape how society works.
  • Criminology & criminal justice— Understand crime, justice and rehabilitation.
  • Social work & education— Support people and communities directly.
  • Law, HR & the public sector— Bring evidence-based thinking to organisations.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisEvaluationArgumentResearch literacy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Psychology 1 — Research methods, issues & debates for research methods; Mathematics ST — Statistics for sampling and statistics.
2Paper 1: Education with Theory and MethodsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
2

Paper 1: Education with Theory and Methods

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The role of education, achievement and policy, plus applying research methods to educational settings and the foundations of Theory and Methods.
Builds onThe theory & methods toolkit.
Leads toConfident essay writing and the methods thread across all papers.
StrandsEducationMethods in contextSociology
Key knowledge
  • The role and function of education (perspectives)
  • Differential achievement byclass, gender and ethnicity
  • Relationships and processes within schools
  • Educational policy, including marketisation and globalisation
  • Methods in Context— strengths and limits of methods in schools
  • Foundational Theory and Methods
Key skills
  • Explain and evaluate theories of education
  • Apply methods to educational research
  • Use named studies and sociologists
  • Write a 30-mark essay
Key vocabulary
meritocracyreward by ability & effort
cultural capitalBourdieu
hidden curriculumimplicit lessons
marketisationeducation as a market
labellingteacher expectations
material deprivationpoverty and achievement
methods in contextmethods applied to education
correspondence principleBowles & Gintis
Careers & pathways
  • Social research & policy— Investigate and shape how society works.
  • Criminology & criminal justice— Understand crime, justice and rehabilitation.
  • Social work & education— Support people and communities directly.
  • Law, HR & the public sector— Bring evidence-based thinking to organisations.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisEvaluationArgumentResearch literacy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Languages 8.2 — El instituto — school life for school life and education; History P2A — Britain: Power and the People, c1170–present for power, the people and reform.
3Paper 2: Topics in SociologyKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
3

Paper 2: Topics in Sociology

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Two chosen topics — one from each option block — studied in depth, from families and the media to beliefs and global development.
Builds onThe theory & methods toolkit and Paper 1 skills.
Leads toBreadth of sociological knowledge and confident evaluation.
StrandsSection A topicSection B topicSociology
Key knowledge
  • Section Aoption: Culture & Identity / Families & Households / Health / Work, Poverty & Welfare
  • Section Boption: Beliefs in Society / Global Development / The Media / Stratification & Differentiation
  • Perspectives applied to each chosen topic
  • Named sociologists and contemporary examples
  • Evidence of, and explanations for, social patterns
  • The topics studied are Beliefs in Society, and Crime and Deviance
Key skills
  • Explain and evaluate the chosen topics
  • Use named sociologists and studies
  • Apply contemporary examples
  • Structure extended answers
Key vocabulary
nuclear familyMurdock
secularisationdecline of religion
globalisationinterconnected world
representationhow groups are shown
patriarchymale-dominated structures
underclassa debated concept
ideologysets of beliefs
social changehow society shifts
Careers & pathways
  • Social research & policy— Investigate and shape how society works.
  • Criminology & criminal justice— Understand crime, justice and rehabilitation.
  • Social work & education— Support people and communities directly.
  • Law, HR & the public sector— Bring evidence-based thinking to organisations.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisEvaluationArgumentResearch literacy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in PSHE 2 — Relationships & RSE for relationships and family; Languages T1 — Theme 1: Aspects of French-speaking society: current trends for family and the media.
4Paper 3: Crime and Deviance with Theory and MethodsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
4

Paper 3: Crime and Deviance with Theory and Methods

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Sociological explanations of crime, its social distribution and control, together with the most advanced Theory and Methods content.
Builds onPerspectives, methods and Paper 1 skills.
Leads toA critical understanding of crime, justice and the discipline itself.
StrandsCrime & devianceTheory & methodsSociology
Key knowledge
  • Sociological explanations and theories of crime
  • The social distribution of crime byclass, gender and ethnicity
  • Victims, the media, globalisation, state and green crime
  • Crime control, surveillance, prevention and punishment
  • Advanced Theory and Methods: science, objectivity, values, social policy
  • The role of the criminal justice system and other agencies
Key skills
  • Explain and evaluate theories of crime
  • Analyse patterns and statistics of crime
  • Discuss crime control and justice
  • Debate values and social policy
Key vocabulary
anomieDurkheim / Merton
subculturedeviant group norms
labellingBecker
right realismsituational prevention
left realismrelative deprivation
surveillanceFoucault
green crimeenvironmental harm
social policysociology and government
Careers & pathways
  • Social research & policy— Investigate and shape how society works.
  • Criminology & criminal justice— Understand crime, justice and rehabilitation.
  • Social work & education— Support people and communities directly.
  • Law, HR & the public sector— Bring evidence-based thinking to organisations.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisEvaluationArgumentResearch literacy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Religious Studies 2.2 — Sin and Forgiveness for sin, crime and punishment; Computing 1.5 — Legal, moral, cultural &amp; ethical issues for legal and ethical issues.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise A-Level Sociology

  • Learn named sociologists, studies and dates for every topic — build a list of 20–30 per topic.
  • Master Theory and Methods and PET — practise 10-mark methods questions weekly.
  • Plan and write timed 30-mark essays, then mark them against the bands.
  • Always evaluate with a contrasting perspective and reach a justified conclusion.
  • Practise applying material to the item in 10- and 20-mark questions.
  • Check your report grade against the ladder and target your next step up.

Our CurriculumPhysical Education

Physical Education

After your report, use the knowledge & skills ladders to see where you are and your next step. Then use the knowledge organisers to revise and make that step.

Move well. Compete. Lead.

1

Your report

Shows your stage in each subject, from Building foundations to Deepening mastery.

At St Augustine’s, Key Stage 3 PE is built around FASTER — Fitness, Applying decisions, Skill, Teamwork, Evaluating & improving and Resilience. Every student rotates through six activity areas each year and is assessed on these six strands, developing across the four stages from Building foundations to Deepening mastery.

What are you studying at the moment?— choose your activity area to find its revision sheet and the FASTER ladder

Physical Education at St Augustine’s

PE at St Augustine’s develops physical competence, healthy active lifestyles and character through a broad range of activities, from Year 7 to A-Level.

Shay Adegun & Ally Bass, Acting Co-Heads of Department

Key Stage 3 learning journey

The route through

Physical Education runs as a rotation (carousel) of activity areas, so every student meets all six areas each year with increasing challenge. The term order below is a representative rotation — the exact sequence for each class varies.

KS3Year 7 → Year 9 route throughAutumn · Spring · Summer
Year 7Building the foundations of every activity area
Autumn
Invasion Games — building the basics
  • Sports: Netball, Football, Basketball, Tag Rugby, Handball
  • Learn the rules, positions and safe, fair play
  • Core skills in isolation: passing, receiving, dribbling and control
  • Basic attacking and defending, and finding space
  • Cooperate in small-sided, modified games

Assessment: Assessed on the six FASTER strands, with the emphasis on core skills, rules and cooperation (Building foundations → Developing understanding).

Aesthetics — Dance & Gymnastics — building the basics
  • Sports: Contemporary dance and gymnastics
  • Physical skills: posture, balance, coordination and control
  • Create simple motifs using levels and dynamics
  • Link movements into a short sequence
  • Perform to peers and give simple feedback

Assessment: Assessed on the six FASTER strands, with the emphasis on core skills, rules and cooperation (Building foundations → Developing understanding).

Spring
Net & Wall Games — building the basics
  • Sports: Badminton, Table Tennis, Tennis
  • Rules, scoring and safe play
  • Basic forehand, backhand and serve
  • Ready position and footwork
  • Sustain cooperative rallies

Assessment: Assessed on the six FASTER strands, with the emphasis on core skills, rules and cooperation (Building foundations → Developing understanding).

Outdoor & Adventurous Activities — building the basics
  • Sports: Orienteering and problem-solving
  • Map orientation, symbols and setting the map
  • Simple navigation using handrails
  • Teamwork on short, familiar courses
  • Risk awareness and safe conduct outdoors

Assessment: Assessed on the six FASTER strands, with the emphasis on core skills, rules and cooperation (Building foundations → Developing understanding).

Summer
Athletics — building the basics
  • Sports: Running, jumping and throwing events
  • Rules, safety and officiating of events
  • Sprinting basics: starts, arm and leg action
  • Introduction to jumping and throwing events
  • Measure and record performance

Assessment: Assessed on the six FASTER strands, with the emphasis on core skills, rules and cooperation (Building foundations → Developing understanding).

Striking & Fielding — building the basics
  • Sports: Rounders, Softball, Cricket
  • Rules, scoring systems and safe play
  • Core skills in isolation: batting, bowling, catching and throwing
  • Basic fielding and backing up
  • Play in modified games

Assessment: Assessed on the six FASTER strands, with the emphasis on core skills, rules and cooperation (Building foundations → Developing understanding).

Year 8Developing skills and decision-making across activities
Autumn
Invasion Games — developing skills & decisions
  • Sports: Netball, Football, Basketball, Tag Rugby, Handball
  • Perform core skills under pressure in conditioned games
  • Attacking principles: creating and using space, and support play
  • Defending principles: marking, delay and interception
  • Make quicker decisions and begin to officiate

Assessment: Assessed on the six FASTER strands, with the emphasis on applying skills and decisions in games (Developing understanding → Securing fluency).

Aesthetics — Dance & Gymnastics — developing skills & decisions
  • Sports: Contemporary dance and gymnastics
  • Extend sequences with clear transitions and musicality
  • Relationship content: canon, unison and mirroring
  • Choreograph in pairs and small groups
  • Refine the quality and expression of movement

Assessment: Assessed on the six FASTER strands, with the emphasis on applying skills and decisions in games (Developing understanding → Securing fluency).

Spring
Net & Wall Games — developing skills & decisions
  • Sports: Badminton, Table Tennis, Tennis
  • Play consistent shots with accurate placement
  • Add the drop shot and spin
  • Use singles tactics to move an opponent
  • Keep score and officiate

Assessment: Assessed on the six FASTER strands, with the emphasis on applying skills and decisions in games (Developing understanding → Securing fluency).

Outdoor & Adventurous Activities — developing skills & decisions
  • Sports: Orienteering and problem-solving
  • Use attack points, thumbing and relocation
  • Plan and record a route before setting off
  • Solve problems in timed team challenges
  • Navigate less familiar terrain

Assessment: Assessed on the six FASTER strands, with the emphasis on applying skills and decisions in games (Developing understanding → Securing fluency).

Summer
Athletics — developing skills & decisions
  • Sports: Running, jumping and throwing events
  • Refine running technique and pacing
  • Develop jump phases: approach, take-off and flight
  • Develop throwing technique and release
  • Use data to set and chase targets

Assessment: Assessed on the six FASTER strands, with the emphasis on applying skills and decisions in games (Developing understanding → Securing fluency).

Striking & Fielding — developing skills & decisions
  • Sports: Rounders, Softball, Cricket
  • Apply batting, bowling and fielding in conditioned games
  • Shot placement and running between bases/wickets
  • Field positions and bowling variations
  • Make decisions as batter, bowler and fielder

Assessment: Assessed on the six FASTER strands, with the emphasis on applying skills and decisions in games (Developing understanding → Securing fluency).

Year 9Competing, leading and refining performance
Autumn
Invasion Games — competing & leading
  • Sports: Netball, Football, Basketball, Tag Rugby, Handball
  • Perform skills fluently in the full-sided, competitive game
  • Select and adapt tactics and formations to outwit opponents
  • Lead, organise and officiate a team confidently
  • Analyse performance and plan improvements

Assessment: Assessed on the six FASTER strands, with the emphasis on competitive performance, leadership and evaluation (Securing fluency → Deepening mastery).

Aesthetics — Dance & Gymnastics — competing & leading
  • Sports: Contemporary dance and gymnastics
  • Compose complex, polished routines with growing independence
  • Use advanced dynamics, formations and relationships
  • Evaluate and refine work against agreed criteria
  • Perform confidently to an audience

Assessment: Assessed on the six FASTER strands, with the emphasis on competitive performance, leadership and evaluation (Securing fluency → Deepening mastery).

Spring
Net & Wall Games — competing & leading
  • Sports: Badminton, Table Tennis, Tennis
  • Select shots under pressure and use deception
  • Apply doubles tactics and communication
  • Compete in full, competitive games
  • Analyse and improve performance

Assessment: Assessed on the six FASTER strands, with the emphasis on competitive performance, leadership and evaluation (Securing fluency → Deepening mastery).

Outdoor & Adventurous Activities — competing & leading
  • Sports: Orienteering and problem-solving
  • Complete complex cross-country and score courses
  • Lead a team and delegate roles
  • Navigate confidently under time pressure
  • Assess and manage risk independently

Assessment: Assessed on the six FASTER strands, with the emphasis on competitive performance, leadership and evaluation (Securing fluency → Deepening mastery).

Summer
Athletics — competing & leading
  • Sports: Running, jumping and throwing events
  • Apply advanced, event-specific technique
  • Compete across a range of track and field events
  • Analyse and improve personal bests
  • Officiate and measure accurately

Assessment: Assessed on the six FASTER strands, with the emphasis on competitive performance, leadership and evaluation (Securing fluency → Deepening mastery).

Striking & Fielding — competing & leading
  • Sports: Rounders, Softball, Cricket
  • Perform in the full, competitive game
  • Captaincy: set fields and choose tactics
  • Adapt to changing match situations
  • Analyse and evaluate performance

Assessment: Assessed on the six FASTER strands, with the emphasis on competitive performance, leadership and evaluation (Securing fluency → Deepening mastery).

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Each FASTER strand is a ladder you climb. Tap the wording from your report below — every ladder will show the rung you are on now and the rung to aim for next.

Highlight your stage— tap the words used on your report
KS3FASTER — knowledge & skills across KS3By FASTER strand · all activities

This FASTER progression runs across the whole of Key Stage 3, from Building foundations to Deepening mastery. Find your stage to see what you can already do and your next step up.

Fitness · preparing the body and building the fitness the activity needs

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can recognise how cardiovascular fitness, strength and speed help my performance
    • I can warm up and cool down safely with guidance
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can describe how to prepare for and recover from exercise
    • I can know how to develop the fitness a particular activity needs
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can suggest ways to develop cardiovascular fitness and speed to improve performance
    • I can explain how warming up and cooling down help performance
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can demonstrate a clear understanding of how to prepare for and recover from exercise
    • I can plan ways to develop the specific fitness the activity demands

Applying decisions · choosing the right skill, strategy and tactics

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can apply some of the basic rules of the activity
    • I can make simple decisions about what to do next
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can apply the basic rules of the activity with consistency
    • I can choose a suitable skill or tactic for the situation
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can apply a range of strategies and tactics within a conditioned game or routine
    • I can respond quickly to new and changing situations
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can select the best skill or strategy to outwit an opponent in a competitive situation
    • I can adapt my tactics as the game or performance changes

Skill · performing techniques with control, accuracy and fluency

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can demonstrate core skills in isolation with some accuracy
    • I can perform basic techniques using modified equipment
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can demonstrate a range of skills in a modified game or routine
    • I can perform techniques with growing control and consistency
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can demonstrate a range of skills and techniques with fluency in a modified game
    • I can perform skills under some pressure
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can use the appropriate skill under pressure from an opponent, in my role
    • I can combine skills fluently in the full context of the activity

Teamwork · working with and leading others

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can work cooperatively in a small group
    • I can take on a simple role within my team
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can work cooperatively, taking on a variety of roles in my group
    • I can support and encourage others
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can lead others so that everyone is involved and valued
    • I can officiate fairly and confidently
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can demonstrate that I am a valuable team member as a player and an official
    • I can organise and motivate others towards a shared goal

Evaluating & improving · judging performance and planning next steps

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can identify a strength and a weakness in a performance
    • I can set myself a goal that I can achieve
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can recognise what makes a performance effective
    • I can use feedback to improve my performance
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can describe strengths and weaknesses and begin to devise ways to improve them
    • I can analyse a performance against success criteria
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can evaluate my own and others’ performances and plan clear improvements
    • I can judge performances against agreed criteria

Resilience · a growth mindset and good sportsmanship

  1. 1
    Building foundations
    • I can keep a positive attitude and try my best
    • I can cope with success and failure, managing my emotions
  2. 2
    Developing understanding
    • I can attempt new activities with confidence
    • I can show determination to achieve personal success
  3. 3
    Securing fluency
    • I can overcome challenges with confidence
    • I can recover quickly from setbacks during a performance
  4. 4
    Deepening mastery
    • I can demonstrate a growth mindset, coping with success and failure with good sportsmanship
    • I can persevere to reach demanding personal goals

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

One organiser for the FASTER framework and one for each activity area. Use them to revise the key knowledge, skills and vocabulary.

KS3Open the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
FThe FASTER framework — how you are assessedKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
F

The FASTER framework — how you are assessed

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.In every activity in PE you are taught and assessed throughFASTER: Fitness, Applying decisions, Skill, Teamwork, Evaluating & improving and Resilience. This organiser explains what each strand means and how you progress from Building foundations to Deepening mastery across Years 7–9.
Builds onPrimary school PE: basic movement skills, cooperation and fair play.
Leads toGCSE PE (AQA 8582), sport, and a lifelong healthy, active lifestyle.
Assessed inFitnessApplying decisionsSkillTeamworkEvaluating & improvingResilienceCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Fitnessis the ability to meet the demands of the environment; key components include cardiovascular endurance, strength, speed, power, agility, balance, coordination and flexibility.
  • Applying decisionsis making choices in a sporting context — shot selection, tactics, positioning and strategy.
  • Skillis a learned action performed with maximum certainty and minimum outlay of time and energy.
  • Teamworkis a group working together effectively to achieve a shared goal, including leadership and officiating.
  • Evaluating & improvingmeans judging the quality of a performance and using that to get better.
  • Resilienceis the ability to recover quickly and overcome a challenge with a growth mindset.
Key skills
  • Prepare for and recover from exercise safely
  • Select and apply the right skill, strategy or tactic
  • Work with and lead others fairly
  • Analyse and evaluate performance to set next steps
Key terminology
FASTERThe six strands you are assessed on in every activity.
FitnessThe ability to meet or cope with the demands of the environment.
SkillA learned action with the intention of a pre-determined result, with maximum certainty and minimum outlay.
TacticsA plan or method used to outwit an opponent.
EvaluateTo judge the quality and importance of a performance.
ResilienceThe ability to recover quickly and overcome a challenge.
Growth mindsetThe belief that ability improves through effort and practice.
OfficiateTo apply the rules of an activity fairly as a referee, umpire or judge.
Careers & pathways
  • PE teacher / coach— inspire and develop performers of all abilities.
  • Sports scientist— study how the body and mind affect performance.
  • Physiotherapist— help people recover from injury and move well.
  • Sports leader / official— organise, referee and lead activity safely and fairly.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
LeadershipDecision-makingTeamworkSelf-evaluationResilience
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics HD — Handling data for recording and comparing scores; PSHE 1 — Health & Wellbeing for health and wellbeing.
InInvasion GamesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Invasion games are about outwitting opponents to score in their territory while defending your own. You develop core skills and learn attacking and defending principles across a family of sports.
Builds onKS2 games and the FASTER framework.
Leads toGCSE team-activity NEA and lifelong participation in team sport.
Assessed inFitnessApplying decisionsSkillTeamworkEvaluating & improvingResilienceCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • The aim is to invade an opponent’s territory, keep possession and score more than the other team.
  • Core skills: passing, receiving, dribbling, shooting/finishing and control.
  • Attacking principles: creating space, supporting the ball carrier, width and depth.
  • Defending principles: marking, delay, tackling/interception and covering.
  • Tactics and formations change how a team attacks and defends.
  • Rules, positions and safe, fair play differ between netball, football, basketball, tag rugby and handball.
Key skills
  • Pass, receive and control the ball under pressure
  • Create and use space to outwit defenders
  • Select the right skill and tactic for the situation
  • Officiate and take on different positions
Key terminology
PossessionHaving control of the ball as an individual or team.
MarkingStaying close to an opponent to stop them receiving or scoring.
InterceptionCutting out a pass to win possession.
WidthUsing the full space across the pitch/court to attack.
Support playMoving to give the ball carrier a passing option.
FormationHow players are organised on the pitch/court.
TransitionSwitching quickly between attack and defence.
OutwitTo gain an advantage over an opponent through skill or tactics.
Careers & pathways
  • Professional / semi-pro player— perform in a chosen team sport.
  • Coach / analyst— develop players and study opposition.
  • Referee / official— manage games fairly at all levels.
  • Strength & conditioning coach— prepare athletes physically.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CommunicationSpatial awarenessQuick decision-makingTeamwork
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Languages 7.3 — Sport & free time for talking about sport in French; Science 7.1 — Forces for forces and movement.
NWNet & Wall GamesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Net and wall games are about outwitting an opponent by placing the ball or shuttle where they are not, using accurate shots and clever tactics in singles and doubles.
Builds onKS2 games and the FASTER framework.
Leads toGCSE individual-activity NEA and lifelong racket sport.
Assessed inFitnessApplying decisionsSkillTeamworkEvaluating & improvingResilienceCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • The aim is to win points by making it hard for your opponent to return the ball/shuttle.
  • Core skills: forehand and backhand, the serve, spin and the drop shot.
  • Placement and shot selection move an opponent out of position.
  • Ready position and footwork let you cover the court efficiently.
  • Scoring systems and rules differ between badminton, table tennis and tennis.
  • Doubles adds communication, court coverage and partner tactics.
Key skills
  • Perform forehand, backhand, serve and net shots with control
  • Place shots to move an opponent
  • Select shots and tactics to win rallies
  • Keep score and officiate accurately
Key terminology
RallyA continuous exchange of shots between players.
ServeThe shot that starts a point.
PlacementWhere you aim a shot to gain advantage.
Ready positionA balanced stance to react quickly.
Drop shotA delicate shot played just over the net.
SpinRotation put on the ball to change its flight/bounce.
FootworkMovement patterns used to reach the ball early.
DeceptionDisguising a shot to wrong-foot an opponent.
Careers & pathways
  • Racket-sport coach— develop players’ technique and tactics.
  • Performance analyst— study patterns of play.
  • Official / umpire— manage matches fairly.
  • Sports development officer— grow participation in racket sports.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
ConcentrationAnticipationFine motor controlTactical thinking
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics AN — Angles for angles and trajectory; Languages 7.3 — Mis pasatiempos — hobbies for hobbies and sport in Spanish.
SFStriking & FieldingKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Striking and fielding games are about scoring runs when batting and restricting the opposition when fielding, using accurate striking, throwing and catching and smart decisions.
Builds onKS2 games and the FASTER framework.
Leads toGCSE NEA activities and lifelong participation.
Assessed inFitnessApplying decisionsSkillTeamworkEvaluating & improvingResilienceCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • The batting side scores runs; the fielding side restricts runs and takes wickets/outs.
  • Core skills: batting, bowling, catching, throwing and fielding.
  • Shot placement and running between bases/wickets score runs.
  • Field positions and bowling variations restrict scoring.
  • Decision-making differs by role: batter, bowler and fielder.
  • Rules and scoring differ between rounders, softball and cricket.
Key skills
  • Bat, bowl, catch, throw and field with control
  • Place shots and run to score runs
  • Choose field positions and bowling tactics
  • Communicate and work as a fielding unit
Key terminology
InningsA team’s turn to bat.
DeliveryA single ball bowled to the batter.
Backing upFielders supporting each other to stop overthrows.
PlacementHitting the ball into gaps in the field.
Fielding positionWhere a fielder stands to restrict runs.
Wicket / outDismissing a batter.
RunA point scored by completing a length of the pitch/track of bases.
Long barrierA safe technique to stop a moving ball.
Careers & pathways
  • Cricketer / rounders player— perform in a chosen striking & fielding sport.
  • Coach / scorer— develop players and record the game.
  • Groundskeeper— prepare and maintain playing surfaces.
  • Umpire / official— apply the laws of the game fairly.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Hand–eye coordinationCommunicationConcentrationDecision-making
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics PR — Probability for probability and tactics; Science 7.1 — Forces for forces, speed and impact.
AtAthleticsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Athletics develops speed, power and technique across running, jumping and throwing events, with a strong focus on measuring, recording and improving personal performance.
Builds onKS2 fundamentals of movement and the FASTER framework.
Leads toGCSE anatomy, physical training and athletics as an NEA activity.
Assessed inFitnessApplying decisionsSkillTeamworkEvaluating & improvingResilienceCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Running events need efficient technique: starts, arm and leg action, pacing and finishes.
  • Jumping events depend on the approach, take-off, flight and landing.
  • Throwing events depend on grip, stance, throwing action and release.
  • Different events rely on different fitness components (speed, power, endurance).
  • Performance is measured objectively (times and distances), so progress is easy to track.
  • Safety and accurate officiating are essential in all events.
Key skills
  • Perform running, jumping and throwing techniques
  • Pace effort appropriately for the event
  • Measure, record and analyse performance
  • Set and pursue personal-best targets
Key terminology
SprintA short, maximal-speed running event.
PacingDistributing effort across a distance event.
Take-offThe moment of leaving the ground in a jump.
ApproachThe run-up before a jump or throw.
ReleaseThe point at which an implement leaves the hand.
PowerStrength performed at speed (strength × speed).
Personal bestAn individual’s best recorded performance.
Stride lengthThe distance covered in one running stride.
Careers & pathways
  • Athlete / athletics coach— train and compete in track and field.
  • Sports scientist / biomechanist— analyse movement to improve performance.
  • Physiotherapist— prevent and treat athletic injuries.
  • Official / timekeeper— measure and judge events accurately.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Goal-settingSelf-motivationData analysisPerseverance
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics G — Geometry & measures for measuring distance and time; Science 9.12 — Energy and work done for work done and energy.
OAAOutdoor & Adventurous ActivitiesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
OAA

Outdoor & Adventurous Activities

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Outdoor and adventurous activities develop navigation, problem-solving and teamwork in the outdoors, where students plan, make decisions under pressure and manage risk safely.
Builds onKS2 teamwork and map skills, and the FASTER framework.
Leads toThe Duke of Edinburgh’s Award, expeditions and lifelong outdoor activity.
Assessed inFitnessApplying decisionsSkillTeamworkEvaluating & improvingResilienceCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Maps use symbols, scale and orientation to represent the ground.
  • Navigation uses handrails, attack points, thumbing and relocation.
  • Planning a route before setting off saves time and reduces mistakes.
  • Problem-solving tasks require clear roles and communication under pressure.
  • Risk assessment keeps individuals and groups safe outdoors.
  • Success depends on cooperation, trust and resilience.
Key skills
  • Orientate and read a map to navigate a course
  • Plan and record a route
  • Solve problems as a team under time pressure
  • Assess and manage risk safely
Key terminology
OrientationSetting the map so it matches the ground.
HandrailA linear feature followed to aid navigation.
Attack pointAn obvious feature near a control used to find it.
RelocationWorking out your position after becoming lost.
ControlA marked checkpoint on an orienteering course.
Risk assessmentIdentifying and reducing hazards.
ContourA map line joining points of equal height.
ThumbingKeeping your thumb on your position on the map.
Careers & pathways
  • Outdoor education instructor— lead adventurous activities safely.
  • Armed forces / emergency services— navigate and lead under pressure.
  • Expedition leader— plan and manage expeditions.
  • Environmental / countryside ranger— manage and protect the outdoors.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Problem-solvingLeadershipCommunicationRisk management
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography 7.2 — Where in the world? for maps, compasses and bearings; Geography t6 — Topic 6: Geographical investigations (fieldwork) for fieldwork in the outdoors.
AeAesthetics — Dance & GymnasticsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
Ae

Aesthetics — Dance & Gymnastics

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.Aesthetic activities develop control, expression and composition. Students perform physical skills with quality and create sequences using dance and gymnastic movement.
Builds onKS2 movement and the FASTER framework.
Leads toGCSE dance/gymnastics as an NEA activity and lifelong creative movement.
Assessed inFitnessApplying decisionsSkillTeamworkEvaluating & improvingResilienceCatholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Physical skills: posture, alignment, balance, coordination, control, flexibility, strength and extension.
  • Composition uses action, dynamic, spatial and relationship content.
  • Movements are linked into motifs and sequences with clear transitions.
  • Relationships include mirroring, canon, unison, lead-and-follow and contact.
  • Dynamics (fast/slow, strong/light) and use of levels and pathways add quality.
  • Performers evaluate and refine their work against agreed criteria.
Key skills
  • Perform physical skills with control and quality
  • Compose and link movements into a sequence
  • Use dynamics, levels, canon and unison
  • Evaluate and refine a performance
Key terminology
MotifA short movement idea that is developed and repeated.
CanonPerformers doing the same movement one after another.
UnisonPerformers doing the same movement at the same time.
DynamicsThe quality of movement (e.g. fast/slow, strong/light).
TransitionA link that joins one movement to the next.
ExtensionStretching a body part fully to improve line.
CompositionHow movements are selected and arranged.
PathwayThe route a performer travels through space.
Careers & pathways
  • Dancer / choreographer— create and perform movement.
  • Gymnastics coach— develop performers’ skills safely.
  • Performing-arts practitioner— work in dance, theatre or film.
  • Dance / movement therapist— support wellbeing through movement.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
CreativityBody controlSelf-expressionAttention to detail
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Drama 7.1 — Mime, Movement & Storytelling for movement, mime and control; Music 9.4 — EDM for rhythm and timing.

Best ways to revise PE at Key Stage 3

  • Use the knowledge organisers with look – cover – write – check.
  • Learn the FASTER strands and what each one means.
  • Practise the key skills for each activity area, then apply them in games.
  • After a lesson, note one strength and one next step (Evaluating & improving).
  • Check your report stage on the ladder and target your next step up.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise PE at Key Stage 3

  • Use the knowledge organisers with look – cover – write – check: read a section on the body or a component of fitness, hide it, write what you remember, then check.
  • Test yourselflittle and often— short, regular bursts beat one long session (spaced practice).
  • Turn the headings into questions and answer them from memory (retrieval practice).
  • Make flashcards for the key vocabulary — bones, muscles and the components of fitness.
  • Watch or replay a skill or rule, then explain the technique in your own words and check it against the organiser.
  • Check your report stage against the ladder and target your next step up.

GCSE PE (AQA 8582) develops confident performers who understand the science and society of sport. Students study the human body and movement, and the socio-cultural and psychological side of sport, across two written papers, and are assessed practically in three activities plus an Analysis and Evaluation of Performance.

Everything is assessed against the four assessment objectives. The ladders below show how to move up a grade in each, and the route-through sets out the two papers and the NEA.

Choose your current topic to jump to its organiser and the assessment-objective ladder.

What are you studying at the moment?— choose a topic to find its organiser and the assessment-objective grid

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the AQA GCSE PE (8582) specification

The two papers and the non-exam assessment, in detail.

GCSEThe course in detail — the two papers and the NEAPaper 1 30% · Paper 2 30% · NEA 40%
The human body and movement in physical activity and sportPaper 1 · 30%
  • Written exam: 1 hour 15 minutes · 78 marks
  • Applied anatomy and physiology
  • Movement analysis
  • Physical training
  • Use of data
  • Multiple choice, short answer and extended answer questions
Socio-cultural influences and well-being in physical activity and sportPaper 2 · 30%
  • Written exam: 1 hour 15 minutes · 78 marks
  • Sports psychology
  • Socio-cultural influences
  • Health, fitness and well-being
  • Use of data
  • Multiple choice, short answer and extended answer questions
Practical performance & the AEPNEA · 40%
  • Assessed by teachers, moderated by AQA · 100 marks
  • Practical performance in three activities: one team, one individual and one in either
  • Each activity: skills in progressive drills (10) + full context (15) = 25 marks
  • Analysis and Evaluation of Performance (AEP): analysis (15) + evaluation (10) = 25 marks
The four assessment objectives Assessment
  • AO1Demonstrate knowledge & understanding (25%)
  • AO2Apply knowledge & understanding (20%)
  • AO3Analyse & evaluate (15%)
  • AO4Demonstrate & apply skills; analyse & evaluate performance (40%)
What you’ll practise Skills
  • Applying theory to specific sporting contexts
  • Interpreting and using data
  • Extended writing that analyses, evaluates and reaches a judgement
  • Performing and being assessed across three activities
  • Analysing and evaluating performance to bring about improvement
How marks are gained What great work shows
  • Precise theory tied to a specific sporting example
  • Confident data interpretation
  • Balanced analysis and evaluation that reaches a judgement
  • Consistent, high-level practical performance in competition
  • Clear theory–practice links in the AEP

The activities you may be assessed in are set by the DfE GCSE PE activity list ↗

NEA deadlines
  • Year 11 — video evidence of practical performance: Thursday 11 December 2026
  • Year 11 — Analysis and Evaluation of Performance document: Thursday 28 January 2027
  • Year 10 — video evidence of practical performance: Friday 11 December 2027
  • Year 10 — Analysis and Evaluation of Performance document: Friday 28 January 2028

Note: a small specification update applies to current Year 10 students and all exams from summer 2027 onwards.

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Each row below is one of the four AQA assessment objectives. Tap your predicted-grade band to highlight the rung you are on, then read the next rung up to see how to move up a grade.

Highlight your stage— tap your grade band
GCSEGCSE PE — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · AQA 8582

AO1 · Demonstrate knowledge & understanding (25%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can identify and recall basic facts, such as bones, muscles and components of fitness, with support
    • I can label simple diagrams of the body
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can describe key facts, definitions and processes across the topics
    • I can recall knowledge from more than one area of the course
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can explain processes accurately, such as how the body responds to exercise
    • I can show secure knowledge across most of the course
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can recall detailed, precise knowledge fluently across the whole course
    • I can explain complex processes clearly and accurately

AO2 · Apply knowledge & understanding (20%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can apply a simple fact to a sporting example with support
    • I can link a piece of knowledge to a familiar sport
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can apply knowledge to a familiar sporting context
    • I can use correct terminology in my answers
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can apply knowledge accurately to unfamiliar sporting situations
    • I can connect theory to a range of practical examples
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can apply detailed knowledge precisely to novel sporting contexts
    • I can select the most relevant knowledge for the situation

AO3 · Analyse & evaluate (15%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can identify a strength, weakness or simple advantage
    • I can state a basic point about a factor
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can give advantages and disadvantages of a factor
    • I can describe how a factor affects performance
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can analyse how a factor affects performance and begin to reach a judgement
    • I can weigh more than one point in my answer
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can evaluate both sides of an argument and reach a justified judgement
    • I can develop a sustained line of reasoning in extended answers

AO4 · Demonstrate & apply skills; analyse & evaluate performance (40%)

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can perform basic skills in isolated drills
    • I can identify a strength and a weakness in a performance
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can perform skills in drills and modified games
    • I can describe strengths and weaknesses in a performance
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can perform skills effectively in the full, competitive context
    • I can analyse a performance and suggest improvements
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can perform skills consistently under pressure in competition
    • I can evaluate performance and justify improvements linked to theory

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

One organiser per topic, plus the non-exam assessment.

GCSEOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
1Applied anatomy and physiologyKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
1

Applied anatomy and physiology

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.How the musculoskeletal, cardiovascular and respiratory systems work and respond to exercise, plus the effects of exercise on the body.
Builds onKS3 fitness and FASTER.
Leads toGCSE movement analysis and physical training; A-level anatomy and exercise physiology.
Assessed inPaper 1AO1AO2Catholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • The skeleton provides support, protection, movement and blood-cell production; bones meet at joints.
  • Muscles work in antagonistic pairs to move joints (agonist and antagonist).
  • The cardiovascular system transports oxygen, nutrients and waste; cardiac output = stroke volume × heart rate.
  • The respiratory system enables gas exchange at the alveoli; breathing rate and depth rise with exercise.
  • Aerobic exercise uses oxygen; anaerobic exercise works without enough oxygen and produces lactic acid.
  • Short- and long-term effects of exercise change the body’s systems over time.
Key skills
  • Label and describe the body’s systems
  • Explain responses to exercise
  • Use equations such as cardiac output
  • Apply anatomy to sporting movement
Key terminology
JointWhere two or more bones meet.
Antagonistic pairTwo muscles that work against each other to move a joint.
TendonConnective tissue joining muscle to bone.
Stroke volumeBlood pumped by the heart per beat.
Cardiac outputBlood pumped by the heart per minute.
AlveoliAir sacs where gas exchange occurs.
AerobicExercise using oxygen.
AnaerobicExercise without sufficient oxygen.
Careers & pathways
  • Physiotherapist— treat injury and restore movement.
  • Sports therapist— support athletes’ bodies.
  • Exercise physiologist— study how exercise affects the body.
  • Doctor / nurse— apply anatomy in healthcare.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Scientific reasoningPrecise terminologyDiagram interpretationApplying theory
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 7.5 — Body systems for body systems and the skeleton; Science B2 — Organisation for organisation and the body.
2Movement analysisKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
2

Movement analysis

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The levers, planes and axes of the body and how they produce efficient sporting movement.
Builds onGCSE applied anatomy.
Leads toA-level biomechanical movement.
Assessed inPaper 1AO1AO2Catholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • First-, second- and third-class levers operate at joints, each with effort, load and fulcrum.
  • Mechanical advantage describes how a lever makes movement more efficient.
  • Movement happens in three planes: sagittal, frontal and transverse.
  • Movement happens around three axes: frontal, sagittal (transverse) and vertical (longitudinal).
  • Different sporting actions use different lever systems, planes and axes.
  • Analysing movement helps improve technique and prevent injury.
Key skills
  • Identify lever systems in sporting actions
  • Explain mechanical advantage
  • Classify movements by plane and axis
  • Apply analysis to improve technique
Key terminology
LeverA rigid bar that turns about a fulcrum.
FulcrumThe pivot point of a lever (the joint).
EffortThe muscular force applied.
LoadThe resistance or weight moved.
Mechanical advantageWhen the effort arm is longer than the load arm.
Sagittal planeDivides the body into left and right.
Frontal planeDivides the body into front and back.
Transverse planeDivides the body into top and bottom.
Careers & pathways
  • Biomechanist— analyse movement to improve performance.
  • Coach— refine athletes’ technique.
  • Prosthetics engineer— design devices that restore movement.
  • Ergonomist— design for safe, efficient movement.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analytical thinkingSpatial reasoningApplying modelsAttention to detail
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 9.2 — Forces — applied for levers, moments and forces; Mathematics AN — Angles for angles in movement.
3Physical trainingKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.Components of fitness, how to test and train them, and how to plan safe, effective training that avoids injury.
Builds onKS3 fitness and GCSE anatomy.
Leads toA-level exercise physiology and training methods.
Assessed inPaper 1AO1AO2AO3Catholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Health-related and skill-related components of fitness underpin performance.
  • Fitness tests measure each component and set a baseline for improvement.
  • The principles of training (SPORT and FITT) guide effective programmes.
  • Training methods (continuous, interval, fartlek, circuit, weight, plyometric, HIIT) suit different goals.
  • Warming up and cooling down prepare the body and aid recovery, reducing injury risk.
  • Overtraining, poor technique and ignoring principles can cause injury.
Key skills
  • Select and justify fitness tests
  • Apply principles of training
  • Choose training methods for a goal
  • Plan a safe training session
Key terminology
Component of fitnessAn aspect of physical or skill-related fitness.
Progressive overloadGradually increasing training demand.
SpecificityMatching training to the activity.
FITTFrequency, Intensity, Time, Type.
Interval trainingPeriods of work and rest.
PlyometricsExplosive jump-based training for power.
ReversibilityLosing fitness when training stops.
RecoveryTime for the body to adapt and repair.
Careers & pathways
  • Personal trainer— design safe, effective programmes.
  • Strength & conditioning coach— prepare athletes physically.
  • Sports coach— plan training for a team or individual.
  • Fitness instructor— lead safe exercise sessions.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
PlanningData interpretationEvaluating methodsDuty of care
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 9.5 — Respiration for respiration and exercise; Design & Technology 5.1 — Nutrition & the Eatwell Guide for nutrition and training.
4Use of dataKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
4

Use of data

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Collecting, presenting and interpreting data about fitness and performance, and drawing valid conclusions.
Builds onGCSE physical training and maths skills.
Leads toA-level data handling and research.
Assessed inPaper 1Paper 2AO2AO3Catholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Data can be qualitative (descriptions) or quantitative (numbers).
  • Fitness-test and performance results are a form of quantitative data.
  • Tables, bar charts, line graphs and pie charts present data clearly.
  • Trends, patterns and anomalies can be read from graphs and tables.
  • Data should be reliable and valid to support conclusions.
  • Conclusions must be justified by the evidence, not assumed.
Key skills
  • Collect fitness and performance data
  • Present data in a suitable format
  • Interpret trends and anomalies
  • Draw and justify conclusions
Key terminology
Quantitative dataNumerical data.
Qualitative dataDescriptive data.
ReliabilityHow consistent a measure is.
ValidityWhether a test measures what it should.
TrendA general direction in data.
AnomalyA result that does not fit the pattern.
Normative dataComparison data from a population.
ConclusionA judgement drawn from evidence.
Careers & pathways
  • Performance analyst— turn data into insight for coaches.
  • Data scientist— analyse large datasets.
  • Sports scientist— use data to guide training.
  • Researcher— design and interpret studies.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
NumeracyInterpreting graphsCritical evaluationDrawing conclusions
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics S — Statistics for statistics and data; Computing 9.3 — Data science for data science.
5Sports psychologyKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
What this unit is about.How the mind affects performance: skill classification, goal setting, guidance, feedback, arousal, anxiety, aggression, personality and motivation.
Builds onKS3 applying decisions and resilience.
Leads toA-level skill acquisition and sport psychology.
Assessed inPaper 2AO1AO2AO3Catholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Skills can be classified (e.g. basic/complex, open/closed) to guide practice.
  • SMART goal setting improves motivation and focus.
  • Types of guidance (visual, verbal, manual, mechanical) suit different learners.
  • Feedback (intrinsic/extrinsic, knowledge of results/performance) shapes improvement.
  • Arousal, the inverted-U theory and anxiety affect performance.
  • Personality, motivation and aggression influence how performers behave.
Key skills
  • Classify a skill and justify it
  • Set SMART goals
  • Select guidance and feedback
  • Explain arousal and anxiety effects
Key terminology
Open skillA skill affected by a changing environment.
Closed skillA skill in a stable environment.
SMARTSpecific, Measurable, Achievable, Realistic, Time-bound.
GuidanceSupport that helps learning.
FeedbackInformation about a performance.
ArousalLevel of physical and mental readiness.
Inverted-UTheory linking arousal and performance.
MotivationThe drive to perform.
Careers & pathways
  • Sport psychologist— help performers manage the mind.
  • Coach— apply psychology to training.
  • Teacher— support motivation and learning.
  • Mental-health practitioner— support wellbeing.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
ReflectionCommunicationGoal-settingEmpathy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Psychology 2 — Paper 1: Introductory Topics in Psychology for introductory psychology; Mathematics P — Probability for probability and decision making.
6Socio-cultural influencesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
6

Socio-cultural influences

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.How engagement in sport is shaped by society, commercialisation, the media and issues such as sportsmanship, deviance and drugs.
Builds onKS3 teamwork and fair play.
Leads toA-level sport and society.
Assessed inPaper 2AO1AO2AO3Catholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Participation is affected by factors such as age, gender, ethnicity, disability and socio-economic group.
  • Strategies aim to widen access and increase participation.
  • Commercialisation links sport, sponsorship and the media (the golden triangle).
  • The media influences which sports and performers are seen and valued.
  • Sportsmanship, gamesmanship and deviance (including doping) raise ethical issues.
  • Performance-enhancing drugs carry serious health and integrity risks.
Key skills
  • Explain factors affecting participation
  • Evaluate strategies to increase participation
  • Analyse commercialisation and media
  • Discuss ethics in sport
Key terminology
ParticipationTaking part in physical activity.
CommercialisationManaging sport for profit.
SponsorshipFinancial support in return for promotion.
Golden triangleSport, media and sponsorship links.
SportsmanshipFair, generous conduct.
GamesmanshipBending rules to gain advantage.
DevianceBehaviour that breaks accepted rules.
DopingUsing banned substances to enhance performance.
Careers & pathways
  • Sports development officer— widen access to sport.
  • Sports journalist / broadcaster— report on sport.
  • Marketing / sponsorship manager— manage commercial deals.
  • Policy / governing-body officer— shape fair sport.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Critical evaluationEthical reasoningDebatingCultural awareness
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Sociology 3 — Paper 2: Topics in Sociology for topics in sociology; History 9.6 — Fighting for rights in the 20th century for fighting for rights.
7Health, fitness and well-beingKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7

Health, fitness and well-being

Download PDFDepartment organiser ↗
What this unit is about.How physical activity supports physical, emotional and social health, plus diet, energy and the consequences of a sedentary lifestyle.
Builds onKS3 fitness and GCSE training.
Leads toA-level exercise physiology and lifelong health.
Assessed inPaper 2AO1AO2AO3Catholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Health has physical, emotional and social dimensions.
  • Regular physical activity brings benefits across all three dimensions.
  • A sedentary lifestyle increases the risk of ill health and obesity.
  • A balanced diet provides the nutrients and energy the body needs.
  • Energy balance links calories consumed and expended; it affects weight.
  • Diet, hydration and rest all affect performance and recovery.
Key skills
  • Explain the dimensions of health
  • Evaluate benefits of activity
  • Describe a balanced diet
  • Apply energy balance to performance
Key terminology
HealthComplete physical, emotional and social wellbeing.
FitnessThe ability to meet the demands of the environment.
WellbeingFeeling comfortable, healthy and happy.
SedentaryAn inactive lifestyle.
ObesityExcess body fat that harms health.
Balanced dietEating the right nutrients in the right amounts.
Energy balanceCalories in versus calories out.
MacronutrientCarbohydrate, protein or fat.
Careers & pathways
  • Public-health practitioner— promote active, healthy lives.
  • Dietitian / nutritionist— advise on healthy eating.
  • Health promotion officer— design wellbeing campaigns.
  • PE teacher— build lifelong healthy habits.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Health literacyEvaluating evidenceCommunicationPlanning for wellbeing
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 8.7 — Health and lifestyle for health and lifestyle; PSHE 1 — Health & Wellbeing for health and wellbeing; Languages 9.1 — Dieta y salud — diet & health for diet and health in Spanish.
NEAPractical performance & the AEPKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
NEA

Practical performance & the AEP

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The 40% practical component: performing in three activities and writing an Analysis and Evaluation of Performance (AEP) to bring about improvement in one.
Builds onKS3 FASTER assessment across all six activity areas.
Leads toA-level practical performance and the EAPI.
Assessed inPaper 1Paper 2AO4Catholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • You are assessed as a player/performer in three activities: one team, one individual and one in either.
  • Each activity is marked for skills in progressive drills (10) and in the full context (15) — 25 marks each.
  • You can only be assessed in activities on the DfE/AQA activity list.
  • The AEP is worth 25 marks: analysis (15) and evaluation (10) of performance in one activity.
  • The AEP links theory from Papers 1 and 2 to a real performance and recommends improvements.
  • Video evidence supports teacher marking and AQA moderation.
Key skills
  • Perform skills in drills and full context
  • Analyse strengths and weaknesses of a performance
  • Evaluate and plan improvements
  • Link theory to practical performance
Key terminology
NEANon-exam assessment.
AEPAnalysis and Evaluation of Performance.
DrillsProgressive skill practices.
Full contextThe competitive game or performance situation.
ModerationAQA’s check on the school’s marking.
Activity listThe permitted activities set by the DfE/AQA.
AnalysisIdentifying strengths and weaknesses.
EvaluationJudging and planning improvements.
Careers & pathways
  • Elite / club performer— compete in a chosen sport.
  • Coach / analyst— develop and study performers.
  • Sports scientist— support performance improvement.
  • PE teacher— assess and develop practical skill.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Self-analysisApplying theoryReflectionPerseverance
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
The rules — read this before you start

Your practical performance and Analysis and Evaluation of Performance (AEP) must meet JCQ and AQA requirements. Breaking these rules is malpractice and can cost you marks — or your result.

Where this connectsAlso studied in Drama A5 — Making theatre: performing three extracts for performing under assessment; Art & Design C1 — Component 1: Portfolio for building a portfolio.
  • It must be your own work.The analysis and evaluation you write must be your own words, based on your own performance and observations.
  • Length and format. The AEP is a written analysis and evaluation of one activity; follow the AQA structure and word guidance.
  • Reference everything.Credit any source, theory or model you draw on, and put any direct quotes in quotation marks. Copying words or ideas without crediting them is plagiarism.
  • Using AI.You must acknowledge any use of AI tools and keep a copy of what you used and how. Passing AI-generated work off as your own is malpractice.
  • You will sign to confirm it is your own.Once you hand your work in for final marking, it cannot be changed.
  • Your teacher can guide, not do it for you.They can give general advice and review your draft; they cannot correct it or tell you exactly what to change.
  • Practical evidence.Video evidence of your performances must be genuine, unedited and clearly show you meeting the criteria, ready for AQA moderation.
  • Keep it safe.Don’t share your work or post it online.
  • Deadlines are issued with the task. The college’s malpractice and AI-use policies are in the policies section of the school website..

Best ways to revise PE at GCSE

  • Label blank diagrams (skeleton, muscles, heart, lungs) from memory.
  • Practise applying theory to a specific sporting example every time.
  • Answer past-paper 6- and 9-mark questions and mark them against the scheme.
  • Use the assessment-objective ladders to find your next step.
  • Keep practising and reviewing your three NEA activities and your AEP links.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise PE at GCSE

  • Use the knowledge organisers with look – cover – write – check across the theory topics (anatomy & physiology, movement analysis, physical training, sports psychology and socio-cultural influences).
  • Practise past exam questions and mark them with the mark scheme — learn how marks are awarded, and apply and analyse rather than just describe.
  • Retrieval practice: turn each organiser heading into a question; use flashcards for definitions, muscles, bones and movement-analysis terms.
  • Usespaced practice— short regular sessions beat cramming; revisit older topics every week.
  • For the practical / NEA analysis, keep a log of your performance and use video to evaluate strengths and plan improvements.
  • Check your predicted-grade band against the ladder and target the next band up.

A-level PE (AQA 7582) is a rigorous, science-rich course for students who love sport and want to understand performance deeply. Students study anatomy, physiology, biomechanics, skill acquisition, sport psychology and sport in society across two papers, and are assessed as a performer or coach in one activity plus a detailed analysis of performance.

Everything is assessed against the four assessment objectives. The ladders below show how to move up a grade in each, and the route-through sets out the two papers and the NEA.

Choose your current topic to jump to its organiser and the assessment-objective ladder.

What are you studying at the moment?— choose a topic to find its organiser and the assessment-objective grid

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the AQA A-level PE (7582) specification

The two papers and the non-exam assessment, in detail.

A-LevelThe course in detail — the two papers and the NEAPaper 1 35% · Paper 2 35% · NEA 30%
Factors affecting participation in physical activity and sportPaper 1 · 35%
  • Written exam: 2 hours · 105 marks
  • Section A: Applied anatomy and physiology
  • Section B: Skill acquisition
  • Section C: Sport and society
  • Multiple choice, short answer and extended writing
Factors affecting optimal performance in physical activity and sportPaper 2 · 35%
  • Written exam: 2 hours · 105 marks
  • Section A: Exercise physiology and biomechanical movement
  • Section B: Sport psychology
  • Section C: Sport and society and the role of technology in physical activity and sport
  • Multiple choice, short answer and extended writing
Practical performance & the EAPINEA · 30%
  • Assessed by teachers, moderated by AQA · 90 marks
  • Assessed as a player/performer or coach in one activity (45 marks)
  • Written/verbal analysis and evaluation of performance for improvement (EAPI) (45 marks)
  • The EAPI draws together knowledge from across the course
The four assessment objectives Assessment
  • AO1Demonstrate knowledge & understanding (30%)
  • AO2Apply knowledge & understanding (20%)
  • AO3Analyse & evaluate (20%)
  • AO4Demonstrate & apply skills; analyse & evaluate performance (30%)
What you’ll practise Skills
  • Applying theory synoptically across topics
  • Extended 8- and 15-mark evaluative writing
  • Biomechanics, data handling and technology in sport
  • High-level performance or coaching in one activity
  • Independent analysis and evaluation of performance
Beyond A-Level Where it leads
  • Degrees in sport & exercise science, physiotherapy, sports coaching, sports management and PE teaching
  • The biology-rich content supports routes into medicine and the allied health professions
  • Careers in coaching, performance analysis, S&C, sports development and the fitness industry
  • Transferable skills: analysis, leadership, data handling and independent research

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Each row below is one of the four AQA assessment objectives. Tap your predicted-grade band to highlight the rung you are on, then read the next rung up to see how to move up a grade.

Highlight your stage— tap your grade band
A-LevelA-level PE — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · AQA 7582

AO1 · Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the factors that underpin performance (22–25%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can recall key facts and definitions across the topics with support
    • I can describe the main systems, models and theories
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can explain processes and theories accurately
    • I can recall detail from across more than one topic
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can explain complex processes precisely and use correct terminology
    • I can show secure, detailed knowledge across the course
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can demonstrate comprehensive, accurate knowledge fluently and synoptically
    • I can define and use technical terminology with precision

AO2 · Apply knowledge and understanding of the factors that underpin performance (22–25%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can apply a theory to a familiar sporting example with support
    • I can link knowledge to a practical situation
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can apply knowledge to familiar sporting contexts accurately
    • I can use data and examples to support a point
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can apply theory to unfamiliar and complex sporting situations
    • I can connect ideas from different topics (synoptic links)
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can apply detailed knowledge precisely across a range of novel contexts
    • I can select and combine the most relevant theory for the situation

AO3 · Analyse and evaluate the factors that underpin performance (22–25%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can identify advantages and disadvantages of a factor
    • I can describe how a factor affects performance
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can analyse how factors affect performance
    • I can begin to weigh points against each other
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can evaluate factors and reach a supported judgement
    • I can develop a clear line of reasoning in 8- and 15-mark answers
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can evaluate critically, weighing evidence to reach a justified, synoptic judgement
    • I can sustain a coherent, substantiated argument throughout

AO4 · Demonstrate & apply skills; analyse & evaluate performance (30%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can perform or coach core skills in my activity
    • I can identify strengths and weaknesses in a performance
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can perform or coach effectively in the full context
    • I can analyse a performance and suggest improvements
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can perform or coach at a high level under pressure
    • I can evaluate a performance and justify a development plan
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can perform or coach consistently at a high level in competition
    • I can evaluate performance analytically and justify improvements using theory

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources

One organiser per topic, plus the non-exam assessment.

A-LevelOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
1Applied anatomy and physiologyKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
1

Applied anatomy and physiology

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The cardiovascular, respiratory, neuromuscular and musculoskeletal systems and how they respond and adapt to exercise and diet.
Builds onGCSE anatomy and physiology.
Leads toExercise physiology and degree-level sport science.
Assessed inPaper 1 · Section AAO1AO2Catholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • The cardiovascular system responds to exercise via stroke volume, heart rate and cardiac output, with venous return mechanisms.
  • Gas exchange and the transport of oxygen and carbon dioxide meet the demands of exercise.
  • Muscle-fibre types (slow twitch, fast twitch) suit different activities.
  • The neuromuscular system controls movement through motor units and recruitment.
  • Diet, hydration and ergogenic aids affect performance and recovery.
  • The body makes short- and long-term adaptations to training.
Key skills
  • Explain systemic responses to exercise
  • Relate fibre types to activities
  • Analyse gas exchange and transport
  • Evaluate diet and ergogenic aids
Key terminology
Venous returnThe return of blood to the heart.
Stroke volumeBlood ejected per beat.
Starling’s lawGreater venous return increases stroke volume.
Slow-twitch fibreFatigue-resistant, aerobic fibre.
Fast-twitch fibrePowerful, anaerobic fibre.
Motor unitA motor neuron and the fibres it controls.
Ergogenic aidA substance or method that enhances performance.
AdaptationA long-term change from training.
Careers & pathways
  • Sport & exercise scientist— research performance and health.
  • Physiotherapist— rehabilitate and prevent injury.
  • Doctor / medic— apply physiology in healthcare.
  • Dietitian— optimise nutrition for performance.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Scientific reasoningSynoptic thinkingData handlingApplying theory
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science T3 — Exchange with the environment for exchange and gas exchange; Science T1 — Biological molecules for biological molecules.
2Skill acquisitionKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
2

Skill acquisition

Download PDF
What this unit is about.How skills are learned and refined: skill classification, theories of learning, guidance, feedback, memory models and information processing.
Builds onGCSE sports psychology.
Leads toSport psychology and coaching practice.
Assessed inPaper 1 · Section BAO1AO2AO3Catholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Skill classification along the continua: open/closed, discrete/serial/continuous, gross/fine, self/externally paced, simple/complex, low/high organisation
  • Transfer of skills: positive, negative, zero and bilateral
  • Types of practice: whole, progressive-part, whole-part-whole, massed, distributed, variable and mental
  • Stages of learning — cognitive, associative and autonomous — and the causes of learning plateaus with strategies to overcome them
  • Learning theories: Gestalt insight learning, Skinner’s operant conditioning, Bandura’s observational learning and Vygotsky’s social development (ZPD, MKO, scaffolding)
  • Guidance (verbal, visual, manual, mechanical) and feedback (knowledge of performance and of results, intrinsic and extrinsic, positive and negative), matched to the performer and their stage of learning
  • Information processing: input, decision making, output and feedback; Whiting’s model and Baddeley and Hitch’s working memory
  • Reaction, movement and response time; Hick’s Law, the psychological refractory period and the single channel hypothesis
  • Anticipation (spatial and temporal) and improving processing through selective attention, chunking and chaining
  • Schmidt’s schema theory: recall and recognition schemas, initial conditions, response specifications, sensory consequences and response outcome; variable practice builds adaptable schemas
Key skills
  • Classify skills on continua
  • Apply theories of learning
  • Select guidance and feedback
  • Explain information-processing models
Key terminology
ContinuumA scale used to classify skills.
Operant conditioningLearning through consequences.
Autonomous stageThe expert stage of learning.
FeedbackInformation about a performance.
Information processingHow inputs become motor outputs.
Selective attentionFiltering relevant stimuli.
Working memoryThe short-term processing store.
TransferHow learning one skill affects another.
Careers & pathways
  • Coach— apply learning theory to develop athletes.
  • Teacher— structure effective learning.
  • Sport psychologist— optimise skill learning.
  • Talent-development officer— nurture emerging performers.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Analytical thinkingApplying modelsCoachingReflection
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science T6 — Responding to the environment for responding to the environment; Psychology 3 — Paper 2: Psychology in Context for learning and memory.
3Sport and societyKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
3

Sport and society

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The emergence and development of modern sport, from pre-industrial roots to global, commercial sport, and the role of ethics and governance.
Builds onGCSE socio-cultural influences.
Leads toSport and society, and the role of technology.
Assessed inPaper 1 · Section CAO1AO2AO3Catholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Concepts of physical activity and sport: the characteristics of different types of sport and the social factors influencing participation
  • Development of elite performers: the transition from grassroots participation to elite performance, including National Governing Bodies and world-class programmes
  • Ethics in sport: fair play, sportsmanship, gamesmanship and deviance
  • Violence in sport: the causes and implications of violent behaviour among players and spectators
  • Drugs in sport: ergogenic aids, doping and the reasons athletes take performance-enhancing drugs
  • Sport and the law: duty of care, negligence and legal liability
  • The impact of commercialisation, money and the media — the ‘golden triangle’ linking sport, sponsorship and the media
  • The role of technology: performance analysis, equipment, facilities and fairness in officiating
Key skills
  • Trace the development of sport
  • Explain social and cultural influences
  • Analyse commercialisation and globalisation
  • Evaluate ethics and governance
Key terminology
Rational recreationOrganised, rule-based Victorian sport.
AmateurismPlaying sport without payment.
ProfessionalismPlaying sport for payment.
CommercialisationRunning sport for profit.
GlobalisationSport’s worldwide spread.
GovernanceHow sport is organised and regulated.
SportsmanshipFair, respectful conduct.
DevianceBehaviour breaking accepted rules.
Careers & pathways
  • Sports administrator— govern and organise sport.
  • Journalist / broadcaster— analyse sport and society.
  • Policy adviser— shape sport policy.
  • Sports historian / academic— study sport’s development.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Critical analysisArgumentCultural awarenessEthical reasoning
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Sociology 3 — Paper 2: Topics in Sociology for topics in sociology; Geography a4 — Topic 4: Shaping Places for shaping places and participation.
4Exercise physiologyKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
4

Exercise physiology

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Energy systems, recovery, training methods and injury: how the body fuels and recovers from exercise, and how to train and stay healthy.
Builds onA-level applied anatomy and physiology.
Leads toElite training, coaching and sport science.
Assessed inPaper 2 · Section AAO1AO2AO3Catholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Three energy systems (ATP-PC, glycolytic, aerobic) fuel activity of different intensities.
  • The energy continuum describes how systems contribute over time.
  • Recovery (EPOC) restores the body after exercise.
  • Training methods (HIIT, continuous, fartlek, circuit, weight, plyometric) target different adaptations.
  • Periodisation plans training across a season for peak performance.
  • Injury prevention, types of injury and rehabilitation protect the performer.
Key skills
  • Explain energy systems and the continuum
  • Apply training methods to goals
  • Analyse recovery and EPOC
  • Evaluate periodisation and injury prevention
Key terminology
ATP-PC systemThe immediate, short-duration energy system.
Glycolytic systemThe anaerobic lactate energy system.
Aerobic systemThe long-duration, oxygen-using system.
Energy continuumHow systems overlap during activity.
EPOCExcess post-exercise oxygen consumption.
PeriodisationDividing training into phases.
OverloadTraining beyond normal demand to adapt.
RehabilitationRecovery from injury back to performance.
Careers & pathways
  • Strength & conditioning coach— design elite programmes.
  • Exercise physiologist— study energy and recovery.
  • Physiotherapist— rehabilitate injured athletes.
  • Performance nutritionist— fuel training and recovery.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Scientific reasoningProgramme designData analysisDuty of care
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science T5 — Energy transfers for energy transfers; Science T1 — Biological molecules for biological molecules and metabolism.
5Biomechanical movementKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
5

Biomechanical movement

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The mechanics of movement: Newton’s laws, levers, forces, motion, projectiles and fluid mechanics applied to sport.
Builds onGCSE movement analysis.
Leads toDegree-level biomechanics and performance analysis.
Assessed inPaper 2 · Section AAO1AO2AO3Catholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Newton’s laws of motion explain how forces produce movement.
  • Linear motion involves distance, displacement, speed, velocity and acceleration.
  • Forces (weight, reaction, friction, air resistance) act on performers and implements.
  • Levers and centre of mass affect balance and efficiency.
  • Projectile motion governs the flight of the body and implements.
  • Angular motion and fluid mechanics affect spin, flight and technique.
Key skills
  • Apply Newton’s laws to sport
  • Calculate and interpret motion quantities
  • Analyse forces and levers
  • Explain projectile and angular motion
Key terminology
ForceA push or pull that changes motion.
VelocitySpeed in a given direction.
AccelerationRate of change of velocity.
Centre of massThe point a body’s weight acts through.
ProjectileAn object or body in flight.
Newton’s first lawInertia: bodies stay at rest/motion unless acted on.
Angular motionMovement around an axis.
Fluid mechanicsEffects of air/water on movement.
Careers & pathways
  • Biomechanist— analyse technique scientifically.
  • Performance analyst— use motion data to improve athletes.
  • Sports engineer— design equipment and surfaces.
  • Coach— apply mechanics to refine technique.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Mathematical reasoningModellingData interpretationApplying physics
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science 4 — Mechanics and materials for mechanics and materials; Mathematics P4 — Calculus & vectors for vectors and rates of change.
6Sport psychologyKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
6

Sport psychology

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The psychology of optimal performance: personality, attitudes, arousal, anxiety, aggression, motivation, group dynamics, leadership and stress management.
Builds onGCSE sports psychology and A-level skill acquisition.
Leads toApplied sport psychology and coaching.
Assessed inPaper 2 · Section BAO1AO2AO3Catholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Theories of personality and attitude help explain behaviour in sport.
  • Arousal, anxiety and the theories linking them affect performance.
  • Aggression, assertion and their theories influence conduct.
  • Motivation (intrinsic/extrinsic) and self-efficacy drive performance.
  • Group dynamics, cohesion and social facilitation affect teams.
  • Leadership styles and stress-management techniques support performers.
Key skills
  • Apply theories of arousal and anxiety
  • Explain motivation and self-efficacy
  • Analyse group dynamics and leadership
  • Evaluate stress-management techniques
Key terminology
PersonalityEnduring traits that shape behaviour.
ArousalLevel of readiness to perform.
AnxietyNegative response to a threatening situation.
Self-efficacyBelief in one’s ability in a situation.
CohesionHow united a group is.
Social facilitationThe effect of an audience on performance.
AttributionHow we explain success and failure.
LeadershipInfluencing a group toward goals.
Careers & pathways
  • Sport psychologist— support elite performers’ minds.
  • Coach— build motivation and cohesion.
  • Performance lifestyle adviser— support athlete wellbeing.
  • Mental-health professional— support psychological health.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
ReflectionEmpathyLeadershipApplying theory
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Psychology 4 — Paper 3: Issues and Options in Psychology for issues and options in psychology; Psychology 1 — Research methods, issues & debates for research methods.
7Sport and society & the role of technologyKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
7

Sport and society & the role of technology

Download PDF
What this unit is about.How concepts of physical activity, elite performance and modern technology interact in contemporary sport.
Builds onA-level sport and society.
Leads toCareers in performance analysis, technology and governance.
Assessed inPaper 2 · Section CAO1AO2AO3Catholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • Concepts of physical activity and sport, and the drive to elite performance, shape modern sport.
  • National institutes of sport support elite development.
  • Technology aids performance analysis, training and injury prevention.
  • Technology aids officiating and fair play (e.g. video review systems).
  • Technology affects spectatorship, coaching and equipment.
  • There are ethical debates about the fairness and cost of technology in sport.
Key skills
  • Analyse technology in performance
  • Evaluate technology in officiating
  • Explain elite-development structures
  • Debate the ethics of sports technology
Key terminology
Elite performanceSport at the highest level.
Performance analysisUsing data/video to improve.
Institute of sportA body supporting elite athletes.
Officiating technologyTech that aids fair decisions.
SpectatorshipHow audiences watch sport.
Equipment technologyAdvances in sporting equipment.
FairnessEqual, just conditions of competition.
AccessibilityWhether technology is available to all.
Careers & pathways
  • Performance analyst— turn technology and data into insight.
  • Sports technologist / engineer— develop sporting tech.
  • Broadcast / media technician— deliver sport to audiences.
  • Governing-body officer— regulate technology fairly.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Critical evaluationData literacyEthical reasoningInnovation
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Computing 1.5 — Legal, moral, cultural &amp; ethical issues for technology, ethics and society; Sociology 4 — Paper 3: Crime and Deviance with Theory and Methods for crime, deviance and social control.
NEAPractical performance & the EAPIKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
NEA

Practical performance & the EAPI

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The 30% practical component: performing or coaching in one activity and completing a written/verbal Evaluation and Analysis of Performance for Improvement (EAPI).
Builds onGCSE practical performance and the AEP.
Leads toElite performance, coaching and sport-science degrees.
Assessed inPaper 1Paper 2AO4Catholic Social Teaching
Key knowledge
  • You are assessed as a player/performerorcoach in one activity (45 marks).
  • You can only be assessed in activities on the DfE/AQA A-level activity list.
  • The EAPI is worth 45 marks and draws together knowledge from across the course.
  • The EAPI analyses a performance, identifies weaknesses and justifies a development plan.
  • Theory from all topics can be applied synoptically in the EAPI.
  • Video evidence supports teacher marking and AQA moderation.
Key skills
  • Perform or coach at a high level
  • Analyse a performance in depth
  • Justify a development plan
  • Apply theory synoptically
Key terminology
NEANon-exam assessment.
EAPIEvaluation and Analysis of Performance for Improvement.
PerformerAssessed playing the activity.
CoachAssessed developing others in the activity.
SynopticDrawing together topics from across the course.
Development planA justified plan to improve.
ModerationAQA’s check on the school’s marking.
Activity listThe permitted activities set by the DfE/AQA.
Careers & pathways
  • Elite performer / coach— compete or coach at a high level.
  • Performance analyst— analyse and improve performance.
  • Sport scientist— support athlete development.
  • Sports academic / researcher— study performance.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
Independent analysisApplying theorySelf-reflectionPerseverance
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
The rules — read this before you start

Your practical performance and written/verbal analysis and evaluation (EAPI) must meet JCQ and AQA requirements. Breaking these rules is malpractice and can cost you marks — or your result.

Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography anea — Independent Investigation (NEA) for an independent investigation; Computing NEA — Programming project for planning and evaluating a project.
  • It must be your own work.The analysis and evaluation you write must be your own words, based on your own performance and observations.
  • Length and format. The EAPI is a written or verbal analysis and evaluation of one activity; follow the AQA structure and guidance.
  • Reference everything.Credit any source, theory or model you draw on, and put any direct quotes in quotation marks. Copying words or ideas without crediting them is plagiarism.
  • Using AI.You must acknowledge any use of AI tools and keep a copy of what you used and how. Passing AI-generated work off as your own is malpractice.
  • You will sign to confirm it is your own.Once you hand your work in for final marking, it cannot be changed.
  • Your teacher can guide, not do it for you.They can give general advice and review your draft; they cannot correct it or tell you exactly what to change.
  • Practical evidence.Video evidence of your performances must be genuine, unedited and clearly show you meeting the criteria, ready for AQA moderation.
  • Keep it safe.Don’t share your work or post it online.
  • Deadlines are issued with the task. The college’s malpractice and AI-use policies are in the policies section of the school website..

Best ways to revise PE at A-level

  • Build detailed notes for each topic and link them synoptically.
  • Practise 8- and 15-mark extended answers, planning a clear judgement.
  • Work through biomechanics and data questions until they are secure.
  • Use the assessment-objective ladders to target your next grade band.
  • Develop your EAPI by analysing real performances against theory.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise PE at A-Level

  • Use the organisers and past papers together; write full extended answers and self-assess against the mark scheme (AO1 / AO2 / AO3 — knowledge, application, and analysis & evaluation).
  • Build from recall to application: turn each topic into exam-style questions and use flashcards for definitions, equations and namedstudies and sporting examples.
  • Interleave the strands (physiological, psychological, and socio-cultural, plus biomechanics) and use spaced practice.
  • Practise data and graph interpretation, and applying theory to real sporting situations.
  • For theNEA, keep an evidence log and use video analysis to support your evaluation and performance-development plan.
  • Check your target-grade band against the ladder and plan your next step up.

Our CurriculumPolitics

Politics

A-Level Politics at St Augustine’s. Studied at Key Stage 5. After your report, use the knowledge & skills ladders to see where you are and your next step, then use the knowledge organisers to revise and make that step.

Power, people, and how we’re governed.

Politics at St Augustine’s

Politics at St Augustine’s is a Key Stage 5 course following Pearson Edexcel A-Level Politics (9PL0), with the comparative option in the Government and Politics of the USA. Politics is the study of how power is won, used and held to account — from Parliament and the UK constitution to elections, parties and the ideas that shape public life.

Students learn to understand political institutions and processes, to analyse how and why politics works as it does, and to evaluate competing arguments to reach substantiated judgements. They compare the UK and United States systems and engage with the core ideas of conservatism, liberalism and socialism. The course develops informed, articulate and critical young citizens, with strong progression to higher education, law, journalism and public service.

Ms Sofie Duncan, Head of Department

Board · Pearson Edexcel 9PL0Papers · three written exams (33.3% each)Key Stage 5 only

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the Pearson Edexcel A-Level Politics (9PL0) specification

A-Level Politics (Edexcel 9PL0) is assessed across three written exams, each worth 33.3%. Tap the tile below for the full breakdown.

A-LevelThe course in detail — the three papersThree written exams (33.3% each)
Paper 1: UK Politics and Core Political IdeasWritten exam · 33.3%
  • Section A —UK Politics: democracy and participation; political parties; electoral systems; voting behaviour and the media
  • Section B —Core political ideas: conservatism, liberalism and socialism, with key thinkers
  • Source-based questions and extended essays
  • Section A is worth 60 marks: one source question requiring comparative analysis (from a choice of two) and one essay (from a choice of two)
  • Section B is worth 24 marks: one question from a choice of two, covering one or two core ideas and using the key thinkers
  • 2 hours · 84 marks · 33.3%
Paper 2: UK Government and Non-core Political IdeasWritten exam · 33.3%
  • Section A —UK Government: the constitution; Parliament; the Prime Minister and executive; relationships between the branches
  • Section B — one non-core political idea (anarchism, ecologism, feminism, multiculturalism or nationalism) — the College studies nationalism.
  • Source-based questions and extended essays
  • Section A is worth 60 marks: one source question requiring comparative analysis (from a choice of two) and one essay (from a choice of two)
  • Section B is worth 24 marks: one question from a choice of two on the non-core idea studied, using the key thinkers
  • 2 hours · 84 marks · 33.3%
Paper 3: Comparative Politics — USA (9PL0/3A)Written exam · 33.3%
  • US government and politics: the Constitution and federalism; Congress; the presidency; the Supreme Court and civil rights; democracy and participation
  • Comparative analysis of the US and UK systems, using comparative theories
  • Comparative ‘examine’ questions and extended essays
  • Sections A and B are worth 12 marks each — one question from a choice of two, then one compulsory question on comparative theories
  • Section C is worth 60 marks: two essays of 30 marks each, from a choice of three. Calculators are not permitted.
  • 2 hours · 84 marks · 33.3%
Political ideasWhat is studied
  • Core ideas (Paper 1): conservatism, liberalism and socialism
  • One non-core idea (Paper 2): nationalism
  • Key thinkers for each idea, and how ideas shape real policy
  • Ideas essays are worth 24 marks
The assessment objectives Assessment
  • AO1— knowledge and understanding of political institutions, processes, concepts, theories and issues
  • AO2— analyse aspects of politics, including parallels, connections, similarities and differences
  • AO3— evaluate aspects of politics, construct arguments and make substantiated judgements
  • All three papers are 2 hours and out of 84 marks, assessing AO1, AO2 and AO3equal thirds (30-mark essays split 10/10/10)
Ways of working Skills
  • Building precise knowledge of institutions, processes and case studies
  • Analysing written and data sources
  • Comparing the UK and US political systems
  • Applying political ideas and key thinkers
  • Structured, evaluative essay writing under timed conditions
How marks are gained What great work shows
  • Precise, up-to-date knowledge with specific examples and case studies
  • Analysis that explains how and why, not just description
  • Balanced evaluation that weighs both sides
  • A clear, justified judgement answering the exact question
  • Confident political vocabulary and, for Paper 3, genuine comparison
Where it leads Progression
  • Degrees in Politics, PPE, Law, International Relations and the social sciences
  • Careers in law, journalism, the civil service, public affairs and campaigning
  • Transferable skills in argument, analysis and communication valued across sectors
  • Informed, engaged citizenship — understanding the world you live in

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Your report uses A-Level grades. Tap your stage to highlight your rung, then read the next rung up.

Highlight your stage— tap your grade band
A-LevelA-Level Politics — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · Edexcel 9PL0

This grid is built around the three Edexcel assessment objectives (AO1–AO3). Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see how to move up a grade.

AO1 · Knowledge & understanding (~33%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can recall key institutions, processes and concepts.
    • I can outline the main features with some accuracy.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can explain institutions, processes and concepts accurately.
    • I can select relevant knowledge and examples for the question.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can explain a wide range of material in depth.
    • I can use precise, current examples and political vocabulary.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can command comprehensive, precise knowledge.
    • I can connect ideas fluently across the whole course.

AO2 · Analysis (~33%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can describe how part of the political system works.
    • I can make a simple point in answer to the question.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can analyse how and why, using evidence.
    • I can compare ideas, systems or arguments.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can analyse in depth with clear logical chains.
    • I can draw parallels and connections, including US–UK.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can analyse with precision and insight.
    • I can synthesise evidence, ideas and comparison.

AO3 · Evaluation & judgement (~33%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can give a basic view on the question.
    • I can note one argument on each side.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can weigh arguments on both sides.
    • I can reach a supported judgement.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can evaluate the relative strength of arguments.
    • I can sustain a clear line of argument to a judgement.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can evaluate with balance and nuance throughout.
    • I can justify a decisive, well-reasoned conclusion.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources
A-LevelOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
1UK PoliticsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
1

UK Politics

Download PDF
What this unit is about.How people and politics interact in the UK: how democratic the system is, how people take part, and how parties, elections and the media shape power.
Builds onGCSE Citizenship or History, and an awareness of current affairs.
Leads toPaper 1 essays, and the comparison with the USA in Paper 3.
StrandsDemocracy & participationParties & electionsPolitics
Key knowledge
  • Direct and representative democracy, and the franchise
  • Pressure groups and other influences on government
  • The functions and features of political parties
  • Established and emerging UK parties, and party systems
  • Electoral systems used in the UK, and referendums
  • Voting behaviour and the influence of the media
Key skills
  • Assess how democratic the UK is
  • Evaluate electoral systems and their effects
  • Explain factors affecting voting behaviour
  • Analyse the role of parties and pressure groups
Key vocabulary
democracyrule by the people
franchisethe right to vote
pressure groupan organisation seeking to influence policy
political partya group seeking to win power
manifestoa party’s programme
first-past-the-postthe UK’s main voting system
referenduma public vote on one issue
turnoutthe proportion who vote
Careers & pathways
  • Law & the courts— Advocate, advise and uphold justice.
  • Journalism & media— Report, analyse and hold power to account.
  • Public & civil service— Shape and deliver policy.
  • Politics, campaigning & NGOs— Represent, campaign and effect change.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
ArgumentAnalysisCommunicationJudgement
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in History P2A — Britain: Power and the People, c1170–present for power and the people; History 9.6 — Fighting for rights in the 20th century for fighting for rights; PSHE 3 — Living in the Wider World for rights and participation.
2Core political ideasKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
2

Core political ideas

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The three core ideologies that shape UK politics — conservatism, liberalism and socialism — their principles, tensions and key thinkers.
Builds onThe UK Politics topics, and ideas about human nature, society and the state.
Leads to24-mark ideas essays in Paper 1, and a deeper reading of party politics.
StrandsConservatismLiberalismSocialismPolitics
Key knowledge
  • Conservatism: pragmatism, tradition, human imperfection and the New Right
  • Liberalism: individualism, freedom, and classical vs modern liberalism
  • Socialism: collectivism, equality, and social-democratic vs revolutionary strands
  • The key thinkers for each idea and their differing views
  • Areas of agreement and tension within each idea
  • How the ideas connect to real parties and policies
Key skills
  • Explain the core principles of each idea
  • Compare thinkers within an idea
  • Apply ideas to political issues
  • Evaluate tensions within an idea
Key vocabulary
ideologya set of political ideas
conservatismtradition and pragmatism
liberalismfreedom and the individual
socialismequality and collectivism
traditioninherited values and institutions
individualismthe primacy of the individual
collectivismacting together for common ends
equalitythe principle of equal worth
Careers & pathways
  • Law & the courts— Advocate, advise and uphold justice.
  • Journalism & media— Report, analyse and hold power to account.
  • Public & civil service— Shape and deliver policy.
  • Politics, campaigning & NGOs— Represent, campaign and effect change.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
ArgumentAnalysisCommunicationJudgement
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English Y7 — Animal Farm for allegory and political ideas; Religious Studies C3a — Ethics: Ethical theories for ethical theories.
3UK GovernmentKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
3

UK Government

Download PDF
What this unit is about.How the UK is governed: the constitution, Parliament, the Prime Minister and executive, and the balance of power between the branches.
Builds onUK Politics — how power is won feeds into how power is used.
Leads toPaper 2 essays, and the comparison with the US system in Paper 3.
StrandsConstitutionParliamentExecutive & judiciaryPolitics
Key knowledge
  • The nature and sources of the UK constitution, and its development
  • Devolution and debates about constitutional reform
  • The structure and roles of the Commons and the Lords
  • The legislative process and parliamentary scrutiny
  • The role and power of the PM and cabinet, and ministerial responsibility
  • The Supreme Court, the branches, and where sovereignty lies
Key skills
  • Evaluate the UK constitution and calls for reform
  • Analyse the power of Parliament and the executive
  • Assess the independence of the judiciary
  • Explain debates about sovereignty
Key vocabulary
constitutionthe rules by which a country is governed
sovereigntyultimate political authority
devolutiontransfer of power to sub-national bodies
statute lawlaw made by Parliament
conventionan unwritten established practice
royal prerogativepowers exercised in the Crown’s name
ministerial responsibilityministers’ accountability
judicial reviewcourts reviewing the lawfulness of actions
Careers & pathways
  • Law & the courts— Advocate, advise and uphold justice.
  • Journalism & media— Report, analyse and hold power to account.
  • Public & civil service— Shape and deliver policy.
  • Politics, campaigning & NGOs— Represent, campaign and effect change.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
ArgumentAnalysisCommunicationJudgement
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in History U1 — Britain 1930–1997 (Enquiry: Churchill 1930–51) for Britain 1930–1997; Business 3 — The economic environment and business for government and the economy.
4A non-core political ideaKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
4

A non-core political idea

Download PDF
What this unit is about.One further ideology studied in depth: at St Augustine’s this is nationalism.
Builds onThe core ideas — setting a further tradition against them.
Leads toA 24-mark ideas essay in Paper 2.
StrandsCore principlesKey thinkersPolitics
Key knowledge
  • The chosen idea and its central principles
  • Its key thinkers and their contributions
  • The different strands or types within the idea
  • Areas of agreement and tension within it
  • How it differs from the core ideas
  • How it applies to contemporary politics
Key skills
  • Explain the core principles of the idea
  • Compare its key thinkers
  • Apply the idea to political questions
  • Evaluate tensions within it
Key vocabulary
ideologya set of political ideas
human natureassumptions about people
the statethe institutions of government
societyhow people live together
the economyhow resources are organised
changehow far and fast to reform
equalitythe principle of equal worth
freedomthe absence of undue constraint
Careers & pathways
  • Law & the courts— Advocate, advise and uphold justice.
  • Journalism & media— Report, analyse and hold power to account.
  • Public & civil service— Shape and deliver policy.
  • Politics, campaigning & NGOs— Represent, campaign and effect change.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
ArgumentAnalysisCommunicationJudgement
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Languages T3 — Theme 3: Multiculturalism in Hispanic society for multiculturalism in Hispanic society; Religious Studies 9.6 — Dialogue & Encounter for interfaith dialogue and respect.
5US Government & PoliticsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
5

US Government & Politics

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The government and politics of the United States: its Constitution and federalism, Congress, the presidency, the Supreme Court and civil rights, and how Americans take part.
Builds onUK Government — the same questions asked of a very different system.
Leads toThe comparative and essay questions in Paper 3.
StrandsUS institutionsRights & participationPolitics
Key knowledge
  • The US Constitution, its principles and federalism
  • The structure and powers of Congress
  • The presidency and the power of the executive
  • The Supreme Court and the protection of civil rights
  • Elections and campaign finance, parties and interest groups
  • Debates about democracy and the health of US politics
Key skills
  • Explain the US system of checks and balances
  • Analyse the power of each branch
  • Assess civil rights and their protection
  • Evaluate democracy and participation in the USA
Key vocabulary
constitutionthe codified US framework of government
federalismpower shared between nation and states
Congressthe US legislature
separation of powersbranches kept distinct
checks and balancesbranches limiting each other
Supreme Courtthe highest US court
civil rightsprotections for citizens
incumbentthe current office-holder
Careers & pathways
  • Law & the courts— Advocate, advise and uphold justice.
  • Journalism & media— Report, analyse and hold power to account.
  • Public & civil service— Shape and deliver policy.
  • Politics, campaigning & NGOs— Represent, campaign and effect change.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
ArgumentAnalysisCommunicationJudgement
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in History U2 — The USA: Westward Expansion & Civil War, 1803–1890 for the USA in the 19th century; History P1B — Conflict and tension: East and West, 1945–72 for the Cold War.
6Comparing the UK and USAKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
6

Comparing the UK and USA

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The comparative heart of Paper 3: how and why the US and UK political systems are similar and different, using comparative theories.
Builds onUK Government and US Government — brought together and compared.
Leads toThe comparative questions that run through Paper 3.
StrandsComparisonComparative theoriesPolitics
Key knowledge
  • Similarities and differences between the two constitutions
  • Comparing the legislatures, executives and judiciaries
  • Comparing rights, democracy and participation
  • Structuraltheory — institutions and processes
  • Rationaltheory — the actions of individuals
  • Culturaltheory — shared ideas and values
Key skills
  • Draw parallels and connections between systems
  • Explain differences using comparative theory
  • Structure a comparative argument
  • Reach clear comparative judgements
Key vocabulary
comparative politicscomparing political systems
structural theoryexplaining via institutions
rational theoryexplaining via individuals’ choices
cultural theoryexplaining via shared values
parallelspoints of similarity
convergencesystems becoming more alike
divergencesystems growing apart
separation of powersbranches kept distinct
Careers & pathways
  • Law & the courts— Advocate, advise and uphold justice.
  • Journalism & media— Report, analyse and hold power to account.
  • Public & civil service— Shape and deliver policy.
  • Politics, campaigning & NGOs— Represent, campaign and effect change.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
ArgumentAnalysisCommunicationJudgement
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Languages T4 — Theme 4: Aspects of political life in the Hispanic world for political life in the Hispanic world; Geography a7 — Topic 7: Superpowers for superpowers.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise A-Level Politics

  • Make knowledge organisers for each topic, then self-quiz on institutions, processes and key thinkers.
  • Keep an examples log of recent, real political events to use as evidence.
  • Learn the core and non-core ideas and their thinkers, and practise applying them.
  • For Paper 3, build US–UK comparison grids — similarities, differences and why.
  • Plan and write timed essays, then mark them against the level descriptors and examiner reports.
  • Practise source questions, using the source and your own knowledge together.

Our CurriculumPsychology

Psychology

A-Level Psychology at St Augustine’s. Studied at Key Stage 5. After your report, use the knowledge & skills ladders to see where you are and your next step, then use the knowledge organisers to revise and make that step.

Why we think, feel and act.

Psychology at St Augustine’s

Psychology at St Augustine’s is a Key Stage 5 course following AQA A-Level Psychology (7182). It is the scientific study of the mind and behaviour — from how we conform, remember and form attachments, to how the brain works and how mental health can be understood and treated.

Students learn to describe and apply theories and studies, to evaluate evidence, and to design and analyse research using statistics. It is a linear two-year course with no coursework, assessed in three equally-weighted written exams, and it develops rigorous scientific, analytical and mathematical skills valued across higher education and employment.

Ms Sofie Duncan, Head of Department

Board · AQA 7182Papers · three written exams (a third each)Key Stage 5 only

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the AQA A-Level Psychology (7182) specification

A-Level Psychology (AQA 7182) is assessed across three equally-weighted written papers at the end of the two-year course, with no coursework. Tap the tile below for the full breakdown.

A-LevelThe course in detail — the three papersThree written exams · a third each
Paper 1: Introductory Topics in PsychologyWritten exam · 33⅓%
  • Social Influence— conformity, obedience, minority influence and social change
  • Memory— models of memory, forgetting and eyewitness testimony
  • Attachment— caregiver–infant interaction, types and effects of attachment
  • Clinical Psychology and Mental Health— definitions, phobias, depression and OCD, under the 2025 specification that all current and future students follow
  • 2 hours · 96 marks
Paper 2: Psychology in ContextWritten exam · 33⅓%
  • Approaches in Psychology — behaviourist, social learning, cognitive, biological, psychodynamic and humanistic
  • Biopsychology— the nervous and endocrine systems, the brain and biological rhythms
  • Research Methods— designing, conducting and analysing research
  • The most quantitative paper: research methods is a major share of the marks
  • 2 hours · 96 marks
Paper 3: Issues and Options in PsychologyWritten exam · 33⅓%
  • Issues and Debates— gender and culture bias, free will vs determinism, nature–nurture, holism–reductionism, idiographic vs nomothetic, ethics
  • One option from each of three blocks (e.g. Relationships; Schizophrenia; Forensic Psychology)
  • Applying and evaluating theory, evidence and therapies
  • The options studied are Schizophrenia, Forensic Psychology and Relationships
  • 2 hours · 96 marks
Research methods & mathsWhat runs throughout
  • Research methods is examined directly and through applied scenarios on every paper
  • Experimental design, sampling, variables, reliability and validity
  • Descriptive and inferential statistics and choosing the right test
  • At least 25–30% research methods and at least 10% Level-2 maths across the A-Level
The assessment objectives Assessment
  • AO1— knowledge and understanding of concepts, theories, studies and methods
  • AO2— apply this in a range of contexts and novel scenarios
  • AO3— analyse, interpret and evaluate, including therapies and treatments
  • AO1 35% · AO2 32% · AO3 30%
Ways of working Skills
  • Using named studies, researchers and dates precisely
  • Applying theory to novel scenarios in the exam stem
  • Evaluating studies and theories (the READA framework)
  • Designing and analysing research, and handling data
  • Writing extended, well-structured essays
How marks are gained What great work shows
  • Precise named studies with dates and findings
  • Knowledge applied directly to the scenario (AO2)
  • Developed evaluation that weighs points, not just lists them
  • Accurate maths and statistics with justified choices
  • Clear, well-structured essays with justified conclusions
Where it leads Progression
  • Degrees in psychology, neuroscience, criminology and the social sciences
  • Careers in clinical, educational, forensic and occupational psychology
  • Research, health, HR, marketing and the caring professions
  • Strong scientific, analytical and data skills for any pathway

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Your report uses A-Level grades. Tap your stage to highlight your rung, then read the next rung up.

Highlight your stage— tap your grade band
A-LevelA-Level Psychology — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · AQA 7182

This grid is built around the three AQA assessment objectives (AO1–AO3). Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see how to move up a grade.

AO1 · Knowledge & understanding (≈31%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can recall key concepts, theories and studies.
    • I can outline the main ideas with some accuracy.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can explain concepts, theories and studies accurately.
    • I can select relevant knowledge for the question.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can explain a wide range of material in depth.
    • I can use precise detail and specialist terminology.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can command comprehensive, precise knowledge.
    • I can connect ideas fluently across the course.

AO2 · Application (≈31%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can make a simple point about a novel scenario.
    • I can identify relevant material in a novel scenario.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can apply concepts accurately to a novel scenario.
    • I can use a novel scenario to support my points.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can apply material precisely and selectively to a novel scenario.
    • I can develop points firmly rooted in a novel scenario.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can apply material with precision and insight.
    • I can sustain application throughout my response.

AO3 · Analysis, interpretation & evaluation (≈37%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can identify a strength or weakness.
    • I can offer a simple contrasting point.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can analyse and evaluate using contrasting views.
    • I can weigh strengths and limitations.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can evaluate in depth, developing points.
    • I can build to a justified conclusion.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can evaluate with nuance and balance.
    • I can reach a perceptive, fully justified conclusion.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources
A-LevelOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
1Research methods, issues & debatesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
1

Research methods, issues & debates

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The scientific and critical toolkit that underpins the whole course: how psychologists design and analyse research, and the big debates that run through every topic.
Builds onGCSE science and maths, and an interest in behaviour.
Leads toEvery paper — methods and debates thread through all three.
StrandsResearch methodsIssues & debatesPsychology
Key knowledge
  • Experimental design, sampling, variables and hypotheses
  • Reliability, validity and ethics
  • Descriptive and inferential statistics; choosing a statistical test
  • Debates:free will vs determinism, nature–nurture, holism–reductionism
  • Gender and culture bias; idiographic vs nomothetic approaches
  • Ethical implications and social sensitivity of research
Key skills
  • Design and evaluate research
  • Choose and apply statistical tests
  • Interpret data, graphs and tables
  • Discuss issues and debates
Key vocabulary
independent variablewhat is manipulated
validityaccuracy of a measure
reliabilityconsistency of a measure
samplinghow participants are chosen
determinismbehaviour is caused
reductionismexplaining in simple parts
peer reviewchecking research quality
statistical teste.g. sign test, chi-squared
Careers & pathways
  • Clinical & counselling psychology— Support mental health and wellbeing.
  • Educational & forensic psychology— Apply psychology in schools and justice.
  • Research & neuroscience— Investigate the mind, brain and behaviour.
  • Health, HR & the caring professions— Use insight into people across sectors.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisEvaluationScientific methodData literacy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics ST — Statistics for sampling and significance; Sociology 1 — Sociological theory & methods for sociological theory and methods.
2Paper 1: Introductory Topics in PsychologyKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
2

Paper 1: Introductory Topics in Psychology

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The foundations of psychology: how we conform and obey, how memory works, how early attachments form, and how mental health is understood and treated.
Builds onThe research-methods toolkit.
Leads toConfident use of studies and evaluation across every paper.
StrandsFoundational topicsNamed studiesPsychology
Key knowledge
  • Social Influence— conformity (Asch), obedience (Milgram), minority influence, social change
  • Memory— multi-store and working memory models, forgetting, eyewitness testimony
  • Attachment— Bowlby, Ainsworth’s Strange Situation, Romanian orphan studies
  • Psychopathology— phobias, depression and OCD: explanations and treatments
  • Precise named studies with dates and findings
  • Applying and evaluating theories and studies
Key skills
  • Describe and evaluate key studies
  • Apply theories to scenarios
  • Compare explanations and treatments
  • Write outline-and-evaluate essays
Key vocabulary
conformityAsch
obedienceMilgram
working memoryBaddeley & Hitch
eyewitness testimonyaccuracy of memory
Strange SituationAinsworth
monotropyBowlby
phobiaan anxiety disorder
CBTa treatment for depression
Careers & pathways
  • Clinical & counselling psychology— Support mental health and wellbeing.
  • Educational & forensic psychology— Apply psychology in schools and justice.
  • Research & neuroscience— Investigate the mind, brain and behaviour.
  • Health, HR & the caring professions— Use insight into people across sectors.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisEvaluationScientific methodData literacy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science B1 — Cell biology for cell biology and the brain; English GCSE — The 19th-century novel: Jekyll and Hyde for duality and personality.
3Paper 2: Psychology in ContextKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
3

Paper 2: Psychology in Context

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The approaches that explain behaviour, the biology of the brain and nervous system, and the research methods that make psychology a science.
Builds onThe research-methods toolkit and Paper 1 studies.
Leads toRigorous scientific and quantitative skills for the whole course.
StrandsApproaches & biologyResearch methodsPsychology
Key knowledge
  • Approaches: behaviourist, social learning, cognitive, biological, psychodynamic, humanistic
  • Comparison of approaches on key debates
  • Biopsychology: nervous and endocrine systems, neurons, synaptic transmission
  • Localisation, plasticity and biological rhythms
  • Research Methods— the most quantitative section
  • Designing, conducting and analysing research
Key skills
  • Explain and compare the approaches
  • Describe biological structures and processes
  • Design and evaluate research
  • Apply statistics and interpret data
Key vocabulary
classical conditioningPavlov
operant conditioningSkinner
schemaa mental framework
neurona nerve cell
synaptic transmissionsignals between neurons
plasticitythe brain’s adaptability
the unconsciousFreud
self-actualisationMaslow
Careers & pathways
  • Clinical & counselling psychology— Support mental health and wellbeing.
  • Educational & forensic psychology— Apply psychology in schools and justice.
  • Research & neuroscience— Investigate the mind, brain and behaviour.
  • Health, HR & the caring professions— Use insight into people across sectors.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisEvaluationScientific methodData literacy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Science T6 — Responding to the environment for responding to the environment; Physical Education 2 — Skill acquisition for skill acquisition and memory.
4Paper 3: Issues and Options in PsychologyKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
4

Paper 3: Issues and Options in Psychology

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The big debates in psychology, plus three chosen option topics that apply psychology to relationships, disorders and behaviour.
Builds onIssues & debates and the whole course.
Leads toIntegrated, evaluative essay writing and applied psychology.
StrandsIssues & debatesOption topicsPsychology
Key knowledge
  • Issues and Debates: bias, free will vs determinism, nature–nurture, holism–reductionism, ethics
  • One option from block 1: Relationships / Gender / Cognition and development
  • One option from block 2: Schizophrenia / Eating behaviour / Stress
  • One option from block 3: Aggression / Forensic Psychology / Addiction
  • Evaluating theories, evidence and therapies
  • The options studied are Schizophrenia, Forensic Psychology and Relationships
Key skills
  • Discuss issues and debates with examples
  • Apply psychology to the chosen options
  • Evaluate therapies and treatments
  • Integrate knowledge across the course
Key vocabulary
nature–nurturebiology vs environment
free willvs determinism
gender biasalpha and beta bias
culture biasethnocentrism
schizophreniaa psychotic disorder
offender profilingforensic psychology
social sensitivityimpact of research
interactionismdiathesis–stress
Careers & pathways
  • Clinical & counselling psychology— Support mental health and wellbeing.
  • Educational & forensic psychology— Apply psychology in schools and justice.
  • Research & neuroscience— Investigate the mind, brain and behaviour.
  • Health, HR & the caring professions— Use insight into people across sectors.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisEvaluationScientific methodData literacy
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Religious Studies C3b — Ethics: Applied ethics & conscience for applied ethics and conscience; Physical Education 6 — Sport psychology for sport psychology.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise A-Level Psychology

  • Learn named studies with dates and findings for every topic — one page per topic.
  • Drill research methods and maths weekly — it runs through every paper.
  • Evaluate using the READA structure and weigh each point.
  • Plan and write timed 16-mark essays, then mark them against the bands.
  • Practise applying theories to novel scenarios (AO2) using the exam stem.
  • Check your report grade against the ladder and target your next step up.

Our CurriculumBusiness

Business

Business and Economics at St Augustine’s. GCSE Business at Key Stage 4, and A-Level Business at Key Stage 5. After your report, use the knowledge & skills ladders to see where you are and your next step, then use the knowledge organisers to revise and make that step.

Ideas, decisions, and the world of work.

GCSE Business at St Augustine’s

GCSE Business at St Augustine’s follows the Pearson Edexcel GCSE (9–1) in Business (1BS0). It takes students through the lifecycle of a business — from an entrepreneur’s first idea to a growing, global company — using real and realistic case studies throughout.

Students learn to define and explain business concepts, apply them to unseen case studies, analyse chains of cause and effect, and reach justified judgements. It is examined in two equally-weighted papers with no coursework, and builds strong foundations for A-Level Business, Economics and beyond.

Ms Sofie Duncan, Head of Department

Board · Pearson Edexcel 1BS0Papers · two written exams (50% each)Grades 1–9 · not tiered

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the Pearson Edexcel GCSE Business (1BS0) specification

GCSE Business (Pearson Edexcel 1BS0) is assessed by written examination in two equally-weighted papers, with no coursework. Tap the tile below for the full breakdown.

GCSEThe course in detail — the two papersTwo written exams · 50% each
Paper 1: Investigating small businessWritten exam · 50%
  • Theme 1 — enterprise and entrepreneurship; spotting a business opportunity
  • Putting a business idea into practice; making the business effective
  • Understanding external influences on business
  • Multiple-choice, short-answer, calculations and extended writing on an unseen context
  • 1 hour 45 minutes · 90 marks
Paper 2: Building a businessWritten exam · 50%
  • Theme 2 — growing the business; making marketing decisions
  • Making operational, financial and human-resource decisions
  • National and global business contexts
  • Same structure as Paper 1, built on unseen case studies
  • 1 hour 45 minutes · 90 marks
Quantitative skillsNumeracy
  • 10% of the marks assess quantitative skills
  • Calculations such as revenue, costs, profit, break-even and cash flow
  • Interpreting charts, tables and financial data
  • Calculators are allowed in both papers
The assessment objectives Assessment
  • AO1— knowledge and understanding of business concepts
  • AO2— apply knowledge to business contexts
  • AO3— analyse and evaluate business information to make judgements
  • Application to the named case-study business is essential for the top marks
Ways of working Skills
  • Defining and explaining business terms precisely
  • Applying theory to unseen case studies
  • Building chains of reasoning (analysis)
  • Weighing options and reaching justified conclusions
  • Business calculations and interpreting data
How marks are gained What great work shows
  • Precise definitions and secure knowledge
  • Answers rooted in the specific case-study business
  • Developed chains of reasoning, not just description
  • Balanced 12-mark answers with a justified conclusion
  • Accurate calculations with units and working shown
Where it leads Progression
  • A-Level Business, Economics or Accounting
  • BTEC and vocational Level 3 business courses, and apprenticeships
  • University courses in business, management, marketing and finance
  • Financial literacy and enterprise skills for any path

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Your report uses GCSE grades (1–9). Tap your stage to highlight your rung, then read the next rung up.

Highlight your stage— tap your grade band
GCSEGCSE Business — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · Pearson Edexcel 1BS0

This grid is built around the three Edexcel assessment objectives (AO1–AO3). Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see how to move up a grade.

AO1 · Knowledge & understanding

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can recall key concepts, theories and studies.
    • I can outline the main ideas with some accuracy.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can explain concepts, theories and studies accurately.
    • I can select relevant knowledge for the question.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can explain a wide range of material in depth.
    • I can use precise detail and specialist terminology.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can command comprehensive, precise knowledge.
    • I can connect ideas fluently across the course.

AO2 · Application

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can make a simple point about the case-study business.
    • I can identify relevant material in the case-study business.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can apply concepts accurately to the case-study business.
    • I can use the case-study business to support my points.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can apply material precisely and selectively to the case-study business.
    • I can develop points firmly rooted in the case-study business.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can apply material with precision and insight.
    • I can sustain application throughout my response.

AO3 · Analysis & evaluation

  1. 1
    Grades 1–2
    • I can identify a strength or weakness.
    • I can offer a simple contrasting point.
  2. 2
    Grades 3–4
    • I can analyse and evaluate using contrasting views.
    • I can weigh strengths and limitations.
  3. 3
    Grades 5–6
    • I can evaluate in depth, developing points.
    • I can build to a justified conclusion.
  4. 4
    Grades 7–9
    • I can evaluate with nuance and balance.
    • I can reach a perceptive, fully justified conclusion.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources
GCSEOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
1Theme 1: Investigating small businessKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
1

Theme 1: Investigating small business

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The first half of the course: how business ideas start and how a small business gets going and survives.
The department’s own detailed knowledge organiser for this course is handed out to students in class as a printed booklet.
Builds onAn interest in enterprise and everyday business.
Leads toTheme 2 and A-Level study.
StrandsEnterpriseSmall businessBusiness
Key knowledge
  • Enterprise and entrepreneurship; risk and reward
  • Spotting a business opportunity: customer needs, market research, segmentation
  • Putting an idea into practice: aims, finance, cash flow
  • Making the business effective: business location, the marketing mix, business plans
  • Understanding external influences: stakeholders, technology, law, the economy
  • Business calculations: revenue, costs, profit, break-even
Key skills
  • Explain how small businesses start and operate
  • Apply concepts to a case study
  • Analyse influences on a small business
  • Perform key calculations
Key vocabulary
entrepreneursets up a business
market researchgathering customer data
market segmentationdividing the market
cash flowmoney in and out
break-evenwhere costs = revenue
the marketing mixthe 4Ps
stakeholderanyone affected by a business
revenueincome from sales
Careers & pathways
  • Business management & entrepreneurship— Lead, start and grow organisations.
  • Marketing, HR & operations— Run the key functions of a business.
  • Accounting, finance & banking— Manage money, investment and risk.
  • Consulting & the public sector— Advise organisations and shape services.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisDecision-makingNumeracyCommercial awareness
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics FDP — Fractions, decimals & percentages for percentages and profit; Geography 8.1 — Food: is there enough for everyone? for supply, demand and food.
2Theme 2: Building a businessKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
2

Theme 2: Building a business

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The second half: how a business grows and makes marketing, operational, financial and people decisions at greater scale.
The department’s own detailed knowledge organiser for this course is handed out to students in class as a printed booklet.
Builds onTheme 1 foundations.
Leads toConfident evaluation and A-Level Business.
StrandsGrowthBusiness functionsBusiness
Key knowledge
  • Growing the business: methods of growth, globalisation, ethics
  • Making marketing decisions: the marketing mix in context
  • Making operational decisions: production, quality, the supply chain
  • Making financial decisions: ratios, sources of finance, statements
  • Making human-resource decisions: structure, recruitment, motivation
  • The impact of the wider world on a growing business
Key skills
  • Explain how businesses grow and operate
  • Apply theory to larger, global contexts
  • Analyse decisions across business functions
  • Evaluate and reach justified judgements
Key vocabulary
globalisationtrading worldwide
economies of scalelower unit costs
the supply chainfrom supplier to customer
gross profitsales minus cost of sales
motivationwhy staff work well
organisational structurehow a firm is arranged
ethicsdoing what is right
qualitymeeting standards
Careers & pathways
  • Business management & entrepreneurship— Lead, start and grow organisations.
  • Marketing, HR & operations— Run the key functions of a business.
  • Accounting, finance & banking— Manage money, investment and risk.
  • Consulting & the public sector— Advise organisations and shape services.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisDecision-makingNumeracyCommercial awareness
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography 8.3 — Is the fashion industry sustainable? for ethics and global sourcing; Computing 1.6 — Ethical, legal, cultural &amp; environmental impacts for the impact of technology.
3Quantitative & analytical skillsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
3

Quantitative & analytical skills

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The numeracy that runs through both papers: calculating and interpreting the figures a business relies on.
The department’s own detailed knowledge organiser for this course is handed out to students in class as a printed booklet.
Builds onGCSE Maths.
Leads toA-Level quantitative methods.
StrandsCalculationsDataBusiness
Key knowledge
  • Revenue, costs and profit
  • Break-even and margin of safety
  • Cash-flow forecasts
  • Interest, and simple financial ratios
  • Interpreting charts, tables and graphs
  • Showing working and using correct units
Key skills
  • Calculate key business figures
  • Interpret business data
  • Use results to support analysis
  • Show clear working
Key vocabulary
revenueprice × quantity
total costsfixed + variable
profitrevenue minus costs
break-evenno profit, no loss
margin of safetysales above break-even
cash flownet movement of cash
percentage changea common calculation
ratioa comparison of figures
Careers & pathways
  • Business management & entrepreneurship— Lead, start and grow organisations.
  • Marketing, HR & operations— Run the key functions of a business.
  • Accounting, finance & banking— Manage money, investment and risk.
  • Consulting & the public sector— Advise organisations and shape services.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisDecision-makingNumeracyCommercial awareness
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics S — Statistics for statistics and data; Computing 7.4 — Modelling data using spreadsheets for modelling data in spreadsheets.
4Applying to the case study — exam skillsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
4

Applying to the case study — exam skills

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The technique that turns knowledge into marks: applying, analysing and evaluating in the context of the case study.
The department’s own detailed knowledge organiser for this course is handed out to students in class as a printed booklet.
Builds onSecure knowledge from Themes 1 and 2.
Leads toTop-band answers and A-Level essay writing.
StrandsApplicationEvaluationBusiness
Key knowledge
  • Reading and using the source material
  • Applying theory to the specific business
  • Building developed chains of reasoning
  • Writing balanced 12-mark evaluations
  • Reaching a justified conclusion
  • Managing time across the paper
Key skills
  • Apply answers to the case study
  • Analyse with chains of reasoning
  • Evaluate and conclude
  • Plan extended answers
Key vocabulary
applicationusing the context
analysischains of reasoning
evaluationweighing and judging
justified conclusiona supported decision
chain of reasoninglinked cause and effect
command wordwhat the question asks
contextthe case-study business
balanceboth sides considered
Careers & pathways
  • Business management & entrepreneurship— Lead, start and grow organisations.
  • Marketing, HR & operations— Run the key functions of a business.
  • Accounting, finance & banking— Manage money, investment and risk.
  • Consulting & the public sector— Advise organisations and shape services.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisDecision-makingNumeracyCommercial awareness
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in English GCSE — Paper 2 · Viewpoints reading (Section A) for reading and using evidence; History P2A — Britain: Power and the People, c1170–present for building an argument from sources.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise GCSE Business

  • Learn precise definitions of every key term — use flashcards.
  • Always apply to the case-study business by name and use the data given.
  • Practise calculations (break-even, cash flow, profit) and show your working.
  • Drill 12-mark evaluations: two points for, two against, a justified conclusion.
  • Do timed past papers, then revise the specific topics you got wrong.
  • Check your report grade against the ladder and target your next step up.

At Key Stage 5 students follow A-Level Business. Choose a course to explore it.A-Level Business. Choose a course to explore it.

A-Level Business at St Augustine’s

A-Level Business at St Augustine’s follows the Pearson Edexcel Level 3 Advanced GCE in Business (9BS0), launching in September. Structured around four themes, it takes students from setting up an enterprise to leading a global business, applying theory to real companies throughout.

Students learn to apply concepts to specific contexts, analyse with clear chains of reasoning, handle quantitative techniques, and reach justified strategic judgements. It is a linear course assessed in three written papers, including a synoptic pre-released context, and is a strong foundation for business, management, economics and finance degrees.

Ms Sofie Duncan, Head of Department

Board · Pearson Edexcel 9BS0Papers · three written exams (35 / 35 / 30%)New from September

Route through the course

What the course involves
View the Pearson Edexcel A-Level Business (9BS0) specification

A-Level Business (Pearson Edexcel 9BS0) is assessed by written examination across three papers, with no coursework. Tap the tile below for the full breakdown.

A-LevelThe course in detail — the three papersThree written exams · 35 / 35 / 30%
Paper 1: Marketing, people and global businessesWritten exam · 35%
  • Draws on Theme 1 (Marketing and people) and Theme 4 (Global business)
  • Marketing, market research, the marketing mix and people in business
  • Global markets, multinationals and international competitiveness
  • Data-response questions rising to a 20-mark evaluation
  • 2 hours · 100 marks
Paper 2: Business activities, decisions and strategyWritten exam · 35%
  • Draws on Theme 2 (Managing business activities) and Theme 3 (Business decisions and strategy)
  • Finance, operations, and business objectives and strategy
  • More quantitative: investment appraisal, ratio analysis, decision trees
  • Data-response questions rising to a 20-mark evaluation
  • 2 hours · 100 marks
Paper 3: Investigating business in a competitive environmentWritten exam · 30%
  • Synoptic — assesses content fromall four themes
  • Based on apre-released contextissued before the exam
  • The most evaluative paper, demanding strategic judgement
  • Two sections of data-response, including 20-mark questions
  • 2 hours · 100 marks
Themes & quantitative skillsWhat is studied
  • Theme 1: Marketing and people
  • Theme 2: Managing business activities
  • Theme 3: Business decisions and strategy
  • Theme 4: Global business
  • Around 10% of marks are quantitative (ratios, investment appraisal, decision trees)
The assessment objectives Assessment
  • AO1— knowledge and understanding of business concepts
  • AO2— apply to specific business contexts
  • AO3— analyse using business theory
  • AO4— evaluate to make justified judgements
  • Exact AO weightings AO1 15% · AO2 20% · AO3 30% · AO4 35%
Ways of working Skills
  • Applying theory to named, real businesses
  • Quantitative methods: ratios, investment appraisal, decision trees, break-even
  • Building developed chains of analysis
  • Strategic evaluation and justified judgement
  • Working with pre-released and unseen data
How marks are gained What great work shows
  • Theory applied precisely to a specific business context
  • Accurate calculations with units, working and an interpretation
  • Developed, logical analysis
  • Balanced evaluation reaching a clear, justified judgement
  • Synoptic thinking across all four themes (Paper 3)
Where it leads Progression
  • Degrees in business, management, marketing, economics and finance
  • Careers in management, marketing, HR, operations, finance and consulting
  • Entrepreneurship and running your own business
  • Strong analytical, numerical and decision-making skills for any career

Knowledge & skills ladders

Start here after your report

Your report uses A-Level grades. Tap your stage to highlight your rung, then read the next rung up.

Highlight your stage— tap your grade band
A-LevelA-Level Business — knowledge & skillsBy assessment objective · Pearson Edexcel 9BS0

This grid is built around the four Edexcel assessment objectives (AO1–AO4). Find your predicted-grade band in each row to see what you can already do, then read the next rung to see how to move up a grade.

AO1 · Knowledge (20–22%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can recall key concepts, theories and studies.
    • I can outline the main ideas with some accuracy.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can explain concepts, theories and studies accurately.
    • I can select relevant knowledge for the question.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can explain a wide range of material in depth.
    • I can use precise detail and specialist terminology.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can command comprehensive, precise knowledge.
    • I can connect ideas fluently across the course.

AO2 · Application (22–24%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can make a simple point about a business context.
    • I can identify relevant material in a business context.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can apply concepts accurately to a business context.
    • I can use a business context to support my points.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can apply material precisely and selectively to a business context.
    • I can develop points firmly rooted in a business context.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can apply material with precision and insight.
    • I can sustain application throughout my response.

AO3 · Analysis (28–30%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can give a reason for a point.
    • I can identify a consequence.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can build a clear chain of reasoning.
    • I can explain causes and effects.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can develop logical, extended chains of reasoning.
    • I can analyse impacts in detail.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can sustain precise, well-evidenced analysis.
    • I can use data and evidence to strengthen it.

AO4 · Evaluation (26–28%)

  1. 1
    Grades E–D
    • I can give a simple judgement.
    • I can state a point for and against.
  2. 2
    Grade C
    • I can weigh both sides and reach a conclusion.
    • I can make a supported judgement.
  3. 3
    Grade B
    • I can make balanced, well-supported judgements.
    • I can weigh the significance of factors.
  4. 4
    Grades A–A*
    • I can reach a fully justified, prioritised conclusion.
    • I can use “it depends” reasoning convincingly.

Knowledge organisers

Revision resources
A-LevelOpen the knowledge organisersRevision sheets
1Paper 1: Marketing, people & global businessesKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
1

Paper 1: Marketing, people & global businesses

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Themes 1 and 4: how businesses market themselves and manage people, and how they compete in global markets.
The department’s own detailed knowledge organiser for this course is handed out to students in class as a printed booklet.
Builds onGCSE Business or an interest in the commercial world.
Leads toSynoptic application in Paper 3.
StrandsMarketing & peopleGlobal businessBusiness
Key knowledge
  • Meeting customer needs, market research and the marketing mix
  • Managing people: motivation, leadership and organisational design
  • Entering and competing in global markets
  • Multinationals, globalisation and international competitiveness
  • Ethics and the impact of global business
  • Applying theory to named companies
Key skills
  • Analyse marketing and people decisions
  • Evaluate global strategy
  • Apply theory to real firms
  • Interpret market data
Key vocabulary
marketing mixthe 7Ps
market researchprimary & secondary
motivationtheories of why staff work
globalisationintegrated world markets
multinationala firm in many countries
competitivenessability to compete
ethicsmoral business conduct
branda firm’s identity
Careers & pathways
  • Business management & entrepreneurship— Lead, start and grow organisations.
  • Marketing, HR & operations— Run the key functions of a business.
  • Accounting, finance & banking— Manage money, investment and risk.
  • Consulting & the public sector— Advise organisations and shape services.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisDecision-makingNumeracyCommercial awareness
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography a3 — Topic 3: Globalisation for globalisation; Languages T3 — Theme 3: Communication and the world around us for communication and the wider world.
2Paper 2: Business activities, decisions & strategyKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
2

Paper 2: Business activities, decisions & strategy

Download PDF
What this unit is about.Themes 2 and 3: managing finance and operations, and making strategic decisions — the most quantitative paper.
The department’s own detailed knowledge organiser for this course is handed out to students in class as a printed booklet.
Builds onPaper 1 concepts and GCSE numeracy.
Leads toStrategic, synoptic thinking for Paper 3.
StrandsActivitiesStrategyBusiness
Key knowledge
  • Business objectives and strategy
  • Finance: sources, statements and ratio analysis
  • Operations: capacity, quality and the supply chain
  • Investment appraisal and decision trees
  • Managing change, risk and growth
  • Corporate influences and culture
Key skills
  • Analyse financial and operational data
  • Apply investment-appraisal techniques
  • Evaluate strategic decisions
  • Interpret ratios and decision trees
Key vocabulary
ratio analysisprofitability, liquidity, gearing
investment appraisalpayback, ARR, NPV
decision treea probability model
cash flowmovement of cash
economies of scalefalling unit costs
strategya long-term plan
contributionprice minus variable cost
capacitymaximum output
Careers & pathways
  • Business management & entrepreneurship— Lead, start and grow organisations.
  • Marketing, HR & operations— Run the key functions of a business.
  • Accounting, finance & banking— Manage money, investment and risk.
  • Consulting & the public sector— Advise organisations and shape services.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisDecision-makingNumeracyCommercial awareness
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Design & Technology A3 — Manufacturing & industry for manufacturing and industry; Computing 2.3 — Algorithms to solve problems &amp; standard algorithms for efficiency and decision making.
3Paper 3: Investigating business in a competitive environmentKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
3

Paper 3: Investigating business in a competitive environment

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The synoptic paper: applying theory from all four themes to a pre-released business context under exam conditions.
The department’s own detailed knowledge organiser for this course is handed out to students in class as a printed booklet.
Builds onSecure knowledge across all four themes.
Leads toUniversity study and strategic thinking.
StrandsSynopticPre-released contextBusiness
Key knowledge
  • Content drawn fromall four themes
  • Apre-released contextstudied before the exam
  • Analysing a business and its competitive environment
  • Strategic evaluation and justified recommendations
  • Bringing marketing, people, operations, finance and global together
  • Longer, more evaluative 20- and 24-mark questions
Key skills
  • Apply theory across all themes
  • Analyse a competitive environment
  • Evaluate and recommend strategy
  • Use the pre-released context in depth
Key vocabulary
synopticjoining the whole course
competitive environmentthe market a firm faces
pre-released contextissued before the exam
SWOTstrengths, weaknesses, opportunities, threats
strategya long-term plan
recommendationa justified decision
market positionwhere a firm stands
judgementa reasoned conclusion
Careers & pathways
  • Business management & entrepreneurship— Lead, start and grow organisations.
  • Marketing, HR & operations— Run the key functions of a business.
  • Accounting, finance & banking— Manage money, investment and risk.
  • Consulting & the public sector— Advise organisations and shape services.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisDecision-makingNumeracyCommercial awareness
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Geography a7 — Topic 7: Superpowers for superpowers and competition; Mathematics ST — Statistics for analysing data sets.
4Quantitative methods & exam skillsKnowledge organiser
✕ Close
4

Quantitative methods & exam skills

Download PDF
What this unit is about.The numeracy and technique that lift answers into the top bands: calculation, analysis and strategic evaluation.
The department’s own detailed knowledge organiser for this course is handed out to students in class as a printed booklet.
Builds onGCSE Maths and Business.
Leads toConfident, top-band exam performance.
StrandsQuantitativeEvaluationBusiness
Key knowledge
  • Ratio analysis and investment appraisal
  • Decision trees, break-even and contribution
  • Interpreting and using data in extracts
  • Building developed chains of analysis
  • Structuring balanced evaluations
  • Reaching justified strategic judgements
Key skills
  • Perform business calculations
  • Interpret data and extracts
  • Analyse in developed chains
  • Evaluate and conclude
Key vocabulary
NPVnet present value
ARRaverage rate of return
paybacktime to recoup cost
gearingreliance on debt
liquidityability to pay debts
decision treeexpected values
evaluationweighing and judging
MOPSa paragraph structure
Careers & pathways
  • Business management & entrepreneurship— Lead, start and grow organisations.
  • Marketing, HR & operations— Run the key functions of a business.
  • Accounting, finance & banking— Manage money, investment and risk.
  • Consulting & the public sector— Advise organisations and shape services.
Transferable skills these careers rely on
AnalysisDecision-makingNumeracyCommercial awareness
Careers in the curriculum (Gatsby Benchmark 4) · Linking curriculum learning to careers
Catholic Social Teaching
Curriculum links
Where this connectsAlso studied in Mathematics R — Ratio, proportion & rates of change for ratio, proportion and rates; Mathematics ST — Statistics for statistics.

How to revise

Make it stick

Best ways to revise A-Level Business

  • Build a bank of 10–15 named companies and apply theory to them.
  • Drill quantitative methods — ratios, investment appraisal, decision trees — and always interpret the result.
  • Work thepre-released contextthoroughly before Paper 3.
  • Practise 20-mark evaluations with a justified judgement.20- and 24-mark evaluations with a justified judgement.
  • Do timed past papers and mark against the levels, then close the gaps.
  • Check your report grade against the ladder and target your next step up.